Bulletin: General Catalog Issue 1998-1999

Portland State University PDXScholar

Bulletin Office of Academic Affairs

1998 Bulletin: General Catalog Issue 1998-1999

Portland State University

Let us know how access to this document benefits ouy . Follow this and additional works at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/oaa_bulletin

Recommended Citation Portland State University, "Bulletin: General Catalog Issue 1998-1999" (1998). Bulletin. Paper 16. http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/oaa_bulletin/16

This Bulletin is brought to you for free and open access. It has been accepted for inclusion in Bulletin by an authorized administrator of PDXScholar. For more information, please contact [email protected]. P Portland, OR 97207-0751 PO Box 751 ( University Bulletin Portland State USPS 439-380 ORTLAND )

TATE BulletinBulletin

U NIVERSITY

B ULLETIN

1998-99 PAID at Portland, OR Postage Periodicals

1 9 9 8 1 9 9 9

601 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 1998-99 (USPS 439-380), Vol. 32 No. 4, Summer 1998

Periodicals postage paid at Portland, Portland State University supports Oregon. Published four times a year: equal opportunity in admissions, edu- quarterly (fall, winter, spring, and sum- cation, employment, and use of facili- mer) at Portland State University, ties by prohibiting discrimination in 1721 SW Broadway, Portland OR. those areas based on race, color, creed (POSTMASTER: Send address or religion, sex, national origin, age, changes to Portland State University disability, sexual orientation, or vet- Bulletin, P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR eran status. This policy implements 97207.) state and federal law (including Title Copies of this catalog may be IX). Inquiries about it should be obtained by mailing $5.00 plus $3.00 directed to the Office of Affirmative postage and handling to the PSU Action, 122 Cramer Hall, 725-4417; Bookstore, General Book Department, TDD: (503) 725-6503. 1880 SW Sixth Avenue, Portland, OR 97201. Other countries: $5.00 plus air- Published by the Oregon University mail postage. System at Portland State University. Information in this Bulletin is accu- Printed on recycled paper. rate as of February 1998. It has been Cover photos by Carole Archer, Jack compiled with care but may contain Liu, and Rob Reynolds. errors. Any errors discovered should be reported to the Office of Academic Affairs, which maintains an errata sheet that is available on request. The Portland State University Bul- letin is not a contract but rather a guide for the convenience of students. The University reserves the right to change or withdraw courses; to change the fees, rules, and calendar for admission, registration, instruction, and graduation; and to change other regulations affecting the student body, at any time.

Portland State University Bulletin GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE

1 9 9 8 1 9 9 9

2 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

FALL 1998 WINTER 1999 SPRING 1999 SUMMER 1999 FALL 1999

Last day to submit: International application March 1 July 1, 1998 Sept. 1, 1998 Dec. 1, 1998 March 1

Graduate study application April 1 Sept. 1, 1998 Nov. 1, 1998 Feb. 1 April 1

Undergraduate application or re-enrollment June 1 Oct. 1, 1998 Feb. 1 May 1 June 1

†Advance registration begins, touchtone May 18 Nov. 9, 1998 Feb. 17 ‡April May 17 phone and Web Access

Continuous registration and adjustments Oct. 9 Jan. 15 April 9 June 25 Oct. 8 until

Classes begin (day and evening) Sept. 28 Jan. 4 March 29 June 21 Sept. 27

Last day to enroll in classes, add a class, Oct. 9 Jan. 15 April 9 varies Oct. 8 or make section changes

Late payment fee begins Oct. 12 Jan. 19 April 12 ¤ Oct. 11

Last day of refund period and drop/with- Oct. 23 Jan. 29 April 23 Oct. 22 draw without course recorded

Last day to make changes in grading option, drop/withdraw from a class Oct. 30 Feb. 5 April 30 varies Oct. 29

Last day to drop a class or withdraw from Nov. 20 Feb. 26 May 21 varies Nov. 19 school

Final examinations Dec. 7-12 Mar. 15-20 June 7-12 ◊Aug. 12-13 Dec. 6-11

††Commencement days June 12 Aug. 14

Term ends Dec. 12 March 20 June 12 Dec. 11

Holidays Nov. 11 Nov. 11 Nov. 26-27 Jan. 18 May 24 July 5 Nov. 25-26 Changes are published in the quarterly Schedule of Classes. †Advance registration beginning dates are tentative. Refer to the quarterly Schedule of Classes for dates and procedures. ‡Summer Session catalog available in April. ¤One week after session begins. ◊For eight-week courses. ††The annual Commencement Day is in June, and there is a summer ceremony in August; there are no ceremonies in fall or winter.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate Accounting ■ 1 Administration of Justice ■■ Anthropology ■■■ 2 Applied Linguistics ■■■■ 3 Teaching English as a Second Language Architecture ■■ Art ■■■ 5 Options: Applied Design4; Art History; Drawing/Painting/Printmaking; Graphic Design; Sculpture Athletic Training ■ Biology ■■■6 Black Studies ■■ Business Administration ■ ■ ■ 2 Undergraduate options: Accounting; Advertising Management; Finance; General Management; Human Resource Management; Information Systems; Marketing; Supply and Logistics Management Chemistry ■■■6 Undergraduate option: Biochemistry Chicano/Latino Studies ■ Child and Family Studies ■ Civil Engineering ■■■2, 6 Environmental Engineering minor Community Development ■■ Computer Applications ■ Computer Engineering ■ Computer Science ■■■ Economics ■■■2, 6, 7 Graduate options: General Economics; Applied Economics Education8 ■ Elementary Education Secondary Education Specialist Program options: Counseling; Curriculum and Instruction; Media/Librarianship; Policy, Foundations, and Administrative Studies; Special Education ■ Educational Leadership Options: Administration; Curriculum and Instruction; Postsecondary Education; Special and Counselor Education Electrical Engineering ■■ Electrical and Computer Engineering ■■ Engineering Management ■ 2 English ■■■ Professional Writing Environmental Management ■ Environmental Sciences and Resources ■■ Options: Biology; Chemistry; Civil Engineering; Economics; Geography; Geology; Physics Environmental Studies ■■ European Studies ■ Foreign Languages ■■■■ Undergraduate options: Chinese, French; German; Japanese; Russian; Spanish; combination of two or more of these languages Certiﬁcate: Teaching Japanese as a Foreign Language Graduate: French; German; Spanish Foreign Literature and Language ■

4 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate General Arts and Letters ■4 General Social Science ■ General Studies ■ Options: Arts and Letters; Science; Social Science Geography ■■■6, 7 Geology ■■■6 Graduate option; Geohydrology Gerontology ■ 9 Health Education ■■■ Undergraduate options: Community Health; Health and Fitness Promotion; School Health; Health Sciences M.P.H. option: Health Education/HealthPromotion History ■■■ International Business Studies ■ International Economics ■ International Management ■ International Studies ■■ African Studies; East Asian Studies; European Studies; Latin American Studies; Middle East Studies Latin American Studies ■ Manufacturing Engineering ■ (joint degree with Oregon State University) Mathematics ■■■2 Graduate option: Statistics Mathematics Education ■ Mechanical Engineering ■■2 Middle East Studies ■ Music ■■■ Jazz minor Philosophy ■■ Physics ■■■6 Political Science ■■■7 Psychology ■■■2, 7 Public Administration ■ M.P.A. option: Health Administration; M.P.H. option: Health Administration and Policy Public Administration and Policy ■ Science ■ Options: Biology; Chemistry, Environmental; General; Geology Social Work ■■ Sociology ■■■2, 7 Speech Communication ■■■ Options: General Speech Communication; Speech and Hearing Sciences Systems Science ■ Options: Anthropology; Business Administration; Civil Engineering; Economics; Engineering Management; General; Mathematics; Mechanical Engineering; Psy- chology; Sociology Theater Arts ■■■ Urban Studies and Planning ■■■ Women’s Studies ■■ 1 ■ Preprofessional Programs: agriculture; chiropractic; clinical laboratory science; cytotechnology; dental hygiene; dentistry; forestry; law; medicine; naturopathic medicine; nuclear medicine technology; nursing; occupational therapy; optometry; osteopathy; pharmacy; physical therapy; physician assistant; podiatry; radiation therapy; veterinary medicine

1 Postbaccalaureate certiﬁcate. 4 Program temporarily suspended. 8 M.A./M.S. offered by Graduate School of Education. 2 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral 5 The M.F.A. is offered only in painting and sculpture. M.A.T./M.S.T. offered in cooperation with appropriate program of systems science. 6 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral department. 3 Offered by Department of Applied Linguistics as Teach- program of environmental sciences and resources. 9 Graduate certiﬁcate. ing English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL). 7 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral program of urban studies. CONTENTS

Welcome to Portland State University 7 The University, Academic Resources, Undergraduate Admissions, Undergraduate Requirements, Expenses, Financial Aid, Housing, Campus Life, Student Services, University Services Graduate Studies 43 General Information, Graduate Governance, Graduate Degrees, Admission to Graduate Studies, Graduate Fees, Financial Assistance, Enrollment Policies and Credit Regulations, Academic Standing, Academic Honesty, General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements for Mas- ter’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for Master’s Degrees, Systems Science Courses College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 59 University Studies, Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, Biology, Black Studies, Chemistry, Child and Family Studies, Economics, English, Environmental Programs, Foreign Languages and Literatures, General Studies, Geography, Geology, History, International Studies, Mathematical Sciences, Philosophy, Physics, Preprofessional Programs, Psychology, Science Education, Sociology, Speech Communication, University Honors Program, Women’s Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies School of Business Administration 163 Undergraduate Programs, International Business Studies Certiﬁcate, Postbaccalaureate Certiﬁcate in Accounting, Graduate Programs, Courses Graduate School of Education 179 Degree Programs, Programs Leading to Licensure, Courses School of Engineering and Applied Science 199 Undergraduate Programs, Graduate Programs, Engineering Management, Manufacturing Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Courses School of Fine and Performing Arts 223 Architecture, Art, Music, Theater Arts Graduate School of Social Work 239 Graduate Programs, Extended Studies, Child Welfare Partnership, Courses, Regional Research Institute for Human Services College of Urban and Public Affairs 247 School of Community Health: Public Health Education; School of Government: Adminis- tration of Justice, Political Science, Public Administration; School of Urban Studies and Planning; Research Institutes School of Extended Studies and Summer Session 281

Ofﬁce of International Affairs 283 Middle East Studies Center, International Education Services, Special Programs: Army ROTC, Challenge, PSU LINK, Chiron Directories 291 Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Portland State University Ofﬁcers of Administration, Academic Faculty Index 324

WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

THE UNIVERSITY

Portland State University is a comprehen- research and community service to support sive public university of growing distinc- a high quality educational environment and tion. The University has nearly 15,000 reflect issues important to the metropolitan enrolled students and serves 40,000 indi- region. viduals in credit or noncredit classes each Presidents who have served the Univer- year, including nearly one-third of the sity are John F. Cramer, 1955 to 1958; Oregon University System’s enrolled grad- Branford P. Millar, 1959 to 1968; Gregory uate students. PSU is Oregon’s primary B. Wolfe, 1968 to 1974; Joseph C. Blumel, vehicle for meeting higher education, 1974 to 1986; Natale A. Sicuro, 1986 to research, and public service needs through- 1988; Roger N. Edgington (interim presi- out the Portland metropolitan area. Its dent) 1988 to 1990; and Judith A. Ramaley, research and study programs are essential 1990-1997. Daniel O. Bernstine took office elements in the development of the state August 1, 1997. and the region in the decades ahead. The institution serves Oregon’s population and CAMPUS, CITYSCAPE commercial center through academic program flexibility, intellectual creativity, and The PSU campus is a cityscape, designed dedication to lifelong learning. to meet student needs. Portland State University is at the center Occupying 41 buildings in a 49-acre of a dynamic community. Almost 60 per- area, the campus is built around the Park cent of Oregonians live within commuting Blocks, a greenway area reserved for distance of the campus. By the year 2000, pedestrians and bicyclists. The Park Blocks the population of greater Portland is are well used by PSU students. Landscaped expected to increase to slightly more than to combine utility with natural beauty, they 1.7 million people from slightly under 1.5 provide a place for students and the com- million in 1990. With its excellent parks, munity to gather, talk, study, or put on an cultural facilities, transportation systems, impromptu concert or lecture. and cityscape, Portland is one of the finest Elevated walkways connect many of the cities in the United States. As Oregon’s buildings, bridging city streets and provid- economic and population center, and as a ing fast, easy routes for busy students. An gateway to the Pacific Rim, Portland offers underground tunnel network serves the unique opportunities for business, indus- same purpose and contains shops, game try, government, and the University to rooms, and eating places. enhance partnerships that promote eco- At the edge of campus, the University nomic, social, cultural, and international merges easily into downtown Portland. The development. areas immediately surrounding the campus The University’s mission is to enhance contain private student housing, shops, tav- the intellectual, social, cultural, and eco- erns, convenience stores, dry cleaners, the- nomic qualities of urban life by providing aters, and restaurants which primarily serve access throughout the life span to a quality the University. liberal education for undergraduates and to Commercial and governmental centers, an appropriate array of professional and as well as cultural and entertainment graduate programs especially relevant to resources, are within easy walking distance the metropolitan area. The University of campus. Among them are the Oregon actively promotes the development of a History Center, Performing Arts Center, network of educational institutions that Portland Art Museum, Multnomah County serves the community, and it conducts

8 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Library, Portland Center with its noted supported by about 600 non-teaching ing and Applied Science’s undergraduate Lovejoy and Keller fountains, Civic Sta- administrative, ofﬁce, and technical programs in civil, electrical, and mechani- dium, Civic Auditorium, theaters, and personnel. cal engineering are accredited by the Engi- restaurants. neering Accreditation Commission/ The campus is located within 90 min- ACCREDITATION Accreditation Board for Engineering and utes’ driving time of snow-covered Mt. Technology. Hood to the east and the famed Oregon Portland State University is accredited by In the Department of Speech Communi- coastline to the west. the Northwest Association of Schools and cation, the training program in speech Colleges, the ofﬁcial accrediting agency for pathology is accredited by the Education FACULTY the region. Portland State is a member of and Training Board, American Board of the Association of American Colleges and Examiners through the American Speech- PSU faculty members are engaged in Universities. Language-Hearing Association. The speech teaching, research, and related academic Various schools and departments within and hearing clinics have accreditation in work. Many also put their expertise to work the University also are accredited by spe- both speech pathology and audiology by in community affairs, consulting with local cial agencies. The undergraduate and grad- the Professional Service Board, American business concerns, holding key assign- uate programs and the accounting program Board of Examiners in Speech Pathology ments in professional, cultural, and civic of the School of Business Administration and Audiology through the American groups, working cooperatively with social are accredited by the American Assembly Speech-Language-Hearing Association. agencies, or otherwise serving the of Collegiate Schools of Business. The In the College of Urban and Public community. Graduate School of Education teacher edu- Affairs, the Master of Urban Planning Faculty members come from colleges cation programs are accredited by the degree is accredited by the Planning and universities throughout the United National Council for Accreditation of Accreditation Board, and the Master of States and from foreign countries. The fac- Teacher Education and by the Oregon Public Administration degree is accredited ulty includes more than 500 full-time and Teacher Standards and Practices Commis- by the National Association of Schools of several hundred part-time members. More sion. Public Affairs and Administration. than 80 percent of the full-time faculty The Graduate School of Social Work The Department of Music is accredited have doctoral degrees. Many of the part- program is accredited by the Council on by the National Association of Schools of time members from the community lecture Social Work Education. The Department of Music. Programs in the Department of Art in specialized courses while actively Chemistry is accredited by the American are accredited by the National Association involved in their professions.The faculty is Chemical Society. The School of Engineer- of Schools of Art and Design.

ACADEMIC RESOURCES

The major academic units of the University studies and provide many diverse opportu- YEAR-ROUND STUDY, are the College of Liberal Arts and Sci- nities. Students achieve the understanding DAY AND EVENING ences, the College of Urban and Public and knowledge necessary to participate Affairs, and the professional schools of fully in the social, political, and cultural Three 11-week terms, Summer Session, Business Administration, Education, Engi- activities of the community. and Extended Studies make up PSU’s year- neering and Applied Science, Fine and Per- Master’s degrees are offered in numer- round study program. The programs and forming Arts, and Social Work. ous disciplines, and the University offers courses described in this catalog are Operating from a solid base of liberal eight doctoral degrees. One is in engineer- offered throughout the year. Students may and professional arts and sciences, the Uni- ing, one is in education, one in mathemat- enter PSU at the beginning of any term. To versity encourages innovative curricula ics education, one is in social work and enroll for 9 credits or more during fall, both on the undergraduate and the graduate social research, and four are interdiscipli- winter, or spring, formal admission to PSU levels through its degree, certificate, and nary degrees in which approximately a is required; nonadmitted students may take preprofessional programs. New programs dozen departments participate. These pro- a maximum of 8 credits per term. In sum- are initiated to meet educational needs as fessional advanced degrees enable students mer, students may take a full academic load they are recognized. to make valuable contributions to society without being admitted formally. See the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Sci- through the use of new knowledge and academic calendar on page 2 for important ence degrees are available in a wide variety enhanced awareness of its concerns. dates. of fields from the academic colleges and See pages 3-4 for a list of the programs professional schools. The Bachelor of offered at PSU and consult the index for Music degree is available for those seeking further information about these programs. a professional music degree. Additionally, specialist certificate programs, minors, preprofessional programs, and secondary education programs supplement the major

W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 9

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS

113 Neuberger Hall The applicant is responsible for seeing that (ACT). Note: Students graduated before P.O. Box 751 test scores are submitted directly to PSU 1975 are not required to provide the SAT Portland, Oregon 97207-0751 from the testing board. For more informa- or ACT. 725-3511 tion on these examinations, contact the 3. Subject Requirements. Must satisfac- College Entrance Examination Board, torily complete 14 units (one year equal to 1947 Center Street, Berkeley, CA 94704; one unit) of college preparatory work in HOW TO APPLY: The American College Testing Program, DOMESTIC STUDENTS the following subject areas: Iowa City, IA 52240; or PSU Counseling a. English (4 units). Shall include the and Psychological Services, M343 Smith study of the English language, literature, Domestic students should submit the fol- Memorial Center, (503) 725-4423. lowing information to the Office of Admis- speaking and listening, and writing with emphasis on and frequent practice in sions and Records. 5. The number of students admitted for any term is subject to the availability of writing expository prose during all four 1. Application Form and Nonrefund- space. When space is limited, selection years. able Fee. Copies of the official form may may be based on grade point average, date b. Mathematics (3 units). Shall include be obtained from the PSU Office of of application, intended major, etc. first-year algebra and two additional Admissions and Records and at the coun- years of college preparatory mathemat- seling offices in most Oregon high schools 6. Altered Transcripts and Falsified ics such as geometry (deductive or and community colleges or on-line at http:// Applications. Students who knowingly descriptive), advance topics in algebra, www.pdx.edu. To assure consideration for submit altered transcripts or falsified appli- trigonometry, analytical geometry, finite admission, the application should be sub- cations jeopardize their admission status mathematics, advanced applications, calculus, probability and statistics, or mitted by the dates listed on the form and and could have their registration canceled. All records submitted, filed, and accumu- courses that integrate topics from two or must be accompanied by a nonrefundable more of these areas. (One unit is highly $50 application fee†. The application and lated in the Office of Admissions and Records become the property of the recommended in the senior year.) Alge- the nonrefundable $50 application fee are bra and geometry taken prior to the ninth valid for one calendar year. University. grade will be accepted. 2. Admission Validation. If the student ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS c. Science (2 units). Shall include a year does not validate admission by registering Entering Freshmen—Residents and each in two fields of college preparatory for classes within one calendar year, the Nonresidents. To be admitted as freshmen, science such as biology, chemistry, phys- student must submit a new application and students need to fulfill each of the require- ics, or earth and physical science; one recommended as laboratory science. pay the $50 fee again. To validate your ments (or alternatives to each) as specified admission, you must register and pay for at in items 1-4 below. d. Social Studies (3 units). Shall include one year of U.S. history, one year least one credit in the term for which you 1. High School Graduation Require- of global studies (world history, geogra- were admitted. ment. Must have graduated from a stan- phy, etc.), one year of social studies elec- 3. Official Transcripts. Transcripts must dard or accredited high school. Students tive (government highly recommended). be submitted directly from each high who have not graduated from high school e. Foreign Language (2 units). Shall school or college attended. Transfer stu- or from a standard or accredited high include two years of the same foreign dents who have earned less than 30 credits school may meet entry requirements language. of college transfer coursework are required through alternative testing. Alternative test- Alternatives to the Subject Require- to submit high school transcripts. Since all ing includes successful completion of the ments. (Any one of the following.) official transcripts submitted become the Test of General Education Development i. Score an average of 470 or above property of PSU and cannot be copied or (GED) with a minimum overall score of 46 (1410 total) on the SAT II subject returned to the student, students are and a minimum score of 40 on each of the exams (English Composition, Math encouraged to obtain unofficial copies of five sub-tests. Students may also meet the Level I or IIc, and a third test of the stu- their transcripts from prior institutions for high school graduation requirement with a dent’s choice). advising or personal purposes. minimum score of 1,000 on the Scholastic ii. Take make-up coursework for specific subject requirements missed in 4. Official Scores of College Entrance Aptitude Test (SAT) or 21 on the Ameri- can College Test (ACT) and an average of high school and achieve a passing Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude grade. Note: Satisfactory completion of Test or American College Test. For new 470 or above (1,410 total) on each of SAT Math 95 or its equivalent (Intermediate freshmen entering PSU directly from high II subject tests for English, Math Level I or Algebra) fulfills in total the subject school or who have earned fewer than 30 IIc, and one additional subject test of the requirement in mathematics. credits of college transfer work, scores student’s choice. 4. Grade Point Average Requirement. from the College Entrance Examination 2. Admissions Test Requirement. Must To be admitted, students must have a 2.50 Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or submit scores of the Scholastic Aptitude grade point average in all graded subjects American College Test (ACT) are required. Test (SAT) or American College Test

† Fees subject to change without notice.

10 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

taken toward graduation in four years of HOW TO APPLY: campus. Call the Testing Office, 725-4428, high school. INTERNATIONAL STU- for dates and details of the testing program. Alternative to the GPA Requirement. DENTS Intensive English Language Pro- (Either of the following.) gram. Persons seeking English language training only, who do not wish to continue i. 1000 SAT or To be considered for admission to Portland toward university-level academic study, ii. 21 ACT State University for a full course of studies, may apply for admission to the Intensive 5. Special Admissions. A limited number non-U.S. citizens must submit an Interna- English Language Program (IELP). of students who do not meet the admis- tional Student Application, a $50 (U.S. dol- The IELP provides non-credit classes sions requirements or alternatives listed lars) nonrefundable application fee, and only; therefore, no university-level aca- above may be admitted through special academic documents to show that the stu- demic credit will be offered. Students must action of an admissions committee. To be dent meets the admission requirements have earned the equivalent to a U.S. high considered on this basis, it is necessary to described below. All international students school diploma for admission consider- contact the Director of Admissions in must provide evidence of adequate finan- ation. Prospective students must be in legal writing: Portland State University, Office cial resources to pay for their PSU educa- U.S. immigration status at the time of of Admissions and Records, P.O. Box 751, tion and their expenses. application. Portland, OR 97207-0751. Candidates for admission are given pri- Contact the Department of Applied ority if complete applications are filed by: Admission of Students Graduated in Linguistics, 725-4088, for additional ■ March 1 for fall term 1984 or Before requirements. Students who graduated from high school ■ July 1 for winter term in 1984 or before will not be required to ■ September 1 for spring term meet the 14 units of prescribed subjects. ■ December 1 for Summer Session VETERANS’ ADMISSION They will, however, need to meet the Applications will be considered for all REQUIREMENTS requirements (or alternatives) effective fall terms subject to department and/or Univer- 725-3876 term 1984. Students who attend a college sity restrictions and/or course availability. or a university in the interim between high Students applying for graduate study Portland State University is approved for school graduation and admission will be should contact the appropriate academic the training of veterans. required to meet the transfer requirements department for specific departmental appli- Veterans considering entering PSU are in effect at the time of their transfer. cation information. expected to meet admission requirements appropriate for their educational back- Entering Transfer Students ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS grounds. (Please see Veterans’ Services Oregon Resident. To be admitted as a Applicants must satisfy an English lan- under Student Services for instruction in transfer student, resident applicants must guage competency requirement and an how to apply.) have a minimum GPA of 2.00 in 30 quarter academic preparation requirement. Academic Credit. Credit may be credit hours of transferable college work. English Language Competency granted for some types of military service Students who have accumulated up to 29 Requirement. The English language com- courses on the college level where equiva- credits of college work must also meet the petency requirement applies to all under- lency to Portland State courses can be freshman admission requirements. graduate students. It may be satisfied by shown. Veterans should provide transcripts Nonresident. To be admitted as a trans- scoring 525 on the Test of English as a from appropriate military schools and a fer student, nonresident applicants must Foreign Language (TOEFL). Effective fall copy of VA form DD214 to the Admissions have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in 30 quarter term 1996, only the international TOEFL and Records Office upon application to credit hours of transferable college work. examination or the PSU institutional PSU. Students who have accumulated up to TOEFL examination will be accepted. Satisfactory Progress Standards. In 29 credits of college work must also meet Applicants who do not satisfy the English order to maintain satisfactory progress, the the freshman admission requirements. language competency requirement may be student veteran must complete the follow- Transfer Evaluations. A copy of the considered for admission in the English as ing credits: transfer evaluation is sent after the transfer a Second Language (ESL) program; stu- Certified for: . .Undergraduate: . . Graduate: student has been admitted. dents assigned to the ESL program as a Full time ...... 12 credits . . . . .9 credits Academic Probation/Disqualifica- condition of admission are restricted to Three-quarter time . . . . .9 credits . . . . .7 credits tion. Academic probation/disqualification ESL courses until they attain satisfactory One-half time ...... 6 credits . . . . .5 credits will not affect the admissibility of a student proficiency in English. Information on The GPA required to maintain satisfac- whose complete academic record meets the TOEFL test dates, cost, and location of tory progress at Portland State University is minimum admission requirements in effect testing centers is available from TOEFL, 2.00. One hundred and eighty (180) credits at the time of application. A student who P.O. Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540. are required to graduate with a baccalaure- fails to meet the minimum admission Academic Preparation Requirement. ate degree (the total is greater in some pro- requirements must petition the appropriate Undergraduate students: by completing grams). Incompletes, withdrawals, committee. academic (university preparatory) U.S. sec- and audits do not count toward credits Disciplinary Disqualification. A stu- ondary school education or equivalent at an completed and may result in a VA dent who has been disqualified from acceptable standard determined by the overpayment. another institution for disciplinary reasons Office of Admissions and Records; or, as a For reporting purposes, the last date of must be eligible to re-enroll at that institu- transfer student, by completing 30 college attendance is the same as the date of offi- tion to be considered for admission to Port- credits, excluding ESL courses, with a 2.50 cial withdrawal from class or classes, date land State University. Students with GPA or better at an accredited American of student notification of a change in cred- extenuating circumstances may petition the college or university. its to the Veterans’ Clerk, or the date of Scholastic Standards Committee for a English as a Second Language Test. determination of unsatisfactory progress, waiver of this policy. Applicants who are admitted to Portland whichever is earliest. This date determines State may take an institutional TOEFL on the amount of overpayment, if any, W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 11

incurred by a student not maintaining satis- log. If a student has not taken the necessary Office of Student Affairs and the Office of factory progress standards. prerequisites but feels confident of per- Admissions and Records. A drop period of five weeks from the forming the coursework, the student should beginning of the term is in effect at the check with the department. Often the STUDENTS RETURNING University. During this period all students department will waive the prerequisite for TO PSU AFTER AN may drop classes without the courses being individuals with equivalent experience or ABSENCE recorded on their permanent academic learning in the field. records. This in no way relieves student Evening classes on campus at Portland Former Portland State University students veterans of their responsibility to report State University are a continuation of the who have attended another college or uni- any changes in credits which affect the rate regular daytime offerings. Credit courses versity since leaving PSU and who wish to of VA certification. The number of credits have the same academic value whether enroll after an absence must submit a re- completed is checked against the number taken by day or in the evening. enrollment application form to the Office of credits for which the veteran is certified Library privileges are available to part- of Admissions and Records. Official tran- each term by the Veterans’ certification time students and they may use their fee scripts must be submitted from each insti- clerk. receipt to obtain or revalidate a library tution attended since leaving PSU. The Failure to maintain satisfactory progress card. This is done at the Circulation Desk deadline for application is the same as for standards at Portland State University will in Millar Library. Part-time students are new students. result in the termination of G.I. benefits. encouraged to obtain an ID card in the Please contact Veterans’ Services, 725- Neuberger Hall lobby. 3876, 118 Smith Memorial Center, for Senior citizens, persons 65 or older not ADMISSION TO more information. enrolled as regular students, may take PROFESSIONAL PRO- classes on a space-available basis at no GRAMS AND SCHOOLS PART-TIME STUDENTS/ charge other than for special materials, if any. The University does not maintain any Admission to Portland State University NONADMITTED STU- does not automatically admit students to its DENTS 725-3511 records of senior citizen enrollments, but , the registration receipt may be used to professional programs and schools. Stan- obtain a library card. Contact the Senior dards for admission and evaluation of A student may take up to a maximum of 8 transfer credits often exceed general Uni- credits per term without applying for Adult Learning Center, 113A Urban and Public Affairs Building. versity requirements. Students should formal admission. However, a first-time check this catalog under the appropriate registrant must complete and provide a academic unit to determine if a unit has Quick Entry Form to the Registration RETENTION OF STUDENT special admission requirements. Office so a file can be created on the data- DOCUMENTS base. Credit work taken as a part-time student is acceptable in degree programs All documents submitted to PSU become TRANSFER subject to University regulations. Students the property of the University and may CREDITS who plan to earn a degree at PSU should be not be copied or returned to a student. admitted formally as soon as possible. Transcripts from other institutions cannot Accredited Colleges and Universities. Nonadmitted students are not eligible to be copied. The Office of Admissions and Records receive financial aid. evaluates credits from accredited colleges Non-admitted students are allowed to and universities. Portland State University RELEASE OF STUDENT accepts college-level credits earned in aca- register after all other students. Space can INFORMATION be limited in a course or a term. demic degree programs at colleges and universities accredited by regional accrediting A student may earn most University Please note: The privacy laws do not associations and as recommended in Trans- degrees as a part-time student. Some permit the University to discuss a student’s fer Credit Practices of Designated Educa- degrees may be earned by taking courses application with anyone other than the tional Institutions. All courses are exclusively at night. A student who wishes applicant. All inquiries must originate with evaluated to be either equivalent or parallel to earn a degree will need to be admitted the applicant. before getting too far into the program. to PSU courses. Equivalent means that the catalog course description is substantially Part-time students, especially, need to meet TUDENT RECORDS regularly with an adviser to keep up-to-date S equal to that in the Portland State Univer- with changing degree requirements and sity Bulletin. Parallel means that the The University Student Records Policy, in course is in a discipline which is offered by University policies. accordance with the federal Family Educa- The Schedule of Classes, published Portland State, even though PSU does not tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as offer the specific course. No college credit each term, contains information needed to Amended, governs the collection, use, and register as a part-time student. Part-time is given for courses from proprietary col- disclosure of student records with the goal leges. No college credit is given for courses students may follow the same advance reg- of ensuring their privacy. Generally it pro- istration, touchtone telephone, and Web with D grades, or sub-college (remedial or vides the right to nonrelease of confidential developmental) courses. access procedures as full-time students. information except as directed by the stu- Fee payment is required by published dead- Unaccredited and Foreign Institu- dent in a transcript request, or as provided tions. Departmental representatives, work- lines. by law; the right to inspect educational Students are responsible for making ing through the Office of Admissions and records maintained by the University; and Records, are authorized to evaluate credits sure that prerequisites have been met. Stu- the right to correction of errors, and a hear- dents should consult schools and depart- transferred from unaccredited or foreign col- ing if necessary. Copies of the full Student leges and universities or International Bac- ments regarding admission to upper- Records Policy are available from the division courses. Prerequisites are listed in calaureate (IB) Diplomas after a student has individual course descriptions in this cata- been admitted to PSU. International students 12 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

requesting transfer of credit from foreign accredited junior colleges and the Oregon the same credits completed by the student. institutions must supply catalogs and/or doc- community colleges is limited to 108. The residence credit requirement is satis- umentation of course content from those Military Service Courses. Credit may fied by completing 45 of the last 60 credits institutions before consideration of transfer be granted for military service courses on at PSU, after admission to PSU and prior to evaluation can be made. Work from unac- the college level where equivalency to Port- formal enrollment in the qualifying profes- credited schools is evaluated in accordance land State courses can be shown. sional program. The student must be within with the institutions and policies listed in AFROTC Program. Under a coopera- 48 credits of receiving a bachelor’s degree Transfer Credit Practices, published by the tive agreement with the University of Port- from PSU at the time of matriculation into American Association of Collegiate Regis- land, Portland State University students the professional program. trars and Admissions Officers. Credit given may participate in the Air Force Reserve Through affiliation agreements from for a particular course will not exceed credit Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) pro- fully accredited programs at the Veterans given for the equivalent or corresponding gram offered on the University of Portland Administration Medical Center in Portland PSU course. campus. The purpose of the program, (NMT), Mayo School of Health Related Co-admission Program. Beginning which is administered by the Aerospace Sciences in Rochester, Minn., (CYT) and fall term 1997, Portland State University Studies faculty at the University of Port- Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and Clackamas Community College offer a land, is to select and train students to serve in New York (CYT), credits will be trans- co-admission program for simultaneous as officers in the United States Air Force. ferred to Portland State University in a enrollment at both institutions. Co-admit- AFROTC offers to men and women a two- manner equivalent to academically based ted students make one application to both year and a four-year program, both of programs. institutions and receive PSU academic which lead to an Air Force commission. advising at either the CCC or PSU campus. Students who qualify may elect to pursue THE ENROLLMENT Students in this program may register for either of these programs. Scholarships are PROCESS courses at either campus and may receive available on a competitive basis for those 725-3412 financial aid award for courses at both cam- who qualify. The ROTC credits earned are puses during any one academic term. Co- accepted as transfer credits to meet Port- Registration. Before registering, a student admission applicants are initially restricted land State University’s total credit require- should consult the Schedule of Classes, to 8 or fewer credit hours at PSU. Appli- ments for graduation. For more which is available each term, one month cants should contact either CCC Counsel- information, see the University of Portland prior to the beginning of classes and in the ing Office at (503) 651-6958, catalog or contact the professor of aero- spring for fall term. The Schedule of ext. 2213, or Portland State University space studies, University of Portland, Port- Classes contains the up-to-date information Office of Admissions and Records at land, Oregon 97203, (503) 283-7216. a student needs to select and register for (503) 725-3511 for more information. Army ROTC. For information on the classes. Associate Degree Transfers. Students Portland State Army ROTC program, see Advance registration is accomplished who upon admission have completed an page 288. by using the Touchtone Telephone Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer (AAOT) National Student Exchange Program. Response (TTVR) or the PSU homepage degree at an accredited Oregon community Portland State is a member of the National Web access via www.pdx.edu registration college or another PSU-approved associate Student Exchange Program, which enables system. Advanced registration is scheduled degree, have met all lower-division general sophomores, juniors, and seniors to attend according to the priority dates published in education and University requirements. Wr state-supported institutions in other areas the Schedule of Classes. For Web access, 323 is waived. The student must still fulfill of the nation for up to one academic year. go to PSU homepage, www.pdx.edu, click on diversity course requirements. The transfer Students pay in-state tuition. Call 725-3511 “Registration,” at the bottom of the page. A.A. may not satisfy all requirements for for applications. Registration and changes are continu- admission to professional schools. Please College Courses Completed before ous. Students may register until the end of check with each school for specific admis- High School Graduation. College courses the second week of the term. A preregis- sion requirements. taken before a high school diploma is tered student must drop all courses prior to Vocational and Technical Schools. received are accepted in transfer provided the first day of the term in order to avoid a Portland State University generally does the student receives grades of C- or above refund percentage charge. Changes in grad- not grant credit for courses which are in the courses and the grades are posted on ing option are done at the Admission and deemed vocational-technical that are not a college transcript. Registration windows, Neuberger Hall applicable toward a four-year baccalaureate Health Science Professions. Students lobby. degree. who have completed preprofessional pro- A student is formally registered only Correspondence Credit. A maximum grams at PSU may transfer up to 48 credits when the procedures listed in the Schedule of 60 correspondence credits is acceptable of their professional health science work of Classes have been completed and tuition in transfer from schools recognized as from schools accredited by a regional asso- and fees have been paid for the term. Stu- institutions of higher education. ciation and/or as indicated in Transfer dents are financially responsible for all Community and Junior Colleges. The Credit Practices. The health science stu- classes and credits in which they are regis- number of lower-division credits to be dents may not receive a bachelor’s degree tered on or after the first day of the term. accepted in transfer from regionally from PSU and from the professional school The academic regulations which govern when both degrees are based essentially on drops and withdrawals are described in W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 13

detail on page 18 under “Grading System for Undergraduates.” Students who withdraw or drop may be entitled to certain KEY TO COURSE refunds of fees paid. See page 22 for more information. DESCRIPTIONS The University reserves the right to Ê drop students who do not attend classes. ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ Concurrent Enrollment. Portland Art 489/589 Metal Sculpture (3) State University students paying full tuition Bronze or aluminum sculpture cast by the lost wax process. Welded metal sculpture fabrica- may enroll for courses in other units of the tion using gas, electric, and heliarc welding methods. Experimental materials, methods, Oregon University System through a and concepts optional, consistent with the facilities and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. concurrent enrollment program. Details Prerequisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture or consent of instructor. of policies and procedures are available at ➎ the Admissions and Records Office, ➏ 113 Neuberger Hall. ID Cards. All students (full time, part ➊ time, extended studies) can purchase a Course prefix/Subject. These letters indicate the department or academic unit which offers the course. photo ID card by presenting their paid tuition receipt at the ID center, located in ➋ Course numbering system. Courses throughout the State System of Higher Education the south end of the Neuberger Hall lobby. are numbered as follows: See the Schedule of Classes for operating 0-99 Noncredit courses or credit courses of a remedial, terminal, or semiprofes- hours. sional nature not applicable toward degree requirements. 100-299 Courses on the lower-division level. CROSS-LISTED 300-499 Courses on the upper-division level. COURSES 4xx/5xx Master’s level graduate courses which are also offered as courses for undergraduates. Whenever an academic department agrees 5xx Graduate courses offered in support of master’s degree level instructional with a program or school to cross-list a programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose majors have access to course, that course may be used toward sat- master’s programs or for courses populated by master’s students. isfaction of undergraduate major require- 5xx/6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level instructional ments regardless of which course prefix the programs which are also offered as courses for master’s level students. student had used for registration. A cross- 6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level instructional listed course may only be taken once for programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose majors have access to doc- credit. torate programs or for courses populated by doctorate students. 7xx Postbaccalaureate courses which may not be applied toward an academic degree. 8xx In-service courses with limited application toward advanced degrees and no application toward undergraduate degrees. In addition, the following number system is generally in effect in all OSSHE institutions: 100 to 110 and 200 to 210 courses are survey or foundation courses in the liberal arts and sciences in the disciplines covered. The following numbered courses are repeating courses (they may be taken for more than one term under the same number), with credit being granted according to the amount of work done: 199/299/399, Special Studies; 401, 501, 601, 801, Research; 402, 502, 602, 802, Independent Study; 503 Thesis/603 Disser- tation; 404, 504, 604, 804, Cooperative Education/Internship; 405, 505, 605, 805, Read- ing and Conference; 406, 506, 606, 806, Special Problems/Projects; 407, 507, 607, 807, Seminar; 408, 508, 608, 808, Workshop; 409, 509, 609, 809, Practicum; and 410, 510, 610, 810, Selected Topics. Other repeating numbers are assigned to activity courses, such as art, music, and physical education. Certain senior level courses are taught concurrently with their graduate-level counterparts. Hence this course may be offered for either graduate or undergraduate credit. (See quarterly Schedule of Classes for specific offering.) In the graduate credit course, additional work appropriate to the graduate level of study will be assigned. ➌ Course title. The official title of the course is listed next to the course number. A subtitle may be used as part of an omnibus course title. ➍ Credits. The numeral or words in parentheses indicate the number of credits granted for one term of study in a particular course. Where approved departmental combinations of courses are listed together, the first number in parentheses refers to the first course number and so on respectively. Example: Art 373, 374, 375 Creative Sculpture (3, 3, 3). ➎ Maximum credits. This designation, which appears in descriptions of activity courses, such as art, music, and physical education, means that students may continue to earn credit in this course for more than one term up to specified limits. ➏ Prerequisites. Prerequisites, expressed either in terms of specific courses or more general experience, are intended to assure that students are prepared for the work of the course. A student who lacks these specific prerequisites but feels prepared for the course 14 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

UNDERGRADUATE REQUIREMENTS

Undergraduate students at Portland State A nondegree preprofessional to all PSU students regardless of whether University may work toward a Bachelor of program in agriculture, chiropractic, clini- or not they are transfer students. Arts, a Bachelor of Science, or a Bachelor cal laboratory science, cytotechnology, Seven-Year Rule: No catalog is valid of Music degree, with one or more majors. dental hygiene, dentistry, forestry, law, for longer than the summer term following See the “Programs of Study” chart on medicine, naturopathic medicine, nuclear the seventh academic year after issuance of pages 3-4 for majors leading to a baccalau- medicine technology, nursing, occupational the catalog. The 1998-99 catalog will reate degree. therapy, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, expire at the end of summer term, 2005. A Students working toward a bachelor’s physical therapy, physician assistant, student must meet the requirements of a degree may wish to supplement their major podiatry, radiation therapy, and veterinary catalog for which the student is eligible and coursework with: medicine. which is valid at the time of the student’s A certificate program, a concentration Highly motivated students may wish to graduation. This applies to a first bachelor’s of courses in one of the following specialty complete an undergraduate degree program degree, to a second bachelor’s degree, and fields: black studies, Chicano/Latino Stud- through the independent study and individ- to certificates which may be earned by ies, European studies, international busi- ualized learning of the University Honors undergraduates and by postbaccalaureate ness studies, Latin American studies, Program, 1632 SW 12th Avenue. Interdis- students. Middle East studies, teaching English as a ciplinary studies are available through sci- Students working toward a bachelor’s second language, teaching Japanese as a ence and humanities courses. For further degree must complete the (1) University foreign language, urban studies, or information, contact the honors program. requirements, (2) Bachelor of Arts, Bache- women’s studies. A certificate program is For more information on any of these lor of Music, or Bachelor of Science only available upon graduation or as a post- degrees or programs, see the individual requirements, (3) general education baccalaureate. curricula listings in this catalog. requirement, and (4) requirements for a A minor in administration of justice, major. Students majoring in General Stud- anthropology, architecture, art, athletic REQUIREMENTS FOR ies Option II do not need to meet the gen- training, biology, black studies, business BACHELOR’S DEGREE eral education requirement and upper- administration, chemistry, community division requirement in the academic distri- development, computer applications, com- Students will be graduated according to the bution areas. Specific requirements for a puter science, economics, electrical engi- requirements of the PSU catalog in force baccalaureate degree are detailed by the neering, English, environmental when they enroll at PSU or any other chart on page 15. Students pursuing sup- engineering, environmental studies, foreign accredited postsecondary institution, sub- plementary programs must complete addi- languages, geography, geology, health edu- ject to the seven-year rule (see below). tional requirements as specified in the cation, history, international economics, Once admitted and enrolled, students may curricula of these programs. international studies, jazz studies, linguis- graduate under the guidelines of any cata- tics, mathematics, music, philosophy, phys- log issued after their first admission and ics, political science, professional writing, enrollment, whether or not the student was psychology, sociology, speech communica- enrolled during the year in which said cata- tion, theater arts, and women’s studies. log was in effect. This requirement applies W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 15

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

REQUIREMENTS FOR ■ Senior Capstone BACCALAUREATE DEGREES This 6-credit capstone course is the culminating general education experience for seniors. Students join an interdisciplinary To earn a baccalaureate degree a student must complete (1) Univer- team, develop a strategy to address a problem or concern in the sity requirements, (2) general education requirements, (3) speciﬁc community, and implement this strategy over one, two, or three requirements for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, or Bach- quarters of work...... 6 credits elor of Science Degree, and (4) requirements for a major. Students bear ﬁnal responsibility for ensuring that the courses ATTENTION TRANSFER STUDENTS: taken are applicable toward satisfying their degree requirements. Please note: All students who commenced study at an institution of higher education on or after fall 1994 will be required to complete the 1. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENT University Studies requirement. ■ Minimum number of credits (lower-division plus ■ Transfer students who have earned less than 30 quarter credit upper-division): ...... 180 (180-205 in engineering) hours of transfer work are required to complete all of the Uni- ■ Minimum number of upper-division credits versity Studies program requirements, including the entire (300- and 400-level): ...... 72 sequence of Freshman Inquiry. ■ Complete General Education Requirements (Not required ■ Transfer students who have earned 30-44 quarter credit hours for General Studies Option II): List 2a for students graduating of transfer work are required to complete the Transfer Transi- under post-1994 Bulletins including transfer students who com- tion course (UnSt 210) and the University Studies program menced study at an institution of higher education on or after beginning with Sophomore Inquiry. fall 1994; list 2b for continuing students and transfer students ■ Transfer students who have earned 45-89 quarter credits of who commenced study at an institution of higher education transfer work are required to complete the University Studies prior to fall 1994 and are graduating under pre-1994 Bulletins program beginning with Sophomore Inquiry. only. ■ Transfer students who have earned 90 or more credits of trans- 2a.UNIVERSITY STUDIES (GENERAL EDU- fer work are required to complete the University Studies pro- CATION REQUIREMENT) gram beginning with an upper-division cluster. University General Education Requirement for students graduating under post-1994 Bulletins. See University Studies, page 61. 2b.GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT (For continuing students and transfer students graduating under pre- The purpose of the general education program at Portland State 1994 Bulletins.) University is to facilitate students in acquiring and developing the A student must earn a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 12 credits knowledge, abilities, and attitudes which form a foundation for in each of only two departments in each of the three academic dis- lifelong learning. This foundation includes the capacity and the tribution areas (arts and letters, science, social science). In each of propensity to engage in inquiry and critical thinking, to use various the three academic distribution areas the total credits earned in the forms of communication for learning and expression, to gain an two departments must be a minimum of 16 credits. The general awareness of the broader human experience and its environment, education requirement must be met by courses which are outside and appreciate the responsibilities of persons to themselves, to the student’s major department and which are not on the general each other, and to education exclusion list. A student majoring in a foreign language community. may use credits in a second language toward the arts and letters To accomplish this purpose all freshmen entering with less than part of the general education requirement. 30 prior university credits are required to complete the following program (See current Schedule of Classes for course descriptions GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT EXCLUSION and capstone offerings): LIST ■ Freshman Inquiry The following courses are excluded from meeting the general One year-long course which must be taken in sequence education requirement: (UnSt 101,102,103) ...... 15 credits All courses listed as 199, 299, 399, and 401-410, and all 500-level ■ Sophomore Inquiry courses; transfer courses with omnibus numbers; Anth 304, 305, Students are required to choose three Sophomore Inquiry 350; D 235, 255, 335, 435, 455; Ec 470, 471, 480, and 481; courses, each from a different University Studies cluster Eng 474; G 211, 300; Ling 110, 120; Mth 95, 100, 191, 192, 193; for a total of 12 credits...... 12 credits USP 420, 422, 423; and Wr 115, 120, 121, 211, 222, 227, 323, 327, 426, 427, 429, and 472. ■ Upper-Division Cluster (Junior and Senior Years) Students are required to select three or four courses (for a total Note: Mathematics courses accepted in transfer as Mth 199 of 12 credits) from one upper-division cluster which is directly (waives Stat 243 or 244) and foreign language courses accepted in linked to one of the three Sophomore Inquiry classes they have transfer as Hum 199 or FL 199 are exceptions and count toward the taken previously. Note: Students transferring into PSU with 90 general education requirement. or more credits should complete the Sophomore Inquiry course No one departmental course number may be taken for more directly linked to the upper-division cluster they choose. . . . 12 than six credits to count for the general education requirement. credits

Continued on next page 16 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Continued from previous

ENGLISH COMPOSITION ACADEMIC DISTRIBUTION AREAS Wr 121 and Wr 323 English Composition. Wr 323 may not be taken ■ The Arts and Letters Academic Distribution Area consists of until student is a junior and must be passed with a grade equivalent undergraduate courses from the following: Applied Linguis- to C minus or better. A Writing Intensive Course (WIC) with a tics, Architecture, Art, Black Studies (BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, grade of C- or better will substitute for Wr 323. 421, 424, 425, 426, 427 only), English (except for Wr 115, 120, Note: Wr 121 may be met by passing an examination with a 121, 222, 227, 323), Foreign Languages and Literatures, Gen- grade equivalent to C minus or better. A portfolio assessment allows eral Arts and Letters, Music, Philosophy, Speech Communica- students to demonstrate competence and may confer credit in Wr tion, Theater Arts. 323. For students entering PSU with an Associate of ArtsÐOregon ■ The Science Academic Distribution Area consists of under- Transfer degree, Wr 323 will be waived. graduate courses from the following: Biology, Chemistry, HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Computer Science, Environmental Studies, Geology, Mathemat- PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life. ical Sciences/Statistics (except Mth 95, 100), Physics, Science. ■ The Social Science Academic Distribution Area consists of THE UPPER-DIVISION REQUIREMENT IN THE undergraduate courses from the following: Administration of ACADEMIC DISTRIBUTION AREAS Justice (AJ 220 and 330 only), Anthropology, Black Studies A total of 16 upper-division credits must be earned in the academic (except BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, 427), Eco- distribution areas with no more than 12 credits in one department. nomics, General Social Science, Geography, History, Interna- These 16 credits may all be in one, be split between two, or be split tional Studies, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, Urban among all three academic distribution areas. These credits may also Studies and Planning, Women’s Studies. be counted toward the General Education courses (except Wr 323) offered in the three academic distribution areas. For students major- 4. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS ing in a department, these 16 upper-division credits must be earned Students majoring in a department: see department description in in courses outside the student’s major department; for students the Bulletin. majoring in General Studies Option I, these upper-division credits Students majoring in General Studies Option I or II: see General must be earned in courses outside the major academic distribution Studies section of the Bulletin. area. GENERAL LIMITATIONS DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT ■ Maximum number of credits transferred from regionally accred- Students graduating with the general education distribution require- ited two-year institutions: ...... 108 ments and using the 1992-93 catalog or a later catalog must meet ■ Maximum number of correspondence credits (transferred from the University diversity requirement which requires students to suc- schools recognized as institutions of higher learning): . . . . .60 cessfully complete two courses (minimum of six credits) of diver- ■ sity coursework from the approved list. The two courses must be Maximum number of credits graded P (pass) that may be taken from two different departments. The list is available from the counted for graduation: ...... 45. Degree Requirements Office in the Neuberger Hall lobby, the quar- Note restriction on P (pass) grades used for residence terly schedule of classes, and from academic departments and requirements. advisers. Courses taken to satisfy the Diversity Requirement may ■ Maximum number of Cooperative Education credits that may be also be used to meet any other applied toward degree requirements: ...... 12 requirements if they conform to the regular qualification for those ■ Minimum cumulative grade point average: 2.00 on all residence requirements. work and 2.00 on all courses, no matter where taken, in major field (some departments require a GPA greater than 2.00 in the 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF major). ARTS, BACHELOR OF MUSIC, BACHELOR ■ Residence credit: 45 (excluding credit by examination) of the OF SCIENCE DEGREES final 60 or 165 of the total credits presented. Restriction: At least (Students must choose one.) 25 of the last 45 credits must be for differentiated grades. Cred- ■ For the Bachelor of Arts Degree: its earned by participation in the Oregon State Inter-institutional Students must complete two years of college-level work in one Program at the Malheur Field Station, some Oregon State Sys- foreign language or demonstrate equivalent proficiency. For stu- tem Programs of Study Abroad, and some National Student dents who have received their secondary education in another Exchange programs also count as residence credit. language, competence in English language satisfies the foreign language requirement. (See alternative Means of Meeting Some University Requirements, page 17.) ■ For the Bachelor of Music Degree: Students must complete the program of music and applied music as prescribed by the Department of Music. ■ For the Bachelor of Science Degree: Students must complete a minimum of 12 credits in the science academic distribution area (excluding mathematical sciences/statistics) a minimum of 12 credits in the arts and letters and/or the social sciences distribution areas, and 4 credits in mathematical sciences/statistics. A minimum of 8 or the 12 credits in the science distribution area must be in coursework with integrated or associated laboratory or field work. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 17

ALTERNATIVE MEANS OF DOUBLE MAJOR dents may request a Degree Audit prior to MEETING SOME application upon completion of 150 credits. Students with two or more departmental or (Advanced degree candidates should see UNIVERSITY REQUIRE- their adviser concerning the required MENTS school majors must satisfy the University distribution requirements for only one of GO-series forms.) the majors. The student must identify the All University academic requirements Writing 121 Requirement. A system of must be satisfied before any degree will be regular examinations allows students to departmental or school major for which the University requirements are to be satisfied. conferred and all financial obligations must demonstrate competence and may confer be met before any diploma will be released. credit in Wr 121. Times and places of the When a double major includes both a examinations are available from the departmental and a general studies Option Department of English. II major, the University distribution POSTBACCALAUREATE Writing 323 Requirement. (1) A port- requirements are to be satisfied for the STUDIES folio assessment allows students to demon- departmental major. 725-3438 strate competence and may confer credit in Wr 323. Information is available in the ASSESSMENT Second Baccalaureate Degree. A candi- Department of English. (2) A “Writing date for a second baccalaureate degree Intensive Course” with a grade of C- or Students at Portland State University par- must complete the following: better will substitute for Wr 323. ticipate in assessment activities within their 1. Residence credit after earning first Foreign Language Requirement for programs of study. Assessment activities degree: if the first degree was from Port- the B.A. Degree. The B.A. language may include standardized testing, place- land State University, 36 credits; if the first requirement is not defined in credits, but in ment tests, surveys, portfolios of student degree was from another college or univer- terms of competence: for graduation, a stu- work, group or individual interviews, or sity accredited by a recognized regional dent must demonstrate competence equiva- classroom research. Results are used to association, 45 credits. Restriction: At least lent to that normally attained after two inform the process of teaching and learn- 25 of the 45 credits must be for differenti- years of college study. Students with no ing, the design and implementation of pro- ated grades (A-F). previous knowledge of a foreign language grams and curricula, and efforts to describe 2.a. Bachelor of Arts degree: if the first are advised to complete 30 credits (two and improve the student experience at Port- degree was not a B.A., students must years) in a language. land State University. complete two years of college-level work Students who already possess sufficient in a foreign language or demonstrate competence (or who wish to prepare them- APPLICATION FOR equivalent proficiency. selves outside of formal classes) may meet A DEGREE b. Bachelor of Music degree: if the first the B.A. language requirement in any of degree was not a B.M., students must (AND DEGREE AUDIT) complete program in music and applied the following ways: (1) Completion in any 725-3438 foreign language of 203 or its equivalent music as prescribed by the Department of Music with a grade of C-, P, or above; (2) comple- An admitted student who intends to be tion in any foreign language of a course c. Bachelor of Science degree: if the graduated from Portland State University first degree was not a B.S., 36 credits that has 203 or higher as a prerequisite; (3) must file an application for a degree from the science area or 36 credits from Demonstration of proficiency in a foreign (undergraduate or graduate) with the the social sciences. language equivalent to that attained after Degree Requirements section of the Office 3. Requirements for a major: Courses two years of college study. There are three of Admissions and Records. Commence- taken as a postbaccalaureate student or as ways to demonstrate equivalency profi- ment day is in June, a summer commence- part of the first degree program count ciency: a) in French, German, or Spanish, ment is held in August, and degrees can be toward the major. Students do not need to by passing the CLEP examination with a issued each term. Quarterly degree applica- meet the general education requirement. score high enough for second-year level tion deadlines are published in the Sched- Admitted postbaccalaureate students credit (see page 20); b) in other languages ule of Classes. Applications received after a regularly taught by the Department of For- must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.00 on deadline are considered for the next avail- all work taken at PSU. Failure to do so will eign Languages and Literatures by passing able graduation date. a departmental examination with a score result in academic probation and General University degree requirements disqualification. high enough for second-year level credit; c) are checked by the Degree Requirements in any language for which the Department Postbaccalaureate students who do not section. All special requirements for a hold a degree from a university where the of Foreign Languages and Literatures has a degree in a major will be checked and qualified tester by passing a non-credit language of instruction is English must sat- approved by the department, college, or isfy the Wr 323 requirements before gradu- departmental examination. English satisfies school offering the major program. the B.A. language requirement for students ation from PSU. Students bear final responsibility for Certificate Candidates Holding a whose official transcripts demonstrate that ensuring that the courses taken are applica- their secondary education was completed Baccalaureate Degree. A candidate for a ble toward satisfying their degree require- certificate holding a baccalaureate degree in a foreign language. Such students may ments. They are also responsible for not enroll in first- or second-year courses in must complete the following: informing the degree requirements section If the first degree is from Portland the language in which they received their of any change of address while a degree secondary education. (See page 99.) State University, credits in residence candidate. needed to complete the certificate Based on the application, baccalaureate requirements. candidates are mailed a complete Degree Audit before their last term. Part-time stu- 18 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

If the first degree is from another The following grading scale is A written record of the remaining work accredited college or university, employed at the undergraduate level: and its completion date should be kept by 30 credits in residence at Portland State A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+= 1.33 both instructor and student. The instructor University, including that work needed to A- = 3.67 C+= 2.33 D = 1.00 may specify the highest grade that may be complete the certificate requirements. Post- B+= 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 earned. This should not exceed the level of baccalaureate students who do not hold a B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 achievement displayed during the normal degree from a university where the lan- course period. guage of instruction is English must satisfy Evaluation of a student’s performance is The deadline for completion of an the Wr 323 requirements before comple- determined by the following grades: Incomplete can be no longer than one year. tion of a certificate program. A—Excellent The instructor may set a shorter deadline B—Superior which shall be binding. An agreement to a ACADEMIC CREDIT C—Average longer period must be by petition to the D—Inferior Scholastic Standards Committee. A credit is the basic unit of measurement of F—Failure An Incomplete mark becomes part of educational accomplishment. One credit P—Pass the permanent transcript record after the normally connotes 10 hours of lecture-reci- NP—No pass deadline expires. To remove an I, an tation or 20 or more hours of laboratory, The following marks are also used: instructor must file a supplementary grade report. Note: Other colleges and universi- studio, or activity work. The majority of I—Incomplete ties may treat a permanent incomplete as a courses at Portland State University involve IP—In Progress (UnSt 421 only) failure. three or four hours per week of lecture-rec- W—Withdrawal Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a itation. PSU is on the quarter-system calen- Au—Audit course must be initiated by the student. It is dar. Semester credits transferred from other X—No basis for grade/No grade received accredited schools may be converted to the student’s responsibility to withdraw PSU’s credits by multiplying by 1.5. The Schedule of Classes identifies properly by the deadline dates published in A student should enroll for an average courses as offered under the differentiated the Schedule of Classes. To avoid having to of 15 credits per term in order to be gradu- or undifferentiated option. Students elect- pay a check-in fee, students should check ated within the normal 12 terms. Employed ing the undifferentiated grade option when in any assigned laboratory or studio desks. students should make sure they are not it is offered are graded pass or no pass. In A student may withdraw with no course overloading themselves. They may want to the majority of instances, a pass grade is record on the transcript up to the end of the plan to spend more than 12 terms to com- equated to a C- grade or better (some fourth week of the term. As a courtesy, stu- plete degree requirements. Undergraduate departments accept only C or better). dents are advised to notify the instructor students desiring to take more than 21 cred- Please check with the department. Neither concerned of the intended or completed its must obtain approval as pass nor no pass grades are used in comput- withdrawal. follows: ing a student’s GPA. A maximum of 45 A student may withdraw for any reason credits graded P may be applied toward before the end of the fourth week, but with- 22-25 credits: Obtain approval of adviser on Portland State’s baccalaureate degree. Stu- Consent for Overload form available at the drawal between then and the end of the Registration window, Neuberger Hall lobby. dents elect grade options for specific eighth week requires instructor approval. A courses during registration and will not be student withdrawing after the end of the 26 or more credits: Petition to Academic permitted to change after the regular dead- Requirements Committee. Forms are available at fourth week shall have a W recorded on the the registration window, Neuberger Hall lobby. line for making a change in grading option transcript. Such petitions must be submitted by the last day as listed in the Schedule of Classes. The A student wishing to withdraw after the to pay without a late fee. undifferentiated grade option may not be eighth week must petition the Deadline used to repeat a course previously taken for Class Standing. Class standing is based Appeals Committee or Graduate Council. differentiated grade or for major require- on the number of credits a student has com- A W is recorded if the petition is allowed. ments in some departments. pleted, according to the following sched- Reasons for withdrawal beyond the eighth Incompletes. A student may be ule: week must be beyond the student’s control, assigned an I mark by an instructor when and medical reasons must be documented. Acceptable Status credits completed all of the following four criteria apply: Instructor’s comments are required on the Freshman ...... 1-44 Sophomore ...... 45-89 1. Quality of work in the course up to that petition. Upper-division standing ...... 90 or more point is C- level or above. Deadline dates for drops and withdraw- Junior ...... 90-134 2. Essential work remains to be done. als are given on the calendar page of the Senior ...... 135 or more “Essential” means that a grade for the Schedule of Classes. Date of withdrawal is Postbaccalaureate...... Hold a degree course could not be assigned without drop- the date it is received by Registration. from an accredited college or university ping one or more grade points below the Eight-week Summer Session classes will level achievable upon completion of the use three- and six-week deadlines instead GRADING SYSTEM FOR work. of four and eight weeks. UNDERGRADUATES 3. Reasons for assigning an I must be If a student, to the best of the instruc- acceptable to the instructor. The student tor’s knowledge, has never attended class, The undergraduate grading system applies does not have the right to demand an I. The the name on the grading register may be only to undergraduate courses. circumstances must be unforeseen or be assigned an X grade. An auditor may also The undergraduate grading system beyond the control of the student. An be assigned an X for insufficient attendance gives students the choice of taking certain instructor is entitled to insist on appropri- only. courses designated by departments for ate medical or other documentation. A student who has participated in a either differentiated (A, B, C, D, F) or course but who has failed to complete 4. Consultation must have occurred and a undifferentiated (pass or no pass) grades. essential work or attend examinations, and formal agreement must be reached who has not communicated with the between instructor and student. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 19

instructor, will be assigned an F, D, NP, or A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA sity upon petition to and approval by the whatever grade the work has earned. on residence credit, that is, credit taken at Scholastic Standards Committee; the stu- Grade Point Average (GPA). The reg- PSU. dent’s proposed academic program must istrar computes current and cumulative A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA have the approval of an academic adviser. GPAs on student grade reports and tran- on all courses taken in the student’s major scripts, according to the following scale: field. As some departments have additional APPEALS AND A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, F = 0. A plus conditions, check Requirements for Major GRIEVANCES grade increases the points by 0.33, a minus in the major department description in the decreases it by 0.33 (e.g., B- = 2.67). Bulletin to determine the minimum GPA Grievances and requests for exceptions to Cumulative grade point averages include required for your major and whether D or P University requirements may be filed with all credits and points earned at PSU. Sepa- grades may be counted toward the major. committees which deal with specific stu- rate GPAs are printed for undergraduate Note: Even though PSU does not accept dent concerns. courses and for graduate courses. For fur- credits in transfer when a D or F was ther details on academic standing, see the earned, the GPA for the major will include UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS quarterly Schedule of Classes. Ds and Fs earned in the major field at other Academic Requirements Committee. GPA Repeat Policy. A grade of D+, D, colleges unless the course is repeated at This committee develops policies and adju- D-, or F may be disregarded in the GPA PSU. The GPA Repeat Policy is then dicates petitions regarding academic regu- calculation if the student repeats the course applied. lations such as credit loads, transfer credit, once for a differentiated grade (not P/NP) A student completing a minor must and graduation requirements for all under- at PSU and earns another grade. Only the meet the GPA prescribed in the description graduate degree programs. It also develops first D or F in a given course is subject to of the minor. and recommends policies and adjudicates this policy. If course credit has changed, A maximum of 45 credits graded P may student petitions regarding initial under- credit is granted according to the repeated be counted toward the 180 credits required graduate admissions, including entering course. Complete a Notification of Repeat for graduation. At least 25 of the last 45 freshmen. of Course with D or F Grade form at the credits must be taken for differentiated Scholastic Standards Committee. Registration Window, Neuberger Hall grades. This committee develops and recommends lobby, by the middle of the repeat term. Academic Standing: Probation, Dis- academic standards with a view to main- The last grade received and its credits qualification, and Requalification. The taining the reputation of the undergraduate contribute toward graduation. However, for faculty Scholastic Standards Committee program of the University. It advises the graduation honors only the first grade is has the authority to place on academic pro- Registrar in academic matters concerning used. No grades are changed on the stu- bation or disqualification any student transfer students or students seeking read- dent’s academic record. according to the following standards: mission after having had scholastic defi- Note: Other colleges and professional Academic Probation. Any student ciencies. It assists undergraduate students schools may have a different policy with whose cumulative GPA† at PSU is below who are having difficulty with scholastic respect to calculating a GPA when a class the following scholastic requirements shall regulations and adjudicates student is repeated. be placed on academic probation: petitions that request the waiving of regulations on suspensions (academic Honors Degrees. In order to be eligible Total Credits Including for baccalaureate honors a student must Transfer Credits 12 or more readmission). have a minimum of 45 residence credits in Minimum PSU GPA GRADUATE STUDENTS courses with differentiated grades. To be † Probation Levels 2.00 Graduate Council. This council recom- graduated “With Honors” a student must Academic Disqualification. Any stu- mends policies and standards for graduate have a minimum resident grade point aver- dent with 12 total credits enrolled at PSU courses and programs and coordinates all age of 3.50 and an overall cumulative grade while on probation will be automatically graduate activities of instructional units point average of 3.50. To be graduated disqualified at the end of the term in which and programs. It develops and recommends “With High Honors” a student must have a the student has not met at least one of the University policies, establishes procedures minimum resident GPA of 3.75 and an following requirements: and regulations for graduate studies, and overall cumulative GPA of 3.75. If a course † adjudicates petitions regarding graduate has been repeated for credit, the first grade 1. Raised the cumulative PSU GPA regulations. only is used in computing honors. For the above the probation level, or purpose of determining a student’s eligibil- 2. Earned a GPA for the given term of UNDERGRADUATE AND ity for graduation with Honors or High 2.25 or above. GRADUATE STUDENTS Honors, overall cumulative grade point If only the second of these requirements Academic Appeals Board. This board averages include credits and points earned is met, the student will be continued on hears appeals from students who claim to at all accredited colleges and universities probation subject to the same requirements have received prejudiced or capricious aca- but do not include credits and points earned as those specified above for any initial term demic evaluation and makes recommenda- at unaccredited and foreign on probation. A student’s status at any term tions on cases to the Provost. In such cases institutions. when on probation does not change by the student should first consult with the Honors degrees are inscribed on diplo- repeating courses. instructor. If the grievance is not resolved, mas and candidates’ names are published Academically disqualified students are the student should then contact the depart- in the Commencement program. not permitted to register for any Portland ment chair, then the dean of the college or Grade Requirements for Gradua- State University day, evening, summer, or school. If the grievance is still not resolved, tion. In order to earn a bachelor’s degree, a Extended Studies credit classes. the student may then appeal by writing a student must earn 180 credits (more Requalification. A student who is dis- letter to the Academic Appeals Board. required in some programs) with grades of qualified may be readmitted to the Univer- Appeals may be filed in the Office of Stu- A, B, C, D, or P. dent Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Center.

† The Scholastic Regulations use a GPA combining the undergraduate GPA with any graduate coursework. 20 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Deadline Appeals Board. A student 4. In assigning grades for credit by exami- sity, Office of Admissions and Records. may petition this board to be exempted nation, the departments, college, or schools The request should be sent to College from published deadlines. Cases most often determine whether to use an undifferenti- Examinations Entrance Board, Attention: handled involve deadlines for waiving late ated (P for pass or NP for no pass) or a dif- CLEP Transcript Service, Princeton, NJ registration fees and for changing classes. ferentiated grade, from A (excellent) to F 08540. The transcript request should Petitions may be submitted before or after (failing). include Social Security number, date and the deadline date and must include docu- 5. Credit earned by examination at other place of test and fee. Fees are set by the mentation of the reason for missing the institutions of higher education may only Educational Testing Services and are sub- deadline. be transferred with the approval of the ject to change. Phone request number is Petition forms may be obtained at the appropriate Portland State department, col- (609) 771-7865. Registrar’s Window in Neuberger Hall. For lege, or school and the Academic Require- Where to Apply for CLEP further information students should consult ments Committee. Examinations. Students planning to take the Registrar’s Office. 6. Credit by examination does not count CLEP examinations should apply for them toward residence credit. at least one month in advance with the Testing Office of PSU’s Counseling and CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Courses and Examinations Given for 725-3412 Psychological Services (M342 Smith Credit Memorial Center) or with other recognized Undergraduate students may obtain Credit 1. Students should contact the appropriate CLEP testing centers. The Testing Office by Examination in three basic ways: departments, college, or schools to deter- supplies descriptive brochures and other mine the availability of particular courses information on CLEP examinations. I. Examinations in Portland State Univer- for credit by examination. sity courses approved for Credit by Exami- The Testing Office also supplies infor- nation and administered by Portland State 2. The examinations administered vary mation and administers CLEP examina- departments or schools. according to the departments, college, or tions to nonadmitted or nonenrolled II. Examinations approved by Portland schools which administer them, and may students. Fees for CLEP examinations are State and available through the College- include midterm and/or final examinations set by the Educational Testing Services and Level Examination Program (CLEP). in current courses or special examinations are subject to change. Relation between CLEP and III.Advanced Placement Program. designed for students “challenging” courses whether or not the courses are cur- Advanced Placement (AP) Program. I. PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY rently being offered. Students cannot acquire duplicate credit COURSES Application for Credit by Examination through CLEP in the subjects for which Prerequisites for Credit by Examina- (PSU courses) and Cost they have acquired Advanced Placement tion (PSU courses) credit. To the extent that a student’s high 1. Students wishing to take examinations school does not offer Advanced Placement 1. Students must be formally admitted (in for Portland State courses may obtain an writing) to Portland State, and work, CLEP becomes a supplement or sub- application with detailed instructions from stitute for Advanced Placement credit. 2. Be currently registered or have com- the Office of Admissions and Records pleted one Portland State course. (Neuberger Hall lobby). III.ADVANCED PLACEMENT Guidelines Governing Credit by Exami- 2. The fee for credit by examination is PROGRAM nation (PSU courses) $40 per course examination. Students who complete college-level work in high school under the Advanced Place- 1. Not all courses in all departments are II. CLEP EXAMINATIONS ment Program sponsored by the College open to challenge. Each academic unit CLEP (College-Level Examination Entrance Examination Board and who decides which of its courses are available Program) includes nationally normed receive creditable grades in examinations to undergraduates for credit by examina- examinations. CLEP has (1) subject administered by that board may, after tion. The determination by the department matter examinations, and (2) general admission to PSU, be granted credit toward is final. No courses numbered 199, 299, examinations. a bachelor’s degree in comparable college 399, or 401 to 410 inclusive are eligible for A table of CLEP examinations accepted by courses. Students may request an official credit by examination. Wr 323 is not avail- PSU is available from the Admissions and transcript be sent to Portland State Univer- able. Records Office, Neuberger Hall lobby. sity, Office of Admissions and Records. 2. Credit earned by examination may not Eligibility for CLEP. CLEP subject or The transcript request should be sent to be received in a course which: general examinations may be taken prior to Advanced Placement Program, PO Box a. Duplicates credit previously earned entering the University. If the individual 6671, Princeton, NJ 08541-6671. by a student, or passes a CLEP examination, the University Students entering from high schools not b. Is more elementary, as determined by accepts the amount of credit indicated in participating in the Advanced Placement departmental, college, or school regula- the CLEP table, but only after admission is Examinations may, on their own initiative, tions, than a course in which the student granted and the student is (or has been) apply to the College Entrance Examination has already received credit. enrolled in Portland State courses. Board for permission to take the Advanced 3.a. A student may attempt to acquire Qualifications for CLEP Transfer. Placement Examinations. If they receive credit by examination only once for any Students who have taken CLEP examina- creditable scores, they may be granted sim- course. tions prior to entering Portland State may ilar credit after admission. b. A student who has taken but not transfer such credit provided they have Credit Awarded for Advanced passed a course may subsequently Placement. The amount of credit a student attempt credit in that course by examina- passed the examination with scores at or tion. Only one such attempt is permitted. above the minimum accepted by PSU and may receive for Advanced Placement In the event of failure, results will not be provided the University has approved the Examinations and the scores required for recorded on a student’s academic record. examinations for credit. the award of credit vary according to Should an examination not be passed, Application for Credit before Coming department as described below under indi- credit can be obtained by repeating the to PSU. Students may request an official vidual department headings. Important: course. transcript be sent to Portland State Univer- Any student with a score of four or five (or W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 21

three in mathematics) must arrange an Computer Science. A score of 4 or 5 elective credits for a total of 18 credits; and interview with the department head for pur- will lead to a conference with an adviser to a score of 5 confers 15 credits for the first- poses of further guidance. determine whether credit will be conferred and second-year sequences, plus 8 credits Art History. With a score of 3 or better for CS 161 and CS 162. in the third-year sequence, for a total of 23 and the completion of the accompanying English. A score of 4 or 5 on the credits. year-long course in high school, will confer Advanced Placement English Literature Mathematics. Calculus AB: A score of 9 credits in ArH 204, 205, and 206. and Composition examination will confer a 4 or 5 confers 8 credits in Mth 251 and 252. Biology. A student with a score of 4 or 5 total of 15 lower-division credits: 3 credits A score of 3 confers 4 credits in Mth 251. will be permitted to enroll in advanced in Wr 121 and 12 credits in Eng 104, 105, Calculus BC: A score of 4 or 5 will confer courses in biology with waiver of the intro- 106. A score of 3 will confer 3 credits in 12 credits in Mth 251, 252, and 253. A ductory courses. This waiver does not Wr 121. A score of 3, 4, or 5 on the score of 3 will confer 8 credits in Mth 251 reduce the total number of credits required Advanced Placement English Language and 252. in biology courses for a major but gives the and Composition examination will confer 9 Music. Music Theory: A score of 4 or 5 student opportunity to gain greater depth credits: 3 credits in Wr 121 and 6 unas- confers 12 credits for Mus 111, 112, 113; a and scope. signed credits in lower-division writing. score of 3 confers 4 credits for Mus 111. Chemistry. A score of 4 or 5 qualifies European History. A score of 4 or 5 Music History/Literature: A score of 4 science, health science, and engineering confers 8 credits in Hst 101 and 102, and or 5 confers 8 credits for Mus 201, 202. majors to enroll in Ch 223 and 229. A cred- 3 credits in history, unassigned. Physics B. A score of 4 or 5 confers itable grade in these two courses will Foreign Languages. French, German, 12 credits in Ph 201, 202, and 203. confer 10 credits in Ch 221, 222, 227, and and Spanish Language Test: A score of Physics C. A score of 4 or 5 confers 228. A score of four or five will entitle the 3 confers 15 credits for the first year 8 credits in Ph 211 and 212. nonmajor to 9 credits in chemistry, unas- sequence; a score of 4 confers 15 credits United States History. A score of 4 or signed; these 9 credits will count toward for the second-year sequence and 3 addi- 5 on the examination confers 8 credits in the distribution requirements in science. tional upper-division foreign language Hst 201 and 202.

EXPENSES

Tuition and Fees/Student Status. Enter- dents who do not intend to use specific All tuition and fees may be paid at the ing and continuing students at Portland resources or services. All regular students Cashier Windows located in Neuberger State University should plan their study are required to be currently admitted to the Hall lobby, or in accordance with the programs and work loads with a knowledge University. instructions received with the monthly bill- of the fee and tuition schedules of the insti- All part-time students, admitted and ing statement. For specific deadlines refer tution. The Oregon State Board of Higher nonadmitted, taking 1 to 8 credits pay to the appropriate Schedule of Classes pub- Education reserves the right to change the tuition and fees according to the level of lished each term. Tuition and fees must be schedule of tuition and fees without notice. the course(s) in which they enroll. Courses paid in full each term; however, students Additionally, certain charges set by the numbered 499 or below are assessed at the may elect to pay in installments by making University are also subject to change. How- undergraduate rate; courses numbered 500 a one-third payment at the beginning of the ever, no change made after a term begins and above are assessed at the graduate rate. term with the balance due by the term’s end will become effective within that term. Part-time students are entitled to such ser- (Revolving Charge Account Plan). First- Most laboratory and class materials are vices as the University Library, Smith time participants must sign an agreement included in the tuition and fees payment, Memorial Center, Student Development which is available at the Accounts Receiv- but certain classes do require special programs, and use of the open recreation able office, Neuberger Hall lobby. deposit charges, surcharges, or costs to areas of the Peter Stott Center. They are not Tuition and Fee Schedules/Regular cover materials. These charges are listed in entitled, however, to incidental fee privi- Tuition Schedule. Note: The 1998-99 the Schedule of Classes. leges, such as free admission to most ath- tuition and fee schedules have not been set A regular student is defined as a resi- letic events or subsidized use of the Helen by the Oregon State Board of Higher Edu- dent or nonresident undergraduate, post- Gordon Child Development Center, or cation. The charges listed in the chart on baccalaureate, or graduate student enrolled health services or insurance; however, stu- the following page are effective during the for 9 credits or more. A regular student is dents taking 4-8 hours may opt to purchase 1997-98 academic year. Students should entitled to use the resources of the Univer- health services and insurance. Residency consult the tuition and fee listing in the sity, including the Library, the Health Ser- and admission requirements are waived for PSU Schedule of Classes for up-to-date vice, and use of the open recreation areas students in this category. information and applicable tuition and fees. of the Peter Stott Center. A regular student All students registered for coursework Students who enroll incur an accounts is also entitled to admission to PSU home on or after the first day of the term have a receivable obligation and are financially athletic events (with the exception of play- financial obligation in the form of an responsible for all classes and credits in off games and social events) and coverage accounts receivable. The financial obliga- which they are registered on or after the by a basic health insurance plan. No reduction is the maximum load enrolled after the first day of the term. All classes dropped tion in the total charge is made to those stu- start of the term. are subject to the refund schedule. Students 22 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

are required to pay for any tuition, fees and rates. To qualify for tuition reciprocity, Late Fees. Late payment fees apply on charges remaining on their account. Washington students must: the fifteenth day of the term counting from Tuition and Fee Calculation—8 Cred- ■ Be legal residents of the state of Wash- the first day of the term. A late fee of $40 is its or Fewer. Part-time students enrolling ington. charged after the second week of the term, in courses numbered 499 or below pay ■ Be a junior or senior level student with with an additional assessment of $59 after undergraduate tuition and fees. Students at least 90 credits or an A.A. degree. the eighth week. enrolling in courses numbered 500 and ■ Be formally admitted PSU students. Resource Fee. This fee is a mandatory above pay graduate tuition and fees. ■ Enroll in and satisfactorily complete a enrollment fee. All students are assessed a For students enrolling in classes both minimum of 8 credits per term at PSU. technology fee per credit hour. In addition, for undergraduate and graduate credit, the Audit credits do not count for credit. students admitted to some academic pro- instructional fee for each is combined and ■ Maintain permanent residence in the grams are assessed a program-specific added to the single building, technology, state of Washington. resource fee per credit. and incidental fee to arrive at the total The Office of Admissions and Records Other Special Fees. Special fees and charge. can provide additional information about fines are subject to change. Up-to-date When courses are added, tuition is cal- the program. information on special fees and clarifica- culated upon the difference between the Noncredit and Extended Studies Self- tion of charges can be obtained from the original credit-hour payment and total Support. Enrollment in these courses may Office of Business Affairs, 167 Neuberger credits. When credits exceed 8, tuition not be combined with regular PSU credit Hall, 725-3443. policy for 9 credits or more applies. classes for fee calculations. Revolving Charge Account Plan Tuition and Fee Calculation— Senior Citizen Fee Schedule. Senior (RCAP). An installment payment option is 9 Credits or More. All students taking citizens are defined as persons age 65 or available to all students (except those who 9 credits or more are assessed tuition and older who do not wish to earn course owe the University money from previous fees according to their undergraduate/ credit. Such persons are authorized to terms or who are receiving financial aid). graduate and residency status. The level attend classes on a space-available basis Students may elect to pay installments of courses in which students enroll is without payment of tuition. Charges for by making a one-third payment at the immaterial. special materials, if any, must be paid. beginning of the term with the balance due Tuition Reciprocity. Under an agree- Incidental and Health Service fee privi- by the term’s end. The balance is subject to ment between the states of Oregon and leges are not provided and the University interest at the rate of 12 percent per annum. Washington, a limited number of Washing- does not maintain any records of enroll- First-time participants must sign an agree- ton students may be eligible to attend PSU ment. The registration receipt may be used ment which is available at the Accounts and pay Oregon resident tuition and fee to obtain a library card. Receivable Window, Neuberger Hall lobby. In the event of withdrawal, any refunds due are applied to the outstanding balance, and any remaining balance due remains payable. Failure to pay in full may also TUITION AND FEES result in denial of registration, graduation, and transcripts as well as additional assess- (Charges for 1997-98) ment for collection charges and attorney’s Graduate Graduate fees. Undergrad Undergrad Student Student Withdrawals and Fee Refunds. Credits Resident Nonresident Resident Nonresident Complete withdrawal or dropping one or Full-time: more classes can be accomplished before 12-18 $1,119.00 $3,641.00 ...... classes begin via touch-tone phone or Web 9-16 ...... $1,956.00 $3,362.00 Part-time: access with a 100 percent reversal of 1* 142.50 142.50 267.00 267.00 charges. After classes begin, withdrawals 2* 222.00 222.00 465.00 465.00 and class drops are accomplished via 3* 301.50 301.50 663.00 663.00 touch-tone phone, Web access, or Special 4* 381.00 381.00 861.00 861.00 5* 460.50 460.50 1,059.00 1,059.00 Registration Form at the Registration win- 6* 540.00 540.00 1,257.00 1,257.00 dows in the Neuberger Hall lobby, with the 7* 619.50 619.50 1,455.00 1,455.00 applicable tuition percentage charge 8* 699.00 699.00 1,653.00 1,653.00 remaining due and payable. Refund consid- 9 857.50 2,749.50 ...... 10 945.00 3,047.00 ...... eration is automatic; no special request is 11 1,032.50 3,344.50 ...... necessary. Over-time: Each Fees for the purchase of a student health additional credit 75.00 285.00 192.00 349.00 insurance plan are nonrefundable. Refunds Graduate assistants pay $224 per term (plus hourly overtime fee above 16 credits). of special course fees must be approved by Postbaccalaureate students pay undergraduate fees, when registered for 9 credits or departments. Physical education, speech, more. and music special activity course fee Admission is required in order to register for 9 credits or more. refunds are subject to the schedule for com- Note: The appropriate fee is determined by total credits of registered coursework plete withdrawal listed on page 23. (credit and audit). *Tuition for carrying loads of 8 credits or fewer is determined by the level of the course(s) taken. Residency is not considered. See the quarterly Schedule of Classes for further details and for registration policies that affect carrying load, such as auditors and overloads. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 23

Complete withdrawal or dropping Financial Aid Office based upon the date Refund Schedule for Complete or coursework does not cancel a student’s the student withdraws. Partial Withdrawal obligation to pay a student loan, balance of Refund calculations are based on total Before the beginning of classes ...... 100% Revolving Charge Account Plan (RCAP), tuition and fees. Special fees are nonre- Before the close of the 14th calendar day or any other financial obligation owed the fundable. Refunds are computed from the after classes begin ...... 85%† Before the close of the 21st calendar day University. Students with such outstanding date of official withdrawal or drop; they are † obligations will have any refund due them not based on when attendance in class after classes begin ...... 50% Before the close of the 28th calendar day applied against the obligation. ceased. Students who are delayed in with- after classes begin ...... 25%† Students on financial aid will have their drawal process for reasons beyond their refund credited back to the appropriate control may petition for an earlier drop date There is no refund after the close of the grantor or agency making the award. Stu- via a Deadline Appeals petition obtained at 28th calendar day following the start of dents receiving financial aid who withdraw the Registration window. Allow four to six classes. This schedule applies to all stu- completely from school before the end of weeks between withdrawal/drop and dents, whether making a complete with- the term may be required to repay a portion receipt of refund. Action cannot begin until drawal or just reducing hours. The of their financial aid award. The amount to the two-week Add period has passed. appropriate percentage is applied to the dif- be repaid will be calculated by the Student ference between the initial official tuition and fees figure and the figure applicable to the reduced load.

FINANCIAL AID

174 Neuberger Hall the contribution expected from parents is the University before submitting the finan- 725-3461 related directly to a family’s financial cial aid application; however, students new e-mail: [email protected] strength as reflected by adjusted gross to Portland State must be admitted before www.ess.pdx.edu/fao income, number of dependents, allowable processing of the application for financial The professional staff of the Student Finan- expenses, and assets. Both dependent and aid may occur. Funds will not be disbursed cial Aid Office is ready to help students to independent students also have a responsi- until the applicant has been accepted for determine the level of their financial need bility to make a reasonable contribution admission to the University. and to plan for the most efficient use of toward their costs from earnings and sav- In order to be eligible to receive state or their financial resources for education. ings. Financial aid resources serve to sup- federal financial aid, a student must remain plement these primary resources. Aid in good academic standing as defined in the eligibility is determined through a federally University Scholastic Standards Policy, and STUDENT BUDGETS established formula. enroll for and complete at least 12 credits Students should apply annually using per term in the case of undergraduate or To assist the student in financial planning the Free Application for Federal Student postbaccalaureate status, or 9 credits per and in determining eligibility for assis- Aid (FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA. term in the case of graduate student status. tance, the following expenses are taken into Forms are available through high school Students enrolled on a half-time basis, 6 consideration: tuition and fees, books and counseling offices, the PSU Student Finan- credits per term in the case of undergradu- supplies, room and board, transportation, cial Aid Office, or other college financial ate or postbaccalaureate status, or 5 credits child care costs and personal/miscellaneous aid offices. in the case of graduate status, may apply expenses. Specific allowable student Graduate Students. Graduate students for a limited number of aid programs. The expense budgets are shown in the Applying may receive consideration for financial student must be in a degree or certificate for Financial Aid brochure (available in the assistance through the Federal Perkins program and must be a U.S. citizen or be an Financial Aid Office) and the Schedule of Loan, Federal Work-Study, and Federal eligible non-citizen. Classes. Note: All tuition and fee costs are Direct Stafford Loan programs. subject to change by the Oregon State International Students. International Board of Higher Education. CONFIRMATION AND students are not eligible to participate in The Student Financial Aid Office pro- DECISION NOTIFICATION federal financial aid programs. vides needy, qualified students with finan- Applications for Aid. Applications for cial aid in the form of loans, grants, and Applicants will be advised by letter of the financial aid must be submitted annually employment. In order to make the best use decision on their financial aid application. for the academic year and/or summer aid. of available funds, awards normally consist Those awarded aid will be required to Applications are accepted by the Stu- of a “package” of two or more of these sign and return a reply copy of their award dent Financial Aid Office at any time forms of financial aid. letters. during the year, with priority given to Underlying the awarding of financial The Student Financial Aid Office admitted applicants who mail their FAFSA aid at PSU is the nationally accepted phi- awards aid to eligible students from the fol- in January or February and who provide all losophy that parents are the primary source lowing federal, state, institution, and donor requested information promptly. It is not responsible for helping dependent students sources. necessary to wait for formal admission to to meet educational costs. The amount of

† Less nonrefundable health insurance for regular students ($16.00 in the 1996-97 academic year). 24 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

EDUCATIONAL Federal Direct Stafford Loans. Loans Adelia Pritchard Scholarship Loan Fund of GRANT PROGRAMS are available to PSU students through the the Business and Professional Women’s Club cooperation of the University and the U.S. of Portland Federal Pell Grants. This federally funded Department of Education. Both interest sub- PSU Co-op Loan Fund grant program is designed to provide assis- sidized and unsubsidized loans are available. PSU Women’s Association Loan Fund tance to eligible undergraduate students. The Subsidized loan eligibility is based upon the Sandy Business and Professional Women’s amount of the grant is determined by the fed- demonstration of financial need. Repayment Club Loan Fund eral government with the University acting begins six months after the student drops School of Social Work Loan Fund as the disbursing agent. Eligibility is based below half-time status or leaves the Univer- Frida D. Wahlgren Loan Fund for Girls upon financial need. sity. The federal government pays the inter- Ellis T. Waring Memorial Loan Fund Federal Supplemental Educational est on subsidized loans while the student is in West Linn Lions Club Opportunity Grants. This is a federally school. Unsubsidized loan eligibility is based funded grant program under which eligible upon the difference between the student’s applicants are selected for awards by Port- cost of attendance and financial aid awarded. land State University. Eligibility is based Repayment begins while the student is still upon exceptional financial need and awards enrolled. The federal government does not are limited to undergraduate students only. make interest payments. Annual loan maxi- State Need Grants (Oregon residents). mums for both loan types combined are All undergraduate students needing financial $2,625 for freshmen; $3,500 for sopho- aid are eligible to apply for the Need Grant mores; $5,500 for juniors, seniors, and post- awarded by the Oregon State Scholarship baccalaureates; and $8,500 for graduate Commission. Awards are based upon finan- students. Independent students may borrow cial need. Awards are renewable for 12 terms additional unsubsidized Stafford Loans up to provided satisfactory academic progress and these maximums: $4,000 for freshmen and financial need continue. sophomores; $5,000 for juniors, seniors, and Oregon University System Supplemen- postbaccalaureates; and $10,000 for gradu- tal Tuition Grants. This is a state-funded ates. The interest rate varies annually, with a program that provides tuition assistance to maximum of 8.25 percent. eligible Oregon resident undergraduates. Federal Direct PLUS Loans. These Athletic Grants-in-Aid and Scholar- loans are available to the parents of depen- ships. Athletic grants-in-aid and scholar- dent students who wish to borrow more ships are administered by the Director of funds than the Federal Direct Stafford Loan Athletics. Each varsity coach is responsible eligibility allows. Parents may borrow the for selecting the recipients based upon their difference between the student’s cost of athletic ability and eligibility. The national attendance and all other aid the student governing organization, NCAA, sets forth receives. Repayment begins 60 days after the the exact eligibility and financial aid regula- last disbursement. The interest rate varies tions for men’s and women’s annually, with a maximum of 9 percent. athletics. Short-Term Loans. Short-term loans of Any prospective Portland State student up to $200 are available through the may apply for an athletic grant-in-aid. Upon Accounts Receivable Office for education- application, the student is required to fill out ally related expenses with proof of full pay- a Department of Athletics questionnaire. ment of tuition and fees. Eligibility is based Once the eligibility status of the student ath- on proof of ability to repay. lete is determined, an interview is arranged The following is a list of donors of Port- with the particular sport coach. The coach land State Loan Funds: then selects the recipients after considering Beaverton Business and Professional each candidate’s ability, eligibility, finances Women’s Club Fund available, and the need of the particular Division of Continuing Education Loan sport. Each coach submits a list to the Direc- Fund tor of Athletics of those athletics students East Side Rotary Club Student Loan Fund qualifying for grant-in-aid. East Side Rotary Women Loan Fund Louis Gevurtz Memorial Student Loan Fund Albert Joe Ingalls Memorial Fund EDUCATIONAL Grace Irish Memorial Loan Fund LOANS Dan Jones Memorial Loan Fund Nina Mae Kellogg Loan Fund for Girls Federal Perkins Loans. This federally Karl Kemper Memorial Loan Fund funded loan program is available to under- Lents Lodge No. 156 AF & AM Masonic graduate and graduate students who demon- Educational Revolving Fund strate exceptional financial need. This is a Hugh B. McGuire Memorial Student Loan long-term, low-interest loan for which repay- Fund ment commences nine months after the stu- Patrons of Mu Phi Epsilon (Alpha Lambda dent is no longer enrolled on at least a half- Chapter) time basis. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 25

FEDERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Marjorie Albertson Scholarship. WORK STUDY AND AWARDS Awarded to a senior student majoring in - music. The individual is selected on talent The Federal Work-Study Program is a Portland State University has a number of and scholarship. (Department of Music, need-based program in which the federal scholarships and awards which are admin- 231 Lincoln Hall, 725-3011.) † government pays from 50 to 90 percent of istered by individual academic depart- Noury Al-Khaledy Scholarship in student wages and the employer pays the ments, the Scholarship Committee, or Arabic Studies. Established in 1995 in remainder. Work-Study is available to special committees developed for specific recognition of the contributions of the late undergraduate and graduate students. scholarships. Scholarships generally are Professor Noury Al-Khaledy who led the Employment opportunities are on-campus awarded on the basis of academic achieve- Arabic Language instructional program at and off-campus. On-campus jobs are with ment, promise, and financial need. The fol- PSU for over two decades. Applicants must nearly every academic and administrative lowing list represents some of the be studying Arabic at PSU. (Department of department. Off-campus jobs are with gov- individual scholarships and awards admin- Foreign Languages, 393 Neuberger Hall, ernment agencies and non-profit groups; istered by Portland State University. Addi- 725-3522.) many are community service jobs that tional information is available in the Richard Apfel Scholarship. This involve directly serving the community, Scholarship Handbook, printed by the scholarship is granted to a full-time, upper- while providing good work experience. Office of Academic Affairs and available in division engineering student, based on The America Reads program which tutors 349 Cramer Hall; or, contact the depart- scholarship and financial need. (School of young children in public schools is one of ment or person mentioned after each schol- Engineering and Applied Science, Fourth these programs. The Office of Student arship description. Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) Financial Aid lists openings for on-campus APWA (American Public Works UNDERGRADUATE Association) Oregon Chapter Scholar- and some off-campus jobs. The Career † Academy of American Poets Award. An ship. Scholarship is granted to a full-time Center refers students to community ser- annual award presented for the best poem vice jobs. civil engineering student based on scholar- or group of poems submitted by a Portland ship and financial need. (Civil Engineering For other student employment opportu- State University student. The Department nities, contact the Student Employment Department, 138 Science Building II, of English Prize Committee may choose to 725-4282.) Office within the Career Center, 725-4958, make either a graduate or undergraduate 402F University Services Building. Army ROTC Scholarships. A signifi- award. (Department of English, 405 Neu- cant number of students receive Army berger Hall, 725-3521.) ROTC scholarships while at PSU. The CHECKS AND Ackerley Communications Merit scholarships are available on a competitive TUITION CREDITS Award. A $1,000 scholarship awarded to a basis to all qualified undergraduate or grad- high school senior who has expressed or uate students, and are available for all aca- Financial aid funds and tuition credits are demonstrated an interest in communica- demic majors. (University of Portland, disbursed by the Cashier’s Office each tions, broadcast management, graphic arts, Military Science Program, 283-7353.) term. Students may authorize the cashier to business, or sports administration. The ASCE (American Society of Civil pay tuition and other PSU charges using award may be reinstated for the recipient’s Engineers) Oregon Section Scholarship. financial aid; any remaining aid is depos- senior year in college provided certain Scholarship is granted to a senior civil ited electronically to the student’s bank requirements are met. Preference is given, engineering student (must be in the junior account. The authorization form is included but not limited to, Washington and Oregon year in June of the year application is with the student’s Award Notification Let- residents. (Office of Academic Affairs, 349 made). ter. Students who do not choose this option Cramer Hall, 725-5251.) (Civil Engineering Department, 138 go to the cashier in person to pay tuition A-DEC Scholarship. Awarded to Science Building II, 725-4282.) and receive remaining aid. Federal Work- admitted School of Business Administra- Bernard V. Burke Awards in History. Study is earned on a monthly basis, and tion students interested in marketing. (240 Applicants must be declared history majors paychecks are issued at the end of each School of Business Administration, 725- with at least a 3.00 overall GPA and a mini- month. 3712.) mum 3.25 GPA in history. (Department of AFROTC Scholarships. Portland State History, 441 Cramer Hall, 725-3917.) ADDITIONAL University participates in a crosstown Air Boeing. Two awards. Applicants must INFORMATION Force ROTC program with the University be full-time undergraduate students at PSU of Portland. Students who qualify may who are majoring in engineering and have Additional details on the federal aid pro- compete for AFROTC scholarships, which achieved or shown the potential to achieve grams are available in The Student Guide, are awarded on a competitive basis. Schol- satisfactory or better academic accomplish- published annually by the U.S. Department arships are available in numerous academic ments. Minimum GPA is 3.00. Applicants of Education. Students will also receive a disciplines and are open to students on the must be authorized to work in the United Financial Aid Guide with their Award Noti- basis of demonstrated academic abilities States on a full time basis for other than fication Letter, which gives a detailed and leadership potential. (AFROTC training. (School of Engineering and explanation of the conditions for receiving Detachment 695, University of Portland, Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Building, aid, student rights and responsibilities, and 503-283-7216.) Suite 20, 725-4631.) other information of which aid applicants Phyllis and Tom Burnam Creative should be aware. Copies of these guides are Writing Awards. Awards are made annu- available through the Student Financial Aid ally for the best works of fiction by stu- Office, 174 Neuberger Hall. dents enrolled in any writing class which is taught by a member of the PSU Depart-

† Also for graduate students. 26 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ment of English. (Department of English, Diversity Achievement Scholarships and have a minimum GPA of 2.5. Financial 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) for College Students (with 30+ college need is a consideration. (School of Busi- Earle A. Chiles Scholarship. Awarded credits.) A specific goal of the Diversity ness Administration, 240 SBA, 725-3712.) to French Language majors showing aca- Achievement Scholarship is to enrich the Goodman Scholarship. One full- demic excellence, leadership, and financial diversity of Portland State’s educational tuition, renewable scholarship is awarded need. Selection is based on a 350-word environment by recognizing and retaining to an incoming freshman from among Jef- statement (in French), transcripts, financial outstanding students from racially and eth- ferson, Madison, Marshall, or Roosevelt need, and two letters of recommendation. nically diverse backgrounds and experi- high schools in Portland. Finalists are rec- (Department of Foreign Languages, ences. Students with 30 or more college ommended by high school faculty or 393 Neuberger Hall, 725-3522.) credits and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 (min- administrators and are based upon aca- The Frank Andrew Clarke and Helen imum) are eligible to apply for the award. demic promise and financial need. Must Clarke Memorial Award. An undergradu- Each scholarship provides up to full remis- have minimum 2.50 GPA. (Office of ate award offered annually by the Depart- sion of instructional fees for a maximum of Admissions and Records, 113 Neuberger ment of English for a work of excellence 9 terms (academic year only). Students Hall, 725-3511.) submitted as a regular course assignment receive academic support services and must Hatfield Prize in Political Science. by a Portland State University student. complete at least 12 credits per term, main- Yearly award to a PSU undergraduate polit- Department of English faculty members taining a 2.50+ cumulative GPA with a ical science major. Applicants will submit a may nominate one or more noteworthy stu- 2.70+ GPA in their major area of study. Pri- 10-20 page essay addressing a topic chosen dent papers. Also, students may directly ority is given to Oregon residents. by the unit. (Division of Political Science, submit essays which they have written for (Educational Equity Programs and 117-A Cramer Hall, 725-3921.) English courses during the academic year Services, 725-4457.) Walter D. Hershey Memorial to the Department’s Prize Committee. Elizabeth Ducey Fund. For any stu- Scholarship. Four awards given to out- (Department of English, 405 Neuberger dent intending to study for a specialty in standing students admitted to the School of Hall, 725-3521.) Middle East Studies; must be enrolled and Business Administration, on the basis of Coral Sales Company/D.P. Daniels making satisfactory progress in a Middle scholarship, future plans, and need. (240 Scholarship. Two scholarships are made to Eastern language. (International Education School of Business Administration Build- full-time Civil Engineering students, one Services/Study Abroad Programs, Sixth ing, 725-3712.) male and one female, based on leadership Avenue Building, 725-4011.) †Paul W. Howell Award. Award is qualities, extra-curricular activities, and David Evans & Associates Scholar- made to students working on bachelor’s or interest in highway/transportation engi- ships. Three scholarships are awarded to master’s degrees in the Department of neering. (Civil Engineering Department, full-time, upper-division Civil Engineering Geology. Based on academic records and 138 Science Building II, 725-4282.) students based on scholarship and need. written recommendations of two faculty Corporate Associates Scholarship. (Civil Engineering Department, 138 members. (Department of Geology, 17 One scholarship awarded to an outstanding Science Building II, 725-4282.) Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) undergraduate student admitted to H.C.M. Erzurumlu Scholarship. This Arthur M. James Scholarships. Three the School of Business Administration. is an annual award of full in-state tuition to scholarships are made to full-time, upper- (240 School of Business Administration, an upper-division student majoring in engi- division civil/structural engineering stu- 725-3712.) neering or computer science, based on dents, based on scholarship and need. †Deutsche Sommerschule am scholarship, need, and potential for success (Civil Engineering Department, 138 Pazifik. Scholarships are awarded to in the profession. (School of Engineering Science Building II, 725-4282.) students attending the German Summer and Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Build- Jantzen. One award for a computer sci- School Program. (Department of Foreign ing, Suite 20, 725-4631.) ence senior with a minimum 3.00 GPA. Languages, 393 Neuberger Hall, C.G. Fanger Scholarship Fund. This This scholarship includes a summer intern- 725-3522.) award is made to an outstanding mechani- ship at Jantzen prior to the recipients senior Diversity Achievement Scholarship cal engineering student based on scholar- year. (Computer Science Department, 120 for Freshmen. A specific goal of the ship, need, and potential success in the PCAT, 725-4036.) Diversity Achievement Scholarship is to profession. The award is restricted to Clyde R. Johnson Chemistry Award. enrich the diversity of Portland State’s edu- upper-division engineering students. Award is made each spring term for the cational environment by attracting and rec- (Mechanical Engineering Department, succeeding year to a superior PSU chemis- ognizing outstanding students from racially 118 Science Building II, 725-4290.) try student in the junior class. Consider- and ethnically diverse backgrounds and D. Paul Fansler Memorial Scholar- ation is given to qualities of character. experiences. For the freshman award, grad- ship in International Affairs. Two awards, Nominations for this award are made by uating high school seniors and others with for juniors and seniors majoring in political faculty members of the Department of less than 30 college credits must meet regu- science and international studies who Chemistry. (Department of Chemistry, 262 lar admission requirements and have a high intend to pursue careers in international Science Building II, 725-3811.) school GPA of at least 2.75. Each scholar- affairs. Applicants should demonstrate high Nina Mae Kellogg Awards. Annual ship provides up to full remission of academic achievement and show strong awards to undergraduate students who instructional fees for a maximum of 15 evidence of community service. (Division demonstrate excellence in the use of the terms (academic year only). Students are of Political Science, 117-A Cramer Hall, English language. The senior award is lim- provided academic support services, are 725-5974.) ited to English majors; the sophomore monitored for completion of at least 12 Farmers Insurance Group of Compa- award is open to any full-time PSU stu- credits per term, and must maintain a 2.50+ nies Scholarship. Scholarships are dent—regardless of major—who demon- college GPA. Priority is given to Oregon awarded to undergraduates who have com- strates proficiency in writing. Invitations to residents. (Educational Equity pleted at least 45 credits, have a major field compete are based on grade point average. Programs and Services, 725-4457.) of study relating to the insurance industry, Eligible students should not hesitate to

† Also for graduate students. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 27

approach faculty about nomination. (For †Thomas M. Newman Scholarship. Donald D. Parker Award. Applicants more information, contact the Nina Mae Annual award for anthropology major. The must be admitted to the School of Business Kellogg Committee, Department of student must be admitted and enrolled at Administration. Awarded to a student English, 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) the time the award is made. The student with an outstanding scholastic record. Patricia and Gary Leiser Scholarship will have demonstrated focus and interest (240 School of Business Administration, in Middle Eastern Languages. Annual in studies in the Pacific Northwest which 725-3712.) award to undergraduate engaged in the can be addressed through any of the Portland Society of Financial Ana- study of Middle Eastern languages. (Mid- subfields of anthropology. (Department lysts Scholarship. Two tuition scholar- dle East Studies Center, Sixth Avenue of Anthropology, 141 Cramer Hall, ships. Students must be admitted to Building, 725-4074.) 725-3081.) the School of Business Administration Drew Lippay Scholarship in Human †Helen Oliver Memorial Fellowship and have an interest in investments. Resource Management. Scholarship to an Award. An annual cash award given to a (240 School of Business Administration, outstanding student in Human Resource graduating student with an official degree 725-3712.) Management. (240 School of Business (B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S., M.A.T., Ph.D.) Portland Teachers Program. Tuition Administration Building, 725-3712.) who demonstrates promise of being a waivers are available to African-American, †Robert and Rosemary Low Memo- responsible and mature civic leader. Award Asian-American, Native-American, and rial Music Scholarship. Awards given to is not based on need or scholastic attain- Hispanic students who have attained junior undergraduate and graduate music majors ment, although good scholarship is level standing. Students must be committed based on need and outstanding musical assumed, but rather on good character and to completion of the degree and basic ability. (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln dedicated spirit. (Office of Academic teaching certificate at PSU and seek subse- Hall, 725-3011.) Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, 725-5251.) quent employment as a teacher in the Port- LSI Logic. Three renewable awards. Oregon Logging Conference land Public School System. (Educational Applicants must be upper-division students Scholarship. Awarded to senior-level, high Equity Programs and Services, 725-4457.) pursuing a degree in electrical engineering, academic achievers in the College of Lib- Presidential Scholarships. Awarded to computer engineering, computer science, eral Arts and Sciences programs. Students academically qualified high school seniors or mechanical engineering, and interested must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 or in the spring of their senior year. It is open in working in the semiconductor field, above, complete 120 credit hours by the to students who have a minimum 3.75 including the fields of process, manufactur- time award is made, be enrolled full time cumulative GPA and a SAT score of no ing, modeling, and/or circuit and systems during the period of the award, and have less than 1150 or ACT of 27. (Office of design. In addition, applicants must be demonstrated interest in the future of the Academic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, willing to complete an internship at LSI as Oregon timber industry. (College of Liberal 725-5251.) part of the award. Award is renewable for Arts and Sciences, 491 Neuberger Hall, Professional Engineers of Oregon senior year, provided recipient continues to 725-3514.) (PEO) Educational Foundation Scholar- meet award requirements. (School of Engi- Oregon Sheriffs Association Scholar- ships (Kendal B. Wood and R. Wilson neering and Applied Science, Fourth ship. For full-time administration of justice Hutchinson Scholarships). To provide Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) majors completing 90 to 130 credits (the financial aid to students in ABET-accred- Vergil V. Miller Corporate Associates majority at PSU), completing specific AJ ited professional engineering programs. Scholarship. This is a tuition scholarship courses, and having a minimum 3.00 Candidates shall be graduates of Oregon awarded to an outstanding junior-level stu- cumulative GPA. Award by faculty nomina- high schools or at least one of their parents dent admitted to the School of Business tion. (Division of Administration of Justice, shall be a bona fide resident of Oregon. Administration; 3.25 GPA minimum 313 UPA, 725-4018.) Candidates shall be U.S. citizens. Prefer- required. (240 School of Business Admin- Joseph J. O’Rourke Accounting ence will be given to seniors. Potential con- istration, 725-3712.) Scholarship. Scholarship awarded to an tributions to society and the engineering John P. and Miriam C. McKee outstanding student in accounting who is profession will be a principal consider- Award. Annual award given to an out- admitted to the School of Business Admin- ation. Financial need will be a secondary standing undergraduate student, generally a istration. (240 School of Business Admin- consideration. Term and cumulative GPA senior, majoring in geology. (Department istration Building, 725-3712.) will be of tertiary consideration. (School of of Geology, 17 Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) †Oregon Laurels Scholarships. The Engineering and Applied Science, Fourth The Keith Morden Memorial Schol- Oregon Laurels Scholarship Program pro- Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) arship. Established to assist nonresident vides instructional fee remission scholar- †PSU Department of Art Scholarship. foreign students completing their under- ships to academically qualified applicants; Annual award based on a portfolio and graduate degree at PSU. Applicants must minimum 3.25 GPA. These scholarships GPA. Applicants must be full-time PSU have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 at are available to graduating high school declared art majors with at least 20 credit the beginning of the last term of their junior seniors, to students transferring to Portland hours in art. Applications available spring year and be currently enrolled in sufficient State University from other institutions of term. (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger credits to qualify for senior standing prior higher education, and to students currently Hall, 725-3515.) to the fall term of the following academic enrolled at Portland State University. They †PSU Department of Art Graphic year. The recipient must be enrolled for and are renewable for 12 academic terms, Design Scholarship. Awarded to a complete 12 credits and maintain a cumula- depending upon the status of the recipient declared full-time art major concentrating tive GPA of at least 3.00 the term he or she at the time of the award. (Office of in graphic design at PSU who has com- is receiving the scholarship. (International Academic Affairs, 349 Cramer Hall, pleted lower-division requirements in the Education Services, Sixth Avenue Build- 725-5251.) graphic design program. Selection is made ing, 725-4094.) on the basis of portfolio, need, and GPA. Applications available spring term.

† Also for graduate students. 28 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

(Department of Art, 239 Neuberger Hall, Kayo Uchida Sato Memorial component; minimum 2.5 GPA. (Alumni 725-3515.) Scholarship. Awards made to full-time Relations Office, 725-5073.) PSU Department of Music Scholar- PSU students or high school seniors plan- †Lucille S. Welch Scholarship. ships. Awards are given to music majors ning to attend PSU full time who are Asian Full-time declared art majors at PSU who based on demonstrated musical abilities on or other ethnic minority and are majoring have completed a minimum of 20 credits in voice or instrument. Decisions made by a in mathematics or the natural sciences. art courses. Selection made on the basis of committee of the Department of Music fac- U.S. citizenship not required. Financial portfolio, need, and GPA. Application ulty. (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln need is a primary consideration. (Educa- made in April. (Department of Art, 239 Hall, 725-3011.) tional Equity Programs and Services, Neuberger Hall, 725-3515.) PSU Department of Theater Arts 725-4457.) Phyllis Robideaux Wiener Memorial Scholarships. Limited funds are available Jack Schendel Scholarship. Awarded Scholarship. An award will be made to a to continuing undergraduate theater majors. to an outstanding health education major scholar selected on merit, without regard to Awards are based on merit as decided by with a minimum 3.25 GPA. (School of financial circumstances, who is a graduate Department of Theater Arts Community Health, 212 Peter Stott Center, of an Oregon public school, enrolled at faculty. (Department of Theater Arts, 725-4401.) PSU presently and returning, a junior or 127 Lincoln Hall, 725-4612.) Wilma Sheridan Scholarship. Annual senior in the fall, and a political science Julie and Bill Reiersgaard Scholar- award of $1,000 for a student majoring in major maintaining a minimum 3.50 grade ship. This scholarship is for a female one of the Fine and Performing Arts depart- point average in political science subjects. mechanical engineering major with junior ments and who has achieved junior or (Division of Political Science, 117-A or senior status; who works part time; has a senior standing. (Additional information Cramer Hall, 725-3921.) minimum 3.00 GPA; and intends to remain available in the Office of the Dean, School Harry J. and Rhoda White in Oregon after graduation. (School of of Fine and Performing Arts, 349 Lincoln Scholarship. Awarded to an outstanding, Engineering and Applied Science, Fourth Hall, 725-3105.) upper-division engineering or computer Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) Georgia M. Sherman Award for science student admitted to a specific †William A. and Edith Rockie Schol- Excellence in Human Resource degree program. (School of Engineering arship: Geography. Awarded to geogra- Management. Cash award to a senior dem- and Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Build- phy majors completing a minimum of 18 onstrating outstanding potential in the field ing, Suite 20, 725-4631.) credits in geography and who have junior, of human resource management. Appli- The Harold Zeh and The Rev. James senior, or graduate student standing at cants will usually have been admitted to the G. Anderson Chemistry Award. City- effective time of award. (Department of School of Business Administration. (240 wide award by the American Chemistry Geography, 424 Cramer Hall, 725-3916.) School of Business Administration, 725- Society, Portland Section, to an outstanding †William A. and Edith Rockie Schol- 3712.) student who will be graduating the follow- arship Fund: Geology. A tri-annual award Grant Thornton Scholarship. ing year and is majoring in chemistry. to a student majoring in geology based on Awarded to outstanding juniors in account- Eligibility by faculty nomination only. merit of a research project and competence. ing. (240 School of Business Administra- (Department of Chemistry, 262 Science Award is made to senior-level undergradu- tion Building, 725-3712.) Building II, 725-3811.) ates and to graduate students. (Department Elizabeth and S. John Trudeau Schol- GRADUATE of Geology, 17 Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) arship for the Fine and Performing Arts. † Nancy Ryles Scholarship. Awarded Annual award of at least $600 for a student Undergraduate scholarships with an ( ) are annually to women working toward under- entering junior or senior year enrolled in a also available for graduate students. graduate degrees who, due to financial minimum of 12 credits per term toward a Robert Garner Cameron Memorial need, family responsibilities, or other degree in architecture, music, theater, or Scholarship. Annual award to graduate obstacles, have had their education inter- art. (Office of the Dean, School of Fine student in the School of Business rupted. Applicants must be female, U.S. and Performing Arts, 349 Lincoln Hall, Administration. (School of Business citizens, residents of Oregon, admitted to 725-3105.) Administration, 240 School of Business PSU, and either entering college after a sig- 3rd Regiment Drum and Bugle Corp Administration, 725-3712.) nificant period since graduating from high Brass Scholarship. Awarded to one brass Casey Family Program Scholarship. school or continuing after a significant or percussion student each year. (Depart- The Casey Family Program provides one interruption in their college education. The ment of Music, 231 Lincoln Hall, stipend annually in the amount of $6,000. scholarship, a grant of about $5,000, will 725-3199.) To qualify for this stipend you must be a provide funds for tuition, fees, books, and †UPA Memorial Award. Award is minority student enrolled in the Graduate some living expenses. It is renewable for up given annually to an undergraduate or grad- School of Social Work entering your to four years provided certain criteria are uate student (on alternate years) in the second year of field placement and have met. (Women’s Studies, 401 Cramer Hall, School of Urban and Public Affairs who is demonstrated interest in work with children 725-3510.) recommended by their department and and families. Application deadline is March †Florence Saltzman-Heidel Art chosen by a faculty committee. (College of 1. (Janet Putnam, Graduate School of Scholarship. Annual award to a full-time Urban and Public Affairs, 101 UPA, 725- Social Work, 300 University Center Build- declared art major at PSU. The recipient is 5140.) ing, 725-5021.) chosen on the basis of a portfolio and GPA. Jane Wiener Memorial Alumni Christie School Scholarship. One Applications available spring term. Scholarship. Awarded to the son or daugh- award of $3,000 is made to a first- or (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger Hall, ter of alumni who obtained a degree from second-year PSU student in the MSW pro- 725-3515.) PSU. Full tuition and fees for up to 15 gram. The recipient must agree to fulfill a terms of undergraduate study; documenta- three-term, two-day-per-week field instruction of financial need; community service tion assignment at the Christie School. Applications must be submitted before

† Also for graduate students. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 29

March 1; the award is announced approxi- summer term awards. Application should member. Funded by the Oregon University mately mid-August for each academic year. be made in the spring term of each year for System. (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 (Janet Putnam, Graduate School of Social support in the subsequent academic year Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) Work, 300 University Center Building, and the summer following that academic Oregon Laurels Graduate Tuition 725-5021.) year. (Middle East Studies Center, Sixth Remission Program. Annual awards of Maurie Clark Fellowship. Annual Avenue Building, 725-4074.) tuition credit equivalent to the instructional award to an outstanding full-time graduate Carl E. Green Graduate Fellowship. portion of graduate fees for full- and part- student enrolled in the Ph.D. program in Awarded to a graduate student specializing time PSU graduate students. Awards are urban studies. Recipient must be a doctoral in environmental/geotechnical engineering merit-based. Financial need is a consider- candidate with approved dissertation out- or environmental geology based on schol- ation for some of these awards. Deadline is line who intends to use the fellowship to arship, potential success, and financial April 15 for the following academic year; support research activities. (College of need. (Department of Civil Engineering, information is available after March 1. Urban and Public Affairs, 101 UPA, 138 Science Building II, 725-4282.) (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer 725-4043.) Tane Hunter Award. The Oregon Hall, 725-8410, or contact your major Clinical Social Work Council Chapter of the National Association of department.) Scholarship. The Clinical Social Work Social Workers provides a $1,000 stipend Oregon Sports Lottery Graduate Council of the Oregon Chapter of the to a graduate student enrolled in the Scholarship Program. Annual awards for National Association of Social Workers M.S.W. program. Applicants may be in full-time PSU master’s or doctoral stu- awards a $1,000 scholarship to a student their first or second year of field instruc- dents, with preference given to students in enrolled in the M.S.W. program. This tion, must be U.S. citizens and come from areas supported by PSU doctoral programs. scholarship is provided to encourage the one of the following minority group back- All awards are merit-based; half of the development of clinical social work skills. grounds: African American, American awards are given to students who also dem- The student selected must have completed Indian, Asian American, or Hispanic. Crite- onstrate financial need. Amount and one full year of study including field ria include potential for success in graduate number of scholarships are dependent upon instruction, be preparing for clinical prac- studies, promise for future contributions to the funds available from the Sports Lottery tice, and demonstrate financial need. (Janet the profession, and financial need. (Janet in any given year. Nominations are Putnam, Graduate School of Social Work, Putnam, Graduate School of Social accepted from the departments only, with a 300 University Center Building, Work, 300 University Center Building, deadline of April 15 for the following aca- 725-5021.) 725-5021.) demic year; information is available after Dale and Coral Courtney Scholar- Elsa Jorgenson Awards. For full-time March 1. (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 ship. Annual awards to admitted graduate PSU graduate students majoring in Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) students in the Department of Geography at English, foreign languages, and science PSU Department of Special Educa- Portland State University. (Department of (including engineering); applicants must tion and Counselor Education Scholar- Geography, 424 Cramer Hall, also receive full tuition remission from ship. To be awarded to a graduate 725-3916.) another source and demonstrate financial student(s) in Special Education. Tuition Paul Emmett Graduate Fellowship. need. Two awards are given in each year waiver (with the exception of incidental fee This city-wide fellowship from the Ameri- that funds are available. Deadline for appli- charges). Total scholarships available can Chemistry Society is awarded to a cations is April 15 for the following aca- depending upon funding. (Department of graduate student in the Department of demic year; information is available after Special Education and Counselor Educa- Chemistry and includes a stipend to aug- March 1. (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 tion, 204 School of Education Building, ment the student’s other support. All admit- Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) 725-4632.) ted graduate students are automatically Robert and Rosemary Low Memorial Frank Roberts Community Service nominated for this fellowship, as long as Award. One award is given in years in Scholarship. A one-year renewable grant they have at least one year left in the pro- which funds are available. Scholarship to of $1,500 awarded to a PSU graduate stu- gram. The designee will be selected by the give special recognition to academically dent who exemplifies a spirit of public ser- department faculty; among the criteria are qualified graduate students with physical vice and commitment to education. academic excellence, research perfor- handicaps. Student must be admitted to Applicants must be admitted to a PSU mance, and dedication. (Chemistry Depart- PSU as a regular graduate student. Selec- graduate degree program, in good aca- ment, 262 Science Building II, 725-3811.) tion will be made on the basis of scholar- demic standing, and enrolled for at least 6 Philip H. Ford Memorial Fund. ship and academic potential. Financial credit hours per term. They must also have Annual award given for the best submitted need may be considered, but is not a excellent undergraduate portfolios and piece of original scholarship or criticism requirement. Deadline for application is demonstrate financial need. (Office of written for graduate credit in an English April 15 for the following academic year; Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Hall, course at PSU. (Department of English, information is available after March 1. 725-8410.) 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Foreign Language and Area Studies Hall, 725-8410.) Fellowship. A total of four graduate fel- Minority Graduate Student Pipeline lowships each year (two for the academic Support Fellowships. Annual awards of year and two for the summer term) are $10,000 for master’s students and $11,000 awarded to students undertaking training in for doctoral students, plus tuition remis- modern foreign language in combination sion, for students who intend to pursue an with either area studies, international stud- academic career in higher education. Each ies, or international aspects of professional nominee must be a member of an ethnic fields. Award amounts are $8,000 plus minority group, a full-time student, admit- tuition and fees for academic year awards ted to a PSU graduate degree program, in and $1,500 plus tuition and fees for good standing, and nominated by a faculty 30 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

HOUSING

College Housing Northwest, 1802 SW $396 for a studio apartment, $542 for a basis. Conference housing is available year 10th Avenue, 725-4333 one-bedroom apartment, and $697 for a round. Housing for Portland State University stu- two-bedroom unit, exclusive of electricity Incoming students are advised to make dents is provided through College Housing charges. The Goose Hollow is located just their housing plans six to 12 months prior Northwest, a private, nonprofit corporation eight blocks off campus via a bike path that to starting school at the University. Occa- located on the PSU campus. The goal of connects the apartment building to campus. sionally some units are available immedi- PSU and College Housing Northwest is to Off-street parking facilities and a recreation ately, but most apartments and the provide desirable and affordable housing to area for children are available for residents. residence hall have waiting lists of varying students of the University. A wide range of Montgomery Hall, which consists of lengths. College Housing Northwest housing is available, including small, fur- 138 single- and six double-occupancy requires a $20 application fee from stu- nished sleeper units and programs geared units, is popular with traditional as well as dents before they are placed on any waiting toward the different needs of the diverse international students. The historic hall lists. For information and a housing appli- student body of PSU. College Housing offers many educational and social pro- cation, contact: College Housing North- Northwest also provides living options for grams geared toward introducing new stu- west, 1802 SW 10th Avenue, Portland, PSU students that are less expensive than dents to life at PSU. Rooms are furnished Oregon 97201, (503) 725-4333; or (800) comparable private housing options in with a standard or loft bed, dresser, desk, 547-8887, ext. 4333. downtown Portland. and sink. Single occupancy units rent for Eleven buildings on campus and four $254 per month and double-occupancy buildings off campus are available to PSU units rent for $300 per month. students, offering more than 1,100 units in The Ondine, across the street from the all. The central location of College Hous- Portland State Bookstore, features fur- ing Northwest housing provides excellent nished sleepers and bachelors. In this com- access to all of the amenities of Portland’s munity-oriented building, sleepers include urban core. Three buildings have apart- a private bath—but no kitchen facilities— ments which have been modified to meet and rent for $292 per month, including util- the needs of students with physical chal- ities. Bachelors share bathroom and lenges, and two others are completely kitchen facilities with an adjoining apart- wheelchair-accessible. The buildings, ment and rent for $317 per month, includ- which vary in architectural styles and floor ing utilities. plans, house approximately 1,600 stu- These rental rates are projected for dents, domestic partners, and dependents. spring 1997, but rates usually increase each The campus apartments consist of eight year in July to keep up with rising costs. refurbished buildings which offer a unique Tenants are given a 30-day notice of rental charm within the urban setting of the cam- increases. In addition to rent, College pus. Several of the buildings are located on Housing Northwest requires a refundable the picturesque South Park Blocks. security deposit and a nonrefundable clean- Monthly rents for unfurnished accommo- ing fee on all apartments. dations in the campus buildings range from To be eligible for student housing, $200 to $273 for a sleeping room (shared undergraduate students must successfully bath facilities), $315 to $399 for a studio complete a minimum of 6 credits per term apartment, $405 to $515 for a one-bedroom for three out of four successive academic unit, and $594 to $619 for a two-bedroom terms. Graduate students in all units are unit. Rental rates include heat and utilities. required to complete a minimum of 6 cred- West Hall, a new nine-story apartment its per term for three out of four successive building, features 189 one-bedroom units. academic terms or provide documentation Located on campus, these well-insulated, that they are working toward an advanced carpeted apartments rent for $513 to $522. degree. Student status is checked at the Although some utilities are included, stu- beginning of every academic term and ten- dents must pay for their own electricity. ants are required to provide verification of The modern Goose Hollow building their eligibility upon request. offers carpeted studio, one-, and two-bed- Guest rooms for overnight visitors to room apartments. Monthly rental rates are the University are available on a year-round W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 31

CAMPUS LIFE

STUDENTS MULTICULTURAL CENTER cations strive to provide a service to the 126 SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, University community and to provide an 725-5547 The nearly 15,000 students who attend opportunity to students to learn about the The Multicultural Center is a focal place on Portland State University form a diverse publications business. campus that welcomes all students, faculty, group, with many age groups and cultures staff and community members to share in RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES represented. The great majority are Orego- dialogue and activities that further under- The Campus Christian Ministry represents nians, but almost every state in the Union standing among people of different cul- eight faiths: Baptist, Christian (Disciples of and more than 70 foreign countries are also tures. The Center presents programs and Christ), Episcopal, Lutheran, Methodist, represented. Approximately 29 percent events that promote appreciation for cul- Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, and United of the students are enrolled in graduate tural diversity and serves as an informal Church of Christ. Campus Ministry is studies. gathering place for all members of the Uni- located at SW Broadway and Montgomery. The student population also reflects the versity’s extended family. Student organi- There are also a variety of religious enrollment of many older students—nearly zations, academic units, and community student organizations that invite participa- 80 percent are in the 22-and-older age groups collaborate to offer a rich array of tion in educational events. group; more than half are 25 years and educational and cultural activities open to The Center for the Study of Religion older; and 25 percent are 35 or older. all. (CSR) at PSU has an office, library, and The average age of students at PSU is internet services in the basement of the about 29 years. MUSIC Campus Ministry. CSR arranges PSU Many students take a full load of Many musical organizations contribute to classes, as well as lectures, symposia, and courses while also being employed in posi- the cultural life of the University commu- forums to increase public knowledge and tions either on or off campus, with over nity. They include the PSU Piano Recital understanding of the religious traditions of three-fourths of the students working while Series, the Florestan Trio (artists-in-resi- the world, while also supporting inter-faith attending school. In fall term 1995, more dence at PSU), and Trio Viento (faculty dialogue in the quest for meaning and than half of the students enrolled were woodwind trio); the PSU Orchestra, Sym- wisdom. women. phonic Band, Pep, and Jazz lab bands; Uni- versity Chorus and Chamber Choir; Opera SPECIAL EVENTS CAMPUS Workshop; and several chamber groups. Conferences and programs bring noted ACTIVITIES Each year they provide a rich experience of authors, actors, and political figures to music in performance during free noon campus to lecture and/or participate in Campus-centered activities, supported by concerts as well as occasional evening pro- group discussions. These events are orga- the changing resources of the city, make for grams for the benefit of music scholarships nized by students and faculty working dynamic and contemporary choices for the at the University. together and are open to the entire metro- Portland State student. Most students plan The Music Committee works closely politan community. their schedules to allow time to take advan- with the Department of Music to present Student committees, with faculty con- tage of the numerous opportunities, which weekly Brown Bag concerts. These Tues- sultation, plan and present continuing pro- may include organized cultural affairs, out- day and Thursday noon programs are free grams in film, poetry, photography, art door activities, or a multitude of other and open to all. They feature exceptional exhibitions, and music. The Outdoor Pro- experiences available on campus or in the student and professional performers in a gram, World Dance Committee, the community. Conducting volunteer research variety of solo and ensemble literature. Women’s Union, and other student organi- at the Institute on Aging, finding a part- Each Wednesday and Friday at noon the zations provide a variety of co-curricular time job, or interning in city government Popular Music Board sponsors perfor- services. Film programs feature classics are just a few of the opportunities. A visit to mances by the Northwest’s finest rock and and new forms of expression, showing a the Littman Gallery on campus, with its jazz musicians and hosts national musical caliber of excellence not often seen in pop- local and traveling exhibits, a lunch hour acts as well. ular listening to free-form jazz at a Brown Bag Student rates are available for many theaters. Concert, a presentation at the Lunchbox other concerts, including those of the Special committees arrange for such Theater, or an impromptu forum in the Park Friends of Chamber Music, Portland Sym- events as foreign language theater and Blocks are among the options open to PSU phonic Choir, Oregon Symphony Orches- other programs in the performing arts students. tra, and Portland Opera Association. which visit Portland State. PSU students Opportunities exist for all levels of stu- In short, music is a vital force at Port- work with representatives of the other Port- dent involvement at PSU. Below is a sam- land State, providing extensive opportuni- land-area colleges and universities to bring pling of currently active programs and ties for participation to student performers the finest in cultural events to the commu- groups. New activities are initiated contin- and to all listeners. nity. uously according to student interests. PUBLICATIONS SPORTS Student publications include the Vanguard, PSU sponsors 16 intercollegiate varsity the daily University newspaper; and The sports, eight for men and nine for women. Portland State University Review, the Men’s sports are football, basketball, cross campus literary magazine. The two publi- country, golf, outdoor track, indoor track, 32 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

and wrestling. Women’s sports are cross STUDENT PARTICIPATION which the dishonesty occurred, disciplinary country, basketball, golf, softball, soccer, ON FACULTY BOARDS AND reprimand, disciplinary probation, loss of tennis, outdoor track, indoor track, and vol- privileges, required community service, leyball. COMMITTEES suspension from the University for a period Portland State is a member of the of up to two years, and/or dismissal from Students are encouraged to share in the National Collegiate Athletic Association the University. policy-making processes of the University (NCAA) Division I. PSU competes in the Questions regarding academic honesty by becoming members of University Big Sky Conference in all sports except should be directed to the Office of Student boards and committees. Students should wrestling, which is a member of the Affairs. contact the Office of Student Affairs which PAC-10, and softball, which plays an inde- solicits names of interested persons, or pendent schedule. ASPSU for more information regarding the Football games are played at Portland nomination process. Civic Stadium, indoor sports are played in the Rose Garden arena off campus and in the Health and Physical Education building STUDENT RIGHTS, on campus, and track and field events take FREEDOMS, place at Duniway Park. RESPONSIBILITIES, Free admission to all PSU men’s and AND CONDUCT women’s intercollegiate home athletic events, with the exception of playoff The policies of the University governing games, is accorded to all Portland State stu- the rights, freedoms, responsibilities, and dents who hold a valid ID card. Extra foot- conduct of students are set forth in the ball reserved tickets are also available prior Statement of Student Rights, Freedoms, and to each home game. Responsibilities, as supplemented and A wide range of intramural and club amended by the Portland State University sports for men and women are also offered. Student Conduct Code, which has been Recreational hours for gymnasium, hand- issued by the President under authority of ball court, swimming pool, and weight the Administrative Rules of the Oregon rooms are scheduled each term. State Board of Higher Education. The code governing academic honesty is part of the STUDENT GOVERNMENT—ASPSU Student Conduct Code. Students may con- All students registered for at least one sult these documents in the Office of Stu- credit are members of the Associated Stu- dent Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Center. dents of Portland State University Observance of these rules, policies, and (ASPSU). The ASPSU advocates for stu- procedures helps the University to operate dents’ interests, officially represents stu- in a climate of free inquiry and expression dents before internal and external bodies, and assists it in protecting its academic and is the vehicle through which students environment and educational purpose. may participate in the governance of the University. There are many opportunities to ACADEMIC HONESTY become involved with student government Academic honesty is a cornerstone of any at Portland State. Students may run for meaningful education and a reflection of office, serving on the Student Senate or as each student’s maturity and integrity. The president, vice president, or treasurer, or as Office of Student Affairs is responsible for a member of the Student Fee Committee. working with University faculty to address Students may also volunteer to work on complaints of academic dishonesty. specific-issue task forces on events such as The Student Conduct Code, which the Student-to-Student Book sale, or be applies to all students, prohibits all forms appointed to a University-wide committee of academic cheating, fraud, and dishon- to represent the student body. esty. These acts include, but are not limited to, plagiarism, buying and selling of course THEATER assignments and research papers, perform- Opportunities for extensive performance ing academic assignments (including tests and production experience are available to and examinations) for other persons, unau- students through productions by the Port- thorized disclosure and receipt of academic land State University Players. Studio the- information, and other practices commonly ater, graduate theses, and Lunchbox and understood to be academically dishonest. Supperbox Theater (short pieces offered at Allegations of academic dishonesty noon and on weekend evenings) are stu- may be addressed by the instructor, may be dent-directed. referred to the Office of Student Affairs for All students, not just theater arts majors, action, or both. Allegations referred to the are invited to audition for any departmental Office of Student Affairs are investigated production. Tryouts are announced regu- following the procedures outlined in the larly in the Vanguard. Student Conduct Code. Acts of academic dishonesty may result in one or more of the following sanctions: a failing grade on the exam or assignment for W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 33

STUDENT SERVICES

The mission of the Enrollment and Student cial mailing describing the programs the ■ A peer-tutoring program for Portland Services unit of PSU is threefold: to pro- term prior to their first enrollment. At these State University students who desire vide programs that facilitate and enhance sessions students will learn how to use the supplemental, individualized academic student learning through intentionally con- PSU Bulletin, be advised about the general assistance in lower-division courses. necting parts of the student experience into education requirements, will learn how to Tutoring sessions are available on a a meaningful whole through collaborative find an adviser, and how to register for drop-in basis. partnerships with faculty and other institu- classes. Another important orientation ■ Workshops covering basic university- tional agents and by bridging organiza- component is the campus life session level skills. These workshops are open tional boundaries; to enrich and which describes programs and resources to any Portland State University student complement student learning by providing available to students. Fall New Student who desires further information and opportunities for involvement in meaning- Week is an expanded program including skill development. ful activities within the University commu- both the advising and student life These tutorial opportunities are nity and the larger urban community; and components. designed to assist students who are experi- to provide services that facilitate student encing academic difficulty because of ini- transition to the University and remove bar- INFORMATION AND tial anxiety about college, who find riers to student success. ACADEMIC SUPPORT themselves insufficiently prepared for uni- Within the unique setting of PSU as the CENTER versity coursework, or who have limited major metropolitan university in Oregon, English-speaking ability. Returning stu- student service programs, organizations, 118 Smith Memorial Center, dents who need basic skill review can also and activities serve as focal points for stu- 725-4005 benefit from tutorial assistance, as can student success, personal growth and develop- dents who face cultural and economic bar- The Information and Academic Support ment, multicultural understanding, riers to their educational goals. All students Center (IASC) provides direct services to community service, and leadership oppor- desiring to upgrade their academic skills newly admitted and enrolled students to aid tunities, as well as support the University’s are encouraged to use the tutorial services in the University’s retention efforts. The teaching, research, and public service or to attend workshops. IASC maintains a library of resources rele- mission. Students can obtain services by making vant to the needs of students and provides The Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- a direct request to the program staff or referral to other University services and ment and Student Services also serves as through faculty and special program departments. Specific programs are offered the administrator of numerous student ser- referral. to meet the various needs of students. vices and activities including the Office of The Tutorial and Learning Skills Pro- General Education Requirements Student Affairs, Career Center, Counseling gram also offers tutor training and super- Advising. Students who have not declared and Psychological Services, Educational vised tutoring experience to upper-division a major are provided advising as it pertains Equity Programs and Services, Enrollment and graduate students who have a mini- to the University General Education Services, Information and Academic Sup- mum 3.00 GPA in the subject area in which Requirements. Students majoring in a port Center, Student Health Service, and they wish to tutor. Tutoring can be done department are provided appropriate refer- Student Development. voluntarily, through the College Work- ral to the advising available within the aca- Study Program, or for credit. Training is demic department. Workshops and other required and can be completed through OFFICE OF media resources provide needed informa- special tutor training workshops. STUDENT AFFAIRS tion with individual appointments available The program fosters academic success for specific needs assessment. through individualized attention. Its peer- 433 Smith Memorial Center, Academic Support Program. Students tutoring program helps personalize the uni- 725-4422 who find themselves academically disqual- versity experience, opens channels for cul- The personnel in the Office of Student ified may petition to participate in the Aca- tural exchange, and presents a valuable Affairs provide support and assistance to demic Support Program (ASP). If accepted, opportunity for students to become students in dealing with the administration, they will receive extensive advising, moni- involved in one another’s intellectual faculty, staff, and other students. They are toring and support while addressing aca- growth and social development. the primary route of appeal in questions of demic deficiencies. Students are required to Students who need tutorial assistance or unfair treatment or disciplinary action. The maintain standards which lead to increased who are interested in becoming a tutor are staff is sensitive to the cultural diversity academic performance enhancing the like- encouraged to contact the Program’s staff. among PSU’s population and considers this lihood of success in petitioning the Scho- diversity when advocating for and provid- lastic Standards Committee for formal DISABILITY SERVICES FOR ing assistance to students. reinstatement. STUDENTS, 118 SMITH MEMORIAL New Student Orientation programs are Tutorial and Learning Skills Pro- CENTER, 725-4150, TDD 725-6504 located in the Office of Student Affairs. All gram. The Tutorial and Learning Skills Disability Services for Students (DSS) is a newly admitted PSU students, whether Program coordinates a variety of support- University resource promoting barrier-free freshman or transfers, are invited to attend ive instructional and tutorial opportunities environments (physical, program, informa- the New Student Orientation programs. All for students, including: tion, attitude), which means ensuring the newly admitted students will receive a spe- rights of students with disabilities and 34 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

assisting the University with meeting its Certification for VA Benefits. Veterans ETHNIC STUDENT SERVICES obligations under federal and state statutes. intending to use their education and train- Students who prefer advising and counsel- Disability Services for Students works ing eligibility at PSU should obtain proper ing from a multicultural staff can obtain to ensure access to University courses, pro- certification forms from the Veterans’ Clerk these services from staff in EEPS. An grams, facilities, services, and activities by in the Registrar’s Office (725-3411). This ethnic student adviser assists underrepre- documenting disabilities and providing or process should be started at least one sented students—primarily students of arranging reasonable accommodations, month prior to registration. American Indian heritage. In addition to academic adjustments, auxiliary aids and Portland State is approved for the train- meeting individually with students, the services, training, consultation, and techni- ing of veterans under Title 38, U.S. Code, adviser provides guidance to several Amer- cal assistance. Students who have a disabil- Section 1501 (for disabled veterans), Sec- ican Indian organizations on campus, such ity are encouraged to contact DSS for tion 1651 (Veterans’ Readjustment Benefits as the United Indian Students in Higher further information. Act of 1966), and Section 1700 (Survivors Education and the campus chapter of the and Dependents Educational Assistance). American Indian Science and Engineering MENTOR PROGRAM FOR Tutoring. For some veterans, tutorial Society. The adviser also participates in RETURNING WOMEN STUDENTS 118 SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, funds are available. Basic requirements of outreach activities. 725-5471 the program are that the veteran be enrolled for at least 6 credits and be receiving VA PROJECT CONNECT: MENTORS The PSU Mentor Program for Returning FOR NEW STUDENTS, 120 SMITH Women Students provides support and educational benefits. MEMORIAL CENTER, 725-8031 information to women returning to college Project Connect, a mentoring project for after an interruption in their formal educa- EDUCATIONAL EQUITY new students, matches students who are tion because of family and/or work respon- PROGRAMS AND SER- new to Portland State with successful sibilities. The program is a resource for VICES, junior and senior students (“student women at both the undergraduate and the guides”). These student guides help new graduate level. Any returning woman 120 Smith Memorial Center, students, especially those who are first gen- undergraduate new to PSU can be matched 724-4457 eration college students, adjust to univer- with a trained student mentor. In addition Educational Equity Programs and Services sity life and provide the initial and to matching individual women with student (EEPS) manages various programs and ser- important individual connections to the mentors, the program also sponsors weekly vices that increase access for, and improve campus. Student guides, in turn, develop drop-in support groups, hosts special orien- the retention of, students from low-income, leadership and mentoring skills and are tations for potential new students, and ethnic, and other disadvantaged groups that “connected” to faculty mentors. offers specific activities for graduate stu- are underrepresented in postsecondary edu- dents. The Mentor Program also assists STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES, cation. This office also administers scholar- women who are planning to return to col- EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY ships for underrepresented students and PROGRAM (SSS/EOP), M107 SMITH lege and works with local community col- provides general advising, advocacy, and MEMORIAL CENTER, 725-3815 lege programs to encourage returning counseling for ethnic students. SSS/EOP is Portland State University’s women students to consider a bachelor’s federally funded academic and personal degree as an educational goal and to facili- DIVERSITY ACHIEVEMENT support services program. It is designed to tate their transfer to PSU. SCHOLARSHIPS/ provide special assistance to those who UNDERREPRESENTED MINORITIES STUDENT ATHLETE ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT SCHOLARSHIP have traditionally had limited access to a ADVISER, 118 SMITH MEMORIAL PROGRAM/PORTLAND TEACHERS college education. Specifically, students CENTER, 725-4005 PROGRAM who are low-income, who have a disability, Student athletes coming to PSU will be Students admitted to PSU who are recipi- or whose parents did not graduate from able to work directly with an adviser to ents of the Underrepresented Minorities college can receive assistance from SSS/ assist them in academic advising and Achievement Scholarship Program, the EOP if they have a need for academic sup- scheduling. Referral, advocacy, problem Portland Teachers Program, and the Diver- port. The program provides counseling, solving and monitoring of progress for sity Achievement Scholarships are pro- skill development courses, and tutoring that those with academic difficulty are also vided tuition waivers and support services is designed to help the student achieve his available. through a special advisement component of or her educational goals. the Educational Equity Programs and Ser- The program’s goal is to provide sup- VETERANS’ SERVICES port services that will facilitate an increase 118 SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, vices unit. Applications are accepted in 725-3876 February for first-time freshmen and trans- in the retention and graduation rates of pro- All veterans applying to Portland State fer or continuing college students with 30 gram eligible students who, historically, University are encouraged to take advan- or more college credits. Applications may have a higher attrition rate than most tage of the services and opportunities open be accepted throughout the year, depending students. to them. Veterans’ Services provides exten- on availability of funds. Students should consider applying for sive academic counseling, and welcomes The recipients receive academic advis- the Student Support Services/Educational the opportunity to aid PSU veterans in any ing, advocacy, priority registration, tutor- Opportunity Program if they feel they will University-related problem they may ing, one-on-one counseling, and benefit from the additional academic and encounter. The Veterans’ coordinator is mentoring, and may participate in informa- personal support the program provides. available in 118 Smith Memorial Center, tional and social group activities. In addi- Only admitted PSU students can apply for 725-3876. In addition, the personnel wel- tion, the students’ academic progress is participation in SSS/EOP. Applicants will come the chance to talk informally with monitored from term-to-term to promote be selected on the basis of their need for the veterans about any aspect of federal veter- academic success. educational services SSS/EOP provides ans’ benefits. and their desire to fully participate in the program’s activities. Once selected, participation is voluntary and determined by the W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 35

individual needs of the student. Students STUDENT Black Cultural Affairs Board / 459 interested in SSS/EOP are invited to con- DEVELOPMENT SMC / 725-5660. The Black Cultural tact the SSS/EOP office. Affairs Board (BCAB) is one result of the Student Support Services/EOP is a U.S. efforts of the black community, black stu- 443 Smith Memorial Center, Department of Education Title IV TRIO dents, and Portland State University to 725-4452 program. address the needs of black students on the In the program area of Student Develop- University campus. The purpose of the TALENT SEARCH: PROJECT PLUS ment, student organizations, committees, Black Cultural Affairs Board is to provide PROGRAM, 219 SHATTUCK HALL, and a staff of advisers in the Office of Stu- educational and cultural enrichment, with 725-4458 dent Development work together to provide The PSU Project PLUS program is the primary emphasis on the black experience PSU students with: for PSU students and community residents. latest of the TRIO programs at the Univer- ■ Student participation on campus and in sity. The program serves a total of 600 stu- In addition to its theatrical productions, art the metropolitan community. exhibits, dances, speakers, debates, etc., the dents at Cleveland, Franklin, and Marshall ■ Resources and expertise for campus high schools and Sellwood, Hosford, Lane, BCAB also provides resource information cultural, academic, recreational, and about student services to help incoming and Binnsmead middle schools in South- community service programs. east Portland, and Glencoe and Hillsboro and returning black students accustom ■ An open atmosphere for student dia- themselves to the logistics of the Univer- high schools and Thomas and Poynter logue, debate, experimentation, and junior high schools in the Hillsboro School sity. It is the goal of the Black Cultural action on problems and issues affecting Affairs Board to create an environment that District. The program is designed to the University and the wider increase the number of diverse, under- makes the attainment of knowledge possi- community. ble and gratifying for all students and to served students continuing in and graduat- ■ Specific services such as bulletin boards ing from middle and secondary schools. It support the associated needs of black stu- and displays for University and commu- dents. seeks to increase the number of these stu- nity announcements, scheduling and dents enrolling in postsecondary education. Chiron Studies / 444 SMC / coordination of all student events, and a 725-5662. Chiron Studies is a student-run Students in this program will have access contact point for independent student to free services provided by professional program which provides incentive and sup- clubs and organizations. port for students to teach University role models and educational advisers in the ■ Opportunities for out-of-class learning areas of motivation, career and college courses, with faculty sponsorship, which and applied experience which compli- are not offered by the academic depart- information, leadership skills, mentoring, ments in-class learning. and tutoring as needed. Students are ments. Stop by to learn more about Chiron ■ The student locker rental program and or to discuss an idea for a course you would assisted with admissions and financial aid the University lost and found programs preparation for post-secondary study. like to teach. are administered through this office. Club Sports / 441 SMC / 725-5663. UPWARD BOUND PROGRAM, ■ Community-service and leadership Administered by students, the Club Sports 239 SHATTUCK HALL, 725-4010 activities on and off campus. program is designed to provide students The PSU Upward Bound Program attempts All students within the University are with the opportunity to compete in sports to generate skills and motivation necessary encouraged to participate in Student Devel- including water polo, korfball, tennis, table for success in education beyond high opment activities as members of student tennis, tae kwon do, bowling, fencing, vol- school among low-income and potential boards and committees. These activities leyball and soccer. Clubs travel regionally first-generation college students who are give students opportunities to sharpen their and provide an excellent basis for improv- enrolled in high school. skills in leadership, budgeting, program- ing one’s knowledge of a sport. To be eligible, students must: ming, communication, and relations with Dance / 450 SMC / 725-5670. The ■ Be enrolled in 9th through 11th grade at the public. World Dance Committee sponsors a wide Franklin, Grant, Jefferson, Lincoln, Art Exhibition Committee / 250A variety of local, international, and national Madison, Marshall or Wilson High SMC / 725-5656. Juried art shows featur- guest artists. Featured artists perform in School in Portland. ing local and traveling exhibits is coordi- concerts and lecture-demonstrations. ■ Come from a low-income family in nated by students. Paintings, sculpture, Events are free or offered at a nominal cost which the parents did not graduate from prints, ceramics, and graphic design are to students. a four-year college. shown in the Littman Gallery of Smith Students with Disabilities Union / 440 ■ Be in need of academic assistance. Memorial Center. Photographs are exhib- SMC / 725-5664. The Students with Dis- ■ Have a desire to pursue higher educa- ited in the White Gallery, also on the abilities Union is coordinated and staffed tion. second floor of Smith Center. A program of by students who provide the PSU commu- PSU’s Upward Bound Program offers: art education, including gallery talks and nity with disability/ability programs and ■ Preparation for postsecondary studio visits, accompanies the exhibitions. advocacy to eliminate attitudinal and archi- education Association of African Students / 449 tectural barriers to academic achievement. ■ Assistance from tutors during the SMC / 725-5659. The AAS promotes fel- There is no charge or disability require- academic year lowship and cultural exchange among its ment to be an SDU member. The SDU ■ Individual and group counseling members and organizational affiliates. offers advocacy, awareness seminars, com- ■ An intensive six-week nonresidential Activities are aimed at increasing and plaint forms, procedures, and referrals. The summer program (one week is a enhancing the understanding of the eco- SDU sponsors the annual Ability Olympics residential Outdoor Learning Lab) nomic, political, social, and cultural issues held during the Party in the Park. The SDU ■ Assistance in completing college of Africa. publishes the PSU Students with Disabili- admissions and financial aid applica- ties Union Access Guide, containing infor- tions mation about accessible and inaccessible ■ Special workshops, field trips and facilities in and around the campus and the college visits SDU Update newsletter. ■ Incentives: stipend checks, awards, bus Film / 510 SW Hall / 725-4470. The tickets, high school credit PSU Film Committee presents entertaining and edifying films, foreign and domestic, to 36 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

students and the public throughout the year umbrella organization for the many interna- desk space, and assistance in any matter at the Fifth Avenue Cinema. tional clubs on campus, providing support regarding the operation of a student group KPSU/518E SMC/725-5669. KPSU for those groups and sponsoring many or the formation of a new group. provides students with an educational events that promote cultural awareness Student Resource Center / 115 SMC / opportunity to learn about radio broadcast- throughout the Portland community. 725-4402. Operated by students, the Stu- ing. KPSU is Portland’s only city-wide col- Outdoor Program / 423 SMC / dent Resource Center is a bureau of lege radio programming, which makes it a 725-5668. This program provides students resources and information that provides unique experience for students, the Univer- with the opportunity to take part in outdoor answers and help on virtually all phases of sity, and the community. activities including team-led kayaking, life at Portland State. In those instances La Raza / 448 SMC / 725-5665. canoeing, rafting, camping, wilderness hik- where the staff cannot provide the needed La Raza in an umbrella for two student ing, cross country skiing, and snow camp- help, referral will be made, directing the groups: Mecha, which focuses on the Mex- ing trips. The program maintains an student to the specific person or group who ican-American community, and Mujeres, extensive inventory of outdoor equipment can give assistance. which addresses the needs of Latino/Chi- which students, faculty, and staff may rent United Indian Students in Higher cano women. La Raza provides students for a small fee. Educational programs Education / 439 SMC / 725-5671. UISHE with the opportunity to learn about Chicano include films, lectures, demonstrations, etc. provides information and programs con- and Latino cultures with a variety of pro- Popular Music Board / 452 SMC / cerning Native American customs, tradi- grams including speakers, films, tradi- 725-5661. The PMB sponsors weekly con- tions, history, and literature to PSU tional celebrations, and weekly meetings. certs every Wednesday and Friday at noon, students. Annual events include a Salmon The program maintains a close link with featuring the top rock and jazz groups in Bake and a series of Pow Wows. UISHE the Latino and Chicano communities of the Northwest. In addition, special concerts works closely with many Indian organiza- Oregon. featuring internationally acclaimed artists tions in the community in order to have as Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual Alliance / are presented periodically in the Univer- many tribes as possible represented at its 441A SMC / 725-5681. The LGBA pro- sity’s auditoriums. The PMB strives to celebrations. vides a supportive environment for lesbian, present excellent musicians and a wide Women’s Union Escort Service / 401 gay and bisexual students. It also acts as an spectrum of popular music, including rock, SMC / 725-5682. The Women’s Union advocate for sexual minority students and new wave, blues, reggae, Latin, funk, and Escort Service will escort anyone to or promotes gay, lesbian, and bisexual visibil- jazz. from a campus-related activity anywhere ity through activism and educational Speakers Board / 446 SMC / within a 15-minute walking radius of PSU. programs. 725-5654. The Speakers Board is a stu- The service uses trained volunteers who Literary Arts Committee / 438 SMC / dent-faculty committee which brings to work in gender-sensitive (one male, one 725-5666. The Literary Arts Committee campus high-caliber speakers of broad female) teams. Participants call or stop by brings poets and fiction writers of national appeal to students, faculty, and staff. Each to arrange for the service. and international stature to campus for term the board selects a guest speaker. Lec- Women’s Union Resource Center / readings and hosts writing workshops. turers have included nationally known poli- 460 SMC / 725-5672. Developed by and Music Committee / 445 SMC / ticians, economists, journalists, poets, and for women students, the union sponsors 725-5666. The Music Committee works others. Persons who would like more infor- cultural, social, and academic activities. closely with the Department of Music to mation about the board may call 725-5653 The union also acts as a referral center for present weekly Brown Bag concerts. These or drop by 446 Smith Memorial Center. needs such as child care, community ser- Tuesday and Thursday noon programs are Students Building Better Communi- vices, and scholarship information. The free and open to all. They feature excep- ties / 725-LEAD. This organization assists office is a place to study, relax, and meet tional student and professional performers students in finding volunteer opportunities friends. Volunteers are welcome as office in a variety of solo and ensemble literature. and placements in the Portland metropoli- staff and organizers of union events. Organization of International tan area. Students / 451 SMC / 725-5667. The OIS Student Organization Committee / GREEK SYSTEM provides a supportive meeting place where 451 SMC / 725-5657. The Student Organi- The PSU fraternities and sororities encour- international and other interested students zation Committee assists student organiza- age scholastic achievement as well as pro- network. OIS serves as a resource and tions with all aspects of operation and mote leadership and teamwork. referral service for campus and community registration with the University. Resources Campus chapters of social sororities are organizations that address the issues and the SOC can provide to registered groups Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Kappa Alpha, needs of international students. It acts as an include up to $400 of financial support, Delta Chi Sigma, and Phi Sigma Sigma. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 37

Fraternities include Kappa Alpha Psi, Delta Pi Epsilon Phi Alpha Theta Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, Lambda Business Education History Chi Alpha, and Tau Kappa Epsilon. For fur- Contact: Rosanne Mohr, School of Business Contact: Thomas Luckett, Department of ther information, contact the Office of Stu- Administration History dent Development. Students must have a 3.00 GPA in 12 hours of Students must be juniors or seniors with 45 cred- graduate work in business teacher education. its at PSU; have 18 credits in history, with a HONORARY, PROFESSIONAL, Eta Kappa Nu 3.00 GPA overall with no more than three SOCIAL AFFILIATIONS Electrical Engineering incompletes on their transcripts. Graduate stu- Portland State has chapters of the following Contact: Lee Casperson, Department of Electri- dents must have 15 credits in history, with a honorary and professional organizations: cal Engineering 3.50 history GPA, with no more than two Students must be in the upper quarter of the incompletes on their transcripts. Alpha Phi Sigma junior class, the upper third of the senior class, Phi Kappa Phi Administration of Justice or the upper half of M.S. or Ph. D. candidates. Overall disciplines-general honorary Contact: Annette Jolin, Department of Contact: Kathy Greey, Education Floor, Millar Administration of Justice Financial Management Association Honors Society Library Students must have completed one-third of the Students must be in the top 5 percent of the credits necessary for graduation, have a 3.20 Finance Law Contact: Beverly Fuller, School of Business senior class or in the top 5 percent and in the GPA in administration of justice, and have a third term of the junior class. Graduate stu- 3.00 cumulative GPA. Administration Students must have a 3.00 GPA overall, 90 cred- dents must have a 4.00 GPA. Beta Alpha Psi its at PSU, and have taken FinL 358 or 359. Phi Sigma Iota Accounting Student must have 3.00 GPA in finance Foreign Languages Contact: Mike Henton, School of Business classes. Contact: Suwako Watanabe, Department of Administration Foreign Languages and Literatures Students must have taken the first term of inter- Golden Key National Honorary Overall disciplines, general honorary Students must be juniors and foreign language mediate accounting, have a 3.00 GPA overall majors, have a 3.00 GPA in foreign language. and a 3.00 GPA in accounting. Contact: Duncan Carter, Department of English; Susan Hopp, Student Development Students must undergo an interview in the lan- Beta Gamma Sigma Students must be in the top 15 percent of their guage. Business junior or senior class. Full- or part-time and Pi Mu Epsilon Contact: Tom Gillpatrick, School of Business traditional or nontraditional students are eligi- Mathematics Administration ble. Contact: Leonard Swanson, Department of Students must be in the upper five percent of the Mathematical Sciences junior class, the upper 10 percent of the senior Human Resource Management Association Human Resource Management Students must have two years of college-level class, or the upper 20 percent of master’s can- mathematics, including calculus; a 3.00 GPA didates. Contact: Alan Cabelly, School of Business Administration in mathematics; and be in the top third of their Membership is open to any undergraduate or class overall. Sophomore students may join if graduate student with an interest or emphasis they have five terms of college-level mathe- in human resource management. The student matics, including two terms of calculus. They chapter is affiliated with the Portland chapter must have a 4.00 GPA and be in the top fourth of the Northwest Human Resource Manage- of their class overall. Graduate students must ment Association and the national organization have mathematical work at least equivalent to of the Society for Human Resource Manage- that required of the undergraduate and have ment. maintained a 3.00 GPA in mathematics during their last school year prior to their election. Iota Sigma Psi Women in Chemistry Pi Sigma Alpha Contact: Carole Gatz, Department of Chemistry Political Science Students must have a 3.00 GPA overall, a 3.00 Contact: David Smeltzer, Department of Politi- GPA in chemistry, and one year in advanced cal Science chemistry beyond organic chemistry. Students must be graduating seniors and have a 3.50 GPA in political science. Kappa Delta Pi Education Sigma Xi Contact: Loyde Hales, School of Education Scientific research society of North America School of Education graduate level students Must be a major in a discipline that can be clas- must have completed a minimum of 30 gradu- sified as a science, be it a natural science or a ate-level credits at Portland State University in social science. an approved certificate and/or master’s degree Contact: Thomas Hard, Department of Chemis- program or a minimum of 18 graduate-level try, Scott Burns, Department of Geology credits at Portland State University in an Students must be invited to join and must have approved program for the Doctor of Education. the sponsorship of two regular (faculty) mem- Students must have an overall GPA of no less bers. Students must demonstrate an ability to than 3.75 on graduate-level hours, exemplify do scientific research and indicate the potential worthy educational ideals, express an intention of future scientific work. to continue in the field of education, manifest Tau Beta Pi desirable personal qualities, and give evidence Engineering Honor of leadership attributes. Contact: Herman Migliore, Department of Mu Phi Epsilon Mechanical Engineering Music Engineering students are scholastically eligible Contact: Marilyn Shotola, Department of Music if their overall GPA is in the top 20 percent for Students must be music majors or minors, have a juniors, 20 percent for seniors, and 12.5 per- 3.00 GPA in music, and show promise in cent for graduate level. The student chapter music and service. will also evaluate candidates for other factors such as minimum number of PSU credits and potential for active membership. 38 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

STUDENT LEGAL SERVICES OUNSELING AND TUDENT HEALTH 401C SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, C S 725-4556 PSYCHOLOGICAL SER- SERVICE Confidential, professional advice and coun- VICES seling on a wide range of legal issues is D4 Neuberger Hall, available through Student Legal Services. M343 Smith Memorial Center, 725-3462 The attorney and staff are qualified to pro- 725-4423 Student Health Services is staffed by physi- vide students with assistance in under- Counseling and Psychological Services cians and nurses who are available for diag- standing and dealing with legal problems (CAPS) provides assistance to PSU stu- nosis, treatment, consultation and referrals they may encounter. The office also main- dents in the following areas: for illnesses and injuries. Women’s health tains a resource file of community agencies ■ Crisis counseling care is available for annual gynecological and referral services. ■ Brief individual, couple or family coun- exams, pap smears, family planning coun- This office also offers mediation ser- seling, group counseling, general and seling, and contraception. The Student vices for students who want an alternative topic specific, psychiatric assessment Health Service is an outpatient facility process for resolving disputes in a con- and treatment including medication open 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Fri- structive, non-adversarial atmosphere. The ■ Career counseling including testing day. goal is to provide a safe, neutral environ- ■ Screening for learning disabilities Each term Student Health Services ment where students can come to resolve ■ Stress management offers a variety of physical assessment conflicts with other students, other mem- ■ Test anxiety screens, lectures and workshops that bers of the PSU community, or the commu- ■ Alcohol and other drug use assessment, address health-related issues. These events nity at large. education and referral are advertised on bulletin boards around the These services are available to students campus. A wellness resource center and a HELEN GORDON CHILD taking 9 or more credits during the regular self help clinic are available and provide DEVELOPMENT CENTER academic year. Students taking 4-8 credit educational material and assessment tools hours who wish to be eligible for CAPS on health-related issues pertinent to stu- 1609 SW 12th Avenue, and Student Health Services, may become dents. Assessments and counseling are 725-3092 so by paying the Health Fee within the first available to assist students to live a health- 15 days of the term. During Summer Ses- ier lifestyle. The Helen Gordon Child Development Health Services and Counseling and Center is a University-operated service that sion, students taking 1 or more credit hours are eligible for services. Psychological Services work closely to provides a quality educational laboratory enhance the students’ educational experi- preschool/extended day program for chil- CAPS also offers a testing service that coordinates national tests (LSAT, MCAT, ences by recognizing the importance of dren two to six years of age. The center is maintaining physical and mental health at accredited by the National Academy of GRE, GMAT) and administers other admissions, aptitude, and specialty tests. the optimal level. Early Childhood Programs, a division of Students taking 9 or more credits fall, the National Association for the Education The service is available to PSU students and to members of the greater community. winter, and spring terms are eligible for of Young Children. The center is open from services, and a basic health insurance pro- 7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. daily. Children of There are fees for testing which vary depending on the test. gram is provided as part of the Health Ser- PSU students, faculty, and staff are eligible vice fee. This provides a basic insurance for enrollment in the program. Enrollment The CAPS Outreach/Consultation Pro- gram sponsors various workshops through plan and access to the Health Services and is based on the date of application. CAPS. Students taking 4-8 credit hours As a laboratory preschool/extended day the year on topics of general and specific interest; these are well advertised and are may pay the health fee within 15 days of program, the center enables students from the beginning of the term. Included in the education, psychology, and related fields to usually open to students and community members. Consultation services (e.g., train- basic benefits are partial payments for hos- complete course requirements through pitalization, physicians’ home and office observation, practicum, or research activi- ing, mediation, conflict resolution, program development) are available to students and visits, ambulance service, diagnostic work, ties at the center. Interested students should surgery, and pregnancy expenses. An contact the center’s office. faculty in groups or individually. In conjunction with Student Health Services and optional supplementary insurance, avail- STUDENT PARENT SERVICES Public Health Education, CAPS offers a able at extra cost, covers major medical and 401D SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, peer education program (PEP), which dependent care. 725-5655 trains students to educate other students on Insurance coverage is available for stu- Student Parent Services (SPS) is a resource issues of lifestyle and diversity. dents during summer session, even if they and referral, networking and educational To learn more about our services or to are not enrolled, providing that they were center designed to help student parents take advantage of a specific service, call or eligible spring term. Students eligible manage their roles and responsibilities as come by the CAPS office Monday through spring term and who are returning fall term both parents and students. SPS services Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. to make an appoint- may use the Health Services on a fee-for- include the PSU Child Care Cooperative (a ment. Walk-in appointments are available. service basis during the summer. Basic networking service); parent education insurance is not automatic during Summer classes, workshops and materials; and child Session. It must be purchased individually care information, education and referral. by the student taking one or more credits. SPS also provides individual consultation. Pamphlets explaining the insurance SPS is funded through Incidental Fees and coverage and insurance forms are available there is no charge for direct services. Stu- in Health Services. Questions regarding dent parents can use SPS by calling 725- insurance benefits may be directed to 5655 or dropping by the SPS office in room Health Services at 725-3462. 401D, SMC. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 39

PSU is not responsible and will not pay students (see listing for Student directories, school and college vacancy bills from physicians, hospitals, and labora- Employment). notices, information concerning employ- tories incurred by the student contrary to ■ Off-campus Federal Work Study Com- ment trends and patterns, and job-seeking the provisions of the prepaid medical plan. munity Service and America Reads techniques, including sample resumes and For further information regarding programs. letters of application. services, call or come by Student Health ■ Annual Career Information Day in For further information, contact the Services. February and Part-time/Summer/ Career Center or visit the Web site: Temporary Job Fair in April. www.career.pdx.edu. ■ Portland-area Peace Corps office. CAREER CENTER STUDENT EMPLOYMENT, To assist students and alumni in finding 402F UNIVERSITY SERVICES 402 University Services Building, employment, the Career Center is imple- BUILDING, 725-4958 725-4613 menting a new Web-based program of ser- Student Employment provides referrals to The Career Center offers assistance to Port- vices to enable students to access part- and internships, part-time, temporary, and land State University students and alumni full-time jobs on-line, schedule on-campus summer jobs off campus, including Federal including: interviews, and submit resumes electroni- Work Study Community Service positions. ■ Individual career and job search cally to employers in response to job Opportunities are diverse, including entry- counseling. postings. level and para-professional positions. Most ■ Workshops and individual assistance on Drop-in workshops are offered regu- offer flexible hours, and many are walking career decisions, resume writing, inter- larly to assist students with career decision distance from campus. Some employers viewing, and job search strategies. making, resume writing, interview prepara- arrange employment interviews with stu- ■ An extensive career library with tion, and effective job seeking techniques. dents in the Career Center. Check with the information on careers, internships, Appointments may be arranged to discuss office regularly, as job postings and employers, and job-search resources. career plans, employment opportunities, employer interview schedules change fre- ■ An on-campus recruiting program in resumes, and application materials. Prac- quently, or register to be contacted by which students interview with employ- tice interviews with video-tape feedback phone about work in your interest area. ers, both public and private. may be scheduled. Information is available on World Wide ■ Career job listings. SIGI-PLUS and CIS are computerized Web at www.career.pdx.edu. Individual ■ Computer programs for career guidance career guidance and information systems, appointments for job counseling are also and information (SIGI PLUS, Oregon that help students assess themselves and available. Employment is not guaranteed, Career Information System) explore occupations. The Career Center but listings are usually plentiful, and every ■ Placement file/dossier service for edu- library contains career information as well effort is made to assist the student. This cators and other majors. as information on employers in both the service is open to all students. ■ Off-campus part-time or temporary public and private sectors, in print, on vid- employment for currently enrolled eotape, and the World Wide Web. Also available for use at any time are employer

UNIVERSITY SERVICES

Nearly 15,000 students attend Portland and at numerous other locations throughout The campus offers special programs for State-each one with a special set of circum- the city. Monthly passes entitle riders to carpools, disabled parking, and others with stances, concerns, interests, and aims. unlimited travel and transfer privileges and special needs. Finding the right people to answer ques- offer a reduction over the purchase price of For more detailed information on trans- tions and provide help and support is made individual fares. The Portland metropoli- portation, parking, or securing a permit, easier by organizations and channels set up tan area is divided into zones which deter- inquire at the Parking Office, 725-3442. to respond to the various needs. mine the price of monthly passes. Park and Ride Stations, located throughout the sub- BOX OFFICE/ ACCESSIBILITY urban areas, allow commuters to park their TICKETMASTER cars and ride the bus into the city. The 725-3307 Accessibility is the keynote of Portland campus is within Fareless Square, a large State: the campus is on the edge of down- section of downtown Portland within which The Box Office is located at the corner of town Portland and within the freeway loop. bus travel is free. 5th Avenue and Mill Street in the Mill Tri-Met, the local transit agency, serves Wheelchair and bicycle paths, and park- Street Building. Tickets are for sale to PSU the three counties—Multnomah, Washing- ing areas for bicycles, are located through- cultural events and activities, as well as to ton, and Clackamas—which make up met- out the campus. Automobile parking is intercollegiate athletic home events. This ropolitan Portland. Tri-Met tickets and provided in permit-only structures, surface office also serves as a Ticketmaster outlet passes are available at the Transportation lots, limited short-term meters, and on- where tickets to most major events and per- and Parking Services’ or Cashier’s offices street city metered spaces. 40 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

formances occurring in the metropolitan puter labs maintained by the Office of LIBRARY RESOURCES area may be purchased. Information Technologies such as the Uni- 725-4617 versities Studies Labs, the Training Labs CAMPUS SAFETY AND (321 Cramer Hall) and the Learning Labs The Portland State University Library is SECURITY OFFICE (96 Neuberger Hall) are available for gen- located on the west side of the park blocks, 725-4404 eral student use when not scheduled for across from Neuberger Hall and next to the classroom use. The Instructional Comput- Health and Physical Education Building. The Campus Safety and Security Office is ing Center (ICC) maintains labs for spe- The Branford P. Millar Library, named in located adjacent to Shattuck Hall at SW cialized applications such as the CAD/GIS honor of PSU’s president from 1959 to Broadway and College streets. The office is Lab and the Electronic Conference Room. 1968, was dedicated on May 10, 1975. A open year-round, 24 hours a day to assist ICC also provides technical support for major addition which nearly doubled the with personal safety, crime preventions, Harrison Hall. size of the original building was dedicated escort services, and limited vehicle ser- Educational Media Services consists of on November 3, 1991. vices, and to provide general University Audio Visual Services (B18 Smith Memo- During fall, winter, and spring terms the information. Security officers patrol the rial Center), Television Services (501 Neu- library is open until 11 p.m. Sundays campus continually to assure a safe and berger Hall), and Multimedia Development through Thursdays and until 7 p.m. on Fri- comfortable environment. (B18 Smith Memorial Center). Audio days and Saturdays. The library opens at 8 Visual Services maintains the campus’ col- a.m. Mondays through Fridays, 10 a.m. on lection of films, film-strips, slides, and INFORMATION Saturdays, and 11 a.m. on Sundays. These media kits. Audio visual material may be hours are subject to change; up-to-date TECHNOLOGIES checked out to support classroom or 725-4441 information on library hours can be campus-related activities. Television Ser- obtained by calling 725-3065. vices is responsible for the production and To borrow material from the library it is The Office of Information Technologies distribution of television support material, provides support for computing, voice, and necessary to have a valid PSU photo identi- including support of on-campus high tech- fication card. Bring this card to the library’s data communications, multimedia, and nology classrooms and delivery of distance television and audio visual services. The Circulation Desk on the ground floor where learning presentations. Multimedia Devel- you will be entered into the library’s auto- Office of the Executive Director is located opment provides advice and technical in 445 Neuberger Hall. Information Tech- mated circulation system. assistance in the development and use of Library resources consist of more than nologies consists of the following areas: multimedia presentations and material. The Computer Center (Shattuck Hall one million volumes, including approxi- Harrison Hall is Portland State Univer- mately 10,000 serial subscriptions, a grow- Annex) operates and maintains all central- sity’s new high-tech classroom facility. It ized computer systems, providing support ing number of CD-ROM and on-line was designed to accommodate large classes computer databases, and an extensive col- for the academic and administrative func- without sacrificing the interaction between tions of the University and specialized lection of government documents. Music instructor and student by the use of cutting- recordings and scores are also housed in applications such as Portals (Portland Area edge multimedia technology. Three large Library System), the campus library sys- the library. rear-projection screens are visible from The library issues a number of informa- tem, and the World Wide Web. anywhere in the hall, giving the instructor Information Systems (120 Shattuck tion guides to instruct and assist library the choice of projecting video, film, televi- users. These are available from display Hall) supports the University’s microcom- sion, slides, computer presentations or a puter and local area network and maintains racks throughout the building. combination of any of the above. Com- Access to the library’s collection is the University’s Home Page (http:// bined with a powerful sound system and www.pdx.edu). IS operates the Help Desk through an on-line catalog which lists touch-screen that controls all functions about 90 percent of the books and other which provides assistance in the use of including lighting and shades, the instruc- hardware and software and issues accounts resources. The missing 10 percent consists tor has an almost unlimited number of mainly of books, media, and non-Roman to students for Internet access and elec- options to present course material to as tronic mail. Computer accounts are avail- alphabet materials cataloged prior to 1977, many as 400 students. When not scheduled which are listed in the card catalog. Termi- able to all currently enrolled students upon for classroom use, the hall can be rented for request. nals connected to the on-line catalog’s a multitude of functions. Additional infor- computer are located on the ground floor Instruction and Research Services mation can be obtained from the Harrison (B18 Smith Memorial Center) consists of and elsewhere in the library. The catalog Hall home page (http://www.icc.pdx.edu/hhall). can also be searched by using personal Academic Consulting, Educational Media Telecommunications (M107F Smith Services, the Instructional Computing Cen- computers from remote locations. For Memorial Center) provides the University, details obtain a copy of the information ter, the University Micro Labs, and the including student housing, with telephone University Studies Labs. The University bulletin titled “How to use the PSU On-line services including data connections and Catalog.” Studies Labs (first and second floors, support to other Oregon State System of Cramer Hall) provide access to microcom- The organization of the library is based Higher Education (OSSHE) facilities on four divisions, each devoted to a general puters in the support of the University located in the Portland metropolitan area. Studies Program. University Micro Labs subject area. The divisional libraries offer a (UML) are general access microcomputer reference desk, open shelving of all books labs available for student use with current and periodicals, photocopy machines, and ID. Labs are located in 107 Shattuck Hall, special equipment for using microform 112 Shattuck Hall, and the Millar Library. materials. The divisions are: UML facilities consist of both Intel based Business and Government Docu- (Windows) and Macintosh desktop comments (Basement). Accounting, business puters and laser printers. Other microcom- administration, career development and resume writing, consumer information, W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 41

economics, finance, government publica- the Office of Information Technologies. PSU FOUNDATION tions, law, management, statistics, taxation, TALN/IACD (Technology Access for Life 725-4911 and a collection of telephone directories. Needs/Information Access Center for the Social Science and Education Disabled) have offices on the ground floor The Foundation is committed to creating (Second Floor). Bibliography (general), of the library as well. greater financial strength and stability for children’s literature, college catalogs and The PSU Library augments its own the University by engaging in development directories, dissertations and theses, educa- resources by cooperation with other librar- activities in a manner designed to facilitate tion, financial aid information, general ies. Students and faculty have library privi- or enhance the mission of Portland State periodicals, newspapers in microform, leges at any school in the Oregon State University. The Foundation administers library science, medicine, physical educa- System of Higher Education. Through a funds raised and earned and provides them tion, psychology, and speech; the reference program known as Metroloan, direct access to PSU to support a range of activities, collections for administration of justice, to other college and university libraries in including scholarships, endowments, fac- anthropology, social work, sociology, and the Portland area can be arranged. The ulty development and travel, educational urban studies; and a current newspapers Portland Area Library System (PORTALS) and research equipment, and special pro- room. is a formal organization of libraries dedi- grams and speakers. The Foundation is Arts and Humanities (Third Floor). cated to resource sharing, cooperative col- guided by a volunteer Board of Directors, Art, communication, film, foreign lan- lection development, and other representative of civic, business, and cul- guages, literature, music, philosophy, pho- collaborative pursuits. Before using other tural leadership in the metropolitan area. tography, religion, theater arts, and special libraries it is always advisable to call in The board oversees the Foundation’s activi- collections; the reference collections for advance to determine local policies and ties, recruits financial and other support on biography, book reviews, history and politi- procedures. the University’s behalf, and serves as a cal science. vital link between Portland State and the Science and Engineering (Fifth OMBUDS OFFICE community. Floor). Agriculture, architecture, biology, 725-5901 chemistry, computer science, earth sciences, engineering, forestry, mathematics, SMITH MEMORIAL The mission of the Ombuds Office is to CENTER military and naval sciences, and physics; ensure that all members of the campus the reference collection for geography. community receive fair and equitable treat- 725-4522 The fourth floor has no reference desk ment within the University system. The Smith Center, 1825 SW Broadway, serves and no reference collections. It contains the office serves as a confidential, independent as the campus focal point for students, fac- circulation stacks for administration of jus- resource to students, faculty, and staff who ulty, staff, and the University community. It tice, anthropology, geography, history, need assistance in resolving problems and is a gathering place for students to meet political science, social work, sociology, conflicts that may arise. The Ombudsper- and plan activities, take advantage of recre- urban studies, and the map collection. son considers all sides of a question in an ational and social areas, attend events, seek The library’s ground floor contains the impartial and objective way and assists help or information, or just relax and get Reserve Library of short-term loan material community members is resolving con- food and refreshment. selected by instructors for required and flicts, sorting through policy, presenting The Smith Center ballroom and other supplemental reading, the Music Room, options, and mediating issues. The Ombuds meeting and conference rooms host a vari- housing the music CD, phonodisk, and Office is located in 169 Cramer Hall and is ety of activities, including conferences, lec- phonotape collection with listening room open Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 5 tures, meetings, dances, concerts, and other and listening stations, the Interlibrary Loan p.m. Department, and the library’s administra- events involving the University and the tive offices. A 40-station computer lab for metropolitan community. Most campus PSU students, featuring both IBM clones activities, other than credit classes, are and Macintosh machines, is operated by scheduled by the campus Scheduling 42 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Office, located in the Smith Center admin- Lobby of Neuberger Hall. Currently MARKETING AND istrative offices. enrolled students, faculty, and staff may COMMUNICATIONS Smith Center is home to many student purchase an “all zone” bus pass for a dis- The mission of the Office of Marketing organizations, including Associated Stu- counted price upon presentation of current and Communications is to build stronger dents of Portland State University PSU ID. relationships with key constituencies by (ASPSU), student publications, and a vari- (1) enhancing the University’s ability to ety of other student clubs and boards. It UNIVERSITY sense, serve, and satisfy needs and also houses the Student Resource Center, RELATIONS (2) increasing public awareness of the Multicultural Center, and the Offices of strengths, opportunities, and benefits of PSU. Student Affairs and Student Development. 341 Cramer Hall, Smith Center provides diverse services 725-4478 PUBLICATIONS and amenities to enhance campus life— The Office of Publications produces the Portland Teacher’s Credit Union, Co-Head The mission of University Relations is to official University publications, including Salon, Littman and White Galleries, Viking communicate the value of PSU to the the Portland State University Bulletin; Bowl and Billiards (including video games community and to build public and finan- commencement programs; the faculty-staff and television lounge), Parkway Commons, cial support for the University. University newsletter, PSU Currently; PSU Magazine; and University Market. Parkway Com- Relations is composed of Alumni Rela- and many other major and specialized pub- mons, Smith Center’s food court, features tions, Government Relations, Marketing lications. The office works closely with Starbucks Coffee, Taco Bell, Subway, The and Communications, Publications, and departmental and administrative offices to Wokery, pizza, pastas, and made to order University Development. respond to the publications needs of the daily specials. University Market, located ALUMNI RELATIONS University. on the ground floor near the SW Montgom- The Office of Alumni Relations enables ery Street entrance, stocks paperback Portland State’s 75,000 alumni to maintain UNIVERSITY DEVELOPMENT books, magazines, pens, calculators, paper a strong and continuing relationship with The Office of University Development is supplies, candy, soft drinks, and PSU mem- the University. The office is responsible for responsible for the initiation, coordination, orabilia. Smith Center also offers the promoting communication between alumni and management of all fund development Browsing Lounge, a quiet area for students and the University, for keeping accurate programs for Portland State University. The to study or simply relax and admire the alumni records, and for providing services office provides the impetus for a strong, Park Blocks. to alumni, such as the Alumni VISA Card, cohesive, and ever-accelerating University- Smith Center East is the location of the the Alumni Benefit Card (ABC), and a vari- wide, fund-raising program. Information and Academic Support Center ety of insurance programs. The ABC card (IASC) Telecommunications, Equal provides graduates access to a variety of VISITOR INFORMATION Opportunity Program and Counseling and benefits and University facilities, including CENTER Psychological Services (CAPS). the Library and physical education facilities. 1939 SW Broadway, TRANSPORTATION AND The 30 volunteer members of the 725-4407 Alumni Board of Directors initiate and pro- PARKING SERVICES Campus maps, brochures, class schedules, mote many programs on behalf of the 725-3442 and registration forms are available 24 Alumni Association and the University. hours a day in the Portland State University The board hosts an annual PSU Weekend, The Transportation and Parking Services Visitor Information Center, 1939 SW which includes a day of seminars, a nation- Office sells faculty, staff, and student park- Broadway. ally-known speaker, a pre-football game ing permits and is responsible for coordina- The office is in the Campus Safety and party, and a variety of other events. The tion of campus transportation programs. Security Office, and CSSO staff are avail- Alumni Board also sponsors an endowed Parking permits, good in any of the Univer- able to give directions to visitors looking scholarship for children of alumni; over- sity parking structures designated as “perfor the Library, the bookstore, and other sees an alumni advocates program; selects mit” parking, cost $171 for full term, $57 campus points. outstanding alumni award winners; works per month for faculty/staff, and $6.50 daily Street signs in the University district with student and campus groups; and pro- (with limited space available). Various direct motorists to the center. Parking motes numerous other activities. other types of permits are available. For spaces are available for visitors to park full information on types of permits, times GOVERNMENT RELATIONS their cars briefly while visiting the center. to purchase permits, and where to park, The Office of Government Relations has please refer to the Transportation and Park- principal responsibility for liaison and ing Information Brochure, available at the communication between the University and Transportation and Parking Services local, state, and national governments and Office. agencies. The office helps build govern- Tri-Met bus passes and tickets may be mental support for the University and iden- purchased from either the Transportation tifies opportunities for faculty and staff to Office or the Cashiers Office, located in the contribute to the public policy process.

GRADUATE STUDIES

WILLIAM H. FEYERHERM, VICE PROVOST FOR RESEARCH AND DEAN OF GRADUATE STUDIES 111 CRAMER HALL, 725-3423

GENERAL INFORMATION the Registrar candidates who have fulfilled 725-8410 the requirements for advanced degrees. Student Responsibility. The student is Portland State University graduate pro- responsible for knowing all regulations and grams offer a variety of opportunities for procedures required by the University and advanced study and research, including the advanced degree program being pur- preparation for academic or other profes- sued. In no case will a regulation be waived sional careers, continuation and improve- or an exception granted because of igno- ment of skills for in-service professionals, rance of the regulation or of the assertion and personal intellectual enrichment and that the student was not informed by the professional development. More than 4,000 adviser or other authority. The student graduate students are enrolled in the Uni- should be familiar with information versity’s colleges and schools, and nearly published in the Portland State University 1,000 graduate degrees are awarded annu- Bulletin, including the section on Graduate ally in the more than 50 master’s and the Studies and the section listing the require- eight doctoral programs. ments for the degree and the offerings and The Office of Graduate Studies and requirements of the major department. The Research oversees the University’s gradu- department chair appoints a faculty adviser ate programs in the interest of ensuring for each graduate student to assist in devel- quality instruction and research and pro- oping the course of study, determining defi- moting the highest achievement of graduate ciencies, planning the program, and students. Located in 111 Cramer Hall, it is clarifying special regulations. Departments the principal resource concerning advanced can be expected to have additional degree degree requirements, degree status, petition requirements beyond those listed in the procedures, thesis or dissertation prepara- Bulletin. tion, and final oral examinations. A graduate student may petition the The Office of Admissions, in the lobby Graduate Council for the waiver of a Uni- of Neuberger Hall, receives and processes versity graduate academic regulation or general inquiries related to graduate admis- degree requirement. The responsibility of sions. Complete application packets for initiating the petition rests with the student. admission to particular graduate programs The petition must be approved by the fac- are available in the academic departments. ulty adviser and graduate committee and is Individual academic departments respond forwarded to the Office of Graduate Studies to inquiries seeking information about and Research. The petition must be accom- graduate degree program requirements, panied by supporting documentation pro- admission to their graduate degree provided by the department and approved by grams, and the availability of graduate the chair of the department/school/college assistantships in their subject areas. graduate committee. Petition forms are available in the Office of Graduate Studies and Research. GRADUATE The University reserves the right to GOVERNANCE require the withdrawal of any student who fails to accept responsibilities, as evidenced All matters of graduate study are subject to by conduct or scholastic achievement. the policies and procedures established by the Faculty Senate upon recommendation of the Graduate Council. The Dean of Graduate Studies is responsible for conducting the affairs of the Office of Graduate Studies and Research and for certifying to

44 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

GRADUATE options in performance and conducting; Under the Western Interstate Commis- DEGREES Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) sion for Higher Education (WICHE) with an option in health administration; Regional Graduate Program agreement, The advanced degrees offered by Portland Master of Public Health (M.P.H.), a joint residents of Alaska, Hawaii, Idaho, Mon- State University are listed below: program with Oregon Health Sciences Uni- tana, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Wash- versity and Oregon State University, with ington, and Wyoming admitted to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) options in health education/health promo- doctoral program in environmental sci- Electrical and computer engineering; tion and health administration and policy; ences and resources or in urban studies pay environmental sciences and resources Master of Social Work (M.S.W.); Master of resident tuition fees. (with options in biology, chemistry, civil Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P.); engineering, economics, geography, geol- Master of Urban Studies (M.U.S.). ogy, and physics); mathematics education; DOCTOR OF public administration and policy; social EDUCATION work and social research; systems science DOCTOR OF (with options in anthropology, business PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Education degree is granted administration, civil engineering, in recognition of mastery of theory, prac- economics, engineering management, The Doctor of Philosophy degree is tice, and research in education. The criteria mathematics, mechanical engineering, awarded for scholastic achievement based for the award of the degree are the candi- psychology, and sociology); urban studies. upon the candidate’s proven comprehen- date’s demonstrated comprehensive knowl- sive knowledge in a recognized specialized edge of designated fields of concentration Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) field of study and for creative scholarship and specialization and the successful pre- In educational leadership: administration; through independent research. Judgment of sentation and defense of a dissertation postsecondary education; curriculum and such attainments is based upon evaluation embodying the results of original investiga- instruction. of a dissertation grounded in independent tion which demonstrates the candidate’s Master of Arts (M.A.) or Master of research and the passing of prescribed writ- ability to conduct independent investiga- Science (M.S.) ten and oral examinations. tion. The dissertation is a contribution to Administration of justice (M.S. only); Doctor of Philosophy programs consist knowledge or a constructive result of sig- anthropology (M.A. only); biology; chem- of formal coursework, guided individual nificance and value for educational prac- istry; civil engineering; computer science study in a chosen field or discipline, study tice. In addition to the area of (M.S. only); conflict resolution (proposed); in cognitive areas, and original research specialization, which includes the leader- economics; education (with options in which serves as the basis for a scholarly ship core and the specialty studies core, the counseling; curriculum and instruction; dissertation. Before being admitted to can- student’s program of study includes work educational policy, foundations, and didacy for the Ph.D. degree, each student in related fields outside education and the administration; media/librarianship; special must pass written comprehensive examina- use of systematic inquiry leading to the dis- education); electrical and computer engi- tions; some programs also require demon- sertation. neering; engineering management (M.S. strated competency in at least one foreign Candidates for the Ed.D. degree may only); environmental sciences and language. Advancement to candidacy for fulfill the residency requirement after resources (M.S. only); English (M.A. the Doctor of Philosophy degree requires, admission to the doctoral program in one of only); foreign languages (M.A. only) with among other prerequisites, certification by three ways. All require three consecutive options in French, German, and Spanish; the responsible program coordinator/direc- terms of full-time approved graduate study foreign literature and language (M.A. tor that specified coursework has been or at PSU (at least 9 credits per term). The only); geography; geology (with an option will be completed and that the proposed options for fulfilling the residency require- in geohydrology); health education; history research can be adequately supported and ment are: coursework, the study of practice (M.A. only); mathematics (with an option directed. The Dean of Graduate Studies (i.e., field-based work) or dissertation. For- in statistics); mechanical engineering; retains final approval authority for eign language competency is not required physics; political science; psychology; advancement to candidacy. for the Ed.D. degree. The equivalent of sociology; speech communication (with an In addition to the general University three years of full-time study beyond the option in speech and hearing sciences); admission and degree requirements, each baccalaureate is required. TESOL (M.A. only); theater arts (M.A. doctoral program has special requirements The Ed.D. in educational leadership only). and/or policies concerning admissions and program prepares highly qualified profes- Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) or awarding of the Ph.D. degree. Information sional educators for positions in teaching, Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.) on specific admissions requirements, pro- supervision, and administration-in elemen- English (M.A.T. only); general arts and let- cedures, and other aspects of the program tary and secondary education, in commuters; environmental science; science; gen- can be obtained from the following: Dean, nity and four-year colleges and universities, eral social science; mathematics; music. School of Engineering and Applied Sci- and in other educational institutions, both ence, Electrical and Computer Engineer- public and private. Professional Degrees: ing Doctoral Program; Director, Information concerning admission Master of Business Administration Environmental Sciences and Resources requirements, procedures, and other (M.B.A.); Master of Education (M.Ed); Doctoral Program; Director, Mathematics aspects of the program can be obtained Master of Engineering in Manufacturing Education Doctoral Program; Director, from the Dean, Graduate School of Engineering (M.E.), a joint program with Social Work and Social Research Doctoral Education. Oregon State University; Master of Envi- Program; Director, Systems Science Doc- ronmental Management (M.E.M.); Master toral Program; and Dean, College of Urban of Fine Arts (M.F.A.): Art, with options in and Public Affairs, Urban Studies Doctoral painting, sculpture, and painting/sculpture; Program and Public Administration and Master of International Management Policy Doctoral (M.I.M.); Master of Music (M.M.), with Program.

G RADUATE STUDIES 45

MASTER OF ARTS AND Foreign language proficiency is not the first term after their admission to make MASTER OF SCIENCE required for the M.S.T. degree. an individualized plan for the completion In general, admission requirements are of their language requirement. Options The University offers programs leading to equivalent to admission requirements for include preparing for and passing one of the Master of Arts and the Master of Sci- the M.A. and M.S. degrees. these evaluations: ence as shown in the Graduate Degrees sec- A minimum of 45 graduate credits is a. Oral proficiency interview (manda- tion. In all programs leading to these required. tory for M.A. TESOL students) degrees, the primary emphasis is placed The program of study includes the b. A written test (mandatory for M.A. upon the student’s scholarly development following: TESOL students), such as through formal coursework, seminars, 1. At least 24 graduate credits must be i. The Graduate Student Foreign research, and independent study. The pro- devoted to selected courses in academic Language Test grams are designed to develop a mastery of fields which strengthen the candidate’s ii. The CLEP exam subject matter in a chosen discipline and to scholarship in a teaching field and related iii. A special exam, administered by the area. This minimum may be higher at the Department of Foreign Languages and provide training and experience in Literatures research. department’s discretion. At least 12 credits c. Coursework after admission: taking a Candidates for the Master of Arts and in residence at PSU at the 500, 500/600, or 600 level must be completed successfully. course at level 203 or above (for M.A. Master of Science degrees must earn a min- TESOL students using Chinese or Japa- imum of 45 credits in approved graduate The remainder of the required courses may nese, the level must be at third year) be 400/500 courses taken for the 500-level courses. A thesis may be required, depend- d. Overseas intensive courses or other ing on the program. The Master of Arts number. intensive courses degree requires a demonstrated proficiency 2. At least 9 credits of professional e. Special reading courses, if available. in one or more foreign languages. Foreign courses in education are required. The Department of Foreign Languages language proficiency is not required for the 3. A final written examination covering and Literatures will teach and test only in Master of Science degree. Programs of the academic teaching field and profes- languages in which it has expertise. How- study are built upon appropriate baccalau- sional education courses is required. ever, off-campus arrangements may be pos- reate preparation and include a major disci- 4. A final oral examination is required of sible with the cooperation of other pline; if a thesis is included in the program all students. institutions. Certification of having passed of study, the discipline and thesis represent a foreign language examination from an the major portion of the program of study. Information on admission and other institution other than Portland State Uni- Applicants for admission must meet the aspects of a program may be obtained by versity must be approved by the Depart- University requirements for admission to contacting the department identified with ment of Foreign Languages and Literatures graduate study. For further information on the field of interest. at Portland State University prior to accep- admission, as well as other aspects of a tance as fulfillment of the University’s mas- specific master’s degree, the appropriate OPTIONS FOR MEETING ter’s degree foreign language competency department should be contacted directly. THE GRADUATE FOREIGN requirement. LANGUAGE REQUIRE- A student whose native language is not MASTER OF ARTS IN MENT FOR M.A. AND English may meet the foreign language TEACHING AND MASTER M.A.T. requirement in English, except for students OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING STUDENTS in two programs: (1) students in the M.A. in French, Spanish, or German, who must For students interested in specializing in a The Department of Foreign Languages and be tested in a language other than English particular teaching field at the secondary Literatures will accept the following ways and other than the language of their M.A. level, the Master of Arts in Teaching of satisfying the graduate foreign language program; and (2) students in the M.A. in (M.A.T.) and/or the Master of Science in competency requirement: Foreign Literature and Language, who are Teaching (M.S.T.) are offered in the fol- 1. Equivalent coursework: Students who required to demonstrate fluency in two for- lowing fields: English, general arts and let- have passed a course equivalent to PSU eign languages other than English at the ters, science, environmental science, level 203 or higher in a foreign language time of admission and are not required to general social science, mathematics, and within the four years prior to their admis- demonstrate additional competency except music. sion into their PSU graduate program will as necessary to complete their degree The fundamental purpose of the M.A.T. be deemed to have met the language requirements. and M.S.T. programs is the improvement of requirement. The Department of Foreign the quality of teaching in the schools. To Languages and Literatures will issue a cer- ADMISSION TO this end, the programs are developed and tificate of completion upon evaluation of GRADUATE STUDIES administered within flexible guidelines to the student’s academic record. M.A. and match the needs of students with varying M.A.T. students are responsible for OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS backgrounds and professional plans. The making their academic records available to 725-3511 programs permit the prospective or in-ser- the chair of that department in the first Application to graduate programs at Port- vice teacher to work toward satisfying the term of admission and requesting evalua- land State University requires two com- requirements for a teaching certificate if tion and certification. Note: This option is plete (but different) admissions packets, desired and, in addition, to devote a sub- not available to students in the M.A. one sent to the Office of Admissions and stantial portion of the program of study to TESOL program. coursework in selected academic fields. All one sent to the department. Complete 2. Students who do not meet the require- applications are available from the individ- M.A.T. degrees require a demonstrated ment under 1. above should make an proficiency in at least one foreign language. ual academic departments. appointment with the Department of A student must be admitted formally to Foreign Languages and Literatures during graduate status (regular, conditional, certif-

46 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

icate) for a program of study to be planned considered nonresident credit for which all University requires that the applicant send with the assistance of a faculty adviser. transfer limits and requirements apply. two complete (but different) application Admission to regular or conditional degree University Requirements for Admis- packets, one packet to the Admissions status should be obtained at the earliest sion to Graduate Courses and Programs. Office and the other directly to the depart- possible time in order to avoid loss of To be admitted to Portland State University ment. Incomplete packets sent either to the credit applicable to a degree. Courses taken for the purpose of pursuing graduate work, Admissions Office or to the department at PSU in postbaccalaureate status or non- applicants must satisfy minimum Univer- will seriously delay completion of the grad- admitted status are transfer courses and sity requirements and be accepted by the uate admission process. Students may call must meet all transfer limits and department in which the graduate work is the PSU Touch-tone Admission Status requirements. proposed. Any applicant whose native lan- Reporting System at 725-ADMT (2368) to Regular Status. Students who meet the guage is not English and who has not determine the status of their admission University requirements and are fully received a baccalaureate degree from a applications. Questions about the admis- accepted by their departments or schools as U.S. institution must pass the Test of sion process should be directed to the potential degree candidates are given regu- English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) department. lar status. Students must have regular status with a minimum score of 550. 1. The application packet sent to the to be appointed graduate research or teach- Portland State University will not Admissions Office must include: ing assistants and to graduate with any confer active admission status to any grad- a. the University application form; degree or certificate. uate student pending an expected baccalau- b. the application fee; Conditional Status. Students who do reate degree without formal written not meet all requirements for regular notification from the Registrar of the con- c. one official transcript from every college or university attended (except PSU), admission to the University are given conferring institution confirming that all including junior colleges and community ditional admission status if they are fully requirements for the degree have been met colleges; accepted by their departments (see Quali- and stating the date the degree will be con- d. the measles immunization form. fied Status below). After completing 9 ferred. If admitted on this basis, an official 2. The application packet sent to the graduate graded hours with a 3.00 or better transcript showing the degree will be department must include: GPA, these students will be given regular required during the term of admission or status. Students on conditional status may the admission will be canceled. a. the departmental application form; not be graduate research or teaching assis- To be considered for admission as a b. a copy of each transcript (or official tants. Students admitted to the University regular degree student, the applicant must transcripts, if required by the conditionally who do not achieve a 3.00 present a baccalaureate degree from an department); GPA after completing 9 graded graduate accredited institution with a minimum c. other departmental requirements, hours will be dropped from their graduate cumulative GPA of 2.75 in all undergradu- which may include recommendations, resume, personal statement, essay, test programs. ate courses, or must have a cumulative scores, portfolio, and/or departmental Qualified Status. Students whose GPA of at least 3.00 in all graduate credit checklist. department has imposed departmental pre- earned at accredited institutions (a mini- The department evaluates the file and requisites, GPA, or other requirements but mum of 12 credits). recommends admission or denial of the who are eligible for a regular University To be considered for admission as a applicant. Some departments evaluate admission are given qualified status. These conditional degree student, the applicant admission applications periodically, and students are eligible to be graduate assis- must present a baccalaureate degree from other departments wait until the application tants. A student may have both a condi- an accredited institution with a minimum deadline before evaluating all tional and qualified admission status. cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all undergradu- applications. Certificate Status. All students work- ate courses. Upon admission, the student will be ing in a planned program leading only to a To be considered for admission as a cer- assigned to a departmental or school fac- postbaccalaureate certificate are given certificate student, the applicant must present ulty adviser. tificate status. Certificate students may be a baccalaureate degree from an accredited The application and the non-refundable admitted to other categories of graduate institution with a cumulative GPA of 2.75 application fee are valid for one academic study and concurrently pursue a certificate. in all undergraduate courses, or must have year. To validate admission, a student must This status includes students working on at least 12 credits with a cumulative GPA register and pay for at least one credit in the teaching certificates. of 3.00 in graduate work in the proposed term for which she/he was admitted. If the Postbaccalaureate Status. Students field of study earned subsequent to receiv- student does not validate admission for the not currently working for a degree but who ing the baccalaureate degree. admission term, that admission will be can- wish to register for more than 7 credits of Departmental Requirements. A celled unless the student contacts the graduate credit courses may be admitted to department may have special admission Admissions Office and requests that the postbaccalaureate status. A postbaccalaure- requirements based on previous academic admission be updated to another term ate student wishing to be admitted to regu- achievement scores on Graduate Record within the year. If the student does not vali- lar degree status must apply in the same Examinations or other tests, letters of rec- date admission within one calendar year, way as any other applicant and must meet ommendation, a portfolio, or an autobio- the admission will be cancelled, and the the general University requirements and be graphical statement. Information regarding student must submit a new application and fully accepted by the department or school. departmental requirements may be new application fee. A postbaccalaureate student may find obtained directly from the specific depart- Admission of Foreign Applicants. departmental enrollment limitations on ment. The number of students admitted to a All graduate students are expected to be many courses. Transfer of courses com- particular program is limited to the proficient in the use of English. An appli- pleted in a postbaccalaureate status is not resources available. cant whose native language is not English automatically applied toward a graduate Application Documents. In order to and who has not completed undergraduate degree; each course must be evaluated and expedite the graduate admission process degree requirements at an accredited U.S. recommended by the department and is for domestic applicants, Portland State institution must present the following:

G RADUATE STUDIES 47

1. A complete and accurate chronological Studies and Research. The panel will evalu- allows for a partial payment at registration outline of all previous college-level ate the educational background and prepa- with the balance due in two installments. education. ration of the applicant and review Admission application fee 2. Authorized school or university documents including letters and written (nonrefundable) ...... $50.00 records, transcripts, certificates of degrees, testimony of persons who serve as refer- Tests etc., showing all courses taken and all ences or are cognizant of the circumstances Graduate Record Examination (GRE) grades and degrees received. The records of the applicant’s situation. The panel may General ...... 96.00 must be either the original documents or determine that an equivalency of a bacca- Graduate Management Admission Test certified copies (i.e., copies certified by a laureate degree was earned and, if so, may (GMAT)...... 125.00 notary public or a U.S. Embassy official). recommend that the student be admissable Miller Analogy Test ...... 45.00 An official translation must be attached to in regular or conditional status; or it may Tuition (1997-98) these records if they are in a language determine that an equivalency of a bacca- Oregon residents other than English. laureate degree was not earned, and, if so, it 8 credits ...... 1,653.00 may recommend that specific additional Full time (9 to 16 credits)...... 1,956.00 3. A minimum score of 550 on the Test of Each additional credit ...... 192.00 English as a Foreign Language, which is preparation be required in order to meet the admission standard. The Dean of Graduate Nonresidents administered by the Educational Testing 8 credits ...... 1,653.00 Service at testing centers established Studies shall make a final determination Full time (9 to 16 credits)...... 3,362.00 throughout the world. Students who cannot based upon the recommendation and the Each additional credit ...... 349.00 evidence presented. obtain a TOEFL bulletin and registration Microfilming form locally should write, well in advance, Re-enrollment. Students who have not Dissertation (required) ...... 50.00 to: Test of English as a Foreign Language, been enrolled for three terms (excluding Thesis (optional) ...... 40.00 Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540. The mini- summer) after admission to graduate study Copyrighting (optional) ...... 35.00 mum acceptable TOEFL score is 550. and who have not attended another college Transcript or university in the interim, must complete Official ...... 5.00 The applicant must have earned the a re-enrollment request and submit it to the equivalent of a U.S. bachelor’s degree, with Each additional copy ordered at same Office of Admissions. time ...... 1.00 first-class marks, from an approved institu- Students who have not been in continu- Unofficial/advising...... 1.50 tion. The applicant must present certifica- ous enrollment after admission to graduate Catalog ...... 5.00 tion of the availability of sufficient funds to study, but who have enrolled in coursework Note: All tuition and fee costs listed above are meet all costs while studying at the Univer- elsewhere, must complete the re-enroll- accurate as of January 1, 1998, and are subject to sity. Contact the Admissions Office for an ment request; in addition, they must request change by the Oregon State Board of Higher estimate of expenses. that each institution attended since leaving Education or the independent institutions Funds for graduate assistantships and PSU send two transcripts directly to the involved. fellowships are limited, and the chances of Office of Admissions. A GPA of at least a foreign student obtaining such aid during 3.00 in all graduate work taken subsequent FINANCIAL the first year of residence are minimal. Stu- to admission to Portland State University is ASSISTANCE dents from other countries are expected to a prerequisite for re-enrollment. carry a full academic load of 9 credits To assure that registration materials can Graduate Assistantships. The University during the regular school year and are cau- be prepared on time, the re-enrollment offers graduate assistantships for teaching tioned not to plan to supplement funds by request form and supporting documents or research on a competitive basis for stu- part-time off-campus employment during should be received by the Office of Admis- dents working toward advanced degrees in this period. sions no later than three weeks prior to reg- most areas. To qualify and to remain eligi- Application deadlines for foreign stu- istration. ble for an appointment, a student must be dents are fixed. Applications for admission admitted to regular or qualified status and and complete credentials should reach the ASIC GRADUATE be in good academic standing in a graduate Office of Admissions at least 6 months B degree program at PSU. Graduate assis- prior to the opening of the term. Please FEES tants must be registered for and satisfacto- note that the application must be accompa- rily complete a minimum of 9 graduate nied by a $50 (U.S.) nonrefundable appli- The basic fees associated with graduate study at PSU are listed in the following credits each term the assistantship is in cation fee. effect, except Summer Session, and show Exceptional Admission Procedures. table. The admission application fee is required and is nonrefundable. For many of satisfactory academic progress in fulfilling In situations beyond the control of a for- the requirements of the degree program. eign applicant, when transcripts and docu- the graduate degree programs, the applicant is required to submit a recent test score on The student’s department chair or graduate ments are not available to confirm coordinator may allow up to 4 undergradu- completion of a baccalaureate degree in a one or more of the designated standardized tests. The graduate tuition fees depend on ate credits within the 9 credits if the under- foreign university, the Vice Provost may graduate credits are needed as prerequisites employ a special admissions procedure. the total number of credits in enrolled classes, resident or nonresident status in the for graduate courses or are important to the Upon referral by the Admissions staff student’s plan of study. Any request for a responsible for foreign student admission state of Oregon, and the student’s status as graduate assistant or nongraduate assis- student to take more than four undergradu- and recommendation of the admitting ate courses must be approved by the Dean department, a special panel consisting of tant. Further details on graduate fees are available by contacting the Office of the of Graduate Studies. Graduate assistants three faculty may be appointed to review are provided a salary on a regular periodic the materials available and interview the Registrar, 132 Neuberger Hall. Tuition and fees may be paid in full at basis as compensation for the service pro- applicant. The panel shall consist of one vided and receive a remission of the member of the admitting department, one the time of registration; however, the Uni- versity offers a deferred tuition plan which instructional fee portion of tuition each member of the Graduate Council, and a term of appointment. Students wishing to representative of the Office of Graduate 48 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

apply for graduate assistantships must cor- The following marks are also used: of the term of enrollment for the course, by respond directly with the appropriate aca- P—Satisfactory completion (B- or better) which work must be completed in order to demic department chair. The Office of NP—No credit, unsatisfactory earn credit toward the degree. The instruc- Graduate Studies and Research does not I—Incomplete tor may specify the highest grade which award graduate assistantships. IP—In progress may be awarded upon completion; the Oregon Laurels. The Oregon Laurels W—Withdrawn grade awarded should not exceed the level Graduate Tuition Remission Program pro- X—No grade received/No basis for grade of achievement attained during the regular vides tuition remission to academically course period. Although grades of C+, C, and C- are qualified students on a competitive basis An Incomplete grade becomes part of with preference given to Oregon residents. below the graduate standard, they may be counted as credit toward a graduate degree the permanent transcript record after the The tuition remissions are available to deadline expires, unless a retroactive with- admitted graduate students, both full time with the specific approval of the department. The student must have a B average drawal is approved by petition to the Grad- and part time, at Portland State University. uate Council. To remove an I an instructor The Oregon Laurels is a merit program; (3.00 GPA) on the courses fulfilling the degree requirements (courses listed on the must file a supplementary grade report. financial need is also a consideration for Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a some of the awards. The application dead- GO-12 form for master’s students), and departments may establish a more rigorous course must be initiated by the student. It is line is April 15 for the following year. the student’s responsibility to withdraw Information will be available after March 1 standard. Grades of D or F indicate clearly unacceptable work and carry no graduate properly by the deadline dates published in from the Office of Graduate Studies and the Schedule of Classes. Research in 111 Cramer Hall. credit. The grades of P/NP are used by only a A student may withdraw with no record Scholarships. Portland State University on the transcript up to the end of the fourth has a limited number of scholarships avail- limited number of departments which have received special authorization and may be week of the term. As a courtesy, students able to graduate students. Scholarships are are advised to notify the instructor con- awarded to students in attendance at the counted as credit toward a graduate degree in resident credit only. cerned of the intended or completed with- University on the basis of academic drawal. achievement, promise, and financial need. A mark of IP may be used for 501/601 Research and for 506/606 Project when a A student may withdraw for any reason A computerized data base of scholar- before the end of the fourth week, but with- ships, both national and local, is available student is progressing in an acceptable manner toward completion of the work; drawal between then and the end of the on the second floor of the library. Informa- eighth week requires instructor approval. A tion on scholarships related to specific final grades for 501/601 and 506/606 are assigned by the instructor on a Supplemen- student withdrawing after the end of the departments should be made to the specific fourth week shall have a W recorded on the department involved. tal Grade Report. A mark of IP must be used for 503 Thesis/603 Dissertation when transcript. Educational Loans and Work. Gradu- A student wishing to withdraw after the ate students may apply for educational a student is progressing in an acceptable manner; final grades for 503/603 are eighth week must petition the Deadline loans through the Federal Perkins Student Appeals Board. A W is recorded if the peti- Loan program, the Federal Direct Stafford assigned by the instructor on the Recom- mendation for the Degree form (GO-17) tion is allowed. Reasons for withdrawal Loan program, the Federal Unsubsidized beyond the eighth week must be beyond Stafford Loan program, and the federal and posted after acceptance of the thesis/ dissertation by the Office of Graduate Stud- the student’s control, and medical reasons College Work-Study Program. Details and must be documented. Instructor’s com- application materials are available from the ies and Research. Incompletes. A student may be ments are required on the petition. Student Financial Aid Office, 176 Neu- Refunds are automatic and are calcu- berger Hall. Priority consideration for Fed- assigned an I grade by an instructor when all of the following four criteria apply: lated from the date of official course load eral Perkins Student Loan and federal reduction. The refund is 100 percent before College Work-Study will be given to those 1. Quality of work in the course up to that the first day of the term. who have completed the application pro- point is C level or above. If a student, to the best of the instruc- cess earliest, while funds are available. 2. Essential work remains to be done. tor’s knowledge, has never attended class, “Essential” means that a grade for the the name on the Grading Register may be ENROLLMENT POLICIES course could not be assigned without drop- assigned an X grade. An auditor may also AND CREDIT REGULA- ping one or more grade points below the be assigned an X for insufficient atten- TIONS level achievable upon completion of the dance. work. A student who has participated in a Graduate Grading System. The following 3. Reasons for assigning an I must be course but has failed to complete essential grading scale is employed at the graduate acceptable to the instructor. The student work or attend examinations, and who has level: does not have the right to demand an I. The not communicated with the instructor, will A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+ = 1.33 circumstances must be unforeseen or be be assigned an F, a D, or whatever grade A- = 3.67 C+ = 2.33 D = 1.00 beyond the control of the student. An the work has earned. B+= 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 instructor is entitled to insist on appropri- Repeat of Graduate Courses. If a B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 ate medical or other documentation. In no required course is repeated, the grades case is an “Incomplete grade” given to awarded both times are included in the The grading system at the graduate level enable a student to do additional work to GPA; however, credit toward the number of is defined as follows: raise a deficient grade. credits required for the degree is counted A—Excellent only once. Repeating courses to raise the B—Satisfactory 4. A written agreement, signed by both GPA is not acceptable. C—Below graduate standard the student and the instructor, should Audit. Graduate students may take any D—Failure include a statement of the remaining work course for which they have the prerequi- F—Failure to be done to remove the I grade, and the date, not to exceed one year from the end sites and which is open to them on the basis G RADUATE STUDIES 49

of their admission category on an audit (no- Residence Credit. In a 45-credit pro- academic record under Joint-Campus credit) basis. The tuition and fees for audit- gram, a master’s candidate must earn a Course (JC 510/610). The student must be ing courses are the same as for taking the minimum of 30 graduate credits in courses a matriculated graduate student in a PSU courses for credit, but a student’s load (total on the PSU campus during the student’s advanced-degree program and be registered credit hours) does not include audit enroll- admitted graduate degree status (regular, for PSU credit the same term the JC 510/ ments. conditional, or qualified) and graduate cer- 610 course is taken. A maximum of 15 JC Courses taken more than once on an tificate status. In a degree program greater credits may be applied toward a PSU grad- audit basis cannot be repeated for graduate than 45 credits, a master’s candidate must uate degree program. Forms are available credit. During the add-drop period a stu- earn a minimum of two-thirds of the from the assistant director in the Office of dent registered for a course for audit may required credits in courses on the PSU Registration and Records in the lobby of change to credit status or vice versa campus during the student’s admitted grad- Neuberger Hall. Courses offered by through the official methods; thereafter the uate degree status (regular, conditional, or Extended Studies and Summer Session are change cannot be made. qualified) and graduate certificate status. A ineligible for this program. Television Course Credit. Graduate minimum of 12 credits in a 45-credit pro- Transfer Credit. If transfer credit is to credit earned through enrollment in televi- gram (or 25 percent of the required credits be presented, the Proposed Transfer Credit sion courses (closed-circuit TV excepted) in a degree program greater than 45 credits) for Master’s Degree form must be filed in will not be acceptable toward an advanced must be taken in residence in 500, 500/600, the Office of Graduate Studies and degree, except when approved in advance or 600 course level categories. The remain- Research for approval, and must be accom- by the graduate adviser, the department, der of the required credits may be 400/500 panied by an official sealed transcript from and the Dean of Graduate Studies. courses taken for the 500-level number. the institution if it has not been sent to the Correspondence Credit. Under no cir- In a doctoral program, a minimum of University previously. It is suggested that cumstance will graduate credit earned three consecutive terms must be spent in this form be submitted early in the stu- through correspondence study be accept- full-time residence (minimum 9 graduate dent’s program, but it must be submitted able toward an advanced degree. credits each term) after admission to the and approved before the Office of Graduate Academic Load. The normal term load doctoral program. Studies and Research will review the Grad- for a student devoting full time to graduate A maximum of 12 graduate credits uate Degree Program form, which is due in study is 12 credits including coursework acquired by an undergraduate student at the first week in the term of graduation. and thesis. Graduate students must seek Portland State University through the grad- Transferable credits may include graduate approval of registration in excess of 16 uate credit reservation procedure will be credits graded A or B received from: (1) credits. A student registering for 17 to 19 counted as residence credits if approved PSU prior to admission to a PSU graduate credits must obtain the approval of the for inclusion in the student’s graduate degree program, except courses reserved department chair or faculty adviser. A stu- program. for graduate credit; (2) other accredited dent registering for 20 credits or more must Residence requirements are intended to institutions. Credit from foreign institu- obtain the approval of the department chair ensure that the candidates work in close tions is generally not transferable into a or faculty adviser, the student’s academic association with other graduate scholars in graduate program at Portland State dean, and the Dean of Graduate Studies. A the intellectual environment of the University. graduate assistant registering for more than University. The acceptability of transfer credit 16 credits must obtain approval from the Credit Distribution and Limitations toward an advanced degree at PSU is deter- department chair and the Dean of Graduate for Master’s Degrees. Limitations are mined by the student’s department with the Studies. Overload approval forms may be placed on the use of credits in 501, 503, approval of the Office of Graduate Studies obtained from the departments or the 505, 508, and 509 courses. In a 45-credit and Research. Courses approved for gradu- Office of Graduate Studies and Research. program, the limits are as follows: a maxi- ate transfer credit from another institution Minimum Enrollment. The Univer- mum of 12 credits in 501 and 505 com- are not entered on PSU’s graduate tran- sity requires that graduate students who are bined; a maximum of 9 credits in 508 and scripts and are not considered in the com- involved in activities requiring faculty time 509 combined; a range of 6 to 9 credits in putation of grade point averages for the or the use of University facilities register 503. purposes of determining continued admis- each term. Courses taken fall 1990 and later must sibility and graduation. Graduate courses The student’s department will deter- be 500 or 600 level. For courses taken prior taken at PSU while in nonadmitted or post- mine the exact number of credits for which to fall 1990, a maximum of 15 credits of baccalaureate status are considered transfer the student must enroll in any given term in 400-grad omnibus credits (405G, 407G, credit if used toward a graduate degree; relation to the amount of time required of 409G, and 410G) may be accepted in a 45- they must meet all transfer requirements faculty or the use of University facilities credit program. The 700- and 800-level and are subject to transfer limits. during the term. courses are not acceptable in graduate Credit cannot be transferred for the fol- A minimum of one credit is required degree programs, with the exception of the lowing: (1) courses for which a grade lower when taking any comprehensive or final master’s degree programs in the School of than B- was received; (2) courses graded examination. A minimum of one credit of Education as well as some M.A.T./M.S.T. Pass; (3) correspondence courses, televi- registration is required when engaged in programs; these programs may allow a sion courses, and some short-term courses; any phase of research, such as developing maximum of 6 credits at the 800 level. (4) courses completed at a date which or collecting data, or any aspects of a thesis Joint Campus Program. Graduate stu- exceeds the time limits prescribed for the or dissertation until its final acceptance is dents at Portland State University may, degree program; (5) courses used for any approved by the Office of Graduate Studies with adviser, department, and registrar other degree at any institution; (6) courses and Research. approval, take graduate courses at any of not acceptable into graduate academic the other institutions in the Oregon State degrees without qualification at the origi- System of Higher Education. A student reg- nating institution; (7) undergraduate isters for these courses with the PSU regis- courses. trar, who records each grade on the 50 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

The maximum transfer credit accepted available in the Office of Graduate Studies however, in special circumstances, they toward a master’s degree is one-third of the and Research, 111 Cramer Hall. may earn a degree in a department or number of credits required for the degree. Leave of Absence. A student admitted school in which they do not hold an Departments may require stricter limits on to a graduate program and in good standing appointment. transfer credit; therefore, students should may petition for leave of absence for one seek advice concerning individual pro- calendar year. Leave of absence status ACADEMIC gram requirements. Certain professional assures the student a continuation of the STANDING master’s programs have special transfer student’s admission in the program during credit allowances resulting from accredita- the period of the leave of absence. Applica- Academic Probation. All students admit- tion requirements and interinstitutional tion for leave of absence, endorsed by the ted to graduate studies (regular, condi- agreements (e.g., M.S.W. program). department chair or program director, must tional, and graduate certificate) at Portland Reservation of Work for Graduate be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies State University must maintain a GPA of at Credit. Only credits earned at PSU can be and Research not later than the last day to least 3.00 for all graduate credit earned at reserved for graduate credit. A Reservation register for classes in the term for which PSU. An admitted student is placed on of Graduate Credit form must be filed in the application is made. A leave of absence probation if: the Office of Graduate Studies and is granted only to graduate students in good 1. The student’s cumulative graduate GPA Research after admission to a graduate pro- standing and does not constitute a waiver of at Portland State University, based on the gram, preferably the term following admis- the time limit for completion of the gradu- completion of 9 graded graduate credits sion. Reserved graduate credit is limited to ate degree at PSU. after admission to the graduate/postbacca- 12 completed and graded graduate credits A student may petition for a second laureate level at PSU, is below 3.00 at the of A or B earned within the last 45 credits leave of absence from a graduate program, end of any term, or prior to the award of the baccalaureate but approval is required from the depart- degree and not used to fulfill the requirement chair or program director and gradu- 2. The student’s term graduate GPA, ments for the baccalaureate degree. ate committee of the college or school. based on a minimum of 6 graded graduate Approval to accept a course reserved for Cancellation of Admission to Gradu- credits, is below 2.67 for a given term. graduate credit toward a graduate degree is ate Program. If a student does not validate While on academic probation the stu- within the province of the department or admission by registering and paying for at dent will not be permitted to graduate, to be authorized director of the degree program. least one credit in the term of admission, advanced to doctoral candidacy, to receive Such courses then can be used to partially that admission will be cancelled unless the approval of the master’s degree program fulfill the residence requirements for the student contacts the Admissions Office and (GO-12 form), or to receive or continue to degree. requests that the admission be updated to hold a graduate assistantship. It is recom- Dual Master’s Degrees. No credits another term within the calendar year. If mended that students on probation not reg- applied toward a master’s degree, once that the student does not validate admission ister for more than a total of 9 credits in any degree is achieved, may be applied to the within one calendar year, the admission term. Removal of academic probation earning of another master’s degree, except will be cancelled and the student must occurs if the cumulative graduate GPA is for the special arrangement provided for submit a new application and a new appli- brought to 3.00 within the next 9 graduate the dual master’s degree program. cation fee. credits in graded courses in the case of pro- In the case of the dual master’s degree A student with validated admission to a bation due to a low cumulative GPA, or program, a graduate student may work con- graduate program who during a one-year both cumulative and term GPA of 3.00 or currently toward the completion of the period 1) does not have an approved leave above in the case of probation due to a low requirements of two master’s degrees in of absence and 2) does not successfully term GPA. complementary disciplines where an over- complete a graduate course in the approved Disqualification. A student who is dis- lap of coursework or research (not thesis) program of study for the degree may have qualified may not register for any graduate occurs. The dual degree program is planned admission to the degree program canceled. courses at PSU for at least one calendar in consultation with and approved by the For further information, students are urged year. Disqualification occurs if: advisers from each program. The courses to to contact individual departments for 1. The student on academic probation for be accepted dually for the two degrees shall departmental restrictions. low GPA fails to achieve a cumulative be determined by the department(s) Degree Application. Candidates must graduate GPA of 3.00 or higher within the involved but may not exceed one-third of file a Degree Application card with Gradu- next 9 graduate credits in graded courses; the required quarter credits for a degree. If ate Studies by the first Friday of the antici- or the two master’s programs have different pated term of graduation. The degree will 2. The student on probation for a term totals for course credits, the one-third limit not be conferred unless the student has GPA of below 2.67 does not receive at is determined by the smaller course total. attained cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 for least a 3.00 term GPA and does not achieve To ensure time for adequate planning, all graduate credits earned at Portland a 3.00 cumulative GPA within the next 9 applications for admission to the dual State, as well as a GPA of at least 3.00 on credits of graded graduate coursework; or degree program are made early in the grad- the courses fulfilling the degree require- uate studies. Admission to the second pro- ments (courses listed on the GO-12 form 3. The student becomes subject to aca- gram in the dual degree program must be for master’s students); departments may demic probation for a second time. attained no later than the term prior to the establish a more rigorous standard. Readmission After Disqualification. term in which the final coursework is com- Limitations for Faculty Members. A disqualified student may petition for pleted for the first degree. A memo of PSU faculty members are encouraged to readmission as a degree-seeking student in agreement signed by both advisers and list- pursue additional advanced degrees at other a graduate program after one calendar year. ing the specific courses which will be used institutions. Specifically, faculty members Readmission after the mandatory one-year for both degrees must be on file in the above the rank of instructor are not eligible period is initiated by the student’s filing of Office of Graduate Studies before gradua- to receive an advanced degree in their own a petition for readmission to the Graduate tion with the first degree. These forms are department or school at the University; Council through the Office of Graduate G RADUATE STUDIES 51

Studies and Research. Readmission is not 3. Selling or Offering to Sell Course 4. Denial or rescinding of the award of the automatic. To be readmitted the student Assignment Materials. Selling or offer- graduate degree. In cases involved with a must meet all current admission require- ing to sell material to another person; thesis, dissertation, or other research sub- ments, with the exception of the graduate knowing, or under circumstances having mitted in partial fulfillment for the require- GPA. reason to know, that the whole or a sub- ments for an advanced degree, the graduate If the student’s graduate program has stantial part of the material is intended to degree may be denied or rescinded. If a recommended readmission, the Graduate be student is found to have committed aca- Council may grant readmission, with or submitted in fulfillment of a course demic fraud, the graduate degree may be without additional academic requirements, requirement. denied or rescinded. or may recommend continued disqualifica- 4. Academic Fraud. Furnishing false or After action by the Graduate Council tion. If the Graduate Council approves incomplete information to the University the material is forwarded to the Office of readmission, the student must submit a re- with the intent to deceive; forging, alter- Student Affairs to determine if violations of enrollment request to the Office of Admis- ing, or misusing University documents or the Student Conduct Code have occurred. sions. The readmitted graduate student is academic forms which serve as the basis subject to all University and program for admission, course study, or graduation; GENERAL REQUIRE- requirements in effect at the time of read- misrepresenting a person’s identity to an mission. The student must raise the PSU MENTS FOR DOCTORAL instructor or other University official. DEGREES graduate GPA to 3.00 or better with 12 Allegations of violation of the graduate credits of graded graduate coursework after policy on academic honesty and integrity readmission, or she/he will be disqualified. Advisory Committee. An advisory com- not resolved within the department (or mittee for the doctoral degree student shall Graduate courses completed at any appropriate academic unit) shall be submit- institution while a student is under disqual- consist of at least three faculty members ted to the Dean of Graduate Studies. If the representative of the student’s field of ification at PSU will not be applied toward Dean concludes there are grounds to a graduate program at PSU. study. When a student enters the doctoral believe that the allegations are well program, a faculty adviser shall be desig- founded, the Dean shall refer the matter to nated by the program director to advise the ACADEMIC HONESTY the Graduate Council. student and to meet in regular consultation Following procedures established by the concerning the program of studies and Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty Graduate Council, the allegations and the research. The additional members of the and Integrity. Graduate students have a student’s response shall be considered. If advisory committee shall be appointed at a primary, unique relationship and responsi- the violation of the graduate policy on aca- time not later than six months prior to bility to the faculty of the academic depart- demic honesty and integrity is established, the completion of the comprehensive ments, the faculty upon whose academic actions shall be taken. The Grad- examinations. recommendations graduate degrees are uate Council shall consider such informa- Residence Requirements. A minimum awarded. A major feature of the graduate tion as it deems relevant to the of three academic years of satisfactory student’s responsibilities to the faculty is consideration of the allegations. The aca- graduate study beyond the baccalaureate is the adherence to academic honesty. The demic decisions of the Graduate Council required. A minimum of three consecutive Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and on violations of the Graduate Policy on terms must be spent in full-time residence, Integrity assumes that the student is honest, Academic Honesty and Integrity are final. with registration for 9 or more credits each that all coursework and examinations rep- The following constitute academic term, after admission to the doctoral pro- resent the student’s own work, and that all actions which the Graduate Council may gram at Portland State University. documents supporting the student’s admis- take as a result of violation of the Graduate Language Requirement. For the Ph.D. sion and graduation are accurate and com- Policy on Academic Honesty and Integrity: degree, the student may be required to plete. Academic honesty is a requirement 1. Denial or rescinding of credit for the demonstrate competency in at least one for- for all graduate activities. Any violation of course in which the violation occurred. eign language. The requirement of foreign academic honesty and integrity is grounds 2. Academic probation for a period of one language competence for the Ph.D. degree for academic action. In addition, a student is determined by the governing unit of the found in violation of this policy is subject calendar year. While on academic probation the student will not be permitted to student’s program, department, or school. to disciplinary sanction as provided in the Any foreign language requirement must be University Student Conduct Code. apply for advancement to candidacy, to receive or continue to hold a graduate completed before the comprehensive exam- Violations of the policy include but are inations. not limited to: assistantship, or to register for more than 9 graduate credits per term. Preliminary Examination. Early in the 1. Cheating in Examinations and 3. Academic disqualification for a period doctoral program the student may be Course Assignments. The willful use or required to take preliminary examinations. provision to others of unauthorized materi- of one to three calendar years. While on academic disqualification the student The scope and content of the examination, als in written or oral examinations or in and the standard of performance, shall be course assignments. cannot register for any graduate courses at PSU, and no coursework completed at determined by the department concerned. 2. Plagiarism.The appropriation of lan- PSU or other institutions during the aca- Comprehensive Examination. Before guage, ideas, and products of another demic disqualification can be applied to advancement to candidacy and not less than author or artist and representation of them any graduate degree or certificate pro- one academic year before all requirements as one’s own original work; failure to program. The student’s admission to any grad- for the doctoral degree are expected to be vide proper identification of source data; uate degree or certificate program will be completed, the student must pass a series of use of purchased or borrowed papers in canceled. The student must petition for comprehensive examinations in the field of graduate courses without complete identifi- readmission after the completion of the specialization. The examinations may be cation of the source. period of academic disqualification. written, oral, or both. The comprehensive examinations may not be taken until the language requirement, if any, and substan- 52 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

tially all the coursework for the degree approval authority for advancement to can- tations. The charge for this optional service have been completed. didacy. is $35. Advancement to Candidacy. After Human Subjects Research Review Final Oral Examination. After tenta- passing the comprehensive examination Committee. All research involving human tive approval of the dissertation, the candi- and the identification of the dissertation subjects conducted by faculty, staff or stu- date’s dissertation committee, including the proposal, and after the student completes a dents in any program at PSU must have representative of the Office of Graduate preliminary draft for approval from the prior approval of the Human Subjects Studies and Research, shall conduct a final Human Subjects Research Review Com- Research Review Committee. This policy, oral examination, which may be scheduled mittee, a dissertation committee—consist- established by the Office of the President of only during the regular sessions or during ing of the dissertation adviser, a minimum Portland State University, applies to all the eight-week Summer Session. The final of three and a maximum of five additional research under the auspices of the Univer- examination shall not be given until course- faculty from the doctoral program, plus the sity, including surveys and questionnaires, work and residence requirements have been representative of the Office of Graduate whether supported by grant, contract, gift, completed. The final defense of the disser- Studies—shall be formed to take the place University, or personal funds. Even if a stu- tation may be held no later than five weeks of the advisory committee. At this time the dent’s research is exempt from full Human prior to the conferring of the degree. The faculty adviser is superseded by the disser- Subjects Research Review Committee final doctoral oral examination, which is tation adviser. The chair of the dissertation review, the student must still file an appli- open to the public, is the culminating expe- committee and the Graduate Office Repre- cation with the HSRRC. The decision to rience in the doctoral studies. The candi- sentative must be regular, full-time PSU waive review is made by the HSRRC chair date is expected to prepare and present faculty, tenured or tenure-track, assistant or a designated member of the HSRRC. orally a formal statement on the research professor or higher in rank; the other three The student should allow a minimum of six methodology and results. The oral presen- committee members may include adjunct weeks for the approval process. tation should not exceed 30 minutes. Fol- faculty. If it is necessary to go off-campus Dissertation Presentation. With guid- lowing the oral presentation, the candidate for one committee member with specific ance of the dissertation committee, the can- must defend the dissertation as a worthy expertise not available among PSU faculty, didate shall present a dissertation written in contribution to knowledge in its field and a curriculum vitae (CV) for that proposed acceptable form setting forth the results of must demonstrate a mastery of the field of member must be presented. All committee original and independent investigation. The specialization as it is related to the disserta- members must have doctoral degrees. A dissertation must constitute a contribution tion. The questioning and discussion are for written dissertation proposal shall be pre- to knowledge, significantly enlarging, mod- the purpose of: (1) further enlightenment of sented to the dissertation committee for ifying, or reinterpreting what was previ- the candidate and the committee of the sig- discussion, evaluation, and suggested mod- ously known. The candidate is expected to nificance and limitations of the research, ifications. The final proposal submitted to register for dissertation and the related and (2) demonstration that the candidate the committee for approval should be suffi- research for a minimum of one full-time has met the high expectations of the Uni- ciently detailed and clear to provide a blue- academic year. Until the degree is granted, versity for the award of the doctoral degree. print for the study to follow. The proposal the student enrolls for the number of credits All committee members or alternates is expected to include the following: appropriate to the amount of University approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies 1. General nature and present status of services utilized, as determined by the dis- must be present for the final examination. knowledge of the problem. sertation adviser, with a minimum of one For dissertation approval there may be no 2. The theoretical and empirical frame- credit each term. Ph.D. students must regis- more than one dissenting vote on the doc- work within which the proposed problem ter for a minimum of 27 hours of disserta- toral final examination. If the final oral exists. tion (603) credits before graduation; Ed.D. examination is not satisfactory, the advi- students must register for a minimum of 18 sory committee may recommend that the 3. The significance of the proposed hours of dissertation (603) credits before Dean of Graduate Studies permit the candi- research and its likely contributions. graduation. A minimum continuing enroll- date to take another oral examination after 4. The research methodology to be used. ment of one credit is required through the a period of further study. Upon final approval of the dissertation term a student graduates. The dissertation Dissertation in Absentia. With the proposal by the dissertation committee and must be prepared in accordance with the written approval of the doctoral program approval of the research plan and procedure University’s Information Regarding Thesis chair, the Dean of Graduate Studies may by the Human Subjects Research Review and Dissertation Approval, available in the authorize the dissertation to be prepared in Committee, the program shall request Office of Graduate Studies and Research. absentia. The student must register at Port- advancement to candidacy. Changes in the Microfilming. Portland State Univer- land State University at the beginning of original proposal are permitted, but the stu- sity subscribes to the services offered by each term and conduct the research under dent is expected to provide a sufficiently University Microfilms International, the direction of the dissertation adviser. complete formulation of the proposal and enabling degree candidates to have their Time Limitation. A doctoral candidate to keep modifications to a minimum. All doctoral dissertations microfilmed and has a minimum of four months and a maxi- major modifications of the approved disser- abstracts published in the Dissertation mum of five years from the effective date of tation proposal must be reviewed and Abstracts International. Microfilming is advancement to candidacy to complete all approved by the dissertation committee and mandatory for doctoral candidates. An requirements for graduation, including the Human Subjects Research Review abstract, not to exceed 350 words, must be defense of the dissertation and its final Committee. If the student has not satisfied submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies acceptance by the Office of Graduate Stud- the residency requirement by the time of and Research with the microfilm agreement ies and Research (within this time frame, advancement to candidacy, a plan for doc- form. The charge for this service is $50, doctoral programs may have stricter toral residency must accompany the pro- payable at the Cashier’s office, after pick- requirements). Candidates must be contin- gram’s recommendation for advancement. ing up the necessary forms in the Office of uously enrolled during that period. Failure The Dean of Graduate Studies retains final Graduate Studies and Research. Doctoral to meet the five-year limitation will invali- students may wish to copyright their disser- date passing of the comprehensive exami- G RADUATE STUDIES 53

nations and remove the student from regular, full-time PSU faculty, tenured or tion committee submits copies of the final candidacy. Readmission to candidacy tenure-track, assistant professor or higher draft to each member of the committee. requires the passing of the regular, or a spe- in rank; the other three committee mem- 5. The final oral examination must be cial, comprehensive examination. Approv- bers may include adjunct faculty. If it is passed and degree requirements com- als for readmission are required from the necessary to go off-campus for one completed no later than five calendar years academic program and the Dean of Gradu- mittee member with specific expertise not after advancement to candidacy for the ate Studies. available among PSU faculty, a CV for that doctoral degree. Candidates must be proposed member must be presented. All continuously enrolled. SUMMARY OF PROCE- committee members must have doctoral 6. Three copies of the dissertation and DURES degrees. The adviser submits one copy of four copies of the abstract in final FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES the Appointment of Final Oral Examina- approved form (some departments require tion Committee (GO-16D) to the Office of four copies of the dissertation and five The following outline summarizes the Port- Graduate Studies and Research for copies of the abstract) must be submitted land State University procedural require- appointment of the representative of the to the Office of Graduate Studies and ments for the doctoral degree. Additional Office of Graduate Studies and Research Research no later than three weeks before requirements may be imposed by specific and approval of the committee by the Dean graduation. Required corrections must be programs. of Graduate Studies. The dissertation topic made before graduation. Deadlines for must accompany this request, along with a each term are available in the Office of PRE-CANDIDACY FOR DEGREE copy of the preliminary draft for approval Graduate Studies and Research. 1. After admission to a specific program, from the Human Subjects Research 7. Microfilming of the dissertation is man- each student is assigned to a faculty Review Committee. datory for doctoral candidates. An abstract, adviser by the program director. A prelimi- 8. The student prepares a written disserta- which may not exceed 350 words, must be nary course of study is developed in con- tion proposal and submits it to the submitted to the Office of Graduate Stud- sultation with the adviser. approved dissertation committee for evalu- ies and Research with the University 2. Upon satisfactory completion of 9 cred- ation, modification, and final approval. Microfilms International agreement form. its of coursework and not later than six When the dissertation committee accepts The charge for this service is $50, payable months prior to the completion of the com- the proposal, it recommends the student for at the Cashier’s Office, after picking up the prehensive examinations, an advisory com- advancement to candidacy to the Dean of necessary forms in the Office of Graduate mittee consisting of at least three members Graduate Studies. This request must be Studies and Research. Copyrighting of the is appointed by the program director. accompanied by a copy of the approval of dissertation is optional, at an additional 3. A program of study is prepared by the the research plan and procedure by the charge of $35, payable at the Cashier’s advisory committee in consultation with Human Subjects Research Review Com- Office. the student. The student’s program is rec- mittee. If the student has not satisfied the residency requirements, a plan for doc- 8. The National Research Council Survey ommended to the program director; after of Earned Doctorates must be completed approval, copies are distributed to the stu- toral residency compliance must also accompany this request. by the student and returned to the Office of dent, adviser, program director, and Dean Graduate Studies and Research. There is of Graduate Studies. 9. The student is informed by the Dean of no charge involved. 4. In some programs the student may Graduate Studies of advancement to candidacy for the doctoral degree. The candi- 9. Incomplete or In Progress grades in any be required to pass a preliminary course (excluding dissertation, see 10 examination. date has a minimum of four months and a maximum of five years from the effective below) which is in the approved program 5. Foreign language examinations, if date of advancement to candidacy to com- must be removed no later than two weeks required, must be passed before the complete all requirements for graduation, before graduation. prehensive examination. Notice of passing including defense of the dissertation and 10.The doctoral program completes the of the examination is sent to the Dean of its final acceptance by the Office of Gradu- Recommendation for the Degree form Graduate Studies. ate Studies and Research. Candidates must (GO-17D) which is forwarded to the Office 6. The comprehensive examinations are be continuously enrolled during that of Graduate Studies and Research no later scheduled and administered in accordance period. than the last week of the term of gradua- with established rules of the program. The tion. In-progress grades for required 503/ results of the examination are sent to the CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE 603 dissertation credits are changed on this Dean of Graduate Studies. 1. Under direction of the chair of the dis- form, eliminating the need for the Supple- 7. After the student has passed the com- sertation committee, and in consultation mental Grade Report for these courses. prehensive and foreign language examina- with the members of the dissertation com- 11.The Dean of Graduate Studies certifies tions, and after identification of a mittee, the candidate prepares a prelimi- that all requirements for the degree have dissertation research problem, a disserta- nary draft of the dissertation. been met and recommends the awarding of tion committee consisting of the disserta- 2. The draft is revised and corrected as the degree. tion adviser and a minimum of three and a directed by the dissertation committee until 12.Graduation. maximum of five additional faculty from it meets the approval of the the doctoral program is recommended by committee. the program director. This committee is 3. The candidate files the Application for selected with regard to both faculty skills the Degree form with the Office of Gradu- and knowledge required by the research ate Studies and Research no later than problem and the regulations of the specific the first week of the anticipated term of academic program and the University. The graduation. chair of the dissertation committee and the 4. At least two weeks prior to the final Graduate Office representative must be oral examination, the chair of the disserta- 54 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

GENERAL REQUIRE- available among PSU faculty, a CV for that should allow a minimum of six weeks for proposed member must be presented; that the approval process. MENTS FOR MASTER’S member must be in addition to the required Thesis. The presentation of a thesis as DEGREES three PSU faculty members. All committee partial fulfillment of the requirements for members must have master’s degrees. In the master’s degree is required in certain Program of Study. Prior to the completion the case of a non-thesis oral examination, departments. If a thesis is presented, the of 18 credits, the degree student prepares a the committee shall consist of at least two student must register for 6 to 9 thesis cred- program of study with the assistance of the members of the student’s department, its in the appropriate department. Final faculty adviser. The purpose of the planned including the candidate’s adviser. At the grades for thesis credits are not recorded program of study is to present an orga- discretion of the department, a faculty until the thesis has been approved. IP is the nized, individualized plan for coursework, member from another department may be interim grade reported. When the thesis is practicums, and research activities consis- added; that member would be selected by required, it becomes a major factor in tent with the requirements for the proposed the adviser, the department chair, or the determining the eligibility of the candidate degree and approved by the faculty adviser. departmental graduate committee chair, for the degree. Each school, college, and Successful completion of the according to department policy. For M.A.T. department defines the nature of research program of study should demonstrate a and M.S.T. candidates, one member of the and scholarship accepted for a thesis, but in high level of academic and professional committee is required to be added from the all cases a high level of resourcefulness, performance required in the graduate School of Education. productivity, and mature perception of the specialization. The chairperson of the final oral exami- discipline is expected. The quality of the The final, approved program of study nation committee will schedule the time culminating work must meet University must be received in the Office of Graduate and place of the examination after agree- standards and reflect those of other leading Studies not later than the first week of the ment has been reached among all members universities. term of graduation. and the candidate. All committee members The subject of the thesis must be within Language Requirement. The language or alternates approved by the Dean of the major field of the candidate. Although requirement for M.A. and M.A.T. students Graduate Studies must be present for the the thesis is not required to show original must be passed before the student’s pro- final oral examination. The final examina- results, it must reveal independent investi- gram (GO-12) or committee can be tion is open to the University faculty. Pass- gation, including the knowledge and appli- approved and before final exams can be ing of the final oral examination requires a cation of the accepted methods of taken. (See “Options for Meeting the Grad- majority approval. In case of failure of the scholarship and research methodology. The uate Foreign Language Requirement for final oral examination, the department has thesis represents the independent work of M.A. and M.A.T. students,” page 45.) the option of disqualifying the candidate the candidate for the degree and must be Final Examination. If a final examina- from the master’s program or permitting developed under the direction of a faculty tion is required by the student’s major the candidate to appear for re-examination member approved for graduate instruction. department, it shall be taken after success- after a period of at least three months. The The student must be registered for at least ful completion of any required foreign lan- result of the second examination is final. one credit in every term in which the stu- guage examination and after 30 credits If a final written examination is dent is working on any phase of thesis, have been completed. The examination is required, the student must pass all sections including data development or collection, not a re-examination over coursework but of the examination. If the student fails the writing, revision, defense, and finalization rather a test of the candidate’s ability to entire examination or any section thereof, through acceptance by the PSU Library and integrate material in the major and related the department may dismiss the student the Office of Graduate Studies and fields, including the work in any thesis or from the degree program, or permit the stu- Research. research project. dent to repeat the entire examination, or the Three copies of the thesis (unbound), If a final oral examination is required, it section that was failed, after a minimum of prepared in accordance with the Univer- may be scheduled only during the regular three months. The result of the second sity’s Information Regarding Thesis and sessions or the eight-week Summer Session examination is final. Dissertation Approval, and four copies of and no fewer than two weeks before the Human Subjects Research Review an abstract of not more than 350 words close of the term of graduation. If a thesis Committee. All research involving human must be filed with the Office of Graduate is being presented, the required oral exami- subjects conducted by faculty, staff, or stu- Studies and Research not later than three nation must be scheduled no later than five dents in any program at PSU must have weeks prior to the close of the term in weeks prior to the close of the term in prior approval of the Human Subjects which the degree will be granted. Dead- which the degree will be granted. Research Review Committee. This policy, lines for each term are available in the When a thesis is presented, the final oral established by the Office of the President of Office of Graduate Studies and Research. examination is conducted by a committee Portland State University, applies to all Two copies of the thesis will be bound by of at least three and not more than five fac- research under the auspices of the Univer- the Library. The third copy will be for- ulty members, including the candidate’s sity, including surveys and questionnaires, warded to the major department. It is wise adviser as chairperson and a representative whether supported by grant, contract, gift, to clear with the Office of Graduate Studies of the Office of Graduate Studies who is University, or personal funds. Even if a stu- and Research before undertaking the final appointed by the Dean of Graduate Studies. dent’s research is exempt from full Human preparation of the thesis. The chair of the examination committee Subjects Research Review Committee Thesis in Absentia. With the written and the Graduate Office representative review, the student must still file an appli- approval of the department or program must be regular, full-time PSU faculty, ten- cation with the HSRRC. The decision to chair, the Dean of Graduate Studies may ured or tenure-track, assistant professor or waive review is made by the HSRRC chair authorize the thesis to be prepared in higher in rank; the other committee mem- or a designated member of the committee. absentia. The student must register at Port- bers may include adjunct faculty. If it is HSRRC applications may be obtained from land State University at the beginning of necessary to go off-campus for one com- the Office of Graduate Studies and each term and conduct the research under mittee member with specific expertise not Research in 111 Cramer Hall. The student the direction of the thesis adviser. G RADUATE STUDIES 55

Microfilming. The University sub- 4. If graduate courses taken as an under- before submission of the GO-12 (see 8 scribes to the services offered by Univer- graduate and not used in the bachelor’s above); sity Microfilms International, enabling degree are to be considered for use in the b. adviser submits the Appointment of degree candidates to have master’s theses graduate program, the Reservation of Final Oral Examination Committee form microfilmed and abstracts published in the Graduate Credit form (GO-10) must be (GO-16M) for appointment of the repre- Master’s Abstracts. The microfilm agree- filed in the Office of Graduate Studies and sentative of the Office of Graduate Stud- ment form and further information may be Research no later than the term following ies and Research by the end of the first week of the term of graduation (earlier in obtained from the Office of Graduate Stud- admission to a graduate degree program. summer term). The chair of the examina- ies and Research. It is not required that (Valid only for courses completed at tion committee and the Graduate Office master’s theses be microfilmed. Upon the Portland State University.) representative must be regular, full-time recommendation of the department chair, 5. If transfer credit from another accred- PSU faculty, tenured or tenure-track, however, selected theses may be accepted ited institution is to be presented, the Pro- assistant professor or higher in rank; the for microfilming. In such cases an abstract posed Transfer Credit for Master’s Degree other committee members may include of not more than 150 words must be sub- form (GO-11) must be filed in the Office of adjunct faculty. If it is necessary to go off-campus for one committee member mitted to the Office of Graduate Studies Graduate Studies and Research for and Research with the microfilm agreement with specific expertise not available approval. It is suggested that this form be among PSU faculty, a CV for that pro- form. The charge for this service is $40, submitted early in the student’s program; it posed member must be presented; that payable at the Cashier’s office after picking must be approved before the Graduate member must be in addition to the up the necessary forms in the Office of Degree Program (GO-12) can be approved. required three PSU faculty members. All Graduate Studies and Research. 6. If admitted to conditional or qualified committee members must have master’s Time Limitation. All coursework sub- status, remove all deficiencies and/or con- degrees; mitted for the master’s degree program ditions. Adviser will submit a Petition for c. the oral examination must be sched- approved by the department must be com- Change of Status form (GO-7) to change uled at least five weeks prior to the end of the term and the Graduate Office rep- pleted within the seven years prior to the from qualified to regular status; condi- awarding of the degree (e.g., a course resentative must receive a complete copy tional admission will automatically be of the thesis at least two weeks prior to started in the fall term of 1991 will be changed to regular status after completion beyond the seven-year limitation at the the examination date (for Summer Ses- of the first 9 graded graduate hours with a sion, the oral examination must be held close of fall term 1998). The formal appli- 3.00 or better GPA. during the regular eight-week session); cation for the degree must be filed with the d. student must check with faculty Office of Graduate Studies and Research 7. If a foreign language is required, pass the foreign language exam. This require- adviser and thesis committee chair to no later than the first week of the antici- assure completion of requirements prior pated term of graduation. Deadlines for ment must be met before the GO-12 or oral exam committee can be approved and to final examinations; each term are available in the Office of e. three copies of the unbound thesis and Graduate Studies and Research. before any final exam may be taken. (See “Options for Meeting the Graduate For- four copies of the abstract, in final Validation of Out-of-Date Graduate approved form, must be submitted to the Credit. Credits offered for a master’s eign Language Requirement for M.A. and Office of Graduate Studies and Research degree program that were earned beyond M.A.T. Students,” page 45.) at least three weeks prior to close of the the seven-year limitation must be validated 8. Submit a final Graduate Degree Pro- term in which the degree will be granted. by a written examination prepared and gram form (GO-12), planned with and Deadlines for each term are available in administered by the academic department approved by the faculty adviser and signed the Office of Graduate Studies and by the department chair or department Research. Required changes must be in which the coursework was completed. made before graduation. Only credits earned at Portland State Uni- graduate committee chair, to the Office 12.In the case of a non-thesis oral exami- versity may be validated. of Graduate Studies and Research no later than the first week of the term of nation, the committee shall consist of at graduation. least two members of the student’s depart- SUMMARY OF PROCE- ment, including the candidate’s adviser. At 9. File Application for Degree form in the DURES FOR MASTER’S the discretion of the department, a faculty Office of Graduate Studies and Research DEGREES member from another department may be no later than the first week of the term of added; that member would be selected by graduation. Deadlines for each term are The following outline summarizes the Port- the adviser, the department chair, or the available in the Office of Graduate Studies land State University procedural require- departmental graduate committee chair, and Research. ments for master’s degrees. Additional according to department policy. For requirements may be imposed by specific 10.A minimum enrollment of one credit is M.A.T. and M.S.T. candidates, one programs. required during the term in which oral or member of the committee is required to be 1. Apply for admission about six months written exams are taken. A thesis student added from the Graduate School of Educa- prior to registration. Check with the spe- must be registered for at least one credit in tion. The oral examination must be sched- cific department about deadlines. every term in which the student is working uled no less than two weeks before the end on any phase of thesis, including data of the term. 2. Prior to registration, become familiar development or collection, writing, revi- 13.If there are any changes in the approved with general regulations and procedures sion, defense, and finalization through program, a Change in Graduate Degree for the master’s degree as described in the acceptance by the PSU Library and the Program form (GO-13) must be filed. Bulletin. Office of Graduate Studies and Research. 14.Schedule and pass final master’s exami- 3. Prior to first term registration, meet 11.If thesis is to be submitted: with faculty adviser assigned by program nations, if required, at least two weeks director and plan a preliminary program of a. thesis proposal, Human Subjects before date of graduation. Deadlines for Research Review Committee approval, each term are available in the Office of study. and appointment of the departmental thesis committee must be completed Graduate Studies and Research. 56 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

15.An Incomplete or In-Progress grade in Degree (GO-17M), which is forwarded to 17.The Dean of Graduate Studies certiﬁes any course, excluding thesis (see 16 the Ofﬁce of Graduate Studies and that all requirements for the degree have below), which is on the approved program Research no later than the last day of the been met and recommends the awarding of (GO-12) must be removed no later than term of graduation. In-Progress grades for the degree. two weeks before graduation. required thesis credits are changed on the 18.Graduation. 16.Adviser is responsible for the comple- form, eliminating the need for the Supple- tion of the form Recommendation for the mental Grade Report for these courses.

SYSTEMS SCIENCE

Systems Science Building, management and planning, general systems and/or graduate training in an appropriate 1633 SW 11th and cybernetics, and other areas. discipline (or disciplines), adequate prepa- 725-4960 There are two options for study in the ration in mathematics (including calculus, Systems Science Program. statistics, and computer programming), and Ph.D. Core Option: The student pursues the potential to pursue advanced study and interdisciplinary studies with a strong research for the Ph.D. Students are admit- Systems science is the study and applica- emphasis on systems coursework. Exam- ted to the program in fall, winter, and tion of general methods of problem solving ples of study topics appropriate for inclu- spring terms. Prospective applicants should and general principles governing systems sion in such a program are: intelligent write to the Office of Admissions and of widely differing types. Systems concepts systems; information, structure and dynam- request the Application to Doctoral Pro- and techniques are used extensively for ics; organizations, decision making and gram form. The Office of Admissions must both applied and research purposes. In optimization; modeling and simulation; receive: (1) the completed Application to industry and government, considerable systems philosophy; systems approach; and Doctoral Program form, (2) the application demand exists for professionals who are related topics in the study of complex sys- fee, and (3) two copies each of all under- skilled in modern methods of decision tems. graduate and graduate transcripts to be sent making and systems design and who are Departmental Option: The student by the institutions to Portland State Univer- capable of managing complex social and undertakes advanced academic preparation sity. The applicant must arrange for the technical systems. In mathematics, engi- primarily in a single department or school. Admissions Committee for Systems Sci- neering, business administration, and the Discipline-oriented studies are supported ence to receive: (1) GRE aptitude or GMAT natural and social sciences, systems theo- by systems coursework and lead to research scores, (2) three letters of recommendation rists continue to make important contribu- on a systems-related topic. This option is from faculty and/or professionals tions to the growth of knowledge within currently available in the above listed acquainted with the applicant’s abilities academic disciplines and to the application departments in the College of Liberal Arts and record, (3) TOEFL score of 575 or of knowledge across disciplinary bound- and Sciences, the School of Engineering other evidence of English competency if a aries. and Applied Science and the School of foreign student, and (4) statement of the In 1970, the Systems Science Ph.D. Business Administration. student’s expectations of the program. Program was established at Portland State Both of the options facilitate the design Applicants who meet the requirements University. The program encompasses both of curricula which are individually tailored to enter the graduate degree program in applications and theory-oriented aspects of to the needs and interests of the students. systems science are admitted to regular sta- the field. It is designed to prepare students tus. In exceptional cases a student who for professional practice in industrial, gov- ADMISSION AND meets the required standards for admission ernmental, and public service organizations ADVISING except for a minor gap in subject matter and for research and teaching in academic background, such as deficiencies in com- institutions. Students with high academic standing and puter and mathematics knowledge or intro- The School of Business Administration, with a baccalaureate and/or master’s degree ductory courses in relevant disciplines, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may apply for admission to the doctoral may be admitted to conditional status in (Departments of Economics, Mathematics, program. Generally, applicants should rank systems science. The student must immedi- Sociology, Anthropology, and Psychology), in the top 25 percent of graduate students ately remove the background deficiency and the School of Engineering and Applied nationally as determined by the Graduate (with grades of B or better) or be dropped Science (Departments of Civil Engineer- Record Examination (GRE) or the Gradu- from the graduate program. ing, Mechanical Engineering, and Com- ate Management Admission Test (GMAT). Each applicant who has received formal puter Science) participate in the program. Applicants must submit scores (preferably notice of admission to the Systems Science In addition to the systems courses offered taken within the last five years) for either Doctoral Program should contact the pro- by these departments (e.g., cost-benefit the GRE aptitude or GMAT test to verify gram office for initial advising. Adviser(s) analysis, operations research, systems anal- their national ranking. will be appointed to assist and consult with ysis and synthesis, mathematical modeling, In considering an applicant for admis- the admitted student regularly in planning etc.), the systems science core faculty sion, the Admissions Committee for the program of study and research. A com- offers courses in information systems, Systems Science seeks evidence of demon- prehensive examination committee is dynamical systems, information theory, strated intellectual capacity, undergraduate appointed for each student to give required neural networks, artificial life, systems oral and written examinations. A research G RADUATE STUDIES 57

committee supervises the research and (with a grade of B or better) may also be SySc 501 preparation of the dissertation. approved. However, at least 27 credits of Research (Credit to be arranged.) coursework (not including dissertation Research which is normally not part of the thesis. PROGRAM credits) must be taken at Portland State University. SySc 503 REQUIREMENTS Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Students are required to be enrolled All aspects of the thesis including thesis research A discussion of general requirements for continuously, except if a leave of absence is and writing of dissertation. doctoral degrees is on page 51. Minimum formally requested and approved by the SySc 505 requirements specific to the Ph.D. in sys- program director. Failure to take courses Reading and Conference (Credit to be tems science include: for a year, or failure to maintain continued arranged.) progress after coursework is completed will Scholarly examination of literature including Systems Component. Students in both discussion between student and professor. the core and departmental options are result in a student being dropped from the required to complete 16 credits of systems program. SySc 507 Language Requirement. Foreign lan- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) science coursework as the minimum sys- Discussion of recent and current research and/or tems component of the program. All stu- guage competency may be required of presentation of progress and final reports of dents must satisfy the first 8 credits by departmental option students in some studies performed in SySc 508. departments which also determine the level taking two of the following courses: SySc 508 SySc 511, SySc 512, SySc 513, SySc 514. of competency and testing procedures. Workshop (2-6, 2-6) Any combination of two of the courses, (Consult the appropriate department for Provides (1) the students with experience in except SySc 512 and 514 is acceptable. further information.) There is no foreign actual interdisciplinary systems analysis and SySc 511 and 512 explore systems con- language requirement for the core option. planning, and (2) the community with a service. If required, the foreign language examina- Local government agencies or industrial firms cepts in more quantitative terms than determine potential systems problems for analy- SySc 513 and 514. Consequently, students tion must be successfully completed before the student is allowed to take the compre- sis in the workshop. The workshop operates on a taking SySc 511 and 512 should have team concept with an advanced student as team stronger quantitative background. hensive examinations. leader and a faculty member as adviser. Credit To fulfill the remaining 8 credits of the Comprehensives. Written and oral for the second term of SySc 508 will be based systems component, students must take two comprehensive examinations are required upon evidence of successful team leadership by systems science courses numbered 515 in appropriate areas. Quality and breadth of the student. Undergraduates will be admitted to through 599 or 610 and above. These elec- academic competencies must be demon- participate as junior members of the workshop. tive courses are either advanced systems strated. Prerequisites: SySc 511, 512, 513. science courses or integrative courses. The Internship. Internship in a public or SySc 510 integrative courses have emerged from the private organization or an equivalent expe- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) interdisciplinary nature of the program. rience may be required of core option stu- SySc 511 Systems Theory (4) They are taught jointly by faculty from dents. Research. All students must establish Surveys fundamental systems concepts and cen- Systems Science and participating depart- tral aspects of systems theory. The course begins ments, and the topics covered illustrate spe- competency in appropriate research meth- with an overview of the systems paradigm and cific applications of systems concepts. odology before beginning thesis work. the systems field as a whole. Topics then include Additional Coursework Require- After this and all other requirements have introductions to set-and information-theoretic ments. Beyond the systems component been met, the student prepares a proposal multivariate relations and structures, discrete described above, additional graduate for independent research leading to a sig- dynamic systems; model representation and sim- courses in approved areas are required as nificant and original contribution to knowl- ulation; decision analysis, optimization, game edge in the systems field. When the theory; artificial intelligence, complex adaptive shown below. systems. Readings drawn from mathematics, the Requirements in addition to systems proposal is accepted, the student is advanced to candidacy, and then focuses natural and social sciences, and the professional components (16 credits) disciplines (e.g., engineering, business). Course exclusively on research. Students must reg- content derives both from “classical” general Unit Entering Additional ister for at least 27 credits of dissertation systems theory, cybernetics, and operations Degree Credits research after advancement to candidacy. research as well as from contemporary systems Core Option BA/BS 12 SySc + 44 Dissertation. Completed research is research, which is organized around the themes SBA BA/BS 48 presented in a dissertation which must be of nonlinear dynamics, complexity, and adapta- BA/BS 72 for concur- approved and successfully defended in a tion. Prerequisites: graduate standing, calculus, rent MBA final oral examination. probability, computer programming. MBA 18 The student can anticipate approxi- SySc 512 CLAS BA/BS 45 mately four to five years of full-time study Quantitative Methods of Systems Science (4) EAS MS or 9 beyond the baccalaureate degree in order to An introduction to the quantitative representa- equivalent tion and investigation of systems with a focus coursework satisfy the program requirements. Detailed that emphasizes tools more than applications. additional information on requirements and Topics include linear dynamics, optimization, These are minimum requirements. procedures are contained in the document, and uncertainty. The level of presentation Additional coursework may be required to “Systems Science Program Information,” assumes familiarity and facility with calculus. strengthen the student’s academic back- and should be obtained by contacting the Notions from linear algebra unify the topics and ground and to prepare the student for com- director, Systems Science Ph.D. Program. those notions will be presented. Required prehensive examinations and thesis coursework includes both calculations to be research. done on a computer and calculations to be done COURSES by hand. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, Courses taken to satisfy the systems probability and familiarity with computers, grad- core and additional coursework require- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not uate standing. ments must be at the 500 or 600 level. offered every year. Credit for graduate work done elsewhere 58 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

SySc 513 research, civil engineering, and industrial engi- *SySc 571/671, 572/672, 573/673 Systems Approach (4) neering. Students apply the tools to projects Information Systems I, II, III (3,3,3) Provides practitioner-oriented definition of sys- within their fields of interest. Prerequisite: grad- SySc 571/671: Concepts, tools, and background tems, including: importance of observer depen- uate standing or consent of the instructor. examples necessary to design advanced informa- dence and context, and ideas of meta-systems, tion systems for business, government, and non- subsystems; notion of value system and associ- SySc 529/629 profit organizations. Emphasis placed on Process Modeling and Simulation (3) ated optimization/sub-optimization; aspects of The primary focus is on the application of assessing information needs, scanning and life-cycle project management; the underlying system simulation to process flow problems. adapting to the external environment, and notions of inquiring systems; and key aspects of Extend, a special-purpose computer simulation participatory design. Prerequisite: graduate learning (human) organizations. Qualitative language, is used to develop models to describe standing. tools for the system's practitioner, including and analyze both continuous and discrete flow SySc 572/672: Concepts on experimental design graphical tools, basic ideas of modeling/simula- processes in order to better understand bottle- applied to the design and use of databases. Stu- tion and structural modeling. Also, the multiple necks and how to alleviate them. Such models dents will have an opportunity to go through perspectives aspect of the systems approach. are used to study, for example, manufacturing each stage of the design process needed to Prerequisite: graduate standing. systems, business systems, and engineering sys- upgrade an existing system or design a new one. SySc 514 tems. Students apply the concepts to projects Prerequisites: SySc 571 and Mth 243, 244, or System Dynamics (4) within their fields of interest. Prerequisite: grad- equivalent. lntroduces concepts and a methodology for ana- uate standing or consent of the instructor. SySc 573/673: A general framework of informa- lyzing the behavioral dynamics of systems that tion systems (ISs) that provide a perspective consist of complex “webs” of feedback loops. SySc 531, 532 Systems Decision Making I, II (3,3) useful in understanding, designing, and/or evalu- Primary emphasis is on building computer Decision making under certainty, risk and uncer- ating ISs, and provides a perspective from which models of these systems and using these models tainty; decision criteria; subjective probability to ask questions of a type not examined in the to enhance understanding, make predictions, and and Bayesian concepts, utility theory; risk analy- traditional IS literature. Includes basic ideas find ways to improve the performance of sys- sis; decision trees, policy capturing. Prerequi- from pattern recognition and the new mathemat- tems and processes. Models are defined in terms sites: knowledge of probability, statistics, and ics of imprecision (Fuzzy Set Theory). SySc of a set of “rate” equations that are numerically linear algebra. 571/671 and 572/672 not prerequisites. integrated to simulate behavior over time. The process of applying this methodology to real SySc 541/641, 542/642 SySc 575 AI: Dynamic Systems I, II (3,3) Neural Networks I (4) world situations is discussed in detail. Prerequi- The fundamental concepts of modeling time Introduces approach for developing computing site: graduate standing. dependent deterministic systems, including devices whose design is based on models taken SySc 515, 516 applications of dynamic models to various types from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” Communication of Complex Ideas in Systems of systems including electrical, mechanical, eco- A variety of NN architectures and associated Work I, II (3,3) nomic, and ecological. Computer methods are computational algorithms for accomplishing the Effective use of the systems approach in com- used as illustrations and as tools for analysis. learning are studied. Experiments with various municating complex ideas: holistic communica- Prerequisites: familiarity with high-level com- available architectures are performed via a simu- tion, the computer as a communications device, puter languages, applied linear algebra, differen- lation package. Students do a major project on group problem solving, models of change (per- tial equations, and multivariable calculus. the simulator or a special programming project. sonal, organizational, and societal), project Prerequisite: graduate standing. implementation and interpersonal behavior sys- SySc 545/645 tems, cognitive style discrepancies, graphics and Information Theory (4) SySc 576 AI: Establishes theoretical limits on the performance other communications aids. Neural Networks II (4) of techniques for compression or error correc- Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set the- SySc 520, 521, 522 tion of signals. This course focuses on communi- ory, control theory, and pattern recognition are Operations Research I, II, III (3,3,3) cations applications, specifically source coding studied and incorporated in considering neural Convex sets, linear, dynamic, and integer pro- and channel coding for discrete signals. Topics networks. A design project (using NN simulator) gramming. Markov chains, steepest descent, will include: Entropy and Mutual Information, in selected application area is done by each stu- maxima and minima, calculus of variations, Asymptotic Equipartition (the Ergodic Theorem dent. Prerequisite: SySc 575. search techniques, queuing theory, inventory of Information Theory), Entropy Rates of Infor- *SySc 580, 581, 582 theories, case studies. Prerequisites: knowledge mation Sources, Data Compression, and Chan- of calculus, probability, statistics, and linear Advanced Systems Seminar I, II, III (3, 3, 3) nel Capacity. Each term focuses on one significant subject or algebra. SySc 551/651, 552/652 problem. From multiple points of view, the pos- SySc 525/625 General Systems and Cybernetics I, II (3,3) sible value of the systems approach, and the dif- Continuous System Simulation (3) SySc 551/651: This course focuses on informa- ferences between a discipline-oriented and An introduction to modeling and simulation, tion theory as a tool for modeling and multivari- transdisciplinary attack are examined. Prerequi- with emphasis on general modeling concepts ate analysis and as a general framework for the sites: an approved core sequence which includes and continuous system simulation. The model- study of structure and organization. The course SySc 511/611. ing process is studied in detail, including prob- examines the use of set- and information-theo- lem analysis, model conceptualization, model SySc 601 retic techniques for the analysis of constraints in Research (Credit to be arranged.) validation, and model implementation. The qualitative, as well as quantitative, data. Also STELLA simulation language is covered in SySc 603 covered are software implementations, relations Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) some detail. Applications include closed-loop to log-linear methods, and applications in the feedback and the use of numerical integration to SySc 605 natural and social sciences and the arts. Prereq- Reading and Conference (Credit to be solve differential equations in order to simulate uisite: SySc 511/611 or consent of instructor. behavior over time in biological, ecological, arranged.) business, and engineering systems. Prerequisite: SySc 552/652: Study of cooperation, competi- SySc 607 graduate standing or consent of instructor. tion, and conflict in social systems and associ- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ated issues of rationality. Emphasis is on game- SySc 527/627 SySc 608 theoretic models, particularly of dilemmas of Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Discrete System Simulation (3) collective action, their possible solutions, and The primary focus is on the application of dis- SySc 610 their applications to social, economic, and politi- crete system simulation to real world problems Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) cal phenomena. Also covered are social choice using the Arena/SIMAN simulation language. theory, differential equations models of competi- The mathematical basis for discrete system sim- tion and conflict, and other systems-theoretic ulation is probability theory and queuing theory. approaches to similar problems. Prerequisite: It is used extensively in the fields of operations SySc 511/611 or consent of instructor.

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES

MARVIN A. KAISER, DEAN SCOTT F. BURNS, ASSOCIATE DEAN CHARLES WHITE, ASSOCIATE DEAN FOR UNIVERSITY STUDIES 491 NEUBERGER HALL, 725-3514

The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences UNDERGRADUATE provides an opportunity for students to PROGRAMS obtain a liberal education—an education that both broadens and deepens their under- The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is standing of the major areas of knowledge a large and diversified unit offering more and scholarship, and develops their exper- than 20 majors (some with additional tise in an area of specialization. A liberal choices of sub-specialization), several aca- education is an education for life. It pre- demic certificates and teaching endorse- pares students to make informed decisions ments, and numerous departmental minors, about their lives and to think critically and as well as minors in computer applications analytically. and professional writing. All students—Liberal Arts and Sciences The College also offers a selection of majors as well as those from professional alternative programs for students who are schools and programs—must take a selec- highly motivated and who have a record of tion of courses that represent the three high scholarly achievement. Students may areas of the College: arts and letters, sci- obtain information concerning any one of ence, and social science. Course offerings several departmental honors programs from range from those designed to provide a the participating department, or they may foundation for all baccalaureate degrees to apply to the University Honors Program. those of an advanced, specialized nature. These programs generally allow an acceler- Acquiring a balanced and integrated lib- ated exposure to higher education, thereby eral education requires planning and con- broadening the experience of the student. sultation with an adviser. Faculty advisers The College’s Dean’s List recognizes in each department and program are avail- high scholastic achievement on a quarterly able to help students structure their aca- basis. The students who qualify for the demic careers so they may get the most Dean’s List are those who meet or exceed from their college experience. the following criteria within a given term of The instructional units of the College study: include Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, ■ Undergraduate standing with a major in Biology, Black Studies, Chemistry, Chi- one of the College’s programs. cano/Latino Studies, Child and Family ■ Completion of at least 12 graded credits Studies, Economics, English, Environmen- within the grading period. tal Programs, Foreign Languages and Liter- ■ A 3.50 cumulative GPA and a 3.75 GPA atures, Geography, Geology, History, for the term. International Studies, Mathematical Sci- ences, Philosophy, Physics, Psychology, LIBERAL ARTS AND Science Education, Sociology, Speech SCIENCES MINORS Communication, University Honors, Uni- The following departments and programs versity Studies, and Women’s Studies. in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Undergraduate and offer academic minors: Anthropology, graduate degree programs and certificates Applied Linguistics, Biology, Black Stud- available through the College are listed on ies, Chemistry, Economics, English, Envi- pages 4-6. ronmental Studies, Foreign Languages and Literatures, Geography, Geology, History, International Studies, Mathematical Sci-

60 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ences, Philosophy, Physics, Psychology, Adviser-approved, upper-division research project ...... 3 GRADUATE Sociology, Speech Communication, and PROGRAMS Women’s Studies. (Students majoring in a Total 28-30 field of study outside Liberal Arts and Sci- There are many options available for grad- ences also may declare an academic minor CERTIFICATE OPTIONS uate study within the College of Liberal in one of these programs.) The require- Specialized academic certificates are Arts and Sciences. Currently students may ments for these minors are indicated within offered by several units in the College of specialize in any one of the many master’s the appropriate department sections of this Liberal Arts and Sciences: Applied Lin- programs, or three doctoral programs. Bulletin. guistics/ESL, Black Studies, Chicano/ Requirements for the professional Latino Studies, Foreign Languages/Teach- MASTER OF ARTS AND writing minor are listed in the Department ing Japanese, International Studies, and MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES of English information. Requirements for Women’s Studies. (Refer to the appropriate Master of Arts and Master of Science a minor in international economics are department for certificate requirements.) degrees are designed for the student who listed in the Department of Economics Requirements for these certificates are met wishes to conduct advanced studies in a information. concurrently with completion of a major in particular discipline. Generally the pro- a selected field. grams are flexible enough for students, COMPUTER APPLICATIONS with the aid of an adviser, to design a pro- MINOR—COLLEGE-WIDE Secondary teaching licenses allow the student to teach the selected discipline at gram of study that allows them to pursue The computer applications minor may specified grade levels in public schools in their particular interest. The requirements accompany any departmental major. This Oregon. Recommended courses for those of each discipline are listed under the minor is designed to encourage and empha- preparing to be teachers are listed under departments that have the M.A./M.S. size the application of computer technol- appropriate departments. option available. ogy and to acquaint the student with hardware and software function and design BACCALAUREATE DEGREES MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING appropriate to modern academic disci- All majors in the College of Liberal Arts AND MASTER OF SCIENCE IN plines. The minor is tailored to the specific and Sciences, along with University and TEACHING DEGREES needs and interests of the student. general education requirements, lead to a The Master of Arts in Teaching and the All students who declare this minor bachelor’s degree. Requirements for each Master of Science in Teaching are degrees must coordinate their program through an major are listed under the appropriate available to students who wish to obtain a assigned adviser in one of the following department. (Students wishing to empha- continuing teaching license in secondary departments: Anthropology, Applied Lin- size a broad study in arts and letters, sci- education as well as continue advanced guistics, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, ence, or social science may do so by studies in the area of their choice. The pro- English, Foreign Languages and Litera- majoring in General Studies. For these gram of study for these degrees should be tures, Geography, Geology, History, Math- options see page 109.) carefully designed and must be approved ematical Sciences, Physics, Psychology, by an adviser. The specific requirements of Sociology, or Speech Communication. DEGREE COMPLETION each discipline are listed under the depart- Selection of a department constitutes a In addition to an increasing range of ments for which the M.A.T./M.S.T. option student’s declared emphasis. evening and weekend courses on campus, is available. (For the General Studies the College offers innovative degree com- option see page 110.) Requirements for the Minor Credits pletion options at two off-campus sites; the Three lower-division, adviser-approved CAPITAL Center in Beaverton and the DOCTORAL PROGRAMS computer science courses selected from, but Several departments in the College of Lib- not restricted to, the following: CS 105, CS Salem Center, located in Salem on the campus of Chemeketa Community Col- eral Arts and Sciences participate in one or 106, CS 107, CS 161, CS 162,CS 163, CS 199, more multi-disciplinary doctoral programs: CS 200, CS 201, CS 202, CS 207, CS 208, lege. The CAPITAL Center allows upper- CS 250...... 10-12 division students to complete a degree in Environmental Sciences and Resources, Four adviser-approved courses in advanced com- general studies: social sciences with an Systems Science, and Urban Studies. The puter applications, with at least 3 credits out- optional minor in business administration. doctoral degree is for the person who wants side the student’s major department. These The Salem Center provides upper-division the most advanced academic degree, gener- courses may come from any unit in the Univer- students with an option of majoring in ally with a life-long objective of expanding sity but may not include 405 reading/confer- the scope of knowledge of a specialized ence courses ...... 12 either child and family studies or in social sciences. field of study. The specific requirements of A one-term, adviser-approved senior practicum each available option are listed under the or seminar ...... 3 participating departments and programs.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 61

UNIVERSITY STUDIES

245 Cramer Hall a maximum class size of 40 students and work in Sophomore Inquiry from a variety 725-5890 each class is divided into three small- of interdisciplinary courses. Sophomore group, peer mentor sessions lead by spe- Inquiry provides the student with a sam- Please see page 15 for University Studies cially selected upper-division students. pling of the upper-division course clusters (general education) baccalaureate Class material is introduced and explored in Environmental Studies, American Stud- requirements. during the full class sessions and then ies, Culture of the Professions, Science in assignments are developed and discussed in the Liberal Arts, and other additional areas The purpose of the University Studies pro- the peer mentor sessions. of contemporary relevance. gram at Portland State University is to While the themes and content of the facilitate the acquisition of the knowledge, Freshman Inquiry courses differ, the over- abilities, and attitudes which will form a UPPER-DIVISION all objectives are the same. Each of these foundation for lifelong learning among its CLUSTER classes emphasizes the building of a foun- students. This foundation includes the dation of communication skills for learning capacity and the propensity to engage in See current Schedule of Classes for course and expression. Writing is the core, but critical thinking, to use various forms of descriptions. communication also includes emphasis communication for learning and expres- Upper division students pursue a program upon improving oral, numeric, and graphic/ sion, to gain an awareness of the broader of 12 credits within one cluster area of visual modes of communication. Fresh- human experience and its environment, and interest they began in Sophomore Inquiry. man Inquiry is also designed to help stu- to appreciate the responsibilities of persons This focus on a specific cluster area is dents learn and effectively use current to themselves, each other, and to their com- intended to complement the undergradu- information technologies. Both in the large munities. ate's major area of study. Upper-division groups and in the smaller peer mentor ses- To achieve this purpose the faculty have cluster courses may not be used to fulfill a sions, students are introduced to the Inter- designed a four-year program of study student's major or program requirements. net and e-mail, as well as word-processing required of all students planning to gradu- and calculation software. Students will also ate under the specifications in the 1994-95 learn how disciplines from the sciences, CAPSTONE and subsequent University Bulletins. This social sciences, humanities, and profes- REQUIREMENT nationally recognized program offers stu- sional schools approach problems in differ- dents a clear opportunity to acquire the ent ways and how they work together to The culmination of the University Studies foundation for the academic and problem improve understanding of complex issues. program is the capstone requirement. This solving skills needed to succeed in the 21st When students complete Freshman 6-credit community-based learning experi- century. University Studies offers students Inquiry they will have learned a great deal ence is designed to provide students with a program of connected educational oppor- about the content of the course and how the the opportunity to apply, in a work-team tunities. knowledge of different fields of study con- context, what they have learned in their University Studies begins with Fresh- tributes to the content. They will also be major, while addressing a real challenge man Inquiry, a year-long course introduc- expected to be able to apply writing, emanating from the metropolitan commu- ing students to different modes of inquiry numeracy, speech, and visual/graphic skills nity. Its purpose is to further enhance stu- and providing them with the tools to suc- to problems requiring analysis and discov- dent learning through the application of ceed in advanced studies and their majors. ery. Freshman Inquiry will expand aware- what has been learned, at the same time At the sophomore level students choose ness of academic potential, provide the establishing connections within the Port- three different courses, each of which leads foundation of necessary academic skills, land metropolitan community. into a thematically linked, interdisciplinary and prepare students to move on to increas- PSU has learned from its public and pri- cluster of courses at the upper-division ingly rigorous and sophisticated levels of vate partners that it is very important that level. Students are required to complete inquiry. students have the opportunity to experience 12 credits from one of these course clus- working with others trained in fields differ- ters. Finally, all students are required to ent from their own, in order to analyze and complete a “capstone” experience which SOPHOMORE develop strategies for addressing problems. consists of teams of students from different INQUIRY The capstone requirement offers students majors working together to complete a that experience. It also serves as an impor- project addressing a real problem in the See current Schedule of Classes for course tant opportunity for students to serve this descriptions. Portland metropolitan community. community. After the freshman year, students and fac- RESHMAN INQUIRY ulty continue to emphasize the interdisci- F plinary approaches integral to University (UNST 101, 102, 103) Studies, further developing the four goals See current Schedule of Classes for course of communication, human experience, descriptions. inquiry, and critical thinking, while continuing to affirm the ideas of ethics and Freshman Inquiry consists of a year-long social responsibility. At the sophomore course developed by a team of faculty from level, students select 12 credits of course- different disciplines. Freshman Inquiry has

62 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

TRANSITION: from other post-secondary institutions. The from the perspectives of several different UNIVERSITY INQUIRY thematically based course is designed by disciplines, and building a foundation for faculty from different disciplines assisted the effective and efﬁcient application of (UNST 210 OR 310) by student peer mentors. This 5-credit, one- information technology resources, such as term course is designed to assist transfer the Internet and e-mail. University Inquiry is a course speciﬁcally students in improving their communica- designed and recommended for students tion skills, learning the process of inquiry transferring to Portland State University

ANTHROPOLOGY

141 Cramer Hall Requirements for Major. In addition C- or better. Students must earn a cumula- 725-3914 to meeting the general University degree tive grade point average of 2.00 or better in requirements, the anthropology major must all courses required for the anthropology B.A., B.S. meet minimum departmental requirements bachelor’s degree (including those courses Minor in Anthropology as follows: taken outside the department as part of Secondary Education Program— Credits departmental requirements). Social Science Anth 101 Introduction to Physical Limitations. Students majoring in M.A. Anthropology ...... 4 anthropology should seek assignment to a Ph.D. in Systems Science— Anth 102 Introduction to Archaeology ...... 4 department adviser no later than the begin- Anthropology Anth 103 Introduction to Social/Cultural ning of the junior year. Selection of appro- Anthropology ...... 4 priate courses to supplement the student’s Anth 304 Social Anthropology ...... 4 major work should be made in consultation UNDERGRADUATE Anth 305 Cultural Anthropology ...... 4 with the adviser. No student majoring in Anth 350 Archaeological Method and PROGRAM Theory ...... 4 anthropology will be permitted to offer Anth 372 Human Variability (4) or Anth 370 more than 72 credits of work in anthropol- Anthropology is concerned with two basic Paleoanthropology (5)...... 4-5 ogy for the bachelor’s degree. This limita- questions: How is it that human beings are Ling 290 or Stat 244...... 4 tion will be waived only through petition to both like and unlike other animals? And Upper-division anthropology electives the department. how is it that there are so many sorts of (5 courses, see below) ...... 20 Requirements for a Minor. To earn a human beings both like and unlike one minor in anthropology a student must com- Total anthropology coursework 52-53 another in different societies and cultures? plete 28 credits (12 credits of which must In seeking answers, anthropologists deal All anthropology students (B.A. or B.S.) must be taken in residence at PSU), to include with prehistoric and historic times and with complete two years of a foreign language or the following: such topics as human evolution, compara- demonstrate equivalent proficiency. Credits tive primate behavior, language, and human Elective Requirements. Upper-divi- Anth 101 Introduction to Physical ecology. sion electives shall be selected from at least Anthropology ...... 4 The curriculum in anthropology is two subfields of anthropology (physical, Anth 102 Introduction to Archaeology ...... 4 designed to develop an understanding of social/cultural, or archaeology) and include Anth 103 Introduction to Social/Cultural human life from these various perspectives. at least one methods course (i.e., 412, 452, Anthropology ...... 4 It does this by providing, both in general 453, 454, 455, 456, 478, 479). At least 8 of One of the following courses: ...... 4-5 survey courses (Anth 101, 102, 103) and in the 20 credits must be in formally num- Anth 304 Social Anthropology (4) its departmental major program, a balanced bered 400-level courses (i.e., not including Anth 305 Cultural Anthropology (4) view in terms of the anthropological sub- 401, 404, 405, 407, 410). Note: In excep- Anth 350 Archaeological Method and Theory (4) fields of physical anthropology, archaeol- tional circumstances, the department may Anth 372 Human Variability (4) or Anth 370 ogy, linguistics, and socio-cultural permit a student to apply a maximum of Paleoanthropology (5) anthropology. one lower-division course to the upper- Upper-division anthropology electives— The departmental major program is of division elective requirement. three courses. (Upper-division electives benefit to the liberal arts student in provid- All anthropology courses used to satisfy must include at least one 400-level ing the most broadly based view of human the departmental major requirements must course, excluding courses numbered adaptation, variation, and achievement. A be taken for a letter grade and must have 401, 404, 405, 407) ...... 12 been assigned a grade of C- or better. variety of ethnographic courses is offered Total 28-29 for persons with particular regional or area Courses taken outside the department as interests, such as East Asia, Latin America, part of departmental requirements (i.e. All anthropology courses used to satisfy Africa, and the Pacific Northwest. Finally, Ling 290 or Stat 244, Foreign Languages) the departmental minor requirements, the major provides the necessary general may be taken pass/no pass (subject to the whether taken in the department or else- anthropological background for those inter- University limitations on the maximum where, must be graded C- or above. Stu- ested in graduate study in the number of hours taken pass/no pass) or for dents must earn a cumulative grade point discipline. a letter grade. However, students who take average of 2.00 or better in all courses these courses for a letter grade must earn a required for the anthropology minor

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 63

(including those courses taken outside the Degree Requirements. Of the 48 4. Presentation and approval of thesis. department as part of departmental require- required credits, 36 must be in anthropol- 5. Passing of an oral defense of thesis. ments). ogy and must include: PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— SECONDARY EDUCATION Credits ANTHROPOLOGY Anth 511, 550, 570 Core Seminars in PROGRAM The Department of Anthropology partici- Adviser: V.A. Butler Anthropology ...... 12 Graduate-level Anthropology Electives pates in the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- (See General Studies: Social Science, 3 courses)†...... 12 gram. Students interested in seeking a page 109.) Approved graduate-level electives Ph.D. in Systems Science—Anthropology (Anth, non-Anth)†...... 8 should contact the Department of Anthro- An adviser-approved, graduate-level course in pology for further information on areas of GRADUATE research methods‡ ...... 4 PROGRAMS concentration, e.g., systems applications in Anth 501 (thesis research) ...... 4 archaeology, systems applications in physi- Anth 503 (thesis) ...... 8 MASTER OF ARTS cal anthropology. Applicants must be The Department offers a program leading Total 48 simultaneously admitted to the anthropology graduate program and the Systems Sci- to the Master of Arts degree. The program Five calendar years from the term of ence Ph.D. Program. is designed to give the student a graduate admission will be the maximum time level of competence in general anthropol- allowed to complete all requirements for a ogy, including the major subfields of physi- master’s degree. Terms on approved leave COURSES cal anthropology, archaeology, and social- of absence will be charged against the five- cultural anthropology. At the same time, year limitation. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not the program will permit the student to In addition to formal course require- offered every year. pursue a special interest in one of the sub- ments, the following are also necessary: Anth 101 fields. The M.A. degree candidate is Introduction to Physical Anthropology (4) 1. Fulfilling the foreign language require- The biological side of anthropology: primate required to do research in an area of special ment. Ordinarily the examination is taken paleontology, human evolution, modern human interest and prepare a thesis based upon it. in French, Spanish, or German. Other lan- variation, and primate behavior. The master’s program has been planned guages may, upon departmental approval, Anth 102 for students who hold an undergraduate be substituted. Students must complete the Introduction to Archaeology (4) degree in general anthropology or its equiv- foreign language requirement no later than The study of ancient and prehistoric cultures of alent in course coverage. Under these cir- one calendar year following entrance to the the world. Introduction to the theories and tech- cumstances, the master’s degree, including program. niques of archaeological investigation. research and thesis, may be completed in 2. Advancement to candidacy involves Anth 103 two to three years. The undergraduate Introduction to Social/Cultural successful passing of a written examina- major is not required, however, for admis- Anthropology (4) tion in general anthropology (covering Study of modern and recent societies in cross- sion to the program. In the latter case, com- archaeology, physical anthropology, and cultural perspective. Focus on methods for pletion of the degree may require a more sociocultural anthropology). This examina- understanding social and cultural differences and extended period of study. Students without tion is normally given as part of the core similarities. an adequate background in anthropology seminars (Anth 511, 550, 570) in the Anth 300 will be required to take certain selected respective fields. Advancement to candi- The Modern World in Anthropological undergraduate courses to remove deficien- Perspective (4) dacy can only be accomplished before the cies. These courses normally do not offer Examination of anthropological approaches to close of the next-to-the-final term of work. graduate credit. cultural diversity in a global context. Include For admission to graduate study the stu- 3. Approval of a thesis topic and the cultural contact between the Fourth World and appointment of the thesis committee. The the industrialized world; health, nutrition, and dent must have a minimum of a 3.25 grade poverty in different world areas; ecocide and point average in anthropology courses and student develops a thesis proposal and submits it to the department faculty for ethnocide; political movements in the Fourth an overall GPA of 3.00. In addition, appli- World; racism; and sexism. cants must submit GRE scores, a 500-word approval and for the formal appointment of the thesis committee. In addition to advis- Anth 304 statement indicating why he or she is inter- Social Anthropology (4) ested in pursuing a graduate degree in ing and guiding the student’s research and Human social organization is examined in cross- anthropology, and a sample of written work thesis preparation, the chairperson of this cultural perspective. Analysis of kinship systems (e.g., a term paper). All applicants must committee files a graduate degree program in stateless societies and of the state and other also arrange to have three letters of recom- with the Office of Graduate Studies and institutional arrangements in complex societies. mendation indicating professional promise Research. Students must have a master’s Attention to the historical development of major thesis proposal submitted to and approved theoretical approaches to social organization: sent directly to the Department’s Graduate structural functionalism, structuralism, human Admission Committee. To facilitate sched- by the department faculty as soon as possible following admission to the program, ecology, sociobiology, political economy, post- uling of graduate courses, students ordi- modernism. Designed for anthropology majors narily are admitted for fall term only. but in no case later than the end of the sev- and minors. Note: This course is not approved enth term (excluding Summer Session) fol- for distribution credits. Prerequisite: Anth 103. lowing admission to the program. Students who fail to meet this requirement will be dropped from the program.

† At least three of these courses (12 credits) must be in formally numbered graduate-level courses (i.e. courses numbered between 510-597 or 610-697). With graduate adviser approval, the remaining two courses (8 credits) may be in courses numbered 504 or 505 (i.e. Internship, Reading and Conference). ‡ This course must be formally numbered and described in the PSU Bulletin. It may not be a course numbered 501/ 601, 502/602, 503/603, 504/604, 505/605, 506/606, 507/607, 508/608, 509/609. 64 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Anth 305 excavation, dating, cultural reconstruction, and Anth 399 Cultural Anthropology (4) the application of interdisciplinary studies. Pre- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Explores the historical development of the con- requisite: Anth 102. Anth 401/501 cept of culture within anthropology and exam- *Anth 361 Research (Credit to be arranged.) ines how this concept and the theories based on European Prehistory (4) Consent of instructor. it have shaped both fieldwork practices and pro- Methods and results of the study of prehistoric Anth 404/504 duction of ethnographic texts. Designed for cultures of Europe from the earliest traces until Cooperative Education/internship anthropology majors and minors. Note: This the advent of written records. Prerequisite: Anth (Credit to be arranged.) course is not approved for distribution credits. 350. Anth 405/505 Prerequisite: Anth 103. *Anth 362 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Anth 311 African Prehistory (4) arranged.) Peoples and Cultures of Latin America (4) Methods and the results of the study of prehis- Consent of instructor. Introduction to the peoples and cultures of Latin toric cultures of Africa-with an emphasis on Anth 407/507 America, including Mexico, Central and South those south of the Sahara-from the earliest traces Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) America, and the Caribbean. Course topics until the first historical records. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. include religion, ecology, race and ethnicity, Anth 350. Anth 410/510 gender, urbanization, conflict, and social change. *Anth 364 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Anth 312 Pacific Northwest Prehistory (4) Consent of instructor. Southeast Asian Societies and Cultures (4) The prehistory of northwestern North America Anth 412/512 Introduction to the societies and cultures of from its earliest occupants to the arrival of Euro- Research Methods in Social and Cultural Southeast Asia, the area encompassed today by peans, with emphasis on developments during Anthropology (4) the nations of Burma (Myanmar), Thailand, the last 5,000 years. Prerequisite: Anth 350. Methods and techniques of research involving Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, primary contacts with people, institutions and Brunei, Indonesia, and the Philippines. Course Anth 365 communities. The initiating and developing of North American Prehistory (4) topics explore the religious and cultural diversity A survey of pre-contact cultures north of Mex- projects designed to produce data for basic eth- of the area, as well as historical and cultural ico, from the first prehistoric migrant popula- nographic, as well as applied, anthropological themes that traverse this region. Prerequisite: tions and early hunter-gatherers to the complex research. Prerequisite: 12 credits in anthropol- students are strongly encouraged to complete agricultural societies encountered by 15th and ogy (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). Anth 103 before enrolling in this course. 16th century European explorers. Prerequisite: *Anth 414/514 *Anth 313 Anth 350. Culture and Ecology (4) Indian-White Relations (4) * A critical analysis of the interrelations of cul- Consideration of North Americans since 1500: Anth 366 Mesoamerican Prehistory (4) ture, social structure, and human ecology. Social problems of social and cultural survival and Early cultures of Mesoamerica with an emphasis organization as influenced by characteristic pat- change, as well as changing governmental poli- on the domestication of plants and animals and terns of resource exploitation. The uses of natu- cies, population, non-Indian conceptions of “The the development of civilization, focusing on the ral environment from the viewpoint of the Indian.” Maya and Highland Mexico. Prerequisite: members of societies. Prerequisites: Anth 304, Anth 314 Anth 350. 305. Native Americans (4) * Anth 415/515 Ethnographic survey of North American Indian Anth 367 East Asian Prehistory (4) Applied Anthropology (4) cultures-from simple hunter-gatherers to com- The archaeology of China, Japan, and Korea The application of anthropological knowledge to plex empires-illustrating the patterns of adapta- from about 1 million years ago to the establish- various kinds of projects and action programs in tions to the variety of landscapes and historical ment of the Yamato State in Japan. Focuses on which cultural factors are critical elements. An processes. developments during the past 18,000 years, examination of problems produced by rapid *Anth 315 including the domestication of plants and ani- technological, social and cultural change, con- American Culture (4) mals, the spread of agriculture, and the develop- flicts of values, and unequal access to resources Central beliefs and core values of modern Amer- ment of civilization and regional states. in multi-ethnic societies and “developing” ican society are examined from an anthropologi- Prerequisite: Anth 350. nations; research leading to possible solutions is cal perspective. Considers: value of constructs * considered. Prerequisite: 8 credits in anthropol- such as individualism and conformity; creation Anth 368 ogy (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). Oceania Prehistory (4) of public images; kinship and friendship; pri- Reviews issues related to the peopling of Austra- *Anth 416/516 vacy; schools and neighborhoods; and conflicts lia about 40,000 years ago, and subsequent voy- Urban Anthropology (4) involving ethnicity, social class, and gender. aging and colonization of all parts of the South Cross-cultural examination of urban phenomena Questions the role of culture in our own lives, Pacific. Examines prehistoric cultural develop- including: variability in cultural and institutional thereby gaining a greater understanding of social ments in Hawaii, New Zealand, Easter Island, patterning of cities, acculturation processes experience and of the concept of culture. and island groups in Micronesia. Examines evi- affecting urban populations, migration and Anth 316 dence of human modification of island ecosys- social accommodation of rural and tribal peoples Traditional East Asia (4) tems. Prerequisite: Anth 350. to urban settings, and the varieties of new sub- Comparative ethnographic examination of peas- * cultures that emerge in urban society. Prerequi- ant cultures in East Asia (China, Japan, Korea) Anth 370 site: 8 credits in sociocultural anthropology or Paleoanthropology (5) prior to World War II. Prerequisite: students are Method and theory in paleoanthropology. A allied social science (Anth 304, 305 strongly strongly encouraged to complete Anth 103 study of hominoid and human evolution from the recommended). before enrolling in this course. Miocene to modern times. Emphasis will be Anth 417/517 *Anth 319 placed on the interactions between biology and Indians of North America (4) Traditional Cultures of Africa (4) culture in the evolution of the human species. An advanced study of the aboriginal peoples of A survey of the culture history and characteris- Prerequisite: Anth 101. North America, linguistic and cultural relations, tics of the traditional (before Western influence) selected problems in the reconstruction of cul- cultures of African peoples. Anth 372 ture history and in the interpretation of native Human Variability (4) Anth 350 The causes and significance of biological varia- social systems. Prerequisite: 8 credits in anthro- Archaeological Method and Theory (4) tion in contemporary human populations- pology (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). A survey of current techniques and conceptual genetic, environmental and cultural factors. Pre- models applied in the discovery and analysis of requisite: Anth 101. archaeological materials. The fundamentals of archaeological research design, field survey, C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 65

*Anth 425/525 personalities and their contributions. Prerequi- *Anth 471/571 Medical Anthropology (4) sites: Anth 350 plus at least one additional Advanced Topics in Paleoanthropology (4) An examination of how health-related beliefs upper-division archaeology course. In-depth exploration and analysis of current and practices relate to biological factors and to problems in the study of Paleoanthropology. Anth 452/552 wider systems of belief. Healing in traditional Lab Methods in Archaeology (4) Emphasis on articulation of evolutionary theory societies; origins and culture of scientific medi- Techniques and their applications in the analysis with fossils and other relevant evidence. Prereq- cine. A comparison of traditional and scientific of materials recovered from archaeological sites. uisites: Anth 370. medical systems and the impact of scientific Course content will vary, emphasizing the study *Anth 472/572 medicine on traditional healers. Examples drawn of various artifact types-lithics, ceramics, tex- Population Dynamics (4) from both Western and non-Western societies. tiles, botanical remains, etc. (May be repeated The study of the principles of Mendelian and Prerequisite: 8 credits of sociocultural anthro- with departmental consent. Maximum 8 credits) population genetics as they apply to the evolu- pology (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended. Prerequisites: Anth 350 plus at least one addition of human populations and the maintenance Anth 101 helpful). tional upper-division archaeology course. of diversity in modern populations. Emphasis also is placed on the articulation of genetic Anth 428/528 Anth 453/553 Political Anthropology (4) Archaeological Field Methods (4) methods with evolutionary theory. Prerequi- Survey of major anthropological approaches to The theory and practice of contemporary archae- sites: Anth 372; 2 years of high school algebra or politics and power. Coverage includes structural ological field investigation-research design, equivalent; Bi 341 as a pre- or co-requisite. functionalism, evolutionism, action theory, survey and reconnaissance, site excavation, sam- *Anth 478/578 structuralism, political economy, and post-struc- pling and recording techniques, cultural resource Human Osteology (4) turalism. Ethnographic cases include both primi- management. Prerequisite: Anth 350. The identification and interpretation of human tive politics and contemporary ethnic, class, and skeletal material from archaeological sites: the gender struggles in heterogeneous societies. Pre- Anth 454/554 Archaeological Field School (6) determination of age, gender, and population requisites: 8 credits sociocultural anthropology Archaeological excavation of prehistoric or his- affinity; an introduction to paleopathology and (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). toric archaeological sites; or reconnaissance, the recognition of genetic and cultural variation. Anth 430/530 survey and mapping of sites during a summer Prerequisites: Anth 350 and Anth 370. Myth, Ritual, and Symbol (4) field project. Approximately 40 hours of field *Anth 479/579 A critical examination of both classic and recent work per week for 6 weeks, with a week of labo- Forensic Anthropology (2) anthropological theories in the cross-cultural ratory work. Prerequisite: Anth 350. Advanced techniques of human skeletal identifi- study of symbolic forms. Prerequisite: 8 credits cation and their application to the solution of Anth 455/555 in sociocultural anthropology (Anth 304, 305 medico-legal (forensic) problems. Prerequisites: strongly recommended). Analysis of Faunal Remains (5) Reviews issues of recovery, identification, quan- Anth 478/578 or consent of instructor. *Anth 431/531 tification, and interpretation of archaeological Anth 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Topics in Latin American faunal remains. Seminar component involves *Anth 511 Anthropology (4) discussion and critical review of recent faunal Core Seminar in Social and Cultural In-depth exploration of a current topic in Latin studies. Laboratory component introduces stu- Anthropology (4) American anthropology, especially in relation to dent to skeletal anatomy of vertebrates (with A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- the study of social change. Course materials will focus on fishes and mammals) and basic proce- retical, and substantive review and integration of cover both theory and ethnography. Prerequisite: dures used in faunal analysis. Prerequisite: anthropological materials in social and cultural either Anth 311 or two courses related to Latin Anth 350. anthropology. Prerequisites: graduate standing in America. anthropology and consent of instructor. * Anth 456/556 Anth 432/532 Issues in Cultural Resource Management (4) *Anth 550 Women, Culture, and Society (4) Examines the current cultural, legal and regula- Core Seminar in Archaeology (4) A cross-cultural examination of sex roles and tory issues, problems, and frameworks affecting A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- gender beliefs including political, social, eco- the management of cultural resources in North retical, and substantive review and integration of nomic, and ideological aspects of the position of America and elsewhere in the world. Course anthropological materials in archaeology. Pre- the sexes. Prerequisites: upper-division standing coverage will include such topics as the laws requisites: graduate standing in anthropology and at least one basic course in sociocultural affecting antiquities trafficking, and the relation- and consent of instructor. anthropology (Anth 103, 304, or 305). ships between indigenous peoples and archaeol- Anth 570 Anth 446/546 ogists. Prerequisite: Anth 350. Core Seminar in Physical Anthropology (4) Chinese Culture and Society (4) * A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- Issues in the study of Chinese societies today, Anth 461/561 Advanced Topics in Archaeology (4) retical, and substantive review and integration of including those found in the Chinese mainland, In-depth exploration and analysis of a major cur- anthropological materials in physical anthropol- Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Southeast Asia. In- rent problem in archaeology. Problems may be ogy. Prerequisites: graduate standing in anthro- depth examination of questions surrounding kin- substantive or theoretical. Prerequisite: Anth pology and consent of instructor. ship organization, religious practice, ethnic iden- 350. tities, gender relations, and economic and * political change. Prerequisite: 8 credits in socio- Anth 464/564 cultural anthropology (Anth 304 and 305 Topics in Northwest Prehistory (4) strongly recommended). In-depth exploration of current problems in the study of Northwest Prehistory, particularly as it * Anth 451/551 articulates with general theories of hunter-gath- History of Archaeology (4) erer adaptations and cultural evolution. Prerequi- A chronological survey of developments in the site: Anth 364. field of archaeological inquiry: major schools of thoughts, innovations in method and theory, key 66 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

APPLIED LINGUISTICS

467 Neuberger Hall culture and society? What sorts of prob- Credits 725-4088 lems develop when language doesn’t work Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 as it should, such as in various language Ling 411 Syntax or Ling 492 Structure of the B.A. disorders? How do computer scientists use English Language ...... 4 linguistic descriptions for natural language Ling 490 History of the English Language . . . 4 Minor in Linguistics Linguistics electives (upper-division level) . . 16 Intensive Program in English as a understanding systems? Second Language The Department of Applied Linguistics Total 28 offers a B.A. in applied linguistics, a minor Program in English for Non-Native All courses used to satisfy the depart- in applied linguistics, a TESL certificate, Residents ment minor requirements must be graded and an M.A. in TESOL (Teaching English Certificate in Teaching English as a C- or above, and the overall GPA for such to Speakers of Other Languages). It also Second Language courses must be 2.00 or above. Courses administers the English as a Second Lan- M.A.—Teaching English to Speakers of taken under the undifferentiated grading guage Program and the English for Non- Other Languages option (pass/no pass) are not acceptable Native Residents Program. M.A.T and M.S.T. (General Arts and toward fulfilling department minor require- The major in applied linguistics would Letters) ments. serve either as preparation for graduate study, or as an organizing theme for a rich UNDERGRADUATE undergraduate education. The graduate INTENSIVE PROGRAM IN PROGRAMS degree prepares students to become teach- ENGLISH AS A SECOND ers, language consultants, and researchers LANGUAGE (ESL) Linguistics is the study of one of the most in the field of language learning and teach- LING 110 important human characteristics: lan- ing. The English as a Second Language and guage. It is an interdisciplinary field that the English for Non-Native Residents pro- As an intensive course, Ling 110 is involves the sciences, the social sciences, grams are designed to develop non-native designed to develop the student’s compe- and the humanities. English speakers’ competence in English. tence in listening, speaking, reading, and Studying linguistics is not a matter of Requirements for a Major in Applied writing for academic purposes. learning lots of different languages, but Linguistics. In addition to meeting the Ling 110 is a year-round intensive pro- rather is the study of language in general, general University requirements and those gram. It is offered throughout the regular of the essential nature of any human lan- for the B.A. degree, majors must complete academic year as well as during the sum- guage. The questions that linguists ask are an adviser-approved program to include: mer. There are five basic levels: beginning, such as these: How do linguistic structures Credits lower-intermediate, intermediate, upper- relate to the sounds we utter, and how do Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 intermediate, and advanced. these relate to the meanings that we Ling 407 Senior Seminar ...... 4 Students may earn from 3 to 12 credits express? What is the structure of these Ling 411 Syntax ...... 4 per term depending upon the parts of the sounds, and how are they articulated? What Ling 435 Applied Linguistics ...... 4 program in which they enroll. Full-time is the nature of the syntactic structure of a Ling 490 History of the English Language . . . 4 students usually register for 12 credits. Stu- sentence, and how is a grammar correctly Linguistics electives (upper-division level) . . 20 dents in levels 1 and 2 may not take other stated? How can children master language Two terms of a non-Indo-European academic courses. Students in level 5 may language ...... 10 as quickly as they do, even though the enroll in some non-ESL courses with the number of sentences appears to be infi- (If the language used to fulfill the University language requirement is non-Indo-European, approval of the program coordinator, if nitely many? What does this remarkable the student may choose any other language for their academic record allows. capacity tell us about the mind? How does this requirement.) Specifically, the Ling 110 course is human language differ from the communi- divided into four major parts: cation systems of animals? How does lan- Total 50 Part A: Grammar and sentence patterns guage change through time? By what All courses used to satisfy the depart- Part B: Reading and vocabulary processes does a language diverge into two ment major requirements, whether taken in development mutually incomprehensible languages, as the department or elsewhere, must be Part C: Writing did Latin into Rumanian and French? In graded C- or above, and the overall GPA Part D: Oral communication skills turn, how can the prehistory of a language for such courses must be 2.00 or above. Time is also devoted to American cul- be reconstructed? Requirements for a Minor in tural patterns and academic and cultural The Department of Applied Linguistics Linguistics. To earn a minor in linguistics orientation. is concerned with these as with related, a student must complete 28 adviser- To reinforce classroom instruction, stu- more practical questions: How can a lan- approved credits (12 credits of which must dents spend up to 10 hours a week in the guage best be taught and learned? How can be taken in residence at PSU), to include language and computer laboratory, and in it best be translated? How does one invent a the following: individual tutorials if necessary. practical orthography (alphabet and spell- An essential function of the program is ing system) for a language? What is orientation of the international student to involved in the ability to write and read? American life. Students are encouraged to How does language relate to other facets of take part in a series of social and educa- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 67

tional activities, both on campus and in the CERTIFICATE IN TEACH- The TESL certificate can also be used in community, each term. ING ENGLISH AS A SECOND obtaining the ESL/bilingual endorsement for public school teachers. Students seek- ADMISSION LANGUAGE (TESL) ing this endorsement must plan a program The student must submit a completed through a departmental adviser and must The program is administered by the application form and other materials complete 100 hours of practice in the K-12 Department of Applied Linguistics. It is requested on the application to the Office setting. of Admissions at Portland State University. specifically designed to prepare persons to If the student is accepted, the I-20 or other teach English to speakers of other lan- appropriate form will be issued. Upon guages in the United States and abroad. GRADUATE arrival the student must take a Placement In contrast with the M.A. TESOL, this PROGRAMS Test in English administered by English as certificate will fit into the programs of a Second Language/Applied Linguistics. majors in a wide variety of fields, such as The Department of Applied Linguistics Placement into courses will be based on foreign languages, speech, education, and offers graduate work leading to the Master these test results as well as TOEFL score the social sciences. Candidates may enroll of Arts in Teaching of English to Speakers reports if students have them. in the program as postbaccalaureate stu- of Other Languages (M.A., TESOL). Qualified students interested in English- dents or while completing degree require- only study can participate in an Intensive ments in an academic major. English Language Program offered through ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS a partnership between Applied Linguistics and the School of Extended Studies. For 1. Admission to Portland State University. information and application materials, con- 2. English proficiency in spoken and writ- tact the Department of Applied Linguistics. ten English if the student is not a native speaker of English (a TOEFL score report is required). The student is to be tested PROGRAM IN ENGLISH upon arrival. (Required for both certificate FOR NON-NATIVE and M.A. programs.) RESIDENTS (ENNR) 3. Two years’ proficiency in at least one LING 120 foreign language if the student is a native speaker of English. As a semi-intensive course, Ling 120 is designed to develop the student’s compe- COURSE REQUIREMENTS tence in writing, reading, and grammar. It In addition to fulfilling minimum Univer- is available to any non-native resident. sity or graduate school requirements, the Students earn 4-6 credits per term. following adviser-approved courses are Sections are limited to small groups required: divided according to their level of English Credits proficiency. In addition to ENNR credits, Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 students normally register for 6 to 9 credits Ling 438 Second Language Acquisition ...... 4 in non-ENNR courses. Ling 492 Structure of the English Language . . 4 There are three basic levels: lower- Ling 477, 478 TESOL Methods ...... 8 intermediate, intermediate, and advanced. Linguistics electives (upper-division) ...... 12 An essential part of the program is gen- Literature and cultural studies (at least one eral academic advising. Students are given course in each area) ...... 8 guidance in planning course schedules and Total 40 in choosing non-ENNR courses appropriate to their level of English proficiency. All courses used to satisfy certificate Placement in the advanced or interme- course requirements must be upper division diate courses is based on scores received on and graded C- or above, and the overall standardized placement tests. GPA for such courses must be 2.00 or above. 68 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

MASTER OF ARTS Research language in social contexts, a brief sketch plac- M.A., TESOL (Teaching English to Ling 560 ...... 4 ing English in historical perspective, and a pre- Speakers of Other Languages) Thesis ...... 6 liminary examination of principles in modern language study. Admission Requirements Total 46 Ling 399 1. Admission to graduate study at Port- The student must consult with the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) land State University. TESOL adviser to select the appropriate Ling 401/501 2. Proficiency in English if the student is courses and areas of concentration for Research (Credit to be arranged.) not a native speaker of English. research. The entire program must be Ling 404/504 3. At least two years’ proficiency in at approved by the adviser and the Depart- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) least one foreign language if the student is ment of Applied Linguistics Graduate Committee. Ling 405/505 a native speaker of English. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Upon satisfactory completion of course- arranged.) COURSE REQUIREMENTS work, the student in consultation with a In addition to the minimum graduate Ling 407/507 research adviser completes a thesis that Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) school requirements, the following adviser- deals with a specific aspect of TESOL. The Ling 408/508 approved courses are required. (For those thesis requires a proposal that must be Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) students who have completed the Certifi- approved by the research committee before Ling 409/509 cate in TESL as undergraduates, certain the research is undertaken. Upon successful Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) adviser- approved courses will be used to completion of the thesis, the student will be Ling 410/510 substitute for some of the following eligible for the final oral Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) requirements.) examination. Ling 411/511 Group A: Credits Persons interested in applying for the Syntax (4) Ling 511 Syntax ...... 4 M.A., TESOL Program should write to the Introduction to modern grammatical theory and 4 credits from the following ...... 4 research. Presents basic results of linguistic Department of Applied Linguistics for research in syntax, and methods of investigation Ling 507 Seminar additional information. Ling 512 Phonology and argumentation used to establish those Ling 513 Linguistic Semantics MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING results. Constitutes a foundation for advanced Ling 514 Linguistic Pragmatics OR work in syntax and semantics, provides back- Ling 516 Discourse Analysis MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ground for understanding much recent work in Ling 520 Historical and Comparative TEACHING applied linguistics and in such allied fields as Linguistics psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. Prerequi- For information on the Master of Arts in site: Ling 390. Ling 545 Linguistics and Cognitive Science Teaching and the Master of Science in Ling 590 History of the English Language Ling 412/512 Teaching (General Arts and Letters), see Phonology (4) Group B: page 110. Ling 538 Second Language Acquisition . . . . . 4 An introductory course in the analysis and 4 credits from the following ...... 4 understanding of the basic nature of the sound Ling 510 Selected Topics COURSES systems of natural languages. Prerequisite: Ling Ling 532 Sociolinguistics 390. Ling 533 Psycholinguistics Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Ling 413/513 Ling 537 First Language Acquisition offered every year. Linguistic Semantics (4) Ling 570 Grammar for TESOL Survey of approaches to meaning in linguistics, Ling 110 including influence from logic and philosophy of Group C: English as a Second Language 4 credits from the following...... 4 (4-12 each term) language. Addresses general questions of mean- Ling 539 Language Testing An intensive course to develop the non-native ing, methods proposed for studying it, and rela- Ling 547 ESL in the Workplace speaker’s competence in listening, speaking, tionship of semantic theory to theories of syntax Ling 565 Administration of ESL/EFL Programs reading, and writing. For students enrolled in the and pragmatics. Prerequisite: Ling 390, 492, or Ling 575 Curriculum Design and Materials ESL program only. 411 recommended. Development Ling 120 Ling 414/514 Ling 581 World Englishes English for Non-native Residents (6) Linguistic Pragmatics (4) Ling 594 Linguistics and Literature A three-level course in English for non-native A study of current theories of language use, par- residents to develop their competence in writing, ticularly contextual and functional aspects of the Total credits for groups A, B, and C 20 reading, grammar, listening comprehension, and communication process. Prerequisite: Ling 390, Literature and Cultural Studies (at least one note-taking. Placement in a given level, lower- 411 or 413 recommended. course in each area)...... 8 intermediate or upper-intermediate or advanced, Ling 415/515 Literature requirement is adviser-approved depends on English Placement Test scores. For Linguistic Phonetics (4) class in contemporary American or British non-native residents only. Introduces the sounds of the world’s languages with a concentration on English. Practical exer- literature, or other literature originally Ling 199 written in English. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) cises designed to develop skills in production, Cultural Studies requirement is SP 515 Prob- discrimination, and phonetic transcription. Ling 290 Examines applications to speech technology lems in Intercultural Communication, Ling Introduction to Language (4) 571 Culture Learning in the Classroom, or General introduction to structure of languages of (speech synthesis and speech recognition) and other adviser-approved elective. the world, how they are used, and how they speech pathology. TESOL Methods and Supervised Practice. . . . 8 change through time and space and social con- *Ling 416/516 Ling 577 Methods I text. Designed for non-majors. Discourse Analysis (4) Ling 578 Methods II An exploration of forms and functions in the Ling 390 analysis of discourse. Practice with using variety All students must submit a portfolio docu- Introduction to Linguistics (4) menting 70 hours of practicum experience A general introduction to the study of linguis- of analytic procedures for description of dis- tics, including a basic survey of phonology, mor- course, particularly in relation to language learn- phology, syntax, and semantics, brief overview ing and teaching. Prerequisite: Ling 390. of other topics such as language acquisition and C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 69

*Ling 420/520 *Ling 439/539 Ling 481/581 Historical and Comparative Linguistics (4) Language Testing (4) World Englishes (4) Study of linguistic change and language rela- Examination of recent theory and research on Explores the role of English as a world language. tionships. Topics include genetic classification language testing, including selection, evaluation, Using film, audio tapes, and English language of languages, language families, language and and interpretation of language proficiency tests newspapers from around the world, students will prehistory, methods of historical reconstruction, and test results; development of classroom tests; become familiar with such Englishes as Malay- types of sound change, types of semantic comprehensive assessment of language pro- sian English, Indian English, Nigerian English, change, evidence of borrowing. Prerequisite: grams. Prerequisite: Ling 390. and Filipino English. Prerequisite: Ling 290 or Ling 390. *Ling 445/545 390. †Ling 422/522 Linguistics and Cognitive Science (4) Ling 490/590 How Do People Learn a Second Presents current developments in linguistic the- History of the English Language (4) Language (3) ory, and in psychological theories of perception, A survey in which the development of English Gain a historical perspective of language teach- cognition, and information processing (with spe- phonology, morphology, vocabulary, and syntax ing and look at current language learning and cial focus on language processing). Examines is studied through the application of modern lin- teaching models. Examine variables involved in the fusion of linguistic and psychological theo- guistic criteria and methodology. Prerequisite: first and second language acquisition, including ries into the rapidly growing field of cognitive Ling 390. the effect of the first language, individual socio- science. Prerequisite: Ling 390, 433 recom- Ling 492 economic factors, and instruction. Analyze natu- mended. Structure of the English Language (4) ral language collected from second language Ling 470/570 Grammar for TESOL (4) A study of English structure and modern learners. Appreciate the complexity of learning A study of how to teach difficult grammatical approaches to grammar. This course satisfies and studying in another language so you can structures in English, how to resolve problems state standards for teaching English. Prerequi- understand and effectively help your LEP stu- and questions that frequently arise in the ESL site: Ling 390. dents learn successfully. classroom, and how to adapt and supplement *Ling 494/594 †Ling 423/523 ESL grammar tests. Prerequisites: Ling 390, Linguistics and Literature (4) Taking Stock: Assessment and Evaluation 492. Studies in the linguistic analysis of literature, in Programs With Language Minority Ling 471/571 both poetry and prose, from the perspectives of Students (2) Culture Learning in the Language syntax, phonology, morphology, speech acts, Consider ways to expand the assessment domain Classroom (4) discourse analysis, and dialectal variation. Pre- so that it describes the full range of student work Study of the relationship between language requisite: Ling 390. and includes all populations. Learn about techni- learning and culture with emphasis on learning Ling 503 cal standards needed to ensure fair, accurate, and about the cultures of English as a Second Lan- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) meaningful information. Discuss using assess- guage (ESL) and English as a Foreign Language ment results to focus school and district services Ling 560 (EFL) students and teaching cultural compe- Research Design for Applied Linguistics (4) for language minority students. tence in a language classroom. Prerequisite: Methods for qualitative and quantitative research Ling 432/532 Ling 390. in TESOL and other areas of applied linguistics. Sociolinguistics (4) *Ling 474/574 Measurement concepts, major types of research An examination of language in relation to social ESL in the Workplace (4) designs, alternative types of research in TESOL, and interpersonal interaction. Prerequisite: Theory and practice in developing programs to introductory statistics, evaluation of published Ling 390. teach English language programs in the work- research, review of literature, and preparation of Ling 433/533 place. Students observe workplace programs, proposal. Prerequisites: completion of at least Psycholinguistics (4) examine case studies, and work in teams to two terms in the M.A. TESOL program, Ling A survey of psycholinguistics and the psychol- assess needs, write curriculum, and develop 390. ogy of language, focusing on the general ques- materials for a local company employing non- *Ling 565 tion of the relation between human language and native speakers. Prerequisite: Ling 477 or teach- Administration of ESL/EFL Programs (4) human beings. Prerequisite: Ling 390. ing experience. Analyzes models of intensive and non-intensive Ling 435/535 *Ling 475/575 programs in terms of goals, students, levels, Applied Linguistics (4) Curriculum Design and Materials staff, schedules, materials and approaches based An examination of current areas of applied lin- Development in TESOL (4) on resources and facilities available. Discusses guistic research. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Principles of curriculum design and instructional theoretical, financial and pedagogical issues in *Ling 437/537, 438/538 materials development in teaching English to designing and maintaining a successful program. Language Acquisition (4, 4) speakers of other languages. Students work in Prerequisite: Ling 390. teams to assess needs, design syllabus, develop Introduction to main aspects of first and second *Ling 585 language acquisition from sociolinguistic and lessons and materials, plan evaluation for Semiotics (4) psycholinguistic perspectives. Examines com- English language program. Covers structural, Study of modern critical theories based on lin- prehension and production, stages in acquisition, notional and communicative, task-based, and guistics, especially structuralism. Prerequisite: cognitive processes, linguistic environment, content-based syllabus. Prerequisite: Ling 390. 3 credits of linguistics. individual variables, relationship between first Ling 477/577, 478/578 and second language acquisition. Research TESOL Methods (4, 4) projects based on collection and analysis of lan- Approaches, methods, and techniques in teach- guage-learner language. Ling 437/537: study of ing English to speakers of other languages. Stu- first language acquisition; Ling 438/538: study dents are required to tutor, observe, and teach in of second language acquisition. Prerequisite: an approved ESL program. Ling 477/577: Ling 390. Emphasis is on macro-level variables and introduction to instructional methodology; Ling 478/ 578: Emphasis is on techniques for teaching listening, speaking, reading, writing, and grammar. Courses should be taken in sequence. Previous study equal to at least one class in linguistics is required.

† Ling 422/522 and Ling 423/523 are to be used only for ESL/bilingual endorsement for public school teachers, offered through Continuing Education. These courses cannot be used as linguistics electives or toward the TESL cer- tiﬁcate or TESOl master’s degree without explicit approval by the Applied Linguistics department. 70 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

BIOLOGY

246 Science Building II ics, or equivalent) and fulfillment of Bi 451 Parasitology ...... 4 725-3851 requirements in one of the options listed Bi 452 Parasitology ...... 4 below. Bi 455 Histology ...... 5 Bi 461 Invertebrate Zoology ...... 5 B.A., B.S. Biology courses taken under the undif- Minor ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) Genetics sub-area: Credits Secondary Education Program are not acceptable toward fulfilling depart- Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics ...... 4 M.A., M.S. mental major requirements, with the excep- Bi 428 Human Genetics (requires Bi 341) . . . 4 tion of Bi 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407. Of Bi 427 Evolutionary Genetics (requires Bi 341, M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/Biology) Bi 426 recommended) ...... 4 Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and the 50 credits required in biology, at least Resources: Biology 36 credits must be in courses other than Bi Ecology/evolution/behavior sub-area: Credits 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407. The remaining Bi 357 General Ecology ...... 4 14 credits may include no more than a total Bi 360, 361 Introduction to Marine Biology, UNDERGRADUATE of 6 credits in Bi 401, 404, 405, and 406. Marine Biology Laboratory ...... 3, 1 Bi 426 Evolution ...... 4 PROGRAMS Biology majors interested in the Biol- Bi 475 Limnology and Aquatic Ecology . . . . . 4 ogy Honors program may obtain informa- Bi 476 Population Biology ...... 4 The biology program is designed to prepare tion on that program in the Science Support Bi 412 Animal Behavior ...... 3 students for careers in biological research, Office. development, and teaching, and in health Option III: Microbiology and Option I: General Biology sciences, nursing, agriculture, forestry, and Molecular Biology/Biotechnology Students selecting Option I are required to other applied fields. It also provides the There are two possible routes of study to take the following courses: necessary background for prospective complete this option: i) Completion of a teachers and for advanced study leading to Credits two-year Associate of Applied Science graduate degrees in the more specialized Bi 335 Principles of Physiology ...... 4 degree in biotechnology at Portland fields of the biological sciences. Bi 357 General Ecology...... 4 Community College, followed by a transfer A student planning to enter medicine, In addition, students must take at least into the third (junior) year of this option, ii) dentistry, or other professional fields one other upper-division course in any two Completion of all four years at Portland should consult the catalog of the profes- of the three following areas: botany, zool- State University. sional school to which the student intends ogy, microbiology. Students selecting Option III are to apply following preprofessional work in Several different avenues of study may required to take Biochemistry (Ch 350 or biology and other sciences at Portland be followed under the general track. These Ch 490, 491, and 492) and the following State. Biology is also a teaching endorse- include emphases in ecology, evolution, upper-division biology courses: Bi 338 ment area in the program of secondary edu- botany, microbiology, and field biology. Introduction to Molecular Biology, Bi 487 cation. Please consult your adviser for more Immunology, Bi 430 and Bi 431 Theory of The Oregon University System main- details. Recombinant DNA and lab, and 6 credits of Bi 401 Research in Biotechnology. In tains the Institute of Marine Biology near Option II: Zoology/Physiology addition, they are required to take at least Coos Bay and the Hatfield Marine Sciences Students selecting Option II are required to 7 credits from the following list: Center in Newport on the Oregon coast. take Bi 335 Principles of Physiology or Bi PSU also participates in programs at the 336 Cell Biology and at least one 300- or Credits Malheur Field Station in southeastern Ore- 400-level course in each of the following Bi 420 Microbiology ...... 6 gon. Biology majors are encouraged to sub-areas: Bi 421 Virology ...... 4 spend a summer at one of these institutions. Bi 423 Microbial Ecology ...... 4 Systems/cell physiology sub-area: Credits Bi 424 Molecular Genetics ...... 4 Requirements for Major. In addition Bi 301 Human Anatomy and Physiology . . . . 4 Bi 336, 337 Introduction to Cell Biology, Cell to satisfying general University require- Bi 302 Human Anatomy and Physiology . . . . 4 Biology Laboratory ...... 4, 1 ments, a student majoring in biology must Bi 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology. . . . . 4 Requirements for a Minor. To earn a meet general departmental major require- Bi 411 Neurophysiology ...... 3 minor in biology, a student must complete ments and specific requirements in one of Bi 418 Comparative Animal Physiology . . . . . 3 at least 27 credits (at least 9 credits of the biology major options. General require- Bi 419 Animal Physiology Laboratory ...... 3 which must be taken in residence at PSU), ments are completion of two terms of sta- Bi 422 Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology 4 to include the following: tistics or calculus; three terms of science Bi 437 Cell Physiology ...... 3 majors’ introductory chemistry with labo- Bi 445 Algal Physiology ...... 4 Credits Bi 487 Immunology and Serology ...... 4 ratory; two terms of organic chemistry with Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology . . . . . 15 laboratory; and three terms of college-level Structure/systematics/development Upper-division credits to include at least one course from each of the following three physics with laboratory. All biology majors sub-area: Credits Bi 326 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology . 5 areas ...... 15 must complete at least 50 credits in biol- Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy . . . . 5 ogy, including three terms of science Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology ...... 6 majors’ introductory biology with labora- Bi 413 Herpetology ...... 6 tory. Of the 50 credits in biology, at least 35 Bi 414 Ornithology ...... 6 must be upper division, including one term Bi 415 Mammalogy ...... 6 of genetics (Bi 341, Introduction to Genet- Bi 416 Marine Mammals ...... 6 C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 71

Area I: Cellular Biology Nonbiology Majors Degree Requirements. University mas- Bi 335 Principles of Physiology One year-long sequence in introductory ter’s degree requirements are listed on Bi 336 Introduction to Cell Biology biology ...... 9 page 54. Specific departmental require- Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics Bi 234, 235 Elementary Microbiology ...... 6 ments are listed below. Bi 420 Microbiology One course each in both anatomy and Area II: Organismal Biology physiology...... 8 MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics ...... 4 SCIENCE Physiology Bi 357 General Ecology ...... 4 Satisfactory completion of at least 45 cred- Bi 326 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology Bi 426 Evolution ...... 4 its of approved graduate-level courses is Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Biology elective in botany or field-oriented required for a master’s degree. The student Bi 334 Systematic Botany course ...... 4 Bi 370 Mushrooms must complete at least 30 credits in the Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology Biology total 39 field of biology. No more than 9 credits Bi 432 Morphology of Nonvascular Plants and Physical science electives as approved by may be in Bi 503 Thesis. No more than a Fungi adviser ...... 18 total of 15 credits may be in seminar, read- Bi 433 Morphology of Vascular Plants ing and conference, research, and thesis. A Bi 434 Plant Anatomy Total 57 maximum of 15 credits may be pro- Bi 455 Histology grammed as electives in fields related to Bi 461 Invertebrate Zoology GRADUATE biology in consultation with the degree Area III: Ecological and Evolutionary adviser. Successful completion of a final Biology PROGRAMS Bi 357 General Ecology oral examination and a thesis is required. Bi 360, 361 Introduction to Marine Biology and The Department of Biology offers graduate MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING Laboratory study leading the Master of Arts or Master OR Bi 423 Microbial Ecology of Science, and the Master of Arts in MASTER OF SCIENCE IN Bi 426 Evolution Teaching or Master of Science in Teaching TEACHING Total 30 Science/Biology. The department also par- The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ticipates in the Environmental Sciences and offers the M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees in Sci- Courses taken under the undifferenti- Resources Doctoral Program. Specialized ence/Biology. In consultation with the ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not studies in the basic principles and tech- graduate adviser, the student should estab- be accepted toward fulfilling department niques of the discipline, when combined lish the degree program before the comple- minor requirements. Bi 401, 404, 405, 406, with multidisciplinary environmental sci- tion of 15 credits of coursework. The and 407 are not allowed for the minor. ences courses and seminars, will partially program must include a minimum of 45 Additional courses may be required as pre- fulfill the requirement for the Ph.D. in envi- credits in approved graduate courses, to requisites. ronmental sciences and resources. For include a minimum of 24 credits in the area SECONDARY EDUCATION information relative to the Ph.D. program of concentration. At least 9 credits, but no Adviser: R. Tinnin, R. Petersen in environmental sciences and resources/ more than 15 credits, must be in education biology, see page 95. Students who wish to teach biology in sec- courses. In order to fulfill requirements for Admission Requirements. In addition ondary schools should complete one of the the degree, the student must satisfactorily to the instructions for admission to the two programs shown. Courses are to be complete the degree program and pass both graduate program as they appear on taken for differentiated grades, except for a final written examination and a final oral page 45, the department requires the fol- those offered for pass/no pass only. Stu- examination. lowing information from each applicant to dents must have at least a 3.00 GPA in the the M.A./M.S. program in biology and the CONTINUING TEACHING LICENSE recommended program and must earn at Ph.D. program in environmental sciences The requirements for the continuing teach- least a C in each course of the endorsement and resources: ing license include satisfactory completion area. Students should also take Ed 420 of 45 credits of upper-division and graduate 1. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Introduction to Education and Society; Psy work earned subsequent to receipt of Record Examination (GRE), to include 311; and one of the following: Sp 100, 229, a bachelor’s degree. The 45 credits are in results from the aptitude test and the 220, 262, or 324. addition to those required for the initial advanced biology examination. Biology Majors. The student must teaching license. For the continuing complete a biology major’s program as out- 2. Three letters of evaluation from per- endorsement in biology, the student must lined above, to include a course each in sons qualified to assess the applicant’s take at least 15 credits of adviser-approved microbiology, ecology, genetics, and evolu- promise as a graduate student. graduate-level work distributed to tion. (See adviser.) The student should contact the depart- strengthen the student’s background in Credits ment for a statement of current admission science. Although no specific courses in Biology (see above) ...... 50 policy. science are required for the continuing Mathematics (see above) ...... 12 The prospective student should realize endorsement, combined undergraduate and Chemistry (see above) ...... 23 that a high GPA and acceptable GRE graduate preparation must include at least Physics (see above) ...... 15 scores do not guarantee admission to the 36 credits in biology and must include spe- Geology (see adviser) ...... 3 graduate programs in biology. This is cific courses. Each student’s program is tai- Total 103 because of the many departmental factors lored to meet the needs of the individual which must be taken into consideration, and the requirements of the continuing such as availability of appropriate advisers endorsement and the continuing license. and research space. See page 183 for the required education courses. 72 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Topics will include culture techniques, use of the Bi 338 COURSES microscope for observation of microorganisms, Introduction to Molecular Biology (4) and procedures for study of microorganisms in The principles, concepts and methods of molec- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not the laboratory and field. Two 2-hour laboratory ular biology with focus on structure, biochemis- offered every year. periods. Prerequisite: Bi 234 or concurrent try, biosynthesis, and regulation of cellular Bi 101, 102, 103 enrollment in Bi 234. macromolecules-DNA, RNA, and proteins. General Biology (3, 3, 3) Topics covered include DNA/RNA technology, Bi 251, 252, 253 The fundamental principles of life as they apply gene structure and function, macromolecular to both plants and animals. If taken after com- Principles of Biology (5,5,5) Study of the basic principles of living organisms. interactions, expression and regulation of gene pleting courses with similar materials credit will The course will study both plants and animals function, DNA replication and repair, mutagene- be restricted. and topics will include cell structure, energy pro- sis, viruses, and oncogenes. Prerequisite: Bi 341, Bi 104, 105, 106 duction synthesis, nutrition, genetics, evolution, and either Bi 335 or one term of college-level General Biology Labs (1, 1, 1) classification, excretion mechanisms of biochemistry. Laboratory to accompany General Biology (Bi response, reproduction and development, and Bi 341 101, 102, 103). Previous or concurrent enroll- ecology. Lab investigations will use laboratory, Introduction to Genetics (4) ment in 101, 102, 103 is required. One 2-hour field study, and special readings. Four hours lec- A study of the mechanism of biological inherit- laboratory per week. ture and one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Ch ance. One 2-hour recitation period. Prerequisite: *Bi 161 221, 227 or concurrent enrollment in Ch 221, one year of biological science. Food, Plants, and People (3) 227. Bi 357 The role of plants in human affairs as sources of General Ecology (4) food, fiber, fuel, beverages, and drugs. This Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4, 4) The study of the interrelationships of plants and course does not satisfy the Department of Biol- Fundamental principles of microanatomy, mac- animals with their environment. Emphasis is on ogy botany course requirement and is intended roanatomy, genetics, embryology, and physiol- basic ecological principles and concepts, not on for nonmajors. ogy, as applied to the human organism will be current environmental problems. Prerequisite: *Bi 162 presented and correlated to provide a compre- one year of biological science. Indoor Plants (3) hensive understanding of man as a functionally *Bi 360 An in-depth study of the botany, identification, integrated biological entity. One 3-hour labora- Introduction to Marine Biology (3) cultural characteristics, propagation, care and tory period. A previous course in chemistry is Introduction to the marine environment and its maintenance, and effective utilization in interior recommended. Prerequisite: one year of college life forms. Survey of organismal diversity with design of common foliage plants. Not intended biological science. emphasis on structural and physiological adapta- for biology majors. *Bi 326 tions to the marine realm. Prerequisite: one year Bi 163 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology (5) of biological science. Organic Gardening (3) Comparative study of the development of repre- *Bi 361 An in-depth study of the principles and practices sentative vertebrates, including the cellular Introduction to Marine Biology of modern home gardening. Plants, soils, and mechanisms responsible for early morphogene- Laboratory (1) climates are studied in relation to the production sis. One 4-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Laboratory and field work in marine biology. of vegetables, herbs, flowers, and perennial food one year of introductory biology. One 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: com- plants. The organic and chemical approaches to * pletion of or concurrent enrollment in Bi 360. gardening are discussed with the goal of helping Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (5) *Bi 370 students to formulate intelligently their own phi- Gross dissection and comparison of organ sys- Mushrooms (4) losophy of gardening. Not intended for biology tems in representative vertebrate forms. Two 4- An introduction to the distribution, systematics, majors. hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 252. identification, ecology, morphology, and life histories of visible fungi (mushrooms). Two 3-hour Bi 175 *Bi 332, 333 Evolutionary Concepts (3) Plant Morphology (4, 4) laboratory periods; field trips. Prerequisite: one This class is designed to provide background in Study of the structure and life history of repre- year of biology. evolutionary concepts for nonmajors and to sentatives of the algae, fungi, and bryophytes (Bi Bi 387 address current issues in evolution as they are 332) and the vascular cryptogams (Bi 333). Two Vertebrate Zoology (6) perceived and are being investigated by various 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 253. Introduction to the classification, anatomical members of our faculty in biology and geology. * characteristics, distribution, and life habits of It is a combined lecture and discussion class and Bi 334 Systematic Botany (4) Identification and classification of the vascular fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mam- will include occasional guest lecturers present- mals. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour laborato- ing their research and views on various topics in plants represented in the local flora. Two 3-hour laboratory periods. ries. Prerequisite: one year of college-level evolution. biology or zoology. Bi 335 Bi 199 Bi 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Principles of Physiology (4) An introduction to the physiology of plant and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Bi 234 animal cells with emphasis on basic chemical Bi 401/501 Elementary Microbiology (4) and physical characteristics. Prerequisites: Bi Research (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the basic and applied aspects of 253, Ch 331 or Ch 334. Bi 404/504 microbiology, with special emphasis on the role Cooperative Education/internship of microorganisms in human affairs. Such fields Bi 336 (Credit to be arranged.) as nursing, environmental protection, food tech- Introduction to Cell Biology (4) Bi 405/505 nology, and public health are given special atten- An introduction to structural, physiological, biochemical, and molecular biology of cells. One Reading and Conference (Credit to be tion. Topics will include microbial growth and arranged.) Pass/no pass only. death, human disease, environmental microbiol- hour recitation; and three lecture hours. Prereq- uisites: one year of introductory biology and Bi 406 ogy, food and industrial microbiology, microbial Laboratory Project (Credit to be arranged.) aspects of water and sewage treatment, aspects chemistry. of microbial gene flow, genetic engineering, and Bi 337 Bi 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) vaccine development. Cell Biology Laboratory (1) Experiments in cell biology to complement lec- Selected topics in biology. Bi 235 ture. One three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 410/510 Elementary Microbiology Laboratory (2) prior completion of/or concurrent enrollment in Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) The laboratory is designed for science majors Consent of instructor. and others who need practical experience in cul- Bi 336. turing and observation of microorganisms. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 73

*Bi 412/512 Bi 421/521 *Bi 433/533 Animal Behavior (4) Virology (4) Morphology of Vascular Plants (4) An evolutionary approach to the study of animal A study of the classification, structure, genetics, Study of the gross morphology, development, behavior. The importance of ecological, physio- molecular biology of replication, cell interac- and structure of roots, stems, leaves, and flowers logical, and social variables will be examined in tions, and host response of representative groups from an evolutionary point of view. One 3-hour relation to the behavior of the individual animal. of bacterial, plant, and animal viruses, and the laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 253. Prerequisites: one year of introductory biology medical aspects of important human viruses. Bi 434/534 and upper-division standing. Prerequisite: Bi 338. Plant Anatomy (5) *Bi 413/513 *Bi 422/522 Study of the structure of meristems, cells, tis- Herpetology (6) Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology (4) sues, and tissue systems of roots, stems, leaves, Study of the distinguishing features, anatomy, Neuroendocrine and endocrine mechanisms in flowers, and fruits from the developmental and physiology, origins, evolution, and ecology of vertebrates with an emphasis on the comparative comparative standpoint. One 3-hour laboratory. amphibians and reptiles. North American species physiology and morphology of endocrine sys- Prerequisite: Bi 253. are emphasized. Two 2-hour lectures, two tems. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry, Princi- *Bi 437/537, 438/538 2-hour laboratories. Prerequisite Bi 387. ples of Biology. Cell Physiology (3, 3) *Bi 414/514 *Bi 423/523 A study of the basic functions in biological sys- Ornithology (6) Microbial Ecology (4) tems at the cellular and subcellular levels of Study of the diversity, characteristics, evolution, Study of the interaction of microorganisms with organization. Prerequisite: Bi 335 or one term of structure, function, distribution, and life habits each other and plants and animals; soil and biochemistry. of birds. North American species are empha- aquatic systems; microbial evolution; cycles of *Bi 439/539, 440/540 sized. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour laborato- matter; biodegradation and microbial pest con- Cell Physiology Laboratory (2, 2) ries. Prerequisite: Bi 387. trol. Prerequisite: Bi 420. Studies on cells, subcellular organelles, and Bi 415/515 *Bi 424/524 enzymes. Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Pre- Mammalogy (6) Molecular Genetics (4) requisite: concurrent enrollment in Bi 437, 438 Study of the diversity, characteristics, evolution, The nature of the gene and its mode of action, respectively. structure, function, distribution, and life habits organization of the genetic material, and the reg- Bi 441/541 of mammals. North American Species are ulation of gene action. Prerequisite: Bi 338. Plant Physiology (5) emphasized. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour Bi 426/526 An introduction to the metabolic activities of laboratories. Prerequisite: Bi 387. Evolution (4) plants. Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequi- *Bi 416/516 Examination of micro- and macroevolutionary site: Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry. Marine Mammals (6) patterns in the evolution of life, with an empha- *Bi 442/542 Study of the distinguishing features, classifica- sis on the mechanisms of evolution. One 2-hour Plant Physiology (3) tion, origins, evolution, physiology, anatomy, recitation period. Prerequisite: Bi 341. Biochemical activities of plants, photosynthesis, behavior, ecology, and status of groups of *Bi 427/527 and respiration. Course is intended to be taken in marine mammals. Two 2-hour lectures, one 3- Evolutionary Genetics (4) sequence with Bi 441. Prerequisite: Bi 441. hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 387. An introduction to population genetics theory Bi 445/545 *Bi 417/517 and an examination of the genetic techniques Algal Physiology (4) Mammalian Physiology (4) that are used to look at populations, speciation, Physiological basis for phytoplankton ecology. Physiology of the mammalian cardiovascular, and phylogenetic relationships. Prerequisite: Bi Examination of photosynthesis, nutrient trans- respiratory, renal and digestive systems with 341, Bi 426 recommended. port, regulation and cell division processes. emphasis on homeostatic control and integration *Bi 428/528 Three lectures and one recitation. Prerequisites: of these systems in normal and pathophysiologi- Human Genetics (4) Bi 335, 357. cal states. Prerequisite: upper division physiol- The organization of the human genome, pedi- *Bi 451/551, 452/552 ogy course. gree analysis, gene mapping, chromosome Parasitology (4, 4) Bi 418/518 abnormalities, sex determination, and gene Study of the biological inter-relationships of par- Comparative Animal Physiology (4) defects (metabolic and hemoglobin). Topics are asites and their hosts. An introduction to the Physiology of metabolic, respiratory, circulatory, discussed from the point of view of clinical morphology, physiology, and life cycle of repre- excretory, muscle, and nervous systems with applications and current research. Prerequisite: sentative parasites. One 3-hour laboratory emphasis on a comparative ecological approach. Bi 341. period. Prerequisite: two years of biology. Prerequisite: upper division physiology course. Bi 430/530 *Bi 453/553 Bi 419/519 Theory of Recombinant DNA Techniques (3) Biology of Aging (3) Animal Physiology Laboratory (4) Lectures on the principles and theory of recom- The study of molecular and structural changes in Laboratory experiments on the physiology of binant DNA and molecular cloning techniques. animals as a function of age. Emphasis is on the animals from the cell through organismic levels. Topics will cover use of restriction and other basic biological factors which limit life-span. Two 3.5-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: DNA modifying enzymes, host-vector systems, Prerequisite: Bi 335 or biochemistry. Recom- Bi 335, 417 or 418. May be concurrent. DNA fragment and plasmid isolation techniques, mended: Bi 487. Bi 420/520 gene mapping, subcloning techniques, in vitro Bi 455/555 Microbiology (6) mutagenesis, cDNA and genomic cloning, Histology (5) Fundamental concepts and techniques of micro- screening of clones, blot hybridizations, DNA Systemic study, description, and identification biology. The general principles of cell structure transfection and use of reporter genes, DNA of histological structures. Two 3-hour laboratory and function, classification and diversity of sequencing and PCR. Prerequisite: Bi 338. periods. Prerequisite: two years of biology. microorganisms, biochemical processes in cells Bi 431/531 *Bi 461/561 with the various regulatory patterns and the Recombinant DNA Techniques Invertebrate Zoology (5) genetic basis of microbial growth and evolution Laboratory (2) A survey of the invertebrates, protozoa to inver- are emphasized. Two 2-hour laboratory periods. Laboratory of recombinant DNA and molecular tebrate chordates with an emphasis on the major Principles of Physiology or Introductory Bio- cloning techniques. Corequisite: Bi 430/530. groups. Two 3-hour laboratories; field work out- chemistry is recommended. Prerequisites: one *Bi 432/532 side of class hours. Prerequisites: Bi 251, 252, year each of majors level general biology and Morphology of Nonvascular Plants and Fungi 253. general chemistry; two terms of organic (4) Study of the morphology, structure, and life his- Bi 462/562 chemistry. Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry is Neurophysiology (4) recommended. tory of algae, bryophytes, and fungi from an evo- Lectures covering the basic anatomy of the ver- lutionary point of view. One 3-hour laboratory. tebrate central nervous system (CNS) and the Prerequisite: Bi 253. cellular bases for resting, graded and action 74 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

potentials. Also, chemical and electrical signal- Bi 477/577 Bi 592 ing between cells of the nervous system is dis- Limnology Laboratory (2) Advanced Topics in Marine Mammals (2) cussed, including pharmacological intervention Techniques in field and laboratory analysis of A study of one or more advanced topics in in the CNS. Lastly, several model systems for freshwater systems. Pre- or corequisite: Bi 475/ marine mammals; covering new developments in integrative neuroscience are described including 575. regard to their evolution, physiological and ana- the visual and somatosensory systems, learning, *Bi 481/581 tomical adaptations, echolocation, population memory, and simple motor pattern generators. Microbial Physiology (3) structure and dynamics, and behavior. Prerequi- Prerequisite: Bi 335. Physiology and biochemistry of microorgan- site: Bi 416. * Bi 463/563 isms. Modern contributions to microbiology Bi 593 Sensory Physiology (4) emphasized. Micro- and macro-molecular anat- Cytogenetics (3) An exploration of the range of animal senses omy of microbial cells; energy metabolism, bio- Structure and function of chromosomes, mitosis with lecture and discussion of the principles of synthetic pathways and their regulation, kinetic and meiosis, the major chromosomal changes of sensation and sensory communication in gen- and molecular aspects of growth, genetics, evo- plant and animal evolution. Prerequisite: Bi 341 eral, and the detailed physiology of transduction lution, and ecology. Prerequisites: Bi 420 and or equivalent. for mechanical, electromagnetic, chemical, noci- either Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry. *Bi 594 ceptive, and thermal senses. Prerequisite: Bi Bi 483/583, 484/584 Cytogenetics Laboratory (1) 491/591. Microbiology Laboratory (1, 1) Normal and aberrant forms of nuclear division; *Bi 470/570 Application of the principles of microbiology in major techniques in preparation of chromosomes General Ecology II (3) the laboratory. One 3-hour laboratory period. for microscopic examination. One 2-hour labo- The study of the principles which characterize Prerequisite: concurrent with Bi 481, 482. ratory. Prerequisite: current enrollment in Bi ecology, such as populations dynamics, competi- *Bi 486/586 593. tion, predator-prey dynamics, and dynamics of Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) *Bi 595 isolated systems such as islands. Prerequisite: Study of bacteria pathogenic to humans and their Advanced Topics in Genetics (2) Bi 357 or equivalent. relationship to infectious disease. Emphasis on New developments in genetics. Topics to include the biochemical mechanism of infection and lab- *Bi 471/571 current research in the areas of genetics, human Plant Ecology (4) oratory diagnosis. Prerequisite: Bi 420. genetics, evolutionary genetics, and molecular A study of the interrelationships between plants Bi 487/587 genetics. Prerequisite: Bi 341. and their environment with emphasis upon indi- Immunology and Serology (4) *Bi 596 vidual adaptation and community dynamics. The study of resistance to infectious disease and Advanced Topics in Evolution (2) One 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: the properties and behavior of antisera formed New developments in evolution. A study of one Bi 357 or equivalent. within an animal in response to foreign antigenic or more advanced topics relating to the patterns substances. Prerequisite: Bi 420. *Bi 472/572 and processes of microevolution and macroevo- Natural History (3) Bi 503 lution. Prerequisite: Bi 426. A study of plant and animal interrelationships, Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) *Bi 597 emphasizing maintenance of proper field *Bi 543 Advanced Topics in Mammalogy (3) records, identification, distribution, and ecology Advances in Plant Physiology (3) Study of one or more advanced topics in mam- of vertebrates in Oregon. Includes one two-hour Lectures and discussions on selected topics in malogy. laboratory. Prerequisite: one year of biology. plant physiology; evaluation of current trends in Bi 601 *Bi 475/575 this field. Prerequisite: Bi 442 (or concurrently). Research (Credit to be arranged.) Limnology and Aquatic Ecology (4) May be repeated once for credit. Bi 603 Kinds, origins, and ecological features and *Bi 585 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) dynamics of freshwater environments. Prerequi- Advances in Microbiology (3) Bi 604 site: Ch 223. Analysis of new developments in microbiology Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to *Bi 476/576 including metabolic pathways, anaerobic sys- be arranged.) Population Biology (4) tems, mechanisms of pathogenicity, and the Bi 605 A study of classical and modern theories of the exploitation of microorganisms to generate prod- Reading and Conference (Credit to be growth and regulation of natural populations of ucts for mankind. Prerequisite: Bi 420. arranged.) plants and animals. Emphasis will be placed on *Bi 590 Pass/no pass only. quantitative models. Topics will include: age- Advanced Comparative Physiology (4) Bi 607 specific population growth; population growth in Advanced topics and current research on various Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) a limited environment; competitive and predator- aspects of comparative physiology. Prerequi- Bi 610 prey interactions; biotic diversity; data collection sites: Bi 417 or Bi 418 and Bi 419. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and mathematical modeling of actual popula- Bi 591 tions. Includes one-hour recitation. Prerequisite: Advances in Phycology (2) Bi 357. Lectures, seminars, discussions. Recent advances in phycology with an emphasis on cul- tivation, morphology, physiology, genetics, and sexuality of algae. Prerequisite: Bi 445. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 75

BLACK STUDIES

308 Neuberger Hall Studies course offerings. Twenty-four cred- BSt 413 Slavery 725-3472 its will be upper-division courses within an BSt 414 Racism area of specialization constructed with the BSt 417 African-American Family BSt 419 African-American Women in Certificate in Black Studies consent of the adviser and approval of the faculty. America Minor in Black Studies BSt 421 African-American Writers The Department of Black Studies is an 1. Completion of all requirements for a BSt 424 African-American/African Culture in academic interdisciplinary unit within the major with a B.A. or a B.S. degree. Cinema College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The 2. Completion of 12 credits of lower-divi- BSt 430 African-American Political Thought primary focus is on the social sciences and sion courses with consent of adviser and BSt 440 Caribbean Studies approval of faculty. These 12 credits must BSt 470 African Art liberal arts. The Department of Black Stud- BSt 484 African-American Community Devel- ies is devoted to the exploration and analy- relate to black studies areas of specializa- opment sis of the history and culture of African tion listed below. Eight adviser-approved credits chosen from people in the United States, the Caribbean, 3. Completion of 24 credits of upper- related courses within departments in the and Africa. It seeks to explore the black division courses in an area of specializa- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 8 experience from an Afro-centric rather tion within a program constructed with Total 28 than a Euro-centric perspective, to illumi- consent of adviser and approval of faculty. nate the contributions of African people to Areas of specialization include: No more than 12 credits taken under the undifferentiated grading option (pass/no world culture, and to provide an alterna- ■ Black culture and civilization (history, pass) are acceptable toward fulfilling tive to traditional approaches to the study art, music, literature, etc.) department minor requirements. of world history that have bypassed the ■ Black social development (sociology, African experience. political science, psychology, etc.) The objectives of the Department of All courses used to satisfy certificate COURSES Black Studies are to provide comprehen- requirements need not be black studies sive learning programs aimed at greater courses, but can include appropriate Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not understanding by all people of the African courses in other departments as approved offered every year. experience, past, present, and future. by an adviser. BSt 199 The Department of Black Studies seeks Students may focus on the American, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) to expose students from all racial, religious, Caribbean, or African experiences. BSt 203, 204 and ethnic backgrounds to academic expe- Introduction to African-American History (4, Courses taken under the undifferenti- 4) riences beyond those usually found in tra- ated grading option (pass/no pass) are An introductory sequence designed to provide ditional college curricula. acceptable toward fulfilling certificate students with a factual framework and concep- In addition to providing a heightened requirements. tual foundation to analyze the history of the sense of awareness about persons of Afri- Languages. There are no special lan- black race in the New World. Primarily a lecture- can descent and their contributions to guage requirements for a Black Studies discussion format augmented with speakers and world civilization, a Black Studies Certifi- Certificate. However, students interested in films, the course will trace the pertinent contacts cate has practical applications. between the African and European worlds from travel to Africa, the Caribbean, or South ancient times to the present. Special consider- ■ It may be utilized as the foundation for America are encouraged to acquire skills in graduate studies in the social sciences, ation will be given to developing the student’s African languages, French, Spanish, or skill to re-examine traditional historical concepts liberal arts, and some professional pro- Portuguese. and information from the perspective of the grams. Examples of such careers are Requirements for a Minor. To earn a black experience. teaching, counseling, social work, poli- minor in Black Studies a student must com- BSt 205 tics and government, law enforcement, plete 28 credits (12 credits of which must Introduction to African Studies (4) health planning, and urban planning. be taken in residence at PSU), to include An introductory course designed to provide stu- ■ It provides background for students the following: dents with an understanding of methods and interested in the field of social welfare sources used by the historian of the African past. as a vocation. Credits Museum visits, guest speakers, and films will Two courses chosen from: ...... 8 ■ It provides added dimension to the supplement the lecture format. In addition to a BSt 203, 204 Introduction to African- study of education, and it is especially survey of major themes and issues in the history American History of the African continent, the course will consider crucial for those persons considering BSt 205 Introduction to African Studies the rise of complex societies, indigenous African teaching in inner-city communities. BSt 206 Introduction to Caribbean Studies towns, agricultural and technological achieve- Certificate Requirements. Candidates BSt 221 Introduction to African-American ments, African state systems, and the impact of for the Black Studies Certificate must sat- Literature international trade and Islam on Africa. Four courses chosen from ...... 12 isfy the requirements outlined below as BSt 206 BSt 302 African-American Experience in the Introduction to Caribbean Studies (4) well as meet the general requirements for a 20th Century degree in any field. Completion of 36 cred- Interdisciplinary examination of the historical BSt 305 African History, Before 1800 and cultural experience of the circum-Caribbean its is required for certification in black BSt 306 African History, 1800-Present regions. Special attention will be given to issues studies. It is recommended that of these 36 BSt 362 African Prehistory credits, 24 credits be Department of Black BSt 412 Oregon African-American History 76 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

in the creation of multicultural society, such as Africa, migrations, earliest settlements, origins World War II, Vanport flood, and various legisla- the dynamics of resistance and the interplay of of agriculture and metallurgy. Prerequisites: BSt tive actions related to black status in Oregon. cultural identity and political domination. 205, Anth 102. Prerequisites: BSt 203 or 204; or Hst 201, 202. *BSt 221 BSt 397 *BSt 413/513 Introduction to African-American Literature Preparation for International Experience (4) Slavery (4) (4) Examination of communication-based, cultural, An examination of the institution which has An overview of African-American fiction, economic, emotional, physical, political, reli- played a central role in establishing the status poetry, drama, and expository prose. gious, and social aspects of an overseas or com- and position of the modern black population in *BSt 261 munity-based international/intercultural American society, both in physical and psycho- The African-American Economic Experience experience. Presentation of strategies for devel- logical terms. The course will attempt to put (4) opment of an appropriate level of preparation to information and understandings of slavery in the The role of African-Americans in the American meet challenges of working and traveling in an proper and accurate context of an institution economic system. Employment, wage differen- international/intercultural setting. Emphasis on which has been a part of the human experience tials, welfare payments, and the ghetto economy general methodology and process required to since the ancient world and which has a legacy are examined. develop personal awareness and resources for and implications far beyond the racially associ- BSt 302 successful international field experience. Also ated perceptions usually attached to it. The African-American Experience in the 20th offered as Intl 397; may be taken only once for approach will be through the comparative analy- Century (4) credit. sis of the numerous forms the institution of sla- An upper-division course designed to examine BSt 399 very has assumed in human history. the history of the black experience in the 20th Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102 century. Primarily a discussion-reading format BSt 401 *BSt 414/514 augmented with speakers and films. Special con- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Racism (4) sideration will be given to developing in the stu- Consent of instructor. A survey of the pertinent social-psychological dent the skill to re-examine traditional concepts literature on individual and cultural forms of and approaches to the study of the black experi- BSt 404 Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to racism in America. The rationalizations, pro- ence within the broader context of mainstream be arranged.) cesses and machinery of oppression as con- developments in American life and history. Pre- structed by white European and American requisite: BSt 203. BSt 405 Reading and Conference (Credit to be governments which control and exploit the BSt 305 arranged.) resources of non-white peoples will be exam- African History, Before 1800 (4) Consent of instructor. ined. Special attention will be paid to the theo- An upper-division course designed to survey the BSt 406/506 retical social-psychological explanations of history of the African continent from the period Overseas Experience (4) black/white differences. Prerequisites: Psy 342, of European exploration to the eve of colonial- Provides community-based learning in an inter- 343 or Soc 342, 343. ism. Using a lecture/discussion format, the national context through immersion in depart- *BSt 416/516 course will examine the impact of the European mental programs in Africa and/or the Caribbean. African-American Urban Education presence on African institutions and trade, and The fee-based programs provide students with Problems (4) the relative importance of the environment, tech- rich, multicultural environments in which to Course examines the education systems in major nology, and indigenous social systems on the learn and serve international communities. Stu- cities being inherited by African-Americans. The transformation of African society prior to 1800. dents will be asked to apply for admission to the relationship between public and private educa- This course is the same as Hst 348; course may overseas programs focused in the Caribbean and tion will be studied for impacts on African- be taken only once for credit. Prerequisite: BSt Africa. Americans. Educational system response to 205 or Hst 105. African-American enrollment will be discussed. BSt 407/507 BSt 306 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Moreover, pertinent literature, e.g., the Coleman African History, 1800-Present (4) Consent of instructor. Report, Jensen’s thesis, and others will be intro- An upper-division course designed to survey the duced with respect to their overall effect on the history of the African continent from 1800 to the BSt 408 curricula available to the African-American Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) present, with emphasis on the colonial period, Consent of instructor. child. Topics of concern include community independence and post-independence. This control, citizen involvement, alternative educa- course is the same as Hst 349; course may be BSt 409 tion forms, race relations, faculty-staff taken only once for credit. Prerequisite: BSt 205 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) responses, modern trends, etc. Prerequisite: jun- Consent of instructor. or Hst 105. ior, senior, or graduate-level standing. BSt 410 * BSt 319 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) BSt 417/517 Traditional Cultures of Africa (4) Consent of instructor. The African-American Family (4) Survey of African cultures. Some of the main A review of the present-day life-styles of Afri- features examined include: environment and *BSt 411/511 can-American families in the United States. Spe- people, oral traditions, time and seasons, naming African-American History Seminar (4) cial attention is placed on cultural variations by and numbering systems, language and communi- This course will provide an in-depth analysis of class as they relate to the African-American fam- cation systems, religious, political and legal critical topics and issues in African-American ily. A careful study of the appropriate social sci- institutions, music, dance, and family. history. The focus will be topical rather than ence literature commonly used to describe the Prerequisite: BSt 205 or Sophomore Inquiry. chronological and the approach will emphasize African-American family will provide more * specific periods, individuals, or relevant devel- accurate insights. Prerequisite: Soc 461. BSt 351, 352 opments for a concentrated treatment in a semi- African-American Literature (4, 4) * nar environment. Prerequisites: BSt 203 or 204; BSt 419/519 A study of African-American literature from its African-American Women in America (4) oral and folk beginnings to the present. Hst 201, 202. A course designed to investigate the evolution of Prerequisite: BSt 221 or Eng 256. BSt 412/512 the African-American female experience from Oregon African-American History (4) preslavery to the present period. African-Ameri- BSt 362 An examination of the black experience in African Prehistory (4) can pioneers will be viewed as participants in Methods, sources of evidence, and the results of Oregon history. The course will include cover- antislavery, suffrage, and civil rights movements. the study of prehistoric cultures of Africa from age of the slavery controversy in early Oregon Modern complexities of psychological conflicts the earliest traces until the first written records; it development as well as the individual contribu- and insecurities, economic survival, liberation, includes human origins (physical and cultural tions of blacks to the growth of the state. Addi- club movement, and sexual jealousies are exam- evolution), the earliest civilization, peopling of tional topics will include the black migration of ined. Information relative to the development of C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 77

African-American women as part of the total *BSt 430/530 human experience will be emphasized. Prerequi- African-American Political Thought (4) CENTER FOR site: WS 101. An examination in-depth of the political theory BLACK STUDIES of African-American leaders in America *BSt 420/520 Caribbean Literature (4) between 1850-1920 and the impact of that 308 Neuberger Hall A selection of poetry and fiction from the thought on American political thought. Prerequi- 725-4003 English and French speaking Caribbean (in site: consent of instructor. translation where necessary). Prerequisites: One BSt 440/540 Established in 1969, the Center for Black Caribbean Studies (4) previous African-American literature course and Studies at Portland State University facili- 12 additional literature credits. Interdisciplinary examination of historical or tates the study of the past and present expe- * cultural issues in the Caribbean experience. BSt 421/521 riences of black America. African-American Writers (4) Emphasis will be on issues and dilemmas related A concentrated examination of significant Afri- to the creation of a multicultural society. Prereq- Among the goals of the center is to act can-American literary figures and their impact uisite: BSt 205 or 206. as a forum between faculty members and on American arts and letters. The course will BSt 450/550 students of different disciplines who share identify each term a particular author or literary Topics in African/Caribbean History And an interest in black studies; to collect and period of writing and then read, analyze, and dis- Culture (4) disseminate information which accurately In-depth exploration of selected topics in Afri- cuss the major works and the background infor- reflects and helps improve the black experi- mation of that period. Special consideration will can and/or Caribbean cultural history. Special attention will be given to thematic issues of ence; and to link the University and black be given to the relationships between the topic of communities by maintaining an active role focus and the larger spheres of American and broad application to the understanding of cul- world writing. Prerequisites: BSt 221; Eng 107, tural interaction, continuity, and change. in community service. 108, 253, 254. *BSt 464 The center provides the University and the broader community with cultural activi- *BSt 422/522, 423/523 Minority Business Perspectives (4) African Fiction (4,4) This course is designed to prepare the student for ties and the stimulation of an exciting and Readings in African fiction in regional, cultural, a role as a proprietor of an enterprise, as an enlightening intellectual atmosphere in the generational, and gender contexts. Prerequi- administrator in a related public or social agency Portland community, contributing to sites: One previous African-American literature or to conduct research in an economic area greater understanding and cooperation course and 12 additional literature credits. which has very special problems and constraints for the minority entrepreneur or professional. between races. A lecture series brings to BSt 424/524 The traditional elements of small business oper- the campus and the Portland community African-American/African Culture in black speakers of different disciplines and Cinema (4) ation will be examined within the framework of An examination of the treatment accorded black reference, progressing from basic organization philosophies who have made notable con- culture and individuals in the evolution of the and feasibility studies through marketing, gov- tributions to society. The center promotes cinema industry. Coverage will include review ernmental contracting, contract compliance, and activities in this area through the genera- and analysis of classic film productions from the special governmental assistance to minorities. tion of grants, proposals, and programs that infancy of Hollywood through to the black urban *BSt 467/567 combine University staff, money, and films of the modern period. Emphasis will focus African Development Issues (4) expertise with resources from the govern- on the relationships between racial stereotypes An examination of the causes of poverty and ment and the private sector. and the creation of majority culture perceptions underdevelopment of the African continent. A of the black experience. Prerequisite: upper-divi- comparative analysis of pre-colonial, colonial sion standing. and post-colonial circumstances will be conducted. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, 203. BSt 425/525 Black Cinema: the 1970s (4) BSt 470/570 Examination of the treatment of Black themes, African Art (4) issues and characterization during the decade of Examination of selected African art forms, the 1970s in the cinema industry. Particular styles, and traditions. Emphasis on the context of attention will be focused on the genre of the the art and artist, and their relationship to poli- blaxploitation film as an industry response to the tics and society in African history. Prerequisites: rapidly shifting social and racial dynamics of ArH 204, 205, 206, BSt 205. This course is the American culture as the Civil Rights era wound same as ArH 470/570; course may be taken only down. Prerequisites: BSt 203, 204, or 302. once for credit. * BSt 426/526 BSt 484/584 Contemporary African-American Cinema (4) African-American Community Development Examination of the treatment of Black themes, (4) issues, and characterization in the contemporary Designed to investigate processes of community cinema industry. Particular attention will be development for their application to urban Afri- focused on the development of new Black actors, can-American communities. Topics include directors, and producers. The impact of these community development, community organiza- new factors in the industry will be analyzed for tion, ghettos as colonies, citizen participation, the influence they have on the traditions of roles of change agents, social planning, and cinema history relative to the Black experience. social change implications. Prerequisite: consent Prerequisites: BSt 203, 204, or 302. of instructor. BSt 427/527 African-American Films and Film Makers (4) Examination of films made by African-Ameri- cans from the early years of cinema history down through contemporary films. Examination will include a focus on the internal structure and content of the films as well as consideration of the larger social, cultural, economic, and political context of the society in which the films were produced. 78 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CHEMISTRY

262 Science Building II For transfer students, a minimum of 20 C- or above, with a combined GPA of 2.25 725-3811 credits in upper-division chemistry courses or higher, except for those major course must be earned at PSU. requirements offered only on a pass/no B.A., B.S. In addition to meeting the general Uni- pass basis (e.g., General Chemistry Minor versity degree requirements, the major in Laboratory). If an unsatisfactory grade is Secondary Education Program chemistry must meet the following depart- received in an upper-division course M.A., M.S., M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/ mental requirements: offered in the Department of Chemistry, a Chemistry) Option I: Chemistry Credits student will be allowed to retake the course Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 to improve their grade only once. Resources: Chemistry Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . 2 A student will be certified by the Amer- Ch 229 Introductory Chemical Analysis . . . . . 2 ican Chemical Society and is eligible to Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis...... 5 become a member of the society after grad- UNDERGRADUATE Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 339 Organic uation, if the upper-division chemistry PROGRAMS Chemistry ...... 17 electives include the following: Ch 424, 425 Electronics and Instrumentation 1. Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Analysis Chemistry has helped to provide us with a for Chemists or Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Analysis...... 5-6 and Laboratory, Ch 418 Advanced Chemis- way of life never before known. Chemistry try Laboratory, Ch 411 Chemical Bond- is the study of the reactions of atoms and Ch 436, 437 Spectrometric Analysis ...... 4 Ch 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445 Physical ing, and Ch 412 Advanced Inorganic molecules, the stuff from which people and Chemistry ...... 16 Chemistry. their physical environment are made.With a Approved 400-level chemistry courses . . . . . 10 relatively small knowledge of atoms and 2. An additional 5-6 credits in upper- molecules, it is possible to have a consider- Total in chemistry 73-74 division chemistry courses chosen with an adviser. able understanding of many chemical phe- One year of General Physics with Calculus with nomena we see and use. A comprehensive laboratory ...... 12 3. Additional upper-division laboratory knowledge of chemistry is essential for the Calculus through Mth 254 or equivalent . . . . 16 experience to make a total of 500 clock person who wishes to help solve the prob- hours in the laboratory. The courses lems of today—problems of illness and dis- Total in other fields 28 Ch 227, 228, 229, 321, 337, 339, 418, 427, ease, problems of wise use of our Study of a foreign language, although 437, 444, and 445 provide 444 clock resources—and for the person who wants not required, is highly recommended, hours. The following courses may be used to do basic research in chemistry or who particularly for students who plan to pursue to satisfy the additional requirement (clock wants to work in the chemical industry. graduate studies in chemistry. hours of laboratory in parentheses): The Department of Chemistry is com- Option II: Biochemistry Credits Ch 425 (60), 493 (40), 494 (60), 495 (60), mitted to maintaining a teaching program Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 401, and 406. No more than 75 clock hours of excellence at the undergraduate level as Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . 2 of Ch 401 and 406 can be accepted. well as having a strong graduate program. Ch 229 Introductory Chemical Analysis . . . . . 2 Requirements for a Minor. To earn Courses tailored for the student desiring Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 a minor in chemistry a student must com- only an introduction to the field are offered Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 339 Organic plete credits in one of two options; at least on a regular basis. A wide variety of other Chemistry ...... 17 Ch 416, 417 Physical Chemistry for the 10 credits of these must be taken in resi- courses in the program are designed to Biosciences ...... 8 dence at PSU. offer fundamental training for students Ch 424, 425 Electronics and Instrumentation Option I: Chemistry Credits majoring in chemistry or for students in for Chemistry or Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 other science areas, such as biology or Analysis ...... 5-6 Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 Organic health-related occupations. Ch 490, 491, 492, 493 General Biochemistry 12 Chemistry or Ch 331, 332, 337, 338 The curriculum, faculty, library, and Approved 400-level science electives ...... 10 Elements of Organic Chemistry ...... 12-16 facilities of the department are approved by Ch 416, 417 or 440, 441, 442 Physical Total in chemistry 73-74 the American Chemical Society. Graduat- Chemistry ...... 8-9 ing chemistry majors are eligible for certifi- One year of Physics, with laboratory . . . .12-15 Approved 400-level chemistry electives . . . . . 9 Calculus through Mth 253 or equivalent . . . . 12 cation to become members of the ACS after Total 34-39 two years of professional experience. Total in other fields 24-27 Requirements for Major. A student Option II: Biochemistry Credits Study of a foreign language, although majoring in chemistry is required to take a Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 not required, is highly recommended, par- Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 Organic minimum of 73 credits in the subject and ticularly for students who plan to pursue Chemistry, or Ch 331, 332, 337, 338 will take courses in the basic areas of gen- graduate studies in biochemistry. Elements of Organic Chemistry ...... 12-16 eral chemistry, analytical chemistry, All courses used to satisfy the depart- Ch 416, 417, or Ch 440, 441, 442 Physical organic chemistry, and physical chemistry. mental major requirements, whether taken Chemistry ...... 8-9 As a junior or senior, the student will be Ch 490, 491, 492, 493 General in the department or elsewhere, including introduced to some of the more specialized Biochemistry ...... 12 courses from supporting departments (i.e., aspects of the field-such as biochemistry, mathematics and physics), must be graded quantum chemistry, or inorganic chemistry. Total 37-42 C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 79

Courses taken under the undifferenti- The M.A./M.S. program is designed for Each candidate for the M.A./M.S. ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not the student who wishes to pursue a career degree in chemistry must complete a thesis. acceptable toward fulfilling department as a professional chemist or a scientist in The thesis, an experimental or theoretical minor requirements for either option. other allied disciplines. The program research project resulting in an original involves work in advanced courses with contribution to chemical knowledge, must SECONDARY EDUCATION training in research techniques. An integral be defended in an oral examination. The PROGRAM part of the program is the individual examination is not restricted to the thesis Adviser: R.P. Lutz research project and thesis. material alone but may cover any aspect of Students who plan to obtain a teaching The M.A.T./M.S.T. is offered to provide chemistry or related fields. license with an endorsement to teach chem- scientific training for teachers in secondary istry at the high school level should com- schools. The program is composed of MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN plete a baccalaureate degree with a major courses intended to increase the sophistica- in chemistry (preferred) or in general stud- TEACHING tion of the student in chemical principles The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ies/science. The degree program should and to acquaint the student with current include the following courses: offers the M.A.T/M.S.T. degrees in Sci- techniques in teaching methods. ence/Chemistry. In consultation with the Credits The program leading to the Ph.D. in graduate adviser, the student should estab- Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry...... 12 environmental sciences and resources/ lish the degree program before the comple- Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . 2 chemistry combines basic training in a par- tion of 15 credits of coursework. The Ch 229 Introductory Chemical Analysis . . . . . 2 ticular chemical discipline with courses Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 program must include a minimum of 45 and seminars relating to environmental top- credits in approved graduate courses, to Ch 334, 335, 336, 337 or 331, 332, 337, 338 ics; dissertation research is devoted to a Organic Chemistry ...... 12 or 14 include a minimum of 24 credits in the area Ch 416 or 440 Physical Chemistry . . . . . 4 or 3 project with distinct environmental impli- of concentration. At least 9 credits, but no cations. Students complete the program more than 15 credits, must be in education Subtotal 36-39 prepared to pursue a career in chemistry or courses. In order to fulfill requirements for Ph 201, 202, 203 or 211, 212, 213 General a career more directly related to environ- the degree, the student must satisfactorily Physics ...... 12 or 9 mental science or environmental problems. complete the degree program and pass both Ph 204, 205, 206, or 214, 215, 216 Physics The program is part of the Environmental a final written examination and a final oral Laboratory ...... 3 Sciences and Resources Doctoral Program examination. in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Subtotal 12 or 15 For more information, see page 95. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN Chemistry or Physics elective ...... 3 or 4 Degree Requirements. University mas- ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND RESOURCES Total 51-58 ter’s degree requirements are listed on page 54; requirements related to the Envi- In addition to the program requirements Those majoring in general studies/sci- ronmental Sciences and Resources Doc- listed on page 95, the candidate must pass ence are advised to strengthen their prepa- toral Program are given on page 95. entrance examinations as in the M.A./M.S. ration for teaching by taking additional Specific departmental requirements are program and cumulative examinations chemistry and physics courses as their listed below. which serve as the departmental compre- degree programs permit. Consult with the hensive examination. The cumulative secondary education adviser for suitable MASTER OF ARTS OR examinations are administered on a regular courses. Chemistry teachers in many MASTER OF SCIENCE basis, and the candidate must pass at least schools also teach physics, so it is recom- Prior to initial course registration in the one of the first six, three of the first 12, and mended that additional physics courses be M.A./M.S. program, the student must take a total of six out of 18. The candidate must taken in preparation for eventually adding a entrance examinations in those areas of satisfy a seminar requirement as in the physics endorsement to the license. chemistry represented in the student’s pre- M.A./M.S. program and also present an Courses should be taken for differenti- vious coursework. Any three of these environmental sciences seminar dealing ated grades, except those offered only on a examinations must be passed by the end of with the candidate’s proposed research. pass/no pass basis. A positive departmental the first three academic terms of residence. recommendation for admission to the fifth- The candidate must complete a mini- OURSES year teacher-education program will mum of 45 credits in approved graduate C depend on at least a C- in all chemistry and courses. In addition, the student must com- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not physics courses, as well as a combined 2.25 plete 6 credits of coursework outside of the offered every year. GPA for these courses. major area of interest but within the Students registering for laboratory courses Department of Chemistry. All students par- should purchase a breakage ticket to apply GRADUATE ticipate in a one-term course entitled Semi- toward the cost of any breakage or loss of labo- nar Preparation as well as present to the ratory equipment; the unused portion of this PROGRAMS department one seminar on an acceptable breakage ticket is refundable upon satisfactory check out from the laboratory at the end of the The Department of Chemistry offers gradu- topic. If the student has not successfully completed one academic year of German, term. Students registering for Ch 107, 108, 109, ate work leading to the following degrees 227 or 228 must purchase a $3 breakage ticket and licenses: continuing secondary license Russian, or French at the undergraduate level, the student must show competence (non-refundable) in order to purchase insurance with an endorsement in chemistry; Master ($1 deductible for each item lost or broken). Stu- of Arts or Master of Science; Master of by examination. The language requirement dents registering for all labs must attend the first Arts in Teaching or Master of Science in is waived for students whose native lan- lab meeting. Teaching (Science); and Ph.D. in environ- guage is not English. mental sciences and resources/chemistry. 80 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

†Ch 104, 105, 106 †Ch 227, 228 Ch 338 Introductory Chemistry I, II, III (4, 4, 4) General Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) Organic Chemistry Laboratory II A survey of chemistry for students in nursing, in Laboratory work to accompany Chemistry for (nonmajors) (2) allied health fields such as dental hygiene, in for- Engineering Majors (Ch 201, 202) or General Laboratory work to accompany Ch 332 or Ch estry, and in the liberal arts. This course is not Chemistry (Ch 221, 222). Concurrent enrollment 336. Not open to chemistry majors. One 4-hour intended for science or engineering majors. Ch in the appropriate lecture course is recom- laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 337. 104, 105: three lectures, one recitation; Ch 106: mended. One 3-hour laboratory. Pass/no pass Concurrent enrollment in Ch 332 or 336 is four lectures. Must be taken in sequence. Prereq- only. recommended. uisite for Ch 104: two years of high school alge- † Ch 339 bra or Mth 95. Ch 229 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II Introductory Chemical Analysis (2) † (chem majors) (3) Ch 107, 108, 109 Laboratory work to accompany Ch 223. Intro- Laboratory work to accompany Ch 336. More Introductory Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III duction to quantitative analytical techniques for extensive laboratory course than Ch 338; (1, 1, 1) the determination of selected species. Two 3- required for chemistry majors. Two 4-hour labo- Laboratory work to accompany Ch 104, 105, hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 223 or 106 respectively. Concurrent enrollment in the ratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 337. Concurrent concurrent enrollment. (Ch 229 is not offered in enrollment in Ch 336 is recommended. appropriate lecture course is required. Ch 107, the Summer Session; therefore, a Summer Ses- 108; one 2-hour laboratory period. Pass/no pass sion student should enroll in Ch 229 in the fol- Ch 350 only. Ch 109: one 3-hour laboratory period, lowing fall or spring term.) Biochemistry (4) graded. Biochemistry for students having a limited back- Ch 250 * ground in physical chemistry. Prerequisites: Ch Ch 160 Nutrition (4) 229 and 332 or 336. Physical Science (4) Nutritive value of foods from the standpoint of * An integrated survey of fundamental principles newer scientific investigations; nutritional Ch 355 of physics and chemistry. The course is designed requirements for normal human beings; selec- Biochemistry of Women (3) Structure, synthesis, mode of action, and effects for students majoring in fields other than chem- tion of an optimal diet for health; present-day of female sex hormones. Relationships between istry, physics or geology who wish a broad view problems in nutrition; recent trends in American developmental, mature functional, and meno- of the principles of several physical sciences dietary habits. needed. Elementary algebra is used in this pausal phases of woman’s life and hormonal bal- Ch 320 ance. Effect of female hormones upon glucose course. Quantitative Analysis (3) * utilization, fat metabolism, bone metabolism, Ch 167 Fundamental principles of quantitative analytical energy balance, and mental function. Biochem- Physical Science Laboratory (1) chemistry. Prerequisites: Ch 223 and 229. Optional lab work to accompany Ch 160. Enroll- istry of pregnancy and lactation. Prerequisite: Ch 321 ment in the laboratory requires concurrent or one year of college chemistry or biology. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory (2) * prior enrollment in the lecture. One 2-hour labo- Basic quantitative analytical laboratory work Ch 371 Environmental Chemistry (4) ratory. including volumetric instrumental methods. Two * Current environmental problems. Stratospheric Ch 170 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 320 ozone, greenhouse effect, photochemical smog, Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry or concurrent enrollment. (4) particulates, acid rain, and trace metals, water A course designed to increase the scientific ‡Ch 331, 332 resources, pollution, and treatment; oil spills; knowledge of the non-science major. The inter- Elements of Organic Chemistry I, II (4, 4) solid waste disposal; hazardous chemicals. Pre- Chemistry of the carbon compounds, the aliphat- action between science and society, the nature of requisite: one term of college chemistry. ics, aromatics, and derivatives. Generally meets matter and chemical reactions. Energy, radiation, *Ch 375 predental, premedical technology, and preveteri- and nuclear power. Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (1) nary requirements. Three lectures and one recita- Optional laboratory work to accompany Envi- Ch 199 tion. Prerequisites for Ch 331: Ch 203 or 223; ronmental Chemistry (Ch 371). For elementary Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) concurrent enrollment in Ch 337 is *† education and non-science majors. Concurrent Ch 201, 202, 203 recommended. Prerequisite for Ch 332: Ch 331; enrollment in Ch 371 is required. One 2-hour Chemistry for Engineering Majors I, II, III concurrent enrollment in Ch 338 is laboratory. (3, 3, 3) recommended. Fundamental aspects of chemistry particularly Ch 399 Special Studies (Credit to be adapted for students in engineering. Requires ‡Ch 334, 335, 336 arranged.) concurrent enrollment in Ch 227 for 201 and in Organic Chemistry I, II, III (4, 4, 4) Ch 401/501 228 for 202 unless waived by adviser. Prerequi- A comprehensive study of the chemistry of the Research (Credit to be arranged.) site: Mth 111 or concurrent enrollment. High compounds of carbon. Meets chemistry major Consent of instructor and chair of department. school chemistry is recommended. requirements. Three lectures, one recitation. Credit will only be awarded after filing in the Concurrent enrollment in Ch 337 laboratory is † department office a well-written, detailed report Ch 221, 222, 223 recommended for Ch 335; concurrent enroll- approved by the instructor and the department General Chemistry (4, 4, 4) ment in Ch 338 or Ch 339 laboratory is recom- chair. Ch 501 pass/no pass only. Fundamental basis of chemistry for science, mended for Ch 336. Prerequisites: Ch 203 or Ch 404/504 engineering and health professional students 223. (such as predental, premedical, premedical tech- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to nology and veterinary students). Requires con- Ch 337 be arranged.) current enrollment in Ch 227 for Ch 221, Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (2) Ch 405/505 Laboratory work to accompany Ch 331 or 335. Ch 228 for Ch 222, and Ch 229 for Ch 223 Reading and Conference (Credit to be One 4-hour laboratory period. Concurrent unless waived by adviser. Prerequisite for arranged.) enrollment in Ch 331 or Ch 335 is Ch 221: Mth 111 or concurrent enrollment. High Consent of instructor and department chair. recommended. school chemistry or equivalent is recommended. Ch 505 pass/no pass only. Prerequisite for Ch 222: Ch 221; for Ch 223: Ch 222.

† A maximum of 16 credits will be allowed for ﬁrst-year chemistry. Students will be allowed credit for only one ﬁrst-term, one second-term, and one third-term course. First-year chemistry courses are Ch 104, 105, 106; Ch 201, 202, 203; and Ch 221, 222, 223. ‡ Ch 331, 332 duplicate to some extent Ch 334, 335, 336. No more than 12 credits will be allowed in organic chemistry lecture. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 81

Ch 406 Ch 426/526 Ch 490/590, 491/591, 492/592 Chemical Preparations (Credit to be Instrumental Analysis (3) General Biochemistry (3, 3, 3) arranged.) Theory and application of modern instrumental Professional biochemistry course for majors. Methods of synthesis of compounds in the fields methods, including visible spectroscopy, atomic Structure, metabolism, and function of the major of inorganic, organic, or biochemistry. Maxi- absorption, fluorometry, polarography, conduc- components of living cells. Prerequisites: Ch mum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- timetry, and gas-liquid chromatography. Prereq- 229, 332 or 336, 416 or 442/542. tor and chair of department. uisites: Ch 321 and either Ch 416 or Ch 442/542. Ch 493/593 Ch 407/507 (Ch 416 or Ch 442/542 may be taken concur- Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) rently with Ch 426/526.) Requires concurrent Laboratory work to accompany Ch 491/591. Consent of instructor. Ch 507 pass/no pass only. enrollment in Ch 427/527. Introduction to general techniques of biochemis- Ch 410/510 Ch 427/527 try including purification and characterization of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (3) enzymes. One 4-hour laboratory period, plus one Consent of instructor and chair of department. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 426/526. hour of lecture. Prerequisite: Ch 490/590 or con- Ch 411/511 Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Requires concur- current enrollment. Chemical Bonding (4) rent enrollment in Ch 426/526. *Ch 494/594, 495/595 Atomic orbitals, ionic bonding, valence bond *Ch 430/530, 431/531 Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) theory, molecular orbital theory, crystal field the- Advanced Organic Chemistry (4,4) Advanced laboratory projects carried out on an ory, and introduction to coordination theory. Pre- Advanced treatment of general organic reactions individual and group basis. Two 3-hour labora- requisites: Ch 223, Ph 203, Mth 253, and and structure; emphasis on bonding, stereochem- tory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 493/593. Ch 417 or Ch 442. istry, the correlation of structure and reactivity, Ch 503 *Ch 412/512 scope and mechanisms of organic reactions clas- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) sified by reaction type. Prerequisite: Ch 336 and Pass/no pass only. Ligand field theory, coordination chemistry, 442/552, or 416/417. Ch 430/530 is a prerequi- Ch 601 transition metals, organometallic chemistry, site for 431/531. Research (Credit to be arranged.) acids and bases, nonaqueous solvents, and Ch 436/536 Pass/no pass only. descriptive chemistry of the elements. Prerequi- Spectrometric Analysis (3) Ch 603 site: Ch 411/511. Ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Ch 416, 417 and mass spectrometry in the analysis of molec- Pass/no pass only. ular structure. Prerequisites: Ch 336 and 339. Physical Chemistry for the Biosciences I, II Ch 604 (4, 4) Ch 437/537 Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to Intended primarily for students in the biological Spectrometric Analysis Laboratory (1) be arranged.) sciences and allied medical health fields. The Use of infrared spectrometers and nuclear mag- emphasis is on the application of modern physi- Ch 605 netic resonance spectrometers. One 3-hour labo- Reading and Conference (Credit to be cal chemistry to problems of biological interest. ratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 436/536 or arranged.) Ch 416 includes the study of heat, work, energy, concurrent enrollment. Pass/no pass only. entropy, vapor pressure, chemical equilibrium, *Ch 438/538 and transport phenomena. Ch 417 covers chemi- Ch 607 Advanced Spectrometric Techniques (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) cal and enzyme kinetics, photochemistry, and Use of the mass spectrometer in analysis of Pass/no pass only. spectroscopy. Courses must be taken in organic molecules. Discussions of high resolu- Ch 610 sequence. Prerequisites: Ch 223 or 203 and Ch tion infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance 229, Ch 320, 321, a year of general physics, and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) spectroscopy and their applications to molecular * two terms of calculus. structure. Prerequisites: Ch 436/536 and Ch 437/ Ch 615 * Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3) Ch 418/518 537. Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 439/ Current topics in inorganic chemistry such as Advanced Chemistry Laboratory (4) 539. advances in oxidation, solution chemistry, and Advanced techniques and their use in the prepa- *Ch 439/539 fluorine chemistry. As subject matter varies, ration of compounds. One lecture; two 3-hour Advanced Spectrometric Laboratory (1) course may be repeated with consent of instruc- laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 338 or 339. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 438/538. tor. Prerequisite: Ch 411/511. * One 3-hour laboratory period. Requires concur- Ch 424/524 *Ch 620 Electronics and Instrumentation for Chemists rent enrollment in Ch 438/538. Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) (2) † Selected topics in chemical instrumentation will Ch 440/540, 441/541, 442/542 Current topics in analytical chemistry such as Physical Chemistry (3, 3, 3) be presented at a basic level. Representative chromatographic theory and methods, electroan- The study of thermodynamics, phase and chemi- alytical methods, electrochemical kinetics and topics are current and voltage measurements, cal equilibria, solutions, electrochemistry, reac- voltage dividers, simple filters, introduction to analytical applications of spectroscopy. As sub- tion rates and mechanisms, quantum mechanics, ject matter varies, course may be repeated with operational amplifiers and digital circuits. spectroscopy, and statistical mechanics. Ch 440/ Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 425/525. consent of instructor. Prerequisites: graduate 540 requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 443/ standing and consent of instructor. Prerequisites: Ch 320, 321, Ph 203, and Ch 416 543. Prerequisites: Ch 320, Mth 254, Ph 213. or 440/540. *Ch 621 * †Ch 443/543 Advanced Analytical Theory (3) Ch 425/525 Modern methods of analysis and their applica- Electronics and Instrumentation Computational Chemistry (3) Laboratory (3) The study of programming methods, statistical tion to the analytical chemistry of elements. Pre- Laboratory work to accompany Ch 424/524. analysis of experimental data, and numerical requisites: Ch 425/525 and 442/542. Assignments will include measurements with a methods of common importance in physical *Ch 622 variety of transducers including ion selective chemistry. Concurrent enrollment in Ch 440/540 Trace Metal Analysis (3) electrodes, thermistors, phototransistors, and required. Analytical methods for detecting and studying the chemistry of trace metals and ions, including GLC thermal conductivity detectors. Two 3-hour †Ch 444/544, 445/545 lab periods. Requires concurrent enrollment in Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) optical, electrochemical, X-ray, neutron activa- Ch 424/524. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 441/541, tion, mass spectrometric and gas chromato- 442/542. One 4-hour laboratory period. Prereq- graphic techniques. Use in studies of uisites: Ch 321 and concurrent enrollment in Ch complexation, precipitation, redox and reaction 441/541, 442/542 respectively. rates of trace metals. Prerequisites: Ch 320, 321, 426/526.

† Carries graduate credit only for nonchemistry degrees. 82 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*Ch 623 ject matter varies, course may be repeated with *Ch 666 Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3) consent of instructor. Prerequisite: consent of Solution Thermodynamics (3) Application of instruments to chemical research instructor. Partial molar quantities, activities, stability theo- and analysis with emphasis on modern spectro- rems, thermodynamics of surfaces. Prerequisite: *Ch 661 metric techniques. One lecture; two 3-hour labo- Photochemistry (3) Ch 663. ratories. Prerequisite: Ch 426/526. An introduction to the chemistry of the interac- *Ch 670 *Ch 633 tion of light with matter. Absorption and emis- Atmospheric Chemistry (3) Organic Synthesis (3) sion of light, photochemical and photophysical Physical chemistry of the earth’s atmosphere, Organic reactions, mechanisms and stereochem- processes, photochemical kinetics and mecha- including global chemical budgets, atmospheric istry with application to multi-step synthesis. nisms. Reactivity of excited states of molecules thermodynamics, photo-chemical reactions in Prerequisite: Ch 431/531. and atoms. Prerequisite: Ch 441/541. the lower and upper atmosphere, chemical prop- * erties of aerosols, and global climate change. Ch 634 *Ch 662 Advanced Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) Chemical Kinetics (3) Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. Current topics such as stereochemistry, natural Chemical kinetics in the gas phase and in solu- *Ch 693 products, pericyclic reactions, carbonium ions, tion, catalysis, and absolute rate theory. Prereq- Enzyme Structure and Function (3) heterocyclic and polycyclic compounds, organic uisite: Ch 442/542. Chemical and physical properties of enzymes; photochemistry. As subject matter varies, course energetics, kinetics, and mechanism of enzy- *Ch 663 may be repeated with consent of instructor. Pre- Chemical Thermodynamics (3) matic reactions. Prerequisite: Ch 492/592. requisite: Ch 431/531. The laws of thermodynamics and their applica- *Ch 695 *Ch 635 tions. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. Advances in Biochemistry (3) Physical Organic Chemistry (3) * Current topics in biochemistry such as neurobio- Modern concepts of physical-organic chemistry Ch 664 chemistry, membrane structure, differentiation, Quantum Chemistry (3) and their use in the study of mechanisms of Principles of quantum mechanics with applica- metabolic regulation, bioenergetics, nucleic organic reactions and reactivities of organic tions to chemical systems. Prerequisite: Ch 442/ acids. As subject matter varies, course may be compounds. Prerequisites: Ch 431/531. 542. repeated with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: *Ch 660 * Ch 492/592. Ch 665 * Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Ch 696 Current topics in physical chemistry such as irre- Foundations of the subject with application to Molecular Structure and Spectra (3) versible thermodynamics, advanced topics in the equilibrium thermodynamics of gases, liq- Quantum theory applied to molecular structure spectroscopy, group theory, and kinetics. As sub- uids, and solids. Prerequisite: Ch 664. and to the interpretation of rotational, vibra- tional, electronic and magnetic-resonance spectra. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542.

CHICANO/LATINO STUDIES

188 Cramer Hall lished, recognized academic fields, Chi- Credits 725-8442 or 725-4447 cano/Latino Studies is still developing its ChLa 201 Introduction to Chicano/Latino I. . . 4 critical perspectives and the formulation ChLa 202 Introduction to Chicano/Latino II . . 4 ChLa 203 Introduction to Chicano/Latino III . 4 Certificate in Chicano/Latino Studies and application of new approaches and methodologies. ChLa 301 Chicano/Latino Communities . . . . . 4 ChLa 302 Survey of Chicano/Latino Chicano/Latino Studies is the interdiscipli- Graduates with a certificate in Chicano/ nary study of social, cultural, political, eco- Literature...... 4 Latino Studies will have augmented their ChLa 303 Chicana/Latina Experience ...... 4 nomic, and historical forces that have major field of study by broadening their Span 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish...... 8 shaped the development of the people of scope of knowledge. They will have gained Upper-division approved electives ...... 8 Mexico and other Latin American countries important insight into a very different cul- in the United States over the past 300 years. ture within U.S. borders. This increased Total 40 Emphasis is on the experience of the Chi- awareness and insight will lead to success- Electives will consist of Chicano/Latino cano and other Latinos as residents and cit- ful interaction on many levels of society. Studies courses or closely related courses izens in the United States and not in their Graduates also will be better prepared to in arts and letters and social sciences countries of origin or descent. enter the work force with its rapidly chang- approved by Chicano/Latino Studies advis- The Chicano/Latino experience pre- ing demographics. ers. These courses may be Chicano/Latino dates from the mid-19th century when ter- In addition to meeting the general PSU Studies courses which harmonize with the ritories belonging to Mexico were occupied requirements for a degree in any field, stu- student’s major plan of study. Students may by the United States. The Chicano and dents pursuing a certificate in Chicano/ take 8 credits of the following: other Latinos living in the United States Latino Studies must complete 40 credits to ChLa 399 Special Studies (Credit to be have, over the years, developed a rich and be distributed as follows: arranged) extensive literature. They have been ChLa 401 Research (Credit to be arranged) involved in all aspects of American life and Consent of instructor have made major contributions in all areas ChLa 405 Reading and Conference (Credit to be of society. In comparison with long-estab- arranged) Consent of instructor C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 83

ChLa 407 Seminar (Credit to be arranged) and popular culture as well as the combination ChLa 408 Consent of instructor and integration of various cultural traditions in Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) ChLa 408 Workshop (Credit to be arranged) Latino communities in the United States. Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor ChLa 301 ChLa 410 ChLa 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be Chicano/Latino Communities (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) arranged) Contemporary sociological studies and theory ChLa 411 ChLa 411 Chicano/Latino History...... 4 used to understand and explain the status of Chi- Chicano/Latino History Seminar (4) ChLa 412 Chicano/Latino Theater...... 4 canos and Latinos in the U.S. Topics will include This course will take an in-depth look at the his- ChLa 413 Chicano/Latino Cinema ...... 4 family, gender relations, immigration, work and tory of Chicano/Latino experience in this coun- ChLa 414 Chicano/Latino Literature...... 4 employment, inter- and intra-ethnic and racial try examining such issues as the Treaty of relations in the community. Guadalupe-Hidalgo and its affect on Latinos. COURSES ChLa 302 Additional topics will include issues dealing Survey of Chicano/Latino Literature (4) with why the Puerto Rican and Cuban experience has been different than for other Latinos in ChLa 201 A representative overview of Chicano/Latino lit- Introduction to Chicano/Latino I (4) erature covering poetry, theater, novel, short this country. Prerequisite: ChLa 201. An introductory history of Latinos in the United story, and essay. The course will include literary ChLa 412 States. Beginning with Spanish colonization and techniques, modes of expression, trends in Chi- Chicano/Latino Theater (4) moving to the recent migration of Latin and cano and Latino creativity, critical approaches, An examination of the Chicano Theater move- South Americans in the 1970s, 1980s, and early and will expose students to available biblio- ment of the 1960s and 1970s with an in-depth 1990s. Special attention will be given to particu- graphic resources in the field. study of the work of Luis Valdez and El Teatro lar events that shaped and influenced the Latino ChLa 303 Campesino. Additional topics will include the experience, such as the Mexican-American War, Chicana/Latina Experience (4) work of the Nuyorican Playwrights and the Repatriation, Bracero Program, World War II, The social, political, and literary experience of Latino New York Shakespeare Festival. Prereq- War on Poverty, the Chicano Movement, and women in the Chicano and Latino communities. uisite: ChLa 302. U.S. foreign policy in Latin America. The women’s perspective and position in histori- ChLa 413 ChLa 202 cal events, community organizing, and social Chicano/Latino Cinema (4) Introduction to Chicano/Latino II (4) issues will be explored through literature, art, An examination of the Chicano/Latino issues, An introductory course designed to look at the music, and social science research. themes, and struggles as presented by Chicano/ Latino filmmakers. The course will further social, political, and economic status of Latinos. ChLa 399 Includes an examination of the political and eco- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) examine stereotypes created by the film industry nomic structure and organization and U.S. soci- of the Chicano/Latino people and their place in ChLa 401 contemporary society. Prerequisite: ChLa 203 or ety and the status and class position of various Research (Credit to be arranged.) Latino groups. The course will include a demo- Consent of instructor. 302. graphic profile and an overview of current social ChLa 405 ChLa 414 issues. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Chicano/Latino Literature (4) ChLa 203 arranged.) Examination of the works created by some of the Introduction to Chicano/Latino III (4) Consent of instructor. leading Chicano/Latino novelists, poets, and An introductory course designed to examine the short fiction writers from the 1960s to present ChLa 407 day. The course will look at the impact of their cultural heritage of Chicanos and Latinos in the Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) United States. Drawing from a wide range of Consent of instructor. work and how it impacts how Latinos view disciplines, including anthropology, folklore, lit- themselves and their place in American society. erature, film, and linguistics. Examines both folk Prerequisite: ChLa 203 or ChLa 302.

CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES

317U Cramer Hall varied professional goals of students desir- and child care administrators, parent edu- 725-3976 ing broad and socially relevant preparation cators, early intervention specialists, and for work with children and families. Pro- program directors for community agencies B.A., B.S. gram content is directed toward competen- providing services to young children and cies for a range of professional roles. their families. The Child and Family Stud- NDERGRADUATE Coursework in child and family studies ies program also provides a foundation for U reﬂects the socioeconomic and cultural those students who intend to pursue gradu- PROGRAM diversity of children and families in the ate work in education, counseling, social metropolitan area. work, or related disciplines. Child and family studies is an academic Majors in child and family studies will The program represents an integration major for a baccalaureate degree. The pri- develop a broad understanding of family of theory, research, and practice related to mary focus is on young children and their systems and the diverse sociocultural con- children and families. The unique program families. The program was collaboratively texts in which children and families strengths include interdisciplinary seminars designed by faculty and professionals from develop. The program offers an opportunity and extensive and diverse practicum expe- varied disciplines at Portland State Univer- to acquire knowledge and skills in one or riences. sity and Oregon Health Sciences University more specialization areas. Majors may Requirements for admission to the child in cooperation with community agencies pursue careers as early childhood teachers, and family studies major include an appli- and institutions. The Child and Family caregivers, program assistants, preschool cation, letters of reference, and an inter- Studies program attends to the needs and 84 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

view with members of the Consortium for socioeconomics. Approaches to working Practica—10 credits Children and Families. Applicants may be with families will be developed with sensi- Majors will select practicum experiences admitted during spring for the following tivity to the diversity of family structures, from a range of community organizations fall quarter. Deadline for submission of traditions, and dynamics. and agencies, federal and local preschool application materials is February 27. Infor- Child in Society and day care programs, and early interven- mation and application forms can be Advisers: Ann Weikel, History, Candice tion centers. The program advisers will obtained by calling 725-8241. Goucher, Black Studies assist in the selection and scheduling of Requirements for a Major in Child This specialization is designed to examine practica with consideration of coursework, and Family Studies. In addition to meet- societal contexts within which children live experience, and career goals. ing the general University requirements, and which influence the treatment of chil- Seminars—8 credits majors must complete an adviser-approved dren. Children will be studied in the con- CFS 497 and CFS 498. program to include: text of economics, politics, culture, work Child and Family Studies Core— issues, anthropology, and history. The Total minimum 64 credits 31 Credits effects of gender and racial bias on child- All courses submitted to satisfy the Psy 311 Human Development ...... 4 hood will be explored. requirements for a major in child and PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for Administration of Programs for family studies must be passed with a grade Children and Youth ...... 4 of C or above. In addition, courses taken Psy 460 Child Psychology ...... 4 Children and Families Advisers: Sorca O’Connor, Educational Policy, under the undifferentiated grading option SpEd 418 Survey of Exceptional Learners . . . 3 (pass/no pass) will not be accepted toward Hst 343 American Family History ...... 4 Foundations, and Administration; Ellen Soc 461 Sociology of Family ...... 4 Nolan, Helen Gordon Child Development fulfilling department major requirements. Soc 337 Minorities ...... 4 Center Ed 420 Introduction to Education and This specialization is designed to develop COURSES Society...... 4 understandings and strategies for program Child and Family Studies administration, specifically for young chil- CFS 497 Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Children Specialization—15-20 credits dren and their families. There is a focus on and Families (4) Majors may meet with a program adviser communication, with sensitivity to issues Designed for majors in child and family studies, for guidance in the selection of an area of of culture, race, and economics. examines contemporary issues, research, and specialization and are required to complete Preparation for Early Childhood resources regarding children and families in a minimum of five courses within the area. Education urban settings from multiple disciplines and multicultural perspectives. Promotes a synthesis Majors may study more than one special- Advisers: Amy Driscoll, Curriculum and of understandings and professional reflection of ization area. The lists of courses recom- Instruction, Cari Olmsted, Head Start child and family issues in the context of commu- mended for each specialization area do not Regional Training Office nity-based service learning. Participants also limit course selection for the major. The This specialization is designed to develop investigate leadership, empowerment, and advo- specialization adviser will assist the student understandings and approaches for work- cacy roles within the child and family profes- in tailoring a program of courses to meet ing with children and their families in early sion. career goals and to accommodate previous childhood education settings. This area of CFS 498 professional experience. study will focus on developmentally appro- Professional Development in Child and Human Development priate curriculum and guidance, and the Family Studies (4) This seminar, for majors in child and family Adviser: Cathleen Smith, Psychology development of relationships with families. studies, is directed to the development of profes- The specialization is designed to focus on Preparation for Early Intervention sional perspectives, roles of advocacy and lead- development in the social, cognitive, physi- Settings ership, and reflective practice. Students will be cal, and emotional domains. Theory and Advisers: Rhea Paul, Speech and Hearing actively involved in self-directed learning, self- research related to development will extend Sciences, Ruth Falco, Special Education and assessment, community involvement, the legisla- to current issues of diversity and to impli- Counselor Education tive process, and group presentations. cations for professionals working with chil- This specialization is designed to develop a dren and families. repertoire of understandings and Family in Society approaches necessary for accommodating Advisers: Kathryn Farr, Sociology; Carol children with special needs in developmen- Morgaine, Child and Family Studies tally appropriate settings. Coursework The specialization is designed to examine includes a focus on normal and abnormal societal contexts within which families development, a survey of disorders, and live. Families will be studied from the per- understandings of families with children spectives of culture, gender, health, and with special needs.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 85

ECONOMICS

241 Cramer Hall Credits Required Courses 725-3915 Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 Ec 375 Macroeconomic Theory...... 4 Ec 440 International Trade Theory and Policy. 4 Ec 441 International Monetary Theory and B.A., B.S. Ec 376 Microeconomic Theory ...... 4 Ec 370, 456, 457, 460 (any one course) . . . . . 4 Policy ...... 4 Minor in Economics Minor in International Economics Electives 20 Upper-division economics electives ...... 12 Secondary Education Program—Social A minimum total of 22 credits of 400-level Chosen from: Science coursework including not more than two Ec 442 The Multinational Enterprise in the M.A., M.S. courses numbered 401 to 410. Ec 370, 456, World Economy M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social 457, and 460 may be counted toward these Ec 445 Comparative Economic Systems Science) credits when not used to satisfy the 4-credit Ec 446 Economic Systems of the Western Ph.D. in Systems Science-Economics requirement immediately above...... 22 Pacific Rim Ph.D.—Participating department in Ec 447 Transitional Economies Total in economics (minimum) 42 Urban Studies Doctoral Program Ec 450 Third-World Economic Development BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting ...... 4 Total 28 UNDERGRADUATE Mth 241 Calculus for Management and Social Courses taken under the undifferenti- PROGRAMS Sciences; Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Proba- ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not bility and Statistics; Stat 366 Introduction to acceptable toward filling department minor The program in economics is designed to Experimental Design, or CS 106 Computing requirements. Fundamentals ...... 16 meet four major objectives: to provide a basic knowledge of economic analysis for SECONDARY EDUCATION Total in other fields 20 PROGRAM the student intending to do undergraduate Majors must take a minimum of 16 Adviser: T. Potiowsky work in preparation for a professional credits of coursework in residence from career in business or government; to serve (See General Studies: Social Science this department and must maintain at least page 109.) as the core of a liberal arts program for stu- a 2.00 grade point average in work com- dents planning to enter business or industry pleted in this department. directly upon graduation; to provide All courses used to satisfy the depart- GRADUATE courses preparing students for graduate mental major requirements, whether taken PROGRAMS work in economics; and to present courses in the department or elsewhere, must be that offer insight into the economic prob- graded C- or above. The Department of Economics offers grad- lems of the day. Requirements for a Minor in uate work leading to the Master of Arts and The major in economics is required to Economics. To earn a minor in economics Master of Science degrees. The department take 42 credits in economics courses, plus a student must complete 26 credits (12 also participates in the Urban Studies Doc- specified courses in basic accounting, credits of which must be taken in residence toral Degree Program. Specialized theoreti- mathematics, and statistics. Many majors at PSU), to include the following: cal and applied courses in economics, concentrate their electives so that they in when combined with urban studies general effect establish a minor in either business Credits seminars, partially fulfill the requirements administration, engineering, or one of the Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 for the Ph.D in Urban Studies with an †Upper-division economics electives ...... 18 other fields in the social sciences. emphasis in economics. The Department of As soon as students decide to become Total 26 Economics participates in the Systems Sci- ence Ph.D. Program. Candidates for the economics majors, they should consult the No more than 6 credits of Ec 410 will Ph.D. in Systems Science-Economics are department secretary for referral to the be accepted (no other omnibus courses will encouraged to enroll in advanced courses appropriate adviser. Economics majors be accepted). in economics, and may elect economics as who anticipate that they may do graduate Courses taken under the undifferenti- a major or minor field of study within that work in economics should consult their ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not program. For information relating to the adviser to develop a proper background acceptable toward fulfilling department Ph.D. programs, see pages 56 and 270. program. minor requirements. Admission to the master’s program in Requirements for Major. In addition Requirements for a Minor in the Department of Economics requires, in to meeting the general University degree International Economics. To earn a minor addition to the University admissions requirements, the major in economics in international economics a student must requirements: must meet the following departmental complete 28 credits (12 credits of which requirements: must be taken in residence at PSU), to 1. A minimum of a 3.00 GPA in overall include the following: coursework and a minimum of a 3.00 GPA in economics coursework. 2. Completion of the core undergraduate courses in the Economics program at

† Additional prerequisites may be required.

86 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Portland State University, including theory 5.Urban-Regional Economics and its should contact the departmental office and statistics, or present equivalent Public Finance for advising. competence. Ec 530 Regional Economics Ec 531 Urban Economics PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— 3. Have a cumulative GPA of 3.50 in all Ec 534 Regional Economic Structure* ECONOMICS graduate credit earned at accredited institu- Ec 535 Public Spending and Debt Policy The Department of Economics participates tions. Ec 536 Taxation and Income Policies in the Systems Science Ph.D. Program. Ec 537 Seminar in Public Finance* Students interested in seeking a Ph.D. in MASTER OF ARTS OR Ec 582 Poverty, Welfare, and Income MASTER OF SCIENCE Systems Science-Economics should con- Distribution* tact the Department of Economics for fur- Students must complete a minimum of Ec 583 Impact Assessment* 52 credits (13 courses in which a maximum Ec 585 Cost-Benefit Analysis* ther information. Elective fields include: of six 400/500 level courses are allowed). Ec 586 Project Evaluation* international economics, urban-regional economics, mathematical economics, and Each student completes a three-course core 6.Quantitative Economics requirement, three-course field require- Ec 571 Advanced Econometrics* economic development. Applicants must be ment, research methods and project, and Ec 572 Econometric Forecasting and Simulation admitted simultaneously to the economics major elective courses. Upon completion of Ec 573 Seminar in Quantitative Economics* graduate program and the Systems the program, each student must take the Ec 580 Mathematical Economics Science Ph.D. Program. comprehensive exam on core theory Ec 583 Impact Assessment* courses and write a field project. Ec 585 Cost-Benefit Analysis* COURSES The core courses requirement includes Ec 586 Project Evaluation* the following (*) indicates courses offered In order to complete the field require- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not only at the 500-level or above: ment, each student must submit a written offered every year. Ec 570 Econometrics* research project on the field subject, super- Economics does not allow credit for Ec 201, 202 Ec 575 Advanced Microeconomics* vised by the faculty members specialized in after credit has been earned in an upper-division Ec 576 Advanced Macroeconomics* the field and methodology. The following economics class for which Ec 201, 202 is a Courses for the field requirement con- courses are required: prerequisite. sist of a minimum of 12 graduate credits Ec 595 Research Methods* Ec 201 Ec 597 Research Project* Principles of Economics (4) (three courses) with at least one course in a A study of the market system, involving the graduate seminar. Fields must be chosen In addition to the core and field require- essentials of demand and supply analysis; from the following: ments in economics as defined above, the competition and monopoly; labor public policy 1.Labor and Welfare Economics: remaining 20 graduate towards business; the distribution of income; Ec 517 Women in the Economy credits (five courses) are electives. These international trade and commercial policy; Ec 519 Economics of Race and Ethnicity elective courses must include at least one comparative advantage, tariffs, and quotas. Ec 565 Economics of Labor Markets additional graduate seminar in economics. Ec 202 Ec 566 Labor Institutions and Policy Courses outside of economics may be used Principles of Economics (4) Ec 567 Seminar in Labor Economics* to meet the elective requirements, subject A study of factors affecting the level of national income: the essentials of money and banking; Ec 582 Poverty, Welfare, and Income to approval by a faculty adviser. Distribution* the role of government expenditure and taxation A working knowledge of mathematics 2.Industry Economics and Regulation: in achieving economic stability, growth, and and statistical methods is required for all development; international monetary issues Ec 510 Energy Economics students. This requirement may be fulfilled Ec 525 Economics of Industrial Organization including exchange rates and the balance of pay- Ec 526 Economics of Regulation by examination or by the successful comments. Ec 527 Seminar in Industrial Organization* pletion of courses in mathematics and sta- Ec 340 International Economics (4) Ec 532 Environmental Economics tistics approved by the department. Examines trade and financial relations among Ec 585 Cost-Benefit Analysis* Differential and integral calculus and linear countries with an emphasis on policy perspec- Ec 586 Project Evaluation* algebra are highly recommended. tives. Outlines international policy options and the principles that govern world trade and finan- 3.Monetary Economics: Conditionally admitted students must cial arrangements. Regional and international Ec 520 Money and Banking fulfill all conditions within the first two trade organizations and currency arrangements Ec 521 Monetary Theory and Policy terms of their program unless special will be discussed. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. Ec 524 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy* exemption is granted by the department Ec 541 International Monetary Theory and graduate committee. Ec 370 Policy Introduction to Quantitative Economics (4) In addition to the general requirements General survey of quantitative techniques useful 4.Global Economics for advancement to candidacy, the student for economic analysis. Focus on the applications Ec 540 International Trade Theory and Policy must complete 12 credits in residence work of mathematical tools and simple regression Ec 541 International Monetary Theory and for graduate credit in economics analysis in economics. Quantitative topics will Policy with a GPA of at least 3.00 and be recom- be introduced systematically with hands-on case Ec 542 Multinational Enterprise and Economic mended by the graduate committee of the studies and examples. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Integration 202, Mth 241, Stat 243 and 244. Ec 544 Seminar in International Economics* department. Ec 545 Comparative Economic Systems Any transferred graduate credits that Ec 375 Macroeconomic Theory (4) Ec 546 Economic Systems of the Western satisfy University requirements may be Social accounting practices and problems. Fac- Pacific Rim applied toward major electives. Under no tors influencing the levels of output, employ- Ec 547 Transitional Economies circumstances can the core and field ment, and prices. Comparison of Keynesian and Ec 550 Third World Development requirements be waived or substituted for pre-Keynesian thought. Fundamentals of the Ec 553 Theory of Economic Growth with coursework from other PSU depart- theory of business cycles, economic growth, Ec 587 Economic Planning* ments or from other institutions. Students inflation. The role of government in dealing with with questions concerning transferred cred- these and related problems. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 87

Ec 376 Ec 425/525 international monetary policies and problems. Microeconomic Theory (4) Economics of Industrial Organization (4) Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202; Ec 375 Theories of consumer behavior and demand, Study based upon the application of microeco- recommended. production and cost, the firm and market organi- nomic theory to the analysis of firms, markets, zation and functional income distribution. Pre- Ec 442/542 and industries. Search for economic explana- The Multinational Enterprise in the World requisites: Ec 201, 202. tions for the structure of markets and for the Economy (4) Ec 399 behavior of the firms which trade in them. Seeks The study of the multinational (transnational) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) also to explain the internal organization of firms enterprise as a form of direct foreign investment. Ec 401/501 and to assess the efficiency of the market in Analysis of theories of direct investment; the Research (Credit to be arranged.) determining organization. Prerequisite: Ec 201; impact of the multinational enterprise on the Consent of instructor. Ec 376 recommended. national and international economy and the rela- Ec 404/504 Ec 426/526 tionship of such firms to the concept of the Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to Economics of Regulation (4) nation-state. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. be arranged.) Study of government regulation designed to con- Ec 445/545 Ec 405/505 trol—or at least to influence—the performance Comparative Economic Systems (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be of the market in specific ways. Historical and Analysis and appraisal of contemporary eco- arranged.) economic analyses of three main forms of regu- nomic systems: capitalist, socialist, fascist, com- Consent of instructor. lation: direct regulation of monopoly and communist. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. petition, and social regulation to protect the Ec 407/507 Ec 446/546 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) environment and the individual. Prerequisite: Ec Economic Systems of the Western Pacific Rim Consent of instructor. 201. (4) Ec 409 Ec 431/531 A comparative systems approach to the econo- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Urban Economics (4) mies of Japan, China, South Korea, Taiwan, By prior arrangement with the department, Functions of the urban economy: the market Hong Kong, and Singapore. Will include such economics majors may receive a maximum of 3 sector and the public sector. Economic analysis topics as Japanese management, economic credits in their total undergraduate program for of issues such as land use, environmental quality, reform and modernization in China, and the economics research done in the community in transportation, housing, income distribution, and dynamic development programs of the newly conjunction with guided reading and regular the organization and financing of urban public industrializing countries. Prerequisites: Ec 201, consultations with the practicum instructor. services. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. 202, Ec 445 is recommended. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, and consent of *Ec 432/532 Ec 447/547 instructor. Environmental Economics (4) Transitional Economies (4) An examination of the alternative and sometimes Ec 410/510 Examines the formation of the Soviet-type eco- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) conflicting evaluation and decision-making cri- nomic system in the 1920s and 30s and its dis- teria of economics and physical sciences as they *Ec 417/517 semination after World War II to Eastern Europe, Women in the Economy (4) pertain to the material environment. An evalua- China, and other selected countries. Emphasis is Different economic theoretical perspectives are tion of policy alternatives. Prerequisites: Ec 201, placed on the history of ideas and the historical presented to account for women’s particular eco- 202. setting which gave rise to the Soviet model. nomic roles currently and historically. Emphasis Ec 435/535 Includes the examination of the internal contra- on women’s responsibility for child rearing and Public Spending and Debt Policy (4) dictions of the model, the “unwinding” of housework; women’s relatively low wages; Analysis of the role of the state in a competitive planned socialism, and the prospects for the occupational segregation by gender; economic economy. Development of decision rules for move toward mixed market economies. Prereq- differences among women due to ethnicity, gen- state economic action. Includes a detailed study uisite: Ec 201, 202. eration, and class; and policy issues with particu- of the principles of voting, public budgeting Ec 450/550 lar importance for women’s economic situation. including cost benefit analysis and PPBS, the Third-World Economic Development (4) Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. theory of fiscal federalism and the theory and Characteristics of less developed countries. Pop- principles of public debts. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Ec 419/519 ulation problems and other obstacles to eco- Economics of Race and Ethnicity (4) 202. nomic development. Roles of agriculture, Survey of the economic history of ethnic groups Ec 436/536 industry, and foreign trade. Foreign investment in the United States, various economic theoreti- Taxation and Income Policies (4) and economic aid. Theories of economic devel- cal perspectives advanced to account for past Principles and problems of government financ- opment and underdevelopment. Prerequisites: and current experience of people of color in the ing. Critical analysis of alternative taxes as Ec 201, 202. U.S. economy, and examination of selected eco- sources of public revenue with emphasis on the- Ec 453/553 nomic policy issues. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. ories of incidence and economic effect. Prereq- Theory of Economic Growth (4) uisites: Ec 201, 202. Ec 420/520 Introduction to the theory of economic growth. Money And Monetary Systems (4) Ec 440/540 This course will emphasize the theoretical basis Functional and empirical definitions of money International Trade Theory and Policy (4) and the models developed to measure growth and near moneys. Role of bank and nonbank Theories of international trade. Analysis of the and change in modern industrial societies. Pre- financial institutions in the economy. History normative aspects of trade including the gains requisites: Ec 201, 202. and organization of commercial banks and the from trade and the effect of trade on economic †Ec 456/556 Federal Reserve System. Instruments of mone- welfare. Examination of international trade American Economic History: the First tary control by the Federal Reserve. Alternative policy and issues of economic integration, eco- Century (4) arrangements for international payments and nomic growth, and current trade problems. Pre- The economic background of the War of Inde- their implications for domestic monetary con- requisites: Ec 201, 202; Ec 376 recommended. pendence and the seeds of the Civil War. Indus- trol. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. Ec 441/541 trialization, urbanization, and development of the frontier. Rise of big business and organized Ec 421/521 International Monetary Theory and Policy (4) Monetary Theory and Policy (4) Balance of payments theory including balance of labor. Laissez-faire, federalism, and the gradual Theories of the relationship between changes in payments accounting and foreign exchange mar- emergence of the national government in eco- the supply and demand for money and changes ket; theoretical models of fixed and flexible nomic policy. Changes in foreign trade and in in income, employment, and price levels. Prob- exchange rate systems using both Neoclassical the international position of the U.S. Prerequi- lems of choosing objectives, targets and tools in and Keynesian approaches. Historical evolution sites: Ec 201, 202. monetary policy. Domestic and international of the international monetary system. Current monetary reforms. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202.

† Also offered as Hst 438/538, 439/539.

88 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

†Ec 457/557 finance. Integrates the theory of public finance *Ec 554 American Economic History: the 20th with policy applications. Limited to graduate Seminar in Third-world Economic Issues (4) Century (4) students in public administration. Discussion in a seminar context of the meaning Economic impact of U.S. involvement in World of underdevelopment, the relevance of the his- War I. Postwar structural changes. Waning of Ec 514 torical experience of more developed countries, Money, Financial Markets, and the Economy laissez faire. Causes of the Great Depression. (4) theories of development and underdevelopment, Economic policies of Hoover and Roosevelt Study of the financial component of macroeco- agricultural and industrial development, and administrations. The New Deal reforms. World nomics: financial institutions and markets that external economic relations. Prerequisite: War II and emergence of the administered sys- facilitate the flow of savings to investment. Inter- Ec 450. tem. Evolution of the mixed economy and grow- est rate determination, structure of interest rates, Ec 567 ing role of the government. The industrial- changing scope of financial instruments, and Seminar in Labor Economics (4) military complex. Social imbalance. Prerequi- impact of regulation and legislation. The Federal Discussion of recent theoretical research on sites: Ec 201, 202. Reserve’s role in controlling the money supply advanced topics in labor economics will serve as *Ec 460/560 and monetary and fiscal policy effects on finan- the context for student research. Topics vary. History of Economic Thought (4) cial markets and aggregate economic activity. Prerequisites: Ec 375, 376; Ec 465/565 or 466/ Selections from the economic writings of vari- Prerequisite: limited to students admitted to 566 recommended. ous thinkers from antiquity through the Refor- graduate programs in business administration. Ec 570 mation. A survey of the work of the most *Ec 524 Econometrics (4) important economic theorists of the 18th, 19th, Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (4) The theory and application of statistical regres- and 20th centuries including Adam Smith, Theories of demand and supply for money and sion, hypothesis testing, and simulation of Ricardo, Marx, Marshall, Veblen, and Keynes. of inflation. Integration of monetary and value econometric models. Emphasizes model con- Readings include original writings and interpre- theories and empirical work in monetary eco- struction and efficient use of economic data. tations by later economists. Scholars will be nomics. Major policy issues. Prerequisites: Ec Problems of multicolinearity, heteroscedasticity, studied in terms of their historical context and 375, 420, 421. autocorrelation, and distributed lags are dis- the contemporary relevance of the theories and * cussed. Some familiarity with calculus, matrix policy recommendations. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Ec 527 Seminar in Industrial Organization (4) algebra, and computer applications are assumed. 202. Analysis of organization and operation of a Prerequisite: Ec 370. Ec 465/565 market economy. Focus on debates between Ec 571 Economics of Labor Markets (4) major “schools” of economic thought, their Advanced Econometrics (4) Investigates questions in labor economic theory research programs, and their analysis of policy Topics on econometric applications in consump- from the perspectives of the major schools of toward matters involving antitrust and public- tion and production models, Baysian economet- economic thought. Issues emphasized: sources utility-type regulation. Prerequisites: Ec 425, rics, nonparametric estimation and prediction. of unemployment, the way wages are deter- 426. Prerequisite: Ec 570. mined, and the reasons demographic groups fare *Ec 573 differently in the labor market. Prerequisites: Ec Ec 534 Regional Economic Structure (4) Seminar in Quantitative Economics (4) 201, 202. This course focuses on methods of analyzing Explores techniques of advanced mathematical Ec 466/566 why regions differ economically, how they inter- and statistical analysis as applied to economic Labor Institutions and Policy (4) relate and why and how they react to changes in problem solving. Examples from recent litera- An overview of the history and contemporary economic policies and conditions. Part of the ture on mathematical economics and economet- organization of work and industrial relations in course will be devoted to a study of models of rics will be used. Prerequisites: Ec 570, 580. the United States. Paid and unpaid work, the regional structure and growth, such as economic Ec 575 development of trade unions and collective bar- base or input-output, and the strengths and Advanced Macroeconomics (4) gaining, and new directions in the organization weaknesses of each in modeling the regional Theories of national income, employment and of work and the labor market such as employee economy. The remainder of the course will be price levels with special emphasis on recent participation and automation. Prerequisites: Ec concerned with the development of models for developments in analytical techniques and 201, 202. use in regional forecasting and/or evaluation of empirical findings. Prerequisite: Ec 375. Ec 472/572 policy changes on regional development. Prereq- Ec 576 Econometric Forecasting and Simulation (4) uisite: Ec 430. Advanced Microeconomics (4) This course covers time series analysis and sim- *Ec 537 Theory of consumer behavior and of the firm. ulation, emphasizing techniques of identifica- Seminar In Public Finance (4) Market and multimarket equilibrium and stabil- tion, estimation, forecasting and econometric Analysis of the role of government spending and ity. Varieties of imperfect competition. Prerequi- simulation. Various techniques of moving aver- taxation in a market economy. Discussion of the site: Ec 376. age, differencing, and autocorrelation adjust- various methods of measurement of the size and * ment will be introduced in order to identify the Ec 582 influence of the government. Evaluation of the Poverty, Welfare, and Income Distribution (4) time series. Estimation methods and diagnostic principal schools of thought on the role of the An in-depth study of poverty standards and mea- checking following the identification will pro- government in the economy. Review of the liter- sures of income and wealth inequality. Impact of vide the base model for forecasting and simula- ature on the principles of taxation and the analy- taxes and welfare transfers on the distribution of tion. Prerequisite: Ec 370. sis of its shifting and incidence. Prerequisite: income in the U.S. Prerequisite: graduate status Ec 480/580 Ec 376. in urban studies or economics. Mathematical Economics (4) *Ec 544 Mathematical characteristics of linear economic Ec 583 Seminar in International Economics (4) Impact Assessment (4) models including input-output analysis and Discussions of recent theoretical and quantita- Empirical techniques employed in measuring the linear programming. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, tive international economic analysis will provide impacts associated with land use change. Topics: 370. a context for student research. Research areas goals achievement matrix approaches to impact Ec 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) will include international trade theory and pol- assessment; trade-offs between community and Ec 512 icy, international monetary theory and interna- regional welfare; distance and times in urban Public Finance (4) tional economic integration and development. analysis; estimating the social profitability of Economic issues in public finance. Federal, Prerequisites: Ec 440, 441. land development; cost-benefit analysis applied state, and local tax policy, efficiency and equity to freeway location techniques for valuation of in government, fiscal policy and debt manage- nonpriced resources; measuring municipal reve- ment, and intergovernmental taxation and nue and expenditure impacts; gravity models and

† Also offered as Hst 438/538, 439/539.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 89

transport demand estimation; economic base Ec 595 *Ec 675 analysis for employment and population impact Research Methods (4) Advanced Macroeconomics II (4) assessment; and estimating air and noise pollu- Application of economic analysis and economic Extended analysis of macroeconomic theory tion associated with land development. Prerequi- methodology to field research problems. Ana- covering static, deterministic models through site: Ec 376. lytic and quantitative methods used by econo- recent dynamic and stochastic macro modeling. mists, including the estimation and testing of Analytic tools in both theoretic and empirical *Ec 585 Cost-benefit Analysis (4) econometric models; the use of other statistical models are illustrated in the study of inflation, Identification and estimation of direct and indi- procedures for model description and inference; unemployment, growth and government policy. rect inputs and outputs. Valuation of commodi- nonlinear specification and estimation; linear Prerequisite: Ec 575. ties and of factors. Present social value and time and nonlinear system models. Data resources *Ec 676 discounting. Uncertainty. Prerequisite: Ec 376. available to the practicing economists will be Advanced Microeconomics II (4) covered. Prerequisite: Ec 570. Extended analysis of microeconomic theory *Ec 586 Project Evaluation (4) Ec 596 covering individual and social choice issues. Cost and benefit evaluation. Choice of projects. Research Project (4) Selected topics of interest and significance Case studies related to water resources, transpor- Intended for graduate students to complete the include but are not limited to: rational choice tation, and industrial projects. Prerequisite: Ec field project requirement. Course activities behavior of consumers and producers, theory of 376. include: independent reading on researchable the market, partial and general equilibrium anal- * field-related topics; individual development of a ysis, welfare economics, and economics of infla- Ec 587 research project, i.e., selection of a subject and tion. Prerequisite: Ec 576. Economic Planning (4) Aspects of the economic planning process plan of study; and periodic reporting of individ- including target setting, tests of feasibility, con- ual research progress projects. Prerequisite: Ec sistency, and optimality, and plan implementa- 595. tion. Prerequisite: Ec 376.

ENGLISH

405 Neuberger Hall communication skills that English majors Upper-division Courses: 725-3521 typically acquire make them attractive to Group A—Theory many potential employers and prepare Eng 300 ...... 4 B.A.—English them for graduate work leading to profes- Elective in advanced criticism and practice B.A., B.S.—General Studies: Arts and sions such as law. (see list for Group A) ...... 4 Letters For those who wish to teach, the Group B—Literatures of Ethnicity, Gender, Minor in English English Department prepares majors for Class, and Culture Minor in Professional Writing graduate work leading to teaching certifica- Elective (see list for Group B) ...... 4 Secondary Education Program tion or for entry into graduate master’s or Group C—Period Studies in British and M.A. doctoral programs in English. PSU gradu- American Literature (to include at least 8 cred- M.A.T. ates in English have gone on to succeed in its at the 400 level) advanced degree programs at many major Pre-1800 literature (see list of acceptable universities. courses) ...... 4 UNDERGRADUATE Requirements for Major. In addition Electives (see list for Group C) ...... 8 PROGRAMS to meeting the general University degree Group D—Writing, Rhetoric, Composition, requirements, the English major will meet and Linguistics The study of English has long been consid- the following requirements for the B. A. One upper-division writing course...... 4 ered one of the best ways to obtain a liberal degree: Elective (see list for Group D) ...... 4 education. Courses are designed to improve Group E—Electives Lower-division Courses: students’ abilities to analyze and produce Electives in theory, literature, writing, and Two courses selected from the following: . . . . 8 ‡ complex texts, to develop critical capabili- rhetoric. May include up to four Eng 201 Shakespeare adviser-approved, lower-division credits) . 12 ties, and to understand diverse cultures. Eng 202 Shakespeare The department prepares its majors for Eng 204 Survey of English Literature Group F—Senior Capstone careers in writing and teaching, as well as Eng 205 Survey of English Literature A list of acceptable capstone courses is available for a variety of professions in which high Eng 253 Survey of American Literature in the English Department Office...... 6 Eng 254 Survey of American Literature levels of literacy and critical thought are Total upper-division credits 50 required. Various concentrations in litera- Wr 200 Writing about Literature ture and writing allow students flexible Total lower-division credits 8† Total credits in major 58 ways to combine interests in the literary English majors will be expected to arts with personal and professional goals. choose their courses in consultation with Indeed, the breadth of knowledge and the their advisers. For upper-division course-

† Adviser-approved lower- and upper-division credits may be substituted for some or all of these lower division credits. ‡ Courses to be selected from any upper-division Eng course (with the exception of Eng 474) or from any Wr course listed under Group D. 90 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

work in the several groups, consult the fol- Pre-1800 Courses: ■ No more than 8 credits total and no lowing lists of acceptable courses (each For upper-division courses with content prima- more than 4 credits in each of the fol- group is assumed to contain appropriate rily concerned with materials before 1800, lowing may be applied to the English omnibus-numbered courses, available for consult the following list of acceptable minor: Eng 199, 399, 401, 405, 408, selection by students with adviser courses: 409, Wr 199, 399, and/or 405. approval): Eng 311 Tragedy ■ With the exception of upper-division Eng 312 Comedy and Satire creative writing courses, any course Group A: Eng 314 The Epic Eng 491, 492 Literary Criticism used to satisfy departmental minor Eng 317 Greek Mythology requirements must be taken under the Eng 494 Topics in Critical Theory and Eng 318 The Bible as Literature Methods Eng 319 Northern European Mythology differentiated grading option and must Group B: Eng 320 English Novel (ﬁrst term of sequence) have been assigned a grade of C or Eng 308 Cultural Studies in Literature Eng 401 Research (as appropriate) above. Upper-division creative writing Eng 309 American Indian Literature Eng 405 Reading and Conference (as courses assigned a grade of pass may Eng 351, 352 African-American Literature appropriate) apply to the minor. Eng 420 Caribbean Literature Eng 407 Seminar (as appropriate) Note: The following courses will not Eng 421, 422 African Fiction Eng 410 Selected Topics (as appropriate) Eng 443, 444 British Women Writers Eng 411, 412 English Drama count as part of the English minor: Eng 445, 446 American Women Writers Eng 426, 427 Medieval Literature Wr 115 Introduction to College Writing Eng 467, 468 American Literature and Eng 430, 431 Renaissance Literature Wr 121 English Composition Culture Eng 440, 441 Seventeenth-Century Wr 211 Writing Practice Literature Wr 222 Writing Research Papers Group C: Wr 323 English Composition Eng 320, 321 The English Novel Eng 447 Major Forces in Literature Eng 364, 365 American Fiction (as appropriate) Requirements for a Minor in Eng 384, 385 Contemporary Literature Eng 448 Major Figures in Literature Professional Writing. To earn a minor in Eng 411, 412 English Drama (as appropriate) professional writing, a student must com- Eng 426, 427 Medieval Literature Eng 450, 451 Eighteenth-Century Literature plete 28 credits (12 credits of which must Eng 430, 431 Literature of the Renaissance Eng 458 Literature of the Romantic Period (ﬁrst be taken in residence at PSU), to include term of sequence) Eng 440, 441 Seventeenth-Century the following: Literature Eng 460, 461 American Literature: Eng 447 Major Forces in Literature Beginnings to 1865 Group I: Foundation courses Credits Eng 448 Major Figures in Literature General: Three courses chosen from the following: . . . 12 Eng 450, 451 Eighteenth-Century Literature ■ English majors in upper-division Wr 227 Introduction to Technical Writing Eng 458, 459 Literature of the Romantic Period English courses are expected to be able Wr 228 News Writing Wr 327 Technical Report Writing Eng 460, 461 American Literature: to write a library research paper when Beginnings to 1865 Wr 328 News Editing Eng 463, 464 American Literature: 1865-1955 required. The department recommends Wr 427 Technical Editing Eng 475, 476 Literature of the Victorian Period that majors without prior training in Wr 428 Advanced News Writing Eng 477, 478 American Poetry research paper writing enroll in Wr 222. Students interested in news writing are encour- Eng 480 Modern British Literature ■ Upper-division credits may not include aged to take Wr 228, Wr 328, and Wr 428. Eng 482 Contemporary British Literature Wr 472 or Eng 474. Students interested in technical writing in Eng 484 Modern Drama ■ Any course used to satisfy departmental science and industry are encouraged to take Eng 485 Contemporary Drama major requirements, whether taken in Wr 227, Wr 327, and Wr 410, Technical Eng 486 Contemporary American Novel the department or elsewhere, must be Editing. Eng 487 Contemporary American Short Story taken under the differentiated grading Group II: Electives Eng 488 Contemporary American Poetry option and must have been assigned a Four adviser-approved courses chosen Group D: grade of C or above. from the following...... 16 Eng 413 Teaching and Tutoring Writing Eng 425 Practical Grammar ■ No more than 12 credits of coursework Eng 414 Contemporary Composition Theories Wr 330 Desktop Publishing I Eng 415 Research Methods in Composition taken for the Professional Writing Wr 404 Internship and Cooperative Education Eng 425 Practical Grammar Minor may be applied to the English Wr 410 Special Topics in Writing. Topics vary, Eng 490 Rhetoric major. including: Legal Writing, Writing for Pre- Eng (appropriate adviser-approved course ■ A minimum of 24 credits in English sentations, Publications Project Manage- offered under omnibus number) and/or writing at PSU is required. ment, Information Technology for Writers, Ling (adviser-approved, upper-division course) Multimedia Production Typical Freshman Program Credits Wr 312 Intermediate Fiction Writing Wr 425 Advanced Technical Writing Eng 204, 205 Survey of English Literature . . . 8 Wr 313 Intermediate Poetry Writing Wr 429 Writing Computer Documentation Sequence in foreign language ...... 15 Wr 319 Planning and Producing Publications Wr 430 Desktop Publishing II Electives in English and academic Wr 327 Technical Report Writing One writing intensive course distribution areas (arts and letters, science, Wr 328 News Editing Any adviser-approved, upper-division exposi- social science) ...... 12 Wr 330 Desktop Publishing I tory writing, creative writing, or professional Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Wr 333 Advanced Composition writing course. Wr 412 Advanced Fiction Writing Requirements for a Minor. To earn a One course from another department approved Wr 420 Writing: Process and Response minor in English a student must complete for inclusion in the professional writing minor Wr 425 Advanced Technical Writing 28 adviser-approved credits (12 credits of (see list in English Department) Wr 427 Technical Editing which must be taken in residence at PSU). Any course used to satisfy requirements Wr 428 Advanced News Writing ■ Twelve credits must be literature for the professional writing minor must be Wr 430 Desktop Publishing II courses. taken under the differentiated grading Wr (appropriate adviser-approved, upper-divi- ■ sion course) Sixteen credits must be at the option and must have been assigned a upper-division level. grade of C or above. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 91

SECONDARY EDUCATION Students whose native language is not adviser. A final written examination is PROGRAM English must score at least 600 on the required, based upon a reading list distrib- At the time of entering, the time of com- TOEFL examination. uted by the department. Successful completing student teaching, and the time of pletion of the written examination makes completing the secondary teaching pro- MASTER OF ARTS the candidate eligible for the final oral gram, the student must hold a minimum For the M.A., the department requires a examination. Prior to the oral exam, the 3.00 GPA in English and writing courses. minimum of 32 graduate credits in English, student submits to his or her committee two Those who do not meet this GPA require- including Eng 596 Problems and Methods substantial papers written in regular gradu- ment may request that their adviser initiate of Literary Study and Eng 507 Seminar. ate courses at PSU. In addition, the stu- proceedings for a special evaluation by the The remainder of the student’s program dent’s program must present a minimum of Department of English teacher education may, with the approval of the adviser, 8 graduate credits in education and an ini- committee. include coursework in fields related to tial teaching license from the state of Ore- Students who complete a major in English. A minimum of 45 graduate credits gon. One cannot teach with a B.A. and an English and wish to teach English in sec- is required for the M.A. in English. M.A.T. in Oregon. One must also have an ondary schools must be accepted into the In every case, the student’s program initial teaching license, which at PSU is program in the Graduate School of Educa- must be approved by the depart-mental earned in the Fifth Year Program in the tion and complete specific requirements in adviser and the coordinator of graduate Graduate School of Education. The M.A.T. both English and education. studies. The student will have a choice of is considered a terminal degree. Students must consult with an English three tracks: I, the three-areas, non-thesis The student who also seeks continuing education adviser to learn the requirements option, emphasizing general coverage of licensure must present academic credits for the initial teaching license. literary material; II, the critical thesis that will satisfy the PSU licensure program option, permitting more specialized schol- as well as the minimum state department arly research; or III, the creative thesis norm for the field; the student must specifi- GRADUATE option, offering an opportunity to focus PROGRAMS cally determine with the aid of the adviser upon creative writing skills. For students whether the program is satisfactory. Final pursuing tracks II or III, the thesis may approval of the program must be agreed The Department of English offers graduate count for a maximum of 9 credits upon work leading to the Master of Arts and the upon by both the Department of English proper registration. and the Graduate School of Education. Master of Arts in Teaching degrees. Students pursuing option I must com- Degree Requirements. University mas- For continuing licensure requirements see plete at least 8 graduate credits in literature page 183. ter’s degree requirements are listed on before 1780. They must also select for their page 54. Department requirements are final written examinations three areas described in detail in the Department of chosen from the list below. One of these COURSES English brochure, M.A. in English, which is areas must be in British literature. Students available upon request. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not who write theses also take a three-hour offered every year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: M.A. general examination testing their overall *Eng 100 Students accepted to the master’s program knowledge of English and American litera- Introduction to Literature (4) normally hold the B.A. in English, with a ture. The examination areas are as follows: Introduction to the study of short stories, plays, minimum GPA of 3.25 in all English British Literature: Beginnings to poems, and essays. Includes representative courses. 1500; 1500-1660 (excluding Milton); approaches for studying literature and writing Applicants whose bachelor’s degree is 1660-1780 (including all of Milton); 1780- about it. Recommended especially for students not in English may still be considered for 1830 (Romantics); 1830-1910 (Victorian/ with no previous college-level coursework in lit- admission if they have taken 20-30 credit Edwardian); 1910-present. erature. Credit for Eng 100 will not be allowed if American Literature: 1607-1798 student has previously taken more than one liter- hours in British and American literature ature course. No prerequisites. and in writing (to include British and (Colonial/Puritan); 1798-1890 (19th Cen- tury); 1890-1940; 1940-present. Eng 104 American literature survey courses, as well Introduction to Fiction (4) as upper-division coursework in literature Other areas: Literary criticism; rheto- Reading, analysis, and appreciation of signifi- and writing), with a 3.25 GPA, and submit ric and composition; women’s literature; cant works of fiction, especially short stories, an analytical essay from one of their litera- ethnic literatures; post-colonial literature; with emphasis on the fiction writer’s craft. ture courses. genre studies (poetry/drama/prose fiction); Eng 105 Those who do not meet either of these or, by petition, other special topics. Introduction to Drama (4) requirements may be considered for condi- Successful completion of the written Reading, analysis, and appreciation of signifi- tional admission. They will need to provide examination makes the student eligible for cant works of drama, from classical times to the satisfactory evidence of preparedness to the final oral examination. present. undertake advanced work, to include some For students in theses options, the thesis Eng 106 defense will form part of this oral examina- Introduction to Poetry (4) combination of: Reading, analysis, and appreciation of signifi- ■ 3.25 GPA in four or five graduate tion. Students in the three-areas (non-the- cant poems, how they are written and how they English courses sis) option must submit to their speak to human concerns. ■ examination committee two substantial three letters of academic *Eng 107, 108 recommendation papers written in regular graduate course- World Literature (4, 4) ■ satisfactory GRE scores work in English at PSU. Narrative prose, drama, and poetry. Complete ■ explanation of undergraduate record books are included so that the student may MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING become familiar with some of the masterpieces and purpose of study The department requires a minimum of 28 ■ in Western world literature. two samples of written work from credits in English at the graduate level. The recent English courses Eng 199 distribution of these credits is determined Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) by the student in conference with the 92 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Eng 201, 202 Eng 315 Eng 408/508 Shakespeare (4, 4) The Shorter Poem (4) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the important plays: Eng 201, the early Shorter poems in world literature. Primary atten- Eng 409/509 plays: Eng 202, the later plays. tion will be given to poems in the English lan- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) guage, but the classics of other languages will be Eng 204, 205 Eng 410/510 Survey of English Literature (4, 4) read in translation as appropriate to tracing of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) forms and themes. From Beowulf to 1900: Eng 204, Beowulf to *Eng 411/511, 412/512 Milton; Eng 205, Enlightenment through Victo- Eng 316 English Drama (4, 4) rian period. The Short Story (4) Development of English drama from the begin- Eng 253, 254 A survey of the short story as it developed from nings to Shaw. Eng 411/511, from liturgical Survey of American Literature (4, 4) the tale, the legend, and the anecdote to its drama through the Renaissance; Eng 412/512, American literature from its beginnings to 1900. modern form. Although fiction from many litera- from the Restoration to Shaw. Prerequisite: 12 tures will be studied, all works will be read in *Eng 256 credits in literature. English. Introduction to African-American Literature Eng 413/513 (4) Eng 317 Teaching and Tutoring Writing (4) An overview of African-American fiction, Greek Mythology (4) Examines current practices of tutoring and poetry, drama and expository prose. Greek mythology as recorded by Homer, teaching writing in all subject areas. Focuses on *Eng 260 Hesiod, Ovid, and various of the Greek play- the process theory of writing to foster thinking Introduction to Women’s Literature (4) wrights and philosophers. Special attention is and learning in subject areas and the problems Introduction to the texts and contexts of given to the Greek legacy of ideas, themes, fig- and issues surrounding individual composing. women’s literature. ures, and images. Prerequisite: at least junior standing. Eng 300 Eng 318 Eng 414/514 Critical Approaches to Literature (4) The Bible As Literature (4) Contemporary Composition Theories (4) Study of analytical and evaluative methods A study of the various kinds of literature con- Examines theories of composition as they con- through application of critical theories to literary tained in the Bible. An analysis of the ways in flict and converge to form our prevailing theories works. Recommended for, but not restricted to, which the Biblical expression reflects the cul- of writing. Focuses on contemporary theories of English majors. Prerequisite: upper-division tural and historical milieu of the Hebraic-Chris- composing written discourse. Prerequisite: at standing and 8 credits in literature. tian experience. least senior standing. * Eng 306 Eng 319 *Eng 415/515 Topics in Literature and Popular Culture (4) Northern European Mythology (4) Research Methods in Composition (4) Study of a variety of expressive forms in relation A study of Nordic (Germanic) and Celtic myths, Examines current methodologies used in the to popular culture. Such topics as Detective their literary development, and fusion with field of composition and asks students to design Fiction, Film, American Humor, and Frontier Christian themes in Arthurian romance and and implement a research project which will add Literature. Beowulf. to the cumulative knowledge of the discipline. It *Eng 307 Eng 320, 321 serves as the foundation course in design and Science Fiction (4) English Novel (4, 4) implementation of qualitative research. Prereq- Study of recent science fiction, both novels and The English novel, from its beginnings to the uisite: at least senior standing. shorter fiction by American, European and other present. *Eng 420/520 writers. *Eng 351, 352 Caribbean Literature (4) Eng 308 African-American Literature (4, 4) A selection of poetry and Cultural Studies in Literature (4) A study of African-American literature from its fiction from the English and French speaking Study of a variety of cultural and historical oral and folk beginnings to the present. Caribbean (in translation where necessary). Pre- issues as they appear in literary texts. Such Prerequisites: Eng 256 or BSt 221 and upper- requisites: One previous African-American liter- topics as Literature of the Holocaust, the Litera- division standing. ature course and 12 additional literature credits. ture of Aging, and the Immigrant Experiences in Eng 364, 365 *Eng 421/521, 422/522 American Literature. American Fiction (4, 4) African Fiction (4, 4) Eng 309 American narrative, short story, and novel, with Readings in African fiction in regional, cultural, American Indian Literature (4) emphasis upon the major novelists of the 19th generational, and gender contexts. Prerequi- An introductory survey of traditional and recent and early 20th centuries. sites: One previous African-American literature literature by American Indian people. Poetry, Eng 371 course and 12 additional literature credits. legends, myths, oratory, short stories, and nov- The Novel (4) Eng 425/525 els, as well as background (historical and politi- The novel as a literary form, exemplified by Practical Grammar (4) cal) materials. works written in languages other than English. Designed to enable students to understand, and Eng 311 Eng 384, 385 therefore consciously to make effective, the Tragedy (4) Contemporary Literature (4, 4) structures of their written sentences. The course A study of the nature of tragedy in world Prose, poetry, and drama from contemporary examines grammatical categories, structures, literature. world literatures. and terminology; relationships between gram- Eng 312 Eng 399 matical structures and punctuation; and prescrip- Comedy and Satire (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tive grammars for written texts. Prerequisites: Study of drama and other literature that Eng 401/501 successful completion of 12 credits of English or expresses comic social judgment, either to sati- Research (Credit to be arranged.) writing. rize or to celebrate. Eng 404/504 Eng 426/526, 427/527 *Eng 314 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Medieval Literature (4, 4) The Epic (4) be arranged.) Eng 426: Old English literature (in translation); Reading in epic literature in the Western tradi- Eng 405/505 Eng 427: Middle English literature (in translation and world literature, beginning with the Reading and Conference (Credit to be tion if appropriate), in its European context. Iliad and Odyssey. arranged.) Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Consent of instructor. Eng 430/530, 431/531 Eng 407/507 Literature of the Renaissance (4, 4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Emphasis on the prose and poetry of the period. Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 93

Eng 440/540, 441/541 1870s through the 1890s and the early Edward- Eng 518 Seventeenth Century Literature (4, 4) ians. These courses include some fiction but do College Composition Teaching (2) Cavalier and metaphysical poetry; the prose not emphasize the novel. Prerequisite: 12 credits Introduces and develops the theoretical and prac- styles of the period. Prerequisite: 12 credits in in literature. tical expertise of the graduate teaching assistant literature. in the area of college composition teaching. Pre- Eng 477/577, 478/578 requisite: appointment to teaching assistantship *Eng 443/543, 444/544 American Poetry (4, 4) British Women Writers (4, 4) Tradition and innovation in American poetry in English Department. Study of the works of British women writers from the beginnings to the mid-20th century. *Eng 532, 533, 534 with attention to themes, styles, and characteris- Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Old English (4, 4, 4) tic concerns in the light of feminist criticism and 532: An introduction to the history and grammar scholarship. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 480/580 of Old English. 533: Old English translation, Modern British Literature (4) Eng 260 recommended. Advanced historical survey of the main figures poetry, and prose. 534: Special attention to *Eng 445/545, 446/546 and movements in British literature 1900-1950. Beowulf in Old English. Prerequisite: Eng 532 is American Women Writers (4, 4) Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. prerequisite for Eng 533 or 534. Study of American women writers, with atten- Eng 595 tion to themes, styles, and characteristic Eng 482/582 Contemporary British Literature (4) Contemporary Critical Theory (4) concerns, in the light of feminist criticism and The study of texts, authors, and trends in British Literary criticism in theory and practice in the scholarship. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. literature from 1950 to the present. Prerequisite: 20th century. Eng 260 recommended. 12 credits in literature. Eng 596 Eng 447/547 *Eng 484/584 Problems and Methods of Literary Study (5) Major Forces in Literature (4) Modern Drama (4) Bibliography and the methods of literary study A study of literary forms, theories, and move- Examines major European, English, and Ameri- as an introduction to graduate work: three hours ments: i.e., The Comic Novel, Literature and can plays in the period 1880-1940. Prerequisite: lecture and at least two additional hours of Theology, Southern American Women Writers. 12 credits in literature. library research. Required for M.A. candidates Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. in English. *Eng 485/585 Eng 448/548 Contemporary Drama (4) Major Figures in Literature (4) Examines major developments in world drama WRITING Concentrated study of the canon of one or more since World War II. Prerequisite: 12 credits in COURSES major writers: for example, Chaucer, The Bron- literature. tes, James Joyce, Hemingway, and Fitzgerald. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 486/586 Wr 115 Contemporary American Novel (4) Introduction to College Writing (4) Eng 450/550, 451/551 American novel since 1965, with emphasis upon Course is designed to help students increase flu- Eighteenth Century Literature (4, 4) traditions, themes and trends. Prerequisite: 12 ency and confidence in writing and learn con- English prose and poetry from 1660-1800. credits in literature. ventions of writing for college. Will also help Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 487/587 students deal with college-level reading. Recom- Eng 458/558, 459/559 Contemporary American Short Story (4) mended as a companion to Freshman Inquiry for Literature of the Romantic Period (4, 4) The American short story from mid-20th century those who need or want intensive work on read- The major writers of the period, with attention to the present. Prerequisite: 12 credits in litera- ing and/or writing. Offered pass/no pass only. paid to the early romantics. Prerequisite: 12 ture. Wr 121 credits in literature. Eng 488/588 English Composition (3) Eng 460/560, 461/561 Contemporary American Poetry (4) Freshman-level composition course. A study of American Literature: Beginnings to 1865 Study of significant trends in contemporary effective and appropriate communication. (4, 4) American poetry and poetics. Prerequisite: 12 Includes frequent writing assignments and other Advanced historical study of major figures and credits in literature. activities designed to help the student under- movements in American literature to 1865. Pre- stand the writing process, with special attention requisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 490/590 Rhetoric (4) to invention, revision, and critical reading. Rec- Eng 463/563, 464/564 An examination of classical and modern tradi- ommended for any student wanting additional American Literature 1865-1955 tions in rhetoric with attention to central con- writing experience and, in particular, any student (4, 4) cepts and perspectives on writing. Prerequisites: intending to transfer from PSU. The Department Advanced historical survey of major figures and 12 credits in English, philosophy, speech, and/or of English may do an in-class diagnostic test to movements in American literature, 1865-1955. writing. determine whether the student needs placement Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. in Wr 115 prior to work in Eng 491/591, 492/592 Wr 121. Eng 467/567, 468/568 Literary Criticism (4, 4) American Literature and Culture (4, 4) Study of the history, principles, and practice of Wr 199 Studies based on primary sources of American literary criticism from Plato into the 20th cen- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) literature and culture from Bradford’s History of tury. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Plymouth to the present. The approach is thematic rather than chronological. Prerequisite: 12 Eng 494/594 Wr 200 Writing About Literature (4) credits in literature. Topics in Critical Theory and Methods (4) A course in critical theories and techniques, to Introduces students to appropriate approaches Eng 474/574 complement offerings in literary history and tex- for writing about literature. Focuses on ways of Teaching High School Literature (4) tual analysis. This course will focus on the criti- responding to literature, ways of explicating lit- Emphasizes methods and materials for the erature, ways of analyzing literature through teacher of literature. Prerequisite: admission to cal or methodological topic selected by the instructor. Recommended for advanced students writing, and ways of integrating formal research the School of Education. May not be used to sat- into a written analysis of literature. Special isfy any requirements for the B.A. or M.A. in in literature and theory. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. attention will be paid to the writing process, English. including multiple drafting and revision. Eng 503 Eng 475/575, 476/576 *Wr 211 Literature of the Victorian Period (4, 4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) * Writing Practice (4) Major Victorian writers in the context of the his- Eng 517 Writing Practice is a writing elective. Students tory, ideas, and culture of the period. 475/575: Middle English (4) Introduction to Middle English language proceed at their own pace through an individual- Earlier Victorian Poetry and Prose-from the ized writing program that emphasizes the writ- 1830s through the high Victorian period. 476/ through study of (largely nonChaucerian) 12th 576: Later Victorian Poetry and Prose-from the to 15th century literature in the original. 94 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ing process and revision. Class time is spent style. The course will include the writing of Wr 424/525 writing and in conference. Prerequisite: Wr 121 essays of increasing complexity. Prerequisite: Advanced Technical Writing (4) or Freshman Inquiry. satisfactory completion of Wr 121 or Freshman Emphasis on a problem-solving approach to adapting technical documents to audiences and Wr 212 Inquiry. May not be used for fulfilling require- Introductory Fiction Writing (4) ments of any major program or for nonmajor organizations. The course includes strategies of Introduces the beginning fiction writer to basic distribution requirements. organization for complex technical documents, such as proposals and professional articles; strat- techniques of developing character, point of Wr 327 view, plot, and story idea in fiction. Includes dis- Technical Report Writing (4) egies for discussing tables and figures; and the cussion of student work. Prerequisite: C or Strategies for presenting technical information use of metaphor to communicate technical infor- above in Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. from the technician, management, and lay per- mation to lay audiences. Prerequisite: Wr 327. * Wr 213 son’s perspectives; rhetorical theory and tech- Wr 426/526 Introductory Poetry Writing (4) niques for adapting technical prose to Document Design (4) Introduces the beginning writer of poetry to nontechnical audiences; and techniques for Emphasis on rewriting documents and on the basic techniques for developing a sense of lan- emphasizing and de-emphasizing information. uses and abuses of language in business, govern- guage, meter, sound, imagery, and structure. Prerequisite: Wr 323. ment, insurance, and law. Characterizes the Plain English Movement and its legislation; to evalu- Includes discussion of professional examples Wr 328 and student work. Prerequisite: C or above in Wr News Editing (4) ate documents in terms of readability and effi- 121 or Freshman Inquiry. Preparation of written and visual materials for ciency; to analyze styles of documents; and to publication. Emphasis is on copyreading and develop skills in revising documents to improve Wr 222 their readability and appropriateness to the audi- Writing Research Papers (4) headline writing. Photo cropping and scaling, An elective course. The techniques for compil- page design, and page make-up. Prerequisites: ence. Prerequisite: Wr 327. ing and writing research papers. Attention to Wr 228 and Wr 323. Wr 427/527 available reference materials, use of library, * Technical Editing (4) Wr 329 Gives technical writers practice in technical edit- taking notes, critical evaluation of evidence, and Planning and Producing Publications (4) conventions for documenting academic papers. Managing the publishing needs of businesses, ing by exposing them to samples of a variety of Practice in organizing and writing a long exposi- governmental agencies, and nonprofit institu- documents from the files of organizations in the tory essay based on use of library resources. Pre- tions. Includes choosing technologies, budget- surrounding community. As a community-based requisite: Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. May not ing, selecting materials, scheduling, and learning course, it requires students to interact be used to fulfill English major requirements, distribution. Prerequisite: Wr 327. with community partners in collaborative student teams. nonmajor distribution requirements, or the Uni- Wr 330 versity composition requirement. Desktop Publishing I (4) Wr 428/528 Wr 227 Integrates writing, design, and visual communi- Advanced News Writing (4) Introductory Technical Writing (4) cation with computer technology, with emphasis A course in writing and marketing freelance Practical experience in forms of technical com- on preparing students to produce a variety of nonfiction. Attention given to idea generation munication, emphasizing basic organization and shorter products combining writing and design and development as well as to the study of the presentation of technical information. The elements. scope and nature of the markets. Writing instruction focuses on shaping materials to best suit course focuses on strategies for analyzing the Wr 333 audience and its information needs. Prerequisite: appropriate market outlets. Prerequisite: Advanced Composition (4) Wr 328. Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. May not be used Essay writing with particular attention to stu- for the nonmajor distribution requirement or for dent’s area of specialization. Advanced practice *Wr 429/529 the composition requirement. in essay writing. Prerequisite: Freshman Inquiry Writing Computer Documentation (4) or two writing courses. Develop skills in writing computer documenta- Wr 228 tion, primarily user manuals and system specifi- News Writing (4) Wr 399 cations. The course focuses on analyzing A basic course in journalistic writing style. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Emphasis on forms most appropriate to business informational needs of the audience, and defin- Wr 404/504 ing and explaining computer terms and concepts and institutional communications. Prerequisite: Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. for non-technical and semi-technical audiences. be arranged.) Prerequisites: Wr 327, ISQA 111 or CS 105 or Wr 312 Wr 405/505 equivalent, word processing skills. Intermediate Fiction Writing (4) Writing and Conference (Credit to be Continues the study of fictional techniques intro- arranged.) Consent of instructor. Wr 430/530 Desktop Publishing II (4) duced in Wr 212. Includes such advanced Wr 407/507 instruction as variations on the classic plot, com- Builds from the foundation in Desktop Publish- Writing Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ing I to explore further the skills needed to pro- plex points of view, conventions of genre, and Consent of instructor. development of ideas for future use. Emphasizes duce publications in the computer age. Topics Wr 410/510 discussion of student work. Prerequisite: C or include typography, page layout, photography, Selected Topics in Writing (Credit to be and informational graphics, with a special above in Wr 212. May be repeated once for arranged.) credit. emphasis on hands-on project production of a Wr 412/512 12-page newsletter or magazine. Wr 313 Advanced Fiction Writing (4) Intermediate Poetry Writing (4) Further refines technical skills by demanding Wr 472/572 Continues the study of poetry writing techniques longer and more ambitious works of fiction by Teaching High School Composition (4) Emphasizes methods and materials for the introduced in Wr 213. Includes additional the advanced writer. Students will have an teacher of writing. Prerequisite: admission to the instruction in poetic forms, variations on tradi- opportunity to do research and can expect to School of Education. May not be used to satisfy tional forms, and experimental forms. Empha- confront a variety of technical problems emerg- any requirement for the B.A. or M.A. in English. sizes discussion of student work. Prerequisite: C ing from class discussion. Prerequisite: Wr 312. or above in Wr 213. May be repeated once for Wr 513 Wr 420/520 credit. Fiction Writing (4) Writing: Process and Response (4) An intensive course for writers who are currently Wr 323 Provides opportunities for students to write in embarked on a project involving the writing of English Composition (3) various genres. Includes language attitudes, writ- fiction, whether short story, novella, or novel. Junior-level composition course. Advanced ing process, and reader response. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: Wr 212, 312, 412 or their equiva- study of rhetorical modes emphasizing exposi- one upper-division writing course. tion and argument, giving special attention to lents. Consent of instructor required. various methods of organization, to critical reasoning, and to more sophisticated elements of C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 95

Wr 514 Wr 552 Wr 554 Poetry Writing (4) Writing About Lives (4) Writing About Events (4) Traditional workshop format in which students Examines theories, methodologies, and issues of Examines theories, methodologies, and issues write, revise, and respond to the poems of others. composing personal narrative throughout the life involved with writing about events. Topics May be repeated for credit. span. Forms to be considered may include: biog- include strategies for writing about history and Wr 515 raphy, autobiography, memoir, the personal strategies for relating current events through var- Poetry Writing II (4) essay, and the recording and transcribing of oral ious forms of journalism. This course focuses on Advanced poetry writing at the graduate level. narrative. Following an introduction to appropri- writing to foster inquiry into topical issues in Builds on Wr 514, assumes students will submit ate theories and methodologies, the course nonfiction. Following an introduction to appro- their work for publication. Traditional workshop focuses on writing and response to the chosen priate theories and methodologies, the course format in which students write, revise, and form in a workshop atmosphere. May be centers on writing and response to the chosen respond to the poems of others. May be repeated repeated for credit. form in a workshop atmosphere. May be for credit. Prerequisite: Wr 514. Wr 553 repeated for credit. Wr 516 Writing About Places (4) Wr 555 Screenwriting (4) Examines theories, methodologies, and issues Writing About Ideas (4) Students will be introduced to the process of involved with writing about place. Topics Focuses on writing to foster inquiry into topical conceiving, structuring, writing, rewriting, and include strategies for writing about place rang- issues in nonfiction, whether scientific, philo- marketing a screenplay for the contemporary ing from travel writing to nature writing, from sophical, or ethical. Following an introduction to American marketplace. “Screenplay paradigms” traditional journalistic approaches to creative appropriate theories and methodologies, the will be discussed, and a variety of movies will be nonfiction. Following an introduction to appro- course centers on writing and response to the analyzed. May be repeated for credit. priate theories and methodologies and examina- chosen form in a workshop atmosphere. May be tion of professional models, this course centers repeated for credit. on writing and response to the chosen form in a workshop atmosphere. May be repeated for credit.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

218 Science Building II plete ﬁeld experiences working on projects ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: 725-4980 in the University, metropolitan community, Policy Considerations ...... 4 and region. ESR 202 Applied Environmental Studies: Problem Solving ...... 4 B.A., B.S. The Environmental Studies Program cooperates with several departments and ESR 320, 321 Analysis of Environmental Ph.D. Systems I, II ...... 8 centers, including the departments of ESR 322 Environmental Risk Assessment . . . 4 UNDERGRADUATE Anthropology, Biology, Chemistry, Civil ESR 407 Environmental Seminar ...... 3 Engineering, Economics, Geography, ESR 425 Advanced Environmental Topics . . . 4 PROGRAM IN Geology, History, Mathematics, Physics, Internship or capstone course...... 4-6 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Political Science, Sociology; the Center for Science Education; and the Schools of Total 36-38 The Environmental Studies Program allows Business Administration and Urban Studies Students must complete the foundation students to develop the skills and interdisci- and Planning. courses listed below. All foundation plinary understanding needed to deal with Requirements for Major. In addition courses should be completed before a stu- environmental issues. Environmental stud- to satisfying general University require- dent enrolls in the upper-division sequence ies includes the interaction of natural and ments (45 credits), a student majoring in (ESR 320, 321, 322). social sciences needed to understand envi- environmental studies must complete at Foundation Courses Credit ronmental systems. The program offers least 36 credits of environmental studies degree tracks in environmental science and Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology . . . . . 15 courses and must meet program require- Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228 General in environmental policy. Students should ments for foundation courses (43 credits), Chemistry ...... 12 consult with a program adviser to assure courses supporting the policy or science Ec 201 Microeconomics...... 4 proper course planning. track (20 credits), and courses in a minor G 201, 204 Geology ...... 4 The B.A./B.S. degrees in environmental area of study (at least 24 credits). All Mth 251, 252 Calculus I, II ...... 8 studies rest on an interdisciplinary curricu- courses used to satisfy the Environmental Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Probability and Statistics or Stat 460 Statistics for Scientists lum that develops understanding and exper- Studies major requirements, whether taken tise in environmental science and and Engineers ...... 4-8 in the program or in other departments, Ph 201, 204 or Ph 211, 214 General Physics . . 5 environmental policy by building on a must be graded C- or above. Program foundation in mathematics, natural sci- requirements are listed below. Total 56 ences, and social sciences. The requirement of earning a minor in a recognized depart- Credits Science and Policy Tracks. Students ment assures depth in a particular area. The ESR 150 Environmental Studies Orientation. . 1 must complete 20 credits of supporting ESR 160 Introduction to Environmental courses in science and policy. Students in curriculum emphasizes problem solving Systems ...... 4 and hands-on experience. Students com- the environmental science track must select 96 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

at least 12 credits of additional science biology, chemistry, geography, geology, contingent on the availability of program courses and at least 8 credits of additional physics, and public health. A list of resources and the identification of an policy courses from the lists below. Stu- approved courses is available from the appropriate adviser for each student. dents in the environmental policy track Environmental Programs Office. Degree Requirements. University mas- must select at least 12 credits of additional Courses taken under the undifferenti- ter’s degree requirements are listed on policy courses and at least 8 credits of addi- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not page 54. Specific degree program require- tional science courses from the lists below. be accepted toward fulfilling minor requirements are listed below. Policy Courses ments. Courses with omnibus numbers 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407 are not MASTER OF SCIENCE, MASTER OF Anth 103, 304, 305 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT allowed for the minor. Additional courses Ec 202, 432 The graduate study program is developed Geog 345, 347, 348 may be required as prerequisites. Hst 339, 441 through discussions involving the graduate Phl 202, 310 student, the student's adviser, and the stu- PS 215, 221 GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN dent's graduate committee. The M.S. or Soc 200, 341, 420, 465 ENVIRONMENTAL M.E.M graduate committee consists of at USP 311, 312, 313 SCIENCES AND least four members including the major Science courses RESOURCES adviser, two graduate faculty members, and Anth 102, 350 a representative of the Office of Graduate Bi 357, 423, 470, 472, 475, 477 The Environmental Sciences and Studies and Research. The major adviser Ch 229, 320, 331-332, 334-336, 371, 375 Resources (ESR) graduate program pro- and at least one of the other two graduate Geog 270, 415 482, 488 vides a curriculum that will develop scien- faculty members of the graduate committee G 443, 460, 461 tists and managers able to analyze and must be members of the graduate faculty Ph 202, 205, 203, 206, 471, 492 understand environmental systems, predict affiliated with ESR master’s programs. At Stat 366 environmental change and participate in the least two members of the graduate commit- Minor Course of Study. Each student management of the environment. Each stu- tee, excluding the representative of OGSR, in the Environmental Studies program must dent conducts research and completes a must be from different departments. The complete a minor in one of the participat- thesis or project; each student develops intent of these requirements is to provide ing programs. Policy-related minors depth in a specific academic area; and each disciplinary breadth on the committee. The include Anthropology, Business Adminis- student develops breadth through a set of graduate committee must be approved by tration, Community Development, Eco- core courses that include concepts in physi- the ESR Director. nomics, Geography, History, Political cal sciences, life sciences, and social sci- To encourage the development of Science, and Sociology. Science-related ences. ESR participates in the joint campus interdisciplinary graduate study programs, minors include Biology, Chemistry, Envi- program in environmental sciences, stud- guidelines for course selection are flexible. ronmental Engineering, Geology, Mathe- ies, and policy in collaboration with Students must complete at least 45 gradu- matics, and Physics. Minor requirements, Oregon State University and the University ate credits. The program of study consists including special departmental recommen- of of the following minimum credit dations to environmental studies students, Oregon. Students may take appropriate requirements. are available from the Environmental Sci- courses at the other participating ences and Resources office. Minor program Credits campuses. ESR 620, 621, 622 Environmental Science . . . 9 requirements include a minimum of 24 ESR 607 Seminar (three terms) ...... 3 credits. MASTER’S PROGRAMS Advanced statistical analysis (selected from Requirements for a Minor in Envi- program list) ...... 3 ronmental Studies. To obtain a minor in Admission requirements. In addition to Area of concentration...... 15 environmental studies a student must com- Elective and supporting courses...... 6-9 the instructions for admission to the gradu- Thesis/project ...... 6-9 plete at least 28 credits (at least 12 of which ate program as they appear on page 45, must be taken in residence at PSU). At least ESR master’s programs require the follow- Quantitative Analysis. A course in 4 credits each in biological science, physi- ing information from each applicant. research methods, experimental design, or cal sciences (physics, chemistry, geology), statistical analysis, is required to ensure 1. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate economics, and Mth 241 or 251 are students have sufficient skills for environ- Record Examination (GRE) aptitude test. expected before admission to the minor. mental research. A satisfactory score on the Test of English Areas of Concentration (Tracks). Sets Credits as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: of courses that constitute an area of con- required for international students. Science and Policy ...... 4 centration have been established within the ESR 320, 321 Analysis of Environmental 2. Three letters of evaluation from per- ESR graduate program to give focus to Systems I, II ...... 8 sons qualified to assess the applicant’s study and research. Areas of concentration ESR 322 Environmental Risk Assessment. . . . 4 promise as a graduate student. for M.S. students consist of at least 15 Upper-division environmental policy courses . 4 3. Evidence of undergraduate or graduate credits of graduate course work (courses Upper-division environmental sciences courses...... 8 course work in biology, chemistry, eco- numbered 500 and above) in areas which nomics, geology, physics, and mathemat- the student’s adviser and graduate commit- Environmental policy courses (mini- ics (including differential and integral tee recommend to support planned thesis mum 4 credits) include selected upper-divi- calculus). research work. Areas of concentration for sion courses from programs in economics, Prospective students should contact the M.E.M. students consist of at least 15 cred- geography, history, philosophy, political program for a statement of current admis- its approved by the student’s adviser and science, sociology, and urban studies and sion policy. A high GPA and acceptable graduate committee in one of the areas planning. Environmental sciences courses GRE scores do not guarantee admission to described below. Lists of approved courses (minimum 8 credits) include selected master’s programs in Environmental Sci- are available from the ESR office. upper-division courses from programs in ences and Resources, because admission is C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 97

■ Air Resources—coursework in the the degree, the student must satisfactorily mittee. The graduating student will be chemistry and physics of the atmo- complete the degree programs and pass awarded a degree in environmental sci- sphere, including trace gas chemistry, both a final written examination and a final ences and resources. the movement of air masses, climatol- oral examination. Specific requirements for The following procedures are designed ogy and topics related to air pollutants. the M.S.T. in science/environmental sci- to assure both the student and the faculty ■ Water Resources—coursework con- ence follow. that the student is qualified to pursue both cerning the distribution, quantity, and Required courses: Credits the program itself and a successful career quality of surface and ground water, ESR 620, 621, 622 Environmental Science . . . 9 in environmental sciences or resources. including course work in hydrology, ESR 607 Seminar (three terms) ...... 3 Admission. Applicants for admission to water quality chemistry, and aquatic ESR 570 Environmental Education ...... 3 the ESR Doctoral Program normally will biology. Advanced statistical analysis (selected from be expected to have completed an under- ■ Land Resources—coursework on the program list) ...... 3 graduate degree with a major in biology, analysis of lands and landscapes based Graduate level science courses selected from chemistry, civil engineering, geology, or on soils, underlying geology, and terres- biology, chemistry, geology, and physics physics. The ESR Program director will trial vegetation, including course work (Selected courses in geography and public therefore require an evaluation of the appli- health may be substituted with the approval of in geographic information systems and the adviser and program director.) ...... 12 cant’s academic record by the department terrestrial ecosystem ecology. in which the applicant intends to obtain Select one of the following options: Elective Courses. Elective courses are advanced academic training. Admission to Environmental Education Research Option the program requires that the department to be defined in the student's program of EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research study, and agreed upon by the student’s find the applicant prepared to undertake and Data Analysis I ...... 3 study at the doctoral level. Questions about adviser and graduate committee. Courses Select at least 6 credits from: ...... 6 may be selected to provide additional back- EPFA 512, 513 Principles of Educational specific procedures of evaluation should be ground, to explore new areas, and to add Research and Data Analysis II, III directed to the department through which depth to a scholastic program. EPFA 515 Educational Measurement the applicant seeks admission to the pro- Thesis or Project. A central purpose of CI 641 Research and Practice in Teaching gram. Applicants may also obtain, upon the M.S. and M.E.M. degree is to teach stu- and Learning request, a list of faculty research interests dents the process of problem solving and ESR 503 Thesis ...... 6 in which dissertation research can be research. A minimum of 6 credits is or pursued. required. Students working toward the Environmental Education Curriculum Advising. Prior to initial registration M.S. degree will be required to complete Development Option each admitted student should obtain infor- original research leading to a thesis, that CI 566 Curriculum Construction ...... 3 mation from the appropriate department on complies with standards established by the Select at least 6 credits from: ...... 6 the following subjects: Office of Graduate Studies and Research. CI 512 Teaching and Learning 1. Scheduling of diagnostic examinations CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education (if any). Students working toward the M.E.M. CI 567 Curriculum and Culture degree will be required to complete a CI 640 Principles of Teaching and Learning 2. Advising procedures prior to selection project in lieu of a thesis. This project is ESR 504 Cooperative education/internship . . . 6 of research adviser. expected to be the product of original work 3. Procedure for selection of research Total 45 in an agency, organization, or firm involved adviser. in environmental management activities. Students seeking degrees in the curricu- The project plan, approach, and project lum development option may elect to sub- PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS report must be approved by the advisory stitute courses required to obtain the In addition to the requirements listed under committee in a manner parallel to that for continuing secondary teaching license. General Requirements for Doctoral thesis research. The project report must be Approval of the ESR program director, the Degrees, page 51, each student must com- presented at a public seminar to be fol- Graduate School of Education, and the plete the following: lowed by an oral defense of the work con- director of educational licensing is Course Requirements Credits ducted by the student’s graduate required. ESR Program ...... committee. ESR 620, 621, 622 ...... 9 PH.D PROGRAM ESR 607 (six terms) ...... 6 MASTER OF SCIENCE IN The Environmental Sciences and TEACHING Resources (ESR) Doctoral Program pro- 15 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences vides an opportunity for the student inter- Departmental Dissertation (minimum) . . . . . 27 offers the M.S.T. degree in science/envi- ested in studies of the environmental ronmental science. The M.S.T. program in sciences and resources to engage in rele- Total (minimum) 42 science/environmental science is offered vant research while acquiring advanced In addition to the above general require- jointly by the Environmental Sciences and academic training in one of the cooperating ments, each student will be required to Resources program and the Center for Sci- departments—biology, chemistry, civil complete that coursework necessary to ence Education. In consultation with the engineering, geology, or physics. One of indicate competence at the graduate level graduate adviser, the student should estab- the goals of the program is to provide a of the appropriate department(s). These lish the degree program before the comple- broadly based understanding of the fields courses will be recommended by the stu- tion of 15 credits of coursework. The of environmental science coupled with sci- dent’s dissertation committee and approved program must include a minimum of 45 entific training in one or more specialty by the ESR Coordinating Committee. credits in approved graduate courses, to areas. Students are encouraged to engage in ■ Other Requirements. Prior to include a minimum of 24 credits in the area research programs which cross the bound- advancement to candidacy, a student of concentration. At least 9 credits, but no aries between disciplines. The student will must have taken advisory committee- more than 15 credits, must be in education follow a program of study and research approved courses in Statistics and Com- courses. In order to fulfill requirements for approved by the ESR Coordinating Com- puter Programming Language. 98 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

■ Comprehensive Examination. These ESR 160 *ESR 356 examinations are administered by the Introduction to Environmental Systems (4) Understanding Environmental Conservation student’s major department. The student Introduction to the structure and function of ter- (4) restrial, aquatic, and atmospheric systems, Introduction to the concepts and principles nec- should contact that department for including the human actions that affect them. essary to understand the complex relationship information. Includes a lab section that introduces basic quan- between humans and environmental conserva- ■ Dissertation. The student must submit titative techniques for collecting and analyzing tion. Topics will include human impacts on natu- a prospectus outlining a proposed data from environmental systems; 2 lecture peri- ral ecosystems, urbanization, conservation of research project suitable for the doctoral ods, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: ESR 150 (may resources, and ecosystem restoration. Not dissertation in environmental sciences be taken concurrently). intended for science majors. and resources. This is done under the ESR 199 ESR 399 guidance of the student’s major adviser Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and is approved by the dissertation ESR 201 ESR 401 committee and the ESR Coordinating Applied Environmental Studies: Science and Research (Credit to be arranged.) Policy Considerations (4) Consent of instructor and program director. Committee. The research for the disser- Introduction to environmental laws and the regu- tation is conducted under the guidance ESR 404 lations promulgated under them. Includes an Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to of the student’s dissertation committee. examination of the genesis of these laws (e.g., be arranged.) After the dissertation is complete and NEPA, Clean Air and Water Acts, RCRA, ESR 405 after advancement to candidacy (see Endangered Species Act) and their history of Reading and Conference (Credit to be below), a final oral examination will be compliance and violation. Prerequisite: ESR arranged.) conducted, open to the public, within 160. Pass/no pass only. the subject area of the dissertation. ESR 202 ESR 407 Advancement to Candidacy. As soon Applied Environmental Studies: Preparation Environmental Seminar (1) as the student has successfully completed for Problem Solving (4) Weekly seminar series involving student-led dis- Environmental sampling, sampling design, and cussion of topical environmental issues. May be the course, language, and comprehensive measurement in relation to the sophomore field repeated for up to 3 credits. examination requirements and has had the experience (ESR 203). Prerequisites: ESR 160, ESR 410 dissertation prospectus approved, the stu- ESR 201; Stat 243 recommended. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) dent is recommended for advancement to *ESR 203 Consent of instructor. candidacy for the degree of Doctor of Phi- Applied Environmental Studies: Project (4) ESR 425 losophy. This recommendation is approved Project work involving work with an environ- Advanced Environmental Topics (4) by the Vice Provost for Graduate Studies. mental agency, industry, service, or research Analysis of technical and social aspects of spe- Financial Support. There are a limited organization. Prerequisite: ESR 202. cial environmental problems. Topics will vary number of teaching assistantships and ESR 320 each time the course is taught (e.g., environmen- research assistantships available. The stu- Analysis of Environmental Systems I (4) tal restoration, ecotoxicology, global climate Structure and function of environmental sys- dent should contact the appropriate depart- change, human environmental health, environ- tems, with an emphasis on physical processes mental auditing). Analysis of each topic will ment about the availability of these and environmental system dynamics. Includes a consider the scientific, technical, and social positions. laboratory section using quantitative techniques implications of environmental management Withdrawal. Any student who ceases for conceptualizing and analyzing environmental activities. Prerequisite: ESR 320, 321, 322. processes; 3 hours lecture, one 3-hour lab. Pre- to be enrolled for more than one academic ESR 450 term without formal leave of absence will requisites: Mth 241 or 251, and four credits each Case Studies in Environmental Problem be assumed to have withdrawn from the in biology, chemistry, and physics or geology. Solving (6) degree program and will be formally ESR 321 Evaluation of selected cases of environmental dropped from it. Students who fail to make Analysis of Environmental Systems II (4) problems, including field studies and project satisfactory progress toward the degree Introduction to the structure and function of work with government and private agencies. Pre- environmental systems with an emphasis on eco- requisites: ESR 320, 321, 322. may be dropped from the program. logical processes and human impacts. Includes a The student can be readmitted only by ESR 501 laboratory focusing on the use of quantitative Research (Credit to be arranged.) formal application, subject to all current techniques for whole system analysis; 3 hours Consent of instructor and program director. admission requirements. In addition, com- lecture, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: ESR 320. ESR 503 pletion of the degree will be subject to the ESR 322 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) student’s meeting all current degree Environmental Risk Assessment (4) All aspects of research and thesis writing for requirements. Overview of risk assessment applied to environ- master’s students. mental problems, including the impact assess- Leave of Absence. Under special cir- ESR 504 cumstances, requests for a leave of absence ment process, application of cost-benefit Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to may be approved. analysis, hazard identification, risk characteriza- be arranged.) tion, risk assessment, and risk management. Pre- ESR 505 requisites: Ec 201, ESR 201, ESR 321. Reading and Conference (Credit to be COURSES ESR 355 arranged.) Understanding the Environment (4) Pass/no pass only. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Study of the scientific and ecological principles ESR 507 offered every year. that govern human interactions with the physical Seminar (1) ESR 150 and biological systems of the earth, with empha- Weekly seminar series on topical environmental Environmental Studies Orientation (1) sis on the role of energy. Ecosystem properties, issues. May be repeated for up to 3 credits. earth system properties, human population Introduction to environmental information using ESR 510 computer and library resources. Introduction to dynamics, and the roles of technological and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) program planning and professional preparation. ethical decisions. Consent of instructor. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 99

ESR 520 ESR 526 ESR 603 Ecological Toxicology (4) Ecology of Streams and Rivers (4) Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) Effects of environmental contaminants at the Evaluation of streams and rivers from an ecosys- All aspects of thesis including thesis research individual, population, and ecosystem level. tem perspective, including stream development, and writing the dissertation. Topics will include toxicity test methods, envi- biological communities, ecological processes, ESR 604 ronmental fate of contaminants, and the physio- and methods of assessment as applied to evalua- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to logical and ecological effects of selected heavy tion of common environmental problems. be arranged.) metals, chlorinated organics, and pesticides. ESR 570 ESR 605 ESR 524 Environmental Education (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Wetland Ecology (4) Overview of the purpose and scope of environ- arranged.) Structure and function of wetland ecosystems, mental education. Provides an educational Scholarly examination of literature including with an emphasis on the diversity of regional framework and examples of the variety of sites discussion between student and professor. wetland systems. Topics also include wetland where environmental education is practiced. ESR 607 soils, plants, and hydrologic setting and require- Specific examples of teaching strategies, materi- Seminar (1) ments for wetland delineation. als, and methods will be presented. Students will Environmental Sciences Seminar. Consent of ESR 525 be expected to carry out a site-based project uti- instructor. Pass/no pass only. Watershed Hydrology (4) lizing some of the materials developed in class. ESR 610 Study of the movement and storage of water in Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) watersheds, emphasizing physical processes. The Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Program consists of graduate courses ESR 620, 621, 622 Includes systems analysis of watersheds, precip- Environmental Science (3, 3, 3) itation, snowmelt, infiltration, evapotranspira- available through the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Geology, and A course in fundamental aspects of science and tion, groundwater flow, streamflow generation, technology as they relate to environmental prob- open channel flow, hydrograph analysis and an Physics that are approved by the student’s advisory committee. lems. Primarily for students in the graduate pro- introduction to watershed hydrologic modeling. gram in Environmental Sciences and Resources. Prerequisites: Mth 252, Ph 201, Stat 244; recom- ESR 601 Prerequisites: graduate standing in science; mended: ESR 320. Research (Credit to be arranged.) major’s level introductory courses in biology, Research that is not normally part of the thesis. chemistry, civil engineering, geology, and physics, or equivalent.

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

393 Neuberger Hall non-degree, 2 or 3-year programs in the options. Most candidates for graduate 725-3522 above languages, as well as in Arabic, degrees at PSU must also demonstrate Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Latin, competence at this level, but in reading B.A.ÐÐConcentration in one or more of Portuguese, and Turkish. Other languages knowledge only. the following languages: Chinese, may be offered from time to time. Proficiency at the second-year level French, German, Japanese, Russian, Two-Year Programs: Foreign may be demonstrated in the following or Spanish Language Proficiency Requirement for ways: MinorÐÐConcentration in Chinese, the B.A. Degree. Two-year language pro- 1. Students with no previous knowledge French, German, Japanese, Russian, grams are designed to help the student of the foreign language are advised to or Spanish reach a designated proficiency in speaking complete first and second year in the lan- Certificate in Teaching Japanese as a a foreign language and an equivalent profi- guage of their choice (through course 203). Foreign Language ciency in listening and reading comprehen- 2. Students who already possess the nec- Secondary Education Program sion. Each language program determines essary ability may demonstrate profi- M.A.ÐÐForeign Language: French, what level is ordinarily reached after two ciency by: German, or Spanish years of foreign language study. The average level will be higher in the Indo-Euro- a. Registering in a course numbered 203 M.A.ÐÐForeign Literature and or higher, and completing it with a grade Language: primary languagesÐÐ pean languages than in Arabic, Chinese, or of at least C- (or Pass). Note: Departmen- French, German, Spanish; secondary Japanese, in which the pace of advance- tal courses taught in English, such as lit- languagesÐÐFrench, German, ment for English speakers is somewhat erature in translation and certain Japanese, Russian, or Spanish slower. linguistics courses are not acceptable for PSU requires that all candidates for the this purpose. Bachelor of Arts degree demonstrate profi- b. Taking an examination, for credit: UNDERGRADUATE ciency at the second-year level in a foreign i. In French, German, or Spanish, the PROGRAMS language. The same proficiency is also only languages for which it is avail- required for the minor in International able, by passing the national CLEP test The Department of Foreign Languages and Studies; for the certificates in European, (College-Level Examination Program, Literatures offers undergraduate major and Latin-American, and Middle East Studies; see page 20 of this Bulletin) with a minor programs in Chinese, French, Ger- for the International Business Studies Cer- score of 64 or higher. This will earn a maximum of 15 credits for second-year man, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish; and tificate; and for certain other degree 100 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

language. CLEP fees apply. Students fourth-year language (but not literature) All courses used to satisfy the depart- who did not have the Advanced Place- courses. Please consult the department. mental minor requirements must be graded ment Program available to them in high Placement in Language Courses. Stu- C or above (C- and P are not acceptable), school may also meet the requirement dents are encouraged to consult an adviser with a minimum GPA of 2.50. and earn credit by passing the AP test before placing themselves in a language Requirements for Majors: B.A. in a (available in French, German, or Span- ish) with an appropriate score. See course. As a rule, those who have com- Foreign Language. At present the depart- page 20. pleted a minimum of two (preferably three) ment accepts candidates for the degree of ii. In other languages currently taught years of high school language should enter Bachelor of Arts in Chinese, French, Ger- in the Department of Foreign Lan- the second year at the university level. man, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish. Pro- guages and Literatures, by passing a Note: The language sequences 101, 102, ficiency (see above, under “Three-Year departmental examination with a score 103 (or 150, 151) and 201, 202, 203 must Programs”) is expected for formal admis- high enough for second-year level be taken in order. Those who have received sion into the program. credit. A maximum of 15 credits may credit for any one of these may not subse- A major in a foreign language must be earned through such an exam. Credit quently receive credit for any of the lower- complete a minimum of 40 upper-division by exam fees apply. numbered courses. This also applies to credits in the language (in courses num- c. Taking an examination, not for credit: transfer credits, or credits earned by exami- bered 300 and above). These credits should In any language for which the Depart- nation. be distributed as evenly as possible ment of Foreign Languages and Litera- tures has a qualified examiner, the Overseas and Intensive Programs. between language courses on the one hand, student may demonstrate competence by Students of foreign languages are encour- and literature and culture courses on the passing either a written or an oral test, at aged to improve their language skills by other. In addition, the student must com- the examiner’s option. There is no charge participating in one of the many study- plete twelve credits in related, advisor- for such a test, and no credit will be abroad opportunities offered through Port- approved courses outside the major, includ- granted. land State and the Oregon State System of ing: one course in linguistics (such as Ling 3. Students who completed their second- Higher Education. Programs ranging from 390 or a phonetics/linguistics course taught ary education in a language other than one term to a full academic year are avail- in the department); literature courses out- English are considered to have met the able in several foreign countries, including side the major (chosen from English or second-year proficiency requirement. Such China, Ecuador, France, Germany, Hun- American literature or the literature of a students may not enroll in first- or second- gary, Japan, Mexico, Russia, and Spain language other than that of the major); or year courses in the language in which they (see page 284 of this Bulletin for a compre- related coursework in other departments received their secondary education, nor hensive list). The Department of Foreign (e.g. Art History, Geography, History, earn credit by examination for such Languages and Literatures and the Univer- Music, Philosophy, Political Science). courses. (Some programs extend this sity’s Office of International Education Total minimum: 52 credits, 20 of which restriction to enrollment in third-year Services will counsel and assist students in must be taken in residence in the depart- language courses. Please consult the integrating their overseas experience with ment (i.e., excluding credits by examina- department.) their courses of academic study. tion, but including coursework taken in Three-year Programs: Proficiency In German, Portland State offers inten- overseas programs in which the department Requirement for International Studies sive summer work in its nationally famous participates). and for Foreign Language Minors. Each Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik. See Summary of requirements: language program determines the profi- page 282 for details. Credits in language, literature, culture ...... 40 ciency level which is expected for gradua- Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Adviser-approved courses outside the major tion with a major in International Studies, minor in Chinese, French, German, Japa- (to include linguistics)...... 12 nese, Russian, or Spanish, students must or with a minor in a foreign language; this Total (minimum) 52 level is also a condition for formal accep- demonstrate proficiency in the language tance into a major program in a foreign (see above, under “Three-Year Programs”) Before being recommended for the language. and have completed 20 upper-division degree, a major in a foreign language will The three-year requirement may be met credits (numbered 300 or above) in lan- be expected to demonstrate proficiency in by examination only. The student will be guage, culture, or literature courses taught the major language at a level designated by given an oral interview by an examiner, a in the minor language. In addition, they the particular language program. brief writing test, and a test of listening and will have to complete one course in general Note: Candidates for a major in a for- reading comprehension. The expected per- linguistics (e.g. Ling 390, or a phonetics or eign language must schedule their program formance level will vary by language, linguistics course taught in the Department with an adviser. according to relative difficulty. Normal of Foreign Languages and Literatures). All courses used to satisfy the depart- preparation for the examination is two to Total minimum: 24 credits, 12 of which mental major requirements must be graded three courses (8Ð12 credits, depending on must be taken in residence in the depart- C or above (C- and P are not acceptable) the language) at the third-year level (num- ment (i.e., excluding credits by examina- with a minimum GPA of 2.50. bered 300Ð399). Credit may be given for tion, but including coursework taken in Certificate in Teaching Japanese as a such an examination, if appropriate, for overseas programs in which the department Foreign Language (TJFL). This program those who did not receive equivalent credit participates). is designed to familiarize participants with through coursework (credit by exam fees Summary of requirements: principles of instructional methods in apply). Credits in language, literature and culture . . . 20 teaching Japanese to speakers of languages Credit by Examination. Except as Linguistics requirement ...... 4 whose orthography is not kanji-based. It will fit into the program of majors in a wide described above, the department does not Total (minimum) 24 give credit by examination for lower-divi- variety of fields, including Japanese, edu- sion or third-year courses. In special cases, Note: Candidates for a minor in a for- cation, linguistics, speech, and the social credit by examination may be allowed for eign language must schedule their program sciences. Candidates may enroll as post- with an adviser. baccalaureate students or while completing C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 101

undergraduate degree requirements in coursework include as many of the follow- FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 another field. ing fields as possible: Phonetics, General 501 Research, or other adviser-approved credits ...... 6-9 Admission requirements Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, Culture and Civilization, Practicum, and Additional adviser-approved coursework 1. Admission to Portland State University Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages. (German must include Ger 554, Middle 2. Japanese proficiency at the ACTFL High German) ...... 23-25 “Intermediate High” level. Students whose Total 45 proficiency is lower may be provisionally GRADUATE admitted; they will need to study Japanese PROGRAMS Note: The student’s program may include, with adviser’s approval, a maximum of 9 credits in while taking other courses in the certifi- 501 and/or 505 and a maximum of 9 credits in cate program. On the graduate level, the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures offers 508 and/or 509 combined. See Credit Distribu- Course requirements degree programs leading to the M.A. in tion and Limitations for Master’s Degrees, page 49. To qualify for the TJFL certificate, the stu- Foreign Language with a major in French, dent must complete the following adviser- German, or Spanish; and the M.A. in For- 2. Demonstrate reading competence in a approved coursework: eign Literature and Language, with a con- second foreign language. Theoretical and applied linguistics (through centration in two foreign languages and in 3. Thesis option: Submit a thesis, written the departments of Foreign Languages or linguistics. in either the foreign language or in Applied Linguistics) ...... 16 English, and pass a final examination in Japanese-area studies (literature, history, MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN accordance with University requirements. anthropology, etc.) ...... 16 LANGUAGE Non-thesis option: Submit two research TJFL Methods (Jpn 477, 478) ...... 8 The M.A. in Foreign Language is a gradu- papers in different adviser-approved sub- All courses used to satisfy certificate ate degree with a major in French, German, ject areas, written either in the foreign lan- course requirements must be graded C- or or Spanish language and literature. It is guage or in English, and pass a final above. available with a thesis and a non-thesis written and oral examination. option. The thesis option is generally rec- SECONDARY EDUCATION ommended for students who intend eventu- MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN PROGRAM ally to obtain a doctorate. The non-thesis LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE Advisers: French, J.E. Swenson; German, T.R. option is often appropriate for those who The M.A. in Foreign Literature and Lan- Menke; Japanese, P. Wetzel; Russian, S. intend to use their M.A. coursework as guage is a graduate degree with concentra- Rosengrant; Spanish, E.L. Rees direct preparation for secondary-school tion in a primary and a secondary language, Students who wish to teach a foreign language teaching or another career. Stu- and linguistics. The primary language may language in Oregon secondary schools dents should consult with their adviser to be French, German, or Spanish; the sec- must be admitted into the Graduate Teacher determine the best option. ondary language French, German, Japa- Education Program (GTEP) in Portland Admission to the Program. Applicants nese, Russian, or Spanish. State’s Graduate School of Education and for admission must meet the University Admission to the Program. Applicants complete the requirements for an Oregon admissions requirements (page 45) as well for admission must meet the University Teaching License. Admission to GTEP as a as the following departmental require- admissions requirements (page 45), as well foreign-language specialist requires a bach- ments: as the following additional requirements: elor’s degree in a foreign language taught 1. A Bachelor of Arts degree or its equiva- 1. In the primary language: in Oregon schools, and the recommenda- lent in the major language, with a mini- a. Bachelor of Arts in the language with tion of the Department of Foreign Lan- mum GPA of 3.00 in all coursework. a 3.00 GPA in the literature courses, or guages and Literatures. For other criteria, 2. Oral and written proficiency: Advanced its equivalent as determined by the please refer to the Graduate School of Edu- Department Graduate Committee; and cation section of this Bulletin. Plus on the ACTFL/ETS scale or 2+ on the FSI scale. b. Oral proficiency: Advanced Plus In order to be recommended by the (ACTFL/ETS scale); written profi- Department, the applicant must have: Degree Requirements. A candidate for ciency: Advanced Plus. 1. Applied for admission to the Graduate the Master of Arts in a Foreign Language 2. In the secondary language: Demonstra- Teacher Education Program in the Gradu- must: tion of third-year proficiency. ate School of Education (see page 183). 1. Complete a minimum of 45 graduate Degree Requirements. A minimum of 2. Completed a B.A. or B.S. which credits, of which 30 must be taken in resi- 60 credits, of which 40 must be earned in includes coursework equivalent to the 52 dence after admission to the degree pro- residence, distributed among the following credits required for a major in one foreign gram. The 45 credits are to be distributed areas: as follows: language at Portland State University. 1. In the primary language: 28 graduate 3. Have maintained a 3.00 GPA in the last Thesis Option credits to include: 40 of the above 52 credits earned. 560 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose— History of the Language 590 ...... 4 4. Obtained an Oral Proficiency Rating of any two)...... 8 Principles of Scholarly Research 560 ...... 4 Advanced Plus or higher on the ACTFL FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 Eight credits chosen from courses numbered scale in French, German, or Spanish, or a 503 Thesis ...... 6-9 551, 552, 553...... 8 rating of Intermediate High or better in Additional adviser-approved coursework Other adviser-approved courses on the 500-level ...... 12 Russian. (German must include Ger 554 Middle High German) ...... 23-25 The Department of Foreign Languages Total 28 and Literatures highly recommends that Total 45 2. In the secondary language: 20 credits to applicants earn upper-division credits in Non-thesis Option include: their chosen language beyond the mini- 560 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 Phonetics 325 ...... 4 mum of 52 required; that they spend time 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose— Advanced Language 511, 512 ...... 8 in a relevant program abroad; and that their any two)...... 8 102 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Nine graduate credits chosen from: Two of the following: 551, 552, 553 FL 401/501 500 -level literature (not including Literature (Poetry, Drama, Prose) ...... 8 Research (Credit to be arranged.) in Translation) and/or Linguistics 594, 595, FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 FL 403/503 and/or Stylistics 584 ...... 8 Adviser-approved education courses ...... 9-15 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Other adviser-approved courses...... 14-20 FL 404/504 Total 20 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Note: If upper division courses in phonetics and/ Total 45 be arranged.) or fourth-year language have been successfully 2. Demonstrate reading competence in a FL 405/505 completed at the undergraduate level (with a second foreign language. Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) GPA of 3.00 or above), they can be waived, 3. Submit two research papers: one in the reducing the total credits required by a maxi- FL 407/507 mum of 12. area of language or language pedagogy, the Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) other in literature. 3. In Linguistics and Methods: 12 gradu- FL 408/508 ate credits chosen from: 4. Complete a comprehensive written and Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) oral examination. FL 409/509 FL 598 Methods of Teaching Foreign Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Languages Study Abroad Programs. Graduate Ling 597 Applied Linguistics students are especially urged to participate FL 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Fr 594, 595 Romance Linguistics in approved study abroad programs. Cred- * Ger 594, 595 Germanic Linguistics its earned in such programs will apply FL 493/593 FL 593 Language Proficiency Testing and Language Proficiency Testing and Teaching toward their M.A. requirements with prior (4) Teaching permission of the Department. Application of proficiency standards in testing Other adviser-approved courses Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik. and teaching at the novice and intermediate levels. Introduction to ILR/ACTFL/ETS/FSI guide- Total 12 Graduate credits earned in German through the Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik lines and compatible testing methods. 4. In addition to the required coursework, (see page 282) can be accepted as in-resi- Discussion of pragmatic issues; testing tech- the candidate will have to: nique and test validity; use of teaching materials; dence credit at Portland State University a. Submit two research papers to the logistics. Prerequisite: three years of a foreign only if taken after formal admission to the language. Conducted in English. graduate committee, one dealing with the M.A. in Foreign Language program in Ger- primary, the other with the secondary *FL 498/598 area. These may be written either in the man, or to the M.A. in Foreign Literature Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages (4) primary or secondary languages, respec- and Language. Graduate credit earned at Study and analysis of various pedagogical theo- tively, or in English. the DSAP prior to admission to either pro- ries as applied to the learning and teaching of b. Be rated in oral and written profi- gram is normally limited to 15 credits, in foreign languages. Special emphasis on dis- ciency in the secondary language only. accordance with the University’s transfer course and content analysis. Recommended for Minimum proficiency level for French, regulations. prospective language teachers. Prerequisite: German, and Spanish: Advanced. For An M.A. degree in German earned three years of a foreign language. Conducted in English. Japanese and Russian: Intermediate solely by attendance at the Sommerschule High. normally entails four summers’ work plus ARABIC c. Pass a final comprehensive written thesis. Ar 101, 102, 103 and oral examination over coursework First-year Literary Arabic (5, 5, 5) taken in the primary and secondary areas Introduction to modern literary Arabic. Empha- and over the research papers. GRADUATE READING sis on basic grammar, syntax, writing, transla- EXAMINATIONS MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING tion, listening comprehension, and oral communication. Language laboratory required: The M.A.T. degree program, while All M.A. and M.A.T. students, as well as one hour per week. For non-native speakers designed especially for those who wish to certain doctoral candidates must demon- only. strengthen their preparation to teach strate reading (or oral) proficiency in a for- Ar 199 French, German, or Spanish in secondary eign language (see page 45). Graduate Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) schools and two-year colleges, is open to students whose degree programs require Ar 201, 202, 203 anyone wishing to pursue graduate work in foreign language competence should con- Second-year Literary Arabic (5, 5, 5) these languages. tact the Department of Foreign Languages Continued work in modern literary Arabic with Admission to the Program. Applicants and Literatures immediately upon admis- emphasis on basic grammar and syntax, reading for admission must meet the University prose texts, writing compositions, translation, sion for information on how the require- listening comprehension, and conversation. Pre- admissions requirements (page 45), as well ment may be met. as the following departmental require- requisite: Ar 103. For non-native speakers only. ments: Ar 204, 205, 206 COURSES Common Spoken Arabic (2, 2, 2) 1. A Bachelor of Arts degree or its equiva- Practical panArab language used in business, lent in the major language, with a mini- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not social, and intellectual gatherings in lieu of lim- mum GPA of 3.00 in all coursework. offered every year. ited local dialects, or the Fusha (classical elo- 2. Oral and written proficiency: Advanced With the exception of classical languages, all quent literary Arabic of the intellectuals), Plus on the ACTFL/ETS scale, or 2+ on upper-division courses are taught in the target understandable by any Arab, and usable any- language, unless otherwise noted. where in the Arab world. Prerequisite: Ar 101. the FSI scale. For non-native speakers only. Degree Requirements. A candidate for FOREIGN LANGUAGES Ar 299 the M.A.T. in Foreign Languages must: FL 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 1. Complete a minimum of 45 graduate Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ar 301, 302 credits, to include: FL 299 Third-year Literary Arabic (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ar 301 emphasizes Arabic texts in modern Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 FL 399 prose; complex syntax and writing; Ar 302 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) emphasizes media and business materials, trans- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 103

lation, viewing videos, and proficiency-based *Chn 304 ture” or “Chinese Urban Literature.” Conducted conversation. Prerequisite: Ar 203. For non- Chinese Newspaper Readings (4) in Chinese. Prerequisite: Chn 303. Chn 304, 311, native speakers only. Practical introduction to the reading and accu- 312 also recommended. rate understanding of Chinese newspapers and Ar 399 *Chn 490 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) related specialized styles of writing. Recom- History of the Chinese Language (4) mended as a complement to third-year Chinese. History of the Chinese language and language Ar 401 Prerequisite: Chn 203. Research (Credit to be arranged.) family, with emphasis on the development of the * Ar 404 Chn 306 current standard language. Evolution of phonol- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Business Chinese (4) ogy, morphology, and syntax in spoken Chinese, be arranged.) Practice in oral and written Chinese at the upper- development of the Chinese writing system, intermediate level, with emphasis on business history of Chinese lexicography, and current lan- Ar 409 vocabulary and procedures. Recommended as a Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) guage policy. Conducted in English. Prerequi- complement to third-year Chinese. Prerequisite: site: at least one course in linguistics (Ling 290 Ar 410 Chn 203; Chn 303 and 304 or above), or proficiency in Chinese equivalent Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) recommended. * to Chn 203. Ar 411 *Chn 311, 312, 313 Topics in Modern Arabic Prose (4) DANISH Reading advanced Arabic essays and short sto- Introductory Classical Chinese (4, 4, 4) Readings in the traditional literary language, Dane 101, 102, 103 ries by prominent authors such as Mahfouz, and designed to provide familiarity with essential First-year Danish (5, 5, 5) various genres of Arabic literature. Analysis and particles and structures, build vocabulary, and Beginning Danish. Emphasis on communication critique writing. Prerequisite: Ar 301. introduce works from all genres and periods. skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. * Ar 412 Recommended as a complement to third-year Dane 199 Topics in Classical-modern Arabic Poetry (4) Chinese; preparation for advanced work in either Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Reading light poetry by master poets from the modern or classical Chinese. Prerequisite: Chn Abbasid, Andalusian, Mahjar, and modern times, Dane 201, 202, 203 203. Second-year Danish (5, 5, 5) such as al-Mutanabbi, Jubran, and Qabbani. Pre- * Intensive review of basics introduced in first- requisite: Ar 301. Chn 341 Topics in Chinese Literature and Thought: year courses and further development of com- *Ar 417 Service and Retreat (4) munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of Folk Literature of the Arabs (4) Interdisciplinary readings from the core of the college Danish. Topics include selected epics, folktales, prov- written tradition, including history, poetry, clas- erbs, and jokes. Analysis of texts in their socio- Dane 299 sical anecdotes and essays, related to the central Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) cultural context. Prerequisite: Ar 301. issues facing the Chinese elite throughout his- *Ar 418 tory: whether, how, and under what conditions to FINNISH Folk Poetry of the Arabs (4) serve the state. Conducted in English. Finn 101, 102, 103 Topics include muwashshahat, modern lyrics, *Chn 342, 343 First-year Finnish (5, 5, 5) folk songs, and improvised sung poetry-Zajal. Chinese Vernacular Literature (4, 4) Beginning Finnish. Emphasis on communication Analysis of texts in the socio-cultural context. 342 emphasizes traditional poetry and fiction skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. Prerequisite: Ar 301. from 700 BC to the late nineteenth century; 343 Finn 199 *Ar 441 emphasizes influential works of the twentieth Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Major Arabic Works in Translation (4) century, from semi-traditional to avant-garde. Finn 201, 202, 203 Study of selected masterpieces of Arabic litera- Conducted in English. Second-year Finnish (5, 5, 5) ture in English translation: short stories, novels, Chn 399 Intensive review of basics introduced in first- women’s essays, poetry, and folk literature. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) year courses and further development of com- Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. Chn 404 munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper-division litera- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to lege Finnish. ture. Course may be repeated for credit if con- be arranged.) tent varies. Finn 299 Chn 405 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) CHINESE Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) FRENCH Chn 101, 102, 103 Fr 101, 102, 103 First-year Chinese Chn 408 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) First-year French (5, 5, 5) (5, 5, 5) An introduction to elementary French. Emphasis An introduction to Mandarin: listening, speak- Chn 409 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) on listening comprehension and oral practice, ing, reading, and writing. Characters and spoken including the elements of grammar, vocabulary language presented concurrently throughout the Chn 410 building, and elementary readings. year. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) * * Fr 150, 151 Chn 199 Chn 411, 412 First-year French (Intensive) (7, 8) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Chinese (4, 4) Development of facility with complex patterns A two-term course covering the content of Fr Chn 201, 202, 203 101, 102, 103. Second-year Chinese (5, 5, 5) in conversation, reading and writing. Topics such Continued work in Mandarin, with emphasis on as “Current Chinese News and Opinion,” “Twen- Fr 199 mastering all basic grammatical structures, tieth-Century Chinese Thought,” “Documentary Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) developing conversation skills, and building Chinese,” “The Structure of Chinese.” Prerequi- Fr 201, 202, 203 vocabulary in characters with correct site: Chn 303; Chn 304, 311, 312 also Second-year French (5, 5, 5) pronunciation. recommended. Intensive review of basic materials introduced in First-Year French and further development of *Chn 420, 421 Chn 299 communication skills. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Readings in Chinese Literature (4, 4) Reading, analysis, and discussion of representa- Fr 299 Chn 301, 302, 303 tive literary texts. Chn 420 focuses on pre- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Chinese (4, 4, 4) Intermediate conversation, reading, writing, modern topics such as “Traditional Chinese Fic- vocabulary building, and grammar. Introduction tion” and “Chinese Classical Masterpieces,” to literary and expository texts. Prerequisite: while Chn 421 addresses primarily twentieth- Chn 202. century topics such as “Chinese Nativist Litera- 104 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Fr 301, 302 Fr 417/517 *Fr 551 Third-year French (4, 4) Translation (4) French Poetry (4) Development of speaking, listening, reading and Special problems of translating between French Study of French poetry. Analysis of form and writing skills and a review of grammar through and English based on a variety of texts, both lit- content. study of appropriate texts, conversation, activi- erary and non-literary. *Fr 552 ties, and written assignments. Prerequisite: *Fr 421/521 French Drama (4) Fr 203. Seventeenth-century French Literature (4) Critical study of representative works of French Fr 325 Readings from major classical writers from the drama. French Phonetics and Phonology (4) era of Louis XIV. Prerequisites: at least 8 credits *Fr 553 Introduction to the sounds of French: their place from Fr 341, 342, or 343. French Prose (4) and manner of articulation (phonetics) as well as *Fr 423/523 Study of representative works of French fiction how they pattern with respect to each other and Eighteenth-century French Literature (4) according to genre, period, theme, or authors. as influenced by morphological and syntactic Reading, analysis and critique of the major Fr 560 factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Fr 203. works written in the Age of Enlightenment. Pre- Principles of Scholarly Research: French (4) Fr 330 requisites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, or A theoretical and practical introduction to the Topics in Culture and Civilization (4) 343. resources and techniques essential to advanced The development of French life, thought, and *Fr 427/527, 428/528 work in French language, pedagogy, and area arts of different periods, from the Middle Ages Nineteenth-century French Literature (4, 4) studies. Investigation of bibliographic materials, to the 20th century: for example, Pre-Revolu- Selected works of prose, poetry, and drama from primary texts, secondary literature, and major tion, Revolution through 19th century, and con- the 19th century writers. forms of literary criticism. To be taken in first temporary. Prerequisite: Fr 203. 4 hours of 300- Prerequisites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, year of graduate study. level French strongly recommended. or 343. *Fr 584 Fr 340 *Fr 433/533, 434/534 French Stylistics (4) Fundamentals of French Literary Studies (2) Twentieth-century French Literature (4, 4) A study of vocabulary, sentence structure, meta- An introduction to the study of French literature. Readings in poetry, drama, and prose. Prerequi- phor, and other elements that characterize the Lectures and discussion on French prosody, sites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, or 343. style of a writer, a period, or a movement. genres, fundamentals of literary analysis, and * Fr 435/535 GERMAN criticism. To be taken concurrently with, or prior Francophone Literature of the 20th Century to, Fr 341, 342, 343. Prerequisite: Fr 203. (4) Ger 101, 102, 103 Fr 341, 342, 343 Readings in 20th century literature of French First-year German (5, 5, 5) Introduction to French Literature (4, 4, 4) expression from outside metropolitan France: Beginning German. Emphasis on communica- French literature from the Middle Ages to the i.e., Africa, Quebec, and Caribbean. tions skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. * present. Poetry, theater, and prose readings from *Fr 441/541 Ger 150, 151 representative authors. Prerequisite: Fr 203. Fr Major Works In Translation (4) First-year German (Intensive) (7, 8) 301 or 302 strongly recommended. Study of texts representative of major French A two-term course covering the content of Ger 102, 102, 103. Fr 399 authors, periods, themes or genres in translation: Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) such topics as Classical drama, Realism, con- Ger 199 Fr 401/501 temporary novel, Flaubert, and Camus. Read- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) ings, lectures, and discussions in English. Ger 201, 202, 203 Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division litera- Fr 404/504 Second-year German (5, 5, 5) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ture. Intensive review of basics introduced in first year be arranged.) *Fr 442/542 courses and further development of communications skills. Prerequisite: one year of college Fr 405/505 Medieval Works in Translation (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Study of texts from the French middle ages. German or equivalent. arranged.) Consent of instructor. Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. Ger 299 Fr 407/507 Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper-division Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)—Consent literature. Ger 301 of instructor. *Fr 490/590 Listening and Speaking (4) Fr 408/508 History of the French Language (4) Continued intensive practice in listening and Workshop (Credit to be arranged.)—Consent Study of the development of the French lan- speaking German. May be taken concurrently of instructor. guage in terms of phonological, morphological, with Ger 302. Prerequisite: Ger 203. Fr 409/509 and syntactical changes. Prerequisite: Fr 302. Ger 302 Reading and Writing (4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) *Fr 494/594 Continued intensive practice in reading and writ- Fr 410/510 French Linguistics (4) ing German. May be taken concurrently with Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics Ger 301. Prerequisite: Ger 203. Fr 411/511, 412/512 and their application to the French language. *Ger 320 Advanced French (4, 4) Emphasis on practical analysis of the sound and German for the Business and Professional Special problems of French grammar; selected the grammatical systems. Brief survey of the his- World (4) writing and reading assignments and discussion. torical development, followed by an analysis of Intensive practice in scholarly, technical, and Prerequisite: Fr 302. the phonetics, phonemics, morphology, and business language. Prerequisite: Ger 203. syntax of modern French. Conducted in English. Fr 414/514 *Ger 325 Advanced French Grammar (4) Prerequisites: Fr 203, 325. German Phonetics and Phonology (4) A systematic approach to the study of French *Fr 497/597 Introduction to the sounds of German: their grammar and syntax for majors and prospective Applied French Linguistics (4) place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as teachers. Prerequisite: Fr 302. A practical application of linguistics to modern well as how they pattern with respect to each French. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of *Fr 415/515 other and as influenced by morphological and Business French (4) the structures of French and English. Prerequi- syntactic factors (phonology). Conducted in Advanced work in the language of sites: Fr 302 and 4 credits of linguistics. English. Prerequisite: Ger 203. business and economics. Prerequisite: Fr 302. Fr 503 *Ger 330 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Topics in Culture and Civilization (4) Study of the historical development of life, thought, and the arts in German-speaking lands in times and places such as the Middle Ages, C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 105

19th-century Vienna, 20th-century Berlin, the *Ger 428/528 Ger 560 Weimar period, or in fields such as film. Prereq- German Romanticism (4) Principles of Scholarly Research: German (4) uisite: Ger 203. Study of the literature, art, and aesthetic theories Theoretical and practical introduction to the of late 18th and 19th century Germany. Prerequi- resources and techniques essential to advanced *Ger 340 Fundamentals of German Literary Studies sites: at least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or work in language, literature, pedagogy, and area (4) 342. studies. Investigation of bibliographic materials, An introduction to the study of German litera- *Ger 429/529 primary texts, secondary literature, and major ture. Lectures and discussion on German pros- German Realism and Naturalism (4) forms of literary criticism. To be taken during ody, genres, fundamentals of literary analysis Study of the poetry, drama, and prose of the the first year of graduate study. and criticism. Conducted in German. Prerequi- second half of the 19th century. Prerequisites: at *Ger 584 site: Ger 203. least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. German Stylistics (4) Ger 341, 342, *Ger 433/533, 434/534 A study of the stylistic aspects of fictional and Introduction to German Literature (4, 4) German Literature of the 20th Century nonfictional writings within the context of the Readings from representative German authors (4, 4) cultural and philosophical history of modern from the Middle Ages to the present. Prerequi- Readings in modern poetry, drama, and prose. Germany. site: Ger 203. Ger 340 is also strongly recom- Ger 433/533: from the turn of the century to the *HEBREW mended. end of World War II; Ger 434/534: from the post-war years to the present. Prerequisites: at *Heb 101, 102, 103 Ger 399 First-year Modern Hebrew (5, 5, 5) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. * Introduction to modern Hebrew; emphasis on Ger 401/501 Ger 441/541 basic grammar, syntax, noun and verb forma- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Major Works in Translation (4) Study of selections from masterpieces of tion, listening and reading comprehension, trans- Ger 404/504 German literature in translation, such as Goethe, lation, writing, and speaking. Language Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to laboratory required one hour per week. For non- be arranged.) the Weimar period, German Intellectual History, Ancient Myth in German Literature. Readings, native speakers only. Ger 405/505 lectures, and discussions in English. Prerequi- Heb 199 Reading and Conference (Credit to be site: 4 credits of upper division literature. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) * Consent of instructor. *Ger 442/542 Heb 201, 202, 203 Medieval Works In Translation (4) Second-year Modern Hebrew (5, 5, 5) Ger 407/507 Study of texts from the German Middle Ages. Continued study of grammar and syntax, reading Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) intermediate literary texts, translation, conversa- Consent of instructor. Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division litera- tion, writing, and speaking. Prerequisite: Heb Ger 408/508 ture. 103. Language laboratory required one hour per Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) week. For non-native speakers only. Consent of instructor. *Ger 490/590 History of the German Language (4) Heb 299 Ger 409/509 A general historical survey showing the develop- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) ment of German grammar, word formation, *Heb 301, 302 Ger 410/510 vocabulary, and syntax with reference to the his- Modern Hebrew Readings (4, 4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tory of other Germanic languages. Conducted in 301 emphasizes essays, short stories, and poems. Ger 411/511, 412/512 English. Prerequisite: Ger 302. 302 emphasizes modern media Hebrew and Advanced German (4, 4) * business materials. Translation and writing. Pre- Special features of German; selected writing and Ger 494/594 German Linguistics (4) requisite: Heb 203. For non-native speakers reading assignments, discussion. Prerequisite: Introduction to the basic concepts in linguistics only. Ger 302. and their application to German. Review of Heb 399 *Ger 414/514 sound system; focus on morphology and syntax. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced German Grammar (4) Conducted in English. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Structural review of German morphology and Heb 401 * Research (Credit to be arranged.) syntax. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Ger 497/597 Applied German Linguistics (4) Consent of instructor. * Ger 415/515 A practical application of linguistic method to Heb 404 Business German (4) modern German. Emphasis on contrastive analy- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Advanced work in the language of business and sis of German and English. Prerequisites: Ger be arranged.) economics. Prerequisite: Ger 302. 302 and 4 credits in linguistics. Heb 410 * Ger 421/521 Ger 503 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) German Short Prose (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) *HUNGARIAN Study of the German Novelle and other shorter * prose of the 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequi- Ger 551 * German Poetry (4) Hun 101, 102, 103 sites: at least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or Study of German lyric poetry. Analysis of form First-year Hungarian (5, 5, 5) 342. and content. Introduction to Hungarian. Emphasis on gram- * mar, vocabulary building, and conversation. Ele- Ger 422/522 * 18th Century German Literature (4) Ger 552 German Drama (4) mentary reading. Study of the poetry, drama, and prose of the Critical study of representative works of German drama. Hun 199 German Enlightenment and the Sturm und Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) *Ger 553 Drang. Prerequisites: at least 8 credits from Ger *Hun 201, 202, 203 340, 341, or 342. German Prose (4) Study of representative works of German prose Second-year Hungarian (5, 5, 5) * Intense review of materials introduced in first- Ger 427/527 fiction. The Age of Goethe (4) year course and further development of commu- Study of German poetry, drama, and prose from *Ger 554 nicative skill and reading comprehension. Ele- the Sturm und Drang and classicism to the Middle High German (4) mentary writing. Linguistic and literary study of representative beginning of romanticism. Prerequisites: at least Hun 299 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. Middle High German texts. Conducted in English. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 106 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*Hun 301, 302, 303 Jpn 304, 305 mance contexts. Students have the option of Third-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) Third-year Japanese: Reading and Writing performing short dances of plays in a class Composition, conversation, readings in litera- (4, 4) recital. Conducted in English. ture; grammar review. Prerequisite: Hun 203. Continued work in the Japanese language with emphasis on reading and writing skills in differ- Jpn 477/577, 478/578 Hun 399 ent kinds of texts. Students enrolled in this Teaching Japanese As a Foreign Language (4, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 4) course are encouraged to sign up for Jpn 301, Principles of instructional methods in teaching Hun 404 302 concurrently. Either sequence (301, 302 or Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Japanese to speakers of languages whose orthog- be arranged.) 304, 305) satisfies the requirement for third-year raphy is not Kanji-based. Readings in language Japanese. Prerequisite: Jpn 203. Hun 410 pedagogy, particularly the pedagogy of non- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *Jpn 325 Indo-European languages. Students are required Japanese Phonetics and Phonology (4) to teach and observe classes in an approved Jap- ITALIAN Introduction to the sounds of Japanese: their anese program. Prerequisites: Ling 390, Jpn 303. It 101, 102, 103 place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as First-year Italian (5, 5, 5) well as how they pattern with respect to each KOREAN An introduction to elementary Italian. Emphasis other and as influenced by morphological and Kor 101, 102, 103 on listening comprehension and oral practice, syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: First-year Korean (5, 5, 5) the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, Jpn 203. An introduction to the Korean language with and elementary readings. Jpn 341, 342 emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, It 199 Topics in Japanese Literature (In elementary reading and writing, and grammati- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Translation) (4,4) cal patterns. It 201, 202, 203 Introductory survey of Japanese literature from Kor 199 Second-year Italian (5, 5, 5) its beginnings to the present, including such Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Intensive review of basic materials introduced in works as The Man’yoshu, The Tale of Genji, Kor 201, 202, 203 first-year program and further development of plays by Zeami and Chikamatsu, Basho’s haiku, Second-year Korean (5, 5, 5) communication skills. and masterpieces of modern fiction. Jpn 341 Continued work in the Korean language with focuses on classical and medieval literature; Jpn It 299 emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 342 focuses on Tokugawa and modern literature. reading and writing, and grammatical patterns. * Conducted in English. Prerequisite: 8 credits of It 301, 302 literature. Kor 299 Third-year Italian (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Composition and conversation at the intermedi- Jpn 361 *Kor 301, 302 ate level. Prerequisite: It 203. Japanese Literature Through Film (4) Third-year Korean (4, 4) Readings of masterpieces of Japanese literature Continued work in the Korean language in a It 399 and viewing of feature films based on them. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) widening variety of contexts. 301 emphasizes Viewings are followed by discussion of the It 404 listening and speaking skills; 302 reading, writ- social, historical, and artistic significance of the ing, and vocabulary development. Prerequisite: Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to works. Readings and discussions are in English, be arranged.) Kor 203. and films have English subtitles. It 409 Kor 399 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) It 410 Kor 404 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 404 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) be arranged.) JAPANESE Kor 409 Jpn 101, 102, 103 Jpn 405/505 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Japanese (5, 5, 5) Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Kor 410 An introduction to the Japanese language with Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Jpn 407/507 grammatical patterns, the syllabaries, and char- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) LATIN acters in elementary reading and writing. Jpn 408/508 Lat 101, 102, 103 *Jpn 150, 151 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Latin (5, 5, 5) First-year Japanese (Intensive) (7, 8) Jpn 409 An introduction to elementary Latin. Emphasis A two-term course covering the content of Jpn Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) on the elements of grammar, vocabulary build- 101,102,103. Jpn 410/510 ing, and elementary readings. Jpn 199 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Lat 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 411/511, 412/512 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 201, 202, 203 Advanced Japanese (4, 4) Lat 201, 202, 203 Second-year Japanese (5, 5, 5) Development of facility with complex patterns Second-year Latin (5, 5, 5) Continued work in the Japanese language with in conversation and reading. Prerequisites: Jpn Intensive review of basic materials introduced in emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, 302, 305. first-year program and further development of grammatical patterns, the syllabaries, and char- Jpn 420/520, 421/521 reading skills. acters in elementary reading and writing. Readings in Japanese Literature (4, 4) Lat 299 Jpn 299 Reading, analysis, translation, and discussion of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) representative literary texts. Jpn 420/520 will *Lat 301, 302, 303 focus on pre-modern literature, Jpn 421/521 on Jpn 301, 302 Third-year Latin (2, 2, 2) Third-year Japanese: Speaking and Listening literature from the Meiji Period to the present. Survey of classical Latin syntax; extensive prac- (4, 4) Conducted primarily in Japanese. Prerequisites: tice in prose composition; close study of poetic Continued work in the Japanese language with Jpn 302, 305. techniques. Prerequisite: Lat 203. emphasis on listening and speaking skills in a Jpn 452/552 Lat 399 variety of contexts. Students enrolled in this Traditional Japanese Drama (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) course are encouraged to sign up for Jpn 304, An introduction to the classical forms of nô kyô- Lat 401 305 concurrently. Either sequence (Jpn 301, 302 gen, bunraku and kabuki. Students read plays Research (Credit to be arranged.) or Jpn 304, 305) satisfies the requirement for and view videos of plays in performance, ana- third-year Japanese. Prerequisite: Jpn 203. lyzing them in their historical, social, and perfor- Lat 404 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 107

Lat 407 Port 399 Rus 409 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Port 404 Rus 410/510 Lat 410 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) be arranged.) Rus 411/511, 412/512, 413/513 Port 409 Advanced Russian (4, 4, 4) NORWEGIAN Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Special problems of Russian grammar; selected Norw 101, 102, 103 writing and reading assignments and discussion. First-year Norwegian (5, 5, 5) RUSSIAN For non-native speakers only. Beginning Norwegian. Emphasis on communi- Rus 101, 102, 103 cation skills: listening, speaking, reading, First-year Russian (5, 5, 5) Rus 416 writing. An introduction to elementary Russian. Empha- Readings in Russian (2) A variable-content course designed to give sis on listening comprehension and oral practice, Norw 199 advanced students of Russian experience reading the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) in a variety of content areas. Rus 421 is to be and elementary readings. Norw 201, 202, 203 taken in conjunction with regularly scheduled Second-year Norwegian (5, 5, 5) Rus 150, 151 corequisite courses. Students taking a corequi- Intensive review of basics introduced in first- First-year Russian (Intensive) (7, 8) site course will do part of the required reading year courses and further development of com- Two-term course covering the content of Rus for that course in Russian. Prerequisite: Rus 342. munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- 101, 102, 103. *Rus 427/527 lege Norwegian. Rus 199 Topics in Russian Literature of the 19th Norw 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Century (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Rus 201, 202, 203 Representative literature of the major Russian Second-year Russian (5, 5, 5) writers of the nineteenth century. Such topics as * PERSIAN Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Golden Age, or the 19th Century Short Story. *Per 101, 102, 103 first-year program and further development of Prerequisite: Rus 303. First-year Persian (5, 5, 5) communication skills. Rus 433/533 Introduction to spoken and written Persian. Rus 299 Topics in Russian Literature of the 20th Grammar, reading, and simple conversation. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Century (4) Per 199 Rus 301, 302, 303 Representative literature of major Russian Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Russian (4, 4, 4) writers of the twentieth century. Such topics as *Per 201, 202, 203 Focus on acquisition of vocabulary, practical Soviet Satire, The Thaw, Glasnost. Prerequisite: Second-year Persian (5, 5, 5) application. Intensive practice in speaking listen- Rus 303. Graded readings in the modern literary language. ing, reading and writing. Prerequisite: Rus 203. *Rus 441, 541 Conversation and prose composition. Prerequi- *Rus 325 Russian Literature in Translation: Nineteenth site: Per 103. Russian Phonetics and Phonology (4) Century (4) Per 299 Introduction to the sounds of Russian: their Major works of nineteenth-century Russian Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as literature. Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division *Per 301, 302 well as how they pattern with respect to each Third-year Persian (4, 4) other and as influenced by morphological and literature. Reading in literature, composition, expository syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: *Rus 442/542 writing, and conversation. Prerequisite: Per 203. Rus 203. Russian Literature in Translation: Twentieth Century (4) Per 401 Rus 330 Major works of twentieth-century Russian litera- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Russian Culture and Civilization (4) Consent of instructor. A multimedia survey of major developments in ture. Readings, lectures, and discussions in Russian art, architecture, music, dance, theater, English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division Per 404 literature. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to cinema and literature from 988 to the present be arranged.) day. The class focuses on ways major works *Rus 494/594 relate to the artistic atmosphere of their times Russian Linguistics (4) Per 410 Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and on how subsequent generations have reinter- preted and reused them. Taught in English. and their application to Russian. Analysis of the *PORTUGUESE phonetics, phonemics, syntax and morphology Rus 341, 342 of modern Russian. Prerequisite: Rus 303. *Port 101, 102, 103 Introduction to Russian Literature (4, 4) First-year Portuguese (5, 5, 5) Study of selected short stories of the 19th cen- *Rus 497/597 An introduction to elementary Portuguese. tury. For non-native speakers only. Prerequisite: Applied Russian Linguistics (4) Emphasis on listening comprehension and oral Rus 203. A practical application of linguistics to modern Russian. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of practice, the elements of grammar, vocabulary Rus 399 building, elementary readings. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) the structures of Russian and English. Prerequi- site: Rus 303. Port 199 Rus 401 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) SPANISH * Port 201, 202, 203 Rus 404/504 Span 101, 102, 103 Second-year Portuguese (5, 5, 5) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to First-year Spanish (5, 5, 5) Intensive review of basic materials introduced in be arranged.) An introduction to elementary Spanish. Empha- first-year program and further development of Rus 405/505 sis on listening comprehension and oral practice, communication skills. Reading and Conference (Credit to be the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, Port 299 arranged.) and elementary readings. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Span 150, 151 *Port 301, 302 Rus 407/507 First-year Spanish (Intensive) (7, 8) Third Year Portuguese (4,4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) A two-term course covering the content of Span Continued work on the Portuguese language. Consent of instructor. 101, 102, 103. Port 301 emphasizes listening comprehension Rus 408 and speaking, 302 grammatical patterns, read- Span 199 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ing, and writing. May be taken concurrently. Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Port 203. 108 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Span 201, 202, 203 Span 421/521 *Span 551 Second-year Spanish (5, 5, 5) Major Topics: Peninsular Prose (4) Hispanic Poetry (4) Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Study, analysis, and critique of major prose Study of the lyric poetry of Latin America and/or first-year program and further development of works of Spain by authors such as Fernando de Spain. communication skills. Rojas, Cervantes, Galdós, Unamuno, and Goyti- Span 552 Span 299 solo. Prerequisites: At least 8 credits of Hispanic Drama (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Span 341, 342, or 343. Critical study of representative works of Latin Span 301, 302 Span 422/522 American and/or Spanish drama. Third-year Spanish (4, 4) Major Topics: Peninsular Drama (4) *Span 553 Continued work on the Spanish language. Span Study, analysis, and critique of major dramatic Hispanic Prose (4) 301 emphasizes listening comprehension and works of Spain by authors such as Lope de Vega, Study of representative works of the prose of speaking, 302 grammatical patterns, reading, Tirso de Molina, Calderón de la Baraca, Zorrilla, Latin America and/or Spain. and writing. May be taken concurrently. Prereq- García Lorca, and Buero Vallejo. Prerequisites: Span 560 uisite: Span 203. At least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. Principles of Scholarly Research: Spanish (4) *Span 325 Span 423/523 A theoretical and practical introduction to the Spanish Phonetics And Phonology (4) Major Topics: Peninsular Poetry (4) resources and techniques essential to advanced Introduction to the sounds of Spanish: their Study, analysis, and critique of the poetry of work in Spanish language, literature, pedagogy, place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as Spain by authors such as Berceo, Góngora, Que- and area studies. Investigation of bibliographic well as how they pattern with respect to each vedo, Machado, Jiménez, and Cernuda. Prereq- materials, primary texts, secondary literature, other and as influenced by morphological and uisites: at least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or and major forms of literary criticism. To be syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Span 343. taken in first year of graduate study. 203. Span 427/527 SWEDISH Span 330 Major Topics: Latin American Prose (4) Peninsular Culture and Civilization (4) Study, analysis, and critique of major prose Swed 101, 102, 103 Historical development of life, thought, and the works of Latin America by authors such as First-year Swedish (5, 5, 5) arts in Spain. Prerequisite: Span 203. García Márquez, Fuentes, Paz, Vargas Llosa, Beginning Swedish. Emphasis on communication skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. Span 331 Mastretta, and Borges. Prerequisite: At least 8 Latin American Culture and Civilization (4) credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. Swed 199 Historical development of life, thought, and the Span 428/528 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) arts in Latin America. Prerequisite: Span 203. Major Topics: Latin American Drama (4) Swed 201, 202, 203 Span 341, 342, 343 Study, analysis, and critique of major dramatic Second-year Swedish (5, 5, 5) Introduction to Hispanic Literature (4, 4, 4) works of Latin America by authors such as Gam- Intensive review of basics introduced in first- 341: Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to baro, Benedetti, Usigli, Díaz, and de la Parra. year courses and further development of com- the Golden Age. 342: Spanish literature from the Prerequisite: At least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- 18th century to the present. 343: Latin American or 343. lege Swedish. literature from the end of the 19th century to the Span 429/529 Swed 299 present. Readings from representative texts. Pre- Major Topics: Latin American Poetry (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Study, analysis, and critique of major prose requisite: Span 203. * works of Latin America, by authors such as TURKISH Span 399 * Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Darío, Huidobro, Vallejo, Neruda, Guillén, and Tur 101, 102, 103 Mistral. Prerequisite: at least 8 credits of Span First-year Turkish (5, 5, 5) Span 401/501 341, 342, or 343. Introduction to Turkish. Emphasis on elements Research (Credit to be arranged.) of grammar, vocabulary building, and conversa- Span 441/541 Span 404/504 Cooperative Education/ tion. Elementary reading. internship (Credit to be arranged.) Major Works in Translation (4) Study of selections from masterpieces in transla- Tur 199 Span 405/505 tion by authors such as Cervantes, Neruda, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be * arranged.) Borges, Lispector, and García Márquez. Read- Tur 201, 202, 203 Consent of instructor. ings, lectures, and discussions in English. Pre- Second-year Turkish (5, 5, 5) requisite: 4 credits of upper division literature. Intense review of materials introduced in first- Span 407/507 *Span 490/590 year course and further development of commu- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) nicative skill and reading comprehension. Ele- Consent of instructor. History of the Spanish Language (4) Study of the development of the Spanish lan- mentary writing. Span 408/508 guage in terms of phonological, morphological, Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Tur 299 Consent of instructor. and syntactical changes. Prerequisite: Span 302. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) *Span 494/594 *Tur 301, 302, 303 Span 409/509 Third-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Spanish Linguistics (4) Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics Composition, conversation, readings in litera- Span 410/510 and their application to the Spanish language. ture, and grammar review. Prerequisite: Tur 203. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Emphasis on practical analysis of the sound Tur 401 Span 411/511 system and the grammatical system. Brief Research (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Spanish (4) survey of the historical development, followed Consent of instructor. Intensive training in composition, translation, by an analysis of the phonetics, phonemics, mor- Tur 404 and conversation. May be taken concurrently phology, and syntax of modern Spanish. Must be with Span 414/514. Prerequisite: Span 301 and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Span 203. be arranged.) 302. *Span 497/597 Tur 410 Span 414/514 Applied Spanish Linguistics (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Spanish Grammar (4) A practical application of linguistics to modern A thorough study of grammar and syntax for Spanish. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of major and prospective teachers. May be taken the structure of Spanish and English. Prerequi- concurrently with Span 411/511. Prerequisites: sites: Span 302 and 3 credits of linguistics. Span 301 and 302. Span 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.)

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 109

GENERAL STUDIES

491A Neuberger Hall 426), economics, geography, history, inter- Credits 725-3822 national studies, political science, psychol- Upper-division credits from the arts and letters ogy, sociology, urban studies and planning, (except Wr 323), science and/or social science B.A., B.S. and women’s studies and courses having academic distribution area(s) ...... 81 Education Programs-Elementary, Inte- the SSc prefix. Courses used to satisfy the major grated Science, and Social Studies Requirements for Major in General requirements, whether taken at PSU or M.A.T., M.S.T. (General Studies: Arts Studies in Arts and Letters (Option I)/ elsewhere, must be graded C- or above. A and Letters, Science, Social Requirements for Major in General maximum of 12 credits may be graded P. Science) Studies in Science (Option I)/Require- Students majoring in General Studies ments for Major in General Studies in (Option II) and also in a second major must Programs which are of an interdisciplinary Social Science (Option I). In addition to meet the general education requirement nature and which do not conveniently fit meeting all of the nonmajor baccalaureate and the upper-division requirement in the within the normal department areas are degree requirements, a major in General academic distribution areas for the second listed under General Studies. Studies (Option I) must complete 52 credits major. in one of three academic distribution areas UNDERGRADUATE (arts and letters or science or social sci- EDUCATION PROGRAMS PROGRAM ence) in addition to the credits in the major The professional education program for area needed for the general education teacher licensure is to be completed after requirement. A minimum of 32 of the 52 the student has a bachelor’s degree. It is GENERAL STUDIES (OPTION I) AND highly recommended that students major in GENERAL STUDIES (OPTION II) credits must be upper division with at least PROGRAMS 8 upper-division credits in each of two the subject they want to teach, or complete Advisers: R.C. Mercer, K. Hanson, departments. as part of their bachelor’s degree a set of F. McClurken-Talley courses appropriate for the subject to be Students majoring in general studies Credits taught and the level at which the student Upper-division credits from one department in (Option I) take a concentration of courses wants to teach. Students who already have the major academic area ...... 8 a bachelor’s degree should see an adviser in the arts and letters or science or social Upper-division credits from a second department science academic area. There are no spe- in the major academic area ...... 8 before taking additional courses. cific courses required for the major. To take Additional upper-division credits from any Elementary full advantage of the opportunities afforded department(s) in the major academic area . 16 Advisers: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley this major, students should plan a program Additional credits in the major academic area 20 Students who want to be elementary which includes a coherent set of courses teachers should major in one of the depart- Total 52 providing an in-depth study in the area of ments in the arts and letters, sciences, or special interest as well as providing for Courses used to satisfy the major social sciences areas or major in general enhancement of the student’s problem- requirements, whether taken at PSU or studies in arts and letters, science, or social solving and communication skills. elsewhere, must be graded C- or above. science. A major in a department is recom- The arts and letters academic distribu- A maximum of 12 credits may be graded P. mended. It is highly recommended that the tion area consists of courses taken in For students completing two majors following courses be included in the under- applied linguistics, art, black studies (BSt with one of the majors being General Stud- graduate program. ies (Option I) or earning a second baccalau- 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426 A course from two of the following departments: only), English (except for Wr 115, 120, reate degree with a General Studies Anthropology, Black Studies, Sociology, 121, 222, 227, 323), foreign languages and (Option I) major, the major in General Women’s Studies (Anth 103, BSt 302, Soc literatures, music, philosophy, speech com- Studies (Option I) is 52 credits in one aca- 337, WS 101 recommended). munication, and theater arts and courses demic distribution area. †Art 312 having the AL or Hum prefix. Requirements for Major in General Bi 101/104, 102/105, 103/106 or Sci 201, 320, The science academic distribution area Studies (Option II). A student majoring in 350 consists of courses taken in biology, chem- General Studies (Option II) must complete CS 105 or ISQA 111 or other course on fundamental computer concepts istry, computer science, environmental sci- (1) University requirements (except general education requirements), (2) specific A course from Economics (Ec 201 is recom- ence, geology, mathematical sciences mended) (except Mth 95, 100), physics, and public requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Bach- †Ed 420 Introduction to Education and Society health studies and courses having the ASc elor of Science degree, (3) either Wr 323 or Geography—two courses from the following: or Sc prefix. an approved Writing Intensive Course, and Geog 210, 230, 346, 350, 372, 430, 433 The social science academic distribu- (4) the following requirements for the Gen- Hst 201, 202 (Hst 340, 341 or 430, 431, 432 or tion area consists of courses taken in eral Studies (Option II) major: 433, 434 or 435, 436, 437 can be substituted administration of justice (AJ 220 and 330 for Hst 201, 202) only), anthropology, black studies (except Literature—6 credits †Children’s Literature - Lib 428 Bst 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425,

† Indicates courses that fulﬁll prerequisites to certain courses in the professional program in the Graduate School of Education and that must be completed before the deadline date for application to the Graduate School of Education.

110 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

†Mth 211, 212, 213 or satisfactory completion of are recommended to include the following license. See page 183 for the required edu- equivalency tests given by the Mathematics courses in their undergraduate program: cation courses. Department. Students taking the 4-credit Mth 211 and 212 at PSU fall ’96 or later are not Social Studies Endorsement Credits STANDARD SOCIAL STUDIES required to take Mth 213. Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 ENDORSEMENT †Mus 381 or approved alternates Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 The requirements for the Standard Social A course from Political Science (PS 101 Hst 101, 102 Western Civilization ...... 8 Studies Endorsement include at least 24 Hst 201, 202 History of the United States . . . 8 recommended) upper-division or graduate level credits in Psy 200 or 204 PS 101, 102 United States Government . . . . . 8 † PS 204 Comparative Politics ...... 4 social science in addition to those required Psy 311 for the Basic Secondary Teaching License Sp 100, 215, 220, 324, 329, or SpHr 262 Psy 200 or 204, Psy 311 Human Development ...... 8 and the Basic Social Studies Endorsement. Courses in the recommended program Anth 101, 102, 103 Introductory Anthropology; At least 15 of these credits must be at the are to be taken for differentiated grades; or BSt 302 African-American Experience in graduate level. Combined undergraduate exceptions are to be approved by the the 20th Century, BSt 424 African-American/ and graduate preparation should include at adviser. Students must have at least a 3.00 African Culture in Cinema; or Soc 200 Gen- least 36 credits in one of the following: GPA in the recommended program and eral Sociology; or WS 101 Introduction to anthropology, economics, geography, his- earn at least a C- in each course of the rec- Women’s Studies, WS 215, History of Feminism 8 tory, political science, or sociology. No ommended program. specified courses are required for the stan- Courses having multicultural and multi- BSt 412 Oregon African-American History, or Soc 337 Minorities, or Sp 115 Introduction to dard endorsement. Each student’s program ethnic content or approach should be Intercultural Communication ...... 4 is tailored to meet the needs of the individ- included in the preprofessional Sp 100, 220, 324, 329, or SpHr 262 ...... 4 ual and the requirements of the standard program. Ed 420 Introduction to Education and endorsement and the standard license. Integrated Science Society...... 4 Advisers: R.P. Lutz, R.E. Thoms, R. Tinnin Concentration in Economics, Geography, OTHER STANDARD The integrated science endorsement is History, or Political Science ...... 12 ENDORSEMENTS valid for teaching all science except biol- Courses are to be taken for differenti- See the appropriate department for ogy, chemistry, or physics and, thus, is the ated grades. Students must have at least a the requirements for other standard endorsement for teaching science in middle 3.00 GPA in the recommended courses and endorsements. and intermediate schools. It is recom- must earn at least a C- in each course. MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING mended that students wanting an integrated A list of acceptable upper-division sub- OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN science endorsement either major in geol- stitutes is available for many of the above TEACHING ogy and include a year-long introductory lower division courses. Equivalent courses The College offers the degrees of Master of biology course and a course in astronomy, sometimes are accepted in substitution for Arts in Teaching and Master of Science in meteorology, and oceanography, or major certain of those specified, upon prior Teaching with a major in English (M.A.T. in general studies in science and include approval of the social studies secondary only), general arts and letters, general the following courses. adviser. social science, mathematics, science, Credits science/biology, science/chemistry, and Geog 311 Climatology ...... 4 GRADUATE science/geology. G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 PROGRAMS Degree Requirements. University G 204, 205 Geology Lab ...... 2 master’s degree requirements are listed on G 351 Introduction to Oceanography ...... 3 STANDARD TEACHING LICENSE page 54. Major requirements are: Ph 121 or 122 Astronomy ...... 4 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences General Arts and Letters. The stu- Approved electives ...... 7 dent’s program must include a minimum of Bi 251, 252, 253 ...... 15 offers graduate work leading to the Stan- dard Secondary Teaching License. Appro- 45 credits in approved graduate courses, to Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228, 229 or Ph 201, 202, include a minimum of 30 credits in the arts 203, 204, 205, 206 ...... 16/15 priately prepared students may complete Psy 200 or 204, Psy 311...... 8 the requirements for the Standard Second- and letters area (applied linguistics, Ed 420 Intro to Education and Society ...... 4 ary License and for a Master of Arts in English, foreign languages and literatures, music, and speech communication), includ- Electives are to be chosen from Bi 360, Teaching or a Master of Science in Teach- ing a general seminar, with at least 9 credits 361, G 312, 430, 450, 452, or other ing at the same time. The requirements for earned in each of two areas of concentra- approved courses in astronomy, geology, the Standard Secondary Teaching License tion, and from 9 to 15 credits of education meteorology, and/or oceanography. include previous completion of the require- courses. Students must submit two substan- Courses are to be taken for differenti- ments for a bachelor’s degree and for a tial essays, term papers, or projects, prefer- ated grades. Students must have at least a basic secondary license; admission as a ably representing two different subject 2.75 GPA in the recommended courses and graduate student (see page 45; 45 credits of matter fields, accomplished either in regu- must earn at least a C- in each course. upper-division or graduate work subsequent to receipt of the bachelor’s degree; lar coursework or in special research. Basic Social Studies completion of a standard endorsement or These papers must be approved by the can- Adviser: R.C. Mercer two basic endorsements other than com- didate’s graduate committee. The student’s Students who major in general studies in bined endorsements; 15 credits (of the 45 written examination will cover education social science (or in anthropology, econom- credits) to be approved education courses; and two subject fields in arts and letters. ics, geography, history, political science, 15 credits for the endorsement(s) to be at A final oral examination is required of all psychology, or sociology) and wish to the graduate level; and two years of suc- candidates. teach social studies in secondary schools cessful teaching experience in Oregon General Social Science. The student’s schools while holding a basic teaching program must include a minimum of 45

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 111

credits in approved graduate credits, to Students may elect a thesis or nonthesis 15 credits of course-work. The program include a minimum of 30 credits in the (two research papers or equivalent) pro- must include a minimum of 45 credits in social science area (economics, geography, gram. The adviser, in cooperation with an approved graduate courses, to include a history, political science, and sociology), appropriate faculty member, will establish minimum of 24 credits in the science area and at least 9 but not more than 15 credits standards for thesis and research paper (biology, chemistry, geology, mathemati- in education courses. Of the minimum 30 requirements for students working in more cal sciences, and physics). At least 9, but credits in social sciences, 12 credits must than one department. All students, whether not more than 15 credits, must be in educa- be earned in each of two fields of concen- in a thesis or nonthesis program, must sat- tion courses. In order to fulfill requirements tration; a maximum of 12 combined credits isfactorily complete the course of study and for the degree, the student must satisfacto- may be in courses numbered 501 and 505. pass both written and final oral examina- rily complete the degree program and pass Students electing the thesis option must tions in both the social science fields of both a final written and a final oral take a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 9 study as well as in education. examination. credits of 503. With consent of the adviser, Science. In consultation with the gradu- the two fields may be within a single social ate adviser, the student should establish the science department. degree program before the completion of

GEOGRAPHY

424 Cramer Hall The geography major requires a mini- Plus two courses from among the following: . 8 725-3916 mum of 48 credits in geography courses, Geog 407 Seminar in Research Skills (4) including 12 credits in each of the follow- Geog 482 Environmental Remote Sensing (4) Geog 485 Map Design and Production (4) B.A., B.S. ing areas: research skills, physical geography, regional geography, and human Geog 488 Geographic Information Systems I: Minor Introduction (4) Secondary Education Program-Social geography. Geog 490 Cartographic Studio (4) Science The Department of Geography can Geog 492 Geographic Information Systems II: M.A., M.S. arrange internships for majors in public Applications (4) M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social agencies and businesses in such fields as Regional Geography: Credits Science) planning, environmental management, Three courses from among the following: . . 12 Ph.D.-Participating department in tourism, or cartography. Students may earn Geog 250 Pacific Northwest (4) Urban Studies Doctoral Program up to 12 credits of practicum credit while Geog 350 Geography of World Affairs (4) they gain insights into applications of the Geog 353 Pacific Rim (4) knowledge they are gaining in the Univer- Geog 354 Europe (4) UNDERGRADUATE sity. Student assistantships are also avail- Geog 356 Russia and Its Neighbors (4) PROGRAMS able, providing part-time employment. Geog 360 Latin America (4) Majors in geography may obtain infor- Geog 363 Africa (4) Geog 364 The Middle East (4) Geography is concerned with the earth’s mation on the Geography Honors Option in thin film of life—the biosphere—and with Geog 366 Historical Geography of North the departmental office. America (4) the location of things: what accounts for Requirements for Major. In addition Geog 368 United States and Canada (4) the great clusters of population and for the to meeting the general University degree Geog 407 Seminar in Regional Geography (4) empty areas, the forests and the cutover, the requirements, the major in geography must Geog 453 Japan (4) cities, villages, and roads. complete at least 48 credits of coursework Human Geography: Credits The geography program leads the stu- as detailed in the four areas listed below. Of Geog 230 World Regions and Landscapes . . . 4 dent to an appreciation and understanding the courses presented for the major, at least Plus two courses from among the following: . 8 of the human environment on world, 16 credits must be at the 400 level. Geog 331 Economic Geography (4) regional, and local scales; provides back- Geog 332 Urban Geography (4) Physical Geography: Credits Geog 345 Resource Management (4) ground and requisite training for careers in Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 the resource, planning, environmental, or Geog 346 World Population and Food Plus two courses from the following: ...... 8 Supply (4) education fields—or simply the basis for a Geog 311 Climatology (4) richer and more satisfying personal life. Geog 347 Environmental Issues (4) Geog 313 Biogeography (4) Geog 348 Nature and Society (4) Geography majors are involved with activi- Geog 322 Mountains (4) Geog 349 Mountains—Cultural Landscapes ties such as urban planning and problem Geog 407 Seminar in Physical Geography (4) (4) solving, map design, graphic reproduction Geog 412 Geomorphology (4) Geog 407 Seminar in Human Geography (3) and display, statistical analysis, field study Geog 413 Biogeography of the Pacific Geog 432 Urban Landscapes (4) in Pacific Northwest mountains and Northwest (4) Geog 434 Metropolitan Economic Geog 414 Hydrology (4) Geography (4) deserts, analyses of the tourism industry, Geog 415 Soils and Land Use (4) and regional studies. Geog 445 Resource Management Topics (4) Geog 416 Extreme Environments (4) Geog 446 Water Resource Management (4) Through sharing of staff, the Depart- Geog 417 Periglacial Geomorphology (4) ment of Geography is affiliated with the Research Skills: Credits Total credits in geography (minimum) 48 School of Urban and Public Affairs, Inter- Geog 270 Using Maps ...... 4 B.S. Requirement: ...... 12 national Studies, and the PSU Center for Stat 243, Stat 244, CS 105 (or equivalent) Population Research and Census.

112 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

All courses used to satisfy the depart- phy. Normally such students are admitted Candidates electing the nonthesis mental major requirements, whether taken on a conditional basis, with the student’s option take a minimum of 54 credits. Two in the department or elsewhere, must be graduate committee recommending a pro- 2-credit sections of 501 Research are graded C- or above. gram to remedy deficiencies. undertaken to rewrite, edit, and revise two Requirements for a Minor. To earn a In addition to the general University papers, at least one of which must evolve minor in geography a student must com- admission requirements for advanced from graduate coursework in geography at plete a minimum of 28 credits in geography degrees the student must provide the Grad- PSU. A final oral presentation of one of the (at least 12 credits of which must be taken uate Record Examination scores and letters papers is required for completion of the in residence at Portland State University, of recommendation from three faculty degree. and 16 credits of which must be upper divi- members of colleges previously attended. Foreign students for whom English is a sion), to include the following: Degree Requirements. University second language must present a score of at Credits master’s degree requirements are listed least 550 in the Test of English as a Foreign Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 on page 54. Specific departmental require- Language (TOEFL) with their application Geog 230 World Regions and Landscapes . . . 4 ments are listed below. for admission. Geog 270 Using Maps ...... 4 Geography electives (upper division) ...... 16 MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING MASTER OF SCIENCE OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN Total (minimum) 28 The student will plan a program of study TEACHING For information on the Master of Arts in All courses used to satisfy the depart- with an adviser and other members of the Teaching and the Master of Science in mental minor requirements, whether taken supervisory committee during the first term Teaching (General Social Science), see in the department or elsewhere, must be of residence. page 110. graded C- or above. The program of study must include a minimum of 30 graduate credits in geogra- SECONDARY EDUCATION phy for the thesis option or 36 for the non- COURSES PROGRAM thesis option, including the following Adviser: D. Johnson seminar: Proseminar in Geography. All Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not (See General Studies: Social Science graduate students are encouraged to attend offered every year. page 109.) the department’s noncredit colloquia. Geog 199 After a student has completed at least Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) GRADUATE 27 graduate credits, the student is required Geog 210 PROGRAMS to take the comprehensive examination, Physical Geography (4) which is provided by and graded by the stu- An introduction to the physical elements of geography and the environment in The Department of Geography offers the dent’s committee. If failed, the student may which people live. The focus is on natural pro- degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Sci- be allowed to retake portions of the exami- cesses that create physical diversity on the earth. ence, Master of Arts in Teaching, and nation or may be advised to take additional Major topics are weather and climate, vegetation Master of Science in Teaching (General coursework. and soils, landforms, ecosystems, their distribu- Social Science). The department also par- Students seeking the M.A. degree must tion and significance. ticipates in the Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- demonstrate their competence in the use of Geog 230 gram. For information relating to the Ph.D. a foreign language for geographic research; World Regions and Landscapes (4) those preparing for an M.S. degree must Spatial patterns produced by human activities— program in urban studies, see page 270. population growth, transportation systems, Areas of primary concentration are eco- show proficiency in advanced skills in geography or an equivalent research tech- urban structure, economic development, nomic geography, urban geography, physi- resource use and management, and the evolution cal geography, resource management, and nique (8 credits). Upon successful comple- of political patterns—are considered in a global cartography. The M.A. and M.S. degrees tion of the comprehensive examination and context. Case studies from both developed and are in part designed to meet the needs of successful demonstration of the required developing world regions illustrate the processes students preparing for careers in research competence, the student is advanced to by which humans modify their world to create or administration in government and indus- candidacy. distinctive cultural landscapes. try, urban and regional planning, and in Students in the M.A. program must Geog 250 secondary education and community col- complete a thesis. Those in the M.S. pro- Pacific Northwest (4) gram may choose between thesis and non- Study of the Pacific Northwest as a region of the lege teaching. The M.A. and M.S. degrees United States. Overview of the region and its also provide a predoctoral program in thesis options. The thesis option is appropriate for students intending to pursue relationship to other parts of the world will be geography for students planning to take followed by an analysis of the physical environ- advanced work leading to professional Ph.D. studies, whereas the nonthesis option ment, natural resources, agriculture, manufactur- careers in university teaching, research, or is designed for students who are preparing ing, transportation, population, and urban public service.Students are encouraged to for careers in such areas as government ser- development. Special attention will be paid to follow a program that combines breadth vice or private industry. Candidates who contemporary regional geography issues. of knowledge with depth in one field of elect to write a thesis take a minimum of 45 Geog 270 interest. credits including 6 credits in Geography Using Maps (4) For admission to graduate study for the Thesis. The thesis option requires the pre- Presents a basic entry into methods of under- sentation of the student’s independent standing, interpreting, and analyzing maps, spa- M.A. and M.S. degrees, a student normally tial data, and aerial imagery. Fundamental should have completed the minimum prep- research into a topic approved by the student’s graduate committee. It normally concepts such as map scale, projections, coordi- aration for an undergraduate major in geog- nate systems, and types of thematic and general raphy with a 3.00 grade point average in all involves field work and is an original con- maps are presented. Students complete a series work. Students with majors in other fields tribution to knowledge in the field of geog- of exercises using maps and aerial imagery are encouraged, if they can demonstrate raphy. A final oral examination by the intended to familiarize them with spatial, map- ability, to pursue graduate work in geogra- student’s committee includes defense of the thesis.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 113

based techniques useful in research and and investigates the contemporary structure, attention is given to the impact of large scale advanced coursework where geographic infor- concerns, effects, critiques, and directions of issues such as global climate change, trade, the mation processing is an important tool. environmentalism. Prerequisite: upper division environment, and the debt crisis on the lands and Geog 311 standing. lives of everyday people in the region. Prerequi- Climatology (4) Geog 348 site: upper division standing. A study of the physical processes which com- Nature And Society (4) *Geog 363 prise the climatic system, from the global scale Introduction to geographic perspectives on cul- Africa (4) to the local scale. Particular attention is given to tural ecology. Investigates cultural adaptation A survey course on the physical and human the nature of climatic variability, its causes, and and environmental change from an ecological geography of the continent of Africa, focusing its implications for human activity. Prerequisite: perspective, focusing on biomes and cultural on the variability of the physical landscape, Geog 210. adaptations within them. Particular attention to including geomorphology, vegetation, and cli- Geog 313 traditional societies and the impacts of develop- mate and on the patterns and implications of cul- Biogeography (4) ment. Prerequisite: upper division standing. tural diversity. Examines links between natural The study of the distribution and characteristics Geog 349 resources, economic development, and environ- of major plant/animal communities and soil Mountains—Cultural Landscapes (4) mental management on location, national and types on a global scale. Interrelationships Mountains as cultural landscapes. Exploration of regional scales. Case studies from various coun- between organisms and their environment are the human occupation and use of mountain envi- tries and regions will be used. Prerequisite: stressed, as is the role of human populations in ronments, including the long-settled mountains upper division standing. the maintenance and future of these environ- of Eurasia and Latin America as well as North *Geog 364 ments. There is a full-day field trip across the America's mountains. Topics include human The Middle East (4) Cascades to study changing vegetation types. adaptation, mountain resource management and A survey of the physical and cultural landscapes Prerequisite: Geog 210. policy, and development and its impacts in high- of southwestern Asia and North Africa, empha- Geog 322 land environments. Prerequisite: Geog 322 or sizing the interaction of environmental factors Mountains (4) 348. and dynamic economic and political forces in The mountain environments of the world with Geog 350 the region as a whole. Problems common to the emphasis on the Pacific Northwest. The primary Geography of World Affairs (4) nations of the region are examined, including the focus is on an understanding of the processes Examines the major world trouble spots in light difficulties of political cohesion, urbanization, and features of the alpine environment. This of long-standing political-geographical rivalries, and ecological impacts of tradition and contem- includes landforms, weather and climate, vegeta- including ethnic group rivalries, economic dis- porary land-use practices. Prerequisite: upper tion, animal life, soils, and the human occupa- parities, and conflicting historical claims. Partic- division standing. tion of mountains. Prerequisite: upper-division ular emphasis will be placed on political *Geog 366 standing. organization of territory, nationalism, boundary Historical Geography of North America (4) Geog 331 conflicts, colonialism, and, where relevant, met- Survey of the evolving geography of North Economic Geography (4) ropolitan political fragmentation. Prerequisite: America during the last four centuries; the for- An introduction to theories and methods of loca- upper division standing. mation and growth of regions from the initial tional analysis of economic activities within Geog 353 period of European exploration and colonization agriculture, manufacturing and selected services. Pacific Rim (4) to the present. Topic include the acquisition of The course focuses on North America and Provides a comprehensive look at the events and geographical knowledge; cultural transfer and includes geographic distributions, areal interac- people shaping the last 150 years of Asia-Pacific acculturation; westward expansion; resource tion among urban and regional economies, the history and relates them to Pacific Basin rela- exploitation; regional and national integration; processes of regional economic development, tionships today. Reveals how, from the 19th cen- and landscape change. Prerequisite: upper divi- and international economic linkages. Prerequi- tury onward, modern nations have emerged from sion standing. site: upper division standing. the rich and varied cultures and society of Pacific Geog 368 Geog 332 Asia. Particular emphasis is placed on political United States and Canada (4) Urban Geography (4) and economic geography of East Asia in relation Survey of the contemporary regional geography Introduction to the geographical factors affecting to contemporary American and Japanese inter- of the United States and Canada including phys- the development of the modern city. Topics ests in the region. Prerequisite: upper division ical environments, cultural landscapes, and eco- include urban systems and the location of cities; standing. nomic activities. Topics will include the residential, commercial, and industrial struc- Geog 354 development of distinctive regions; the changing ture; social and physical characteristics of cities; Europe (4) spatial relationships between the location of the built environment; the urban economy; and Focuses on the changing economic and political resources and population; urban/rural dispari- planning the urban environment. Prerequisite: geography of Europe, post World War II, and the ties; and national and regional roles in the global upper division standing. adjustments to changing world conditions. Anal- economy. Prerequisite: Geog 230 or 250. Geog 345 ysis of the geographic conditions of individual Geog 399 Resource Management (4) countries. Examines their population, urban and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Survey of natural resources, their occurrence, rural settlements, physical geography, agricul- Geog 401/501 and their management. Primary focus will be on ture, and industry. Prerequisite: upper division Research (Credit to be arranged.) the United States, with case studies from other standing. Consent of instructor. countries and regions. Prerequisite: upper divi- Geog 356 Geog 403/503 sion standing. Russia and Its Neighbors (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged) Geog 346 An exploration of the USSR by topic and region. Consent of instructor. The course looks at the nature and significance World Population and Food Supply (4) Geog 404/504 An introduction to the dynamics of the current of the country’s huge size and diversified physi- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to national and international problems associated cal environment; examines the origins and impli- be arranged.) with rapid population growth, unemployment, cations of its multinational character; and Geog 404 Pass/no pass only. Consent of major population migrations, shortages of food analyses patterns of agricultural production and instructor. industry, with consideration of the distinctive and other critical commodities, and the present Geog 405/505 and potential adjustments to these situations. institutions that have shaped them. Prerequisite: Reading and Conference (Credit to be Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 6 credits in appropriate social science. arranged.) Geog 347 Geog 360 Consent of instructor. Environmental Issues and Action (4) Latin America (4) Geog 407/507 Examines environmentalism as a phenomenon Analysis of changing landscapes and lifeways in Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) reflecting cultural appraisals of nature and Latin America. The focus is on physical, cul- society's relationship to it. Explores the history tural, and economic forces that have interacted and ideology of the environmental movement, to create a distinctive world region. Particular 114 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Geog 409/509 Geog 432/532 tics of Japan, and its contemporary trade rela- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Urban Landscapes (4) tionship with the Pacific Northwest. Geog 409 Pass/no pass only. Consent of Analysis of the contemporary built environment Prerequisite: Geog 353. instructor. of metropolitan areas; social, cultural, political, and economic forces that have given cities their Geog 482/582 Geog 410/510 Environmental Remote Sensing (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) form and image; historical processes of urban Visual interpretation of photographic and digi- development; and messages and meanings of our Geog 412/512 tally based images of the earth derived from sen- Geomorphology (4) surroundings. Focuses on common urban land- sors such as aerial cameras, multispectral Study of landform processes with focus on the scapes as well as designed spaces. In individual scanners, thermal scanners, and radar. Emphasis dynamics and significance of the creation of ini- and group projects, students analyze the interre- is on applications, especially in environmental tial relief, as well as the operation of mass wast- lationships of land use, residential density, street monitoring, resource management, and plan- ing, fluvial, glacial and aeolian systems. The patterns, homes and yards, and open spaces in ning. Prerequisite: Geog 270. significance of geomorphic processes and result- the Portland metropolitan area. Prerequisite: Geog 332. Geog 485/585 ant landforms to human activities is stressed. Map Design and Production (4) Emphasis is on landscapes of the Pacific North- *Geog 434/534 Introduction to the planning and execution of a west. There is a three-day field trip to the Chan- Metropolitan Economic Geography (4) map, with special emphasis on the arrangement neled Scablands of Washington. Prerequisite: Study of how North American metropolitan of its graphic elements. Students will use carto- Geog 210. areas are organized economically and geographi- graphic and illustration software in the compila- *Geog 413/513 cally and how spatial distributions are altered tion, design and production of maps. Biogeography of Pacific Northwest (4) under the impact of socioeconomic and techno- Prerequisite: Geog 270. Study of the character and distribution of natural logical change. Topics include industrial loca- Geog 488/588 Geographic Information environments of the Pacific Northwest with tion, retail trade, public services, and housing. Prerequisite: Geog 331. Systems I: Introduction (4) focus on vegetation, wildlife, and soils. Classical Use of computers in Geographic Information problems in biogeography are discussed, e.g., Geog 445/545 Systems (GIS) and mapping. Includes theory of origin of grasslands, and relationship between Resource Management Topics (4) data bases related to geographic information needleleaf and broadleaf forests. Vegetation Focuses on advanced topics in administration management and practical aspects of database types are studied within the context of climatic and management of natural resources. Reviews design. Students will use a variety of programs climax zones. There are two half-day and two historical issues and today’s struggles for a sus- for mapping and spatial analysis of geographic full-day field trips. Prerequisite: Geog 313. tainable approach in the development of natural information. Each student completes a series of Geog 414/514 resource policy. Emphasis will vary, e.g. water lab exercises demonstrating a variety of Hydrology (4) resources, energy resources, public lands. Pre- approaches to the analysis and display of spatial A detailed analysis of the physical processes of requisite: Geog 345. data. Students enrolling in this class also must the hydrologic cycle, emphasizing an applied Geog 446/546 register for a computer lab section. Also listed as approach for the purposes of resource manage- Water Resource Management (4) USP 591. Prerequisite: Geog 270 or equivalent ment and environmental analysis: precipitation, Analysis of the distribution, use and manage- experience in cartography. runoff processes, evapotranspiration, soil water, ment of water resources, emphasizing the systems of water rights, legislation, and regulations Geog 490 flooding and floodplain utilization, and tech- Cartographic Studio (4) niques of hydrologic data analysis. Prerequisites: which govern water resources. Issues of water Advanced workshop course on cartographic Geog 210 and Mth 243 and 244. development and water quality are examined. design, production, and analytical methods. Stu- *Geog 415/515 Focus is on U.S. water resource, with case stud- dents in this class will demonstrate their ability Soils and Land Use (4) ies from other countries and regions. Examples to plan and execute a major cartographic project. The origin, development and distribution of soils are drawn from local, regional, and international Suitable projects could include but are not lim- and the significance of soil to man. Examines the water resource management schemes. Prerequi- ited to: a unique map design, a series of maps importance of soil to landforms, vegetation, and site: Geog 345. illustrating a theme, or an analytical model. Pre- ecological development. Major emphasis is Geog 448/548 requisites: Geog 270 and 482, 485, or 488. given to land use potentials and limitations on The Urban Forest (4) Examination of issues related to trees in the Geog 492/592 various kinds of soils with focus on urban and Geographic Information Systems II: agricultural settings. There are two half-day field urban environment. Topics will include the Applications (4) trips. Prerequisite: Geog 210. values and roles of urban trees, species identifi- Analysis and applications of geographic infor- *Geog 416/516 cation, site selection, spatial structure of the mation systems concepts and technology to land Extreme Environments (4) urban forest, management and regulation of planning and management issues. The multipur- Deals with the tundra, desert, and tropical rain- urban trees, and techniques for evaluating the pose land information systems concept is used as forest. Stress will be placed on comparing and health of the urban forest and public and govern- an organizing device for spatial registration of contrasting ecologic and environmental pro- mental efforts to promote urban trees. Prerequi- data layers to achieve data sharing and compati- cesses operative in these environments. Topics of site: one or more of Geog 313, 413, 415, 432/ bility among functions. User needs assessment discussion include such things as: life strategies 532, Bi 334. and systems design provides the basis for sys- and adaptive processes, concepts of succession *Geog 450 tems procurement, implementation, and use. and climax, rates of biomass productivity, Geography of Portland (4) Students enrolling in this class also must register weathering, and erosional processes, and land- Analysis of the geography of Portland. Lectures for a computer lab section. Also listed as USP scape evolution. Prerequisite: Geog 313. and guided field work. Students will work on 592. Prerequisite: Geog 488/588 or USP 591. group projects on specific topics involving *Geog 417/517 Geog 511 Periglacial Geomorphology (4) research, data collection and analysis with oral Climatic Analysis (4) Deals with landscapes of the cold climate areas and written presentations. Prerequisite: 12 cred- Nature of climatic data sets, methods of acquisi- of the world, i. e., polar regions, high mountains, its of geography. tion, and techniques of analysis. The emphasis and former areas around the margins of the con- Geog 453/553 will be on the study of climate variability and its tinental glaciers. The course involves in-depth Japan (4) implications for the management of natural readings and discussions of a wide range of The course focuses on the major geographical resources. Prerequisite: Geog 311 and Mth 243 topics from the distribution and origin of perma- factors underlying Japan’s rise to industrial and and 244. economic greatness in the present day. The main frost, to an analysis of specific landforms, to the Geog 521 impact of humans on these environments. There emphasis is upon the rise and development of Geographic Thought (4) are two full-day field trips to visit and observe cities and industry, the agricultural characteris- Geography as a professional field. The first half periglacial phenomena in the Pacific Northwest. of the course deals with the history of geo- Prerequisite: Geog 412. graphic thought and literature. The second half C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 115

focuses on the role of geography among the arts studies of migration and refugee movements, the aimed at understanding the development of and sciences and on more recent developments future of ethnic diversity and landscape analysis. ideas, methodologies, and philosophies. Themes in the ﬁeld. Required of all graduate students in Prerequisite: Geog 230. will vary each term: cartography, physical geog- geography. Geog 542 raphy, resource issues, human geography and Geog 522 Livable Cities (4) other topics. Pass/no pass only, maximum 6 Research Design (4) Analysis of social geography, quality of life, and credits may be used toward graduate degree A guided program for preparing graduate sustainability in metropolitan areas. Topics program. research papers and theses in geography. Atten- include geographical patterns of ethnicity, class, Geog 601 tion is given to formulating topics, developing and gender; relationships of homes and work- Research (Credit to be arranged.) hypotheses, determining researchability, acquir- places; provision of services; and design of the Geog 603 ing and analyzing data, developing conclusions, built environment. Emphasis on the processes Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) and organizing and writing reports. and meanings that underlie the spatial patterns Geog 605 Geog 530 and dynamics of social issues in American cen- Reading and Conference (Credit to be Cultural Geography (4) tral cities and their suburbs. Prerequisite: Geog arranged.) The course will focus on topics in cultural geog- 332 and 432/532. Geog 607 raphy as they relate to trends in contemporary Geog 586 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) geographic thought. Overview of the history of Geographic Conversations (2) the discipline will be followed by reading and Exploration and critical evaluation of contempo- discussion of theories of agricultural develop- rary research in geography. Focus is on reading ment, the impact of religion on landscape, case and group discussion of recent journal literature

GEOLOGY

17A Cramer Hall ners; in the construction, mining, and At least 15 credits of electives must be chosen 725-3022 petroleum industries; and as teachers in from upper-division geology courses (exclud- elementary and high schools and at the col- ing G 351, G 430, G 452, G 454, G 455). This may include up to 6 credits of upper-division B.A., B.S. lege level. Geologists who have graduated from science or engineering courses approved by Minor the undergraduate adviser. Students may use Secondary Education Program PSU are employed, for example, in pros- up to 4 credits from an approved summer field M.A., M.S. pecting for copper deposits in the Northern camp course...... 15 M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/Geology) Rockies, coal in Texas, and oil in the North Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and Sea; evaluating the effects of forest roads Subtotal 64 Resources: Geology and quarries; determining the dangers of Supporting Courses ground water contamination by a proposed Mathematics through calculus to include Mth industrial site; prospecting for geothermal 251, 252, 253, 254...... 16 UNDERGRADUATE power sites; and in teaching at all levels. One year of 200-level chemistry or equivalent PROGRAMS A student majoring in geology should with labs ...... 13-16 plan to complete the required mathematics, Ph 201, 202, 203 plus labs; or Ph 211, 212, 213 The Department of Geology offers pro- plus labs; or Ph 211, Ph 212 plus labs and chemistry, and physics courses as early in EAS 211 (statics) ...... 14-15 grams leading to the bachelor’s and mas- their program as possible. ter’s degrees in geology, as well as studies Requirements for Major Leading to Subtotal 43-47 in geophysics, geochemistry, hydrogeol- the B.S. Degree in Geology. In addition to ogy, engineering, and environmental geol- meeting the general University degree Total 107-111 ogy. requirements, the major leading to the B.S. Courses taken under the undifferenti- The programs serve both majors and degree in geology must meet the following ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not nonmajors in geology: those who may wish departmental requirements: acceptable toward fulfilling departmental to broaden their science background; those major requirements, with the exception of preparing to teach general or earth sciences Credits G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 G 211. or geology in elementary or secondary G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 Requirements for Major Leading to a schools; and those preparing for a master’s G 207 Bibliographic Resources ...... 1 or a doctoral degree. G 211 Microcomputer Use in Geology ...... 1 B.A. Degree in Geology. In addition to Postbaccalaureate students (with a G 312 Mineralogy ...... 5 meeting the general University degree bachelor’s degree, not in geology) who G 313, 315 Igneous Petrology and requirements, the major leading to the B.A. wish to become professional geologists Metamorphic Petrology ...... 5 degree in geology must meet the following may complete this curriculum while doing G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and departmental requirements: both undergraduate and graduate work in Petrology ...... 5 G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 geology. G 331 Paleontology ...... 4 G 204, 205, 206 Geology LaboratoryÐmay G 391 Structural Geology ...... 4 substitute one credit of G 200 ...... 3 Geologists are employed by govern- G 392 Stratigraphy ...... 4 G 312 Mineralogy ...... 5 ment agencies at federal, state, county, and G 393 Field Methods ...... 4 G 313, 315 Igneous Petrology and city levels; by independent consulting firms G 423 Computer Applications in Geology . . . 4 Metamorphic Petrology...... 5 to work with engineers, architects and plan- G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and Petrology ...... 5 116 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

12 credits selected from the following G 392 Stratigraphy (4) and complete the integrated science pro- courses...... 12 G 420 Applied Geophysics (4) gram on page 110. G 331 Paleontology (4) G 443 Groundwater Geology (4) Science courses are to be taken for dif- G 391 Structural Geology (4) G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (3) ferentiated grades, except for those offered G 392 Stratigraphy (4) G 451 Geology of Portland (2) only on a pass/no pass basis. Students must G 393 Field Methods (4) G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) G 420 Applied Geophysics (4) G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (3) have at least a 2.75 GPA in science courses G 427 Tectonics (4) G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) and must earn at least a C in each course. G 432 Stratigraphic Paleontology (4) G 461 Environmental Geology (4) G 443 Ground Water Geology (4) G 470 Engineering Geology (4) GRADUATE G 445 Geochemistry (4) G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) G 446 Economic Geology (4) PROGRAMS G 447 Environmental Sediment Transport (4) Total 28 The Department of Geology offers pro- G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) To earn a minor in environmental G 453 Regional Geology (4) grams leading to the Master of Arts or geology, a student must complete 29 credits Master of Science in geology, an option in G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) (at least 14 credits of which must be taken G 470 Engineering Geology (4) geohydrology, the Master of Arts in Teach- G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) in residence at PSU) to include the following or Master of Science in Teaching (Sci- G 475 Introduction to Seismology and Site ing: ence), and to the Ph.D. degree in Evaluation (4) Credits environmental sciences and resources. G 484 Field Geophysics (4) G 200 Field Studies ...... 1 The M.A./M.S. program is designed to 8 credits from the following courses:...... 8 G 201, 202, 203 Geology...... 9 train geology students beyond the bacca- G 351 Introduction to Oceanography (4) G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 G 451 Geology of the Portland Area (2) G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils or laureate degree for professional employ- G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) G 461 Environmental Geology ...... 4 ment or for advanced graduate work. The G 454 Cascade Volcanoes (3 credits Twelve upper-division credits chosen from: . 12 M.A.T./M.S.T. program is offered for maximum) (1) G 312 Mineralogy (5) teachers in secondary schools and commu- G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) G 392 Stratigraphy (4) nity colleges. G 461 Environmental Geology (4) G 443 Groundwater Geology (4) The department is an active participant G 447 Environmental Sediment Transport (4) in the Environmental Sciences and Subtotal (minimum) 47 G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) Resources Doctoral Program. Specialized Supporting Courses: G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) studies in hydrogeology, economic geol- G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) Twelve upper-division credits selected from ogy, environmental geology, engineering geography, urban studies and planning, G 461 Environmental Geology (4) and economics preapproved by the G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) geology, and applied stratigraphy, along undergraduate adviser ...... 12 with multidisciplinary environmental sci- Mathematics to include Mth 251 ...... 4 Total 29 ences courses and seminars, will partially Statistics to include Stat 243; Stat 244 Students are encouraged to contact fulfill the requirements for the Ph.D. in recommended ...... 4 Michael L. Cummings, undergraduate environmental sciences and resources. For One year of college chemistry plus labs . . 13-16 adviser, for help in designing a program information relative to the Ph.D. program One year of 100- or 200-level biology leading to a minor in environmental in environmental sciences and resources/ with labs or Ph 121 and 122, geology, see page 95. or Ec 201, 202...... 8-15 geology. Upper-division courses taken under the To be admitted to the graduate degree Subtotal 41-51 undifferentiated grading option (pass/no program, the student must have a baccalau- pass) are not acceptable toward fulfilling reate degree in geology or its equivalent, as Total 88-98 department minor requirements. determined by the departmental graduate committee. It is recommended that the Courses taken under the undifferenti- SECONDARY EDUCATION General and Advanced†Graduate Record ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not PROGRAM Examination in Geology be taken before acceptable toward fulfilling departmental Adviser: R.E. Thoms admission. major requirements. Students may qualify to teach geology Degree Requirements. University Requirements for a Minor. To earn a in junior high and senior high schools by master’s degree requirements are given on minor in geology, a student must complete completing the education requirements page 54. Specific departmental require- 28 credits (at least 14 credits of which must listed on page 110 for the integrated sci- ments for the M.S./M.A. are: be taken in residence at PSU), to include ence endorsement. the following: Courses are to be taken for differenti- 1. Completion of a minimum of 45 credits in approved graduate courses. Credits ated grades, except for those offered only G 200 Field Studies ...... 1 on a pass/no pass basis. Students must have a. Students must take G 553 Regional G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 at least a 2.50 GPA in the endorsement and Geology. G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 must earn at least a C in each course of the b. Students must take G 523 Computer Fifteen upper-division credits chosen from: . 15 endorsement. Application in Geology unless already G 312 Mineralogy (5) It is recommended that students who taken as G 423 as an undergraduate. G 313 Igneous Petrology (3) want to teach science in grades 5-9 major c. Students must take three quarters of G G 315 Metamorphic Petrology (2) 507 Graduate Seminar P/NP only. G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and in geology and include a year-long introductory course in biology and a course in d. Students must take at least 8 credits in Petrology (5) geology courses numbered 610 or higher. G 331 Paleontology (4) meteorology, astronomy, and oceanogra- G 351 Oceanography (3) phy; or major in general studies in science G 391 Structural Geology (4)

† The Graduate Record Examination in Geology must be taken before the second term of regular admission to graduate work (see Degree Requirements, see above). C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 117

e. Students must take at least another equivalent as approved by the field camp studies area. Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent 12 credits (16 credits if G 423 Computer director. enrollment in the corresponding lower-division Application in Geology was completed 4. Presentation of a research project. geology course. as an undergraduate) in the field of geology from 510 or higher level courses. 5. Completion of a final oral examination f. A maximum of 9 credits will be on the subject area and the research allowed for courses numbered project. 501 Research, 504 Cooperative Educa- tion/Internship, 505 Reading and Confer- MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING ence, or 506 Special Problems. OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING g. Students must complete at least 6 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences credits of G 503 Thesis (P/NP only); up to 9 credits can count for the degree. offers the M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees in Sci- ence/Geology. To be admitted to the 2. Completion of the Advanced Graduate M.A.T./M.S.T. program in Science/Geol- Record Examination in Geology, taken ogy, a student must hold a bachelor’s before the second term of regular degree in geology, or in the physical or life admission; scores will be evaluated for sciences—including the equivalent of a deficiencies. minor in geology. Students must take the 3. Completion of field camp (could have general Graduate Record Examination and been taken as an undergraduate) or submit scores before admission for advis- equivalent as approved by the field camp ing purposes. director. In consultation with the graduate 4. Presentation of a thesis. adviser, the student should establish the 5. Completion of a final oral examination degree program before the completion of (thesis defense) taken before the end of the 15 credits of coursework. The program sixth week of the final term in residence. must include a minimum of 45 credits in Specific departmental requirements for approved graduate courses, to include a the M.A./M.S. geology-geohydrology minimum of 30 credits in geology and option are the same as above, or with a related sciences, 6 credits in G 506, and 6 nonthesis option, are: credits in courses numbered G 510 and above. At least 9 credits, but no more than 1. Completion of a minimum of 45 cred- 15 credits, must be in education courses. In its in approved graduate courses of which order to fulfill requirements for the degree, 36 must be for differentiated grades (A-F). the student must satisfactorily complete the a. Students must take G 553 Regional degree program and pass both a final writ- Geology. ten examination and a final oral examina- b. Students must take G 523 Computer tion. Application in Geology unless already taken as G 423 as an undergraduate. c. Students must take three quarters of G COURSES 507 or CE 507 Graduate Seminar (P/NP only). Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year. d. Students must take at least 8 credits in geology courses numbered G 610 or *G 111 Volcanoes (3) higher. A study of volcanoes, their activity, products, e. Students must take at least another 12 origins, and hazards. credits (16 credits if G 423 Computer *G 175 Application in Geology was completed Evolutionary Concepts (3) as an undergraduate) in the field of geol- This class is designed to provide background in ogy from G 510 or higher level courses. evolutionary concepts for nonmajors and to f. Student must complete 3 credits in address current issues in evolution as they are G 501 Research perceived and are being investigated by various g. A maximum of 3 additional credits members of our faculty in biology, geology, and will be allowed for courses numbered anthropology. It is a combined lecture and dis- G 501 Research, G 504 Cooperative cussion class and will include occasional guest Education/Internship, G 505 Reading and lecturers presenting their research and views on Conference, and G 506 Special various topics in evolution. Problems or similarly numbered courses G 199 in other departments. These courses are Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) offered for P/NP credit only. G 200 2. Completion of the Advanced Graduate Field Studies (1) Record Examination in Geology, taken Participation in field trip exercises to enhance before the second term of regular the understanding of materials and processes admission; scores will be evaluated for taught in corresponding lower division geology courses. Field studies areas include: coast, deficiencies. mountains, Portland area, Eastern Oregon, etc. 3. Completion of field camp (could have Lecture, field trip, and completion of workbook been taken as an undergraduate) or required. Maximum of one credit in each field 118 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

G 201, 202, 203 G 331 G 423/523 Geology (3, 3, 3) Paleontology (4) Computer Application in Geology (4) G 201, 202 Physical Geology: Study of the The principles of paleontology, emphasizing the Application of digital computers to problems in earth’s materials, structures, and the processes morphology and evolution of the major fossil geology. Topics covered are analysis of data col- that have changed the earth’s surface throughout groups of invertebrates; recognition and descrip- lected along a traverse, over a map area, and geologic time, in the light of the unifying Plate tion of diagnostic fossils. Three lectures; one multivariate data. Applications to stratigraphic tectonics model. G 203 Historical Geology: 2-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: G 203 sections, chart recordings, sample locations, Introduction to the history of the earth and life (G 206 recommended). mapping, trend surfaces, and clustering. Two on it. Concurrent enrollment in G 204, 205, and G 351 lectures and one 4-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: 206 is recommended. Introduction to Oceanography (4) one year of calculus. G 204, 205, 206 A survey course designed to give students a *G 427/527 Geology Laboratory (1, 1, 1) broad general background. Emphasis on interre- Tectonics (4) Laboratory work to accompany G 201, 202, 203 lationships of oceanography and other sciences. Study of processes of global plate tectonics, involving basic geologic principles and pro- Useful for general or geology teachers and driving mechanisms, plate reconstructions, seis- cesses emphasizing rocks, minerals, fossils, geology majors. Prerequisite: upper-division micity, tectonic settings of continental margins topographic and geologic maps. One 2-hour lab- standing. and cratons, and tectonic evolution of orogens oratory period. Prerequisite: concurrent enroll- G 391 and basins. Prerequisite: G 391. ment in G 201, 202, 203. Structural Geology (4) G 430 G 207 Study of origin, interpretation, and mapping of Life of the Past (4) Bibliographic Resources (1) major and minor geologic structures. Two lec- Origin and development of plants, animals, and Methods of geological literature search. Geology tures; two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prerequi- man on earth, as interpreted from the study of majors only. May not be taken pass/no pass. sites: G 201, 202, 316, Mth 112, Ph 201, or fossils and the sedimentary rocks in which they G 211 concurrent enrollment. occur. (No credit after taking G 203.) Not for Microcomputer Use in Geology (1) G 392 geology majors. Introduction to the use of microcomputers in Stratigraphy (4) *G 432/532 geology, including word processing, file prepa- Principles and techniques of recognition, inter- Stratigraphic Paleontology (4) ration, graphics, data management, and use of pretation, and correlation of stratified rock units The stratigraphic and paleo-ecologic relation- special geological programs. Two 1-hour labora- used to establish time histories of tectonic, vol- ships of the major groups of fossil invertebrates, tories. For geology majors only. (Pass/no pass canic, and surficial processes, environments of vertebrates, and plants. Two lectures; one 2-hour only). deposition, and subsurface aquifer and reservoir laboratory period. Prerequisites: G 331, 392. G 300 characteristics. Two lectures; two 2-hour labora- G 437/537 Field Studies (1) tory periods. Prerequisite: G 316. Analytical Methods (4) Participation in field trip to enhance the under- G 393 Fundamentals, applications, and use of analyti- standing of materials and processes taught in Field Methods (4) cal methods in the analysis of earth materials. corresponding geology course. Lecture, field trip Principles of geologic mapping, use of geologi- Analytical methods will include optical and X- and completion of field workbook and/or report cal surveying instruments and aerial photo- ray methods and introduction to microthermo- required. Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent graphs, preparation of reports and maps. Two metric analysis, differential thermal analysis, enrollment in the corresponding upper-division lectures; two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prereq- and granulometry. Two lectures; two 2-hour lab- geology course. uisites: oratory periods. Prerequisites: G 316, one year G 301 G 391, 392. of general physics, radiation safety certification. Geology for Engineers (3) G 399 Radiation safety is acceptable as a corequisite. A study of the origin, interior, and crustal mate- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) G 442/542 rials of the earth: the natural processes which G 401/501 Igneous Petrography (4) have built it up, deformed, and torn down the Research (Credit to be arranged.) Petrographic methods in description and classifi- crust throughout geologic time: the environmen- Prerequisite: G 405. cation of igneous rocks. Two lectures; two 2- tal interrelationships between man and geologic hour laboratory periods. Prerequisites: G 312, G 404/504 processes and resources stressing application to Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to 313, 315, 437. engineering. For majors in civil engineering. be arranged.) G 443/543 G 312 G 405/505 Ground Water Geology (4) Mineralogy (5) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Study of the physical and chemical properties of Description, classification, and genesis of miner- arranged.) underground water; the physical properties of als. Introduction to optical mineralogy. Three G 407/507 aquifers and their control and effect on the con- lectures, two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prereq- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tained waters; water movement and the conser- uisite: one year of general chemistry. vation and utilization of existing ground water G 410/510 G 313 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) bodies as well as development of new water Igneous Petrology (3) Consent of instructor. bodies and rejuvenation of depleted and starved Description, classification, and genesis of igne- * aquifers. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, G 413/513 general physics, general chemistry. ous rocks. Two lectures; one 2-hour laboratory Metamorphic Petrology (4) period. Prerequisite: G 312. Study of mineralogical and chemical changes in G 444/544 G 315 rocks during metamorphism; relation of meta- Well Dynamics (4) Metamorphic Petrology (2) morphism and tectonics; description and classifi- Study of the interactions of water wells and an Description, classification, and genesis of meta- cation of metamorphic rocks. Prerequisite: aquifer system, including all types of aquifer morphic rocks. One lecture, one 2-hour labora- G 437. systems and pump tests to analyze those sys- tory. Prerequisite: G 312. tems, well drilling and design, pump selection, G 420/520 and groundwater explorations. Prerequisite: G G 316 Applied Geophysics (4) Sedimentary Mineralogy and Petrology (5) Principles of geophysical measurement and 443. Study of terrigenous, biogenic and evaporite interpretation; seismology, gravimetry, isostasy, G 445/545 sedimentary rocks and minerals, including gene- geomagnetism, terrestrial electricity. Includes a Geochemistry (4) sis by weathering, transport, diagenesis, and survey of geophysical exploration techniques. A survey of geochemistry. Emphasis on distribu- other. Emphasis on the petrographic character of Three lectures, one 2-hour lab. Prerequisites: one tion of elements in the earth, nuclear geochemis- sedimentary rocks. Three lectures; two 2-hour year of general physics, one year of calculus. try and thermodynamics of geologic systems. laboratory periods. Prerequisites: G 313, 315. Prerequisites: one year of general chemistry, G 393. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 119

G 446/546 which influence their past, present, and future G 481/581 Economic Geology (4) exploration, development, and use. Prerequisite: Field Geology I (6) Economics of mineral deposits; geology of upper-division standing. Geologic mapping in sedimentary and volcanic metallic and nonmetallic mineral deposits. Three rocks or metamorphic and plutonic rocks during *G 460/560 lectures; one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) a summer field camp. A charge will be made for G 316, 393. Effects of climate, vegetation, parent material, the expenses of the field camp. Approximately G 447/547 topography, and time on the development, 64 hours of field work per week for three weeks Environmental Sediment Transport (4) weathering, classification, and chemistry of in the summer. Prerequisites: G 316, 391, 392, Study of sediment transport, bedforms, and dep- soils. Prerequisites: G 201, 202, Ch 200-level (1 393. ositional environment, with focus on quantitative year). G 482/582 methods of predicting rates of sediment yield, *G 461/561 Field Geology II (3) transport, and deposition in terrestrial and Environmental Geology (4) Geologic field studies of selected projects during marine environments. Prerequisites: ESR 202 or Study of natural hazards and related land use a summer field program. A charge will be made G 202 and Mth 251. planning (flooding, landslides, earthquakes, vol- for the expenses of the field project. Approxi- G 448/548 canic, coastal) waste disposal and pollution in mately 80 hours of field work during 1-1/2 to 2 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) the geological environment, water supply, min- weeks in the summer. May be repeated for credit The study of low temperature aqueous ground- eral and energy resources, environmental law when offered as a substantially different project. water geochemistry with emphasis on factors related to geology, medical geology, climatic Prerequisite: G 481/581. which change chemical composition of ground- change. Prerequisites: general chemistry (1 G 483/583 water and factors which influence the transport year), G 201, 202. Anatomy of Landslides (4) of both inorganic and organic contaminants. * Investigation of landslides. Slope Stability Anal- Topics will include geochemistry of equilibrium G 470/570 Engineering Geology (4) ysis, field mapping, and description of landslides reactions, mineral solubility, complexing, oxida- Applications of geological information to engi- and related features. Studies of the morphology tion-reduction reactions, surface reactions and neering problems: soil mechanics, rock mechan- of landslides from the literature. Prerequisites: vadose zone processes. Prerequisites: one year ics, construction materials, groundwater and Ph 203, Mth 252. of chemistry, G 443/543. construction, instrumentation, exploration, ter- *G 484/584 G 451/551 rain models, landslide analysis. Three hours of Field Geophysics (4) Geology of the Portland Area (2) lecture and two hours of lab per week. Labs Applications of geophysical techniques to solv- A survey of the geology of the Portland area stress quantitative analysis. One day field trip ing a field problem. Methods applied include through a combination of lectures and field trips. explores landslides of the Portland area. Prereq- gravity, resistivity, refraction, and magnetics. An intensive study of published and unpublished uisites: G 202, Ph 203. Includes at least one weekend in the field and information on the geology of the greater Port- * production of a final report with data and conclu- land area including stratigraphy, structure, geo- G 474/574 Geomorphic Processes (4) sions. Prerequisite: G 420. morphology, and historical geology. Primarily A study of exogenetic earth processes; formation G 491/591 designed for geology majors, professional geolo- and modification of earth’s surface including the Physical Processes in Geology (4) gists/engineers, and geology teachers. A basic work of water, wind, and ice in erosion, trans- Application of mechanics to physical processes knowledge of general geology, equivalent to G portation, and deposition on land and sea. Three in geology, such as igneous intrusion, rock fold- 201, 202, 203 is assumed. lectures; one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: G 202. ing, debris flow, lava flow, groundwater, and gla- ciation. Prerequisites: Mth 254, Ph 203, G 391. G 452/552 G 475/575 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) Introduction to Seismology and Site G 503 Origin and geologic history of landscape fea- Evaluation (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tures in Oregon and the Pacific Northwest. Two Earthquakes and exploration seismology, the Pass/no pass only. lectures; one 2-hour laboratory period; one hour origin and occurrence of earthquakes, nature and G 506 recitation. Prerequisites: upper-division stand- propagation of seismic waves in the earth, earth- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) ing and one of the following: G 111, 202, 351, quakes as a hazard to life and property. Uses of * 430, 455. G 512/612 reflection and refraction exploration seismology, Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic G 453/553 borehole velocity measurements, seismic remote Petrology (4) Regional Geology (4) sensing, and direct measurement techniques. Topics in the origin and formation of igneous Tectonics, metamorphic, igneous, sedimentary, Earthquake hazard assessment including lique- and metamorphic rock masses; their derivation, hydrology, geophysics, and/or resource geology faction, ground failure, and site amplification. evolution, chemistry, structure, and modes of of selected regions. Three lectures; one hour rec- Techniques for evaluating the susceptibility, emplacement. Advanced techniques in examina- itation. Prerequisite: G 392. May be repeated for potential, and severity of the hazards and other tion and analysis, closely tied to field studies; credit when offered under different title and science and engineering applications. Prerequi- emphasis on occurrences in the Pacific North- region. site: senior/ graduate standing. This course is the west. Prerequisite: G 442/542. G 454/554 same as CE 443/543; course may be taken only G 518/618 Cascade Volcanoes (1) once for credit. Clay Mineralogy (4) Field course in the study of one or more Cascade G 477/577 Clay structure and classification, clay mineral volcanoes-origin and development of volcano, Earthquake Accommodation and Design (4) analyses including X-ray identification and dif- eruptive mechanism, deposits, rock types, and Effects of earthquake shaking in the design of ferential thermal analyses, mixed-layer clays, hazards. Course may be repeated for different buildings, pipelines, bridges, and dams. Incorpo- clay-water systems, clay mineral-organic reac- volcano studies. Offered summers. Prerequisites: rating the earthquake hazard assessment for a tions, engineering properties related to clay upper-division standing and one prior course project in the design process. The goal of this materials, geological occurrence of clays. Major from the following, G 111, 201, 202, 452, 552. course is to allow geologists, geotechnical engi- emphasis on engineering problems related to May be used to meet requirements for the B.A. neers, structural engineers, and architects to see clays and the field occurrence of clays. Prerequi- in geology. May not be used to meet require- how their particular tasks are impacted by the site: radiation safety certification. ments for the B.S. in geology. earthquake effects. Types of analysis used to G 519/619 G 455 evaluate earthquake design requirements in the Advanced Geochemistry (4) Minerals in World Affairs (4) several disciplines including geology, geotechni- Modern methods of geo-chemical analysis with The geologic origin and occurrence of metals, cal engineering, structural engineering, and emphasis on neutron activation analysis and fuels, and industrial minerals and rocks; their architecture. Prerequisite: G 475/575 or CE 443/ atomic absorption spectroscopy; applications of geographic distribution and relative abundance 543. This course is the same as CE 448/548; geochemical data to solution of geologic prob- or lack among nations; the rules and principles course may be taken only once for credit. lems. Two lectures; one 2-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: G 437/537 or G 445/545. 120 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*G 521/621 *G 592/692 G 595/695 Fluid/Rock Interactions (4) Advanced Stratigraphy (4) Topics in Geomechanics (4) Petrology and geochemistry of fluid/rock inter- Studies of physical stratigraphy including seis- Topics chosen from finite strain, rock fracture, actions at temperatures below 450 degrees C., mic stratigraphy, sequence stratigraphy, and rock folding. May be repeated if topics are conditions of alteration in hydrothermal systems, geochemical stratigraphy, paleomagnetic stratig- different. Prerequisites: G 491/591, Mth 254, diagenesis, and weathering. Two lectures; two 2- raphy, well log stratigraphy, and topics in Qua- Ph 203. hour laboratories. Prerequisite: G 437/537. ternary process stratigraphy. Prerequisite: G 392. G 601 G 541/641 *G 593/693 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Ground Water Modeling (4) Volcanic Stratigraphy (4) G 603 The study of ground water modeling using finite Classification of volcanic rocks and volcanic Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) difference method. Prerequisites: G 443/543 and stratigraphic units; eruptive mechanisms; modes G 604 one year of calculus. of volcanic deposition; recognition, mapping, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to *G 571/671 and correlation of volcanic units; and strati- be arranged.) Advanced Engineering Geology (4) graphic syntheses of volcanic terranes. Prerequi- G 605 Strength and stability of earth materials, sites: G 442/542, 445/545. Reading and Conference (Credit to be resources, and land use, exploration and instru- *G 594/694 arranged.) mentation, professional practices. Prerequisite: Advanced Structural Geology (4) G 606 G 470. Mechanics of rock deformation, structural Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be petrology, structural analysis, and tectonics. arranged.) Prerequisites: G 316, 391. G 607 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) G 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)

HISTORY

441 Cramer Hall The History Department curriculum modern periods. Because of the flexibility 725-3917 provides basic historical knowledge for the in the history major, the department student of ability who plans to go on to emphasizes student advising. B.A. graduate work and a professional career in While students can declare a major in Minor the field. The curriculum satisfies the needs history at any point in their undergraduate Secondary Education Program—Social of students interested in the subject as the career, for advising purposes they are asked Science core of a broad liberal education and offers to apply formally for admission to the M.A. background knowledge of historical devel- major once they have completed three his- M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social opment for the student with a major in the tory courses in residence at Portland State Science) social sciences or in a professional area University. Admission and advising forms such as business, education, journalism, are available in the Department of History law, medicine, or the ministry. History (441 Cramer Hall). UNDERGRADUATE courses compose a professional base for Requirements for the Major. In addi- PROGRAM students planning to teach at the high tion to meeting the general University school level; to enter government service, degree requirements, the major in history In attaining the objectives of a liberal edu- museum, or archival work; to work in a must meet the departmental requirements cation, the historical perspective is essen- research capacity in connection with book listed below: tial at every stage of development. Through or magazine publishing; or to write Credits a study of history, the student is provided professionally. Lower-division history electives (maximum) 12 not only with an opportunity to integrate The Department of History has offer- Hst 300 Historical Imagination ...... 4 knowledge of the subject matter of other ings in the following geographic areas: Hst 407 Seminar...... 8 disciplines but also to engage in critical Africa; Ancient Greece and Rome; Britain Hst 495 Comparative World History ...... 4 thought and research. An undergraduate and the Commonwealth; Colonial America Upper-division electives in history. Selected in education in history provides the opportu- and the United States; East Asia; Europe; consultation with major adviser; geographic, nity to acquire these skills of scholarship. Latin America; Russia and the Soviet thematic, or period-based ...... 24-44 Upper-division electives outside of history The study of history, furthermore, reveals Union; and West Asia. History students can the diversity of human existence and allows applied to major requirements. Selected in design a major course of study emphasiz- consultation with major adviser students in the liberal arts to develop ing one of these areas, or alternatively (maximum) ...... 8 greater tolerance, understanding, creativity, focus their studies thematically in, for and intellectual insight. Students interested example, political and diplomatic, social, Total 60 in the Secondary Education Program in or intellectual and cultural history. Simi- All courses are to be taken for differen- Social Science discover that historical larly, the major in history can be broadly tiated grades and the history major must study establishes a context for each of the comparative across geographic regions or earn at least a C- in each course presented human sciences: psychology, anthropology, focused on a specific historical period such to meet major requirements. sociology, economics, geography, and as the ancient, medieval, early modern, or political science. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 121

Of the electives students apply to the GRADUATE geographically, although, with the adviser’s history major requirements, at least two PROGRAMS approval and where appropriate to the stu- courses must examine a non-Western Euro- dent’s thesis project, the second field may pean and non-U.S. subject, and at least two The Department of History offers a Master be defined thematically; for example, social courses must examine either Western of Arts degree. The degree program is history, intellectual history, political his- Europe or the United States. designed to develop historians with special tory. The geographic fields offered in the A maximum of 12 lower-division cred- competence by systematic training in the graduate program are: Africa; Ancient its in history may be applied to the major content, methods, and interpretation of his- Greece and Rome; Britain and the Com- requirements. tory. Although each degree program will monwealth; Colonial America and the A minimum of 32 credits in history vary, as will the individual’s purpose for United States; East Asia; Medieval; Early must be taken in residence at Portland State pursuing graduate work, the same level of Modern Europe; Modern Europe; Latin University. scholarly competence and intellectual America; Russia and the Soviet Union; and With the approval of their major attainment is expected of all students. West Asia. adviser, history majors may apply to their To be considered for admission to grad- The Master of Arts in history focuses major requirements two upper-division uate study, the student should normally upon the preparation and defense of a courses (maximum of 8 credits) taken out- have the minimum preparation undertaken thesis that is based upon primary source side of history. This is provided to encour- by an undergraduate major in history and research that follows from a program age students to design interdisciplinary have maintained a minimum GPA of 3.25 planned in consultation with the student’s history majors. in upper-division history courses. In addi- adviser. History Honors Option. The Depart- tion to the University application for gradu- The department stresses the importance ment of History offers an Honors Option. ate studies, students are required to submit of adequate preparation in foreign lan- Students who wish to pursue this option their score on the Aptitude section of the guages to be utilized by students in their must apply to do so before they have Graduate Record Examination, two letters advanced study and research. Graduate stu- attained senior standing. The History of recommendation from faculty who can dents should demonstrate proficiency in a Honors Option requires a 3.50 GPA in His- evaluate their preparation for graduate foreign language germane to their thesis tory prior to admission to the program. It studies, a statement of purpose describing field no later than the point at which they includes an undergraduate thesis on which their objectives in graduate study, and two have completed 32 credits of graduate students work in their junior and senior examples of their writing, preferably his- study. years. In the first term—during the junior tory research papers. Foreign students must All students are required to take written year—the student investigates thesis topics comply with the University requirement of examinations covering their chosen fields in a reading and conference course directed a minimum grade of 550 in the Test of of concentration. The written examination by a faculty member who has agreed to English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). in the student’s first field should be passed supervise the student’s honors thesis. In the For information on the Master of Arts in before the end of the first year of graduate senior year, the first term is devoted to Teaching or the Master of Science in study (i.e., 24 credits). Students should research, the second term to writing, and Teaching (General Social Science), see pass the written examination in the second the third to presentation and revision of the page 110. field before the completion of 32 credits. thesis. Degree Requirements. University For graduation, finally, each student must Requirements for a Minor. To earn a master’s degree requirements are listed successfully defend their thesis in an oral minor in history a student must complete on page 54. Specific departmental require- examination before their thesis committee 32 credits, including the following: ments are listed below. and an outside examiner appointed by the Hst 300 Historical Imagination ...... 4 Dean of Graduate Studies. Hst 407 Seminar...... 4 MASTER OF ARTS Hst 495 Comparative World History ...... 4 A minimum of 48 credits of approved grad- MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING History Electives ...... 20 OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN uate-level courses are required for the M.A. TEACHING Total 32 in history. Of these 48 credits students must For information on the Master of Arts in complete a minimum of 36 credits in his- teaching and the Master of Science in All courses are to be taken for differen- tory, to include two seminars (Hst 507) and tiated grades and the history minor must Teaching (General Social Science), see 8 credits of thesis writing. With the page 110. earn at least a C- in each course presented approval of their thesis adviser, students to meet minor requirements. can apply to their M.A. program a maxi- A maximum of 12 credits from lower- mum of 12 credits from graduate courses COURSES division history courses can be applied to taken outside of history. Students are nor- the minor requirements. mally admitted for the fall term and are Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year. A minimum of 16 credits in history in strongly advised to complete Hst 500 residence at Portland State University is (Introduction to the Master’s Program in Hst 101, 102 required. History of Western Civilization (4, 4) History) in the first term of study. While Origins and development of Western civilization SECONDARY EDUCATION Hst 500 is strongly recommended for all from ancient times to the present. PROGRAM entering graduate students, it is required for Hst 199 (See General Studies: Social Science those who have not completed an under- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) page 109). graduate course in Historiography (Hst 300 Hst 201, 202 or equivalent). History of the United States (4, 4) Coursework for the M.A. must include From colonial times to the present day. two historical fields. The first field will Hst 300 consist of a minimum of 12 credits of The Historical Imagination (4) coursework, and the second field a mini- The how and why of the historian’s craft: (1) an mum of 8 credits. These fields are defined introduction to the basics of research and writing; (2) an examination of historical writing, its 122 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

relationship to the time and place of its origin, *Hst 331 present, with special focus on the impact of and the emergence of the ideas, consciousness, The Early Republic, 1789-1815 (4) science, philosophy, literature, and history on and canons of scholarship which shaped it. This The Early Republic years of the United States, our understanding of the environment. Designed course serves as an introduction to the study of including the presidencies of Washington, as an introductory course for students of all history at the upper division level and is recom- Adams, Jefferson, and Madison. Prerequisites: majors. mended for students beginning their junior year. Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry (American Stud- ies), or consent of instructor. Hst 340 Hst 312 Women and Gender in America, Colonial Era African History Before 1800 (4) *Hst 332, 333 to 1865 (4) An upper division course designed to survey the The United States in the 19th Century (4, 4) This course explores women’s lives and work in history of the African continent from earliest Hst 332: Era of Good Feelings; Jacksonian America from European contact with the New times to the period of the Atlantic slave trade. democracy, reformism; economic change; World through the end of the Civil War. Through Using a lecture/discussion format, the course expansion and Manifest Destiny, slavery and the primary and secondary material, students will will examine the impact of trade, technology, crisis of the 1850s; outbreak of the Civil War. confront the diversity of female experience as and ecology on the transformation of African Hst 333: Civil War and Reconstruction; industri- well as the ways in which gender shaped the societies before 1800. Prerequisites: BSt 205. alization and urbanization; political patterns; the economic, political, and social life of the emerg- This course is the same as BSt 305; may be problems of labor and radicalism; and problems ing nation. Possible themes include native taken only once for credit. of assimilation (Native American, African women and colonial settlement, Puritan religion, American, and the so-called “New Immigra- Hst 313 the household economy, the American Revolu- African History Since 1800 (4) tion”). tion, evangelicalism and the rise of the Victorian An upper division course designed to survey the *Hst 334 home, women and the westward movement, sla- history of the African continent from 1800 to the Slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction, 1850- very and race, gender and industrialization, and present, with emphasis on the era of the Atlantic 1877 (4) the emergence of women’s rights. Slavery and the coming of the Civil War; domes- slave trade, colonial period, independence, and Hst 341 post independence. Prerequisite: BSt 305 or Hst tic and military aspects of the war; the collapse Women and Gender in America, 1865 to the 312. This course is the same as BSt 306; course of slavery; Southern Reconstruction—problems Present (4) may be taken only once for credit. of reunion and adjustment to the end of slavery. Who was a suffragette? A flapper? Rosie the Riveter? What do these images hide as well as Hst 315 Hst 335, 336 Greek History (4) The United States in the 20th Century (4, 4) reveal about American women’s recent past? A survey of the social, political, economic, and Hst 335: 1890-1932, Populism and the Crisis of This course surveys the making of modern cultural history of the Greeks and their neigh- the 1890s; the Purity Crusade; Corporate and American women by focusing on gender, family, bors. From earliest beginnings until the death of Anticorporate Progressivism; Theodore work, and political arrangements from 1865 to Alexander. Prerequisite: Hst 101 or Sophomore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson; the Open Door the present. Students will explore the diversity of Inquiry (Greek Civilization). Policy and World War I; the League of Nations women’s lives through the ideas and institu- and the Red Scare; the New Era and Insurgents tions—both the outstanding and everyday— Hst 316 of the 1920s; the Cultural Conflicts of the 1920s; forged by women in this period. Themes include Roman History (4) A study of the social, political, economic, and Herbert Hoover, the Great Depression, and the missionaries and reform in the Gilded Age, cultural history of the Mediterranean region Election of 1932. Hst 336: 1932-Present, Frank- higher education and the professions, women between 753 and the fall of Rome. Prerequisite: lin D. Roosevelt and the New Deal Managerial workers and labor organizing, the rise of sexual Hst 101 or Sophomore Inquiry (Greek State; Anti-New Dealers and the Noninterven- modernism, gender in the Jim Crow South, post- Civilization). tionist Movement; World War II and the New war domesticity and the “feminine mystique,” Order; the Cold War and the National Security feminism’s roots in the Civil Rights movement, Hst 320 State under Truman and Eisenhower; the Anti- and “second wave” feminism and its discontents. East Asian Civilization (4) Communist Crusade of the 1950s; John F. Foundations of East Asian civilization from per- *Hst 343 Kennedy and the New Frontier; Civil Rights, American Family History (4) spective of China as dominant civilization in Lyndon Johnson, and the Great Society; the East Asia. Interaction between Chinese influence History of the American family from the colo- Vietnam War, the New Left, and the Countercul- nial period to the present. The course will draw and indigenous traditions in Japan, Korea, and ture; Richard Nixon and Watergate; Jimmy Vietnam. Attention to major philosophical and upon textual sources and oral histories in exam- Carter, Ronald Reagan, and the Rise of Populist ining changes in families in the colonial period, religious traditions, such as Confucianism and Conservatism. Buddhism; origins and structure of political and the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Pre- institutions; family life and social organization; Hst 337 requisite: Hst 201, 202, Sophomore Inquiry and literary traditions. Chronological coverage History of American Cities (4) (American Studies), or consent of instructor. to about 1800. Traces the evolution of urban centers from the Hst 350, 351 colonial period to the present. Focuses on the English History (4, 4) Hst 321 developing system of cities, on growth within A general survey covering political, economic, Modern East Asia (4) cities, and on the expansion of public responsi- social, intellectual, and religious development. History of East Asia from around 1800, begin- bility for the welfare of urban residents. Particu- ning with the Opium Wars in China and the *Hst 355 lar attention is given to the industrial and modern Early Medieval Europe: 300-1100 (4) Meiji Restoration in Japan, through postwar eras. Prerequisite: upper division standing. state and society in Japan and the People’s A survey of political, cultural, intellectual, reli- Republic of China. Some attention to Korea, Hst 338 gious, social, and economic aspects of this 800- Vietnam, and Taiwan. Emphasis on concepts of Oregon History (4) year period, including among other topics the imperialism, Westernization, modernization, and This course surveys the history of Oregon from decline of Roman power in Western Europe, the revolution. the time of the European discoveries until the spread of Christianity, the rise of the Franks, present. Topics considered are the era of coloni- the Carolingian Empire, the growth of feudal * Hst 330 zation; the diplomacy of the Oregon Question; ties, and the gradual creation of a high-level The American Revolution and Constitution, the Christian missionaries; the pioneers’ migra- 1763-1789 (4) civilization. The Revolutionary Movement, the American tion and their institutions; the formation of the *Hst 356 Revolution, Confederation, and Constitution. constitution; the Oregon system; minority Late Medieval Europe: 1100-1550 (4) Prerequisites: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry groups; and modern politics and economics. A An examination of the second half of the Middle (American Studies), or consent of instructor. biographical approach will be taken where Ages including the transition from medieval to appropriate. early modern characteristics. Among subjects Hst 339 discussed will be the renaissance of the 12th The Environment and History (4) century and the forging of Gothic civilization; Introduction to the theme of the environment in the “calamitous 14th century” with the Black the study of history and the history of environ- Death and the Hundred Years’ War; the special mental ideas, from the 16th century to the C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 123

place of Italian cities and their Renaissance; the Hst 415/515 Hst 425/525 triumph of nominalism; and the Protestant Ref- Topics in Greek History (4) Modern China, 1850-Present (4) ormation. An advanced look at specific topics in Greek his- History of China from decline of imperial * tory from the Bronze Age to the death of Cleo- system through century of revolution that culmi- Hst 357, 358 patra. Topics will include social, political, Europe Since the Renaissance (4, 4) nated in founding of the People’s Republic of Political, social, economic, and cultural trends economic, intellectual, and religious history. The China, to death of Mao in 1976. Course is orga- from the 16th century to the present. Hst 357: subject matter will vary from term to term. nized around concepts of imperialism, national- 1555-1815. Hst 358: 1815 to the present. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 credits ism, revolution, and modernization analyzed in each for three courses with different topics.) Pre- context of chronological presentation of major Hst 359 requisite: Hst 315, Sophomore Inquiry (Greek events in modern Chinese history, including the Early Modern France (4) Civilization), or permission of instructor. A survey of the history of France during the 1911 Revolution, the May 4th Movement, the Reformation, the Age of Absolutism, and the Hst 416/516 genesis of Chinese Communism, the decade of Enlightenment, 1515-1778. Prerequisites: Topics in Roman History (4) Nationalist rule from Nanking, and the Sino-Jap- Hst 101, 102. An advanced look at specific topics in Roman anese War. History of postrevolutionary state history from the Etruscans to the Dark Ages. treated in terms of consolidation of power and Hst 360 Topics will include social, political, economic, implementation of revolutionary ideals. Prereq- The French Revolution and Napoleon (4) and intellectual history. The subject matter will uisite: Hst 320 or 321. A survey of the history of France during the vary from term to term. (Maximum number of Revolution and Napoleonic era, 1778-1815. Hst 430/530, 431/531, 432/532 credits is 12; 4 credits each for three courses Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. U.S. Cultural History (4, 4, 4) with different topics.) Prerequisite: Hst 316 or The relation of cultural attitudes, values, and Hst 365, 366 permission of instructor. belief to the American historical experience. Hst Latin America (4, 4) 430/530: 1600-1860, European legacy and A survey from pre-Columbian times to the Hst 420/520 Native Americans; Puritanism and mission; race, present. Hst 365: Period of discovery and con- Topics in Early Japanese History (4) Selected themes in early Japanese history (to class, and ethnicity in Colonial America; Ameri- quest, colonial institutions, the age of reform. about 1600), including myth and archaeology, can Enlightenment and Revolution; Cultural Hst 366: Independence and rise of the new Shinto and the formation of the early state, Bud- Nationalism in the New Republic; Industrial nations, the recent period. Prerequisite: Hst 101, dhism and the impact of Chinese civilization, the Ethic and Pastoralism; Jacksonian Democracy 102, or Sophomore Inquiry (Latin America). medieval court and society, and the rise of mili- and the Cult of the Self-Made Man; Manifest Hst 385, 386 tary government and warrior society. Prerequi- Destiny and Native Americans; Slavery and The Middle East in Modern Times (4, 4) site: upper-division standing, Hst 320. African-American Culture; Protestant Evangeli- A survey of social, cultural, and political trends calism, Social Reform, Abolitionism, and Femi- in the Middle East from 1300 to the present. Hst Hst 421/521 Topics in The History of Early Modern Japan nism. Hst 431/531: 1860-1945, Cultural Civil 385: the Ottomans, Safavid Iran, the Age of later War and Reconstruction; Age of Incorporation, Islamic empires, Middle East Reforms, imperial- (4) Selected themes in Tokugawa (1600-1850) his- Labor Reform, and Utopian Thought; Populism ism in the 18th and 19th centuries. Hst 386: tory, including rural life and urbanization, mer- and the Crisis of the 1890s; Progressive Purity Middle Eastern industrial society, mass culture chants and commerce, political thought and Reform and Intellectual Ferment; Two Cultures and nation states in the 20th century. Prerequi- institutions, women and family life, neo-Confu- of the 1920s; Depression Realism and Radical- site: Hst 102. cianism, religious beliefs and practices, popular ism; World War II and the Judeo-Christian Con- Hst 399 culture, arts, and literature. Prerequisite: upper- sensus. Hst 432/532: Anti-Communist, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) division standing, Hst 320. Nationalist, and Anticorporate Insurgence in the Hst 401/501 Hst 422/522 1950s; Antiwar, Racial, Counterculture, and Research (Credit to be arranged.) Modern Japan, 1850-present (4) Feminist Ferment in the Protest Era; New Age Consent of instructor. History of Japan from Perry Expedition in 1853 and Postmodernist Thought; Populist Conserva- Hst 404/504 to the present. Emphasis on Tokugawa founda- tism and Traditional Values, 1980-present. Rec- Public History Internship (4) tions for rapid transformation of Japan begin- ommended prerequisite: 430: Hst 201 or 332. Intensive, on-the-job internships with public ning with the Meiji Restoration; Westernization; 431: Hst 202, 333, 335, or 336; 432: Hst 336. agencies, private businesses, non-profit firms, evolution of modern political institutions; rise of *Hst 433/533, 434/534 and other groups in public history work. Each Japanese militaries and imperialism in Asia. Colonial American and U.S. Social and internship is by special arrangement and terms. Modern literature, postwar social change, and Intellectual History (4, 4) Prerequisite: Hst 496/596, or consent of status of Japan as leading industrial nation. Pre- Hst 433/533: 1600-1860. 434/534: 1860-present. instructor. requisite: upper-division standing, Hst 320 or Each term will examine three or four aspects of Hst 405/505 Hst 321. American social and intellectual history—such Reading and Conference (Credit to be as race, class, religion and philosophy, ideology Hst 423/523 and politics, community, region, or labor. Pre- arranged.) Topics in Chinese Social History (4) Consent of instructor. Directed reading for This course will examine institutions and requisites, Hst 433: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry honors students and history majors. themes—relating to the family, urban and rural (American Studies), or consent of instructor; Hst Hst 407/507 life, education and the like—in Chinese social 434: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry (American Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) history. The subject matter will vary from term Studies), or consent of instructor. Study and application of the techniques of his- to term. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 *Hst 435/535, 436/536, 437/537 torical research and writing. credits each for three courses with different top- American Diplomatic History (4, 4, 4) Hst 409/509 ics) Prerequisite: Hst 320. The history of American involvement in world Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) affairs from colonial times to the present. Hst Hst 424/524 435/535: Emphasis on America as the object of Hst 410/510 Topics in Chinese Thought and Religion (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged) Chinese intellectual history, including popular European diplomacy; winning and maintaining independence, continental expansion, and civil *Hst 412/512 thought as well as elite philosophy. The subject Topics in African/Caribbean History and matter will vary from term to term. (Maximum war. Hst 436/536: American intervention in East Culture (4) number of credits is 12; 4 credits each for three Asia and the Caribbean, Imperialism, and World An in-depth exploration of selected topics in courses with different topics) Prerequisite: Hst War. Hst 437/537: a second World War, Cold African and/or Caribbean cultural history. Spe- 320. War, containment, Korea, Vietnam, and Ameri- cial attention will be given to thematic issues of can globalism. Prerequisites: Hst 201, 202. broad application to the understanding of cultural interaction, continuity and change. 124 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

†Hst 438/538 sions in America and the West. Topics include: *Hst 465/565 American Economic History: the First Foundations of American Medicine; American Twentieth Century Latin America (4) Century (4) Medicine in the Twentieth Century; American Recent political, social, and economic develop- The economic background of the War of Inde- Lawyering; American Technology. Course may ments with emphasis on the period since World pendence and the seeds of the Civil War. Indus- be repeated for credit with different topic. War II. Prerequisites: Hst 365, 366, or Sopho- trialization, urbanization, and development of more Inquiry (Latin America). the frontier. Rise of big business and organized Hst 450/550 Medieval England (4) *Hst 466/566 labor. Laissez faire, federalism, and the gradual An advanced examination of England from the The Caribbean (4) emergence of the national government in eco- Anglo-Saxon to 1450 covering selected topics History of the Caribbean island republics and nomic policy. Changes in foreign trade and in in political, religious, social, and intellectual adjacent areas with emphasis on the period since the international position of the U.S. Prerequi- history. independence. Prerequisites: Hst 365, 366, or sites: Ec 201, 202. Sophomore Inquiry (Latin America). Hst 451/551 †Hst 439/539 Tudor England (4) *Hst 467 American Economic History: the 20th An advanced examination of political, intellec- Latin American Culture and Society (4) Century (4) tual, and social change in Tudor England includ- Topics include historico-cultural disputes, elite Economic impact of U.S. involvement in World ing the Henrician revolution in government, the cultural movements, literary, artistic, and intel- War I. Postwar structural changes. Waning of English Reformation, the Elizabethan renais- lectual currents, popular culture, external influ- laissez faire. Causes of the Great Depression. sance and the crisis of the aristocracy. ences, race relations, miscegenation, sectoral Economic policies of Hoover and Roosevelt relations, gender relations, and modernization. administrations. The New Deal reforms. World Hst 452/552 Prerequisites: Hst 330, 331, or Sophomore War II and emergence of the administered sys- Irish History (4) A survey of Irish history from Celtic times to the Inquiry (Latin America). tem. Evolution of the mixed economy and grow- present which attempts to increase understand- *Hst 468/568, 469/569, 470/570 ing role of the government. The industrial- ing of the complexities of 20th century Irish History of Mexico (4, 4, 4) military complex and the social imbalance. problems through an examination of the histori- Hst 468/568: A study of Mexico’s beginnings Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. cal roots-social, religious, political, economic, from pre-Columbian times through the colonial Hst 440/540, 441/541 and intellectual. period. The origins of Mexican culture, society, American Environmental History (4, 4) * economy, and political institutions will be exam- Hst 440/540: A survey of North American his- Hst 455/555 ined in the context of Hispanic and indigenous tory to 1900 from an environmental perspective The Renaissance (4) The purpose of this course is to identify and contributions. Hst 469/569: A study of Mexico’s with special reference to the development of examine those special aspects of Western Euro- history from the revolutions for independence environmental thought, interdisciplinary topics pean civilization that mature roughly between until 1876. Emphasis will be placed upon the in environmental history, and the history of eco- 1300 and 1550 and that begin to set it apart from development of constitutional government, the logical thinking. Hst 441/541: A survey of North the medieval era. Thus the class is not a survey era of reform, foreign interventions, and the res- American history since 1900 from an environ- of life during a period of time but a study of toration of the republic. Hst 470/570: Mexico’s mental perspective with special reference to selected phenomena. Among topics for consider- emergence as a modern nation during the Porfir- conservation and environmentalism, interdisci- ation are the revival of antique (above all Latin ian dictatorship. The 20th century revolutionary plinary topics in environmental history, political and Greek) letters and attitudes, types of upheaval and consolidation. Prerequisites: Hst action, and contemporary environmental Humanism, new education ideals, secular out- 365 or 366. thought. look, the functions of Renaissance patrons, polit- *Hst 475/575 Hst 442/542, 443/543 ical theory and the growth of the “early modern History of Russia: Origins to Peter The Great, History of the Westward Movement (4, 4) state,” Neoplatonism, and the spread of the 800-1700 (4) A description of the westward movement into Renaissance from Italy to Northern Europe. Kievan Rus’, the “Mongol Yoke,” Muscovy, and the various geographical regions of the nation There is much opportunity for class discussion. the beginnings of empire. Analysis of primary and an evaluation of the significance of this phe- sources and historiographical debates. Emphasis * nomenon for the American people, both contem- Hst 456/556 on political, social, and cultural aspects. poraneously and subsequently. Social, cultural, The Protestant and Catholic Reformations of the 16th Century (4) *Hst 476/576 economic, and political aspects of the migration A survey of the religious revolutions that History of Russia: Imperial, 1700-1917 (4) process will be examined. Hst 442/542: the occurred in Europe during the first two thirds of This course traces the Romanov dynasty and its Atlantic seaboard to the Mississippi. this century, up until the end of the Council of subjects until its fall. Analysis of primary Hst 443/543: the trans-Mississippi West. Trent (1563), the so-called Reformation era. It sources and historiographical debates. Emphasis Prerequisite: upper-division standing. will treat religious, intellectual, political, social on political, cultural, and social aspects, espe- Hst 444/544 and economic developments that helped create cially on the successive attempts at reform, and History of the Pacific Northwest (4) the setting for the Reformation, as well as the intellectual self-definition of the nation and its The social, cultural, economic, and political course of events that constitutes the Reforma- classes. aspects of the development of civilization in tion, the doctrines and intentions of the major *Hst 477/577 Oregon and Washington. The history of the reformers (among others, Martin Luther, John History of Russia: Soviet Union and its Fall, region is related to national and international Calvin, Ignatius Loyola), the beliefs of the 1917-Present (4) contexts. Prerequisites: Hst 201, 202. common people, and the consequences of Russian Revolution, the Civil War, NEP, Stalin- *Hst 445/545 reform. ism, Khrushchev, Brezhnev, Gorbachev, and the dissolution of the Soviet Union. Analysis of pri- History of Portland (4) *Hst 457/557, 458/558 The historical growth of Portland and its metro- History of Germany (4, 4) mary sources and historiographical debates. politan region, with major attention given to the The development of German political and social Emphasis on political, social, and cultural 20th century. Emphasis is placed upon the pro- life in modern times. Hst 457/557: Thirty Years’ aspects. cess of urbanization and the consequences of the War to the Revolution of 1848. Hst 458/568: *Hst 478/578, 479/579 past decisions and actions as they relate to recent 1848 to the present. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. Russian Cultural and Intellectual History (4, developments. Prerequisite: upper-division * 4) standing. Hst 459/559, 460/560 Analysis of primary sources. Hst 478/578: 19th European Intellectual History (4, 4) Hst 446/546 A lecture course that examines major develop- century intelligentsia. Hst 479/579: 20th century Topics in the History of American Professions ments in European thought. Each term, writings mass culture—films, novels, sport, and music. (4) of three or four authors will be used to investi- Historical analysis of the roots and development gate the relationship between ideas and their of the intellectual, economic, social, and politi- social context. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. cal power and authority of representative profes-

† Also offered as Ec 456/556, 457/557. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 125

Hst 485/585, 486/586 tural values. The role of the British and Ottoman Oregon Historical Society. This course is a The Ottoman World and Modern Turkey empires, Islamic reformism, oil, and the emer- prerequisite for Hst 404/504, Public History (4, 4) gence of nation states (Saudi Arabia, Yemen, Internships. Study of social, cultural, and governmental pat- Oman, and the Gulf States). Prerequisites: * terns in Ottoman and Turkish society, from Hun- Hst 497/597 Hst 102, 386, or 485. Film and History (4) gary to the Red Sea, from the 13th century to the The study of selected topics of modern history present. Hst 485/585: Ottoman world in the Hst 495 Comparative World History (4) through the viewing and analysis of important 13th-16th century, rise of world empire in the Comparative examination of important themes documentaries and feature ﬁlms. Emphasis is on Balkans and Middle East; 17th and 18th century in Asian, African, European, and Western Hemi- the application of techniques of historical source Age of Doubt, Tulip Period. 486/586: Modern sphere historical experience. Both the themes criticism to the varied information preserved and Turkey in the 20th century; revolutionary West- and regional focus vary each term, and themes transmitted in cinematographic form. The sub- ernization in the Middle East. Prerequisite, Hst may be drawn from any time period. Possible ject matter will vary from term to term. (Maxi- 485: Hst 101 or 385. Hst 486: Hst 102, 386. themes include: The Roman and Chinese mum number of credits is 12; 4 credits each for Hst 487/587 Empires; Money, Trade, and Empire, 1500- three courses with different topics.) Palestine and Israel (4) 1800; The Thirteenth Century World; Gender A critical review of the 19th and 20th century Hst 500 and Identity, 1750-Present. (Maximum number Introduction to the Master’s Program in social, cultural, economic and political factors of credits is 12; 4 credits each for three courses History (4) behind the formation of two modern Middle with different topics). An introduction to the professional study of his- Eastern nations, Palestine and Israel. Prerequi- tory and to the writing of the master’s thesis. sites: Hst 102, 386, or 485. Hst 496/596 Introduction to Public History (4) Intended for new or recently entering graduate Hst 488/588 An introduction to the ﬁeld of public history students in history. Modern Arabia (4) with special emphasis on the research methods, Hst 503 A survey of the history of the Arabian Peninsula procedures, and work in the practice of public Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) in the 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasis will be history, from archival management to historic on socio-economic and governmental institu- Hst 509 preservation and museum studies. Taught in Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tional change with discussion of changing cul- cooperation with the professional staff of the

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Sixth Avenue Building Requirements for Major. In addition Regional Focus 725-3455 to the general University requirements and At least 24 upper-division credits from adviser- those for the B.A. degree, majors must approved, area-specific courses appropriate to the student’s regional focus; plus three years‡ B.A. complete an individualized curriculum in their areas of geographic concentration, to of language study (or equivalent) appropriate Minor to the regional focus: Africa, East Asia, Certificate in European Studies include: Europe, Latin America, or the Middle East. Certificate in Latin American Studies International Studies—29 credits required or Certificate in Middle East Studies Intl 101 Introduction to International Studies . 4 Regional/Thematic Focus Intl 205 Introduction to Regional Studies . . . . 4 At least 12 upper division credits in adviser- Intl 395 Colloquium (one credit in each of approved interdisciplinary coursework related INTERNATIONAL STUDIES three terms) ...... 3 to a theme of international significance † PROGRAM Intl 396 The United States and the World . . . 4 approved by an adviser; plus three years‡of Intl 397 Preparation for International language study (or equivalent) appropriate to The International Studies Program offers a Experience...... 4 area-specific coursework. B.A. degree in international studies based Intl 407 Seminar ...... 4 on an interdisciplinary curriculum that pro- Intl 499 Senior International Experience . . . . . 6 Total hours: 77 (plus from 0 to 42 vides both a global perspective and a com- Connected Learning—24 credits required depending on language study) 77-119 prehensive view of a selected geographic At least 24 credits from adviser-approved All courses used to satisfy the depart- region of the world. This degree affords an courses appropriate to a student’s regional or mental major requirements, whether taken regional/thematic focus, selected from depart- in the department or elsewhere, must be excellent foundation for careers in which ments and programs in the College of Liberal an understanding of international eco- Arts and Sciences, the School of Business graded C or above. nomic, political, social, and cultural affairs Administration, the School of Education, the The approved elective courses which is of importance; it also provides a solid School of Fine and Performing Arts, and the may be used to complete the above curricu- foundation for graduate work in the field. College of Urban and Public Affairs...... 24 lum are determined according to the geographic region of study that a student

† Students may substitute Hst 435/436/437 or PS 345/445 for Intl 396 with approval of adviser; Ling 471 for Intl 397 with approval of adviser. Substitutions for, or waivers of, all other Intl courses must be approved by the program director as well as the adviser. ‡ Demonstration of three years’ foreign-language equivalency may be through examination; three years’ coursework includes a departmentally administered proﬁciency examination. The Senior Capstone requirement will normally be fulﬁlled by taking Intl 499. Students who elect to satisfy the Senior Capstone requirement in another department or program will sit a comprehensive examination. 126 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

selects. Currently, five regions of concen- CERTIFICATE Intl 395 tration are available: Colloquium (1) PROGRAMS Lectures by PSU and visiting scholars on major Africa: Candice Goucher, adviser, world issues. 725-3052 The University awards certificates for lan- Intl 396 Europe: Steven Fuller, adviser, 725-3540 guage and area specialization to students The United States and the World (4) East Asia: Linda Walton, adviser, who have completed the requirements for a Interdisciplinary study and analysis of the role of 725-3004 bachelor’s degree in any field. Certificates the United States in world affairs with emphasis on the twentieth century, relations between the Latin America: Friedrich Schuler, adviser, are currently available in European Studies, Latin American Studies, and Middle East U.S. and the Third World, the era of the Cold 725-3988 War, American globalism, diplomatic, eco- Middle East: Jon Mandaville, adviser, Studies. The specific courses needed for a nomic, and geopolitical issues. certificate in each area differ; interested 725-5467 or 725-3983 Intl 397 students should consult the International Preparation for International Experience (4) Information on recommended courses is Studies Program in the Sixth Avenue available from advisers, with whom majors Examination of communication-based, cultural, Building. economic, emotional, physical, political, reli- should meet regularly beginning no later Students in both the International Stud- gious, and social aspects of an overseas or com- than the first term of their sophomore year. ies and certificate programs are encouraged munity-based international/intercultural to consider overseas study opportunities experience. Presentation of strategies for devel- MINOR IN available through the Office of Interna- opment of an appropriate level of preparation to tional Education Services, Sixth Avenue meet challenges of working and traveling in an INTERNATIONAL STUDIES international/intercultural setting. Emphasis on Building. general methodology and process required to Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Language and area studies certificate develop personal awareness and resources for minor in international studies a student programs focus on the study of a group of successful field experience. Also offered as BSt must: 1) demonstrate competence in an countries or a geographical area having 397; may be taken only once for credit. appropriate foreign language either by common linguistic and/or cultural charac- Intl 399 completing the second year of the language teristics. The course of study is designed to Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) in the final term or by passing a departmen- broaden the student’s understanding of a Intl 401 tally administered proficiency exam at the particular world area. Research (Credit to be arranged.) same level; and 2) complete 24 credits (8 of Students must take 30 credits (two Intl 404 which must be taken in residence at PSU years) of one adviser-approved language Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to and 11 credits of which must be upper divi- appropriate to the geographic area of con- be arranged.) sion) to include the following: centration (or demonstrate equivalent profi- Intl 405 Reading and Conference (Credit to be International Studies—15 credits required ciency in that language); and they must arranged.) Intl 101 Introduction to International Studies . 4 successfully complete 30 credits of speci- Intl 407 Intl 395 Colloquium (one credit in each of fied area courses. Seminar (4) three terms) ...... 3 Reading and discussion about an interdiscipli- Intl 396 The United States and the World . . . . 4 COURSES nary topic in international affairs. Restricted to Intl 407 Seminar ...... 4 seniors with an International Studies major or Connected Learning—16 credits required Intl 101 minor. 16 credits from adviser-approved area-specific Introduction to International Studies (4) Intl 410 or thematic courses ...... 16 A survey of the main concepts, analytical tools, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) fields of study, global problems, and cross-cul- Intl 499 Total 31 tural perspectives that comprise international Senior International Experience (6) Courses taken under the undifferenti- studies. A service learning and/or community-based ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not Intl 195 learning experience in an international or inter- be accepted toward fulfilling department Colloquium (1) cultural setting, in a group-supervised, team- minor requirements. Lectures by PSU and visiting scholars on major centered format, within either a study-abroad world issues. program or a local project (or both) with an Intl 199 appropriate international agency, business, com- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) munity, or non-profit organization. Intl 205 Introduction to Regional Studies (4) In-depth interdisciplinary or topical study of one of the regional foci in the International Studies degree program: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin America, the Middle East. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 127

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

334 Neuberger Hall Students interested in majoring in math- †One approved two-term 400-level Mth or 725-3621 ematics are urged to meet with a depart- Stat sequence...... 6 www.mth.pdx.edu ment adviser. Students who have decided to †Two additional approved 400-level Mth or Stat courses ...... 6 major in mathematics should inform both † the department and the registrar’s office of Additional approved elective courses...... 6 B.A., B.S.—Mathematics CS 161 or CS 208 ...... 3-4 Minor that decision. Mathematics majors are Mathematics Education Programs encouraged to participate in the activities Total 59-62 M.A., M.S.—Mathematics of the department and to meet on a regular All courses used to satisfy the depart- M.A., M.S.—Mathematics with a and continuing basis with a departmental mental major requirements, whether taken Concentration in Statistics adviser. in the department or elsewhere, must be M.A.T., M.S.T.—Mathematics For mathematics majors: The degree graded C-, P, or above, but no more than 4 Ph.D. in Mathematics Education program requires a basic core of courses, courses graded P will count toward these Ph.D. in Systems Science— but it also has a good deal of flexibility that requirements. Transfer students majoring Mathematics allows students to pursue special areas of in mathematics are required to take a interest in mathematics. The program is minimum of 15 credits of PSU upper- designed to provide a foundation for more NDERGRADUATE division mathematics or statistics courses U advanced work and/or a basis for employ- in residence. PROGRAMS ment in government, industry, or secondary In addition to the specific required education. A joint degree in mathematics courses listed above, the following options The mathematical sciences have long pro- with computer science, business adminis- vided the necessary languages of the physi- are intended to help the student plan a pro- tration, economics, physics, or some other gram of study with a specific goal or career cal sciences, but are now also recognized as area may give a student better opportunities important components of study for students in mind. for employment upon Option I—Applied Mathematics. Recom- in computer science, social science, busi- graduation. mended electives: Mth 322, 421, 422, 424, ness administration, education, and the bio- The department attempts to offer as 425, 430, 451, 452, 470 logical sciences. Mathematics is also a many courses as possible after 4 p.m. on a Option II—Graduate School Preparation. Rec- discipline itself and may be studied purely rotating schedule so that a degree may be ommended electives: Mth 411, 412, 434, 435, for the excitement and discovery it brings pursued by either day or evening 436, 441, 442. to those who study it. To meet these needs enrollment. Option III—Statistics. Recommended electives: the department offers an array of courses in Those students majoring in mathemat- Mth 322, 467, 468, 487; Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466. pure and applied mathematics and statis- ics who intend to do graduate work in the tics. Option IV—High School Teaching. Recom- subject are strongly advised to complete mended electives: Mth 338, 346, 481, 482, The department office is in 334 two years of study in at least one of the 486, 487, 488; Psy 311; Ed 420. See Mathe- Neuberger Hall and its Website is at following languages: German, French, or matics Education Program below. www.mth.pdx.edu. Students, prospective stu- Russian. Option V—Actuarial Science. Recommended dents, and all persons having an interest in Requirements for Major. In addition electives: CS 161; Mth 451, 452, 467, 468; the department are welcome at the office to meeting the general University degree Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466; SySc 520, and are encouraged to visit the Website. requirements, the major in mathematics 521, 522. The Website provides information about must complete the following requirements: Requirements for a Minor. To earn a the department’s faculty, programs, minor in mathematics, a student must com- courses, other services, and its current Credits Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 plete 35 credits (12 of which must be upper activities. Calculus I, II, III, IV ...... 16 division; 9 of these In order to help students plan their pro- Mth 256 or Mth 421 Differential Equations .3-4 12 upper-division credits must be taken in grams the Mathematical Sciences Depart- Mth 311, 312 Advanced Calculus ...... 8 residence at PSU), to include the following: ment provides placement assistance and the Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 Credits Mth 344 Group Theory ...... 4 opportunity to meet with an adviser. All Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 One of the following: ...... 3-4 students are urged to avail themselves of Calculus I, II, III, IV ...... 16 Mth 345 Ring and Field Theory these services, especially those students Mth 311 Advanced Calculus or Mth 344 Mth 346 Number Theory who are enrolling in their first mathematics Group Theory ...... 4 Mth 338 Modern College Geometry or statistics course. ‡Additional approved elective courses . . . . 15 Mth 444 Advanced Linear/Multilinear Algebra Total 35

† Approved electives are Mth 313, 322, 324, 338, 345, 346, 411, 412, 413, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 449, 451, 452, 453, 467, 468, 470, 471, 472, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488; Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466. Check with the department for additional courses, including omnibus-numbered courses, which may be approved as electives. ‡ Approved electives are Mth 256, 311, 312, 313, 343, 344, 345, and Stat 460, plus any course approved as an elective for major credit. 128 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Only grades of C-, P, or above count advanced work toward a Ph.D. in mathe- PH.D. IN MATHEMATICS toward satisfying the department minor matics. The M.A.T./M.S.T. programs offer EDUCATION requirements. No more than three courses advanced training and specialized courses The Department of Mathematical Sciences with a grade of P may be counted toward for secondary school teachers of mathemat- offers a Ph.D. in Mathematics Education. these requirements. ics. The main objective of this program is to In addition to meeting the University develop educators with an understanding of MATHEMATICS EDUCATION admission requirements, students seeking mathematics and its teaching and learning, PROGRAM regular admission status in master’s pro- and with the capabilities for research and Advisers: L.B. Adajian, M.A. Enneking, L.T. professional practice in the field. This pro- Nelson, J.R. Palmiter, J.M. Shaughnessy grams are expected to have completed gram provides a balance between mathe- Students interested in teaching mathemat- courses in linear algebra, abstract algebra, matics and mathematics education to help ics should consult one of these advisers and analysis, and, for the M.A./M.S. pro- in the development of mathematics educa- early to design an approved mathematics grams, differential equations. tors who may become: 1) Faculty members program. Degree Requirements. University mas- in mathematics education in mathematics After completing a baccalaureate ter’s degree requirements are listed on departments or schools of education in uni- degree, a student must complete the year- page 54. Specific departmental require- versities, four-year colleges, or community long Graduate Teacher Education Program ments are listed below. colleges; 2) Curriculum specialists in math- (GTEP) through the School of Education to MASTER OF ARTS OR ematics, supervisors of mathematics at the receive a teaching certificate/license from MASTER OF SCIENCE middle school level or secondary school PSU. Candidates must complete an approved 45- level, or mathematics specialists in state or Only grades of C-, P, or above count credit program which includes at least 30 local departments of education; toward satisfying the mathematics require- credits in mathematics or statistics.These 3) Private sector specialists in mathematics ments for teacher certification/licensing. 30 credits must include courses distributed education. Elementary Education. Students plan- as follows: two 9-credit sequences at the General Degree Requirements. Can- ning to earn an elementary teaching certifi- 600 level and either the didates must complete an approved pro- cate/license (grades K-8) must complete 3-credit Mth 501 Mathematical Literature gram of 84 credit hours which consists of Mth 211, 212, 213 before admission to the and Problems or the 3-credit Stat 501 three major components: coursework, a GTEP. Statistical Literature and Problems. In research practicum experience, and disser- Secondary Education. Students plan- addition, the student must pass written tation research. Coursework must include ning to earn a secondary teaching certifi- examinations. 18 credit hours mathematics education cate/license (grades 5-12) in mathematics research courses (Mth 690-695); 18 credit must obtain a recommendation for admis- CONCENTRATION IN STATISTICS hours of other 500-600 level mathematics sion to the GTEP from the Mathematical Candidates must complete an approved 45- courses; and 18 hours of graduate course- Sciences Department. To assure this rec- credit program which includes at least 30 work in supporting areas outside of ommendation, the student’s program credits in courses with the Stat prefix. mathematics (such as curriculum and should include the courses required for the These 30 credits must include courses dis- instruction, psychology, educational major and those listed in Option IV above. tributed as follows: two 9-credit sequences policy, science, computer science, philoso- Middle School Math Program. This at the 600 level, 3 credits of Topics in Sta- phy, sociology, anthropology, etc.). program is intended for those who will tistical Consulting, and 3 credits of Stat Candidates must pass comprehensive teach first-year algebra and below. The pro- 501, Statistical Literature and Problems. In examinations in mathematics and mathe- gram leads to a Middle School Endorse- addition, the student must pass written matics education. In addition, candidates ment in Mathematics to add to a current examinations. will be strongly encouraged to demonstrate Oregon Teaching License. Before entering MASTER OF SCIENCE IN competency in reading research in mathe- the program a student must consult a math- TEACHING OR MASTER OF ARTS matics education in at least one language ematics adviser. Prerequisite courses are IN TEACHING other than English. Mth 111, 212. The Master of Science in Teaching or the Admission to the Ph.D. Program. Community College Teaching. The Master of Arts in Teaching of mathematics Candidates in this program must currently M.S./M.A. or the M.S.T./M.A.T. graduate are designed for individuals interested in have (or complete during their program) a degrees are normally required to teach at strengthening their understanding of math- master’s degree in mathematics equivalent the community college level. The depart- ematics to enrich the teaching of mathe- to the M.S./M.A. degree or the M.S.T./ ment provides a special seminar on teach- matics. The program prepares teachers in M.A.T. degree at Portland State University. ing at this level. Consult with a subjects such as geometry, algebra, analy- Applications must be received at least two mathematics adviser. sis/calculus, history of mathematics, proba- terms prior to the term of admission. For bility, statistics, discrete mathematics, and more complete information on the pro- GRADUATE use of technology in the classroom. The gram, write the Department of Mathemati- PROGRAMS program is intended for individuals with a cal Sciences at Portland State. mathematics degree or a strong background The Department of Mathematical Sciences in mathematics. PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE: offers work leading to the degrees of An M.S.T./M.A.T. candidate must com- MATHEMATICS Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master plete an approved program of 45 graduate The Department of Mathematical Sciences of Arts in Teaching, Master of Science in credits and complete an approved mathe- participates in the Systems Science Doc- Teaching, the Ph.D. in Mathematics Educa- matics curriculum project. The program toral Program offering a Ph.D. in systems tion, and the Ph.D. in Systems ScienceÐ may also lead to the Standard Teaching science-mathematics. Specialized studies Mathematics. The M.A./M.S. programs are Certificate/License. University require- in applied and theoretical mathematics, designed for the student who wishes to pre- ments for a Standard Teaching Certificate/ when combined with core area courses and pare for community college teaching, License are listed on page 183. electives, will partially fulfill the require- industrial work in mathematics, or further ments for the Ph.D. in systems science- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 129

mathematics. For specific requirements for terminal course, the interested student may Mth 345 this degree, contact the Department of follow it by the more extensive and rigorous cal- Introduction to Ring and Field Theory (4) Mathematical Sciences, and for general culus sequence Mth 251, 252, 253, 254. Students Topics in rings, integral domains, fields, ordered may not receive credit for this course if they fields, polynomial rings. The development of the information related to the Systems Science real number system. Prerequisite: Mth 344. Ph.D. degree, see page 56. already have credit for Mth 251. Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above in Mth 111 within the Mth 346 last five years. Number Theory (4) A presentation of the properties of numbers as COURSES Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 Calculus I, II, III, IV (4, 4, 4, 4) found in the theory of divisibility, congruence, Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Differential and integral calculus of functions of diophantine equations, continued fractions, and offered every year. a single variable, analytic geometry, infinite algebraic numbers. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Placement exams for Mth 111, 112, 211, 241, series, an introduction to differential and integral Mth 399 251, 301, and Stat 243 are available through the calculus of functions of several variables and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mathematics Department (a fee is charged). applications. Courses must be taken in sequence. Mth 401/501 Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above in Mth 112 Mth 70 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Elementary Algebra (3) within the last five years. Consent of instructor. This is a basic course covering first-year high Mth 256 Mth 404/504 school algebra. Credit for enrollment (eligibility) Applied Differential Equations I (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to but not toward graduation; satisfies no Univer- Solution techniques in ordinary differential be arranged.) sity or general education requirements. Taught equations; applications. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Mth 405/505 through the School of Extended Studies. Mth 301, 302, 303 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Elements of Modern Mathematics I, II, III (4, arranged.) Mth 95 Consent of instructor. Intermediate Algebra (3) 4, 4) Topics include problem solving, linear equa- Topics selected from arithmetic, algebra, geome- Mth 407/507 tions, systems of equations, polynomials and try, calculus, probability, and statistics. A cul- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) factoring techniques, rational expressions, radi- tural approach to mathematics in which Consent of instructor. cals and exponents, quadratic equations. Credit technical proficiency is not the primary objec- Mth 410/510 for enrollment (eligibility) but not toward gradu- tive. Recommended for liberal arts students. Pre- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ation; satisfies no University or general educa- requisite: grade of C-, P, or above in Mth 111 Consent of instructor. tion requirements. Taught through the School of within the last five years. Mth 411/511, 412/512, 413/513 Introduction Extended Studies. Prerequisite: Mth 70. Mth 311 to Real Analysis Mth 111, 112 Advanced Calculus (4) I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Introductory College Mathematics I, II Properties of the real numbers, introduction to Sequences and series of functions; real-valued (4, 4) metric spaces, Euclidean spaces, functions of a functions on topological spaces; the Stone- An integrated treatment of topics from algebra real variable, limits, continuity, the extreme and Weierstrass and Baire category theorems; com- and trigonometry. These courses serve as addi- intermediate value theorems, sequences. Prereq- pact, self-adjoint, and Fredholm operators; Fou- tional preparation for students with insufficient uisite: Mth 253. rier series and integrals; elements of functional background who desire to take Mth 251, 252, Mth 312, 313 analysis. Courses must be taken in sequence. 253. Neither Mth 111 nor 112 can be taken for Advanced Multivariate Calculus (4, 4) Prerequisite: Mth 313. credit if a grade of C-, P, or above has already Differential and integral calculus of functions of Mth 420/520 been received for a course which requires either several variables, the inverse and implicit func- Introduction to Complexity Theory (3) of them as a prerequisite. Courses must be taken tion theorems, infinite and power series, differ- An introduction to theoretical computer science. in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 111: grade of C-, ential forms, line and surface integrals, Green’s, Includes a study of models of computation, com- P, or above in second year high school algebra or Stokes’, and Gauss’ theorems. Courses must be plexity classes, Cook’s theorem, polynomial and equivalent within last five years. Mth 112: Mth taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 311. nonpolynomial classes, discrete problems. Pre- 111 with a grade of C-, P, or above within the Mth 322 requisite: Mth 344. last five years. Applied Differential Equations II (4) Mth 421/521, 422/522, 423/523 Mth 191, 192, 193 Laplace transforms, power series techniques, Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations Mathematics Tutoring (3, 3, 3) linear systems, and applications. Prerequisites: I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Training in one-to-one and small-group tutoring Mth 254, 256. Vector fields and phase flows in the plane. Geo- metric and algebraic properties of linear sys- over a wide range of mathematical topics. Mth Mth 324 191: tutoring in arithmetic and other non-univer- Vector Analysis (4) tems. Existence, uniqueness, and continuity sity courses. Mth 192: tutoring in freshman-level Modern vector methods with applications for theorems for C systems. Additional topics. mathematics. Mth 193: tutoring in sophomore- students of mathematics, physics, and engineer- Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- junior- and senior-level mathematics. Required ing. Prerequisite: Mth 254. sites: Mth 312, 343. field work consists of providing tutoring service Mth 338 Mth 424/524, 425/525 in the community or University. Prerequisite: Modern College Geometry (4) Elementary Differential Geometry and consent of instructor. Topics in Euclidean and non-Euclidean geome- Tensor Analysis I, II (3, 3) Differential geometry of curves and surfaces; Mth 199 try. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) elementary Riemannian geometry; tensors and Mth 343 their algebra; elements of tensor analysis; appli- Mth 211, 212, 213 Applied Linear Algebra (4) cations from mechanics and field theory. Foundations Of Elementary Mathematics I, Topics in matrix algebra, determinants, systems Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- II, III (4, 4, 4) of linear equations, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, sites: Mth 343 and either 256 or 421. A constructivist approach to fundamental ideas and linear transformations. Selected applications of mathematics. Courses must be taken in from science, engineering, computer science, Mth 430/530 sequence. Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above and business. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Topics in Mathematical Modeling (3) in second year high school algebra or equivalent. Basic introduction to mathematical model build- Mth 344 ing starting with prototype, model purpose defi- Mth 241 Introduction to Group Theory and nition, and model validation. Models will be Calculus for Management and Social Sciences Applications (4) (4) Groups, homomorphisms, factor groups. chosen from life, the physical and social sci- An introduction to differential and integral cal- Selected applications from geometry, combinat- ences. Applications chosen from differential culus, this course is intuitive in approach and orics, computer science, chemistry. Prerequisite: equations, linear programming, group theory, emphasizes applications. While intended as a Mth 253. probability or other fields. Prerequisites: Con- 130 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

sent of instructor and either Mth 256 or 421. Mth 470/570, 471/571, 472/572 Mth 490/590 With approval, this course may be repeated for Complex Analysis and Boundary Value Computing in Mathematics for Middle credit. Problems I, II, III (3, 3, 3) School Teachers (3) Fundamental concepts of complex variables, A study of the role of computing in mathematics Mth 431/531, 432/532, 433/533 partial differential equations and boundary value with emphasis on the use of modern technology. Topics in Geometry I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Not approved for major credit. Available for Topics selected from projective geometry, non- problems using Fourier series. Prerequisites: graduate credit toward a master’s degree in edu- Euclidean geometry, algebraic geometry, con- Mth 254 and either 256 or 421. cation only. Previous computer experience. Pre- vexity, differential geometry, foundations of Mth 480/580 requisites: Mth 111, 212. geometry, combinatorial topology. With depart- Systems Analysis: Calculus of Variations (3) mental approval, this sequence may be repeated Basic problems of the calculus of variations. Mth 491/591 for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 311, 338, or 344. Euler equations. Lagrange conditions. Lagrange Experimental Probability and Statistics for multipliers. Lagrange equations. Hamilton’s Middle School Teachers (3) Mth 434/534, 435/535, 436/536 equations. Application to mechanical and electri- A study of probability and statistics through lab- Set Theory and Topology I, II, III (3, 3, 3) cal systems. Prerequisite: Mth 256 or 422. oratory experiments, simulations, and applica- Cardinal and ordinal numbers. The axiom of tions. Not approved for major credit. Available choice and equivalent formulations. Introduction Mth 481/581 Probability for Mathematics Teachers (3) for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in to general topology with the notions of interior, education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. closure, topological space, continuity, and Introduction to probability as a modeling tech- homeomorphism. Construction techniques and nique in mathematics and methods of teaching Mth 492/592 properties of point-set topology, especially con- probability. Use of probability in decision Problem Solving for Middle School Teachers (3) nectedness, compactness, and separation. Addi- making and inference. Simulation of experiments. Methods of enumeration. Laws of proba- Examination and application of problem-solving tional topics. Courses must be taken in sequence. techniques and strategies. Problems are drawn Prerequisite: Mth 311. bility. Special probability distributions. Computer-assisted analysis. Prerequisite: Mth from various areas of mathematics. Not Mth 440/540 344 or 346. approved for major credit. Available for graduate Boolean Algebra (4) credit toward a master’s degree in education Axiomatic treatment of Boolean algebras, finite Mth 482/582 only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. Boolean algebras, representation theorems. Statistics for Mathematics Teachers (3) Introduction to partially ordered sets and lattices. Introduction to methods of statistical analysis Mth 493/593 Geometry for Middle School Teachers (3) Transfinite induction, Zorn’s lemma. Applica- and methods for teaching statistics. Descriptive statistics, organization of data, sampling tech- Selected topics from informal geometry, both tions to logic and switching circuits. Prerequi- two- and three-dimensional. Not approved for site: Mth 344. niques, sampling distributions, methods of statistical inference, estimation, hypothesis testing, major credit. Available for graduate credit Mth 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 Introduction regression, and correlation. Computer-assisted toward a master’s degree in education only. Pre- to Abstract Algebra I, II, III (3,3, 3) analysis. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 346. requisites: Mth 111, 212. Groups and rings with homomorphism theorems, vector spaces, modules, algebraic theory Mth 483/583 Mth 494/594 Topics in Geometry for Mathematics Arithmetic and Algebraic Structures for of fields and Galois theory, lattices, algebras. Middle School Teachers (3) Prerequisites: Mth 343, 344. Courses must be Teachers (3) Selected topics in geometry for mathematics The study of the real number system and its sub- taken in sequence. teachers. Prerequisite: Mth 338 or 431. systems will lead to the introduction of more Mth 444/544, 445/545 general algebraic structures and their applica- Advanced Linear/Multilinear Algebra I, II (3, Mth 484/584 tions. Not approved for major credit. Available Topics in Algebra for Mathematics Teachers 3) for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in A second course in linear algebra. Products, (3) Selected topics in algebra for mathematics education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. quotients, and duals of vector spaces. Multilin- teachers. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 441. ear maps, tensor products, exterior algebra. Min- Mth 495/595 Historical Topics in Mathematics for Middle imal and characteristic polynomials, canonical Mth 485/585 Topics in Analysis for Mathematics Teachers School Teachers (3) forms. Finite dimensional spectral theory. With A survey of the historical development of topics departmental approval, this sequence may be (3) Selected topics in analysis for mathematics in mathematics from ancient to modern times, repeated for credit. Courses must be taken in teachers. Prerequisites: Mth 311. with special emphasis on topics in arithmetic, sequence. Prerequisites: Mth 343, 344. algebra and informal geometry. Not approved Mth 486/586 for major credit. Available for graduate credit Mth 449/549 Topics in The History of Mathematics (3) Topics in Advanced Number Theory (3) Selected topics in the historical development of toward a master’s degree in education only. Pre- A study of advanced topics selected from the mathematics. With departmental approval, this requisites: Mth 493, 494. areas of algebraic or analytic theory. With course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 496/596 departmental approval, this course may be at least two upper-division courses approved for Concepts of Calculus for Middle School repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 346. major credit. Teachers (3) Mth 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 An introduction to the limit concept and its role Numerical Calculus I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Mth 487/587 in defining the derivative, the integral and infi- Computer arithmetic. Solution of nonlinear Introduction to Combinatorial Analysis (3) nite series. Applications to middle school mathe- Permutations and combinations, partitions, gen- equations. Interpolation. Numerical integration matics. Not approved for major credit. Available erating functions, inclusion and exclusion princi- and differentiation. Solution of linear equation for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in ples, recurrence relations, Polya’s theory of systems. Eigenvalue problem, least square, che- education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. counting, elementary theory of graphs and trees, byshev, trigonometric and rational function block designs. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 346. Mth 503 approximation. Numerical solution of differen- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tial equations. Prerequisites: knowledge of FOR- Mth 488/588 Computing Technology for Mathematics Mth 601 TRAN or PASCAL, Mth 343 for Mth 451, Mth Research (Credit to be arranged.) 451 for Mth 452, Mth 322 for Mth 453. Teachers (3) Hands-on experience in the study of the role of Mth 603 Mth 467/567, 468/568 computer software and calculators in the teach- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Applied Probability I, II (3, 3) ing and learning of mathematics. Prerequisite: Finite probability, Markov chains, queuing the- Mth 604 Mth 344 or 346. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ory, renewal theory, optimization under uncer- be arranged.) tainty. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 461. Mth 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 131

Mth 607 Topics will typically be chosen from: evaluation STATISTICS Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) of functions, roots of equations, quadrature, Stat 199 Mth 610 ordinary and partial differential equations, inte- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) gral equations, eigenvalues, construction of Stat 243, 244 Mth 611, 612, 613 approximating functions, orthonomalizing Introduction To Probability And Statistics I, Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, II, codes, and treatment of singularities. Courses II (4, 4) III (3, 3, 3) must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth A basic course in statistical analysis including Lebesgue measure and outer measure, measur- 453. presentation of data probability, probability dis- able functions and the Lebesgue integral, con- Mth 667, 668, 669 tributions, sampling distributions, estimation, vergence theorems, product measures, and Stochastic Processes and Probability Theory tests of significance, experimental design and Fubini’s theorem. Lp spaces, derivates, deriva- I, II, III (3, 3, 3) analysis of variance, regression and correlation, tive, finite variation and absolutely continuous Sets, spaces, and measures. Probability distribu- nonparametric statistics, selected topics, applica- functions. Courses must be taken in sequence. tions. Random variables. Dependence. Limit tions, and use of statistical computer packages. Prerequisite: Mth 412. theorems. Birth and death processes and Markov A broad nontechnical survey designed primarily *Mth 614, 615, 616 processes. Mathematical statistics, hypothesis for nonmath students who need to utilize the Modern Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) testing, and sequential analysis. Selected appli- subject in their own fields. Not approved for Topics from nonlinear analysis, harmonic analy- cations. Courses must be taken in sequence. Pre- major credit. Courses must be taken in sequence. sis, analytic functions, ordered vector spaces, requisite: Mth 411, Stat 463. Prerequisite: grade of C-, P, or above in second analysis on Lie groups, and operator theory. Mth 690 year high school algebra or equivalent within the Prerequisite: Mth 412/512. Introduction to Research in Mathematics last five years, or satisfactory score on the place- Mth 617, 618, 619 Education (3) ment exam. Functional Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Topics in the history of mathematics education Stat 366 Hilbert and Banach spaces, the Hahn-Banach, including an examination of the current research Introduction to Experimental Design (4) open mapping, and closed graph theorems. trends in mathematics education. Nonparametric statistics, multiple regression, Compact, self-adjoint, normal, and Fredholm Mth 691 topics in experimental design analysis of vari- operators. Locally convex spaces, weak topolo- Curriculum in Mathematics Education (3) ance, factorial designs, analysis of covariance, gies, duality. Banach- and C* -algebras, spectral An analysis of curriculum development and other designs. Prerequisite: Stat 244. theory. Courses must be taken in sequence. Pre- assessment efforts in mathematics education Stat 399 requisite: Mth 413. both past and present. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 621, 622, 623 Mth 692 Stat 401/501 Advanced Differential Equations I, II, III Research Methodology and Design (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) (3, 3, 3) An examination of quantitative and qualitative Consent of instructor. Advanced theory of dynamial systems and par- research methodologies and their applications to tial differential equations including the basics of Stat 404/504 the design of research in mathematics education. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to partial differential equations, boundary value Mth 693 be arranged.) problems for elliptic equations, the Cauchy Research on the Learning of Mathematics (3) problem, and parabolic equations. Topics Stat 405/505 An analysis of the mathematics education Reading And Conference (Credit to be selected from Hamiltonian systems, waves and research on the learning of mathematics, includ- arranged.) shocks, variational methods, control theory. ing topics from K-16 mathematics. Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Mth 423/523 or 472/572. Mth 694 Stat 407/507 Mth 624, 625, 626 Research on the Teaching of Mathematics (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Differential Geometry I, II, III An analysis of the research on the teaching of Consent of instructor. (3, 3, 3) mathematics, including issues from levels K-16. Topics selected from differentiable manifolds, Stat 410/510 differential forms, DeRham cohomology, Lie Mth 695 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. groups, fibre bundles, the Riemannian metric, Topics in Research in Mathematics Education (3) affine and Riemannian connections, parallel Stat 460/560 A special topics seminar devoted to exploring Applied Statistics for Engineers and Scientists translations, holonomy, geodesics, curvature, particular issues in more depth. isometric embeddings and hypersurfaces, the (3) Histograms; binomial, Poisson, normal, t, F, and Second Fundamental Form, complete Rieman- The following in-service courses have limited Chi-square distributions; central limit theorem; nian manifolds and the Hopf-Rinow theorem, application toward advanced degrees. testing hypothesis; correlation and regression spaces of constant curvature, variations of arc Mth 801 analysis; analysis of variance; computer applica- length, and the Morse Index theorem. Prerequi- Research (Credit to be arranged.) tions. Not for major credit. Prerequisite: site: Mth 425/525. Mth 802 Mth 254. Mth 631, 632, 633 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Topology I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Mth 804 Stat 461/561, 462/562, 463/563 Introduction to Topics from: uniform structures and topological Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Mathematical Statistics I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Theory of probability, distributions of random vector spaces, fundamental group and covering be arranged.) variables, central limit theorem, sampling distri- spaces, CW complexes and elements of homo- Mth 805 butions, point and interval estimation, tests of topy theory, manifolds, introduction to differen- Reading and Conference (Credit to be hypotheses, analysis of variance. Courses must tial topology and vector bundles. Courses must arranged.) be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 256. be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 436. Mth 806 Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Stat 464/564 Mth 641, 642, 643 arranged.) Applied Regression Analysis (3) Modern Algebra I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Basic concepts of regression analysis, matrix Topics from groups, semigroups, rings, fields, Mth 807 approach to linear regression selecting the “best” algebras, and homological algebra.Prerequisite: Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) regression equation, and multiple regression. Mth 443 or both 442 and 445. Mth 808 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Computational algorithms and computer soft- Mth 651, 652, 653 ware regression packages. Applications in sci- Advanced Numerical Analysis I, II, III Mth 809 ence, engineering, and business. Prerequisites: Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) (3, 3, 3) Mth 343 and either Stat 460/560 or 461/561. An advanced study of numerical methods with Mth 810 emphasis on theory, economy of computation, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and the solution of pathological problems. 132 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Stat 465/565, 466/566 Stat 603 theory, sufficiency, and maximum likelihood Experimental Design: Theory and Methods Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) estimation. The Neyman-Pearson construction, (3, 3) Stat 604 likelihood ratio tests, robust analogues. Prerequi- A theoretical and applied treatment of experi- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to sites: Mth 511, Stat 563. mental design; analysis of variance, fixed effect be arranged.) models, random effects models, checking model Stat 664, 665, 666 Stat 605 Theory of Linear Models I, II, III (3, 3, 3) adequacy; block designs, Latin squares, related Reading and Conference (Credit to be Multivariate normal distribution; moments and designs; incomplete designs; factorial designs, arranged.) characteristic functions; noncentral Chi-square confounding two-level designs, split-plot Stat 607 and noncentral F distributions; distribution of designs; fractional factorial designs; nested Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) quadratic forms; estimation and distribution of designs; relation to regression analysis; analysis Stat 610 estimators; principles of maximum likelihood of covariance. All sections will illustrate real Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and least squares; confidence regions and tests of world applications with computer usage. Prereq- hypotheses; regression models; Wishart distribu- uisite: Stat 464/564. Stat 661, 662, 663 Advanced Mathematical Statistics I, II, III (3, tion; Hotelling’s T2 statistic. Courses must be Stat 503 3, 3) taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 463. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Theory of estimation; tests of statistical hypothe- Stat 601 ses. Single and multi-parameter cases. Robust- Research (Credit to be arranged.) ness. Classical notions, including lower bound

PHILOSOPHY

471 Neuberger Hall What is the will? Do we have freedom Credits 725-3524 of will? What is the relation between a per- Phl 201 Introduction to Philosophy ...... 4 son’s body and mind? Phl 202 Elementary Ethics...... 4 B.A., B.S. Requirements for a Major. In addition Phl 204 Introduction to Formal Logic ...... 4 Phl 301, 302 History of Philosophy ...... 8 Minor to meeting the general University degree requirements, the philosophy major must Philosophy electives (to include a minimum of 4 credits in upper-division courses) . . . . . 8 take a minimum of 56 credits in philosophy UNDERGRADUATE courses. Specific requirements are as fol- Total 28 PROGRAM lows: A maximum of 4 credits of philosophy Credits The basic objective of the philosophy pro- taken under the undifferentiated grading Phl 201 Introduction to Philosophy ...... 4 option (pass/no pass) are acceptable toward gram is to help the student to develop an Phl 202 Elementary Ethics...... 4 ability to grasp and critically analyze basic fulfilling department minor requirements. Phl 204 Introduction to Formal Logic ...... 4 Honors in Philosophy. Requirements: concepts and assumptions made about real- Phl 300 Philosophical Methods and ity, humanity, knowledge, truth, value, and Concepts ...... 4 In addition to meeting the general Univer- society, and to evaluate claims about them. Phl 301, 302 History of Philosophy...... 8 sity degree requirements, a student seeking More specifically, philosophy is con- Two courses taken from the following a degree with departmental honors must cerned with such questions as these: How (historical figures): Phl 413, 414, earn a minimum of 60 credits in philoso- do value judgments differ from other judg- 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420 ...... 8 phy, including Phl 485 Honors Seminar and Two courses taken from Phl 423, 424, 470, ments? Are values relative? If so, relative to 4 credits of Phl 401 Honors Research. To 471, 474...... 8 be admitted to the Honors Program in Phi- what? Is beauty in the eye of the beholder? Two courses taken from Phl 445, 446, Is there such a thing as knowledge of right losophy, a student must have completed 90 and designated courses in ethics ...... 8 hours of coursework with a GPA of at least and wrong, good and bad, ugly and beauti- Philosophy electives ...... 8 ful? If so, how do we get it? What is it for a 3.2. Admission to any honors philosophy situation to be unjust? What is it to have a Total 56 course and award of the Honors Degree right to something or to do something? A maximum of 8 credits of philosophy requires a GPA of at least 3.5 for all philos- What makes one society better than taken under the undifferentiated grading ophy courses taken. No courses taken another? Is there such a thing as one person option (pass/no pass) are acceptable toward under the undifferentiated grading option being a better human being than another? If fulfilling department major requirements. are acceptable towards fulfilling the so, in what does this consist? Is happiness Requirements for a Minor. To earn a requirement for the Honors Degree. the ultimate value? If not, what other minor in philosophy a student must com- values are there? plete 28 credits (8 credits of which must be What is truth? Is it a human creation or taken in residence at PSU), to include the is it there to be discovered? Are there really following: such things as electrons, or is talk about electrons merely a convenient device for making predictions? What is explanation in science? C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 133

ness; affirmative action in hiring; the social roles Phl 311 GRADUATE of profit and private property; role of work in the The Morality of Punishment (4) PROGRAM life of the individual. The focus will be on the nature and proper aims of punishment; moral considerations that bear on Phl 210 The Philosophy Department will be the Philosophy of Religion (4) the justice and wisdom of punishment. Consid- host for a proposed Master of Arts/Sciences Examination of philosophical questions involved eration will be given to the main theories of pun- degree in conflict resolution. Graduate in the study of religion, e.g., the meaning of ishment: retributionism, utilitarianism, courses in philosophy are also offered in “God,” or “gods;” the traditional arguments for paternalism, and the view that punishment support of graduate programs in fields the existence of a god; the meaning of faith and should be replaced by therapy. Prerequisite: Phl 202 or the relevant Sophomore Inquiry. other than philosophy. the question of its connection to reason; the problem of evil (of reconciling a god’s alleged *Phl 312 perfection with the existence of evil). Note: this Feminist Philosophy (4) COURSES is not a class in comparative religion or the Critically examines traditional schools of philo- history of religion. sophical thinking from a feminist perspective. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Prerequisite: one philosophy course other than Phl 212 offered every year. Philosophy in Literature (4) Phl 103, 204, 206. Note: There are no sequences among the lower An introduction to traditional philosophical Phl 315 division courses. Any of Phl 201-210 make a issues as they appear in literature, especially in Existentialism (4) good starting course in philosophy. fiction. The specific philosophical problems and Introduction to a number of philosophers and literary figures gathered (or confused) together Phl 199 the literary works will vary from term to term Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and from instructor to instructor. under the name “existentialism.” Works of Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Dostoyevsky, Heideg- Phl 213 Phl 201 ger, Camus, Sartre, and deBeauvoir will be read Introduction To Philosophy (4) Life and Death Issues (4) General introduction to philosophy. While dif- Cluster course consisting of philosophical and discussed, as much for their dissimilarities ferent instructors will use different materials— aspects of moral problems dealing with life and as for similar themes. In particular, Sartrean typically classical texts—attention will be given death issues. Such issues may include abortion, existentialism will be contrasted with what to what makes a question a philosophical ques- euthanasia, the death penalty, starvation, and Heidegger calls existential phenomenology. tion and the nature and methods of philosophical nuclear war. Questions addressed: What is it to be human? inquiry. What is consciousness? Does anything have Phl 300 intrinsic value (value as an end in itself)? What Phl 202 Philosophical Methods and Concepts (4) A survey of the major strategies of proof and dis- makes acts right? Does morality presuppose or Elementary Ethics (4) entail freedom? Prerequisite: one philosophy General introduction to ethical theory. Attention proof central to philosophical reasoning, and of class. will be given to such questions as whether there the fundamental concepts and distinctions are objective moral distinctions, what makes employed in current philosophical discourse. *Phl 332 right acts right and wrong acts wrong, and how Aims at providing students who have a serious Intentionality, Phenomenology, and we know (if we do) that actions are right or interest in thinking philosophically with the con- Existentialism (4) Examination of the Kantian roots of what wrong. Among the theories likely to be consid- ceptual tools found to be useful for this purpose. becomes known as “intentionality” (i.e., that our ered are relativism, egoism, utilitarianism, and Not recommended as a first course in philoso- conscious acts are directed towards objects, Kantianism. phy. intending them). Various theories of intentional- Phl 203 Phl 301, 302 ity will be read and discussed (e.g., Husserl, Critical Thinking (4) History of Philosophy (4, 4) Heidegger, Frege, and Searle). There will be Study of Western philosophy during the ancient A course designed to improve ability at reason- limited discussion of the alleged ties between period (classical Greek through Hellenistic ing and critical assessment. The primary empha- intentionality and existentialism. Prerequisite: times) and the modern period (17th century to sis will be on practical methods, involving study 8 credits in philosophy. of editorials, essays, propaganda, advertise- the present). * ments, etc. * Phl 333 Phl 304 Analytic Philosophy (4) Phl 204 Predicate Logic (4) Examination of the analytic Introduction to Formal Logic (4) Continuation of Phl 204 Introduction to Formal philosophical tradition from Frege and Russell A course in basic formal logic. Major topics Logic. Primary emphasis will be on formal through early Wittgenstein and the Positivists to include the method of deduction for showing methods for dealing with arguments involving the present. propositional arguments valid and the method of the terms “all” and “some.” Major topics include counter-example for showing such arguments the method of deduction for showing predicate Phl 399 invalid. Truth table methods, tests for consis- logic arguments valid, and the method of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tency, and syllogistic arguments are optional counter-example for showing such arguments Phl 404/504 topics. invalid. Prerequisite: Phl 204. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Phl 206 Phl 310 Elementary Philosophy of Science (4) Environmental Ethics (4) Phl 405/505 An examination of the reflections of scientists Critical study of issues raised by the attempt to Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) and philosophers on the nature of scientific formulate an adequate environmental ethic. Consent of instructor. activity and its institutions; the logical structure Some of these issues deal with how our treat- of scientific explanations and various concep- ment of the environment affects other human Phl 407/507 tions of a scientific world view. beings, i.e., future generations. Others have to do Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Phl 209 with how non-human beings are to be treated. Business Ethics (4) Do animals have rights? Do species have rights? Phl 410/510 Study of the ethical aspects of practices and Do our proper moral concerns extend to such Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) organizational structures in the business world. things as trees, rivers, and possibly the planet *Phl 414/514 Course begins with a review of some traditional itself? A number of current problems will be Plato (4) theories of ethics. The bulk of the course is considered, such as population control, limits to Study of selected dialogues of Plato with atten- devoted to specific contemporary topics, for growth, global warming, and endangered spe- tion to such topics as his theory of forms, moral example: the moral status of corporations; the cies. Prerequisite: Phl 202 or the relevant Sopho- philosophy, political philosophy, and to the indi- concept of work place rights; responsibility in more Inquiry. vidual topics of the dialogues, as, for example, advertising; environmental constraints on busi- 134 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

knowledge, being, virtue, piety, love, friendship, *Phl 432/532 CONFLICT RESOLUTION the state, the nature of philosophy. Prerequisite: Philosophy of Mind (4) CR 512 8 credits in philosophy. A study of the nature of mental states. Main Perspectives in Conflict Resolution (4) topics are dualism and various forms of materi- *Phl 415/515 Introduction to full scope of the master’s degree Aristotle (4) alism, behaviorism, mind-body identity theories, program. Since the program is intended to Study of some of the works of Aristotle, such as and functionalism; and the nature and content of embrace both humanities and social science ori- his Physics, Metaphysics, Ethics, Politics, parts propositional attitudes (e.g., belief, desire, mean- entations, students need to become acquainted of the Organon Rhetoric. Among topics for ing). Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. with the methods and terms of criticism arising attention are substance, essence, categories, *Phl 433/533 from these sometimes divergent disciplines. Pre- cause, the good man, practical reason. Prerequi- Philosophy of Language (4) requisite: 3 credits English literature and 3 cred- site: 8 credits in philosophy. A study of the nature of language, and of prob- its psychology or sociology. lems of meaning, reference, and truth. Prerequi- *Phl 416/516 CR 513 The Rationalists: Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza site: 8 credits in philosophy. Philosophy of Conflict Resolution (4) (4) *Phl 445/545 Introduction to the insights that philosophy Study, with comparisons, of selected works of Ethics I (4) offers to the field of conflict resolution. The these philosophers who maintained that knowl- A course in moral epistemology or “meta-eth- course will also explore the impact that conflict edge comes primarily from reason. Likely read- ics” dealing with such matters as the distinction resolution practice may have on philosophical ings: for Descartes, Meditations, or Rules, or and connections between fact and value, “is” and theory. Additionally, ethical issues that arise Discourse on Method; for Spinoza, Ethics; for “ought” description and evaluation. Prerequisite: during conflict resolution work will be carefully Leibniz, a selection from among his many col- 8 credits in philosophy including Phl 202. considered. Prerequisite: 3 credits philosophy. lected works and fragments. Offered approxi- *Phl 446/546 CR 514 mately every second year. Prerequisite: 8 credits Ethics II (4) Conflict Resolution in Divergent Settings (4) in philosophy. A course on the nature of moral reasoning deal- Examination of the variety of settings where *Phl 417/517 ing with such topics as whether moral reasoning conflict resolution takes place. Guest speakers The Empiricists (4) presupposes some completely general and fun- share their experience and theoretical insights. Study of the British philosophers, Locke, Berke- damental moral principles, whether moral rea- Prerequisites: CR 512, 513. soning involves the apprehension and ley and Hume, who hold that all of the ingredi- CR 515 ents of thought enter the mind by way of application of rules, the relevance of conse- Negotiation and Mediation (4) experience and that only what has a definite rela- quences to the justification of conduct, and the Introduction to collaborative approaches to tion to experience can be thought. Among the significance of the moral relations between per- responding to conflict. A theoretical framework particular topics considered will be material sub- sons. Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy will be established for using negotiation and stance, spirit, abstract ideas, causation, induc- including Phl 202. mediation in a variety of settings. Students will tion, and skepticism. Prerequisite: 8 credits in *Phl 455/555 learn how to function as a neutral third party philosophy. Health Care Ethics (4) focusing on: conflict analysis, communication *Phl 419/519 Examines ethical issues that arise in relation to skills, maintaining a neutral role, creating a safe Kant (4) health care policy, the practice of medicine, and environment, and ensuring procedural, substan- Study of Kant’s Philosophy primarily as repre- the introduction of new biotechnologies. Topics tive and psychological satisfaction. Ethical sented in the Critiques of Pure Reason, Practical covered in any given term might include (among issues and concerns in the field of mediation will Reason, Judgment. Readings from some of these other topics) the extent of our right to health be presented. Prerequisite: 3 credits psychology or related works. Possible topics for consider- care, the rationing of scarce medical technolo- or sociology. ation: necessary connection, the analytic-syn- gies, the ethics of abortion and euthanasia, the extent of a patient’s right to privacy, confidenti- CR 517 thetic distinction, conceptions of science and Nonviolence (4) metaphysics, relation between metaphysics and ality, autonomy, the use of human beings as Designed to acquaint students with the theories morality. Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. experimental subjects, and the ethics of genetic and history of nonviolence from ancient times to *Phl 420/520 manipulation. Prerequisite: upper-division the present, with some speculation as to future Wittgenstein (4) standing or 8 credits in philosophy. use. Prerequisite: 3 credits of philosophy. Consideration of some of the major works of * Phl 470/570 CR 518 Wittgenstein with emphasis on the later work, Philosophy of Science (4) Psychology of Conflict Resolution (4) especially the Philosophical Investigations. Review of historically significant theories of Introduction to the psychological research and Attention will be given to Wittgenstein’s contri- nature and scientific method. Analysis of basic insights that illuminate conflict resolution theory butions to philosophical method, as well as to his patterns of explanation and types of concept and and practice. A dual focus on both methods and treatment of issues concerning language, mean- theory formation in the sciences. Prerequisite: 8 research will be maintained throughout the cur- ing, intention, understanding, necessity, and the credits in logic. riculum. Prerequisite: 3 credits psychology. nature of human persons as language users. Pre- *Phl 474/574 requisite: 12 credits in philosophy. CR 522 Philosophy of Logic (4) Thesis Preparation Seminar (1) *Phl 423/523 Topics: validity, sentence-proposition, connec- Introduction to a variety of approaches to thesis Metaphysics (4) tives, quantifiers, truth, paradoxes, logical neces- writing and research. Students examine com- Philosophical examination of traditional meta- sity and possibility. Optional topics: metalogic, pleted master’s degree theses in conflict resolu- physical issues (such as relation of body and the construction of formal systems of logic and tion. Prerequisite: one year completed in the mind, free will and determinism) and of the formal proofs of certain of their properties, e.g., master’s degree program. more influential ontologies (idealism, material- consistency and completeness. Prerequisite: Phl ism, dualism). Introduction also to contemporary 304 or equivalent. controversies over the feasibility of metaphysics *Phl 485 as a rationale discipline (logical positivism and Honors Seminar (4) its critics). Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. Selected topics within areas of the instructor’s *Phl 424/524 research. Both students and teacher will be Epistemology (4) expected to produce substantial written material Philosophical examination of some of the main on the topic, to be shared and critiqued. Recom- issues in the theory of knowledge (such as our mended particularly for students considering knowledge of the external world, of the minds of graduate work in philosophy. Prerequisites: 24 others, of logical and mathematical truths, etc.). credits in philosophy with a GPA in philosophy Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. courses of at least 3.5. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 135

PHYSICS

246 Science Building II physics, environmental science, medical Two courses in a related area of science or tech- 725-3812 physics, and finance are particularly popu- nology (biology, geology, additional chemis- lar fields, now. Environmental programs, try, computer science, electrical circuitry) .6-8 B.A., B.S. electrical engineering, nuclear engineering, Total 13-16 Minor and computer science are common graduate school tracks. Medicine and law are Environmental physics option: Secondary Education Program Choose 30 credits from the following list: Ph M.A., M.S. also fields that welcome students with 451, 471, 490, 492; Bi 251, 252, 253, 357, Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and physics degrees. Many physicists are entre- 475, 476; G 443, 444, 484; Ch 426, 427; Resources: Physics preneurs who start their own companies. CE 371. Requirements for the B.A. or B.S. Courses taken under the undifferenti- UNDERGRADUATE Degree in Physics. It is important that stu- ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not PROGRAMS dents planning to major in physics contact acceptable toward fulfilling department the Department of Physics prior to the start major requirements except for those major of their work in order that a coherent pro- Physics is the branch of knowledge that courses offered on a pass/no pass basis gram can be planned with their assigned attempts to explain all of the phenomena only. adviser. Students planning to transfer to we observe or infer on earth and in the uni- Requirements for a Minor. To earn a PSU from community colleges or other verse. Its study has made possible a modern minor in physics a student must complete universities are strongly advised to contact understanding of the origin of the universe 27 credits (9 credits of which must be taken the Department of Physics well ahead of as well as the behavior of biological mate- in residence at PSU, and 12 to 15 credits of their proposed date of transfer so that a rials and chemical processes. Scientists which must be upper-division), to include smooth transition, which avoids course trained in this field can engage in such the following: duplication and untimely delays, can be diverse areas as solid state devices, particle Credits accomplished. Students need to choose physics, energy and the environment, bio- Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics or between the standard option and the envi- technology, and space travel. Ph 211, 212, 213 General Physics ronmental physics option. In addition to The study of physics does not involve (with Calculus) ...... 9-12 meeting the general University degree the following of a specific recipe or set of Ph 204, 205, 206 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 or requirements, the student must meet the Ph 214, 215, 216 Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 . 3 rules; rather it entails developing an atti- following minimal departmental course Upper-division physics electives ...... 12-15 tude or way of looking at phenomena and requirements: asking questions. Physicists seek to under- Total 27 Credits stand how the physical universe works, no A maximum of one-third of the courses matter what the scale of observation—from Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics, Ph 211, 212, 213, or Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics taken under the undifferentiated grading quarks to quasars, from the time it takes the option (pass/no pass) is acceptable toward proton to spin, to the age of the cosmos. (with Calculus) ...... 9-12 Ph 204, 205, 206 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 or fulfilling department minor requirements. The answers to these questions are summa- Ph 214, 215, 216 Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 or Additional courses may be required as pre- rized into statements called laws. We live in Ph 221, 222, 223 ...... 3 requisites. the age of physical law. Awareness of the Ph 311, 312 Introduction to Modern Physics. . 8 beauty, harmony, and interplay of the laws Ph 314, 315 Experimental Physics I ...... 8 SECONDARY EDUCATION of physics greatly enhances our view and Ph 321 Current Electricity ...... 4 PROGRAM appreciation of our environment. Ph 322 Computational Physics ...... 4 Adviser: C. Bachhuber As an undergraduate, you will take a Ph 424 Classical Mechanics I ...... 3 Students who complete a major in physics group of core courses that will give you a Upper-division electives...... 8 can qualify to teach physics and science grades 5-8 in secondary schools by com- general background in the subject. You will Total in physics (minimum) 47-50 study force and motion, heat, optics, elec- pleting the education requirements on Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 Calculus ...... 16 tricity, magnetism, atomic and nuclear page 183. Mth 256, 322 Applied Differential Equations . 7 Courses are to be taken for differenti- physics, quantum mechanics, and the phys- One year of general chemistry: Ch 221, 222, ical properties of materials, learning both 223, 227, 228, 229 ...... 15 ated grades, except for those offered only the theoretical and the experimental on a pass/no pass basis. Students must have aspects. Total 38 at least a 2.75 GPA in the endorsement and Physicists are employed by almost all Select one of two options (standard or must earn at least a C in each course of the industries, particularly by the technical environmental option): endorsement. industries and by government laboratories. Standard option: Roughly half of all students with a bache- Ph 316 Methods of Experimental Physics I. . . 4 GRADUATE lor’s degree in physics go on to graduate Ph 425 Classical Mechanics II or PROGRAMS work. In addition to a traditional graduate Ph 432 Electricity and Magnetism II . . . . .3-4 curriculum in physics or astronomy, they The department participates in the Environ- can enter programs in optics, applied phys- Total in physics (minimum) 7-8 mental Sciences and Resources Doctoral ics, engineering physics, and education. Program. Specialized studies in the basic Biophysics, material science, atmospheric principles and techniques of the discipline, 136 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

when combined with a multidisciplinary ten report, a presentation, and oral exam Ph 201, 202, 203 environmental science course and seminar, are necessary. General Physics (4, 4, 4) will partially fulfill the requirements for the Introductory physics for science majors. The student will explore topics in physics including Ph.D. in environmental sciences and STANDARD TEACHING LICENSE The requirements for the standard teaching Newtonian mechanics, electricity, and magne- resources. For information on the Ph.D. tism, thermal physics, optics, and modern phys- program, see page 95. license include 45 graduate or upper-division credits exclusive of those used for ics. Prerequisites: for Ph 201, Mth 112 and Ph The Department offers work leading to 204 concurrently; for Ph 202, satisfactory com- the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of either the bachelor’s degree or for the basic pletion of Ph 201 and Ph 205 concurrently; for Science. The M.A. and M.S. programs are teaching license. For the standard endorse- Ph 203, satisfactory completion of Ph 202 and designed to further the development of the ment in physics, the student must take at Ph 206 concurrently. student as a professional physicist. Specific least 15 credits of adviser-approved gradu- Ph 204, 205, 206 programs designed to meet the needs of the ate subject matter distributed to strengthen Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 (1, 1, 1) individual student are planned in consulta- the student’s background in science. Introductory laboratory for students in General Physics. One 3-hour laboratory period. Corequi- tion with the graduate advisers. Although no specific courses are required for the standard endorsement, combined sites: concurrent enrollment in Ph 201, 202, 203. The department offers graduate courses Pass/no pass only. in the fields of classical mechanics, relativ- undergraduate and graduate preparation Ph 211, 212, 213 ity, hydrodynamics, quantum mechanics, must include at least 36 credits in the major area. Each student’s program is tailored to General Physics (with Calculus) (4, 4, 4) electromagnetism, statistical mechanics, Introductory physics for students majoring in atomic and molecular physics, nuclear meet the needs of the individual and the science and engineering. The student will physics, physics of condensed matter, and requirements of the standard endorsement explore topics in physics including statics, biophysics. Current research areas in theo- and the standard license. The 45 credits dynamics, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, retical and experimental physics are: statis- required for the license must also include and optics using the methods of calculus. Pre- tical physics, surface physics (scanning 15 credits of education courses. See requisites: for Ph 211, Mth 251 and Ph 214 concurrently; for Ph 212, satisfactory completion of tunneling microscopy, near-field optical page 183 for the required education courses. Ph 211 and Ph 215 concurrently; for Ph 213, sat- microscopy, Mossbauer spectroscopy), and isfactory completion of Ph 212 and Ph 216 con- membrane biophysics (transport in biologi- currently. cal and artificial membranes), low tempera- COURSES Ph 214, 215, 216 ture physics (heat transfer, phase Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 Or Ph 221, 222, 223 transitions), atoms and molecules at high Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not (1, 1, 1) temperatures and pressures, electron offered every year. Introductory laboratory for students in General microscopy (atmospheric aerosols, mem- Some lecture courses may be challenged by Physics (with Calculus). One 3-hour laboratory brane domains, electrodeposition), and examination. period. Corequisites: concurrent enrollment in Ph 101, 102 Ph 211, 212, 213 or concurrent enrollment in Ph global change science. 221, 222, 223. Pass/no pass only. Degree Requirements. University mas- Essentials of Physics (4, 4) An elementary introduction to the basic princi- Ph 221, 222, 223 ter’s degree requirements are listed on ples of physics, their interpretation and applica- General Physics (with Calculus) (3, 3, 3) page 54. Specific departmental require- tion. Designed to accommodate all liberal arts Introductory physics for students majoring in ments are listed below. students. Three lectures; concurrent enrollment engineering. The student will explore topics in in Ph 104, 105 is encouraged. Prerequisite: high physics including statics, dynamics, electromag- MASTER OF ARTS OR school algebra. netism, thermodynamics, and optics using the MASTER OF SCIENCE Ph 104, 105 methods of calculus. Prerequisites: for Ph 221, The program must be approved by the stu- Experimental Investigations for Non-science Mth 251 and Ph 214 concurrently; for Ph 222, dent’s adviser and must include a minimum Majors (2, 2) satisfactory completion of Ph 221 and Ph 215 of 45 graduate credits in science, including Discovery labs for essential laws of physics. concurrently; for Ph 223, satisfactory comple- not fewer than 30 credits in physics. These Investigate gravity, force, acceleration, momen- tion of Ph 222 and Ph 216 concurrently. 30 credits in physics must be in 500- or tum, heat, work, energy, electricity, light, and Ph 299 600-level courses, distributed as follows: radioactivity. Make simple electrical circuits and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) an electrical motor. Improve computer literacy Credits Ph 311, 312 by working with graphic models of radioactive Introduction to Modern Physics (4, 4) Seminar (Current Literature) ...... 3 decay. One two-hour discussion and laboratory The revolution in the concepts of physics in the One of the following three options: period. Concurrent enrollment in Ph 101, 102 is 20th century. Radioactivity, quanta, black-body 1. Thesis ...... 6 encouraged. Prerequisite: high school algebra. radiation, relativity. Bohr’s theory of the atom. 2. Cooperative Education/Internship ...... 6 Ph 121, 122 Introduction to quantum mechanics. Atomic, 3. Project ...... 3 General Astronomy (4, 4) molecular spectroscopy, periodic table. Intro- Of the additional credits required in An introductory historical, descriptive, and inter- duction to nuclear and solid state physics, and physics, at least 9 must be in courses with pretative study of astronomy. Emphasis on the elementary particles. Three lectures. Prerequi- numbers above 610 or the graduate-level basic scientific methods as they apply to astro- site: Ph 203, or Ph 213 and Mth 252. sequence in quantum mechanics (Ph 511, nomical problems. Detailed examination of the Ph 313 earth, followed by a survey of the other members Ideas in Modern Physics (4) 618, 619) of the solar system. Survey of the stars, their The student must also pass a qualifying Fundamental ideas of the modern physics of this types, grouping, and motions. Models for the century. Topics include the development of rela- examination and a final oral examination in evolution of the Universe and the possibility of tivity, quantum mechanics, nuclear and particle Thesis, Cooperative Education/Internship, life elsewhere. The nature of light, the types of physics, and cosmology. Prerequisite: one col- or Project. Typically, a thesis involves information it carries, and the types of devices lege-level science course. research (either experimental or theoreti- used to detect it. Need not be taken in sequence. cal), Cooperative Education/Internship Ph 199 involves relevant student experiences Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) obtained in industry or government, and a project involves review of the literature in a certain area of physics. In all cases, a writ- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 137

Ph 314, 315 *Ph 367 *Ph 413/513 Experimental Physics I (4, 4) Cosmology (4) Introduction to Solid State Physics (4) Experiments in electrical measurements, digital Past, present, and future of the universe, the Big Experimental and theoretical survey of the lat- logic circuits with applications to experimental Bang and the Big Crunch; human attempts to tice and electronic properties of solids with par- control and computer interfacing, and analog cir- understand the cosmos from a literary, historical, ticular emphasis on the properties of electrons in cuits. Two 3-hour lab periods. Ph 314 requires and scientific perspective. Prerequisite: Ph 121 metals. Prerequisite: Ph 411 or 312. concurrent enrollment in Ph 321. and 122, or General Physics. †Ph 415/515 Ph 316 Ph 371 Experimental Optics (3) Experimental Physics I (4) Fractals, Chaos, Complexity, and Other Advanced experiments in physical optics. One Students will perform several experiments illus- Current Topics in Physics (4) 4-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ph 203 or trating quantum and relativistic effects. The Introductory survey to current concepts in frac- Ph 213. tals in the natural world, chaos, complexity, and emphasis will be on computer-assisted experi- *Ph 424 mentation and data analysis. Experiments will other related topics in physics. Computer simu- Classical Mechanics I (3) include instrumentation and counting in nuclear lations and the use of microcomputers, desktop The Newtonian formulation of mechanics. Kine- physics, measurement of band gap in semicon- experiments are an essential part of the course. matics and dynamics of particles in inertial and ductors, measurement of ratio of electron charge Prerequisite: one year of general physics. accelerated reference frames. Conservation prin- to electron mass, speed of light, Frank-Hertz Ph 375 ciples. Central forces, gravitation, and celestial experiment and electron spin resonance. Two 3- The Earth’s Atmosphere: Global Change and mechanics. Free and forced vibrations. Prerequi- hour laboratory periods. Prerequisites: Ph 311. Human Life (4) sites: Ph 203 or 213; Mth 256 previously or con- Ph 317, 318 A non-mathematical introduction to the global currently. environment and how human activities are caus- Solid State Physics for Engineering Students †Ph 425/525 (3, 3) ing climatic changes, ozone depletion, and deforestation. Emphasizes the interrelationship Classical Mechanics II (3) A two-term survey of solid state physics includ- Advanced formulation of mechanics. Lagrange’s between environmental processes. Deals with ing topics necessary for understanding crystal- and Hamilton’s equations. The inertial tensor, the qualitative aspects of how the earth’s climate line solids and their electron transport processes. free rotations, and rigid body dynamics. Theory works, how it can be altered by burning of fossil Topics include crystal lattices, X-ray diffraction, of small oscillations, coupled oscillations and fuels (emissions of carbon dioxide) and by the concepts of quantum physics, Schrödinger equa- normal modes. Prerequisites: Ph 424 and Mth increasing concentrations of other “greenhouse tion, electron tunneling, physical statistics, free 322. electron theory of metals, effect of periodic gases”; how the ozone layer can be depleted by potential on electrons, intrinsic and impurity man-made chemicals, and what is being done, or Ph 426/526 semiconductors and analysis of p-n semiconduc- can be done to avert the undesirable conse- Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics quences of these global changes. (4) tor junction. Prerequisites: Ph 213 or 223. Concepts of temperature, work, and heat; first Ph 321 Ph 381 and second laws of thermodynamics and appli- Current Electricity (4) Physical Metallurgy for Engineers (3) cations; thermodynamic potentials; heat engines, Electric potential and current; Kirchoff’s Laws Crystal structure of metals and their relation- Carnot cycle, and ideal gases; entropy and its and equivalent circuits. Transient and A.C. ships to properties. Phase diagrams of alloys, statistical interpretation; kinetic theory of gases; behavior of circuit elements. Theory of opera- heat treatment, mechanical properties, and cor- classical and quantum statistics; introduction to tion of diodes and transistors. Prerequisites: Ph rosion. Methods of fabrication of metals. Two statistical mechanical ensembles. Prerequisites: 203 or 213; concurrent enrollment in Ph 314. lectures; one 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequi- Ph 203 or 213, Mth 254, and Ph 311. * sites: EAS 213, Ph 213 or 223, Ch 223. Ph 322 †Ph 431/531, 432/532 Computational Physics (4) Ph 399 Electricity and Magnetism (4, 4) Formulation and numerical solution of physics Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced study of electricity and magnetism problems. Use of computers and graphical dis- Ph 401/501 covering field and potential of charge arrays, plays to enhance intuition and supplement ana- Research (Credit to be arranged.) electrostatic field energy, images, multipoles, lytical procedures. Approaches to complex Consent of instructor. Laplace’s equation, Biot-Savart and Ampere’s physical situations, especially those involving Ph 404/504 laws, magnetic field energy, vector potential, dis- dissipative, nonlinear and stochastic phenomena. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to placement current, dielectrics and their micro- Recommended prerequisite: Working knowledge be arranged.) scopic models, electromagnetic wave equations, of at least one computer language. Ph 405/505 boundary conditions, energy radiation, mag- *Ph 331 Reading and Conference (Credit to be netic materials and their microscopic models. Physics of Music (4) arranged.) Prerequisites: Ph 312 and Mth 256. A series of lectures and laboratories illustrating Consent of instructor. * the basic principles of acoustics and their appli- Ph 434/534 Ph 406/506 Methods of Mathematical Physics (4) cation to string, wind, brass, and percussion/ Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) A survey of methods of applied mathematics instruments. Some of the laboratory exercises Consent of instructor. used in modern physics, to include: vectors, are adaptable for use in primary and secondary Ph 407/507 matrices, operators, and eigenvalues; perturba- school classes. Prerequisite: one year of music, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion theory and series expansion; variation and or one year of a physical science. Consent of instructor. optimization; numerical methods; transforms; *Ph 363 Ph 410/510 and special functions. Prerequisites: Ph 312 and Color Photography (3) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 322. Principles of color photography, including the Consent of instructor. * physics of color and scientific explanations of Ph 440/540, 441/541 *Ph 411/511 Physics of Solid State Devices (4, 4) the formation of color images on light-sensitive Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (4) This is a survey intended to provide the founda- materials. Traces uses and the history of color An introduction to the ideas of quantum tion necessary for understanding of function, photography. Prerequisite: one college-level sci- mechanics; the Schrödinger equation and its technology and design of solid state devices, ence or photography course. application to one-dimensional problems; elec- rather than their application. Topics will include: tron spin; time independent perturbations. Pre- introduction to and application of concepts of requisites: Ph 318 or 311, Mth 322. quantum physics to solids, effect of periodicity in solids on electron energy states, electron statistics, metals, insulators, semiconductors and superconductors, thermionic and field assisted

† Does not carry graduate credit for M.A., M.S. in physics. 138 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

electron emission, electron scattering and mobil- receptor? Prerequisites: Ph 213 or 223, one year Ph 610 ity of charge carriers, intrinsic and extrinsic of calculus, introductory course in differential Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) semiconductors, quantitative treatment of p-n equations. *Ph 611, 612 junction, diffusion and recombination of excess Ph 478/578 Physics of Solids and Liquids (4, 4) carriers, quantitative treatment of electron injec- Applications of Air Pollution Modeling (4) The theory of mechanical, thermal, electrical, tion, majority and minority components of the Students work in teams to solve an air pollution magnetic, and optical properties of solids and junction current, breakdown, quantitative treat- problem using dispersion and receptor modeling liquids. Prerequisites: Ph 413. ments of bipolar junction transistor, field effect techniques. It teaches the complementary nature *Ph 618, 619 transistor and tunnel diodes, physics of metal- of receptor and dispersion modeling. Teaches the Quantum Mechanics (4, 4) semiconductor and metal-insulator-semiconduc- advantages and disadvantages of the two Principles of quantum mechanics; the tor junctions and devices, superconductivity and approaches to air pollution modeling when Schrödinger equation; the hydrogen atom and superconducting devices, DC and AC Josephson either approach is applicable. Students use estab- other problems; approximation methods: time- effects, Josephson junctions, superconductive lished computer models and become proficient independent and time-dependent perturbation quantum interference devices. Prerequisites: Ph in their use. Prerequisite: Ph 477/577. theory; scattering problems. Prerequisites: Ph 312 or 318. *Ph 481/581, 482/582, 483/583 411/511, Ph 425. Ph 451/551, 452/552 Physical Metallurgy (2, 2, 2) *Ph 624, 625 Electron Microscopy (4, 4) Introduction to principles of physical metallurgy. Classical Mechanics (4, 4) Electron optics theory, specimen preparation and Includes the atomic and crystalographic struc- Advanced treatment of analytical mechanics of experimental work with transmission and scan- tures of metals and alloys; defects in structure particles, systems of particles, and rigid bodies. ning electron microscopes, Microchemical anal- and the importance of them in determining the Methods of Lagrange, Hamilton, and Jacobi. ysis with an energy dispersive spectrometer. properties of metals; phase diagrams of alloy Symmetry and conservation laws. Prerequisites: Specimens from all the sciences. Two lectures, systems and examples of important systems; dif- Ph 425. one 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisites: one fusion and phase transformations, emphasizing *Ph 626 year of general physics and one year of any other the solid state; plasticity and fracture of crystals; Hydrodynamics (4) science. and corrosion. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Ch 223. The theory of fluids and continuous media. †Ph 464/564 *Ph 484/584, 485/585, 486/586 Equations of continuity, Euler’s equation, flow Applied Optics (4) Physical Metallurgy Laboratory (1, 1, 1) fields, and applications. Prerequisite: Ph 625. An overview of optics and such principal appli- Experimental studies of the structure of metals *Ph 631, 632, 633 cation as fiberoptics; chemical, biological, and by light microscope, X-ray diffraction, and Electromagnetic Fields and Interactions physical sensors; optical information processing, microhardness techniques. Heat treatment of (4, 4, 4) acousto-optics; lasers and detectors. Prerequi- metals and studies of the resulting structural Classical description of the electromagnetic sites: Ph 203 or 213 or 223, Mth 254. changes. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in field: classical electron theory and plasmas. Pre- Ph 471/571 Atmospheric Physics (4) Ph 481, 482, 483. requisites: Ph 431. Cycles of trace gases in the earth’s atmosphere *Ph 490/590, 491/591 *Ph 641, 642 and their role in the environment. Emission, dis- Cellular and Molecular Biophysics (4, 4) The Physics of Atoms and Molecules (4, 4) persal and removal of natural and man-made An introduction to the physical ideas and meth- Radiation from atoms and molecules, Raman trace constituents in the atmosphere that deter- ods in the studies of biological phenomena, effect. Structure of one and many electron mine the earth’s climate and the stratospheric organization, structure, and function at the cellu- atoms, Zeeman effect, Stark effect, Lamb shift, ozone layer. Mass Balance Models for quantita- lar and molecular level. Atomic and molecular hyperfine structure, line intensity. Quantum tive analysis of atmospheric composition and structures, energy and interacting forces relating mechanics of diatomic and polyatomic mole- trends. Climate change and perturbations of to cellular and molecular biophysics will be dis- cules. Symmetry. Molecular electronic transi- stratospheric ozone in modern times. Lays a cussed. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Bi 253, and Ch tions. Valence and resonance. Prerequisites: foundation for the understanding of the complex 223. Calculus, previously or concurrently, is rec- Ph 411. issues of climatic change and its many linkages ommended. *Ph 664, 665, 666 and feedbacks. Questions regarding environmen- *Ph 492/592 Statistical Mechanics (4, 4, 4) tal policy and action are examined in the light of Radiation in the Environment (4) Foundations of statistical mechanics and kinetic current model results, their predictions and Types of radiation and their interaction with theory; statistical interpretation of thermo- uncertainties. Prerequisites: one year each of cal- matter, including organic tissue; methods of dynamics; ensembles in classical and quantum culus and calculus-based physics, introductory detection and shielding; evaluation of dosage systems; transport phenomena. Prerequisites: course in differential equations. and risk assessment; methods of energy genera- Ph 619 or 625. Ph 472/572 tion based on nuclear energy; nuclear waste and Ph 679 Introduction to Nonlinear Dynamics and disposal problems. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Bi Advanced Atmospheric Physics (4) Chaos (4) 253, Ch 223, or equivalent. Calculus, previously Advanced course to provide a working knowl- Introduction to basic theoretical and experimen- or concurrently, is recommended. edge of base models for studying global change tal tools to study chaos and nonlinear behavior. Ph 503 including the greenhouse effect, global warming, Desktop experiments and computer simulations Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) stratospheric ozone depletion from man-made of chaotic systems. Prerequisite: one year of Ph 601 chemicals, tropospheric chemistry of HO and O3 general physics. Research (Credit to be arranged.) and transport modeling. Prerequisite: Ph 578. Ph 477/577 Ph 603 Air Pollution (4) Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) Air pollution meteorology needed to understand air pollution, atmospheric dispersion models, K- Ph 604 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to theory, box models and receptor models. Use of be arranged.) simple computer models. This course is a foundation for the quantitative understanding of air Ph 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be pollution: At any point in the environment arranged.) (receptor), how much pollution is caused by a known source? If there are many sources, how Ph 606 Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be much pollution does each source contribute at a arranged.) Ph 607 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)

† Does not carry graduate credit for M.A., M.S. in physics.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 139

PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

Portland State offers courses which meet Portland State University offers prepro- Psy 204 or 200 Psychology as a the preprofessional requirements of profes- fessional programs for students wishing to Social Science or Natural Science . - 4 - sional schools within the Oregon State prepare themselves for admission to a vari- Electives (any term) ...... - - 3 System of Higher Education and, in most ety of allied health professional schools. Sophomore Year Credits cases, the requirements of out-of-state pro- These programs consist of a two- to four- F W S fessional schools as well. The program year preparatory phase followed by a one- Bi 301, 302, 303 Anatomy and schedules in this section are typical and to four-year professional phase, and in Physiology...... 4 4 4 will vary in individual cases. The majority most cases admission to the professional Ch 250 Nutrition (any term)...... 4 - - Sp 220 Public Speaking (any term)... - 4 - of preprofessional programs are based on school occurs before the award of the bac- Wr 222 Writing Research Papers the graduation requirements of other insti- calaureate degree. or Wr 323 English Composition .... - - 3 tutions. Students choosing to continue at A typical freshman program includes Arts and letters ...... - 3 3 PSU, rather than pursue a preprofessional biology, math, chemistry, and general edu- Electives ...... 5 5 5 transfer program should meet with a fac- cation courses; however, individual pro- Computer proficiency expected ulty adviser to determine PSU graduation grams vary depending on the student’s requirements. All preprofessional students academic preparation and the unique grad- DENTISTRY, MEDICINE, should check with a faculty adviser to keep uation requirements of the institutions OSTEOPATHY, current on all recent changes and remaining granting the particular professional AND PODIATRY requirements. degrees. It is essential that a student’s aca- 725-3822 demic program be planned with a health AGRICULTURE sciences adviser, and accessible advising is Adviser: K. Hanson, Health Sciences Advis- 725-3851 available in the College of Liberal Arts and ing Office, 491A Neuberger Hall Sciences Health Sciences Advising Center, Portland State University offers preprofes- where professional advisers can help with Advisers: C.L. Calvin, R.D. Tocher sional programs for students wishing to course scheduling, declaring a major, pre- Freshman Year Credits prepare themselves for admission to den- paring for graduate admission tests, choos- FW S tal, medical, osteopathy, or podiatry ing a professional school, and organizing Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of schools. A bachelor’s degree is required letters of recommendation. Biology...... 5 5 5 prior to matriculation by the medical Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory school of Oregon Health Sciences Univer- Chemistry...... 4 4 4 ENTAL HYGIENE Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory D sity. Three years’ work with at least one Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 1 1 725-3822 year at Portland State University plus the Mth 111, 112 Introductory College transfer of up to 48 upper-division credits Mathematics ...... 4 4 - Advisers: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley from a dental school upon the satisfactory Mth 241 Calculus for Management The School of Dentistry, Oregon Health completion of one year at the dental school and Social Sciences or Mth 251 Sciences University, offers a B.S. degree in will result in the awarding of a Bachelor of Calculus I ...... - - 4 dental hygiene. This degree requires 90 Science or a Bachelor of Arts degree in Wr 121 English Composition credits of college work prior to matricula- biology or general studies. (any term) ...... 3 - - tion in the two-year program at the School A typical freshman program includes PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life (any term) ...... - 3 - of Dentistry. The 90 credits must include biology, math, chemistry, and general edu- Arts and letters or social science the following PSU courses: cation courses; however, individual pro- electives (any term)...... - 3 - Freshman Year Credits grams vary depending on the student’s FW S academic preparation. Before planning a ALLIED HEALTH Bi 101, 102, 103 General Biology .... 3 3 3 curriculum, students must meet with an 725-3822 Bi 104, 105, 106 General Biology adviser to determine placement in math and Laboratory ...... 1 1 1 science courses. In most cases a student Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory must also have an academic adviser in their Chiropractic, Clinical Laboratory Science Chemistry ...... 4 4 4 (Medical Technology), Cytotechnology, major. While there is no preferred major, a Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory broad education is encouraged. In addition Naturopathic Medicine, Occupational Chemistry Lab...... 1 1 1 Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Anth 103 Introduction to Social/ to specific requirements in math and the Physician Assistant, Radiation Therapy, Cultural Anthropology (any term).. - 4 - sciences, students should build a strong and Veterinary Medicine Soc 200 General Sociology...... 4 - - foundation in the traditional liberal arts Mth 111 Introductory College curriculum. Advisers: Chiropractic, Naturopathic, Occupa- Mathematics (any term) ...... - - 4 Accessible advising is available in the tional Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Wr 121 English Composition College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Physician Assistant K. Hanson; Clinical Lab- (any term) ...... 3 - - Health Sciences Advising Center, where oratory Science, Cytotechnology, Radiation professional advisers can help with course Therapy, Veterinary Medicine R. Mercer scheduling, declaring a major, preparing

140 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

for the MCAT and DAT, choosing a profes- cal Science and in the Counseling and Test- tion of an applicant’s admissibility, using sional school, and organizing letters of ing Services offices. the LSAT score, GPA (grade point average) recommendation. Prelaw students are free to select their and such other factors as it deems relevant. For students who already have a bache- own undergraduate programs (there is no Competition for admission to law lor’s degree but are lacking the specific sci- “prelaw” major as such), but they are schools is very keen; thus high grade point ence prerequisites for medical or dental advised to choose broad cultural fields in averages and high LSAT scores are very school, PSU offers a post-baccalaureate which they have keen intellectual interests, desirable. Many law schools use the LSAT program that can be completed in one year such as economics, history, literature, score and the GPA in computing a total (including Summer Session) of intensive mathematics, philosophy, political science, numerical score which constitutes one study. Postbaccalaureate students, with suf- science, or sociology, to suggest only some important factor in determining admissibil- ficient background, start with general examples. Business administration and ity. In such a computation a higher score on chemistry in the summer and continue with administration of justice, when strongly the LSAT can help to offset a lower GPA or organic chemistry, biology, and physics supplemented with work in arts and vice versa. Although the LSAT may be during the academic year. letters, science or social science, are also repeated, that is generally advisable only if suitable. there is strong reason to believe that the test FORESTRY Students are cautioned not to have a score was due to factors other than basic 725-3851 large number of ungraded or pass/no pass aptitude, such as illness or extreme ner- credits. Law schools also advise against vousness. When the LSAT is repeated, law Advisers: C.L. Calvin, R.D. Tocher concentration in courses given primarily as schools customarily average the test scores. Freshman Year Credits vocational training. Whatever the under- Information concerning the exact test dates F W S graduate program, prelaw students should is available from Counseling and Testing Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of develop as fully as possible the ability to Services and the law advisers, Departments Biology...... 5 5 5 read with understanding, to think logically, of Political Science and Administration of Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory and to express themselves clearly and Justice. Chemistry...... 4 4 4 cogently in written and oral work. The Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory importance of analytical skills in dealing Chemistry Laboratory or...... 1 1 1 NURSING with concepts, abstract ideas, and complex 725-3822 for Forest Products or Forest Engineering: fact situations, and of communications Ch 106 Introductory Chemistry Ch 109 Introductory Chemistry Lab III skills, cannot be overemphasized, for law- Adviser: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley yers must be able to research, analyze, and Ch 221, 222 General Chemistry To earn a Bachelor of Science degree in communicate. Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory nursing, one must complete a two-year And since law is a part of the larger Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus ...... 4 4 4 preparatory phase and a two-year profes- Wr 121 English Composition social order, the prelaw student should seek sional phase. The preparatory phase, that (any term) ...... 3 - - to understand the political, social, eco- is, the required courses that must be com- PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life nomic, and cultural institutions within pleted before entering the professional (any term)...... - 3 - which the legal system functions. As illus- phase of the program, can be taken at Port- Electives ...... - - 3 trative of specific subjects (with PSU land State University. PSU does not offer course numbers) which may be helpful the professional phase; you must be LAW toward that end, the following are sug- accepted by a nursing program, such as 725-4014 OR 725-3921 gested with a reminder that they are not those at Oregon Health Sciences Univer- prerequisites for law school admission: sity (OHSU) in Portland, OHSU-SOC in Advisers: C.L. Carr, R.W. Lockwood, D.A. introductory economics (Ec 201, 202); Ashland, OHSU-OIT in Klamath Falls, Smeltzer ethics (Phl 202, 445, 446, 447); U.S. his- OHSU-EOSC in La Grande, Linfield Col- Law schools in the United States, unlike tory (Hst 201, 202); legal history, constitu- lege-Good Samaritan School of Nursing in medical, dental, and other professional tional history (Hst 410, 407); political Portland, the University of Portland in schools, generally do not require specific theory (PS 381, 482); constitutional inter- Portland, or the Walla Walla College prelaw majors or particular courses of pretation, constitutional law, the judicial School of Nursing at Portland Adventist study in preparation for law school. They process (PS 321, 422, 423, 407); adminis- Medical Center, to complete the profes- do recommend that the prospective law tration of justice (AJ 420, 440, 460); psy- sional phase. The PSU preparatory phase is student acquire a broad liberal education chology (Psy 204); general sociology (Soc designed to meet the requirements for providing a sound basic understanding and 200). In addition, many law schools recom- transferring into baccalaureate nursing pro- appreciation of arts and letters, science, mend taking a course in accounting princi- grams (BSN). Although there are many and social science. ples. requirements in the preparatory phase All three Oregon law schools, Lewis & Completion of the Law School Admis- common to all nursing programs, each Clark, Willamette, and the University of sion Test (LSAT), administered nationally nursing school has some preparatory Oregon, and the major law schools in other by the Educational Testing Service, is requirements specific to that program. states, now require that applicants for required by nearly all law schools. It is Most professional programs require that admission have a bachelor’s degree. Valu- given at Portland State five times each year, a C- or above be earned in all preparatory able information about prelaw study and but should be taken at the earliest possible courses. Completion of the preparatory law school admissions is contained in the date in the student’s senior year. The test phase does not guarantee acceptance into Pre-Law Handbook, available at book- measures writing ability and general apti- the professional phase as admission is lim- stores, from Educational Testing Service, tude for legal studies. It does not test ited and competitive. You will need to meet Box 944, Princeton, NJ 08540, and in the knowledge of specific subjects, and is in no the requirements for a bachelor’s degree as annual Law School Admission Test/Law sense a test of knowledge about law. There set by the institution where you complete School Data Assembly Service Information is no standard “passing score” on the test, the professional phase. Book, available in the Department of Politi- for each law school makes its own evalua-

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 141

Freshman Year Credits Wr 222, 323 Research Paper; The required courses for prepharmacy FW SSu English Composition (any term) 3 - - 3 include: Bi 101, 102, 103 General Biology .. 3 3 3 - Psy 200 or 204 Psychology as Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology Bi 104, 105, 106 General Biology Natural Science; as Social Science 4 - - - Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 1 1 - Psy 311 Human Development ...... - - 4 - Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory Sp 215, 218 Introduction to Ch 229 Introductory Chemical Analysis Chemistry ...... 4 4 4 - Intercultural Communication; Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory Interpersonal Communication Ph 204, 205, 206 General Physics Lab Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 1 1 - (any term) ...... 4 - - 4 Mth 241 Calculus for Management and Social Mth 111 Introductory College Sp 313 Communication in Groups Sciences or Mth 251 Calculus I Mathematics ...... 4 - - - (any term) ...... - 4 - - Bi 234, 235 Microbiology and Lab Wr 121 English Composition Arts and letters elective (any term) . - 3 3 - Ch 334, 335, 336 Organic Chemistry with Labs (any term) ...... - 3 - - Social science elective (any term)....- - 4 - Wr 121 English Composition Anth 103 Social/Cultural For more details, contact the adviser. Two of the following: Wr 211, 213, 222, 227, Anthropology (any term) ...... 4 - - - 228, 323, 327, 333, or Sp 100 (If three writing English Literature 100-260 HARMACY courses are taken, Sp 100 need not be taken.) (one any term) ...... - - - 4 P Psy 204 Psychology as a Social Science Phl 201, 202, 203 Introduction to 725-3822 Ec 201 Principles of Economics Philosophy; Ethics; Critical Two additional 3-hour courses chosen from: psy- Thinking (one any term) ...... - - 4 - Adviser: R.C. Mercer chology, sociology, or economics Soc 200 Sociology ...... - 4 - - Portland State University offers a prephar- One 3-hour course in each of the following Computer proﬁciency expected macy curriculum which prepares the stu- areas, plus one added course from any of these Sophomore Year Credits dent for admission to the Oregon State areas: Western culture, non-Western culture, F W S Su University School of Pharmacy. and literature and the arts Bi 301, 302, 303 Anatomy and In September of 1999, OSU School of One year of upper-division human physiology. The set of courses listed above is for Physiology ...... 4 4 4 - Pharmacy will begin their new four-year Bi 234, 235 Microbiology, entrance into Oregon State University; Doctor of Pharmacy degree. Pre-pharmacy Microbiology Laboratory ...... - 6 - - requirements may vary for other schools of students intending to apply to the new pro- Ch 250 Nutrition (any term) ...... - - 4 - pharmacy. Stat 243 Introduction to Probability gram should discuss their academic prepa- and Statistics (any term) ...... 4 - - - ration with the pre-pharmacy adviser.

PSYCHOLOGY

317 Cramer Hall istry who seek a working knowledge of Credits 725-3923 psychological principles. Requirements outside of psychology: The major in psychology requires a Stat 243 ...... 4 B.A., B.S. minimum of 48 credits in the field. Stu- Stat 244 ...... 4 Minor dents must complete the required courses Minimum total credits outside of psychology 8 M.A., M.S. in statistics before taking any 400-level Ph.D. in Systems Science—Psychology course or any course with statistics as a Requirements within psychology: Ph.D.—Participating department in prerequisite. Required of all majors: Psy 200, 204...... 8 Urban Studies Doctoral Program Because the field of psychology is varied and complex, students majoring in Psy 321 ...... 4 Plus 36 credits of upper-division psychology psychology will need guidance. All stu- NDERGRADUATE courses (300- and 400- level), including 16 U dents majoring in psychology, especially credits from courses listed as 410 to 498, and PROGRAMS those that are considering graduate work in excluding courses numbered 399 and 401 to psychology, are encouraged to plan their 409, inclusive ...... 36 The program in psychology has been program with an adviser from the Depart- planned with the idea that all students, ment of Psychology no later than the begin- Minimum total within psychology 48 regardless of major, will have to solve sig- ning of their first term of junior standing. nificant psychological problems in their It is recommended that freshmen not Minimum total requirement for the major 56 relations with others, at home and at work, enroll in psychology courses unless they Psy 201, 202, and 203 are the equivalent in their personal decisions, and in their have a B average (3.00 GPA) or above in of Psy 200 and 204; therefore, credit will efforts to understand the problems and pro- high school. not be given for 200 and 204 if a student cesses of society. The program serves stu- Requirements For Major. In addition has been given credit for 201, 202, and 203. dents intending to do professional work in to meeting the general University degree All majors are encouraged to begin their the field; liberal arts majors who are inter- requirements, the student majoring in work in statistics as soon as possible in ested in psychology as part of a liberal arts psychology must meet the following preparation for Psy 321, which is a prereq- education; and students of other social sci- requirements: uisite for many of the upper-division ences or in a professional field such as courses. Besides taking courses in a range business, education, medicine, or the min- of subjects in psychology, majors are also

142 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

encouraged to take courses in human cul- GRADUATE MASTER OF ARTS OR ture and society, human biology, and phi- PROGRAMS MASTER OF SCIENCE losophy of science. Candidates for the master’s degree must earn a minimum of 54 credits in approved All courses submitted to satisfy the The Department of Psychology offers work graduate courses, including thesis. Profi- requirements for a major in psychology, leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and ciency in a foreign language is required for including the mandatory math courses, Master of Science. The department also the Master of Arts degree, but not for the must be passed with a grade of C- or above. participates in the Systems Science Doc- Master of Science degree. Students’ indi- In addition, courses taken under the undif- toral Program, offering a Ph.D. in Systems vidual programs are determined in consul- ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) Science-Psychology. In addition the tation with their advisers. will not be accepted toward fulfilling Department of Psychology participates in The required coursework for the department major requirements. the Urban Studies Ph.D. Program. For master’s program is as follow: Students considering graduate work in information relating to the Ph.D program in psychology should be especially well pre- urban studies, see page 270. Credits pared in mathematics and should take the Graduate training in psychology at Port- Psy 521/621, 522/622, 523/623 ...... 12 sequence in experimental psychology (Psy land State University provides a sound Psy 514/614, 515/615, 516/616, 517/617 (Three 454, 455). They should consider participat- basis in traditional areas of psychology, from this list) ...... 12 Electives ...... 20 ing in research with a faculty member. while emphasizing applications of psycho- They are encouraged to develop breadth by Practicum/Research ...... 4 logical theory and research to problems of Thesis ...... 8 pursuing interests in diverse fields outside contemporary society. As part of a multi- psychology before beginning the greater disciplinary Ph.D. program in Systems Sci- Total 56 specialization of graduate work. ence, the program in applied psychology Thesis. The student must submit and Suggested coursework for students extends systems perspectives to areas of defend the thesis at an oral examination. considering graduate work: Credits psychological inquiry. All of the minimum requirements The program focus is on applied psy- PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— listed above ...... 56 chology with an emphasis on four areas: PSYCHOLOGY Plus: Candidates for the Ph.D. in Systems Sci- Mth 241...... 4 Applied Developmental, Applied Experi- mental, Industrial/Organizational, and ence—Psychology must earn a minimum Bi 101, 102, 103, (104, 105, 106) ...... 12-15 of 108 credits in approved graduate Psy 427...... 4 Applied Social Psychology. The aim is to Psy 454...... 4 prepare graduates for research and service courses. Candidates will undertake a pro- Psy 455...... 4 roles in a variety of settings such as govern- gram of study determined in consultation ment agencies, businesses, educational sys- with an advisory committee. The doctoral Suggested total credits 84-87 tems, and hospitals. It should be noted that program is equivalent to the two-year mas- Requirements For a Minor. To earn a the graduate program in psychology does ter’s program described above plus the minor in psychology a student must com- not offer training in clinical or counseling following: plete 28 credits (8 credits of which must be psychology. Credits taken in residence at PSU), to include the Applications. Applications may be SySc 511 Systems Theory ...... 4 following: made to either the doctoral (Ph.D. in Sys- Systems Science (one sequence from listed two-course sequences) ...... 6 Credits tems Science-Psychology) or the terminal master’s degree (M.A. or M.S. in Psychol- Electives ...... 8 Required of all minors: Psy 200, Psy 204 . . . . 8 Approved Internship ...... 8 20 credits in 300-level psychology courses ogy) programs. Those admitted to the mas- Dissertation ...... 27 (excluding 399) ...... 20 ter’s program may later apply for admission to the doctoral program, condi- Total 53 Minimum total within psychology tional upon demonstrated competence at for the minor 28 Comprehensive Examination. The the master’s level. Applicants to either pro- All courses submitted to satisfy the comprehensive exam is comprised of four gram are expected to have had preparation 4-hour exams, one in the major area, one in requirements for a minor in psychology in experimental psychology and methods must be passed with a grade of C- or above. the area of specialization, one in the minor of data collection and analysis, in addition or breadth area, and one in Systems Sci- Courses taken under the undifferentiated to content areas in psychology. Any admis- grading option (pass/no pass) will not be ence. sions granted to applicants who do not Dissertation. The student must submit accepted toward fulfilling department meet these requirements will be conditional minor requirements. and defend the dissertation at an oral exam- upon completing remedial course work. ination. SECONDARY EDUCATION Applicants should provide the following PROGRAM documents: Graduate Record Examination Adviser: C. Smith scores (i.e., GRE scores for verbal, quanti- (See General Studies: Social Science, tative, and analytic abilities); three letters page 109.) of recommendation from individuals knowledgeable about the applicant’s abilities (preferably from faculty members at colleges or universities attended); transcripts; and a 500-word statement of academic and personal goals. Completed applications should be received by Febru- ary 1 for admission the following academic year.

C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 143

Psy 317 Psy 350 COURSES Personal and Social Adjustment (4) Counseling (4) Traces the course of normal adjustment with A survey of counseling and interviewing proce- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not special interest in those factors which are instru- dures, contributions of psychological theory to offered every year. mental in shaping human behavior. Concepts counseling techniques. Prerequisite: 3 credits in Note: Nonmajors can satisfy the 200-level psy- such as emotional maturity, psychological stress, 200-level psychology. chology prerequisites for upper-division psy- and maladjustment are considered. Prerequisite: Psy 357 chology courses by taking either Psy 200 or 204. 3 credits in 200-level psychology. Comparative Psychology (4) Majors must take both Psy 200 and 204. Psy Psy 321 A study of the behavioral differences and simi- 201, 202, and 203, are the equivalent of Psy 200 Research Methods in Psychology (4) larities within the phylogenetic scale. Emphasis and 204; therefore, credit will not be given for Study of methods for evaluating the quality of on the examination of the evolution of the 200 and 204 if a student has been given credit psychological measurements, including various behavior of individuals and species, paying par- for 201, 202, and 203. concepts of reliability and validity, and item ticular attention to the basic concepts of psychol- Psy 200 analysis techniques; common sources of invalid- ogy, such as sensation, perception, learning, and Psychology as a Natural Science (4) ity in the interpretation of psychological data; social processes. The role of animals in theories Methods and criteria by which experimental strategies of selecting and analyzing observa- and as models for human behavior. Prerequisite: psychology makes observations and constructs tions which minimize these sources of invalidity. 3 credits in 200-level psychology. theories. Basic findings in physiological psy- Prerequisites: Stat 243, 244, and 3 credits in psy- Psy 360 chology, perception, learning, thinking, and chology. Industrial/Organizational Psychology (4) motivation. Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Psy 340 The scientific study of human behavior in work Psy 204 Principles of Behavior Analysis (4) settings, covering the adjustments people make Psychology as a Social Science (4) A course in the concepts of behavior analysis. to the places they go, the people they meet, and Introduction to the field of psychology with Includes presentation of respondent and operant the things they do in their occupational activities major emphasis on what psychological findings conditioning, extinction, response differentia- of all types. Prerequisite: Psy 200 or 204. can currently contribute to our understanding of tion, schedules of reinforcement, shaping, Psy 399 human behavior on a social level. Includes escape and avoidance behavior, stimulus dis- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) extensive coverage of personality and social psy- crimination, punishment and similar concepts. Psy 401/501 chology. Recommended as a first course for both The course is intended to provide the student Research (Credit to be arranged.) majors and nonmajors. Sophomore standing is with a thorough introduction to a developing Consent of instructor. also recommended. technology of behavior. Psy 404/504 Psy 207 Psy 342, 343 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Introduction to Applied Psychology (4) Social Psychology (4, 4) be arranged.) A survey of selected applications of concepts Analysis of the psychological and sociological Psy 405/505 and methodologies from the different areas of processes in social interaction and in various Reading and Conference (Credit to be psychology such as experimental, industrial/ forms of group behavior. Particular attention to arranged.) organizational, social, and developmental. Pre- social cognition, roles, and to group origins, Consent of instructor. requisites: Psy 200, 204. functions, ideology, membership, and leader- Psy 407/507 Psy 299 ship. Prerequisites: Soc 200, or Psy 200 or 204. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be Arranged.) Credit will not be given for both Soc 342 and Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Psy 204. Psy 342, or both Soc 343 and Psy 343. Psy 409/509 Psy 300 Psy 345 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Personal Decision Making (4) Motivation (4) Supervised psychological practice including Instruction and practice in cognitive aids for A course on the causes for acquiring, choosing, observing, studying, and participating in the improving intuitive and analytic thinking in or persisting in specific actions within specific activities of private settings or community ser- making real-world decisions-creating new ideas, circumstances. Students review the conditions, vice agencies such as: schools, mental health managing complexity, dealing with trade-offs principles, and theories of motivation. Prerequi- clinics, correctional agencies, and day care cen- among conflicting goals, and choosing among site: Psy 200 or 204. ters. Supervision may include guided reading, alternatives whose outcomes are uncertain. Psy 346 daily journals, and evaluative reports. Prerequisite: Psy 200, or appropriate Sophomore Learning (4) Psy 410/510 Inquiry course. Conditions, principles, and theories of learning. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Assessment of experimental methods and results Psy 310 *Psy 427/527 Psychology of Women (4) in relation to current theory. Prerequisite: 3 cred- History and Systems of Psychology (4) Review and evaluate assumptions underlying its in 200-level psychology. A survey of the history of psychology and of psychological research on women. Survey the Psy 347 past and current theoretical approaches in psy- research in areas such as the development of sex Perception (4) chology. Study of the historical roots of current differences, acquisition of gender roles and Introduction to the principles and theories of theories in perception, learning, motivation, per- maintenance of gender stereotypes. Explore the visual and auditory perception. Topics include sonality and other fields. Prerequisites: Stat 243 pertinence of these findings to topical areas such sensory pathways, color perception, perceptual and 244, at least 18 credits in psychology, as women’s work roles, women and mental illusions, and the role of knowledge and cogni- including Psy 321. health, and the women’s movement. Prerequi- tive factors in perception. Prerequisite: Psy 200. * site: 3 credits in psychology. Psy 430/530 Psy 348 Applied Social Psychology (4) Psy 311 Cognition (4) Explores current and potential applications of Human Development (4) Processes by which we form representations of social psychological theories and research meth- Development of the individual across the life- reality, and strategies we use for manipulating ods, with a focus on work conducted in field set- span, from conception to death. Surveys the bio- those representations in order to explore possible tings. As a final project, each student examines logical bases and social contexts of developmen- actions and outcomes. Includes topics in percep- an applied area of their own choosing (previous tal processes (e.g., cognitive, social, emotional tion, attention, memory, imagery, language, projects have focused on normative role transi- development). Implications of research for edu- comprehension, problem solving, creative think- tions, responses to natural disasters, political cation, parenting/family relations, and social ing, judgment, reasoning, and decision making. attitudes, conflict resolution, and intergroup rela- policy. Prerequisites: Psy 200 and 204, or appro- Prerequisite: 3 credits in 200-level psychology. tions). Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321, priate Sophomore Inquiry course. 342, 343. 144 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*Psy 432 *Psy 449 *Psy 464/564 Personality (4) Survey of Human Factors (4) Developmental Psychopathology (4) Personality structure and theory. Prerequisite: An introduction to systems analysis concepts. Study of the origins and course of individual pat- Stat 243 and 244, nine credits in psychology, An examination of the role of man and his inter- terns of behavioral adaptation and maladaption. including Psy 321. relationships with complex man-machine sys- Application of developmental principles to an *Psy 433 tems. Topics include: man-machine systems, understanding of social, emotional, and conduct Introduction to Psychological Testing (4) visual and auditory presentation of information, disorders of children and their outcome in adult An introduction to psychological testing and design of controls, layout of work places, effects life. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and survey of the tests used by psychologists in mea- of environment on human performance, and the 434 plus 8 credits in courses numbered Psy 459- suring intelligence, interests, aptitudes, personal- physical limits of human performance. Prerequi- 461. ity, and other characteristics. Commonly used sites: nine credits in psychology; Stat 243, 244, *Psy 465/565 tests will be surveyed in terms of their uses and and Psy 321. Applied Developmental Psychology (4) limitations in applied practice and research. Pre- *Psy 451/551 Theory, methods, and research in selected areas requisites: Stat 243 and 244, and Psy 321. Physiological Psychology (4) of applied developmental psychology. Psy 434/534 Anatomical and physiological properties of the Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321 Introduction to Psychopathology (4) nervous system in relation to fundamental con- and consent of instructor. Course content will survey the development of cepts in psychology. The emphasis is on an over- *Psy 467/567 modern ideas of mental illness, the origins of all view of neurophysiological properties Work and Family (4) mental illnesses, the diagnostic system and the relevant to psychological functions: sensation, An examination of the effects of work on family, clinical syndromes, and methods of treatment of perception, attention, learning, motivation, emo- and family on work, in contemporary society. neuropsychiatric disorder. This course does not tion, activation, and motor responses. Prerequi- Includes study of dual-career and dual-work produce diagnosticians of mental illness but is a sites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 plus either Psy families, effects of maternal employment on preparation for the clinical study of diagnosis. 345, 346, 347, or 348 and four hours of biology. children, impact of child care and elder care on Prerequisites: Psy 200, 204, Stat 243 and 244, Psy 454, 455 the workplace, and parental leave and other and at least 6 additional credits in psychology, Experimental Psychology (4, 4) workplace supports for families. Implications of including Psy 321. Principles of experimental design, evaluation of research for social policy. Prerequisites: Stat 243 *Psy 436/536 research methods, formulation and testing of and 244, Psy 311 and 321. Performance Appraisal and Feedback (4) simple hypotheses using research procedures, *Psy 468/568 Applications of psychological concepts to the training in the use of standard apparatus, repeti- Social Development (4) development of performance appraisal systems tion and extension of selected classical experi- Development of individual’s social relationships in organizations. Topics include job analysis, ments in psychology. Prerequisites: at least 12 from infancy to adolescence. Theory and cognitive processes in performance appraisal, credits in psychology including Psy 321 and at research pertaining to social development from types of rating scales, rater training methods, least one of the following: Psy 345, 346, 348; an interactional perspective. Prerequisites: Stat technical aspects of developing a performance Stat 243 and 244. 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321 and one of the fol- appraisal system, performance feedback, indi- *Psy 457/557 lowing: Psy 459, 460, 461, or 462. viduals’ reactions to performance feedback fac- Advanced Comparative Psychology (4) *Psy 471/571 tors related to the perceived accuracy of Specific and detailed analysis of current prob- Health Psychology (4) performance feedback. Prerequisites: Stat 243 lems in the area of comparative psychology. Stu- Study of the social and psychological influences and 244, Psy 321 and 360. dents will design, conduct, and analyze on how people stay well, why some people *Psy 440/540 individual research projects. Prerequisites: Stat become ill, and how persons respond to illness. Group Process (4) 243 and 244, Psy 321 and Psy 357 with grade of Particular attention to the stress process. Prereq- A course on the psychology of small groups. B or better and consent of instructor. uisites: Stat 243 and 244, plus 12 credits in psy- Topics will include but not be limited to: inter- Psy 459/559 chology, including Psy 321; Soc 200 may be personal attraction, stages of group develop- Infant Development (4) substituted for 4 of these credits and PHE 223 ment, group structure, coalition formation, Development of the individual from conception may be substituted for 4 of these credits. personal power, leadership, group decision to age two. Theory and research pertaining to *Psy 478/578 making and problem solving, intergroup rela- infant development. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Leadership and Group Effectiveness (4) tions and the principles of negotiation. Prerequi- 244; Psy 311 and Psy 321. The study of leadership in task performing site: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321, graduate Psy 460/560 groups with an emphasis on interpersonal influ- standing or consent of instructor. Child Psychology (4) ence processes. Leadership viewed as statements *Psy 447/547 Development of the individual from conception or actions intended to influence group activities Personnel Psychology (4) through childhood. Theory and research pertain- in that group’s efforts towards goal setting and How individual differences affect work behavior ing to child development. Prerequisite: Stat 243 achievement. Includes theories of leader emer- and task performance and how psychologists and 244, Psy 311 and 321. gence and leadership effectiveness. Prerequi- measure and predict such differences. Covers the Psy 461/561 sites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. development, administration, and utility of Psychology Of Adolescence And Early *Psy 479/579 modern instruments for selection and appraisal. Maturity (4) Women and Organizational Psychology (4) Data combination strategies and decision Development of the individual from puberty to Examines the relationship between gender and making in personnel systems are discussed. Pre- early adulthood. Theory and research pertaining the social organization of the workplace. Focus requisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. to adolescent development. Prerequisites: Stat is on gender development as socialization into a *Psy 448/548 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321. sexual division of labor and on specific work- Psychology of Work Motivation (4) Psy 462/562 place issues (e.g. hierarchy and leadership, dis- Examination of the role that motivation plays in Psychology of Adult Development and Aging crimination and harassment, deskilling) from a initiating, guiding, and maintaining work behav- (4) social psychological perspective. Strategies for ior. Assessment of research methods and results Development of the individual from early adult- change are considered. Prerequisites: Stat 243 in relation to current theories and their organiza- hood through old age. Theory and research and 244, Psy 310 and 321. tional applications. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and focusing on adult development from a life-span Psy 480/580, 481/581, 482/582 244, Psy 321 and 360. perspective. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy Community Psychology (4, 4, 4) 311 and 321 plus one of the following: Psy 459, Applications of basic psychological knowledge 460, or 461. and methods to community problems. Course includes identification of the psychological aspects of human problems in the community, the utilization of psychological procedures for C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 145

evaluating the individual and the individual’s Psy 492/592 Extensive use is made of instructor experience psychological environment, and the search for Decision Making II: Judgment And with field experimental studies in the field of techniques for promoting psychological change Reasoning (4) mental health. Prerequisite: graduate status in under these conditions. Field projects will Normative models, descriptive models, and cog- psychology or urban studies. nitive aids for judgment and reasoning about include contact with community resources in the * probability, variation, covariation, and causality Psy 520 fields of health, education, and welfare such as Methods of Psychological Assessment (4) poverty projects, mental health clinics, etc. in anticipating the consequences of alternative Formulation of problems that can be answered Completion of Psy 480 is prerequisite for enroll- courses of action. Prerequisite: Psy 491/591. by tests. Reliability, validity, and standardization ment in Psy 481, and completion of Psy 481 is Psy 493/593 of measurement, test fairness; methods of identi- prerequisite for enrollment in Psy 482; all three Decision Making Laboratory (4) fying assessment tools (tests, etc.) appropriate to must be taken during the same academic year. Practice in the use of judgment techniques and specific testing or assessment problems are also Psy 480, 481, 482 is a true sequence in which decision software to structure decision problems, considered. Prerequisite: Stat 243. work in each succeeding course depends on evaluate alternative courses of action, perform sensitivity analyses, and prepare presentations. Psy 521/621 work done in the preceding one. This includes Quantitative Methods in Psychology I (4) practicum experience which culminates over a 9- Wherever possible, practice will be on current Summary of statistics useful for summarizing month period covered by the three courses in decision problems in field settings. Prerequi- the distributions of random variables and their sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 243 and 244, sites: Psy 491/591, 492/592. relationships: measures of central tendency and Psy 321 and consent of instructor. Psy 495/595 variability; correlation and linear regression; Psy 484/584 Psychological Test Construction (4) alternative measures of association; development Principles of Behavior Modification (4) Problems and methods in the construction of of indices for reliability, validity, and item analy- A survey of recent developments in the applica- tests for the measurement of psychological vari- sis using the algebra of expectations. tion of behavior theory to problems of psycho- ables. The issues of reliability, validity, item analysis, standardization will be studied. Stu- Psy 522/622 logical adjustment. The course includes Quantitative Methods in Psychology II (4) treatment of the behavioral concept of “abnor- dents learn about the development of a psycho- Survey of the rationale behind and methods of mal,” and the development of a technology of logical scale by participation in all facets of data analysis for basic experimental designs: two behavior therapy. The course is intended for actual test construction. Prerequisites: Stat 243 group comparisons based on independent or advanced students in psychology, social work, and 244, Psy 321 plus 12 additional credits of matched observations; their extensions to several special education, speech pathology, and nurs- psychology. groups varying on one factor; two factor designs ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244; Psy 321, *Psy 497/597 with independent, matched, or mixed factors; 340 or 346, 434. Applied Survey Research (4) Latin square, randomized block, and analysis of Provides theoretical framework for and experi- Psy 485/585 covariance designs. Nonparametric approaches Self-modification of Behavior (4) ence in design, execution, and interpretation of and problems of multiple comparisons will also The technology of self-change developed within social surveys including sampling procedures, be discussed. questionnaire design, interviewing techniques, the framework of behavior modification theory, Psy 523/623 including relevant ethical and theoretical issues, coding and computer analysis, and report writing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321. Quantitative Methods in Psychology III (4) specific techniques of change and the application Introduction to the general linear model; topics of these techniques within a systematic program *Psy 498/598 include multiple regression, discriminant analy- development model. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Field Observation Methods (4) sis, canonical correlation, multivariate analysis 244, Psy 321, 340, 346 or 484. Applied experience in the major methodological of variance, and analysis of covariance. techniques of field observation, as well as the *Psy 486/586 Psy 524/624 Human Performance and Mental Workload key problems of validity and reliability as they arise while developing a behavioral observation Quantitative Methods in Psychology IV (4) (4) Introduction to factor analysis and covariance system. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Introduction to mathematical and conceptual structure modeling, topics include common Psy 321, plus 12 upper division credits in theories of how the human performs simple and factor analysis, principal components, confirma- psychology. complicated tasks. Topics include signal detec- tory factor analysis, LISREL, research issues in tion theory, information theory, reaction time, Psy 503 building and confirming models. attention, effort. Measures and theories of Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) * mental workload will be discussed as well as Psy 528/628 Psy 514/614 Seminar in Applied Developmental what leads to cognitive overload and how it can Advanced Applied Social Psychology (4) Psychology (4) be altered. Prerequisites: Psy 321, Stat 243 and Theory, methods, and selected topics in Theory and research in selected topics in applied 244, and 12 credits of psychology. advanced applied social psychology. developmental psychology. * Psy 487/587 Psy 515/615 *Psy 529/629 Life-span Development (4) Advanced Applied Developmental Psychology Psychological Issues in Later Life (4) Theories and methodology for the study of pro- (4) Methodological, theoretical and empirical issues cesses and change in life-span developmental Theory, methods, and selected topics in in research on psychology and aging. Topics perspective. Practical implications of different advanced applied developmental psychology. include cognitive processes, family and caregiv- perspectives for theories and research regarding Psy 516/616 ing relationships, environmental issues and psy- human development. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Advanced Industrial/Organizational chological predictors of successful aging. 244, Psy 311 and 321 plus 8 credits in courses Psychology (4) Emphasis is on encouraging students to develop numbered Psy 459, 460, 461, or 462. Theory, methods, and selected topics in indus- their own research project in the field of psy- Psy 491/591 trial/organizational psychology. chology of aging. Prerequisite: admission to a Decision Making I: Values and Choice (4) Psy 517/617 graduate program or Graduate Certificate in Ger- Normative models, descriptive models, and cog- Advanced Applied Experimental Psychology ontology program. nitive aids for structuring decision problems, (4) * Theory, methods, and selected topics in Psy 532/632 evaluating consequences of alternative courses Clinical Interviewing (4) of action, and choosing among alternatives. Pre- advanced applied experimental psychology. Introduction to principles and techniques of requisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 348; or *Psy 519 interviewing. Focus on clinical applications in permission of instructor. Field Experimental Methods (4) organizational settings. Problems of designing an experimental investigation of psychological phenomena in a naturalistic field setting. Course requirements include the design of a realistic research proposal. 146 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*Psy 533/633 egies for planned change, the use of group pro- Psy 594 Contemporary Social Psychology (4) cesses in bringing about change, and the Mathematical Models in Psychology (4) Current knowledge of social psychology pre- evaluation of planned change. Prerequisite: Introduction to the use of probability theory and sented with an emphasis on what the ﬁeld can graduate status in psychology or urban studies. elementary functions in models for psychologi- contribute to understanding contemporary social cal processes: applications include decision *Psy 554/654 problems and issues. Major topics will include Social Psychology of Mental Health (4) analysis, psychophysics, and descriptive and the- the nature of social interaction, the relationship Participants in this seminar will explore these oretical applications of Markov chains in the of attitude and behavior, and group processes. questions: What are appropriate deﬁnitions of study of learning and interpersonal interactions. Areas of application will include social helping mental health and mental illness? How is psy- Psy 601 networks and the relationships of social psychol- chological health related to subjective well- Research (Credit to be arranged.) ogy to law, health, and the environment. Prereq- being? How do social structural, social role, Consent of instructor. uisite: admission to a graduate program in interpersonal, and personality factors affect psy- Psy 604 psychology, systems science, or urban affairs. chological health? How is mental health affected Internship (Credit to be arranged.) *Psy 535/635 by the stress process? Prerequisite: graduate Psy 605 Organizational Psychology (4) status. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Survey of organizational psychology with an Psy 589/689 arranged.) emphasis on the contribution psychological Adult Socialization (4) Consent of instructor. knowledge can make to the design and change of This course examines the acquisition of social Psy 607 organizations. Organizational assessments, strat- roles in adulthood. Two themes prevail: stages of Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) socialization; and levels of transmission of social Consent of instructor. norms (cultural, organizational, and interper- Psy 610 sonal). Prerequisite: graduate status. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)

CENTER FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION

170 Science Building II and the Urban Ecosystems Project. In addi- ers for data analysis, modeling, writing, 725-4243 tion, the center supports the precollege sci- and resource access via Internet. The skills ence education community through teacher and projects developed in SLA courses can The mission of the PSU Center for Science enhancement programs in biotechnology provide the basis for University Studies Education is to provide leadership in the (BIPOHS), Pacific Northwest forest ecol- senior capstone projects. Courses offered in University’s general and liberal education ogy (the FOREST project), and urban air the center’s Science Cornerstone curricu- curriculum through course and faculty quality monitoring (Horizon Project). The lum will address a particular scientific issue development and interdisciplinary science center is also engaged in community devel- in a paired sequence of two team-taught course offerings. The center seeks to estab- opment and science education partnerships courses. These courses may be taken to sat- lish community/research/education part- on the north Oregon coast in collaboration isfy the University Studies’ cluster require- nerships which engage citizens and with the Marine and Environmental ments as part of the SLA cluster. community institutions in the development Research and Training Program (MERTS) Complementing its role in implement- and implementation of service programs in Astoria, and the Tillamook Education ing current programs, the center is commit- which employ the inquiry practices of sci- Consortium. ted to an ambitious program of ence. The center provides leadership and A major focus of the center is the Sci- interdisciplinary research and scholarship scholarship opportunities for existing science in the Liberal Arts Curriculum (SLA), in the field of science education. Currently ence educators and offers, with the Envi- an interdisciplinary cluster of courses that the scholarly activities of the center empha- ronmental Sciences and Resources are designed to meet the general and liberal size inquiry into science education as a program, the M.S.T. degree in science/ education needs of undergraduate students. means of community building, the relation- environmental science. The center also In this curriculum, students are encouraged ship between science education and eco- administers the Master of Science in sci- to develop an appreciation for the value of logical issues, and an understanding of ence teaching program. science literacy as a part of active citizen- social justice and equity in science educa- The center is organized to respond to ship. They develop an understanding of sci- tion. The courses listed below represent the the diverse and changing needs of contem- ence’s goals and methods and learn to categories of SLA and Cornerstone courses porary science education. Faculty and pro- appreciate science as a complex enterprise offered by the center. The individual gram directors seek to link the University’s that takes place in specific contexts shaped courses are taught by PSU faculty from programs with local and regional resources by, and in turn shaping, cultural, ethical, a variety of science and social science to provide science education outreach ser- political, and economic values. Central to departments. vices to families, students, and teachers this curriculum are natural science commu- which are delivered in schools and at natu- nities of inquiry. Students work in collabo- ral and recreational sites in the University’s rative research teams on open-ended service area. It is the administrative home projects, focusing on problem-posing and to community/education partnerships such problem solving. They use “writing to as the Children’s Water Education Program learn” strategies and make use of comput- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 147

Sci 320 science and contemporary society, with some COURSES Integrated Science Concepts (4) courses introducing risk-benefit analysis and Multidisciplinary courses within the natural sci- decision-making methodologies. Prerequisite: Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ences, focusing on concepts which serve to orga- Sci 201. offered every year. nize and unify learning, helping students Sci 201, Natural Science Inquiry, is the Science Sci 351 understand problems or issues that connect dif- NW Wetlands: Conservation, Restoration, in the Liberal Arts Sophomore Inquiry level ferent realms of scientific activity. The thematic and Mitigation (4) course offered through University Studies.The concepts serve as practical, problem-oriented Focus on science and public policy issues in upper-division courses, Sci 320, 350, and 399, frameworks for the development of scientific wetland conservation, restoration, and mitiga- are part of the Science in the Liberal Arts Uni- content. Among the core concepts used in sepa- tion, especially in Oregon and the Pacific versity Studies general education course cluster. rate courses are systematicity, hierarchical levels Northwest. of organization, causality and consequence, Sci 201 Sci 399 Natural Science Inquiry (4) dynamic equilibrium, patterned change and evo- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Introductory course in the Science in the Liberal lution, as well as the notions of scale, energy Arts curriculum. Designed to provide a method- flow, diversity within unity, feedback, and disor- Sci 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) ological and interdisciplinary perspective on sci- der/order relations. Prerequisite: Sci 201. Sci 404/504 ence and engage students in the collaborative Sci 350 scientific investigation of problems of the sort Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Context of Science in Society (4) be arranged.) they might encounter as attentive citizens. The Collection of courses that address the promises use of collaborative inquiry takes account of the and limitations of the scientific enterprise in the Sci 407/507 fact that the modern sciences, as well as the framework of “real world” social, economic, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) questions they address, require teamwork both political, and ethical issues. Courses also address Sci 409/509 within and between specific disciplines. The the historical and cultural role of science and Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) course features methods of scientific investiga- technology, providing a link between laboratory Sci 410/510 tion, analysis and graphical presentation of data, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) scientific writing, and work with public natural Sci 503 resource agencies. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.)

SOCIOLOGY

217 Cramer Hall The sociology major is required to take of C or above are required for all other 725-3926 a minimum of 49 credits in sociology sociology courses and for Stat 243. A stu- courses (including 20 credits in electives in dent must pass Soc 300 with a grade of C B.A., B.S. the ﬁeld) and the mathematics course in or better before taking other required Minor statistical methods. The department has a courses as a sociology major. Secondary Education Program—Social statistics laboratory and computer facilities. Students intending to graduate with a Science Requirements for Major. In addition major in sociology may be required to take M.A., M.S. to meeting the general University degree a comprehensive examination if they have M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social requirements, the major in sociology not completed at least 16 credits in sociol- Science) must meet the following departmental ogy courses in regular Portland State offer- Ph.D. in Systems Science—Sociology requirements: ings. Ph.D.—Participating department in Credits Although specialization is not required Urban Studies Doctoral Program Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology...... 4 of departmental majors, the department Soc 300 Sociological Inquiry...... 4 provides letters to majors certifying an area Soc 310 U.S. Society ...... 4 of concentration upon successful comple- UNDERGRADUATE Soc 320 Globalization ...... 4 tion of 16 credits from among the follow- PROGRAMS Soc 395 Social Research Methods...... 4 ing course lists for four areas offered by the Soc 396 Research Methods Lab...... 1 department. (With approval of an adviser, The primary aim of the sociology program Soc 470 Foundations of Sociology ...... 4 certain other courses may be substituted for is to provide students with sociological Soc 495 Senior Research Seminar ...... 4 listed courses.) Course patterns have been Sociology electives, including at least 12 knowledge as part of their liberal arts train- selected for vocational relevance. ing. Sociological theories and research pro- credits in 400-level courses ...... 20 Human Services Organization and Research, vide students with intellectual tools useful Total in sociology 49 an area preparing the student to participate in to informed citizens so that they will be Stat 243 Introduction to Probability policy making and research in organizations— better able to understand and deal with the and Statistics ...... 4 such as medical, educational, and gerontologi- world in which they live. cal-which deliver various kinds of services to In addition to its general education role, Total for major 53 clients and members. the program in sociology is designed to Up to 10 credits taken under the undif- Soc 457 Complex Organizations prepare students for graduate study leading ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) in Soc 459 Sociology of Health and Medicine Soc 469 Sociology of Aging to teaching and research, and to provide the 200- or 300-level sociology courses can be foundation for careers in industry, govern- Soc 480 Sociology of Religion applied toward fulﬁlling departmental Soc 497 Applied Survey Research ment, and social service in which sociology major requirements. Differentiated grades skills are very useful. 148 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Community Development and Research, an Credits 1. Three letters of recommendation from area preparing the student to work with organi- Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 persons familiar with the applicant’s aca- zations dealing with community concerns such 24 upper-division sociology credits, demic performance. as neighborhood development, urban ecologi- 12 credits of which must be numbered 411 2. A complete set of transcripts of college cal patterns, redevelopment, and group con- through 499, inclusive...... 24 flict. and university work. Soc 337 Minorities Total 28 3. Graduate Record Examination scores Soc 341 Population Trends and Policy Up to 10 credits taken under the undif- (Aptitude sections). Soc 376 Social Change ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) 4. A letter of application describing his or Soc 420 Urbanization and Community Soc 423 Stratification can be applied toward fulfilling departmen- her sociological interests. Soc 468 Political Sociology tal minor requirements. Applicants are normally expected to Soc 497 Applied Survey Research SECONDARY EDUCATION have a bachelor’s degree in Sociology. Stu- Social Issues, an area preparing the student to PROGRAM dents with other undergraduate majors may work in or conduct research for agencies con- Adviser: M. Toth be accepted, however, if they have com- cerned with behavior that has come to be pleted courses in sociological theory, defined as a social issue or problem in society- (See General Studies: Social Science page 110.) research methods, and statistics. delinquency, crime, discrimination, sexism, Degree Requirements. University poverty, identity crises, misuse of power, etc. master’s degree requirements are listed on Soc 370 Sociology of Deviancy GRADUATE page 54. Specific departmental require- Soc 414 Alcohol and Other Drugs PROGRAMS Soc 418 Criminology and Delinquency ments are listed below. Soc 425 Sociology of Women The Department offers graduate work lead- MASTER OF ARTS OR Soc 436 Social Movements MASTER OF SCIENCE Soc 444 Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality ing to the degrees of Master of Arts and Soc 469 Sociology of Aging Master of Science in sociology, and for stu- The candidate must complete a minimum dents pursuing graduate work in education, of 55 graduate credits, including 26 credits Human Relations, an area preparing the student in core sociology courses, 20 credits of to work in situations primarily concerned with the degrees of Master of Arts in Teaching interpersonal and group relations, including and Master of Science in Teaching (Gen- electives (12 of which may be in depart- family situations, work contexts, and small eral Social Science). The Department of ments other than sociology), and 9 credits group processes. Sociology participates in the Systems Sci- of thesis. Elective courses outside sociol- Soc 339 Marriage and Intimacy ence Doctoral Program, offering a Ph.D. in ogy must be approved by the student’s Soc 342 Social Psychology Systems Science-Sociology. The Systems adviser. The student must pass an oral Soc 343 Social Psychology Science-Sociology Doctoral Program defense of the thesis. Soc 424 Groups, Interaction, and Identity allows students to receive a Ph.D.with Students working for the Master of Soc 425 Sociology of Women Arts degree must satisfy the language Soc 461 Sociology of the Family emphasis in the areas of social organization, social psychology, and social change requirement. Requirements for a Minor. To earn a with a systems approach. For more infor- M.A. /M.S. Degree Program in Sociol- minor in sociology a student must complete mation relative to the Ph.D. program in ogy 28 credits (16 credits of which must be Systems Science-Sociology, see page 56. taken in residence at PSU, and 16 credits of First Year In addition, the Department of Sociology is Fall which must be upper division), to include one of five departments offering courses in the following: Soc 590 Social Research Strategies* ...... 4 areas of specialization available within the Soc 591 Theoretical Perspectives*...... 4 Urban Studies Doctoral Program. Courses Soc 5xx Sociology elective ...... 4 in sociological theory and methods, and a Winter pattern of sociology courses relevant to the Soc 592 Qualitative Methods* ...... 4 study of urban life, when combined with Soc 593 Quantitative Methods* ...... 4 urban studies seminars, may serve as one of Soc 5xx Sociology elective ...... 4 the fields of specialization for the Ph.D. in urban studies. For information relative to the Ph.D. in urban studies, see page 270. Admission to doctoral programs is independent of admission to any master’s program within the Department. For further details contact the respective program directly. Students must be admitted to the master’s program by the Department and by the University. Admission ordinarily is granted only to those students beginning the program in the Fall term. Students are expected to move through the core courses as a cohort and work together with the faculty in a team environment. In addition to the general University admission requirements for advanced degrees, the applicant for a sociology master’s degree program must have the following materials sent to the Department: C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 149

Spring Soc 337 Soc 399 Soc 594 Theory Construction and Research* . 4 Minorities (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Soc 595 Research Practicum* ...... 4 Description and analysis of problems involving Soc 401/501 Sociology or other elective ...... 4 specific minorities, with major emphasis on Research (Credit to be arranged.) American society. Although racial and ethnic Consent of instructor. Second Year groups are usually emphasized, the term “minor- Soc 404/504 Fall ities” is broadly defined to include such subordi- Soc 503 Thesis ...... 4 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to nate-status groups as women, the aged, and be arranged.) Soc 513 Thesis Workshop* ...... 1 religious and cultural minorities. Sociology or other elective ...... 4 Soc 405/505 Winter Soc 339 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Soc 503 Thesis ...... 4 Marriage and Intimacy (4) arranged.) The sociological and social psychological Consent of instructor. Soc 513 Thesis Workshop* ...... 1 dimensions of courtship, marriage, and the fam- Sociology or other elective ...... 4 Soc 407/507 ily. Perspectives on the effects of social environ- Spring Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ment and transitions in the structure and Soc 503 Thesis ...... 1 Consent of instructor. functions of intimacy, courtship, marriage, and *Core sociology courses Soc 410/510 the family. The influence of society and commu- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING nity upon intimate relationships. Maximum: 12 credits. Consent of instructor. OR Soc 341 Soc 414/514 MASTER OF SCIENCE IN Population Trends and Policy (4) Alcohol and Other Drugs (4) TEACHING Introduction to the general field of population Sociological analysis of the behavior and belief For information on the Master of Arts in analysis; a review of the development of popula- patterns relative to alcohol and other drugs in Teaching and the Master of Science in tion theories, techniques of measurement and American society, with lesser attention to other Teaching (General Social Science), see analysis of the basic demographic variables, societies. Prevention and intervention strategies page 110. their interrelationships, and population changes. are briefly reviewed. Prerequisites: Soc 200. Prerequisites: Soc 200. Soc 418/518 Soc 342, 343 Criminology and Delinquency (4) COURSES Social Psychology (4, 4) Social and legal meaning of crime and delin- Analysis of the psychological and sociological quency explored. Historical and contemporary Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not processes in personality formation and in vari- theories of causes of law breaking reviewed. offered every year. ous forms of group behavior. Particular attention Social and cultural factors promoting and inhib- Soc 199 to social cognition, roles, and to group origins, iting law breaking by juveniles and adults are Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) functions, ideology, membership, and leader- examined. Attention given to strategies of pre- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Maximum: ship. Prerequisites: Soc 200 or Psy 200, 204. Soc vention and control. Prerequisites: Soc 200. 8 credits. 342 is prerequisite for Soc 343. Credit will not be given for both Soc 342 and Psy 342, or for Soc 420/520 Soc 200 Urbanization and Community (4) Introduction to Sociology (4) both Soc 343 and Psy 343. Analytical approach to the meaning of commu- Sociological concepts and perspectives concern- Soc 350 nity in the modern world. The determinants, ing human groups; includes attention to social- Comparative Industrial Societies (4) social consequences of, and responses to the ization, culture, institutions, stratification, and A comparative analysis of contemporary com- processes of urbanization are considered. Theo- societies. Consideration of fundamental con- plex industrial societies. Attention is given to a ries of the city emphasizing ecological, sociocul- cepts and research methodology. cross-societal analysis of the processes of indus- tural, and critical explanations for growth and Soc 299 trialization, political and social modernization, change in urban regions are examined. Patterns Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) development of nationalism, the impact of of social and structural organization of the modern systems of political thought, science, Soc 300 metropolis and the cognitive and behavioral Sociological Inquiry (4) and other ideologies. Prerequisites: Soc 200. aspects of urban life are explored. Prerequisite: Exploration of the linkage between theoretical Soc 370 Soc 200. foundations of sociology and the conduct of Sociology of Deviancy (4) Soc 423/523 sociological research. Focus is on fundamental Introduction and analysis of deviant behavior. Stratification (4) methodological issues utilized in exemplar Delineation of the sociological and social psy- Survey and analysis of stratification theories and research studies conducted under different theo- chological factors which give rise to deviant empirical research. Analysis of class, race, eth- retical perspectives. Prerequisite: Soc 200. roles. Prerequisites: Soc 200. nicity, gender, and sexual orientation, consider- Soc 310 Soc 376 ing economic, social, political, and cultural U.S. Society (4) Social Change (4) dimensions of power. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Deals with the technological and ideological fac- Examination of the social structure, culture, and Soc 424/524 demography of the United States. Sociological tors which govern the evolution and transforma- Groups, Interaction and Identity (4) approaches to such institutions as the economy, tion of society, with special emphasis on the Analysis of the formation and functioning of religion, education, and the family are explored. operation of such factors since 1800. Prerequi- intergroup and intragroup relations. Attention to Attention given to comparison with other indus- sites: Soc 200. group organization and interaction, performance, trialized countries as well as to selected social Soc 395 cooperation, conflict, and group membership issues and controversies. Prerequisite: Soc 200, Social Research Methods (4) and individual identity. Prerequisites: Soc 200, 300. Study of the structuring of sociological inquiry, Soc or Psy 342. conceptualization, and measurement, operation- Soc 320 Soc 425/525 Globalization (4) alization, computers in social research, analysis Sociology of Women (4) Exploration of issues and approaches in socio- of bivariate and multivariate relations, the logic Analysis of the social position of women in the logical thinking relative to world systems. World of sampling and inference. Prerequisites: Stat U.S. in institutional areas such as family, repro- systems are treated not only as world orders 243, Soc 200, 300. Concurrent enrollment in duction, politics, work, and education. Consider- made up of political and economic exchanges, Soc 396, Research Methods Lab is required. ation and evaluation of feminist theories but also as cultural orders and institutionalized Soc 396 concerning social condition, behaviors, and structures transcending national geographic Research Methods Lab (1) characteristics of women. Prerequisite: Soc 200. boundaries. Attention given to the international, Introductory research laboratory for students in national, regional, and local ways that people Research Methods. Corequisite: concurrent attempt to deal with the instabilities accompany- enrollment in Soc 395. Pass/no pass only. ing globalization. Prerequisite: Soc 200, 300. 150 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Soc 436/536 Soc 470 Soc 576 Social Movements (4) Foundations of Sociology (4) Theories of Social Change (4) Formation, dynamics, and outcomes of social Examination and comparison of modes of socio- A critical examination of the major theories of movements. Examination of the effects of cir- logical thinking, from the emergence of a dis- social change. Analysis of the components of cumstances, strategies, and alliances on the out- tinctive sociological perspective through the change; cause, agents, targets, channels, and comes of social movements, including their development of symbolic interactionism. Prereq- strategies. Consideration of the relationship impact on politics and society. Prerequisite: uisite: Soc 200, 300. between change and power, influence, planning Soc 200. Soc 472/572 and control, modernization, development, and Soc 444/544 Contemporary Sociological Theory (4) world systems approaches. Prerequisite: gradu- Race, Ethnicity and Nationality (4) Study of various frames of reference in contem- ate status. Analysis of the emergence, persistence and porary sociological theory. Specific topics vary Soc 577 meaning of definitions of racial, ethnic and with instructor. Prerequisites: Soc 200, 300; Topics in Contemporary Theory (4) national statuses in selected areas of the modern senior standing. Exploration of theoretical approaches and issues world. Consideration of the consequences of Soc 480/580 of emerging interest in sociology, such as con- changing definitions for intergroup and global Sociology of Religion (4) ceptualization of social systems, conflict, the relations. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Analysis of the nature of the sacred; attitudes problems of relativity, and ideology. Specific Soc 457/557 toward the sacred in contrast to the secular. topics vary with instructor. Prerequisite: Soc 470 Complex Organizations (4) Comparison of the social organization of sect and graduate status. Examination of complex organizations both as and church in their relation to the larger society. Soc 590 formal structures and as cultural systems. Analy- Survey of recent empirical studies of religiosity Social Research Strategies (4) sis of the relations between organizations and and religious practices in America. New trends Consideration of the nature of sociological individuals of inter-organizational dynamics and in American religion. Prerequisite: Soc 200. knowledge; elements of social research design; of the rationalization of modern societies. Pre- Soc 482/582 methods of observation and data collection; reli- requisite: Soc 200. East European Societies (4) ability and validity of information; techniques of Soc 459/559 The central focus of this course is on the analysis data analysis. Prerequisite: graduate status. Sociology of Health and Medicine (4) of equality, inequality and social classes in con- Soc 591 The application of sociology to the field of temporary East European societies. Two subsid- Theoretical Perspectives in Sociology (4) health and medicine. Attention given to a consid- iary themes are also explored: The cycles of Analysis of the major contemporary theories in eration of the broader questions of health in dominance of ideology and pluralism and rela- sociology. Attention to the problems of order and modern society, including the role of the medical tions among the nationality groups. Prerequisite: change, and power and inequality, as well as to practitioner in modern society, social factors and Soc 200. the micro/macro problem in sociological theory. disease and responses to illness. The social orga- Soc 483/583 Prerequisite: Soc 470 and graduate status. nization of medicine is examined within the con- Sociology of the Middle East (4) Soc 592 text of the larger medical care system. This course will examine the sociological devel- Qualitative Methods (4) Prerequisite: Soc 200. opment of the modern Middle East. It will espe- Strategies for acquisition and analysis of data Soc 461/561 cially focus on causes and consequences of rapid using such approaches as participant observa- Sociology of the Family (4) social change, including revolutions, coups, and tion, content analysis, field and case studies. Sociological analysis of the structure and func- insurgent movements. It will examine the role of Attention to the special problems of validity and tions of the family institution and its relationship Islam and tribalism in these movements. Prereq- reliability in such research. Consideration of eth- to external systems such as the economy and uisite: Soc 200. ical issues and researcher responsibility in quali- polity. Changing and diverse forms of family Soc 495 tative research. Prerequisite: graduate status. organization in urban society. Analysis of role Senior Research Seminar (4) Soc 593 relations in the family. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Development and execution of a research project Quantitative Methods (4) Soc 465/565 integrating some aspect of sociological theory The application of quantitative methodology to Environmental Sociology (4) with social science research methodology. Stu- sociological problems. Topics include: science Survey and analysis of the types of social forces dents work in teams to identify a research prob- and logical empiricism; measurement of associa- which frame the nature of environmental problem, design and conduct research bearing on this tion; procedures of statistical inference; multi- lems concerning natural resource use and distri- problem, and write a research report. variate and log linear analysis; computer bution as they emerge in public consciousness Prerequisite: Soc 395 and senior standing in application for social research. Prerequisites: within the United States and globally. Examina- sociology. Stat 243, Soc 395, 495, graduate status. tion of the social forces which lead to the consid- Soc 497/597 Soc 594 eration and implementation of mechanisms to Applied Survey Research (4) Theory Construction and Research (4) solve these issues once they have emerged. Provides theoretical framework for and experi- Examination of the craft of sociological research Soc 468 ence in design, execution, and interpretation of in conjunction with thesis work. The role of Political Sociology (4) social surveys including sampling procedures, theory in research, evaluating published work, Analysis of consensus and dissensus in commu- questionnaire design, interviewing techniques, biases in data sources and the process of thesis nity and society. Examination of public opinion, coding and computer analysis, and report writ- writing. Prerequisites: Soc 590, 591; graduate authority, influence, and the processes by which ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Soc 395 or status. elites are formed and acquire legitimacy and equivalent. Soc 595 popular support. Social bases of democracy and Soc 503 Research Practicum (4) totalitarianism. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Overview of the process of linking sociological Soc 469/569 Pass/no pass option. data and ideas to broader communities of inter- Sociology of Aging (4) Soc 513 est. Exercises in preparation of research grants A study of social determinants of the human life Thesis Workshop (1) and experience in working in a team research course, including biological and demographic Workshop for all sociology graduate students environment. Prerequisites: Soc 590, 591; gradu- conditions, age status patterns, age grading, rites who are currently enrolled in Soc 503 for four ate status. of passage, socialization, generational phenom- credits or more. Discussion and review of stu- ena, and youth and old age movements. Prereq- dents’ progress and problems. Prerequisite: uisite: Soc 200. graduate status in sociology. Corequisite: Soc 503. Pass/no pass only. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 151

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

23 Neuberger Hall tice in the greater Portland area. The speech Requirements for a Major: Speech 725-3531 and hearing science laboratories provide and Hearing Sciences. In addition to special experiences for the science and meeting the general University degree B.A., B.S. research-oriented student. requirements, the program requires the stu- Minor All classes in the major or minor must dent to complete a minimum of 52 credits Special Education Program be taken for a letter grade and only classes based upon A-F grading. Note: the pass/no M.A., M.S. graded C or better will be counted toward pass grade option may not be used for the major or minor. major requirements. Requirements for Major: Communi- 1. Complete Sp 220 Public Speaking UNDERGRADUATE cation Studies. In addition to meeting the PROGRAMS 2. Complete all of the following: SpHr general University requirements, the stu- 370, 371, 380, 389, 461, 464, 487, 488, dent must complete a minimum of 56 cred- The Department of Speech Communication 489, 494, 495 (speech-language pathology its in speech communication courses based emphasis), 496. offers programs leading to degrees at both upon A-F grading. the undergraduate and graduate levels. 3. Complete 3 credits from one of the fol- Coursework for the Major: Academic concentrations are in communi- lowing: SpHr 495 (speech-language cation studies and in speech and hearing 1. Complete these courses: pathology emphasis), SpHr 490 (audiol- sciences. Sp 100 Introduction to Speech Communication ogy emphasis) The courses offered in communication (may be waived for students who have completed at least four communication studies SPEECH IMPAIRED EDUCATION studies are based on the premise that an LICENSURE educated individual must be able to think courses at PSU and who have earned a minimum grade of B or better in all communication Advisers: M.E. Gordon-Brannan critically and analytically, comprehend studies courses.) The Speech and Hearing Sciences Pro- political, social, cultural, institutional, Sp 220 Public Speaking international, and mediated contexts, listen Sp 321 Communication Inquiry (may be waived gram offers a five-year integrated program effectively, and be rhetorically sensitive for students who have taken statistics or an leading to Oregon licensure for speech and adaptive to communicative encounters equivalent course in research methods.) Statis- impaired. The undergraduate and graduate with persons of diverse abilities, back- tics is no longer required for the Communica- level courses listed below are the require- grounds, and situations: interpersonal, tion Studies major. ments for the integrated initial and con- small group, organizational, political, inter- Sp 416 Theories of Communication tinuing license program, some of which national, media, policy, and public. The 2. Complete at least one course offered may be used to fulfill University require- effective communicator has an understand- through Speech and Hearing Sciences. ments for the baccalaureate degree: ing of the complexity and dynamic nature There is no longer a restriction on the Sp 220 Public Speaking (4) of the communication process, as well as a number of hours that may be taken from SpHr 262 Voice and Diction (4) sense of responsibility for the substance Speech and Hearing Science. Recom- SpHr 370 Phonetics (4) and consequences of communicative inter- mended courses include: SpHr 262, 370, SpHr 371 Anatomy and Physiology of Speech action. Students may acquire experience 371, 380, 389, 493 and Hearing (4) through internships in the community 3. Of the required total of 56 credits in SpHr 380 Disorders of Communication I (4) SpHr 389 Sign Language: Theory and Practice and other practical communication activi- speech communication, note the following (4) ties, both in the classroom and in the restrictions: SpHr 461/561 Neurology of Speech and Hearing community. a. At least 24 must be in upper-division (4) In the Speech and Hearing Sciences speech communication courses. SpHr 464/564 Articulatory/Phonological concentration at the undergraduate level, b. No more than 12 credits may be Disorders (4) coursework in typical speech, language, counted from courses numbered †SpHr 486/586 Urban Language Clinic (2) or and hearing development is emphasized. Sp 401 through Sp 409. SpHr 585L Consultation and Collaboration Services in Schools (2) Study in these areas is necessary educa- Requirements for a Minor: Commu- tional preparation for graduate work lead- SpHr 487/587 Basic Audiology (4) nication Studies. To earn a minor in com- SpHr 488/588 Advanced Audiology (4) ing to professional certification by the munication studies, a student must SpHr 489/589 Aural Rehabilitative and Educa- American Speech-Language-Hearing complete 28 credits with a minimum of 16 tional Audiology (4) Association. Courses of instruction include credits at the upper-division level. Total for SpHr 490/590 Audiological Rehabilitation education in speech-language pathology Sp 404 and Sp 409 may not exceed 9 cred- Clinic (2) and/or audiology. Practica in speech and its. A minimum of 12 credits must be taken SpHr 494/594 Introduction to Diagnostic hearing include experiences in the Univer- in residence at PSU. Methods (4) sity clinic, the public schools, and several SpHr 495/595 Disorders of Communication II clinics, medical agencies, and private prac- (4)

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. 152 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

SpHr 496/596 Introduction to Clinical closely acquainted with the applicant’s aca- consultation with the student’s program Management (4) demic or work background. Finally, scores adviser or thesis director; coursework in †SpHr 498/598 Speech-Language Practicum (4) from the Graduate Record Examination support of the thesis must be approved by SpHr 580 Normal Speech and Language must be submitted. the student’s thesis director, in consulta- Development in Children (4) All students are admitted to the program tion with the thesis committee. Areas of SpHr 581 Stuttering (4) SpHr 582 Voice Disorders (4) on conditional status. Regular status and emphasis currently supported in this SpHr 584 Assessment and Treatment of retention in the graduate program require department include: organizational com- Language Disorders: Birth to Age Five (4) attainment of 3.00 or higher GPA for 12 munication, rhetorical and critical studies, SpHr 585 Assessment and Treatment of Lan- graduate credits of speech and hearing sci- interpersonal communication, intercultural guage Disorders in School-aged Children and ences coursework as an admitted graduate communication, international communica- Adolescents (2) student, and attainment of at least a B- in tion, and mass communication; other areas SpHr 591, 592 Student Teaching in Speech- each of two consecutive or concurrent clin- of emphasis may be developed, according Language Pathology (14) ‡ ical practica totaling at least 4 credit hours to particular student needs, in consultation SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional Learners in the student’s major professional area with the program adviser or thesis director. (3) (speech-language pathology or audiology). 3. Coursework in cognate areas: students Degree Requirements. University are required to complete core coursework GRADUATE master’s degree requirements are listed on in speech communication. Courses outside PROGRAMS page 54. the department may be proposed at the discretion of the faculty adviser. The Department of Speech Communication COMMUNICATION STUDIES offers graduate work leading to the degrees Master of Arts or Master of Science 4. Complete Thesis or Graduate Commu- of Master of Arts and Master of Science Students entering this program are nication Project. The graduate communica- with specialization in communication stud- expected to develop an understanding and tion project is intended to meet the needs ies or speech and hearing sciences. appreciation of the theoretical, conceptual, of graduate students whose primary inter- For admission to graduate study, the and methodological breadth of the disci- ests are applied rather than academic, and student’s background and preparation pline and to develop expertise in the pursuit who expect to be employed in business, should reflect an ability to pursue graduate of their own particular interests in the study industry, or government, either directly or work in communication studies or speech of human communication. In conjunction as consultants. Students who are interested and hearing sciences. It is not required that with the student’s adviser, each student will in an academic career or anticipate the applicant have an undergraduate degree design a program based upon particular advanced graduate work, leading toward a in speech communication; students with concerns with interpersonal, group, organi- Ph.D., should elect the thesis option. undergraduate backgrounds in related dis- zational, public, mass media, and intercul- a. Each student who elects the thesis ciplines are encouraged to apply. Should tural communication, which provides the option will complete a thesis and pass a the student’s preparation be deemed inade- student with the appropriate research com- final oral examination on the thesis. The quate in certain areas, the student will be thesis director and thesis committee will petencies—critical, qualitative, or quantita- be selected, in consultation with the pro- required to overcome those deficiencies tive—to pursue independent inquiry under gram adviser, during the first three terms through formal coursework and/or directed faculty guidance. of study. Prior to beginning work on the readings. All such work is separate from The master’s degree program consists thesis, all students will be required to work toward the master’s degree. of a minimum of 45 credits of coursework, demonstrate proficiency in relevant theo- Applicants to the communication stud- including 6 credits of thesis work or a grad- ries and research methodology. ies program must submit letters to the uate communication project, Sp 510 Com- b. Each student who elects the graduate director explaining their reasons for pursu- munication Project, or Sp 510 communication project option will coming an advanced degree in the communica- Communication Consulting. Each student’s plete a graduate communication project tion studies discipline. Additionally, each program must be based upon the following and pass a final written examination cov- applicant must submit three letters of rec- courses or their transfer equivalencies. ering two areas of emphasis. i. The communication project, under- ommendation from individuals closely 1. Theory, History, and Methods: Com- acquainted with the applicant’s academic taken as an individual or team activity plete a, b, and c. while enrolled in Sp 510 Communica- career and, where applicable, with the a. Sp 516 Theories of Communication tion Project or SP 510 Communication applicant’s professional background and (unless previously taken as Sp 416) Consulting, will focus on application of competencies. b. Sp 511 Introduction to Graduate Stud- acquired knowledge and problem solv- All students are admitted to the program ies (must be taken no later than fall term ing to actual communication situations. on conditional status. Regular status and of the first year of graduate studies) ii. Each student who elects the gradu- retention in the graduate program requires c. At least one course in research ate communication project option will the satisfactory completion of 12 graduate methods: be required to take a written examina- credits with a minimum grade of 3.00 in Sp 521 Quantitative Methods of Commu- tion on each of the two areas of empha- each course and evidence of satisfactory nication Research or sis. The examining committee must be progress toward the degree. Sp 531 Qualitative Methods of Commu- appointed, with the approval of the student’s faculty adviser, no later than the Applicants to the speech and hearing nication Research or Sp 541 Methods of Rhetorical Criticism end of the term preceding the term in sciences program must submit a statement which the student intends to take the of their professional philosophy and pur- 2. Areas of Emphasis: All graduate stu- written examinations. pose to the director of the program. In addi- dents are expected to develop a theoretical tion, each applicant must submit three competency in at least two areas of empha- letters of recommendation from individuals sis. Areas of emphasis will be designed in

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. ‡ Education courses may require additional prerequisite courses. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 153

coursework for an emphasis in audiology receive credit for the clinical hours com- SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCES includes: SpHr 555, 556, 557, 560, 569, pleted in a clinical course, students must Master of Arts or Master of Science 571, 572, 573, 575, 576, 577, 578, and 579. receive a course grade of B- or above. Degree candidates for the M.A. or M.S. Students must earn a grade of B- or above 3. Culminating Experience with concentration in speech-language for each core course. Enrichment courses Students must complete one of the follow- pathology or audiology, in addition to outside the department may be proposed at ing culminating experiences. The decision meeting University degree requirements, the discretion of the faculty adviser. to pursue one or the other of these options must meet academic and clinical require- Coursework in statistics (e.g., Stat 243 and is to be made in conjunction with the stu- ments for the Certificate of Clinical Com- 244) is required. This coursework may be dent’s faculty adviser. petence with the American Speech- completed prior to enrollment in the gradu- a. Master’s Thesis—The student will Language-Hearing Association prior to the ate program. The statistics requirement is complete a thesis and pass a final oral granting of a master’s degree. The program not satisfied by completing SpHr 560. Stu- examination before a committee consist- in speech and hearing sciences is fully dents must also complete a program of ing of the student’s faculty adviser and at accredited in both speech language pathol- three consecutive terms, exclusive of least two other members of the PSU ogy and audiology by the Council on Summer Session, of full-time residency graduate faculty. The thesis committee Accreditation and Certification of the during their first academic year as an members will be selected according to American Speech-Language Hearing admitted student in the Speech and Hearing University and Departmental guidelines Sciences Program. and in consultation with the student’s Association. faculty adviser. Students pursuing this The master’s degree program consists 2. Clinical Practicum option are required to sign up for at least of a minimum of 48 credit hours inclusive Students must complete a minimum 6 credits and up to 9 credits of SpHr 503 of core coursework and thesis or special number of direct clinic contact hours in Thesis. project credits. Each student’s program accordance with current Oregon licensure b. Master’s Project—The student will must meet each of the following and ASHA certification requirements. A complete a major project relating to their requirements. minimum of 50 clinical hours will be com- major area of study and present the 1. Coursework pleted at the Speech Clinic or Audiology results to faculty and students. The stu- Students must complete 42-44 credits of Clinic at Portland State University. The dent will comply with current Depart- remaining hours will be completed at a mental guidelines for selection of project core coursework in their area of emphasis, topic, project format, and presentation of i.e., speech-language pathology or audiol- minimum of two external practicum sites. the project outcomes. The student will ogy. Core coursework for an emphasis in Students can accrue clinical hours at the complete the project under the direct speech-language pathology includes: SpHr PSU clinic through enrollment in the fol- supervision of their faculty adviser. Stu- 550 (2 terms), 551, 560, 562, 563, 565, lowing courses: SpHr 486/586, 490/590, dents pursuing this option are required to 566, 580, 581, 582, 584, and 585. Core 498/598, 550, 551, and 569. In order to sign up for at least 6 credits and up to 9 credits of SpHr 506 Special Project. 154 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

behavior, touch space, time, and physical and emphasis upon students’ ability to analyze evi- COURSES social environments. Course requirements dence, forms of reasoning, and arguments that include completion and report of a personal structure public issues of the day. Strongly rec- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not research project. ommended for all speech majors. offered every year. Sp 230 *Sp 329 Sp 100 Listening (4) Oral Presentation and Performance (4) Introduction to Communication (4) Development, review, analysis, training, and The oral interpretation of the literature of prose Overview of major topic areas in communica- practice in the “five motives for listening”—dis- and poetry. Concerned with the study of mean- tion, including models of communication, social criminative, comprehensive, critical, apprecia- ing in selected pieces of literature, and the devel- uses of language, communication codes-verbal/ tive, and therapeutic. Opportunity to evaluate opment of vocal skills for the effective nonverbal, listening and communication in inter- listening efficiency. Listening projects are communication of meaning to others. Projects in personal, group, intercultural, public, and mass designed for application in business, interper- public presentation and program development. media contexts. Application of theory through sonal, and social contexts. skills development and community focused Sp 337 assessments. Sp 313 Communication and Gender (4) Communication in Groups (4) An examination of similarities and differences in Sp 199 Focuses on communication processes in small, male and female communication styles and pat- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) decision-making groups. Students examine the terns. Particular attention given to the implica- Sp 212 relation between actual communicative behav- tions of gender as social construct upon Mass Communication and Society (4) iors of group members and group structure, perception, values, stereotyping, language use, A survey of the development of print, broadcast, functions, and outcomes. Topics include leader- nonverbal communication, and power and con- film, and new communication technology as ship emergence and enactment, quality of prob- flict in human relationships. Discussion of influ- social, cultural, and economic forces in Ameri- lem solving strategies utilized, the impact of ence of mass communication upon shaping and can society. Examination of news media and socio-cultural and institutional features on small constricting male and female sex roles. Course their relationship to American political institu- group communicative practices. Theoretical requirements include completion and report of a tions. Discussion of advertising as an economic application in the critical analysis of various personal research project. and popular cultural force. Survey of major group settings and effective communication in Sp 340 trends in mass communication research. Class ongoing group projects. Includes focus on tele- research project examines content of contempo- Interviewing (4) conferencing and videoconferencing. Prerequi- A study of principles for effective interviewing rary commercial media. site: Sp 100 or Sp 218. with emphasis upon information-gathering, in- Sp 215 Sp 314 depth interviewing. Examine interview struc- Introduction to Intercultural Communication Persuasion (4) tures, preparation of interview schedules, ques- (4) A consideration of concepts, principles, and the- tion phrasing, approaches to interviewer- Designed to give a theoretical understanding of ories related to persuasion, and a consideration interviewee relationship. Specific interview con- the process and role of communication (both of the role of persuasive communication in texts will vary among employment, performance mass and interpersonal) when faced with cul- public discourse. Opportunity for practical appli- appraisal, helping, and focus group, and will be tural plurality. Provides a background of classi- cation of principles in student projects. Sp 100 examined from both interviewer and interviewee cal theories in intercultural communication, and or Sp 220 recommended. perspectives. Prerequisite: upper-division stand- in interdisciplinary areas (cultural studies, ing. Sp 218 recommended. gender studies, cultural anthropology, political *Sp 320 science, and international development) where Advanced Public Presentation (4) Sp 399 culture and communication have been theorized. Designed for students who have basic experi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Discussions will focus on the changing cultural ence in choosing, researching, organizing, and Sp 401/501 terrain in the United States and upon internation- presenting speeches, and who wish to augment Research (Credit to be Arranged.) alization and globalization of mass or popular their skills in being a more dynamic and effec- Consent of instructor. Speech Communication culture as it impacts other parts of the world. tive public speaker. The course requirements will Laboratory. include several speeches presented in class, one Sp 218 Sp 404/504 speech which must be presented in a different Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Interpersonal Communication (4) setting, written rhetorical analysis, practice in Study of communication concepts, processes, be Arranged.) impromptu speech making, having one speech and practices in interpersonal contexts with Sp 405/505 video taped for discussion and critique, as well application of principles and concepts to actual Reading and Conference (Credit to be as sharpening skills in audience-centeredness. interpersonal communication situations. arranged.) Prerequisite: Sp 220. Includes situational management and behavioral Consent of instructor. repertoire development, verbal/nonverbal code Sp 322 Sp 406/506 features structuring conversation and relation- Political Communication (4) Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) ships, characteristics of functional relational sys- An analysis of the relationship of communica- Consent of instructor. tion to the exercise of politics and political tems, intercultural/inter-ethnic factors. Sp 407/507 power. Topics may include the ethics and prac- Sp 220 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tices of electoral politics, political ideologies, Consent of instructor. Rhetoric of Protest. Public Speaking (4) political advertising, propaganda, public opinion Research, writing, and delivery skills for oral formation, the role of mass media as a source Sp 408/508 presentation in a variety of settings, including Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) and form of political communication, speech multicultural. Equal consideration given to writing, public policy writing and analysis, polit- Sp 409/509 speech preparation and delivery with critical ical news writing, and political campaigning. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) thinking, argument forms, and audience analysis Students must show proof of professional liabil- The focus is on how communication strategies emphasized. Includes focus on technology as a ity insurance. and media can be used to organize consent or presentational component. Issues of speech anxi- dissent to ruling parties, representatives, and Sp 410/510 ety addressed. ideas. Sp 212 recommended. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Sp 227 Sp 412/512 Nonverbal Communication (4) Sp 324 Empirical Theories of Mass Communication The study of nonverbal communication as Critical Thinking and Argumentation (4) (4) A study of the relationship among evidence, rea- related to verbal communication. Course empha- Surveys social scientific theories of mass com- soning, and argument. Course examines formal sis on theories and typologies of nonverbal munication. Prerequisite: Sp 212. Stat 243, reasoning as well as practical argument in its behavior. Consideration of the influence of such Sp 314, or Psy 342 recommended. actual forms and uses in everyday life. Primary factors as para-language, body movement, eye C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 155

Sp 415/515 ing, conflict management, and computer- Sp 511 Problems of Intercultural Communication (4) mediated communication. Course requirements Introduction to Graduate Studies (4) Builds upon the theories and issues discussed in include completion and report of a personal Introduction to the development and scope of the the introductory course by including contempo- research project. Prerequisite: upper-division speech communication discipline, including a rary and classical literature on multicultural and standing. Sp 218 and Sp 313 recommended. critical examination of the lines of inquiry and intercultural communication. Identifies and ana- methods of investigation that shape the disci- lyzes politically constructed categories of race, Sp 426/526 The Rhetorical Tradition (4) pline. Emphasis is placed on those elements of age, class, gender in society against the back- Survey of the major contributors, themes, and scholarly inquiry that enable students to become drop of debates on multiculturalism in the theory development in the 2500 year rhetorical competent consumers of current research and United States. Examines these categorizations of tradition examining public discourse in the man- contribute to their ability to conduct original race, class, etc. in their historical, social, and agement of human affairs. Among the periods research in speech communication. cultural context, and how those have influenced examined will be Classical, Enlightenment, con- Sp 513 mass-mediated and interpersonal communica- temporary 20th century, and post-modernist. Seminar: Communication in Institutional tion. Uses mass media (television, radio, daily Special attention given to the significance of ear- Contexts (4) print media, music) texts to provide examples of lier treatments of rhetoric to contemporary cir- Various configurations and features of institu- how we understand “difference” and “otherness” cumstances. Prerequisite: Sp 314 or Sp 324. tional life are examined. The impact of culture, in our daily lives. Prerequisite: Sp 215. politics, media on organizational communicative * Sp 427/527 structures and processes, communication consul- Sp 416/516 Issues in International Communication (4) Theories of Communication (4) A study of historical and contemporary theories tation, institutional-community interface are Examines the major lines of theoretical develop- and practices in the conduct of trans-border among the topics covered. Current research is ment in the study of human communication, as communication. Topics may include interna- examined. Students conduct an organizational well as examining their diverse and alternative tional communication issues of law, diplomacy, research project. Prerequisite: graduate standing assumptive bases for theory construction and conflict, the Cold War, international organiza- or instructor permission. critical analysis. Particular attention given to tions, mass media, information, advertising and Sp 514 questions of causal or practical necessity, and news flows, and social-economic development, Seminar: Communication, Culture and reductionistic or holistic analysis of communica- as well as discussions of specific cases of cul- Community (4) tion process and phenomena. Required participa- tural and institutional communication, spoken, Examination and analysis of human symbolic tion of students in a group project to investigate written and produced, in various industrial and activity as the management of meaning, with the capacity to shape and influence thought, action, and report to class on a specific theory. Prerequi- developing societies. Prerequisite: upper divi- and world view. Particular attention given to site: 6 credits upper-division speech communica- sion standing or graduate standing. tion. Course offered at least every fall. assumptions regarding intent, effects, meaning, *Sp 436/536 understanding, and interpretation, and their *Sp 417/517 Communication and Cognition (4) Communication and Conflict (4) implications for studying persuasion from mod- Exploration of cognitive science as it applies to ernist and post-modernist perspectives. Examines assumptions underlying the selection theories of human communication, with particu- of communicative behaviors in conflict situa- lar attention to the interaction between commu- Sp 521 tions, and the assessment of choices for expected nication and consciousness. Prerequisite: Quantitative Methods in Communication or desired consequences. Interpersonal, group, Research (4) graduate standing or Sp 416 (or equivalent) and An examination of the methods of empirical organizational, intercultural and international consent of instructor. settings are examined. Examination of tradi- research in communication. Emphasis is upon * tional and nontraditional approaches to conflict Sp 437/537 selected research designs, data collection and management. Required development of case Urban Communication (4) analysis, data input for computer analysis with Course utilizes a cultural, contextual approach to statistical packages, results interpretation, and study applying concepts of the course, and class the study of urban communication structures, presentation. Prerequisite: one of Sp 218, 313, writing reports of completed research. Prerequi- processes and practices. Macro and micro fea- site: at least one course in statistics. 314, 324. tures are examined with the goal of understand- Sp 418/518 ing the role of communication in structuring Sp 525 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (4) Seminar: International Communication and social life in urban environments. Relevant theo- Culture (4) Theory course in which students analyze current retical perspectives on urban life are examined concepts and theories related to inter-personal Study and analysis of the international dimen- and multiple dimensions of verbal and nonverbal sions of communication. Focus is on understand- communication, comparing and contrasting vari- communication codes analyzed for their mean- ous models and their relative adequacy in repre- ing the cultural and power contexts and ing features and particular configurations in differences among and between peoples and senting the complexity of communication urban contexts. Theoretical and empirical processes. The impact on actual communicative institutions that establish the boundaries in the approaches taken recognize urban centers as exchange of meanings, values, and ideas. practices is examined. The influence of particu- multicultural environments. Research project lar historical perspectives and contemporary Emphasis is given to questions of cultural, eco- required. Prerequisites: upper division standing nomic and political sovereignty in the pursuit of issues and trends on interpersonal communica- or graduate standing. tion is analyzed through evaluation of empirical national, regional, and personal identity and data and general cultural texts. Research project Sp 447/547 development. required. Prerequisite: Sp 218. Communication and Aging (4) Sp 528 Seminar: Focuses on the intersecting areas of communica- Communication in Relational Contexts (4) Sp 422/522 tion and gerontology. Ages of communicators as Advanced work in interpersonal communication Critical Theories in Mass Communication (4) variables affecting the process and outcome of Surveys critical institutional theories of mass theories, and concepts such as family, aging, and interaction. Students examine communication conflict. Critique of current research in light of communication. Primary focus is analysis of the and aging through interaction (intrapersonal, relationship between media and communication such considerations as cultural constraints, shifts interpersonal, intercultural) and through context in relational definitions and configurations. institutions and the state and other social institu- (organizational, family, medical.) Student tions. Prerequisite: Sp 212 or graduate standing. Research project. Prerequisite: Sp 518, graduate projects include interviews with elderly subjects standing or permission of instructor. Sp 423/523 and case studies. Prerequisite: Sp 212. Organizational Communication (4) Sp 531 Sp 503 Qualitative Methods in Communication Application of communication theory to the Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) study of human interaction in the organizational Research (4) An examination of naturalistic methods of com- context. Examination of the relationships munication research and their assumptive bases. between structural variables in the organization Particular attention given to descriptive, inter- and informal communication channels, includ- pretive, and critical approaches for analysis, and ing analysis of leadership style, decision-mak- 156 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

to specific techniques of participant observation, SpHr 262 SpHr 409/509 interviewing, and textual analysis. Critical Voice and Diction (4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) examination of selected research as models for Study and practice of principles of voice produc- Students must show proof of professional liabil- original student research. Prerequisite: Sp 511. tion and articulation of speech sound, with atten- ity insurance. tion to elementary speech physiology and Sp 533 Seminar: SpHr 410/510 Organizational Communication (4) phonetics. Intended for students who desire to Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) develop more effective speech and for meeting Examines the implications of evolving perspec- SpHr 452/552 tives in organizational theory, as well as cultural special needs of teachers, radio and television Screening in the Schools (1) factors which may influence communication speakers, public speakers, and others who Students will participate, under supervision, in processes in the organizational context. Different require special competence in speaking. Empha- screening school-aged students for speech, lan- approaches to assessing organizational commu- sis on both theory and practice. Two hours per guage, and/or hearing disabilities. Prerequisites: nication processes are considered with relevance week of laboratory work required. SpHr 498/598; 25 clock hours of practicum. to enhancing organizational effectiveness and SpHr 370 SpHr 461/561 facilitating organizational transition and change. Phonetics and Acoustics (4) Neurology of Speech and Hearing (4) Course requirements include completion and A study of sounds used in speech, their acoustic A course specifically designed for speech and report of a personal research project. Prerequi- properties, and their transcription utilizing the hearing majors to provide a study in-depth of the site: Sp 423 or consent of instructor. IPA; description of sounds, their symbolic neurology of the speech and hearing mecha- nature, their production, and physical and psy- Sp 535 Seminar: nisms with special attention given to the major Intercultural Facilitation (3) chological problems involved in their percep- deviations affecting verbal communication. Professional preparation for persons with back- tion. The acoustical bases of speech and hearing Prerequisites: SpHr 370, 371. will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 262. grounds in intercultural communication and Sphr 464/564 group leadership in the particular skills of facili- SpHr 371 Articulation/Phonological Disorders (4) tating Intercultural Communication Workshops. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Discussion of phonological development, types Course includes seminar meetings, reading, out- Hearing (4) and causal patterns of articulation/ phonologic side meetings with a co-facilitator, and major A study of the anatomical and physiological disorders, description of and practice with responsibility for leading a term-long multicul- bases of speech, language, and hearing. Prereq- assessment tools and techniques, presentation of tural group. Prerequisites: Sp 415, 511. uisite: SpHr 262. intervention principles, and descriptions and Sp 540 SpHr 380 practice with intervention techniques and Teaching Communication in College (3) Disorders of Communication I (4) approaches. Prerequisites: SpHr 370, 380. Theory, methods, and practice in teaching a An overview of speech-language pathology and audiology as professions and historical perspec- SpHr 470/570 basic speech communication course at the col- Hearing Screening (1) lege level. Consideration of teaching roles, stu- tives. Normal development of speech, language, Students will participate, under supervision, in dent development, topic selection, sequencing of and hearing systems will be described. Most the hearing screening of children and adults. material and assignments, and evaluation proce- speech, language, and hearing disorders will be Prerequisites: SpHr 488/588, 498/598. examined in terms of etiology, incidence, and dures. Prerequisite: T.A. appointment in Speech *† characteristics. Multicultural issues will be SpHr 486/586 Communication. Urban Language Clinic (2) addressed. Directed clinical observations are Supervised clinical work with language delayed/ Sp 541 required (about five hours of practicum Methods of Rhetorical Criticism (4) disordered children, from an inner city environ- An examination of philosophical and conceptual observation). ment, enrolled for language diagnosis and man- bases of contemporary rhetorical theory and SpHr 389 agement in the Speech and Hearing Clinic; their implications for the conduct of rhetorical Sign Language: Theory and Practice (4) practicum experience emphasizes pragmatic criticism. Selected approaches to criticism Basic mastery of the manual alphabet and Amer- techniques in small and large group activities; examined, along with exemplars for analysis. ican Sign Language. A study of academic, classroom discussion concerning diagnostic, Special attention given to critical invention, and social, psychological, and other related issues group management, and intervention methods. to the social positioning of the critic. Students associated with deafness. A comparison of a Prerequisite: SpHr 498/598. will select and examine a specific example of variety of sign language systems, and an overview of the controversies between total commu- SpHr 487/587 contemporary rhetoric. Prerequisite: Sp 511. Basic Audiology (4) nication and oralism. Prerequisite: upper- * Introductory course in audiology emphasizing Sp 546 division standing. Belief Systems in Communication (3) basic acoustics and psychoacoustics, anatomy The course explores the theoretical relationship SpHr 399 and physiology of the ear, hearing measurement, between the structure of individual and cultural Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and types and causes of hearing impairment. belief systems and the nature of discourse possi- SpHr 401/501 Prerequisite: SpHr 371. ble within that system. Contributions from the Research (Credit to be arranged.) SpHr 488/588 study of anthropology, linguistics, and philoso- Consent of instructor. Speech Communication Advanced Audiology (4) phy will be explored. Students will examine Laboratory. Introduction to the audiological test battery. individual belief systems for analysis and report. SpHr 404/504 Topics include bone-conduction, masking, Prerequisite: Sp 520. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to speech audiometry, and objective tests. Auditory Sp 556 be arranged.) pathologies and their audiometric correlates are Seminar: Language, Meaning, and SpHr 405/505 also covered. Prerequisite: SpHr 487/587. Interpretation (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be SpHr 489/589 Exploration of cognitive, linguistic, and interpre- arranged.) Aural Rehabilitative and Educational tive approaches of emerging interest in the study Consent of instructor. Audiology (4) of human communication. Specific topics vary SpHr 406/506 Theoretical course covering the role of speech- with instructor. Prerequisites: Sp 511 and Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) reading (lip reading) and auditory training as it Sp 516 (or equivalent courses from other depart- Consent of instructor. relates to speech, language, and communication. ments), graduate standing or consent of SpHr 407/507 Historical perspectives and philosophies consid- instructor. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ered, communication systems, speech acoustics SpHr 199 Consent of instructor. Rhetoric of Protest. and perception, amplification and hearing aids, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) SpHr 408/508 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.)

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 157

speech reading, and auditory training. Educa- †SpHr 498/598 SpHr 558 tional issues for hearing-impaired children will Speech-Language Practicum (2) Computer Applications in Communication also be addressed. Multicultural issues will be Supervised clinical work with speech and/or lan- Disorders (2) included. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. guage disordered children and adults enrolled Provides students with basic information on using computerized resources in diagnosis, treat- * for assessment and intervention in the PSU SpHr 490/590 ment, and data management. Internet informa- Audiological Rehabilitation Clinic (2) Speech and Hearing Clinic and/or associated Supervised clinical practicum in the diagnosis clinical programs; group discussion of clients, tion resources will also be explored. and rehabilitation of children and adults with clinical techniques and clinical principles. Pre- SpHr 560 hearing disabilities; staff seminars in case dispo- requisites: SpHr 380, 464/564, 494/594, 496/596 Research Methods in Speech-language sitions. Maximum: 18 credits. Prerequisites: (with grade B- or better). Pathology and Audiology (4) Introduction to research methods in communica- SpHr 489/589, 498/598. SpHr 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tion disorders, including clinical efficacy studies. SpHr 493/593 Students become familiar with the scientific Survey of Speech, Language, and Hearing SpHr 550 method, issues in hypothesis tests, approaches to Disorders (4) Advanced Speech Disorders Practicum (2) Designed as an overview of speech, language, Students will participate in the evaluation and literature review, data collection, reduction, and and hearing in children and adults. Topics to treatment of children and adults with disorders analysis. Background in statistics is helpful. include: cleft palate, stuttering, hearing impair- of speech under the supervision of faculty. Pre- Questions of current interest in the fields of ment, and multi-cultural differences. Recom- requisite: SpHr 498/598. Prerequisite or corequi- speech, language, and hearing are presented. mended for general speech, education, and site: SpHr 581 or 582. Maximum 6 credits. Students are encouraged to focus on one as a thesis topic and develop a mini-prospectus for a special education students. Prerequisite: upper SpHr 551 division or graduate standing. thesis through class assignments. Computer Advanced Child Language Disorders applications in research also outlined. Prerequi- Practicum (2) SpHr 494/594 sites: Mth 243, 244. Introduction to Diagnostic Methods (4) Provides students with an opportunity to apply Provides students with information on basic methods covered in SpHr 584 to a practicum SpHr 562 methods of assessment in communication disor- experience. Students will evaluate language Instrumentation in Speech and Hearing ders. Administration and interpretation of stan- skills, design, and deliver language intervention, Sciences (4) Introduction to basic electricity, acoustic phonet- dardized tests, adaptations for clients from under faculty supervision, to preschool lan- ics, and use of instrumentation and computers culturally different backgrounds, interviewing, guage-delayed clients. Pragmatic intervention techniques will be stressed. Techniques for cli- for measurement of speech and voice signals. and case-history taking will be covered. Prereq- Provides instruction in recording, calibration, uisite: SpHr 371. ents from culturally different backgrounds will be emphasized. Prerequisite: SpHr 498/598, 580. and analysis with this equipment, such as the SpHr 495/595 sonograph, sound level meter, oscilloscope, and Disorders of Communication II (4) Corequisite: SpHr 584 or permission of instructor. digital speech analysis systems. Prerequisite: Introduction to speech and language disorders SpHr 461/561. with emphasis on voice disorders, stuttering dis- SpHr 553 orders and neurogenic disorders; cleft palate and Counseling in Communication Disorders (2) SpHr 563 Designed for speech-language pathology and Adult Language Disorders (4) cerebral palsy will complete the survey. Serves as an introduction to neurogenic commu- Prerequisite: SpHr 371, 380. audiology majors to receive an introduction into the major theories of counseling techniques and nication disorders. Topics include aphasia, SpHr 495L how they can implement these techniques dementia, right-hemisphere disorders, and brain Directed Clinical Assistant Lab (2) injury. Causes, symptoms, and multicultural Designed to acquaint preprofessional students throughout their careers. Prerequisite: SpHr 494/ 594. issues in assessment and treatment will be dis- with the direct management of speech, language, cussed. Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595. and hearing cases in cooperation with advanced SpHr 554 clinicians and under the direction of a qualified Advanced Speech Sound Disorders (2) SpHr 565 Severe Speech Sound disorders in children will Dysphagia (4) clinical supervisor. Students enrolled in this Designed to provide in-depth study of anatomy course will participate in all phases of clinical be addressed with an emphasis on developmental apraxia of speech and phonological disorders. and physiology of swallow mechanism. Assess- operation, inclusive of: scheduling, diagnostic ment and treatment of dysphagia and feeding management, parent conferencing, report writ- Various assessment instruments and intervention approaches will be described. Prerequisite: SpHr disorders in neonatal through older adult popula- ing, material preparation, etc. Prerequisites: tions to be addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 563. SpHr 370; may be taken in conjunction with 464/564. SpHr 494/594, 495/595, or 496/596. SpHr 555 SpHr 566 Hearing Aids I (4) Special Populations (4) SpHr 496/596 Advanced discussion regarding diagnosis and Introduction to Clinical Management (4) Introduction to amplification for the hearing impaired. Topics include: types of hearing aids treatment of motor speech disorders of dysar- Consideration is given to clinical speech and lan- thria and apraxia. Issues related to surgical and guage management, with emphasis upon meth- and their components, electroacoustic characteristics of hearing aids, coupler and real-ear mea- prosthetic management of velopharyngeal ods, materials, and techniques in the incompetence as well as augmentative/alterna- management of major speech and language surement, output limitation, programming and earmolds. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. tive modes of communication to be addressed. problems. Terminology and basic techniques of Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595, 563, 565. modifying speech, language, and hearing disor- SpHr 556 ders with specific application to clinical manage- Hearing Aids II (4) SpHr 567 ment, will be given, with special consideration Advanced topics in amplification for the hearing Craniofacial Disorders and Speech (3) Acquaints students with clinical management of of program design and delivery. Theoretical con- impaired. Topics include: hearing aid evaluation, cleft palate and other craniofacial anomalies, siderations and practical applications of behav- prescription of electroacoustic characteristics, particularly the role of speech-language patholo- ior modification theory as applied to children fitting procedures, and post-fitting counseling. gist. Students gain exposure to analysis of articu- and adults with speech, voice, language, and Prerequisite: SpHr 555. lation and resonance disorders of persons with hearing problems. Methodology for writing SpHr 557 velopharyngeal incompetence. Prerequisite: instructional programs which deal with various Hearing Aids Laboratory (2) SpHr 495/595. communication disabilities will be discussed. Provides practical experience in hearing aid test- Devices and methods for tracking and analyzing ing, repair and modification. data are described. Prerequisite: SpHr 370, 380, 494/594, 495/595.

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. 158 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

SpHr 569 SpHr 577 and contrasted. Speech sample analysis proce- Advanced Audiology Practicum (2) Medical Audiology I (4) dures will be studied. Pragmatic intervention Supervised clinical practicum in the PSU Speech Evaluation of practical application of differential techniques will be stressed. Relations between and Hearing Clinic. Students provide assessment auditory tests used in the assessment of various language and phonology and multicultural issues of hearing and hearing aid evaluation and fittings hearing disorders. Focus on procedures, applica- will also be included. Family-centered practice for children and adults. Prerequisites: SpHr 488/ tions, and implications of various auditory mea- techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: 588, 578. sures forming test batteries which assist in the SpHr 498/598, 580. Corequisite: SpHr 551. SpHr 571 detection of conduction, cochlear, and retroco- chlear lesions. Class demonstrations and super- SpHr 585 Advanced Hearing Science I (4) Assessment and Treatment of Language Anatomy and physiology of the auditory system, vised experiences. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, Disorders in School-aged Children and including transmission properties of the middle 488/588. Adolescents (2) ear, cochlear mechanics and transduction, and SpHr 578 Outlines assessment and treatment methods for processing of auditory information from cochlea Medical Audiology II (4) addressing developmental language disorders in to cortex. Also covers acoustics. Prerequisite: Continues examination of medical audiology children aged six through adolescence. Formal 487/587. from SpHr 577. Specific topics to be addressed and informal assessment procedures covered. SpHr 572 include otacoustic emissions, electronystagmog- Pragmatic intervention techniques stressed. The Advanced Hearing Science II (4) raphy, central auditory assessment and clinical relations between language disorders and learn- Psychoacoustics, including psychophysical mea- decision analysis. Class demonstrations and ing disabilities discussed. Alternative service surement, auditory sensitivity, pitch and loud- supervised experiences. Prerequisite: SpHr 577. delivery models and pragmatic intervention ness perception, masking, and auditory SpHr 579 strategies presented. Methods of assessment and nonlinearities. Course also covers basic electric- Objective Auditory Measures (4) treatment for clients from culturally different ity, instrumentation in hearing science, and cali- Introduction to clinical measurement of auditory backgrounds emphasized. Prerequisites: SpHr bration of audiometric equipment. Prerequisites: evoked potentials. Normative and pathological 580, 584. SpHr 371, 487/587. aspects of electrocochleography and brainstem SpHr 585L SpHr 573 responses. Also covers advanced acoustic immit- Consultation and Collaborative Services in Industrial Audiology (2) tance, including physical principles and diagnos- Schools (2) This course focuses on the role of audiology in tic applications. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Provides students with an opportunity to deliver hearing conservation in industry. Includes effects SpHr 580 language intervention with school-aged clients of noise on the auditory system, noise measure- Normal Speech and Language Development in classroom settings. The practicum will ment, and medical-legal aspects of noise expo- in Children (4) emphasize developing language remediation sure. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, 488/588, 572. Provides in-depth information on the normal activities based on school curricula, working in mainstream settings rather than one-to-one ther- SpHr 574 course of speech and language development in Immittance Audiometry (3) children from birth through adolescence. Basic apy, and integrating reading and writing with This course covers the physical and physiologi- processes in child development and psycholin- oral language skill development. Prerequisites: cal bases of acoustic immittance measurements guistics addressed. Phonological, syntactic, SpHr 551, 580, 584. of the ear. It also covers the principle underlying morphological, semantic and pragmatic develop- SpHr 591 tympanometry and acoustic reflex measurement, ment are covered. Issues of dialect and bilingual- Student Teaching: Speech-language and the use of immittance in diagnosing auditory ism outlined. Relations of language to the Pathology (12) pathologies. Lectures are supplemented by prac- development of reading and writing and the Practicum in speech-language pathology in the tical training in administering the immittance treatment of the learning disabilities discussed. public school setting under the direction of a test battery. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, 488/ Multicultural issues addressed. Prerequisite: supervising speech-language clinician (ASHA 588. SpHr 494/594. CCC-SP). Students participate in the following activities: diagnosis and evaluation; section of *SpHr 575 SpHr 581 Stuttering (4) caseload and scheduling; management of an Pediatric Audiology (2) entire caseload; maintaining appropriate records; This course covers the embryology of the ear, Study of stuttering theories, research, methods handling both incoming and outgoing referrals; the development of hearing, the etiology and of diagnosis, and treatment for stuttering and and parent/teacher/staff conferences. Concurrent pathology of hearing loss in children, and the other disorders of fluency. Prerequisite: 495/595. registration in SpHr 592 required. Prerequisites: assessment of hearing in children. It also covers SpHr 582 admission to teacher education program, 3 terms amplification for hearing impaired children, and Voice Disorders (4) of clinical practicum to include one completed at management of children with hearing losses. Deviations of voice found in children and adults. PSU, 3.00 GPA in speech major. Admission by Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Study of normal and abnormal function of the voice mechanism. Attention to detection, refer- approved application only, one full academic SpHr 576 term in advance. Geriatric Audiology (2) ral, and differential diagnosis of voice problems. The study of hearing in aging. Physiological Demonstrations of typical voice problems; dem- SpHr 592 changes in the hearing mechanism associated onstrations in examination and treatment proce- Seminar: Speech-language Pathology in Schools (2) with primary and secondary aging. Audiologic dures; review of recent literature and research. Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595. Survey of current methods and materials avail- assessment of the prebycusic patient, as well as able to and appropriate for the public school intervention procedures are emphasized. Psy- SpHr 584 speech-language pathologist. Specific problems chosocial forces associated with hearing impair- Assessment and Treatment of Language encountered in the practicum experience are uti- Disorders: Birth to Age Five (4) ment during the aging years are examined. lized as topics of discussion. Prerequisite: SpHr Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Outlines causation, prevention, evaluation, and management procedures for addressing develop- 585. Concurrent registration in SpHr 591 mental language disorders in infants, toddlers, required. and preschool children. Formal and informal assessment procedures will be covered. Uses and misuses of standardized tests will be discussed. Models of language disorders will be compared C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 159

UNIVERSITY HONORS PROGRAM

Honors Program Building Graduation Requirements. Honors Departmental Honors. Some depart- 1632 SW 12th Program students are graduated after comments in the College of Liberal Arts and 725-4928 pleting requirements for their majors, the Sciences offer a departmental honors liberal and general education requirements option. Students should contact their major B.A. or B.S.—any University major of the Honors Program, and the specific department to find out if this option is requirements of their individualized pro- available and, if so, what the requirements The University Honors Program is intended grams. are. for those students who plan to go on to Students must complete a core compo- graduate or professional school; it therefore nent of work in the Honors Program, which COURSES gives highly motivated applicants the satisfies their liberal and general education chance to develop undergraduate degree requirements. Individual core programs Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not programs that reflect their particular inter- will vary to some extent, but all students offered every year. ests. will complete at least 10 courses in Honors Hon 199 Limited to 200 participants, the Honors (these 10 courses will include the core Studies in Western Culture I-VI Program offers a foundation course in the course, “Studies in Western Culture,” at (5, 5, 5; 4, 4, 4) theory and methods of the human, natural, least two courses designated as colloquia, Studies in Western Culture I-III comprise 15 credits (12 hours lecture, 3 hours recitation); and social sciences, opportunities for inde- and the two-term thesis project (6 credit pendent study, and honors colloquia. Stu- Studies in Western Culture IV-VI comprise 12 hours). credits (lecture only, no recitation). dents are also allowed the chance to take Studies in Western Culture. A founda- part in the Washington, D.C., internship Hon 199 tion in the theory and methods of the sci- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) program provided by the program. Honors ences, social sciences, and humanities, Consent of instructor. Program classes are small, and students Studies in Western Culture examines the Hon 399 work closely with advisers both in the pro- literature, politics, art, and ideas of major Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) gram and in the academic departments of periods of Western culture. Originally Hon 401 the University. developed under a grant from the National Research (Credit to be arranged.) Students may major in any undergradu- Endowment for the Humanities, the course Consent of instructor. ate degree program offered at Portland is open to all Portland State students. Pro- Hon 403 State. Requirements for majors are set by fessors of classical studies, science studies, Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) departments; students meet general educa- history, and humanities serve as faculty. Hon 404 tion requirements through their work in the Written work focuses on material studied Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Honors Program. in the course, and students receive special Eligibility and Admission. The pro- Hon 405 instruction and direction in style, analysis, Reading and Conference (Credit to be gram seeks students who will strive for aca- and organization. Students are encouraged arranged.) demic excellence. Students who have to form study groups to supplement their Consent of instructor. combined SAT scores of 1200 or more and classroom work. More information is avail- Hon 407 whose high school grade point averages able from the University Honors Program Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) were 3.50 or better are eligible to apply. office, Honors Program Building, 1632 SW Consent of instructor. Reading and discussion of The qualities sought in Honors Program 12th Avenue. an area to be chosen by instructor, with a semi- students, however, are not always reflected Visiting Scholars Project. In the junior nar paper required. in test scores, GPAs, or transcripts, and so and senior years of the honors curriculum, Hon 410 other factors, including letters of recom- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) students participate in coursework associ- Consent of instructor. mendation, a writing sample, and an inter- ated with the Visiting Scholars Project. view are considered. Each year several noted scholars, American Part-time students, transfer students, or foreign, are brought to campus; they and students returning after an absence both deliver public lectures and meet with a from formal education also may apply. seminar group of students from the honors However, because of the program’s own college, who have prepared by working curricular structure and the unique direc- through an appropriate bibliography with tions that most degree programs take, stu- faculty from the honors college. dents who have completed more than 60 quarter hours of college work are not usually considered for admission. 160 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

WOMEN’S STUDIES

401 Cramer Hall Women’s studies students participate approved by the student’s women’s studies 725-3516 in planning the program’s educational, adviser. cultural, and social events and advise the A theme-based emphasis will consist of B.A., B.S. faculty on matters of curriculum and edu- five courses which together form a coherent Minor cational policy. The program also main- multi-disciplinary approach to a subject. Post-baccalaureate Certificate tains a resource library open to all students. All of the courses are to be cross-listed Requirements for the Major with women’s studies or approved by the Women’s Studies is an interdisciplinary In addition to meeting the general Univer- student’s women’s studies adviser. program designed to foster students’ per- Courses taken under the undifferenti- sonal and intellectual development and to sity degree requirements, the major in women’s studies must complete a required ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not prepare them for socially responsible citi- acceptable toward fulfilling major require- zenship as well as a broad range of careers. core program of 32 credits (24 classroom hours, including a senior seminar, and 8 ments with the following exceptions: one Women’s studies advisers work closely women’s studies elective course, WS 404 with each student to craft a course of study hours in experiential learning) and an individual program of study (20 credits). Cooperative Education/Internship, WS 409 appropriate to the student’s academic inter- Practicum. ests and post-graduate goals. For the individual program, students will Requirements for the Minor An expanding field of scholarship, design an emphasis which is based in a women’s studies is on the cutting edge of discipline or in a theme that crosses A minor in women’s studies will consist of educational and intellectual innovation. disciplines. 28 credits. Students will be required to take Courses offered through many different WS Core Curriculum Credits 12 credits in the core courses (not including disciplines explore how gender has shaped WS 101 Introduction to Women's Studies . . . . 4 WS 404, 409, WS 411). The additional 16 culture, language, social, economic, and WS 301 Gender and Critical Inquiry ...... 4 credits may be fulfilled by either core political institutions and what the world WS 315 Feminist Analysis...... 4 courses (including WS 404, 409, WS 411) looks like, once women’s experience is WS 415 Senior Seminar...... 4 or women’s studies electives (courses WS 340 Women and Gender in America, fully included in our thinking. The cross-listed with other departments or Colonial Era to 1865 or WS 341 Women and approved by the women’s studies coordina- women’s studies core curriculum encour- † Gender in America, 1865-Present ...... 4 tor). ages students to develop critical thinking WS 342 History of Feminism in the skills and an appreciation for the range of United States ...... 4 Requirements for the Post-baccalaureate theoretical frameworks and methodologies WS 404/409 Internship/Practicum (3, 3) . . . . . 6 Certificate present in contemporary feminist scholar- WS 411 Experiential Learning Seminar (1, 1). 2 Introduction to Women's Studies ...... 4 ship. Courses incorporate the diversity of WS 301 Gender and Critical Inquiry ...... 4 Total credits required in the core: 32 WS 315 Feminist Analysis...... 4 women’s experience with attention to race, Individualized Program WS 415 Senior Seminar...... 4 class, and sexual orientation as well as gen- WS 404 Cooperative Education/Internship or der. Core courses also demand and support To be developed in consultation with the WS 409 Practicum ...... 6 students’ active participation through student’s women’s studies adviser. Each Approved electives discussion, informal as well as formal student pursuing a women’s studies major (minimum of 12 upper division) ...... 16 writing, and collaborative learning in the will select or be assigned an adviser who is classroom. knowledgeable in the student’s area(s) of Total 38 Experiential learning plays an important academic interest. In order to be considered In meeting the 16 elective credits role in a student’s progress through the for the B.A. or B.S. degree, the individual requirement, students may take a maximum women’s studies curriculum. The pro- program of study must carry approval of of 12 credits in any one academic area (arts gram’s extensive and long-established ties the adviser and the women’s studies coor- and letters, science, social science) and 4 with organizations in the metro area pro- dinator. Changes in this individual program credits in lower division courses. vide wide-ranging opportunities for stu- must be similarly approved. Non-approved Courses taken under the undifferenti- dents to apply their classroom knowledge individual programs will not be considered ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not in a community setting. Many students dis- to meet major requirements. In designing acceptable toward fulfilling Certificate cover a life’s vocation through these expe- their individual program, students may requirements with the following excep- riences, and all develop new skills. follow either a discipline-based emphasis tions: one women’s studies elective course, Guidelines for women’s studies intern- or a theme-based emphasis. WS 404 Cooperative Education/Intern- ships, practica, and independent study are A discipline-based emphasis will con- ship, WS 409. flexible in order to meet individual needs. sist of five courses (20 credits) in a depart- A degree in women’s studies provides the ment or program outside women’s studies. foundation for life-long learning as well as Two of these courses are to be courses background and experience for careers in which familiarize students with that disci- teaching, counseling and social work, busi- pline’s materials and approaches. The other ness, law, health sciences, public adminis- three courses in the discipline are to be tration, public relations, and research. cross-listed with women’s studies or

† Although students have the choice of taking either WS 340 or WS 341, taking both is recommended. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 161

WS 315 WS 342 COURSES Feminist Analysis (4) History of Feminism in the United States (4) An exploration of the interpretive frameworks After a review of Western feminism’s Enlighten- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not and research strategies utilized in contemporary ment roots and Victorian variations in the United offered every year. feminist scholarship. Drawing on examples from States, this course focuses on the shaping of For additional courses in women’s studies, more than one discipline, students will be intro- modern feminism as a diverse body of questions, consult departmental listings, e.g., Departments duced to a range of theoretical and methodologi- ideas, and experiments in American life. Themes of Psychology and Sociology. cal approaches, while learning to identify the include political equality, the emergence of WS 101 choices that scholars make in carrying out their sexual politics, issues of race and difference, Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) work. Issues under debate within feminist schol- women workers and class conflict, the civil A survey and critical analysis of the essential arship as well as the differences between femi- rights movement and gender struggles, radical issues of feminism and their effects on women’s nist scholars and those working from other feminism, conservative women and “backlash”, lives. Topics include: marriage, family, educa- frameworks will be examined. Prerequisite: WS and feminist internationalism. Prerequisite: WS tion, justice and reform, health care, sexuality, 301. 340 or 341. political and economic status. Focuses on WS 330 *WS 343 present realities and future possibilities. An Studies in Minority Women (4) American Family History (4) introduction to the interdisciplinary field of A variable topics course focusing on issues History of the American family from the colo- women’s studies. which have historically impacted women of nial period to the present. The course will draw WS 120 color and specific ethnic categories of minority upon textual sources and oral histories in exam- Workshop for Returning Women (4) women, including the relationship between ining changes in families in the colonial period, Designed for those who have experienced an minority women and specific disciplines. Prereq- and the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Pre- interruption in their formal education. Examines uisite: WS 230. requisite: Hst 201, 202, Sophomore Inquiry the educational history of American women. WS 337 (American Studies), or consent of instructor. Analyzes the ways in which the roles, status, and Communication and Gender (4) WS 380 experiences of women affect educational deci- An examination of similarities and differences in Women and Politics (4) sions and performance. Includes the develop- male and female communication styles and pat- Analysis of the political role of women in poli- ment of skills and self-confidence in studying, terns. Particular attention given to the implica- tics. Reviews historical and contemporary analy- writing, research, examinations, time manage- tions of gender as social construct upon ses of women’s participation and status in ment, mathematics and science. Credit cannot be perception, values, stereotyping, language use, politics. Prerequisites: PS 101, 102 or upper- used to satisfy certificate requirements. nonverbal communication, and power and con- division standing. WS 199 flict in human relationships. Discussion of influ- WS 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ence of mass communication upon shaping and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) A variable topics course dealing with contempo- constructing male and female roles. WS 401 rary and historical issues in feminism. Recent WS 340 Research (Credit to be arranged.) offerings have included History of Women Art- Women and Gender in America, Colonial Era WS 404 ists and History of Women in Science. WS 199 is to 1865 (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to also available for students who wish to pursue This course explores women’s lives and work in be arranged.) directed independent study. America from European contact with the New WS 405 WS 260 World through the end of the Civil War. Through Reading and Conference (Credit to be Introduction to Women’s Literature (4) primary and secondary material, students will arranged.) Introduction to the texts and contexts of confront the diversity of female experience as Consent of instructor. well as the ways in which gender shaped the women’s literature. WS 407 economic, political, and social life of the emerg- WS 301 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Gender and Critical Inquiry (4) ing nation. Possible themes include native women and colonial settlement, Puritan religion, WS 409 Cross-discipline introduction to feminist frame- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) works including theoretical issues and varying the household economy, the American Revolu- tion, evangelicalism and the rise of the Victorian WS 410 approaches to the study of women and gender. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Attention to the relationship between gender and home, women and the westward movement, sla- other axes of inequality. Emphasis on the devel- very and race, gender and industrialization, and WS 411 the emergence of women’s rights. Experiential Learning Seminar (1) opment of critical thinking skills. Prerequisite: To be taken simultaneously with WS 404 or WS WS 101. WS 341 409. Students will present material based upon WS 310 Women and Gender in America, 1865 to the their experiences in practica and internships. The Psychology of Women (4) Present (4) Who was a suffragette? A flapper? Rosie the seminar provides an opportunity for students to Review and evaluate assumptions underlying reflect on the settings where they are working psychological research on women. Survey the Riveter? What do these images hide as well as reveal about American women’s recent past? and analyze issues that emerge in applying femi- research in areas such as the development of sex nist theory to practice. differences, acquisition of gender roles, and This course surveys the making of modern maintenance of gender stereotypes. Explore the American women by focusing on gender, family, WS 415 work, and political arrangements from 1865 to Senior Seminar (4) pertinence of these findings to topical areas such With a focus on analysis, critique, comparison as women’s work roles, women and mental the present. Students will explore the diversity of women’s lives through the ideas and institu- and connection, students will work collabora- health, and the women’s movement. Prerequi- tively as well as independently in this theoreti- site: 3 credits in psychology. tions—both the outstanding and everyday— forged by women in this period. Themes include cal, thematically-based course. The seminar is WS 312 missionaries and reform in the Gilded Age, taught by faculty from multiple disciplines. Stu- Feminist Philosophy (4) higher education and the professions, women dents will be responsible for planning and lead- Critically examines traditional schools of philo- workers and labor organizing, the rise of sexual ing discussion during some sessions as well as sophical thinking from a feminist perspective. modernism, gender in the Jim Crow South, post- presenting and responding to work-in-progress. Prerequisite: one philosophy course from other war domesticity and the “feminine mystique”, Prerequisite: WS 315. than Phl 103, 104, 206. feminism’s roots in the Civil Rights movement, WS 417 and “second wave” feminism and its discontents. Women in the Economy (4) Different economic theoretical perspectives are presented to account for women’s particular economic roles currently and historically. Emphasis on women’s responsibility for child rearing and 162 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

housework; women’s relatively low wages; WS 443, 444 class in educational organizations. Prerequisite: occupational segregation by gender; economic British Women Writers (4, 4) upper division standing. This course is cross- differences among women due to ethnicity, gen- Study of the works of British women writers listed as EPFA 455, may only be taken once for eration, and class; and policy issues with particu- with attention to themes, styles, and characteris- credit. tic concerns in the light of feminist criticism and lar importance for women’s economic situation. WS 467 Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. scholarship. Prerequisite: 15 credits in literature. Work and Family (4) WS 260 recommended. WS 425 An examination of the effects of work on family, Sociology of Women (4) WS 445, 446 and family on work, in contemporary society. Cross-societal analysis of the position of women American Women Writers (4, 4) Includes study of dual-career and dual-work in industrial societies. Analysis of the social Study of American women writers, with atten- families, effects of maternal employment on position of women and men in areas such as the tion to themes, styles and characteristic con- children, impact of child care and elder care on family, politics, work, education, etc. Consider- cerns, in the light of feminist criticism and the workplace, and parental leave and other ation and evaluation of theories of the biological, scholarship. Prerequisite: 15 credits in literature. workplace supports for families. Implications of psychological, sociological basis for the behav- WS 260 recommended. research for social policy. Prerequisites: Psy 311 ior, characteristics, attitudes, and demographic WS 455 and 3 credits in courses numbered Psy 321 or characteristics of women. Prerequisites: Soc Gender and Education (3) higher. 204, 205. Explores the signiﬁcance of gender in educa- WS 479 WS 430, 431, 432 tional work. Focus will be on the history of Women and Organizational Psychology (4) Women in the Visual Arts (3, 3, 3) gender arrangements in educational organiza- Examines the relationship between gender and The study of the art of women in various media tions and the formation of gender roles in con- the social organization of the workplace. Focus (painting, sculpture, architecture, printmaking, temporary American society, particularly in the is on gender development as socialization (e.g. photography, textiles, illuminated manuscripts, family, schools, and the economy. Students will hierarch and leadership, discrimination and and mixed media). A 3-term sequential class: examine differential socialization of males and harassment, deskilling) from a social psycholog- fall, 11th century (medieval) Europe to the 18th females, ongoing practices in educational orga- ical perspective. Strategies for change are con- century; winter, 19th century to early 20th cen- nizations that are gender-related and/or gender sidered. Prerequisites: Psy 310 and 3 additional tury America and Europe; spring, 20th century biased and the convergence of gender, race, and credits in courses numbered Psy 330 or higher. America and Europe. Open to non-art majors. Prerequisites: Art 204, 205, 206.

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

The courses listed below are offered on an irreg- Hum 607 Sc 607 ular basis by various departments. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ASc 410/510 Hum 608 Sc 608 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 199 Hum 609 Sc 609 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 399 Hum 610 Sc 610 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 405 ISt 199 SSc 601 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) ISt 399 SSc 602 Hum 407 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) For Extended Studies and Summer Session only. SSc 603 Hum 410 ISt 404 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to SSc 604 Hum 601 be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Research (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 601 be arranged.) Hum 602 Research (Credit to be arranged.) SSc 605 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 602 Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 603 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 603 SSc 606 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Hum 604 arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Sc 604 be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to SSc 607 be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 605 Reading And Conference (Credit to be Sc 605 SSc 608 arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Hum 606 SSc 609 Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Sc 606 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be SSc 610 arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ROGER S. AHLBRANDT, DEAN SCOTT A. DAWSON, ASSOCIATE DEAN ELLEN L. WEST, ASSOCIATE DEAN SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 725-3712—STUDENT SERVICES OFFICE

B.A., B.S.—Business Administration systems. The international business studies Minor—Business Administration certificate and the business minor are also Certificate in International Business available. Studies Admission Policy. Students may Postbaccalaureate Certificate in declare business administration as their Accounting major field of study at any time after M.B.A.—Master of Business admission to Portland State University. Administration However, students must be admitted for- M.I.M.—Master of International mally to the School of Business Adminis- Management tration (SBA) before allowed to enroll in Ph.D.—Participating school in certain upper-division business administra- Systems Science Doctoral Program tion courses or to graduate with a business The undergraduate and graduate programs administration degree. in business administration are accredited The following requirements must be by AACSB—the International Association fulfilled prior to applying for admission to for Management Education. AACSB sets the School of Business Administration: standards for business education in terms 1. Be formally admitted to Portland State of curricular content, quality of faculty, and University. adequacy of facilities. 2. Have junior standing, which is 90 credits. Only credits that are accepted as trans- UNDERGRADUATE fer credits by the University will count PROGRAMS toward the 90 credits. At least 75 of the 90 credits must have been completed for a The undergraduate program in business letter grade. administration adheres to the principle that 3. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at in a free society the business enterprise least 2.75 for: must be responsibly and efficiently man- a. all accepted transfer credits aged. The undergraduate degree program b. all PSU graded credits includes both business and nonbusiness c. all PSU graded business credits courses. It is designed to achieve two primary objectives: to provide a broad-based Students who do not meet the 2.75 GPA understanding of society and the function requirements will be considered for of business firms within the economic admission only if the GPA for their most system and to develop a basic competence recent 30 graded credit hours at PSU is in the application of business principles 3.00 or higher and the applicant has a and methods to solve organizational minimum 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and problems. a minimum 2.50 cumulative GPA for all Special emphasis options are available completed business courses at PSU. within the business administration major 4. Have completed each of the Concep- and are designed to prepare students for tual Tools courses with a grade of C- or positions in accounting, finance, general better. The Conceptual Tools courses are: management, marketing, human resource management, supply and logistics management, advertising, and information

164 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

BA 101—Introduction to Business and World of these options. Option requirements are Note: Students who wish to do a double option Affairs satisfied by taking 20 to 36 upper-division in general management and human resource BA 205—Business Communications Using credits beyond the required business core. management cannot apply more than eight Technology The courses specified to satisfy the option common credits to each option. BA 222—Fundamentals of Financial requirements are: Human Resource Management Accounting Accounting Objective: to provide a conceptual framework, BA 223—Decision Making with Accounting as well as the necessary knowledge, skills, and Information Objective: to enable students to acquire the nec- abilities, that allows students to understand Ec 201, 202—Principles of Economics essary technical and professional skills for suc- what is required to more effectively manage Stat 243, 244—Introduction to Probability and cessful careers in public, management, or human resources within an organization. Statistics I & II (for business majors) governmental accounting. Sp—A 200-level speech course Credits Credits Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management . . . 4 Wr 121—English Composition or UnSt 101, Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems . . 4 102, 103 Mgmt 461 Reward Systems and Performance Actg 360 Management Accounting ...... 4 Management ...... 4 Transfer students must provide a copy Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and Mgmt 471 Staffing and Employee Selection . . 4 of their Transfer Evaluation to the SBA Reporting...... 8 Mgmt 493 Human Resource Policies ...... 4 with the application for admission. Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation ...... 4 Upper-division management courses ...... 3-4 The application deadline for admission Actg 490 Advanced Financial Accounting to the SBA is the second Monday following and Reporting ...... 4 Total 19-20 Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices . . . 4 the first full day of classes of the term pre- Note: Students who wish to do a double option Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues ...... 4 in general management and human resource ceding the term for which admission is Upper-division accounting course to be management cannot apply more than eight sought. Applications received after the chosen from Actg 422, 460, 476, 493, common credits to each option. deadline will be processed for the follow- FinL 412 ...... 4 ing term. Information Systems Application forms are available in 240 Total 36 Objective: to provide students with a solid edu- SBA and also in the holders on the bulletin Students electing accounting as an option will cational foundation in the design and structure board outside of the room. also be required to take: Phl 202 Elementary of computer-based information systems and Requirements for Major. In addition Ethics or Phl 209 Business Ethics; PS 101 networks that will enable them to apply rele- United States Government and PS 102 United vant and robust solutions that support the to meeting the general degree requirements objectives of an organization. of the University, the student in business States Politics; and 3 or more credits in anthropology, psychology, or sociology. administration must take at least 82 credits Credits ISQA 360 Business Computer Fundamentals . 4 in business administration courses and at Finance Objective: to provide undergraduate students ISQA 380 Data Communications ...... 4 least 95 credits outside the School of Busi- ISQA 420 Structured Systems Analysis and ness Administration. A minimum of 180 with the educational foundation and exposure to the broad field of finance that will enable Design ...... 4 credits is required for graduation. them to adapt and contribute to all aspects ISQA 425 Database Management ...... 4 Business administration students will of financial decision-making as finance Information systems electives ...... 6-8 meet the following requirements: professionals. ISQA 405 Reading and Conference (credit to be arranged: 1-4) Required Business Core Credits ISQA 407 Seminar (credit to be arranged: 1-4) BA 101 Introduction to Business and World FinL 419 Intermediate Financial Management 4 ISQA 415 UNIX Fundamentals (2) Affairs FinL 443 Investment Principles ...... 4 ISQA 418 Client-Server Development (3) BA 205 Business Communications Using Tech- FinL 449 Analysis of Financial Performance . 4 ISQA 421 Object-Oriented Modeling and nology FinL 456 Foreign Financial Operations...... 4 Design (4) BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting FinL 465 Finance Topics and Cases...... 4 ISQA 422 Information Systems Project BA 223 Decision Making with Accounting Management (2) Total 20 Information ISQA 423 Collaborative Technologies (2) BA 302 Organizational Behavior General Management ISQA 424 Network and Client Operating BA 303 Business Finance Objective: to provide requisite knowledge and Systems (3) BA 311 Marketing Management skills which enable the student to meet the ISQA 436 Advanced Database Administration BA 325 Competing with Information challenges of managerial responsibilities. (3) Technology Credits BA 339 Operations and Quality Management Total 22-24 BA 385 Business Environment Mgmt 464 Contemporary Leadership Issues . . 4 BA 495 Business Strategy Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management . . . 4 Marketing Mgmt 445 Organizational Design and Objective: to provide educational opportunities Required Nonbusiness Courses (must be Change ...... 4 for those who are interested in developing completed prior to SBA admission) Electives ...... 8 expertise in marketing management, marketing Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Probability and Of the remaining 8 credits, four, i.e., credits communications, and international Statistics I & II (for business majors) 13-16, must be taken within the management marketing. Sp—A 200-level speech course area at the 300 or 400 level. Credits Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics The final four credits, i.e., credits 17-20, can Mktg 460 Marketing Research...... 4 Wr 121 English Composition or UnSt 101, 102, be either: Mktg 463 Consumer Behavior and Customer 103 a. within the management area at the 300 or Satisfaction ...... 4 400 level, or Pass credits will be allowed for any Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and b. from an approved list of courses, some of Management ...... 4 courses which are offered on an optional which will be within the SBA and some out- pass/no pass basis. Mktg 466 International Marketing ...... 4 side the SBA. Upper-division marketing elective(s) ...... 4 Business Options. The School of Busi- Total 20 ness Administration offers options for Total 20 those students seeking specialization in a subject area. Each student must select one

S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 165

Advertising Management A bulletin board outside the Student Administration. Terminated students must Objective: to provide the knowledge and skills Services Office, 240 SBA, contains wait at least one academic term before necessary for students to create and execute announcements concerning policy, upcom- applying for readmission. Students apply- advertising strategy within the broader context ing activities, scholarships, and other infor- ing for readmission must meet the admis- of the marketing function. mation vital to all business and prebusiness sion requirements in force at the time of Credits students. A bulletin board outside the third reapplication. Business students are limited Mktg 340 Advertising ...... 3 floor student lounge has student organiza- to only one readmission to the School of Mktg 441 Media Strategy ...... 4 tion information. A bulletin board outside Business Administration. Mktg 442 Advertising Copy and Layout . . . . . 4 540 SBA has student internship informa- Academic Disqualification. If a stu- Mktg 460 Marketing Research ...... 4 Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and tion. Students should check the bulletin dent who has been admitted to the School Management ...... 4 boards once a week to ensure that they have of Business Administration is academically Mktg 443 Advertising Campaigns ...... 4 the latest information. disqualified by the University, that student Prerequisite Policy. Before enrolling in will automatically lose School of Business Total 23 any business course students should read Administration admitted status. If a student Supply and Logistics Management the course description and complete any who has lost admitted status desires to Objective: to provide students with an interdisci- prerequisites that are listed. The instructor complete degree requirements for pro- plinary foundation in supply and logistics has the authority to administratively drop grams in the School of Business Adminis- management in preparation for careers in pur- any student who has not completed the pre- tration, that student must reapply. At the chasing, industrial distribution, logistics, trans- requisites. time of reapplication the student must: (1) portation, and operations management. Retention Policy. A minimum Portland be admitted by and in good standing with Credits State University cumulative GPA of 2.50 the University, (2) have completed 24 cred- ISQA 429 Transportation and Logistics and a minimum GPA of 2.50 in business its following disqualification (these credits Management ...... 4 administration courses taken at Portland must be 300 and 400 level courses), (3) ISQA 439 Purchasing and Supply Chain Management ...... 4 State University are required to remain in have a cumulative GPA of 2.75, and ISQA 479 Integrated Supply and Logistics good standing as an admitted business (4) have a business GPA of 2.75. Management ...... 4 administration student and for graduation One of the following interdisciplinary with a degree in business administration. electives: ...... 3-4 In addition, students are expected to Actg 360 Management Accounting (4) make satisfactory progress toward gradua- FinL 363 Credit Management (3) tion by completing a minimum of 9 credits Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) during each academic year. Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) Failure to maintain a 2.50 PSU cumula- Two of the following electives: ...... 7-8 ISQA 449 Process Control and Improvement tive GPA and a 2.50 PSU business GPA (4) will place a student on probation. The pro- ISQA 459 Production Planning and Control bationary period is defined as two terms in (4) which the student takes classes. In no ISQA 469 Productivity Analysis (4) instance will the period of probation extend ISQA 410 Selected Topics (3-4) beyond three consecutive terms beginning Actg 360 Management Accounting (4) with the term for which the student is FinL 363 Credit Management (3) placed on probation. In the first term of Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) probation the student must show progress Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) by raising the deficient GPA(s). If improve- Total 21-24 ment does not occur in the first term of pro- Student Advising. The advising center bation, the student’s admitted status will be for business students is in 240 SBA. Cur- terminated at the end of the first term of rent information about admission and probation. If improvement does occur in degree requirements for students in the the first term of probation, the student will School of Business Administration is avail- be allowed a second term to raise the able there. Students should make appoint- GPA(s) to 2.50. By the end of the second ments with the advising center at least once term of probation, the deficient GPA(s) a year to ensure that requirements are being must be at least 2.50. met. For program option planning and Students whose admitted status is termi- career counseling, students may make an nated must reapply for admission if they appointment with a faculty member of their desire to complete degree requirements for choice. programs in the School of Business

166 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

MINOR IN BUSINESS Geography 2. Acquire a second set of official tran- ADMINISTRATION History scripts for your own use in order to have The School of Business Administration Political Science copies of all official transcripts for your offers a minor in business administration. The area study courses will be upper-division student records at home. Photocopies of The minor is designed to give students an (except PS 205) and must contribute to the transcripts are needed to apply to the SBA understanding of how the free enterprise student’s understanding of the area of the foreign language being studied. An approved for advising and possible applications for system works and how it fits in our society. area study course list for languages offered awards and scholarships. Also, students will gain an exposure to the at PSU is available in the Student Services 3. Complete the following Conceptual functional areas of a business. Office, 240 SBA. Permission to take an area Tools courses with a grade of C- or better Coursework requirements for the minor study course not found on the approved list prior to applying to the SBA (a Pass grade in business administration are as follows: can be received from the associate dean for for any Conceptual Tools course is Nonbusiness Courses undergraduate programs. accepted): Stat 243 Introduction to Probability and Business Administration Requirements BA 101 Introduction to Business and World Statistics I (for business majors) ...... 4 Business core: Affairs Stat 244 Introduction to Probability and BA 101, 205, 222, 223, 302, 303, 311, 325, BA 205 Business Communications Using Statistics II (for business majors) ...... 4 339, 385, 495 Technology Ec 201 Principles of Economics International business requirements; choose BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial Account- (Micro-economics) ...... 4 three of five: ing Ec 202 Principles of Economics Actg 476 International Accounting BA 223 Decision Making with Accounting (Macro-economics) ...... 4 FinL 456 Foreign Financial Operations Information Minor Core Courses Mgmt 446 Principles of International Stat 243, 244 Statistics I and II (for business Management majors) BA 101 Introduction to Business and Mktg 376 International Business Operations World Affairs...... 4 Ec 201 Principles of Economics (micro) Mktg 466 Principles of International Ec 202 Principles of Economics (macro) BA 205 Business Communications Using Marketing Technology ...... 4 Business option requirements; Choose from: 4. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting, Finance, General Management, least 2.75 for: Accounting ...... 4 Human Resources, Information Systems, a. all accepted transfer credits BA 303 Business Finance ...... 4 Advertising Management, Marketing, and BA 311 Marketing Management ...... 4 b. all PSU graded credits Supply and Logistics Management. c. all PSU graded business credits BA 302 Organizational Behavior or International Business Studies Certificate stu- BA 385 Business Environment ...... 4 dents are encouraged to spend one or more Students who do not meet the 2.75 GPA Total 40 summers in overseas management training requirements will be considered for admis- work experience by participating in the Port- sion only if the GPA for their most recent All 100- and 200-level coursework for land State University AIESEC exchange pro- 30 graded credit hours at PSU is 3.00 or the minor must be completed with a C- or gram for business and economics students or higher and the applicant has a minimum higher. The PSU cumulative GPA and the other overseas internship and exchange pro- 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and a minimum PSU business GPA must be 2.5 or higher in grams. 2.50 cumulative GPA for all completed order to graduate with a minor in business business courses at PSU. administration. OSTBACCALAUREATE P Course Requirements CERTIFICATE Required Accounting Core: INTERNATIONAL IN ACCOUNTING Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems . . . 4 BUSINESS STUDIES Actg 360 Management Accounting ...... 4 CERTIFICATE The Postbaccalaureate Accounting Certifi- Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and cate is a program for students who have Reporting...... 8 The International Business Studies Certifi- earned one or more baccalaureate degrees Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation ...... 4 cate provides undergraduate students with and who wish to complete the coursework Actg 490 Advanced Financial Accounting and Reporting...... 4 an educational foundation in the field of to prepare for the Certified Public Accoun- tant (CPA) Examination. These recommen- Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices . . . 4 international business. Certificate require- Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues ...... 4 ments include the study of cultural, eco- dations include courses in accounting One additional course chosen from:...... 4 nomic, social, and political aspects directly related to preparation for the exam Actg 422 Advanced Taxation affecting business operations. as well as professional preparation for Actg 460 Advanced Managerial Accounting Students are required to gain admission public or industry accounting. In addition, Actg 476 International Accounting to the School of Business Administration courses are recommended in law, basic Actg 493 Advanced Auditing through the regular admission process and business, and in other related areas for FinL 412 Business Law those whose undergraduate degree is not in must complete degree requirements speci- Total required accounting core 36 fied for a business administration major. In business administration. addition, students must complete all certifi- Other required credits APPLICATION CRITERIA Each candidate will elect 9 upper-division cred- cate requirements as specified below. The following requirements must be its in business administration which must be Nonbusiness Administration fulfilled prior to applying: outside accounting. One of the accounting Requirements faculty should be consulted to evaluate elective 1. Be formally admitted as a postbacca- options...... 9 Foreign language (two-year proficiency) laureate student at PSU. Proof of admis- Economics courses (2 courses) selected from: Ec 340, 440, 441, 442, 445, 446, 447, 450, or, sion to PSU must be provided in order to Total required credits 45 with approval, other upper-division econom- have Conceptual Tools courses assessed by At least 30 of the 45 credits required for ics courses related to international studies the SBA Student Services Office, 240 the certificate and at least 27 of the credits Area studies—2 courses from each of two SBA. in accounting must be taken in residence at departments selected from: Portland State University. Candidates must Anthropology

S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 167

achieve at least a grade of C- in each course Fall Admission: Statewide M.B.A. Program. For stu- presented for the certificate. Entrance and Application and all supporting documents: dents outside the greater metropolitan area exit GPA requirements are the same as for International applicants—March 1 interested in the Statewide M.B.A. pro- the School of Business Administration Domestic applicants—April 1 gram, please contact the Statewide M.B.A. undergraduate program. For retention in GMAT taken by previous March office at 1-800-547-8887 ext. 4822. Stu- the program, grade point averages will be Winter Admission: dents are admitted to the part-time evening based only on coursework taken in the cer- Statewide M.B.A. program in the fall of Application and all supporting documents: tificate program. odd-numbered calendar years. There are International applicants—July 1 Postbaccalaureate students who do not currently 15 statewide M.B.A. locations in Domestic applicants—August 1 hold a degree from a university where the Oregon. GMAT taken by previous June language of instruction is English must sat- Structure of the M.B.A. Program. isfy the Wr 323 requirement before com- There may be support materials other The M.B.A. program is composed of five pletion of a certificate program. than transcripts, GMAT score, and resume distinct parts designed to produce a system- required for admission in future quarters; atic and integrated understanding of busi- GRADUATE prospective applicants should contact the ness operations and competitiveness. PROGRAMS Student Services Office, (503) 725-3712, Business Perspectives and Founda- toll-free 1-800-547-8887, for the most cur- tion Skills. (17 credits) The foundation rent admissions requirements. The School of Business Administration segment provides students with an inte- Degree Requirements. University offers two programs leading to master’s grated understanding of the global and master’s degree requirements are listed on degrees: the Master of Business Adminis- competitive challenges facing business page 54. In addition, the student must tration (M.B.A.), which is offered state- today, the operation of business as a sys- fulfill School and program requirements. wide, and the Master of International tem, the philosophy of quality manage- Students entering the M.B.A. program are Management (M.I.M.). The School of ment, and the basic intellectual and expected to have completed an introductory Business Administration also participates interpersonal skills needed to be successful calculus course and be microcomputer lit- in the System Science Doctoral Program in the M.B.A. program and as a future busi- erate (familiar with word processing, and the Oregon Executive M.B.A. ness leader. Students will acquire needed spread sheet, and database software) no (OEMBA). quantitative and analytical skills, and later than the end of the first term of admis- The OEMBA is an executive M.B.A. develop an understanding of the financial, sion. Contact the School of Business program offered at the CAPITAL Center legal, and economic environment. Administration’s Student Services Office (185th and N.W. Walker Road in Beaver- BA 530 Competing in a Global directly at the phone numbers in the para- ton). Professors from the major state insti- Environment (8) graph above for the most current program tutions, including PSU, teach in this BA 531 Executive Briefings (1) information. program. The degree is granted from the ISQA 511 Quantitative Methods for University of Oregon. For additional infor- Managers (4) MASTER OF BUSINESS FinL 514 Economic and Financial mation, contact OEMBA at (503) 725- ADMINISTRATION Environment of the Firm (4) 2250. The Master of Business Administration degree emphasizes a systematic, applied Business Disciplines. (16 credits) APPLICATION PROCEDURES cross-functional approach to the manage- Discipline courses build on the integrated Applicants to the program must take the ment of organizations. It is designed to foundation coursework and provide more Graduate Management Admission Test accommodate students with business and in-depth knowledge and applied skills (GMAT) and have test results sent to the non-business degrees and is best suited for related to accounting, finance, manage- School of Business Administration’s Stu- those who have gained at least two years of ment, and marketing. dent Services Office (SBA/SSO). One industry experience prior to their admission Actg 511 Financial Accounting (4) application packet including all documen- date. Mktg 544 Marketing Management (4) tation must be submitted to the Office of Admission to the Program. Students Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) Admissions and a second complete packet may elect to complete the M.B.A. program FinL 561 Financial Management (4) including official transcripts and a com- in either the full-time day format or the Integrated Applications. (16 credits) pleted application must be submitted to the evening format. For the most part, students Application courses return the student to School of Business Administration, Stu- are expected to progress through the pro- issues of systematic integration across busi- dent Services Office, P.O. Box 751, Port- gram with their assigned cohort and follow ness disciplines at the firm level and pro- land, OR 97207-0751; (503) 725-3712 or the proposed schedule of classes. Full-time mote competitiveness and quality in case toll-free 1-800-547-8887. In addition, day students will probably have to take and actual business situations. international applicants must submit a Test some elective coursework during the eve- BA 551 Integrated Process Management (4) of English as a Second Language (TOEFL) nings or weekends. Students are admitted BA 552 Systems Performance Measurement (4) score directly to the Office of Admissions to the full-time day cohort in fall terms Mgmt 560 Managerial Responsibility and Public as a part of the application packet. Only only; students are admitted to the evening Policy (4) those students who have been formally cohorts in fall and winter terms. There is no Mgmt 562 Business Strategy and Policy (4) admitted to the M.B.A., M.I.M., Engineer- admission in the spring or summer terms. Business Project. (6 credits) The busi- ing Management, or Systems Science One of the fall cohorts is offered in ness project is a team activity under the Ph.D. programs may take graduate level Washington County at the CAPITAL Cen- direction of a faculty member; students courses in the School of Business Adminis- ter. A student in this cohort will be able to focus on application of acquired knowl- tration. Students formally admitted and in complete all core courses (with the excep- edge and problem solving to actual busi- good standing in other graduate programs tion of BA 531) at the center. Some elec- ness issues and opportunities. may take courses on a space available basis tives may be offered at the center, the BA 506 Business Project (6) with the recommendation of their program remaining electives will be offered at the adviser or the approval of the associate PSU campus. dean of graduate studies in the School of Business Administration.

168 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Specialization/Electives. (17 credits) Each Typical Full-time Program Schedule business and social situations, with atten- student will select elective coursework to Term 1: MIM 513 (3), MIM 518 (3), MIM 516 dant focus on relevant vocabulary. complete the M.B.A. program. A maxi- (3), Language and Culture Study Tutorials. These mini courses are mum of 8 credits of electives may be 400/ Term 2: MIM 517 (4), MIM 515 (4), MIM 519 designed to help students prepare for a 500 level coursework taken for graduate (4), Language and Culture Study future activity in the Master of Interna- credit. Electives will be selected from Term 3: MIM 547 (4), MIM 568 (4), MIM 558 tional Management program. For example, (4), MIM 576 (4), Language and Culture courses offered by the School of Business Study students will have several review classes in Administration or may, with the approval Term 4: MIM 564 (3), MIM 574 (4), MIM 575 accounting fundamentals in Term 1 prior to of the associate dean for graduate pro- (4), MIM 510 (2) Language and Culture Study taking Accounting for Global Enterprises grams, be selected from areas outside busi- Term 5: MIM 578 (4), MIM 577 (4), MIM 510 (M.I.M. 517) in Term 2. ness administration. Electives are an (2), Language and Culture Study Field Study in China and Japan. As a opportunity to develop an area of special- Term 6: MIM 579 (5) Field Study capstone experience, students will travel to ization within the M.B.A. program. Typical Part-time Program Schedule China and Japan during term six of the Term 1: MIM 516 (3), MIM 518 (3) M.I.M. program to visit companies, meet MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL Term 2: MIM 517 (4), MIM 515 (4) with international business executives, and MANAGEMENT Term 3: MIM 547 (4), MIM 568 (4) learn more about these cultures. This trip Director: John Oh Term 4: MIM 564 (3), MIM 574 (4), allows students the opportunity to immerse Conducting business globally is not only a MIM 510 (2) themselves in the culture and lifestyle of reality but a necessity for corporations to Term 5: MIM 510 (2), MIM 577 (4) Language two very different countries, while gather- successfully survive and flourish in today’s Study: 4 weeks Term 6: Intensive Language Study ing firsthand information for their final world economy. The progressive and dis- project. cerning international manager cannot rely Term 7: MIM 513 (3), Language and Culture Study on yesterday’s knowledge. They must be in Admission Requirements Term 8: MIM 519 (4), Language and Culture 1. Applicants must have a U.S. bachelor’s tune with the evolving cultural mores, Study transforming social systems, and new poli- Term 9: MIM 558 (4), MIM 576 (4), Language degree, or the equivalent. A minimum tics which impact international business. and Culture Study undergraduate cumulative grade point They must be able to respond to the world’s Term 10: MIM 575 (4), Language and Culture average (GPA) of 2.75 or higher or a grad- shifting political, economic, and technolog- Study uate GPA of 3.00 or higher based on 12 or ical developments and address the chal- Term 11: MIM 578 (4) more graduate credits is required. lenges created by this continually changing Term 12: MIM 579 (5) Field Study 2. A minimum GMAT score of 500 or an global business environment. The Master Program Details acceptable GRE score. of International Management 12-month, Transfer Credits and Course 3. International Students must also have: full-time, or 24-month, part-time program Waivers. Since the Master of International ■ A minimum TOEFL score of 550 or is tailored to accommodate these specific Management program is a cohort program, successfully pass a Portland State needs. no transfer credits will be accepted nor University approved English Structure of the M.I.M. Program. The will there be any course substitutions or placement test. M.I.M. program creates an exciting and waivers. ■ Financial certification. stimulating learning environment by imple- Grading. Students must maintain a 4. Two to three years of business or menting a cutting edge, interactive instruc- cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 for all professional experience is preferred but not tional approach that utilizes advanced graduate credits earned in the Master of required. International Management program. technology. Team-based teaching and Exceptions to the above will be consid- Pre-M.I.M. The pre-M.I.M. program learning, emphasizing practical skills and ered on a case-by-case basis by the Master has been developed to assure academic suc- knowledge are evident in many of the lec- of International Management Admissions cess for those incoming students who have tures, executive seminars, corporate visits, Committee. no or limited business backgrounds. The field study projects, and exit project. Stu- Application Process. The Master of admissions committee will evaluate each dents are exposed to the importance of this International Management degree is student’s application packet and determine “team concept” from day one of the M.I.M. granted by Portland State University. which courses in the pre-M.I.M. are program, as all students tackle an outdoor Therefore, each applicant is required to required. All international students must wilderness excursion together during stu- meet the admission requirements of the participate in the pre-M.I.M. These courses dent orientation week. Oregon Joint Professional Schools of Busi- must be completed successfully prior to While the focus of the M.I.M. program ness (OJPSB) and Portland State Univer- enrolling in the M.I.M. program in August. centers on application-oriented knowledge sity. Except for TOEFL scores, which are The eight week pre-M.I.M. program begins and practical skills that can be applied glo- sent directly to PSU from the Educational in late June and covers the essentials of bally, a student will have the opportunity to Testing Center (ETS), applicants will business statistics, accounting, business specifically target the Pacific Rim. Students submit one completed application packet to finance, and economics. will explore innovative business practices OJPSB. GMAT and GRE scores should be Language Requirement. The language and changes along with contemporary included. component of the M.I.M. is designed to world affairs. To further augment the stu- Deadlines for submitting applications prepare participants for the international dent’s knowledge of the worldwide market- and supporting documents for both the full- business environment of Asia. The goal is place, the program’s objective-oriented time and part-time program are: learning includes cultural differences, to create a comfort level in the target lan- language training, and cross-cultural guage, Chinese or Japanese, such that the International applicants: February 1 communication. participant understands business etiquette Domestic applicants: March 1 and can function socially. The primary GMAT taken no later than: January skills emphasized will be listening, fol- Note: Applications to the M.I.M. pro- lowed by speaking, reading, and writing. gram will be accepted until these deadlines. The content of the language will focus on

S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 169

However, admission is on a rolling basis ACCOUNTING Actg 421 beginning in January. Applicants are Introduction to Taxation (4) COURSES Introduces students to a broad range of tax con- encouraged to apply as early as possible. cepts, tax policies, and different types of taxpay- When the M.I.M. admission committee Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ers. Students should develop an understanding of agrees that a candidate has sufficiently offered every year. how tax laws affect most business and personal demonstrated the abilities necessary to suc- For information on the accounting option financial decisions. Tax reporting, tax planning, cessfully complete the M.I.M. program, a requirements, see page 164. All 300- and 400- and basic tax research skills will be emphasized. conditional letter of acceptance will be level courses require junior-level standing; Prerequisite: BA 223. sent. A formal letter of admission will be graduate courses require admission to the grad- Actg 422/522 sent when the PSU Admissions Office uate programs. Students admitted to the School Advanced Taxation (4) completes its review. The total process may of Business Administration will be given regis- Expands students’ knowledge of how tax laws take as long as 12 weeks; therefore, appli- tration priority for all 400-level courses. affect sole proprietors, partnerships, corpora- cants are strongly encouraged to apply Actg 199 tions, and other business entities. In addition, the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tax laws applicable to estates, gifts, trusts, tax early. exempt organizations, and foreign persons are Oregon Joint Professional Schools of Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems (4) explored. Prerequisites: Actg 421 and admission Business (OJPSB). The School of Busi- Methodology used in manual and computer sys- to the School of Business Administration. ness Administration is a partner in the tems for the accumulation, classification, pro- Actg 460 Oregon Joint Professional Schools of Busi- cessing, analysis, and communication of Advanced Managerial Accounting (4) ness. OJPSB is a consortium partially accounting data. Development of the accounting Advanced development, analysis, and communi- funded by the Oregon Legislature consist- techniques used in the handling of large amounts cation of cost information, focusing on the use ing of Portland State University, University of information; special journals and controlling of financial and non-financial information in of Oregon, Oregon State University, and accounts; computer files for storing data; com- decision making and strategic management. Southern Oregon University. puter processing of data. Discussion of the prob- Cases and/or simulations will be used extensively. Prerequisites: Actg 360 and BA 339. Faculty for the M.I.M. program are lems encountered in the systems for different types of organizations. Prerequisites: BA 223, drawn from Portland State University, Uni- Actg 476/576 BA 325. International Accounting (4) versity of Oregon, Oregon State University, Actg 360 International accounting issues crucial for effec- other U.S. and foreign universities, and Management Accounting (4) tive interpretation and understanding of interna- selected business executives. All classes are Emphasis on the development, analysis, and tional business. Framework to analyze and held at the CAPITAL Center, 185th and communication of cost information relevant to understand financial reports used by multina- NW Walker Road in Beaverton. the following functions: planning, decision mak- tional corporations (MNCs). Special managerial ing, cost control and management, pricing, and and control problems of MNCs including perfor- PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— performance evaluation. Prerequisite: BA 223. mance evaluation, transfer pricing, and taxation. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Prerequisites: BA 223 for Actg 476; Actg 511 Actg 381, 382 The Systems Science Doctoral Program Financial Accounting and Reporting I and II for Actg 576. prepares students for academic or profes- (4, 4) Actg 490 sional careers in systems concepts and Comprehensive study of the principles, conven- Advanced Financial Accounting (4) techniques. The School of Business tions, and postulates of accounting. The issues of Focuses on accounting for business combina- Administration participates in the Systems measurement and disclosure of financial infor- tions, domestic and foreign. Also includes study Science Doctoral Program. mation are studied in detail. Although the of partnerships, earnings per share, and transac- courses are taught from the perspective of the tions in foreign currency. Prerequisite: Actg 382. There are two options for study in the preparer, attention will be paid to the informa- systems science program. Both options Actg 492/592 tion requirements and expectations of users of Auditing Concepts and Practices (4) facilitate the design of curricula which are financial statements. Governmental accounting, Auditing standards and procedures observed by individually tailored to the needs and inter- not-for-profit accounting, and international Certified Public Accountants in the examination ests of students. Students may earn the accounting issues are also covered. Prerequi- of the financial statements of business and other M.B.A. and the systems science Ph.D. con- sites: BA 223 for Actg 381; Actg 381 for Actg organizations. Audit standards and objectives currently and should anticipate approxi- 382. Students admitted to the School of Business and conceptual framework for collection of evi- mately four to five years of full-time study Administration will be given priority. dence and assessment of control risk. Short-form beyond the baccalaureate degree in order to Actg 399 audit report and operational auditing. Prerequi- satisfy the program requirements. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sites: Actg 335 and 382, admission to the School of Business Administration. Option A: The student undertakes Actg 401/501 advanced academic preparation primarily Research (Credit to be arranged.) Actg 493/593 Advanced Auditing (4) in a single department or school. In the Actg 404/504 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Audit objectives and procedures for the collec- School of Business Administration, stu- tion of evidence and the assessment of control Actg 405/505 dents concentrate their coursework in one Reading and Conference (Credit to be risk are explored. The effects of attribute and department or subject area and take courses arranged.) variables sampling as well as the effects of com- from other departments as well. Consent of instructor. puters and computer-control procedures on the audit process are examined. In addition, audit, Option B: The student pursues interdis- Actg 407/507 ciplinary studies with a stronger emphasis Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) compilation, and review reports are important on systems coursework. Student-selected problems in business operation elements of this course. Prerequisites: Actg 492 and business management to be studied by the and admission to the School of Business For information relating to the Ph.D. Administration. program in systems science, see page 56. individual and discussed in group meeting under direction of academic staff. Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues (4) Integrates topics from various accounting areas. Provides students with opportunities to see the accounting interactions and tradeoffs that result from realistic business situations. Course will enhance students’ understanding of accounting 170 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

and its influence on business, as well as the in which emphasis is placed on scholarly of after-tax cash projections of investments, understanding of how business processes affect research and writing. (This course should be alternative reporting techniques and options in accounting results, through a set of comprehen- taken after the student completes 18 credits in family financial planning. Prerequisite: Actg sive case studies. Prerequisites: Actg 360, 421, the program.) 525. 492 and admission to the School of Business Actg 529 Actg 539 Administration. Tax Planning (3) Estate and Gift Taxation (3) Actg 503 An integrating course that relates business taxa- An exploration of the United States system of Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tion, estate planning, employee compensation taxing transfers by gift or at death. Incorporates Actg 511 and tax shelters as they may interact with each a review of the technical structure to enable the Financial Accounting (4) other; the format is discussion of case problems student to understand the role a particular rule An introduction to the reporting system used by and includes client consultation matters. (This does or should perform in a transfer tax system. businesses to convey financial information to course should be taken after the student com- Designed to enhance comprehension of both the- parties external to the enterprise. Primary pletes 24 credits in the program.) oretical aspects and estate planning, in addition emphasis is placed on understanding the finan- Actg 530 to the structural framework. Prerequisite: Actg cial reports that are the end product of this Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 525. system-what they do and do not tell the user Recognition and taxation of gains and losses Actg 542 about a business enterprise. The accounting prin- from sales, exchanges and other transactions Tax Factors in Business Decisions (3) ciples, conventions, and concepts under-lying involving property, capital gain or loss, tax basis, Intended for the general business (MBA) stu- financial reporting are examined with the objec- and holding period. Prerequisite: Actg 525. dent. Course will cover the tax implications of tive of developing the ability to read, compre- Actg 531 common business questions and transactions, hend, and perform a basic analysis of financial Partnership Taxation (3) including: choice of business entity, acquisition statements. Tax treatment of partnership income; problems and sale of business assets, compensation and Actg 512 associated with the formation, operation, and benefits planning, and U.S. taxation of interna- Strategic Cost Management (3) dissolution of partnerships. Sale, withdrawal, tional trade. Students will be exposed to the Course takes the perspective that managers retirement of partners; basic adjustments, unreal- common income and estate tax planning strate- should not use information from accounting sys- ized receivables, and substantially appreciated gies of individuals and families engaged in busi- tems designed to prepare external financial inventory; Subchapter S Corporation compared ness. Not available for credit toward Master of reports in order to make internal management to partnerships. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Taxation degree. Prerequisite: Actg 511. decisions. Using financial accounting informa- Actg 532 Actg 550 tion to run a business is called “managing by the Corporate Reorganizations and Liquidations Contemporary Financial Reporting Issues (3) numbers.” Provides alternative approaches to (Corporate Taxation II) (3) Financial reporting for general M.B.A. student. developing and using accounting information. An examination of the effect of taxes on reorga- Studies of the accounting valuation process, Special emphasis will be placed on understand- nizations and liquidations. (May be taken prior accounting income measurement, and financial ing traditional cost systems, activity-based cost- to Corporate Taxation I.)Prerequisite: Actg 525. disclosure. Contemporary issues are examined in ing systems, and determining the cost of quality. Actg 533 the context of factors that shape accounting stan- Course will rely heavily on the examination of Fiduciary Income Taxation (3) dards and current trends in financial reporting. actual company situations. Prerequisites: BA Federal income taxation of estates and trusts, Prerequisite: Actg 511. 551 and 552. interrelationship of tax elections with federal Actg 551 Actg 520 estate tax, basis problems; correlation with pro- Accounting Issues in Enterprise Systems (2) Retirement Plans (3) bate estate or testamentary trust accounting.Pre- Study of accounting information systems for Establishment and administration of pension, requisite: Actg 525. operations with an emphasis on accounting profit-sharing, and self-employed retirement Actg 534 issues. Topics include innovative accounting plans; plan characteristics; insured, trusteed and Federal and State Tax Procedures (3) system architectures, creating new value through self-administered plans; investment policies; Tax reporting and collection procedures; admin- accounting systems, and limitations and poten- federal and state regulation; requirements for istrative and judicial procedures governing tax tials of various accounting information systems. Internal Revenue Service qualifications; taxation controversies, the rights and obligations of the Actg 553 of benefits; integration with Social Security. taxpayer. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Financial Statement Analysis (3) Actg 525 Actg 535 Sound financial information for making business Tax Research Methods (3) State and Local Taxation (3) decisions is obtained by an understanding of the Methods of researching tax rulings and laws in Examination of issues and taxation other than accounting data from which the information is tax accounting; study of the administration and federal income tax, including property tax pro- derived as well as by the application of tools of responsibilities of tax practice. Prerequisite: cesses, sales and use taxes, multistate transac- analysis. Students will gain an increased under- Actg 482. tions, manufacturers excise tax, and sumptuary standing of the properties and use of accounting Actg 526 and regulatory excise taxes. Prerequisite: Actg numbers in the determination and forecasting of Tax Theory and Application (3) 525. financial position, the financial disclosure pro- Analysis of theory of taxation within the envi- Actg 536 cess and its use in comparing business perfor- rons of the business community and the effects International Taxation (3) mance. Prerequisite: Actg 511, FinL 561. of taxation upon business and investment deci- Taxation of United States citizens and businesses Actg 601 sions, capital structure, and finance policies. on foreign-source income; topics include the Research (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: Actg 525. forms of multinational operations, foreign tax Actg 607 Actg 527 credits, and tax treaties. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Corporate Formation and Nonliquidating Actg 537 Distribution (Corporate Taxation I) (3) Tax Accounting Problems (3) Concepts and principles governing the taxation A study of tax accounting methods, reporting of corporations and their shareholders including periods, special elections, and consolidated the effects of taxes on corporate capital structure returns. Prerequisite: Actg 525. and distributions. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Actg 538 Actg 528 Computer Applications in Taxation (3) Current Tax Developments (3) An evolving course that orients the student to the Review of recent or contemplated tax changes, use of computers in tax practice; emphasis is on including tax reform proposals; legislative, the assistance a computer lends to tax planning administrative, and judicial developments relat- and decision making; topics include evaluations ing to all forms of taxation; an integrative course S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 171

Financing of firm growth and valuation will be Prerequisites: BA 302, 303, 311. (One of the BUSINESS ADMINISTRA- introduced. An integration of the concepts of three prerequisites may be taken concurrently.) TION financial management into a total system Restricted to admitted SBA students. Graduating COURSES approach to business decision making will be seniors will be given priority admittance. facilitated with the use of cases, as appropriate. BA 506 BA 101 Prerequisite: BA 205, 222, and junior standing. Business Project (3 or 6) Introduction to Business and World Affairs BA 311 Under the direction of a faculty member, stu- (4) dents work in teams to apply MBA knowledge Introduction to the business firm operating in the Marketing Management (4) Basic marketing concepts from the perspective and skills to actual business problems or situa- local, national, and global marketplace. Empha- of the marketing manager. Key focus is to exam- tions. Students may register for six credits sizes the integration of the various functional ine the marketing planning and analysis neces- during a single term, or register for three credits areas of business as the firm evolves from its sary to develop sound marketing plans and during two consecutive terms. After initially entrepreneurial origins to a mature corporation. strategies. Specific topics include the role of meeting as a class at the beginning of the term, BA 205 marketing within the firm, analysis of marketing students meet periodically with an assigned fac- Business Communications Using Technology opportunities, selection of target markets and ulty member to monitor progress on the agreed (4) market segmentation, marketing strategies in a learning contract and to discuss a variety of Provides students with the tools that are needed global marketplace, use of technology in market, implementation and organizational issues. Pre- to collect, organize, and present information in a and marketing mix decisions. Experiential learn- requisite: completion of at least 37 hours of the business environment. Students will learn how to ing approaches for class participation will be MBA core sequence. use library and Internet resources to collect used. Prerequisites: BA 205 and junior standing. information. Word processing, spreadsheet, and BA 530 graphics applications will be used to organize BA 325 Competing in a Global Environment (8) and present business information. Students will Competing with Information Technology (4) Inaugural M.B.A. course provides students with be introduced to business report writing, devel- Presents the key steps required to gain a compet- an understanding of key themes related to suc- oping and delivering a persuasive presentation, itive advantage in the marketplace through the cessful global competition and with the interper- and electronic-mail methods for team-based use of information technologies. Primary focus sonal and intellectual skills required for communication. Prerequisite: BA 101. is to help students understand the information individuals to contribute in a highly competitive systems development lifecycle and the ways that and globalized business environment. BA 222 systems can support functional areas of a busi- BA 531 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting (4) ness. Other topics include: communication tech- Assists students in developing an understanding Executive Briefings (1) nologies to support groups, productivity of financial statements and the tools used by A weekly series of presentations by local, software and applications, designing systems for external users such as lenders, shareholders, and regional, national, and international business competitive advantage, and systems reengineer- competitors to evaluate the performance of the leaders on current business topics. ing. Prerequisites: BA 205 and junior standing. firm. Balance sheets, income statements, state- BA 551 ments of cash flows, and industry reports will be BA 339 Integrated Process Management (4) used to introduce topics such as: assessing risk, Operations and Quality Management (4) Covers the design and management of transfor- liquidity, solvency, operating efficiency, and Develops an understanding of the various issues mation processes within the firm and relation- profitability of the firm. Prerequisite: BA 101. and strategies involved in the operation of a ser- ships with both suppliers and customers. There vice or manufacturing organization. These con- is a strong focus on customer satisfaction, qual- BA 223 siderations include the support by the ity, continuous improvement, and cost manage- Decision Making with Accounting operation’s organization of corporate strategy Information (4) ment as each relates to process design and Designed to aid students in developing effective through design and operating decisions. Issues control in both manufacturing and service orga- decision making skills. Course elements include: such as global supply sources, worldwide busi- nizations. Prerequisites: ISQA 511, Actg 511, understanding the organization as a system, ness system influences, continuous improve- and concurrent enrollment in BA 552. information assessment, cash management, ment, and total quality management will be BA 552 operations and capital budgeting, manufacturing discussed. Prerequisite: junior standing. Systems for Performance Measurement (4) cost systems, cost control procedures, managing BA 385 Provides the student with a systematic approach inventory, problem solving, and measuring the Business Environment (4) to the determination and measurement of the health of the organization. Prerequisite: BA 222. Study and critical analysis of the role of business critical processes for achieving organizational in its environment with special references to the effectiveness and efficiency. Emphasis is given BA 302 interrelationships of legal, technological, eco- Organizational Behavior (4) to the development of the necessary information Focuses on issues that are relevant to the three nomic, political, and social forces with the busi- systems to support process integration, critical levels of organizational behavior (i.e., individ- ness enterprise and to the legal and ethical process measurement, and related decision mak- ual, group, and organizational). Key topics obligations of the business enterprise with its ing. Prerequisite: ISQA 511, Actg 511, and con- include: the nature and dynamics of teams, per- owners, employees, consumers, and society. Pre- current enrollment in BA 551. sonal values and employee job attitudes, com- requisites: BA 205 and junior standing. *BA 566 munication, conflict resolution, motivation, BA 407/507 Competitive and Strategic Analysis (3) leadership, decision making, employee effec- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Integrative course that focuses on application of tiveness, and the impact of organizational level Seminars in selected cross-functional and inte- analytical techniques to the processes and out- issues such grative business topics. puts of the firm. Emphasizes the identification, as policies, structure, design, and culture. BA 495 analysis, and evaluation of the marketing, finan- Techniques used to facilitate learning may Business Strategy (4) cial, and accounting bases of competition, and include role plays, cases, presentations, organi- Concerned with developing and implementing the development of appropriate business strate- zational simulations, teamwork, and/or term strategy for the total organization. Designed as gies. Prerequisites: Mktg 544, FinL 561, Actg research papers. Prerequisite: BA 205 and junior an interdisciplinary capstone course that teaches 511. standing. students how to analyze the internal and external environment of the firm and develop a business BA 303 Business Finance (4) strategy and business plan. Strategy formulation Development and study of a decision framework and implementation are demonstrated in light of for financial management with special emphasis the interdependence of the organization’s inter- on small- and medium-sized businesses. Topics nal dynamics and in relation to the global mar- include analysis of financial health, planning for kets in which contemporary firms must compete. future financial performance, evaluation of investment opportunities, and analyses of risk. 172 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

FinL 363 FinL 443 BUSINESS EDUCATION Credit Management (3) Investment Principles (4) COURSES Management functions performed by a credit Analytical study of the principles of investment department; relation to other functions of the in stocks, bonds, and other security instruments. See description of teacher certification in the business enterprise; nature of consumer credit Includes background study of financial markets School of Education section. and mercantile credit, sources of credit informa- and institutions; analysis of the investment char- BEd 401/501 tion, evaluation of credit risks, and credit con- acteristics, valuation, and market price behavior Research (Credit to be arranged.) trols used in business firms; credit policy of bonds, stocks, and derivative securities, and BEd 404/504 determination. the choice of appropriate portfolios of these Cooperative Education (Credit to be FinL 399 securities. Also included is the study of informa- arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tion and market efficiency, term structure and the BEd 405/505 FinL 401/501 determination of market interest rates, and secu- Reading and Conference (Credit to be Research (Credit to be arranged.) rity valuation. Prerequisite: BA 303. arranged.) Prerequisite: BA 303. FinL 444/544 Consent of instructor. FinL 404/504 Security Analysis (4) BEd 407/507 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Theory and techniques of analysis of individual Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: BA 303. corporate securities. Systematic study of characteristics and potential of stocks and bonds to BEd 503 FinL 405/505 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be facilitate investment decisions. Prerequisite: arranged.) FinL 443. FINANCE AND LAW Prerequisite: BA 303. FinL 449 FinL 407/507 Analysis of Financial Performance (4) COURSES Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Conceptual and practical elements of financial Student-selected problems in business operation planning, working capital management, and For information on finance option requirements, and business management to be studied by the short- and medium-term financing. Principles see page 164. All 300- and 400-level courses individual and discussed in group meeting under and spreadsheet procedures for financial analy- require junior-level standing; graduate courses direction of academic staff. Prerequisite: BA sis, credit analysis, inventory management, and require admission to the graduate programs. 303. financial forecasting. Prerequisite: BA 303. Students admitted to the School of Business FinL 409/509 FinL 450 Administration will be given registration priority Bank Management (4) for all 400-level courses. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Field work involving the practice of professional Practices, problems and policies of commercial FinL 199 activities away from campus. Prerequisite: con- banking as well as other financial institutions Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sent of instructor. from a financial management perspective. Bank- * ing regulation, organizational structure, financial FinL 218 FinL 410/510 Personal Finance (3) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) analysis of commercial banks, asset and liability A survey of investments, budgets, real estate Consent of instructor. management, and other contemporary issues ownership, financial institutions, consumers’ affecting commercial banks. Prerequisite: BA credit, social security, stock market, mutual FinL 411 303. funds, and estate planning from the individual’s Laws of Real Estate, Personal Property, Trusts, and Estates (4) FinL 456 point of view. Distinction between real estate and personal Foreign Financial Operations (4) FinL 226 property, fixtures, landlord tenant, accession, Survey of international financial principles and Legal Environment of Business (4) patents, copyrights, trademarks, concurrent own- practices underlying the investment and financ- The meaning and nature of law, sources of law, ership, deeds, adverse possession, easements, ing decisions of multinational firms. Trade and state and federal court systems, procedures for trusts, REIT, powers of trustees, wills, will sub- capital flows, foreign exchange, markets and resolving disputes, business torts, business stitutes, intestacy, probate. Prerequisite: FinL mechanics, trade financing, international capital crimes, antitrust law, labor law, contracts, inter- 226 or BA 385. markets institutions and financial instruments, national business law, ethical considerations, exchange risk and exposure management, capital social and political influences. FinL 412 Business Law (4) budgeting and capital structure analyses of mul- FinL 301 Laws of contracts, negotiable checks, notes, and tinational finance. Prerequisite: BA 303. Stock Market (3) drafts, insurance, documents of title, sales of *FinL 457/557 Analysis of the operation of the stock market. goods, letters of credit, employees and indepen- Real Estate Finance and Investment (5) Procedures in the buying and selling of securi- dent contractors, agency, partnership, corpora- Application of the finance and economic princi- ties. Examination of current regulatory practices. tions, securities, bankruptcy, security interests, ples to the analysis of real estate finance and FinL 333 mortgages, suretyship and bulk sales. Covers investments. Emphasis on the development of Foundations of Real Estate Analysis (3) law part of CPA exam. Prerequisite: FinL 226 or problem solving capabilities through the use of Surveys the legal, physical, and economic struc- BA 385 (FinL 226 or BA 385 not required for computer application programs. Special atten- ture of the real estate market and the characteris- students in postbaccalaureate certificate in tion is given to risk analysis, alternative mort- tics of real estate resources. Develops basic real accounting program). gage instruments, hedging techniques, and the estate valuation procedures and provides an tax effects of real estate investment. Prerequisite: FinL 419 BA 303. overview of market analysis and real estate pro- Intermediate Financial Management (4) duction, marketing and financing methods. Pre- Second level course in financial management to FinL 465 requisites: Ec 201, 202. provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, Finance Topics and Cases (4) *FinL 336 capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend Case studies of the most typical financial prob- Principles of Risk and Insurance (3) policy, working capital management, growth lems in business including working capital man- A study of the principles and practices of life, through mergers, and leasing. Emphasis on the agement, capital budgeting, and financing issues. fire, casualty, marine, and social insurance. development of problem solving capabilities. Special topics covered will be at the discretion Prerequisite: BA 303. of the instructor. Prerequisites: FinL 419 or 449; admission to the School of Business Administra- FinL 439/539 tion. Real Estate Appraisal (3) Fundamentals of appraising real estate. Land utilization. Analysis of real estate values by approaches followed by governmental and private appraisers. Prerequisite: BA 303. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 173

*FinL 485/585 uation for mergers, acquisitions, and corporate Life Insurance (3) restructuring, multibusiness valuation, valuation INFORMATION SYSTEMS Analysis of various types of life insurance, acci- of international businesses. Prerequisite: FinL AND QUANTITATIVE dent and sickness coverage and contracts. Pre- 561; competency with electronic spreadsheets. ANALYSIS COURSES mium rates. Family and business need for life FinL 556 insurance. Endowment, annuities, group pension International Financial Management (4) For information on Information Systems option plans, industrial and government insurance. Pre- Development and study of a framework for the requirements, see page 164. All 300- and 400- requisite: FinL 336. financial decisions of multinational businesses; level courses require junior-level standing; FinL 503 management of working capital, investment and graduate courses require admission to the grad- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) financing decisions of a firm in an international uate programs. Students admitted to the School FinL 514 environment; foreign exchange markets, of Business Administration will be given regis- Economic and Financial Environment of the exchange risk, and international diversification. tration priority for all 400-level courses. Firm (4) Prerequisite: FinL 561. ISQA 111 Examines the microeconomic foundations of the FinL 561 Fundamental Computer Concepts (2) firm and provides a broad overview of the finan- Financial Management (4) The fundamental concepts of Electronic Data cial markets and institution’s framework. Examines the financial concepts and problem- Processing; the impact of EDP on the firm, and Included is consideration of the components of solving skills required to evaluate whether man- the fundamental concepts of computer use the U.S. and international financial system in the agerial decisions add value to the firm. Students including programming and applications. Pro- global economy, the financial institutions that will develop an understanding of the financial vides a general vocabulary and understanding of facilitate the flow of funds, interest rate determi- implications of business decisions and a frame- the capabilities of the computer in business. nation, and how government policy affects funds work with which to evaluate their decisions. An (One hour of lecture and two hours of recita- flow and interest rates. Issues of demand and integral part of this approach requires under- tion.) supply determination, market structure, and standing how the different functional areas of a ISQA 360 resulting economic behavior are also considered. business interrelate and the supporting role that Business Computing Fundamentals (4) FinL 543 finance can provide. Topics considered include Overview of topics to introduce students to the Investments (4) cash flow analysis, risk determination, valuation, fundamental programming theories and concepts Introduction to investment analysis, including working capital management, and financing. necessary to create workable solutions to the the functioning of capital markets; valuation Prerequisites: BA 530, FinL 514, Actg 511. information system needs of managed organiza- theory applied to the aggregate market, alterna- FinL 565 tions. Topics include computability, data structive industries, and individual firms; stock valua- Cases in Corporate Financial Management tures, data abstraction, algorithms, recursion vs. tion models; strategies for the selection, (4) iteration, principles of programming languages. evaluation, and revision of portfolio of stocks; Applications of financial theory to financial Students will use the C language to apply course portfolio performance evaluation and measure- decisions. Emphasis will be on the full range of concepts. Prerequisites: C programming course ment. Coverage of securities available in the important problems including asset allocation or passing grade on C programming competency bond market: treasury securities, agency securi- decisions, the full range of financing decisions, exam, BA 325. ties, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, interna- financial decisions of multi-national firms and ISQA 380 tional bonds, mortgages, and mortgage-backed the use of derivatives by both domestic and Data Communications (4) securities, their investment characteristics, and global firms. Prerequisites: FinL 514, 561. Topics include communication between people methodology for valuing them; the level and and machines, transmission systems, protocols structure of interest rates; strategies for manag- FinL 569 Advanced Financial Management (3) for communication technologies, and digital ing bond portfolios. Prerequisite: FinL 561. Selected advanced topics in theory and applica- communication and networks. Application areas FinL 545 tion of valuation, capital investment/capital reviewed include data communications, voice Hedging and Risk Management (3) structure decisions and their interactions, merg- and electronic mail, Internet, and mobile sys- Futures, options, swaps, and other derivative ers and acquisitions, and leasing. Prerequisite: tems. Management issues covered include cost/ instruments, their characteristics, their uses in FinL 561. benefit analysis, organizational impact, interna- financial risk management, and their effects in * tional systems, and emerging technologies. speculative situations; methodologies for valua- FinL 573 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Three lecture hours; two laboratory hours. tion of derivatives. Prerequisite: FinL 561. Management (3) Prerequisite: BA 325. FinL 550 A study of the application of both portfolio ISQA 399 Commercial Bank Management (3) theory and fundamental valuation techniques in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Theory and practice of commercial banking security investment decisions. The implications ISQA 401 from a financial management perspective. Bank- of modern portfolio theory for portfolio manage- Research (Credit to be arranged.) ing environment, asset/liability management, ment and in portfolio performance evaluation are capital management, and overall balance-sheet ISQA 404 emphasized. Prerequisites: FinL 543, 561. Internship (Credit to be arranged.) management of commercial banks. Prerequisite: FinL 601 FinL 514 or FinL 561. ISQA 405 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be FinL 553 FinL 607 arranged.) Financial Analysis and Business Valuation (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Financial analysis of the performance of the business or parts of the business such as product ISQA 407 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) or projects. Tools and techniques of financial Student-selected problems in information sys- statement analysis from the perspective of inves- tems, quantitative analysis, or operations and tors and creditors; development of models for materials management to be studied by the indi- determining and forecasting the profitability and vidual and discussed in group meeting under financial position of the firm. Business valuation direction of academic staff. techniques, emphasizing cash flow projections. Some issues in costs and risk management. The- ISQA 409 oretical principles and practical approaches of Practicum in Information Systems and Quantitative Analysis (Credit to be valuation of a business or business interest; valu- arranged.) ation strategies for specific purposes such as val- This course requires the student to work with a community organization in performing an information systems/quantitative analysis feasibility study. The study may include a current systems 174 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

analysis, design of the new system, personnel ISQA 424 ISQA 459/559 development or training requirements, hardware Network and Client Operating Systems (3) Production Planning and Control (4) and/or software recommendations, and assis- Hands-on introduction to the administration of a Intermediate and short range production plan- tance in system documentation. Prerequisites: local area network operating system. Enables ning and scheduling. Topics will include aggre- ISQA 421 and consent of instructor. students to gain knowledge and experience with gate planning, materials requirement planning, the kinds of management tasks they would per- scheduling and just-in-time. Prerequisite: BA ISQA 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) form routinely as network administrators. Topics 339. include network configuration, file and directory *ISQA 461 ISQA 415 configuration, network security, backup and Operating Systems Fundamentals (2) Operations Research Techniques (3) Fundamental concepts of the UNIX family of recovery, print services, user and workstation Introduction of methodology of operations operating systems. Topics include applications, automation and simple system. Two lecture research. Investigation of construction, solution file systems and directory structure, standard hours; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: ISQA and application of models useful for decision utilities, vi, introduction to shell programming, 380. making in business. Prerequisites: upper-divi- and resource management. One lecture hour; ISQA 425 sion standing, BA 339 and Stat 243, 244. two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325. Database Management (4) *ISQA 462 Study of data environments, the evolution of Decision Simulation (3) ISQA 418 database technology, database concepts and Client-Server Development (3) Emphasis given to the use of gaming to reveal Provides an introduction to client server applica- uses, data models, database design, and query the complexity of the total organization and of tion development with an emphasis on the client. processing. Emphasis will be placed on the rela- the interrelationships of the activities of the firm. Topics include graphical user interface develop- tional model and database management systems Students compete in a simulated business envi- ment, event driven programming, rapid applica- that support the model. Students will participate ronment and are thus allowed to make use of tion development tools, and tools for report in database design projects. Other topics address dynamic analysis. writing and query processing. Students will par- emerging database trends and opportunities. Pre- *ISQA 463 ticipate in the development of projects. Two lec- requisites: ISQA 420, admission to the School of Mathematical Modeling in Decision Making ture hours; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: Business Administration. (3) BA 325. ISQA 429/529 The incorporation of numerical considerations Transportation and Logistics Management and applied mathematics into the modeling pro- ISQA 420 (4) cess is the primary focus of this course. Students Structured Systems Analysis and Design (4) Overview of logistics including transportation, Examines the scope and organization of the sys- will gain practice in creative and empirical warehouse location and layout, inventory poli- tems development process and the role of the model construction, model analysis and model cies, distribution operations, and information systems development professional. Topics research for practical and realistic problems. The systems. Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. include system requirements, system specifica- emphasis is on the importance of the assumption, systems design, implementation, and *ISQA 435 tions in a model and on testing the sensitivity project management. Standard system analysis Business Research Design and Analysis (3) and appropriateness of assumptions against methods and techniques will be presented and This course is concerned with the application of empirical data. Prerequisite: ISQA 461. applied using computer-aided software engineer- multivariate methods of data analysis in business ISQA 469/569 ing (CASE) tools. Prerequisite: ISQA 360. research. Emphasis is on the process of business Productivity Analysis (4) data analysis including research design, imple- The role of operations strategy on the firm’s ISQA 421 mentation, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: cooperative ability and the organization’s pro- Object-oriented Modeling and Design (4) Stat 243, 244. Fundamental concepts of object-oriented model- grams and techniques for measuring and ing and design are introduced including encap- ISQA 436 improving productivity and for assuring quality. sulation, classes, inheritance, use of entity- Advanced Database Administration (3) Prerequisite: BA 339. relationship diagrams to model objects and Advanced study of data environments, data mod- ISQA 479 classes, and design techniques. Object-oriented eling techniques, database design, and query Integrated Supply and Logistics Management programming CASE tools and languages will be processing and optimization. Emphasis will be (4) presented and used. Prerequisite: ISQA 360. placed on client server architecture and SQL Capstone course using cases and projects to inte- processing. Software may include Oracle and grate the various concepts of supply and logis- ISQA 422 SQL Server. Students will participate in database tics management. Prerequisites: ISQA 429, 439, Information Systems Project Management (2) design projects. Other topics will include indus- and 3-4 additional credits in supply and logistics Introduction to the tools and practices of infor- try trends and opportunities, and database management option courses; admission to the mation systems project management. Topics administration. Two lecture hours; two labora- School of Business Administration. may include project management concepts and tory hours. Prerequisite: ISQA 425. software, training methodologies for non-techni- ISQA 511 cal users, documentation development, and ISQA 439/539 Quantitative Methods For Managers (4) alpha/beta testing practices. One lecture hour; Purchasing and Supply Chain Management Covers the quantitative methods useful in mana- two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325. (4) gerial analysis and decision making. Basic and Deals with developing sound policies and proce- advanced statistical models as well as forecast- ISQA 423 dures in managing the supply chain. Topics ing and management science tools are studied. Collaborative Information Systems (2) include supplier selection and evaluation, com- Prerequisite: admission to graduate program. Teamwork is a crucial factor in today’s fast petitive bidding, contract development and paced corporations. Information technologies ISQA 518 administration, value analysis, and standardiza- Electronic Commerce (3) provide several means for teams to work tion. Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. together in a much more effective manner. Fun- Survey of technologies and technological appli- damental concepts include vertical applications, ISQA 449 cations to conduct business electronically today groupware, and multi-user applications. Stu- Process Control and Improvement (4) and in the future. Students will learn about elec- Study of the principles of quality management dents will be shown how to effectively use and tronic data interchange, the role of technology in including statistical quality control, total quality implement work group technologies. One lecture electronic markets, the Internet, and the organi- management, and the quality tools especially as hour; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325 zational impact of these technologies. Internet- they apply to supply and logistics processes. Pre- and consent of instructor. based technologies will be presented and used. requisite: BA 339. Prerequisite: BA 530. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 175

*ISQA 525 Mgmt 407/507 Mgmt 471/571 Database Design (2) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Staffing and Employee Selection (4) Practical course focusing on the design and use Student-selected problems in business operation The staffing process includes the acquisition, of databases. Students will learn to model data and management to be studied by the individual selection, and placement of employees to needs, design relational databases based on and discussed in group meeting under direction achieve the strategic human resource goals of the those needs, and methods for querying a data- of academic staff. organization. Topics covered include staffing base. A Database Management System (DBMS) Mgmt 409/509 strategies, human resource planning, legal will be used. Other topics address emerging Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) issues, recruitment methods, selection tech- database trends. Prerequisite: BA 530. Mgmt 410/510 niques (e.g., biographical information, inter- *ISQA 530 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) viewing, ability tests, work samples, assessment centers), selection validation, and utility analy- System Architectures (3) Mgmt 445 Study of cutting-edge hardware and software Organizational Design and Change (4) sis. Prerequisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; architectures and their usage in business envi- Study of organizations from a macro perspec- prior completion of or concurrent registration in ronments. Students will learn how managers tive. Emphasis will be on the implications of Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be identify and adopt new technologies for business dynamic environments, innovation, and technol- given to HRM-option students. systems. Topics include hardware/software con- ogy of organizational structure, design, and pro- Mgmt 491/591 cepts, needs assessment, decision criteria, and cesses. Management of change from a multi- Training and Development (4) implementation issues. Prerequisite: BA 551. level perspective will also be addressed. Prereq- Training and development highlights the organi- ISQA 572 uisite: BA 302. zation’s commitment to its employees. The course looks at training needs analysis; the Models for Quality Control (3) Mgmt 446 Study of variability. Emphasis on quality Principles of International Management (4) nature, types and methods of training; career improvements through the application of experi- Study of the managerial functions and problems stages, paths, planning; retraining outdated mental design. Topics include accounting for related to international business activity. The workers; outplacement, evaluation of training randomness, systematic identification of sources focus of this course is on the management of for- effectiveness; long-term development programs; of variation, control charts, and statistical pro- eign trade, direct investments, and international and processes of organization development. Pre- cess control (SPC). Course will use a combina- operations. In addition, the political, economic, requisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; prior tion of cases, lecture, and computer-aided and cultural environments of international busi- completion of or concurrent registration in analyses to provide the students with a founda- ness are examined from the perspective of man- Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be tion in quality control analysis. Prerequisite: BA agement. Comparative management is also given to HRM-option students. 551. treated through the study of other management Mgmt 493 systems. Prerequisite: BA 302. Human Resource Policies (4) An in-depth, analytical study of human Mgmt 461/561 MANAGEMENT resources and the tasks of the modern human COURSES Reward Systems and Performance Management (4) resource manager, with an emphasis on the Study of reward system practices that aid in policy making aspect of human resource man- For information on the management option motivation, employee development, and produc- agement. Studies executive-level decision requirements, see page 164. All 300- and 400- tivity improvement to meet organization goals. making within staffing, training, compensation, level courses require junior-level standing; Shows how job analysis data forms the informa- appraisal, and labor relations. Examines emerg- graduate courses require admission to the grad- tion base for both compensation and perfor- ing issues in HRM, such as quality of work life, uate programs. Students admitted to the School mance appraisal processes. Includes an analytic wellness, substance abuse, human resource of Business Administration will be given regis- study of traditional and evolving methods of information systems, etc. Prerequisites: Mgmt tration priority for all 400-level courses. compensation management, and relates this and 351 and 8 additional credits in human resource Mgmt 199 performance appraisal processes to the broad management; admission to the School of Busi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) performance management framework. Prerequi- ness Administration. Preference on the waiting Mgmt 351 site: prior completion of Mgmt 351; prior com- list will be given to HRM-option students. Human Resource Management (4) pletion of or concurrent registration in Mgmt Mgmt 503 Studies the human resource management func- 550. Preference on waiting list will be given to Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tions performed by the human resource manager HRM-option students. Mgmt 540 as well as by the line executive or supervisor. Business/Government Relations (3) Uses contemporary approaches and problems to Mgmt 464 Contemporary Leadership Issues (4) The role and importance of the business/govern- analyze the entire process of performance man- Investigation of the ideas of what constitutes ment relations function in business enterprises is agement, including human resource planning/job “effective leadership” as organizations enter the examined. Topics covered include: monitoring design, selection and staffing, training and devel- 21st century. Various aspects of the new leader- the governmental system, interest groups, lobby- opment, compensation, performance appraisal, ship paradigm are addressed. Students will ing, trade associations, governmental structure, and employee and labor relations. Also examines develop an awareness of their personal leader- regulatory process, and access to executive/leg- legal questions which affect human resource ship profile and capabilities and the issues they islative processes. Case analyses and projects management. Prerequisite: BA 302. Preference will face as leaders in tomorrow’s organizations. may be used in the course. Prerequisite: Mgmt on the waiting list will be given to HRM-option Prerequisites: BA 302; admission to the School 560. students. of Business Administration. Mgmt 546 Mgmt 399 Mgmt 470/570 Principles of International Management (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) American Business History (4) Covers the major challenges of managing inter- Mgmt 401/501 A critical examination of the growth of the nationally, including political risk assessment, Research (Credit to be arranged.) American business system, with particular atten- international strategy, structuring and controlling Mgmt 404/504 tion to studying the environmental genesis and the multinational enterprise, international nego- Internship (Credit to be arranged.) evolution of significant business organizations. tiations, and international human resource man- Mgmt 405/505 The course will also deal with the evolutionary agement. Course is targeted both toward Reading and Conference (Credit to be changes in business leaders and their managerial managers who work abroad as well as those arranged.) styles. Prerequisite: BA 302 or 385; BA 530 for dealing with international business from the Consent of instructor. graduate students. home country. 176 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*Mgmt 549 Mgmt 560 Mktg 340 Management of Service Operations (3) Managerial Responsibility and Public Policy Advertising (3) The difference in operating problems and issues (4) Comprehensive study of the principal problems between services and manufacturing is a result Provides students with an understanding of how faced by advertisers and advertising agencies, of the close interface between operations and political, social, legal, regulatory, and environ- and policies and procedures used for solutions; consumers in service organizations and the mental issues impact business organizations evaluation and selection of advertising media; importance of a “service concept.” The course within a global context. Topics covered include preparation of layout and copy for sound adver- will take an operations management view as it business ethics, corporate social responsibility, tising performance. managerial integrity, legal considerations for develops the similarities and differences Mktg 341 between management in the manufacturing and managers, public policy process in relation to Public Relations (3) service sectors. Prerequisite: BA 551. business, environmental analysis, environmental Principles of public relations in contemporary issues and management. Prerequisites: BA 530, Mgmt 550 America, with emphasis on the role of public Organizational Management (4) Mgmt 550. relations in business. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. Covers issues in organizational behavior and Mgmt 562 Mktg 376 human resource management that are critical to Business Strategy and Policy (4) International Business (4) organizational effectiveness. Organizations are An integrative, capstone study of strategy formu- International business concepts and practices studied from three perspectives: the individual, lation and implementation in international and relating to international trade are presented at a the work team, and the organization as a system. domestic business enterprises. Case analysis and survey level. Current global issues related to Topics include motivation, performance assess- other appropriate methodologies are used to international trade and actual international prob- ment, creative problem-solving, compensation, develop the skills and judgment necessary to lems are identified along with the basic concepts staffing, employee development, and organiza- provide overall direction to the organization. related to international finance, management, tional design. Focal emphasis on business lead- Special emphasis will be placed on how to suc- and marketing practices. ership is examined from a multi-level cessfully match competitive strategy with effective implementation policies. Prerequisites: BA Mktg 399 perspective. Prerequisite: BA 530. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 551, 552. *Mgmt 551 Mktg 401/501 Managing Human Resources (3) Mgmt 565 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Focuses on the daily strategies of all managers Case Problems in Organizations and Management (3) Mktg 404/504 as they lead their subordinates to high long-term Internship (Credit to be arranged.) productivity. Aspects of the employee life cycle The study of managerial action and process in to be studied include initial selection, develop- organizations through the use of case studies. Mktg 405/505 mental activities, redesign of jobs, compensa- The actual topics will vary during any particular Reading and Conference (Credit to be term, but may include: the resource allocation arranged.) tion, appraisal, and employee relations; legal Consent of instructor. requirements in all areas will be covered. Meth- process, balancing short and long term goals, ods of improving the everyday relationship organizational culture, group dynamics, the Mktg 407 between line managers and the human resource ethics of decision making, and performance Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Student-selected problems in business operation department will be emphasized. Prerequisite: measurement and reward systems. International and business management to be studied by the Mgmt 550. situations and problems will be included. Pre- requisite: Mgmt 550. individual and discussed in group meeting under Mgmt 554 direction of academic staff. Negotiation and Conflict Resolution (3) Mgmt 601 Examines negotiation as a sometimes rational, Research (Credit to be arranged.) Mktg 409/509 sometimes irrational social process used for Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Mgmt 607 Field work involving the practice of professional resolving conflict. Studies the interdependence Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) activities away from campus. Prerequisite: con- between parties which causes the conflict; sent of instructor. focuses on effective and ineffective negotiating ARKETING tactics between these competing groups. M Mktg 430 Explores the use of impartial third parties to COURSES Entrepreneurship (3) facilitate negotiations. Practical applications The study of entrepreneurship, with emphasis on include labor management relationships, pur- For information on marketing option require- identifying market opportunities and the devel- chase agreements, organizational goal setting, ments, see page 164. All 300- and 400-level opment of marketing and business plans to meet etc. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. courses require junior-level standing; graduate these opportunities. Prerequisite: BA 311. courses require admission to the graduate pro- Mgmt 555 Mktg 441 grams. Students admitted to the School of Busi- Media Strategy (4) Management of Organizational Change (3) ness Administration will be given registration A seminar focused on the concepts, theories, and Examines the media process from the perspec- priority for all 400-level courses. practice of managing organizational change and tive of the advertisers’ marketing strategy, the development. Class discussion will center on an Mktg 199 characteristics of advertising media and the role examination of the history and assumptions of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) of the advertising agency in the planning and organizational development and change, the Mktg 338 implementation of the basic function between action research model and other foundations, Professional Selling (3) media and client. Special attention is paid to new plus a variety of organization intervention tech- An overview of personal selling as an element of media such as Internet and other computer-based niques. Special issues such as ethics in client- the promotion mix. Emphasis is on individual channels. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. consultant relationships will be integrated into and team selling strategies within a professional Mktg 442 class activities. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. sales environment. Topics include characteristics Advertising Copy and Layout (4) of successful salespersons and firms, buyer Examines the creative process in advertising Mgmt 556 behavior as part of individual and group pur- with an emphasis on developing effective copy Organizational Politics (3) A study of the theoretical and practical aspects chase processes, the process and structure of and layout. Attention is given to effective adver- of success in organizations. Topics may include sales presentations, and the role of selling as part tising design in an applications environment in how to acquire, maintain, and use power; how to of the marketing effort. Prerequisite: BA 205. various media. Special attention is paid to cre- deal with superiors and subordinates; techniques ative executions in new media including direct for more quickly rising on the organizational marketing, interactive media, and the Internet. ladder; misuses of power; developing mentor Prerequisite: Mktg 340. relationships; power games; and success symbols. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 177

Mktg 443 customer identification, industry analysis, prod- a central focus of marketing strategy. Major Advertising Campaigns (4) uct and communication strategies, distribution, topics will include: new product strategy formu- Emphasis is on the development of the total pricing and control. Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg lation, marketing opportunity and demand advertising campaign from a marketing perspec- 460, and admission to the School of Business assessment, product design and development, tive. Integrates elements of the advertising pro- Administration. managing the product line, and organizational cess such as setting objectives, selection of target considerations in product management. Prereq- markets, budget development, media selection, Mktg 466 Principles of International Marketing (4) uisite: Mktg 544. message creation, production, and placement Differences between domestic and international *Mktg 551 into a plan for action. Prerequisites: Mktg 441, marketing are examined. A market-oriented con- Managing Marketing Information (3) 442, 460, and admission to the School of Busi- ceptual foundation relating international chan- Study of the uses and implementation of tools, ness Administration. nels of distribution, financing, documentation, methods, processes, and systems for managing Mktg 450 transportation organizing, and staffing is pre- marketing information. Emphasis will be placed Product Innovation and Management (4) sented. Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg 376. on the determination of information needs for A central focus of any marketing effort is the marketing decisions, the methods, processes, product/service that the firm is offering to its Mktg 467 Sales Management (3) and systems for effective and efficient manage- customer. The class focuses on the innovation, Analysis of the sales management function with ment of marketing information, as well as the competitive advantage, development, and man- attention to sales force selection, allocation of new marketing approaches and tools that utilize aging of products and services. Topics will sales effort, and motivation and reward of sales information technology for marketing products include product/service strategy formulation, force, plus the integration of sales with other and services. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. opportunity assessment, and new product devel- marketing activities. Prerequisite: BA 311. * opment process. Product life cycle issues and Mktg 552 Mktg 475 Relationship and Service Marketing (3) organizational interface issues. Prerequisite: BA Course focuses on the understanding of the ser- 311. Retailing (3) Emphasis is given to understanding the role of vice-profit chain and its links to customer satis- Mktg 452 retailing in the distribution of goods, with partic- faction. Producer-customer relationships will be Business-To-Business Marketing (3) ular attention to the management of retailing examined in terms of health service profits and Management of the marketing activities of enter- including buying, selling, accounting, organiza- growth, satisfied and loyal customers, greater prises serving business-to-business markets. The tion, site location, and legal consideration. Pre- service value. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. course includes industry and competitor analy- requisite: BA 311. Mktg 555 sis, the fundamentals of competitive advantage Technology Marketing (3) and the role of product, price, distribution, and Mktg 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) This course is designed to introduce students to promotion in the creation of competitive market the special issues faced by managers marketing strategies. Prerequisite: BA 311. Mktg 507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) technological products in markets characterized Mktg 455 Marketing Trends and Developments. Marketing by rapid environmental change. Topics will Technology Marketing Strategy (3) Information Systems. Marketing Models. include an examination of the marketing/engi- Designed to provide an understanding of mar- Export Planning for Executives. Sales Force neering/manufacturing interface, product inno- keting strategy as it applies to firms in industries Management. vation strategies, value-based pricing, buyer characterized by rapid change in the technologi- behavior and strategic selling, competitive cal environment. It encompasses the strategic Mktg 544 market analysis, and positioning and distribution Marketing Management (4) marketing planning process including the busi- strategies. Emphasis will be on strategies for ness environment, competitive market analyses, Introduces basic concepts of the marketing process from the perspective of the marketing man- marketing technology products in industrial product innovation, the marketing-engineering- markets. manufacturing interface, value-based pricing, ager and provides a framework for the analysis of problems in marketing management. A key *Mktg 560 distribution and selling, positioning strategies, Research for Marketing Decisions (4) and the development and control of the market- focus is to examine the marketing planning and analysis necessary to develop sound marketing Designed to study the methods of gathering pri- ing plan. The emphasis will be on how techno- mary and secondary information for business logical change impacts an organization’s ability plans and strategy. Specific topics include the role of marketing strategy within the firm, analy- decisions. Also designed to study how to become to create and deliver value to its customers. Pre- a good information user. Emphasizes the plan- requisite: BA 311. sis of marketing opportunities, selection of target markets and market segmentation, marketing ning, design, and implementation of quantitative Mktg 460 strategies in a global marketplace, and marketing and qualitative research projects to obtain infor- Marketing Research (4) mix decisions. Prerequisite: BA 530. mation from internal and external business envi- Studies the planning, data collection, analysis, * ronments. Considers the evaluation and and reporting issues relating to marketing Mktg 546 appropriate use of information, information research. Key issues include defining informa- Buyer Behavior and Communication (4) Study of determinants of buyer purchasing sources and research services. Prerequisite: tion needs, sampling, sources of primary and behavior emphasizing contributions from the ISQA 511, Mktg 544. secondary data, instrument design, statistical behavioral sciences. Course will explore appli- Mktg 565 data analysis, interpretation and reporting of cation of behavioral concepts to marketing strat- Marketing Strategy and Decision Making (3) data. Prerequisite: BA 311. egy with emphasis on marketing Develops the student’s ability to understand, Mktg 463 communications and promotion. Prerequisite: analyze, and evaluate marketing situations and to Consumer Behavior and Customer Mktg 544. develop appropriate marketing strategies. Satisfaction (4) * Stresses detailed analysis of marketing environ- Exploration of the determinants of consumer and Mktg 547 ments and the design and implementation of organizational buying behavior focusing on con- Distribution Strategies (3) Examines the fundamental and emerging trends marketing strategies. Integrates a case study for- tributions from the behavioral sciences. Applica- mat. Prerequisites: FinL 561, Mktg 544. tions of behavioral concepts to marketing in distribution activities of business enterprises. strategy are emphasized along with how to mea- Course analyzes the competitive advantage(s) sure, retain, and enhance customer satisfaction associated with distribution strategies. Explores and develop long-term customer relationships. trends in channel design, the changing role of Prerequisites: BA 311; 6 credits in psychology, participants, channel relationships, and channel sociology, or anthropology in any combination. communications. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. Mktg 464 Mktg 548 Marketing Strategy and Management (4) Product Management and Innovation (3) Integrative course designed to apply marketing Social-economic progress and the success of the concepts in a variety of business applications. firm depend to a great extent on effective prod- Emphasis will be on marketing strategy in the uct innovation and management. The course will major areas of marketing management including examine the key role of product management as 178 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Mktg 566 MIM 517 that cross national boundaries, and the use of Global Marketing Management (4) Accounting for Global Enterprises (4) information superhighways to obtain critical Examines and provides a framework for study of Study of international accounting issues crucial information and maintain business relationships the global marketing environment as well as the for effective interpretation and understanding of in other countries will be studied and discussed. management of global marketing enterprises and international business. Goal of the course is to global marketing practices. Encompasses the build a framework that can be used to analyze MIM 574 International Corporate Finance and preparation for global competition, assessment and understand financial reports used by multi- Investment (4) of environmental forces, and strategic and opera- national corporations (MNCs). Special manage- Focus on investment and financing decisions of tional planning for marketing in the global envi- rial and control problems of MNCs, including firms operating in more than one nation. Topics ronment. Also examines the management of performance evaluation, transfer pricing, and include international risk and value analysis, international, multinational and global market- taxation will also be addressed. cross border capital budgeting and capital acqui- ing enterprises and their marketing activities. MIM 518 sitions, financing mix, working capital manage- Prerequisite: Mktg 544. Managing Multinational Organizations (3) ment of multinationals, foreign exchange risk *Mktg 567 Study of the many ways which business firms and exposure management, estimating cost of Management of the Sales Force (3) participate in the dynamic international arena, capital international investment, international The course involves a detailed study of the sales and the approaches to intrafirm coordination and capital markets, and sources of financing. Pre- management function. Issues to be addressed control. The management of a multinational’s requisites: MIM 513, 517. include designing the sales force, setting objec- global employees is also examined, including MIM 575 tives, planning strategy, and controlling the pro- the impact of culture on leadership, motivation, Marketing in Asia and the Pacific Rim (4) gram. Additional topics cover managing the decision-making, developing the skills of the Study of marketing strategies and practices in sales force: recruiting, training, directing, moti- global manager, and the study of expatriate man- Asian and other Pacific Rim countries. Markets, vating, compensating, and evaluating sales rep- agement. marketing environments, and marketing prac- resentatives.Prerequisite: Mktg 544. MIM 519 tices in selected Asian countries are analyzed. Mktg 601 Government Regulations, Ethics and Planning, and managing marketing strategies Research (Credit to be arranged.) Multinational Transactions (4) and operations are also included. Prerequisites: Mktg 607 Study of the social, political, and legal context of MIM 515, 516, 523, 547. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) international business management through the examination of the variety of means by which MIM 576 Advanced Cross-cultural Communication (4) the values of society and the actions of govern- ASTER OF Study of the process of communication, its vari- M ment impact the success or failure of multina- ous components, and how cultural, sociocultural, INTERNATIONAL tional business transactions. The complex psychocultural, and environmental influences MANAGEMENT COURSES regulatory and ethical issues that may occur in affect the outcome, including the role of non- the culturally and historically diverse Pacific verbal communication. Analysis of successful Courses offered through the Master of Interna- Rim markets will also be examined. adaptation to new cultures, including developing tional Management program are open only to MIM 547 a communication competence in a new culture students admitted to the program. International Trade Practices (4) and dealing with conflict. While the principles of MIM 510 Study of the practices of international trade. cross cultural communication and adaptation are Selected Topics (4) Comprehensive discussion of the practical generic to all cultures, two cultural environ- Special topics either under the sponsorship of knowledge and skills required for engaging in ments, China and Japan, will be studied in depth, the Age of the Pacific Series or an elective international trade. In-depth examination of both to develop cultural self-awareness. export practices and import practices that course addressing contemporary business issues MIM 577 in China and/or Japan. includes a practitioner-directed international International Business Negotiations (4) trade practice project. MIM 513 Examination of the issues and techniques of Pacific Rim Economies, Trade, and Financial MIM 558 international negotiations in a variety of business Markets (3) Comparative Operations Management (4) settings. Particular emphasis is given to estab- Survey of current economic trends among the The changing international environment in man- lishing and working within international partner- Pacific Rim economies, focusing on potential ufacturing will be reviewed through: compara- ships. The course makes extensive use of actual problems and opportunities of each country. tive study of process selection, facilities design, negotiation simulations. Course also covers the principles of international operations planning and control, supply logis- MIM 578 trade, balance of payments and adjustments, tics, process benchmarking, technology manage- Global Business Strategy (4) impediments to trade flows, financial institutions ment, international supply chain and customers, Identify and analyze factors that have acceler- and markets, and national economic policies quality management, and performance measure- ated the globalization of industries, define the affecting business in the Pacific Rim and the ment. concept of a global strategy, and examine the United States. MIM 564 organizational issues that are central to enhanc- MIM 515 Global Human Resource Management (3) ing the international competitiveness of a busi- Contemporary Global Marketing (4) In-depth examination of the management of ness enterprise. Address institutional contexts The global/international marketing strategies human resources in the international firm. that facilitate and impede the formulation and and operations of multinational corporations Course begins with an analysis of human implementation of global strategies. Explore the (MNCs) are studied through assessment of inter- resource management philosophies and interdependence and interrelationships in three national markets, marketing environments, and approaches to industrial and employee relations geopolitical areas: the United States, the Pacific various aspects of global marketing strategies in representative countries. The integration of Rim with emphasis on Greater China, Japan and and marketing management. human resource management systems in interna- Korea, and the European Economic Community. tional firms, including the creation of global cor- MIM 516 MIM 579 Contemporary Pacific Rim and World Affairs porate culture, and approaches to human Field Study and Project Presentation (5) (3) resource management transfer across borders. Field study in China and Japan for two-and-a- Study of contemporary political, economic, and MIM 568 half weeks. Classes at Fudan University in social issues of significance to the Pacific Rim Managing Information Technology Globally Shanghai and Waseda University in Tokyo. countries and their responses. How different (4) Company visits and cultural study. Project pre- Asians and Asian governments view each other Focus on the use of information technology in a sentation upon return to campus. and the world, politics around the Pacific Rim, competitive international environment and the regional and subregional cooperation, and Asian impact information technology has on interna- response to GATT. tional business operations. The vocabulary and background of information technology issues

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

PHYLLIS J. EDMUNDSON, DEAN ULRICH H. HARDT, ASSOCIATE DEAN DAVID KRUG, ASSOCIATE DEAN 608 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION BUILDING, 725-4619

Graduate Programs: and Practices Commission during the life Early Childhood Education of this catalog may alter the requirements. Elementary Education Applicants for licenses must meet the Mid-level Education Commission requirements in force at the High School Education—In cooperation time of the license application.† with appropriate departments Specialist Programs—Administrative DEGREE Studies (Pp-12); Postsecondary, PROGRAMS Adult and Continuing Education; Educational Media; Counselor Graduate programs in professional educa- Education; Literacy Education; tion reflect a commitment on the part of the Special Education Graduate School of Education and the Uni- Initial and Continuing Licenses versity to provide degree and specialist pro- M.Ed., M.A., M.S.—Education grams which will encompass all disciplines M.A.T., M.S.T.—In cooperation with that have relevance to professional educa- appropriate departments tion. This approach emphasizes breadth Ed.D.—Educational Leadership and depth in the liberal arts as well as a (Options: Administration; Curriculum commitment to professional education. and Instruction; Postsecondary The Graduate School of Education Education; Special and Counselor offers the Doctor of Education, the Master Education) of Education, Master of Arts, and Master of The Graduate School of Education is Science degrees in education. In addition, authorized by the State Board of Higher the School coordinates the M.A.T./M.S.T. Education to offer degree and licensure degree programs offered throughout the programs at the graduate level. It is autho- University. rized by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Admission. To be admitted to a gradu- Practices Commission to recommend ate program in professional education, the teacher education and specialist candidates applicant must first satisfy minimum for both the initial and continuing licenses. University requirements listed on page 45. Undergraduate students interested in The student must also meet the admission pursuing a career in teaching should refer requirements of specific degree, license, or to the “Education Programs” section in this specialist programs which the School is catalog (page 109) for information regard- authorized to offer. Detailed information ing recommended preparatory programs regarding admission requirements for the for elementary and secondary teachers. various graduate programs is available All programs are fully accredited by the from the Graduate School of Education. National Council for Accreditation of Graduate Program Requirements. Teacher Education and by the Oregon University graduate degree requirements Teacher Standards and Practices Commis- are listed on pages 51 and 54. Specific sion. Although licensure requirements are Graduate School of Education require- incorporated into degree programs, ments for degree, educational specialists, changes by the Oregon Teacher Standards or license candidates are listed below.

† Because licensure rules are controlled by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Commission, it is possible that licensure requirements may change. All persons expecting to be recommended for initial or continuing licenses should consult with an adviser or contact the Graduate School of Education Information Ofﬁce.

180 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Upon successful completion of all Univer- ization, the core consists of the following EPFA 606 Special Problems (3) sity and Graduate School of Education 10 courses: EPFA 607 Seminar (3-6) requirements, the candidate will be Credits Total 24 awarded the appropriate degree and be rec- CI 640 Principles of Teaching and Learning . . 3 ommended, upon request, for the appropri- CI 641 Research and Practice in Teaching and Postsecondary Education Credits ate license. Learning ...... 3 Required Courses ...... 9 EPFA 620 Doctoral Studies Proseminar . . . . . 3 EPFA 607 Advanced Postsecondary DOCTOR OF EDUCATION EPFA 630 Educational Organization ...... 3 Seminar (3) The Ed.D. in educational leadership, EPFA 631 Educational Leadership Theory EPFA 610 Adult Development (3) offered by Portland State University and and Research ...... 3 EPFA 519 Contemporary Issues in the Graduate School of Education, is the EPFA 650 Politics and Policy Processes in Postsecondary Education (3) Electives ...... 6-9 School’s highest professional degree. It Education ...... 3 EPFA 651 Educational Policy Analysis . . . . . 3 EPFA 516 Adult Learning (3) attests to the demonstrated proficiency of EPFA 517 Policy and Governance in Postsec- those who are its recipients in an area of EPFA 660 Doctoral Research I ...... 3 EPFA 661 Doctoral Research II ...... 3 ondary Education (3) advanced graduate study. Emphasis is on EPFA 662 Doctoral Research III ...... 3 EPFA 533 Planning and Budgeting in Postsec- preparation for excellent professional per- ondary Education (3) 2. The Specialization. Four options are formance as leaders in education in: public EPFA 536 Postsecondary Curriculum (3) available to students: administration; post- and private schools; community and four- EPFA 541 The Community College (3) secondary education; curriculum and year colleges and universities; community, Further Study and/or Field Application . . . . .6-9 instruction; and special and counselor edu- state, and federal educational agencies; and Internship (varies) cation. Using guidelines developed by pro- Directed Reading (varies) nonschool settings, where appropriate. The gram area faculty, the student works Additional Coursework (varies) program is designed for professional edu- individually with his or her major adviser cators interested in improving educational to develop the area of specialization. The Total 24 practices in school, college, and other purpose is to provide depth in the areas of Curriculum and Instruction Credits settings. special interest to the student. This require- CI 610 Research and Resources in Curriculum In keeping with the distinctive mission ment may be met through a combination of and Instruction ...... 3 of Portland State University, emphasis is coursework, field-based study, and directed CI 609 Research Practicum ...... 3 placed on the metropolitan characteristics Research Elective ...... 3 independent study. of the institution’s immediate environment Additional Practicum ...... 3 and upon the preparation of students of Administration Credits Integrative Themes for Change ...... 21-24 positions of leadership in urban and subur- Common Core Courses ...... 6 The student, in consultation with the adviser, ban communities. EPFA 610 Theory and Research in Educa- will choose an integrative theme to be proposed as part of the program planning pro- Four specializations are offered: admin- tional Administration (3) EPFA 610 Social, Historical, Philosophical, cess. (As an alternative, more traditional istration, designed for those focusing on and Cultural Foundations of Educational specializations—reading and language arts, elementary and secondary education; post- Administration (3) early childhood education, library media and secondary education, designed for those Choose courses from one of the following three technology education, mathematics educa- working in community and four-year col- specialty areas: tion, etc.—could be the focus of a student’s leges and universities and other nonschool 1.District-level Administrative Specialty program.) settings offering programs for adults; cur- Courses...... 12 Examples of integrative themes are: riculum and instruction, designed for those EPFA 593 School Personnel Learning and Human Development interested in the improvement of both the Administration (3) Inclusive/Multicultural Education Community and Environmental Renewal curriculum and the instruction found in EPFA 595 School Finance (3) educational settings; and special and coun- EPFA 609 Superintendent Practicum (6) Special Education and Counselor selor education, designed for those working 2.School-level Administrative Specialty Education Credits Courses...... 12 SpEd/Coun 610 Problem-centered Studies in in education and agency settings. Special and Counselor Education: General Requirements. A minimum of EPFA 530 School and Community Relations (3) Seminar I, II, III ...... 18 135 credits is required beyond the bacca- SpEd/Coun 609 Internship† ...... 12 laureate. Students must either satisfy EPFA 609 Administrator Practicum (6) EPFA 610 Administering the Work Group (3) in College Teaching (3-6) degree requirements extant at the time of and/or in Supervision (3-6) admission or, at the student’s option, may 3.Educational Policy Specialty Courses...... 12 and/or in School Settings (3-6) elect to apply requirements adopted after EPFA 553 History of American Education (3) and/or in Community Settings (3-6) EPFA 554 Philosophy of Education (3) admission. Continuous enrollment is EPFA 610 School and Society (3) Total 30 required. EPFA 610 Social Foundations of Education (3) The equivalent of three years of full- The Cognate Field. Students in admin- Electives chosen from the following list:. . . . . 6 istration or postsecondary education must time graduate study beyond the baccalaure- EPFA 539 Program Evaluation (3) ate is required. A minimum of 72 credits complete work in a field(s) outside the EPFA 575 Law and Education Policy (3) Graduate School of Education that comple- must be completed at Portland State Uni- EPFA 577 Cultural Pluralism and Urban versity after admission to the doctoral pro- Education (3) ments their degree program. The cognate gram, to include the leadership core, EPFA 593 School Personnel might be used for several purposes: to gain specialization, and dissertation. Administration (3) further knowledge about theories and conceptual frameworks developed by those in 1. The Leadership Core. The leadership EPFA 594 School Law (3) EPFA 595 School Finance (3) other fields that have been or might be core is the common core to be completed EPFA 601 Research (3) applied to education; to develop in-depth by all students and is a feature of the pro- EPFA 605 Reading and Conference (3) knowledge of and skill with specific gram. With the exception of some options in the curriculum and instruction special-

† Minimum of 12 credits. As part of each internship, students and faculty will attend an internship seminar.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 181

inquiry methods; and to gain greater specialization in: educational administra- Requirements for the degree are: breadth in related fields: 12 to 18 credits. tion (K-12); early childhood administra- 1. A program of study consisting of not Electives. Students may include up to tion; postsecondary, adult, and continuing fewer than 45 credits approved by the 45 credits as electives. Electives might education (which includes a special option graduate adviser and department chair, to include courses taken as part of a master’s designed for students enrolled in the post- include: degree program, additional education baccalaureate program in health care a. A minimum of 21 credits in the courses taken by those coming from fields administration at Concordia University); Graduate School of Education. other than education, and additional cog- staff development; and research and b. A core of studies encompassing prep- nate work. evaluation. aration in the areas of teaching and learn- Comprehensive Examination. The The purpose of these programs is to pre- ing, curriculum, research and evaluation, comprehensive examination covers both pare educational leaders able to respond human relations, and/or foundations of the leadership core and the major studies positively, creatively, and proactively to the education. The precise nature of this core core and is taken in two parts. The first, increasing diversity characterizing our met- of studies is specified by the department. taken when the student has completed or is ropolitan communities and to view diver- Degree plans are written in cooperation nearing completion of the leadership core, sity as a foundation upon which to build with an assigned adviser. is designed to assess a student’s ability to excellent educational programs for all c. Eighty-five percent of the required integrate and extend knowledge in the lead- learners. credits must be 500 level. ership core. The second, focused on the All students admitted to the 45-credit d. No more than 15 percent of the pro- specialization, is designed to assess a stu- master’s program must complete a gram may be 800 numbers, if approved dent’s ability to integrate and apply theoret- common Professional Studies Core, which by the adviser prior to being used for a master’s program. ical concepts and research results that consists of the following: 2. The graduate student will select one of inform the dissertation project. Professional Studies Core—15 credits An alternative to the comprehensive three options to complete the requirements (minimum) for the master’s degree: (1) a thesis, (2) a examinations is the writing of two formal Foundations of Education—6 credits papers and oral exams by an examining written comprehensive examination, or (3) (minimum) an independent project. The thesis requires committee. †EPFA 551 Social Foundations of Education or Dissertation. The doctoral dissertation EPFA 554 Philosophy of Education an oral examination in addition to the writ- represents original and independent inquiry EPFA 455/555 Gender and Education ten product. which is a contribution to knowledge or is a EPFA 456/556 Urban Schools and At-Risk Counselor Education constructive result of significance and Status All students who are pursuing a master’s value for educational practice. Students EPFA 552 History of Education degree in counselor education must com- EPFA 553 History of American Education plete a 72- to 78-credit program. This pro- may elect to employ one of several differ- EPFA 577 Cultural Pluralism and Urban ent approved inquiry strategies, includ- Education gram satisfies University and School of ing—but not limited to—traditional Research and Evaluation—3 credits Education requirements and is a part of the research designs and methods, ethno- (minimum) requirements needed prior to taking the graphic and descriptive case studies, policy †EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research I examination of the National Board for Cer- analyses, product development and field EPFA 512 Principles of Educational Research II tified Counselors (NBCC) or of the Com- testing, and program evaluation. A mini- EPFA 513 Principles of Educational Research mission on Rehabilitation Counselor mum of 18 credits is directed toward the III Certification (CRCC). Students wishing to dissertation project. EPFA 515 Educational Measurement be eligible for the Oregon Personnel Ser- EPFA 539 Program Evaluation vices Licenses required of school counse- With the following exceptions, the Organizational Systems—3 credits (minimum) requirements for the Ed.D. degree are the EPFA 510 Organizational Change in Education lors will complete the Teacher Standards same as the general requirements for doc- †EPFA 520 Educational Organization and and Practices Commission (TSPC) require- toral degrees at PSU. Candidates for the Administration ments within their program of study. Ed.D. degree may fulfill the residency EPFA 531 Human Relations in Educational The primary purpose of the Counselor requirement after admission to the doctoral Organizations Education Program is to educate competent program in one of three ways. All require Adult Development—3 credits (minimum) counselors for public and private schools, three consecutive terms of full-time CI 561 Advanced Educational Psychology community agencies and rehabilitation EPFA 510 Adult Motivation approved graduate study at PSU (at least † facilities. The program is designed to EPFA 516 Developmental Perspectives on strengthen competencies in the behavioral 9 credits per term). The options are: course- Adult Learning work, the study of practice (i.e., field-based EPFA 517 Adult Learning sciences and to broaden the students’ back- work), or dissertation. Students are ground in counseling theories and interven- In addition, students must complete the expected to carry less than a full-time job tions, interpersonal relations, individual requirements for their area of specializa- assignment during the residency period. No and group processes, career and life-style tion. Further information about each of foreign language competency is required planning, assessment, and specialty areas these areas of specialization may be for the Ed.D. degree. related to their major. obtained from the Graduate School of Students may pursue one of three areas MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF Education. of specialization within the Counselor Edu- SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Curriculum and Instruction cation Program: community counseling, Educational Policy, Foundations, and The M.A./M.S. degree in education in cur- rehabilitation counseling, and school coun- Administrative Studies riculum and instruction emphasizes profes- seling (Track I and Track II). The Department of Educational Policy, sional education. It is also designed to Note: Students in all three specializa- Foundations, and Administrative Studies accommodate students in teacher education tions must complete Coun 541 Introduction (EPFA) offers a department-wide Master of and educational specialists. to Counseling and one course in psychopa- Arts and Master of Science degree with thology prior to admission or before enroll-

† Required course.

182 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ment in the fall term of the first sequence of skills in order to assist clients with chronic Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in coursework. Additional prerequisites are and severe disabilities improve the quality Counseling ...... 3 specified for students who have not taught of their lives via self-sufficiency and eco- Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . 3 who are seeking admission to a school nomic independence. Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and Mental licensure program (Track II). Students seeking national certification Illness ...... 3 Coun 587 Mental Health Services ...... 3 Community Counseling Specializa- from the Commission on Rehabilitation EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research 3 tion. The Community Counseling Special- Counselor Certification (CRCC) as rehabil- Practicum Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 ization prepares individuals to work as itation counselors or state certification by Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 counselors in private and public commu- the Oregon Worker’s Compensation Internship Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 nity agencies, community colleges, univer- Department should complete the following Practicum: Internship ...... 9 sities, employee assistance programs or 72-credit program: Coun 573 Contemporary Marriage/Family private practice settings. Prior experience Systems ...... 3 Credits †Coun 574 Family Development Over the in a helping relationship is recommended Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments (concurrent for individuals pursuing this specialization. Life Cycle ...... 3 with Coun 567) ...... 1 †Coun 570 Human and Family Sexuality Depending upon one’s choice of setting, Coun 506 Legal Issues ...... 1 Across the Life Span ...... 3 the counselor should prepare to offer diag- Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 †Coun 576 Human Sexuality and nostic and intervention techniques to the Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 Therapeutic Approaches ...... 3 populations seeking counseling services. Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 †Coun 577 Advanced Family Therapy ...... 3 The program of study leading to an Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II . . . . . 3 †Coun 578 Advanced Marital Therapy...... 3 M.A./M.S. in education with a Community Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 † Coun 579 Therapeutic Strategies and Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of Family Transition ...... 3 Counseling Specialization must include the Counseling ...... 3 following courses: Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 Total 84 Credits Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Counseling ...... 3 School Counseling Specialization. For Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments (concurrent information regarding this specialization, with Coun 567) ...... 1 Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . 3 Coun 506 Current Issues in Counseling . . . . . 3 Coun 590 Foundations of Rehab Counseling . 3 please refer to licensure programs, Coun 506 Legal Issues ...... 1 Coun 591 Medical Aspects of Disability . . . . . 3 page 185. Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 Coun 592 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability . 3 Special Education Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 Coun 593 Case Management ...... 3 The Graduate School of Education offers Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Coun 594 Occupational Analysis/Vocational Evaluation ...... 3 comprehensive programs for the profes- Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II . . . . . 3 sional preparation of students in special Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 Coun 595 Rehabilitation in the Private Sector. 3 Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . 3 SpEd 510 Job Placement and Training ...... 3 education. A master’s degree in special Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of EPFA 511 Principles of Educational education may be completed in conjunction Counseling ...... 3 Research I ...... 3 with state licensure in special education or Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 Practicum Sequence (Year-long): may be completed independently. For Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . 3 Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum licensing information see “Programs Lead- Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 ing to Licensure: Special Education” on Counseling ...... 3 Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 page 186 of this Bulletin. Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . 3 Internship Sequence (Year-long): Students completing a master’s degree Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . 9 must complete the special education mas- Mental Illness ...... 3 Master’s thesis or elective course from Special ter’s degree core program. The master’s Coun 587 Mental Health Services ...... 3 Education ...... 2 EPFA 511 Principles of Educational core must total at least 12 credits beyond initial special education licensure and may Research I ...... 3 Total 72 Practicum Sequence (Year-long): include electives. The master’s degree Marriage and Family Counseling without Oregon licensure must total at least Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum Specialization. The program of study lead- (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 45 credits (which includes the master’s Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 ing to an M.A. or M.S. in Education with core). both the Community Counseling special- Special Education Master’s Core Internship Sequence (Year-long): ization and the state-required Marriage and Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . 9 Program. Students must complete a cap- Master’s thesis and/or supportive coursework Family Specialization totals 84 credits: stone experience as part of their master’s selected from Counseling Special Education, Course Requirements Credits degree. Prior to beginning the capstone Education, Psychology, Sociology, Social Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments ...... 1 experience, students must take SpEd 590 Work, or Anthropology ...... 8 Coun 506 Current Issues in Counseling Applied Behavioral Research in Special (electives) ...... 2 Education and SpEd 591 Issues in Special Total 72 Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues ...... 1 Education. These two courses and the cap- Rehabilitation Counseling Specializa- Coun 506 Substance Abuse: Community. . . . . 1 stone experience constitute the required tion. The Rehabilitation Counseling Spe- Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum . . . . . 1 Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 master’s core. A student must complete a cialization prepares individuals to work in capstone experience by choosing between a variety of settings such as the state/fed- Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II...... 3 the completion of a special project or a eral rehabilitation system, public and pri- Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling...... 3 master’s thesis. In addition to the comple- vate rehabilitation facilities, and supported Coun 568 Career and Life-style Planning . . . . 3 tion of a written product, the student must employment projects, with clients needing Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of present his/her project/thesis to the faculty. vocational and psychosocial rehabilitation Counseling ...... 3 Students are required to enroll in at least services. Emphasis is on the development Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 three credits and up to 6 credits of Special of effective interpersonal counseling skills, Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . 3 Project (SpEd 506) or Thesis (SpEd 503). vocational development, and job placement

† Coun 573 and 575 recommended prior to enrolling in these courses.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 183

The master’s core coursework includes: PRAXIS Examinations Program Requirements: Library Media SpEd 590 Applied Behavioral Research in Early Childhood, Elementary, and Mid-level: See Educational Media/Librarianship for Special Education ...... 3 MSAT (Multiple Subjects Assessment for program requirements for the Initial SpEd 591 Issues in Special Education...... 3 Teachers) from the Core Battery K-12 Teaching License in Library Media A combination of the following: Mid-level and High School: Specialty Area and for the dual teaching license in Library Test SpEd 503 Thesis or SpEd 506 Special Media and Teaching. Project ...... 3-6 Departmental recommendation (secondary only) Electives ...... 0-6 Proficiency in the use of computers is required. Program Requirements: Dual Elemen- Specific program admission require- tary Education/Handicapped Learner Total 12 ments and application materials are avail- The Graduate School of Education offers a dual elementary/special educator endorse- MASTER OF EDUCATION able in each department in the Graduate School of Education. ment option in a 76-credit, five-term pro- Master of Education Degree gram of integrated coursework and field Requirements Program Requirements: Early Childhood experiences. Students with these two The M.Ed. can be earned by students and Elementary Credits CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 endorsements are licensed to teach both who have completed PSU’s Graduate CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 elementary (K-9) grades and special educa- Teacher Education Program (GTEP). CI 513 Classroom Instruction and tion (K-12) grades. Faculty from both cur- The additional coursework includes: Technology ...... 2-5 riculum and instruction and special Credits CI 516 Integrated Methods I: Reading/ education are instructors in this inclusion CI 510 Research into Practice: Theory ...... 3 Language Arts ...... 2-5 program. This program reflects the rapidly CI 510 Research into Practice: Project . . . . . 3-6 CI 517 Integrated Methods II: Health, changing nature of America’s schools, Electives (approved by the adviser) ...... 6-9 Science, Soc. Studies ...... 2-5 where students with disabilities are being CI 518 Integrated Methods III: Art/Math/ integrated into regular classrooms with Total required 15 Music/PE ...... 1-5 CI 550 or CI 552 Student Teaching I ...... 6 increasing frequency, thereby necessitating CI 551 or CI 553 Student Teaching II ...... 15 all school personnel to have a broader pro- PROGRAMS LEADING CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . . 3 fessional preparation in working with more TO LICENSURE SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional diverse populations. PSU faculty work with Learners...... 3 a dozen local school districts in providing GRADUATE TEACHER EDUCATION CI 515 The Reflective Practitioner...... 3 field experiences which complement PROGRAM Total Credits 56 coursework. Contact the Graduate School Programs in early childhood education (age of Education for details. 3-grade 4), elementary education (grades Program Requirements: Mid-level 3-8), mid-level education (grades 5-10), and High School Credits Early Childhood Education (ECE). Port- high school education (grades 7-12), spe- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 land State University offers a graduate- cial education, and library/media are CI 513 Classroom Instruction and level program for preparation and profes- Technology ...... 2-5 offered for students who wish to teach in sional development to be pursued solely to CI 511 Classroom Management...... 3 meet teaching endorsement requirements the public schools. Successful completion CI 519 Special Secondary Methods...... 3 of these programs culminates in a recom- or as an integrated component of an M.A./ CI 509 Practicum: Field-Centered Activities . . 3 M.S. program. A major portion of the mendation to Oregon’s Teacher Standards CI 521 Reading and Composition in the and Practices Commission for the Initial Content Areas ...... 3 coursework and practicum meets the Teaching License. All academic require- CI 554 Student Teaching I, Secondary...... 6 requirements for the Oregon Early Child- ments for issuance of a Continuing Teach- CI 555 Student Teaching II, Secondary . . . . . 15 hood Education Endorsement. The pro- ing License are also met. A Continuing CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . . 3 gram is designed for those wishing to add Teaching License is issued upon verifica- SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional the ECE endorsement to an elementary or Learners...... 3 K-12 license and for those pursuing a mas- tion of three years of successful teaching in CI 515 The Reflective Practitioner ...... 3 Oregon public schools. The dual Elemen- ter’s degree in curriculum and instruction CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: with a specialization in ECE. tary Education/Handicapped Learner Specialty Areas ...... 3 endorsement option is a five-term program Departmental Methods or other course ...... 3 Program Requirements: ECE of integrated coursework and field experi- The ECE endorsement program is a gradu- ences. (Contact the Graduate School of Total Credits 56 ate program of 18 credits of comprehensive Education for details.) Secondary education at Portland State coursework and 3 credits of integrated Admission. The Graduate School of University is available in the following practicum experience. The endorsement Education has a number of general require- endorsement areas: art, biology, business, courses may be taken solely to meet ments for admission to its programs in chemistry, drama, drama/language arts, for- endorsement requirements, as an integrated teacher education including, but not limited eign languages, health education, inte- component of the M.A./M.S. program in to: grated science, language arts, mathematics, curriculum and instruction, or for an ECE Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution music, physics, social studies, and speech. focus in other programs such as counselor Admission to PSU Basic subject matter endorsement require- education, special education, and educa- Cumulative 3.00 GPA ments are outlined in the appropriate tional administration. Psy 311 Human Development (or equivalent) departmental section of this catalog. Credits Ed 420/520 Introduction to Education and Advising in subject matter endorsement CI 570 Child Development and Education . . . 3 Society (or the equivalent) areas is through the appropriate academic CI 571 Play: Curriculum in Early Childhood C-BEST (California Basic Educational Skills department. Students completing the sec- Education ...... 3 Test) or PPST (Pre-professional Skills Test) ondary education program are eligible to CI 572 Language and Literacy in Early teach in grades pre-primary through 12 (in Childhood Education...... 3 departmentalized settings) or five through CI 573 Assessment in Early Childhood Education ...... 3 12 according to their endorsement areas.

184 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

EPFA 529 Early Childhood Education: should be completed as preparation for Initial K-12 Teaching License in Relationships with Home & Society...... 3 admission: Educational Media SpEd 580 Accommodating Children with Lib 425 Instructional Media and Technology Students have the option of selecting a pro- Special Needs in Early Childhood Education 3 gram leading to a K-12 Teaching License CI 509 Practicum in Early Childhood Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 or Lib 429/529 Books and Related Materials in Educational Media. The program Education ...... 3 for Young People includes educational media and education Total 21 Initial Endorsement. Twenty-six cred- coursework, and a student teaching experience in the library media center. This ESL/BILINGUAL ENDORSEMENT its in educational media are required, to include the following: enables the student to be a K-12 library The Graduate School of Education offers a media specialist, but not a classroom Credits program leading to an ESL/Bilingual teacher. endorsement for teachers already holding a Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, valid Oregon teaching license. The autho- K-12 ...... 3 Credits † rized program is as follows: Lib 534 Administration of the School Library CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 Media Center ...... 3 CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 Credits Lib 536 Design and Production of CI 513 Classroom Instruction and Ling 422/522 How Do People Learn a Second Instructional Media ...... 3 Technology ...... 5 Language...... 3 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . . 3 Ling 423/523 Taking Stock: Assessment and and Services ...... 4 SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners . . . 3 Evaluation in Programs with Language Lib 542 Collection Development and Lib 530 Literature Promotion Program, K-12 . 3 Minority Students ...... 2 Evaluation ...... 3 †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library CI 443/543 Effective Teaching Strategies for †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional Media Center ...... 3 Working with Linguistically and Culturally Programs, K-12 ...... 3 Lib 536 Design and Production of Diverse Students ...... 3 Lib 548 Organization of Library Media Instructional Media ...... 3 SpEd 455/555 Working with LEP Children Collections ...... 4 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems Who Have Special Needs ...... 2 Lib 561, 562, or 563 Practicum ...... 3 and Services ...... 4 EPFA 465/565 LEP School/Community Lib 542 Collection Development and Relations ...... 3 Continuing Endorsement. Forty-one credits in educational media are required, Evaluation ...... 3 EPFA 466/566 Impact of Language and †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional Culture in the Classroom ...... 3 to include the 26 credits required for the Programs ...... 3 EPFA 467/567 ESL/Bilingual Program initial endorsement and 15 additional cred- Lib 548 Organization of Library Media Design and Models ...... 3 its to develop further teaching competen- Collections ...... 4 CI 409/509 ESL Bilingual Practicum ...... 3 cies in educational media. Lib 554 Student Teaching I ...... 4 Lib 555 Student Teaching II ...... 15 Total 22 Credits Lib 573 Advanced Methods and Procedures in 59 EDUCATIONAL MEDIA/ School Library Media Centers ...... 3 LIBRARIANSHIP Lib 574 Research Strategies for Library Media Dual Teaching License in Educational The program in educational media/librari- Specialists ...... 3 Media and Education anship offers a comprehensive course of Lib 575 Directed Field Experience ...... 3 Students have the option of selecting a dual study for the preparation of students in the Two courses (6 credits) from the licensure track with either an elementary area of media and librarianship. The initial following options for completion of the (68-69 credits) or a secondary endorsement and continuing endorsements consist of a minimum 15-credit program: (65 credits) in conjunction with the educa- planned program of coursework for regu- Lib 510 Multicultural Literature, K-12 ...... 3 tional media endorsement. This enables a larly licensed teachers of not fewer than 27 Lib 510 Contemporary Issues in the Library student to be a classroom teacher or a credits for the initial endorsement and a Media Center ...... 3 library media specialist. minimum of 15 credits for a continuing Lib 576 Planning and Evaluation of Library Credits endorsement. An initial teaching license is Media Programs ...... 3 Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, available in educational media through a Lib 587 Video Production ...... 3 K-12 ...... 3 program of professional courses in curricu- Lib 588 Computers and Advanced Technology †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library lum and instruction and educational media/ in the Library Media Center ...... 3 Media Center ...... 3 Lib 589 Creative Photography in Education . . 3 Lib 536 Design and Production of librarianship planned with an educational Lib 592 Contemporary Children’s and Young media adviser. An advanced degree may be Instructional Media ...... 3 Adult Literature...... 3 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems earned in conjunction with a licensure pro- Required for the continuing endorse- and Services ...... 4 gram upon successful completion of a ment, if not taken previously: Lib 542 Collection Development and planned graduate study program. Evaluation ...... 3 The primary purpose of the program is Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional to educate competent elementary and sec- or Lib 429/529 Books and Related Materials Programs ...... 3 ondary school library media specialists. An for Young People...... 3 Lib 548 Organization of Library Media individual program for each candidate is Detailed information concerning the Collections ...... 4 developed with an adviser to ensure that the program in education media/school librari- Lib 554 Student Teaching I ...... 4 essential competencies required of today’s anship may be obtained through the Lib 555 Student Teaching II ...... 15 Graduate School of Education. library media specialist are, in relation to 42 the candidate’s needs and background, included in the program. Prerequisites to Library Media Coursework. The following courses, or demonstrated equivalent knowledge,

† Field experience required in conjunction with class. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 185

Elementary Education (26 credits) The Continuing Administrator/Initial READING CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 2 Superintendent Licensure Program, The following coursework is recom- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 referred to as the Executive School mended as preparation for the reading CI 513 Classroom Instruction and Leadership Program, prepares individuals endorsements. Students should direct their Technology ...... 5 for positions as continuing school adminis- inquiries to the Curriculum and Instruction CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education ... 3 SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners .... 3 trators and as initial school district Department. CI 516 Integrated Methods I: Reading and superintendents. This program assumes Initial Endorsement. A minimum of Language Arts ...... 5 completion of the initial administrator pro- 21 credits is recommended as follows: CI 517/518 Methods II or III ...... 5 gram or its equivalent, and one year of full- Credits time study (or its equivalent) in a planned Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 or 26 licensure program beyond the master’s Lib 488/588 Books and Related Materials for Secondary Education (23 credits) degree. Young People ...... 3 CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 There are two options for the comple- CI 474/574 Corrective Reading ...... 3 CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 tion of this program. Option I involves an CI 516 Integrated Methods I (5) or CI 472/572 CI 513 Classroom Instruction and intensive one-year cohort program. Option Language and Literacy in Early Childhood Technology ...... 5 Education(3) and CI 510 Teaching Reading in CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education ... 3 II involves completion of the six modules listed below over a multi-year period. Both Elementary School (3) ...... 5-6 SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners .... 3 CI 521 Reading and Composition in the CI 519 Special Secondary Methods...... 3 options in the Continuing Administrator/ Content Areas ...... 3 CI 521 Reading and Composition in Initial Superintendent curriculum include a CI 529 Administration of School Reading Content Areas ...... 3 district-level practicum integrated within Programs ...... 3 each of the modules: SpEd 563 Advanced Techniques of Reading . . 3 23 Credits Total 20-21 Note: For dual licensure of elementary EPFA 510 Curriculum and Instructional or secondary education with special educa- Improvement...... 6 Note: Completion of the PRAXIS Spe- tion see page 182. EPFA 510 Communication and Conflict in ciality Area Exam in Reading is required Educational Organizations ...... 6 for Oregon licensure. EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION EPFA 510 Social Foundations ...... 6 Continuing Endorsement. In addition Three authorized programs lead to institu- EPFA 510 Implementing Standards-based to courses completed for the basic endorse- tional recommendations for initial and con- Learning ...... 6 ment, 24 credits are recommended: tinuing licensure of qualified persons for EPFA 510 District Policy, Planning, and positions as school principals and assistant Operations ...... 6 Credits principals, and school district superinten- EPFA 510 Legal and Financial Aspects of SpEd 512 Assessment and Planning or CI 509 dents and assistant superintendents. All stu- Education ...... 6 Practicum: Reading Assessment ...... 3 The Continuing License for Superin- CI 525 Issues and Perspectives in the Teaching dents are required to have an approved of Reading ...... 3 program of planned study, as described tendent Program builds on the knowl- CI 547 Advanced Methods: Reading below, filed with the Graduate School of edge, skills, and attitudes developed in the (Elementary) or CI 548 Advanced Methods: Education. Admission requirements and Continuing Administrator/Initial Superin- Reading (Secondary) ...... 3 detailed program information for each pro- tendent program. The curriculum consists 15 credits selected from the following: gram is available from the Department of of six special problems seminars. Much of CI 491/591 Enriching Children’s Reading .... 3 Educational Policy, Foundations, and this curriculum will be delivered electroni- CI 510 Language, Literacy and Culture...... 3 Administrative Studies (EPFA). cally, and students also will meet regularly CI 510 Literacy Assessment...... 3 The Initial Administrator License to discuss key issues of educational reform CI 526 Reading for the Creative and Gifted . 3 implementation. CI 527 Enriching Reading in Secondary Program, referred to as L-2000, prepares School ...... 3 individuals for positions as school princi- Credits CI 528 Whole Language Approach to pals and assistant principals. This license EPFA 506 Special Problems: District Climate Literacy ...... 3 requires completion of a master’s degree and Communication ...... 4 Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, and three years of teaching experience. The EPFA 506 Special Problems: Crisis Manage- K-12 ...... 3 licensure program itself may be completed ment and Mediation ...... 4 Additional electives in consultation with an as part of a master’s degree in educational EPFA 506 Special Problems: Superintendent adviser. administration offered by the department. and Board Relations ...... 4 EPFA 506 Special Problems: Collective Note: PRAXIS Speciality Area Exam in Candidates who already have completed a Bargaining and Contract Management . . . . . 4 Reading and PRAXIS Professional Knowl- masters degree may complete the licensure EPFA 506 Special Problems: Curriculum and edge are required. program independently. The initial admin- Facility Planning ...... 4 istrator curriculum includes: EPFA 506 Special Problems: The Politics of SCHOOL COUNSELING Credits Education ...... 4 Track I (with teaching experience) EPFA 510 Human Relations and Educational Students who completed an earlier Students seeking licensure to work as a Foundations...... 4 licensure program (Basic and Standard counselor in the public schools of Oregon EPFA 510 Teaching, Learning, and Administrator, or Basic and Standard must meet the following prerequisites: Curriculum ...... 4 Superintendent) should consult with the 1. be eligible for or hold an Oregon teach- EPFA 510 Human Resource Development and Department of Educational Policy, Founda- ing license and, Organizational Change ...... 4 EPFA 509 Administrative Practicum ...... 12 tions, and Administrative Studies to deter- 2. be able to document two years of teach- mine what new license requirements must ing experience. 24 be met. The Washington schools require the completion of an approved master’s program in Counseling including comprehensive exams. 186 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

If you do not possess a master’s degree Credits discrimination workshop before the initial in education, you must complete the Coun 506 Legal Issues ...... 1 certificate is awarded. 4) The continuing requirements for the master’s to meet the Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 license will be awarded after the experience requirements for standard licensure. Coun 508 Counseling in the 21st Century . . . . 3 requirement of TSPC is met. Coun 510 Counseling Children and Youth. . . . 3 Initial License Coun 510 Youth at Risk ...... 3 SPECIAL EDUCATION LICENSURE The program of study leading to an M.A. or EPFA 511 Principles of Ed Research ...... 3 PROGRAMS M.S. in Education: Counseling with school Specialty Courses: ...... 4 The PSU Graduate School of Education counseling specialization must include the Internship (Year-Long): offers licensure and endorsement pro- following courses, a minimum total of 72 Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling/School . . . . 3 grams for: Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . 9 credits. Students seeking initial licensure ■ Persons seeking their special education prior to completing a master’s degree and Total 30 endorsement who do not currently hold M.A./M.S. holders who are seeking licen- any other Oregon teaching license Track II (without teaching experience) sure must complete the following courses: ■ The program of study leading to an Teachers who hold a valid Oregon Credits M.A. or M.S. in Education: Counseling teaching license in general education Coun 506 Diagnosis in Schools ...... 1 and wish to add the special education Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments with a School Counseling Specialization must include the following courses to total endorsement (concurrent with Coun 567) ...... 1 ■ a minimum 78 credits: Teachers who hold a valid Oregon Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 teaching license in special education Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Credits and wish to take advanced specialty Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II . . . . . 3 Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments ...... 1 Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 coursework as part of their continuing Coun 506 Diagnosis in Schools ...... 1 professional development plan Coun 568 Career and Life-style Planning . . . . 3 Coun 506 Legal Issues ...... 1 ■ Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of Coun 506 Special Problems: Counseling . . . . 4 Persons who wish to complete a Master Counseling ...... 3 Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 of Arts (M.A.) or Master of Science Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 Coun 508 Counseling in the 21st Century . . . . 3 (M.S.) degree in special education. Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives...... 3 Coun 508 Effective Teaching...... 6 PSU offers state licensure and endorse- Coun 598 Consultation Procedures ...... 3 Coun 510 Counseling Children and Youth. . . . 3 ments in the following areas: Practicum Sequence (Year-Long): Coun 510 Human Growth and Development. . 3 ■ Special Educator: Elementary (Initial Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum Coun 510 Youth at Risk ...... 3 (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 and Continuing License) † Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 6 Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 ■ Special Educator: Secondary (Initial Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II . . . . . 3 and Continuing License) Total 36 Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 ■ Visually Impaired Learner (Initial and Note: 1) Program prerequisites include Coun 568 Career and Life-style Planning . . . . 3 Continuing License) Coun 541 Introduction to Counseling (or Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 ■ Early Childhood/Early Intervention equivalent) and an upper-division or gradu- Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in (Initial and Continuing License) ate course in psychopharmacology. 2) Counseling ...... 3 Coun 598 Consultation Procedures ...... 3 Special Education Common Track I School Counselors will be recom- Background Required: mended for the initial license at the end of EPFA 511 Principles of Ed Research ...... 3 Practicum Sequence (Year-Long): The following courses (or their equiva- their second year of enrollment, providing Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum . . . . . 1 lents) and experience in education are pre- all required coursework is completed. 3) Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 requisites for admission to the special All individuals pursuing the school licen- Internship Sequence (Year-Long): education licensure programs: sure program must complete the prescribed Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . 9 course of studies and pass the PRAXIS Master’s thesis and/or supportive coursework Bachelor’s Degree Psy 311 Human Development ...... 3-4 credits specialty exam in school guidance and which develop a specialty selected from courses offered in Counseling, Special Educa- Mth 211 Foundations of Elementary counseling before the initial license is Mathematics ...... 3-4 credits awarded. 4) All individuals seeking school tion, Education, Psychology, Sociology, Social Work or Anthropology ...... 6 Ed 420/520 Intro to Education and licensure must present proof of fingerprint- Society...... 3-4 credits ing and completion of an anti-discrimina- Total 78 SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional tion workshop. Learners...... 3 credits Note: 1) TSPC requires that persons SpEd 519 Principles of Special Continuing License pursuing licensure as school counselors Education ...... 3 credits Track I (with teaching experience) who do not have a teaching license and/or Experience in education such as: regular educa- Students seeking continuing licensure must have not taught two years must complete a tion teacher, instructional assistant, substitute have two years’ counseling experience 200-clock hour (Coun 508 Effective Teach- teacher, special education teacher, community under an initial license and complete all the ing-6) supervised student-teaching experi- program experience, or Mt. Hood Kiwanis course requirements outlined above for an ence in which they complete a work Camp (Applicants without experience are encouraged to enroll in SpEd 199/460 Outdoor initial license plus the following additional sample. 2) The initial license will be recommended after completion of the master’s Ed/Recreation for a two-week summer camp courses. Anyone who has not completed a experience at Mt. Hood Kiwanis Camp with master’s degree in education, must com- degree. 3) PRAXIS exam: All individuals students with disabilities to determine if they plete a master’s before they will be recom- pursuing the school licensure program wish to pursue a career serving populations mended for the continuing license. must complete the prescribed course of with special needs). studies and pass the appropriate PRAXIS For further information about the spe- specialty exam and must present proof of cial education program, please call the fingerprinting and completion of an anti-

† TSPC requires a 200 clock-hour practicum for the initial license. During enrollment in the on-campus practicum, students in the school track will be expected to log an additional 80-100 hours involved in the usual and customary role of the school counselor. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 187

Graduate School of Education for an infor- SpEd 532 Functional Assessment ...... 4 SpEd 534 Functional Curriculum ...... 4 SCHOOL mation packet. You may also attend a gen- COURSES eral advising session in the special Total 53 education ofﬁce. Call the School for days Vision Impaired Learner Endorsement Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not and times of sessions (725-4619). offered every year. Oregon has recently adopted a new Program SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques ...... 1 Ed 407 licensure system for teachers. The new Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) licensure system takes effect beginning SpEd 509 DFE I Visually Impaired ...... 3 SpEd 509 DFE II Visually Impaired ...... 3 Ed 410 January 1999. The Handicapped Learner SpEd 510 The Consulting Teacher...... 3 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) and Severely Handicapped Learner SpEd 510 Student Teaching Seminar...... 1 Ed 420/520 endorsements are replaced by the Special SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 Introduction to Education and Society (4) Educator endorsement. As a result, Port- SpEd 525 Student Teaching Visually Explores the nature of public education in the land State University is changing its licen- Impaired ...... 12 social context of the United States. Purpose is to sure programs to conform with the new SpEd 540 Education of the Visually Impaired develop critical ways of thinking about schools Learner ...... 3 as social institutions and as a means of cultural licensure standards. The Visually Impaired transmission and transformation. and Early Intervention programs also will SpEd 541 Implications of Vision Problems . . . 3 meet the new licensure requirements. All SpEd 542 Assessment of Visually Impaired . . 2 Ed 507 SpEd 544 Methods of Teaching Academics Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) programs are graduate programs offered to Visually Impaired Learners...... 3 Ed 509 only to those with bachelor’s degree. PSU SpEd 545 Orientation and Mobility...... 3 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) will begin implementing this new program SpEd 546 Braille 1 ...... 3 Consent of instructor. summer 1998. SpEd 547 Braille 2 ...... 3 Ed 510 Special Educator Endorsement SpEd 510 Braille 3 ...... 3 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) Ed 525 Program—Elementary (Age 3-Grade 8) Total 49 SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques ...... 2 Student Teaching (6-15) SpEd 509 DFE I Low Incidence Disabilities. . 3 Early Childhood/Early Intervention Ed 700 SpEd 509 DFE II High Incidence Disabilities. 3 Endorsement Program In-service Education (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 510 Inclusion Strategy and Transition Please contact the Graduate School of Edu- Credits are for district in-service and are not ProgramÐElementary ...... 2 cation for information about this program counted toward a graduate degree or specialist SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IÐ (725-4619). license. Elementary ...... 3 SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IIÐ Dual Endorsement Options CURRICULUM AND Elementary ...... 3 The Special Education program offers a SpEd 510 The Consulting TeacherÐ dual endorsement option in Elementary INSTRUCTION COURSES Elementary ...... 3 Education (general education licensure) CI 199 SpEd 510 Instructional Technology...... 1 and Special Education, referred to as the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ed 510 Reading/Language Arts K-12 ...... 3 Inclusion program. A second dual endorse- SpEd 510 Instruction Planning and CI 251 ment program is offered in Special Educa- Introduction to Early Childhood Education Classroom-based Assessment...... 3 tion and Vision Impairments. These (3) SpEd 510 Student Teaching SeminarÐ programs include a dual student teaching This course will provide an overview of the early Elementary ...... 1 childhood education profession, including SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment ...... 3 experience. Students who complete these programs receive two endorsements. Infor- issues, research, historical inﬂuences, programs SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 for young children, and career options. Field SpEd 525 Student Teaching - Elementary . . . 12 mation about these programs is available experience required. SpEd 532 Functional Assessment ...... 4 from the Graduate School of Education. SpEd 534 Functional Curriculum ...... 4 CI 252 Continuing Endorsement Instruction and Management in Preschool Education (3) Total 53 The Oregon Teacher Standards and Prac- tices Commission (TSPC) issues two Growth and development characteristics of pre- Special Educator Endorsement licenses, the initial and the continuing. The school children (ages 3-5) for planning educa- Program—Secondary (Grade 5- tional programs, curriculum, instruction, Portland State University Special Educa- scheduling and environment, management, and Grade 12) tion program offers programs in both the SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques ...... 2 parent communication. Field experience SpEd 509 DFE I Low Incidence Disabilities. . 3 initial and the continuing. The continuing required. Prerequisite: CI 251 or coursework in SpEd 509 DFE II High Incidence Disabilities. 3 endorsement is available for licensed human growth and development. SpEd 510 Inclusion Strat.and Transition Oregon teachers who have added the Initial CI 253 ProgramÐSecondary...... 2 Special Educator endorsement either by Preschool Programming (3) SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IÐ passing the PRAXIS exam or who have This course will provide experience and guid- Secondary ...... 3 completed an Initial Special Educator pro- ance in planning, implementing and evaluating SpEd 510 Instructional Methods IIÐ gram. Oregon teachers who have obtained developmentally appropriate teaching and learn- Secondary ...... 3 the Initial Special Educator endorsement ing experiences in preschool settings. Field experience required. Prerequisite: CI 252. SpEd 510 The Consulting TeacherÐ have six years in which to complete Secondary ...... 3 SpEd 510 Instructional Technology...... 1 requirements for the continuing endorse- Ed 510 Reading/Language Arts K-12 ...... 3 ment. For information about the continuing SpEd 510 Instruction Planning and endorsement (previously referred to as the Classroom-based Assessment...... 3 standard license), please contact the Gradu- SpEd 510 Student Teaching SeminarÐ ate School of Education (725-4619). Secondary ...... 1 SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment ...... 3 SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 SpEd 525 Student TeachingÐSecondary . . . . 12 188 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CI 350 CI 434/534 CI 475†/575 Aesthetics and Physical Education for Young Microcomputer-based Management and Supervision in Early Childhood Education Children (4) Research Tools for Educators (3) Settings (3) This course will provide preparation for plan- This course introduces educators to important Integrates theory and research of adult and pro- ning, implementing and evaluating developmen- and useful tools for classroom use and personal fessional development with supervisory models tally appropriate integrated teaching and and professional use: word processing, database, and practices appropriate for early childhood learning experiences in art, music, movement, spreadsheet, survey, and statistical applications. education settings. Prerequisite: Undergraduate drama, and physical education for young learn- Each class session includes demonstration and early childhood education coursework or teachers, ages 4-8 years. Prerequisites: admission to hands-on use of microcomputers. Each student ing experience with young children. teacher education; CI 251. will develop a word-processed document, a data- CI 491/591 CI 351 base, a spreadsheet application, a survey, and a Enriching Children’s Reading (3) Science, Social Studies and Health for Young statistical document. Prerequisite: CI 432 or A study of the enrichment of children’s reading Children (5) equivalent. through literature. An advanced course designed This course will provide preparation for plan- CI 435/535 for parents and teachers of nursery, kindergarten, ning, implementing, and evaluating developmen- Audio-Visual Aids (3) and elementary school children. Prerequisite: tally appropriate integrated teaching and The development and use of audio-visual aids in Lib 428/528. learning experiences in science, social studies education. Emphasis on actual learning situa- CI 511 and health for young learners, ages 4-8 years. tions in which radio, recordings, films, slides, Classroom Management (2-3) Prerequisites: admission to teacher education; pictures, maps, charts, etc., are utilized. Sources Principles and practices of K-12 classroom man- CI 251. of materials and equipment; administration of agement and discipline. Topics include organiza- CI 401/501 audio-visual programs. tion and logistics of classroom procedures, Research (Credit to be arranged.) CI 443/543 communication and routine building, procedures Consent of instructor. Effective Teaching Strategies and Materials for prevention and resolution of disruptions, CI 402/502 for Working With Linguistically and problem solving, decision making, and multicul- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Culturally Diverse Students (3) tural and urban perspectives. Prerequisite: What strategies and materials work in teaching admission to the teacher education CI 403/503 children who are learning English? Become Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) program. acquainted with the current research on identifi- CI 404/504 cation, development, and practice of develop- CI 512 Teaching and Learning (3) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to mentally and linguistically appropriate strategies be arranged.) Principles of human learning and related prac- and materials to effectively engage Limited CI 405/505 tices for classroom teaching. The psychology of English Proficient (LEP) students at all grade learning in a school setting includes both indi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be levels in the learning process. Special attention arranged.) vidual and group generalizations. The roles and Consent of instructor. will be given to students’ bilingual/bicultural functions of a classroom teacher as a facilitator characteristics as important aspects of develop- of learning, and a decision maker concerning CI 406/506 ing successful curriculum. Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) pupil needs and achievement. Prerequisites: CI 458/558 CI 407/507 admission to the teacher education program; Psy Instruction and Management in 204 or 205, Psy 311. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Kindergarten/ Primary Grades (3) CI 408/508 This course will consider growth and develop- CI 513 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) ment characteristics of children ages 5-8 years Classroom Instruction and Technology (2-5) CI 409/509 and research on teaching for planning educa- Principles and skills for organization and presen- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tional programs, curricula, instruction, environ- Consent of instructor. tation of K-12 classroom instruction. Topics ment, management, and guidance. Prerequisites: included are: student needs analysis, planning, CI 410/510 admission to teacher education, and either CI direct and indirect instructional techniques, use Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) 251, 252, or 253. of aides, assessment of pupil achievement, and CI 432/532 CI 472†/572 evaluation of teaching. Includes mediated Computer Applications for the Classroom (3) Language and Literacy in Early Childhood instruction and preparation and use of instruc- This course is designed for preservice or inser- Education (3) tional materials. Prerequisite: admission to the vice teachers who wish to become comfortable Helps teachers understand, assess, and promote teacher education program. with the use of the computer to enhance class- early experiences with language that contribute room teaching and learning. Topics include an to the process of becoming literate. Prerequisite: CI 514 introduction to computers and technology in Multicultural and Urban Education (3) Undergraduate early childhood education Principles, practices, promises, and problems of education; review and curriculum integration of coursework or teaching experience with young multicultural education, with emphasis in urban courseware; use of word processing; designing children. settings. Use of student and community diversity and using computer-based databases in the class- CI 474/574 to enhance subject matter, learning, and classroom; computer literacy; and graphics software Corrective Reading (3) room life. Characteristics, opportunities, and for the classroom. The course is to help classroom teachers under- needs of students in city schools presented with CI 433/533 stand and give appropriate assistance to children examples of current effective practice. Political Computer Applications in Instruction (3) experiencing difficulty in learning to read. It and sociological influences in U.S. educational A comprehensive survey of the use of micro- deals with the analysis and interpretation of chil- system, especially urban school settings. computers in instruction. Terminology, educa- dren’s reading performance; the collection and Prerequisite: admission to the teacher education tional applications, ethical issues, courseware, use of relevant background information; the program. evaluation and selection, multimedia applica- assessment of reading potential; classroom diag- tions, management tools for educators, planning nostic testing; planning and implementing activ- and organizing for school computer use, hard- ities to help children gain skill, interest, and ware selection, computer literacy and technolog- enjoyment in learning to read; and methods of ical literacy, and network resources for teachers. reporting progress. Prerequisites: a 3-credit Hands-on use of the computer to review course in reading, completion of student teach- courseware is an important part of the course. ing, or equivalent. Prerequisite: CI 432 or equivalent.

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 189

CI 515 CI 527 CI 550 The Reflective Practitioner (3) Enriching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) Student Teaching I, K-Primary (6) Perspectives and techniques for formal and A study of adolescent psychology and develop- Observation and some teaching under direction informal analysis, information gathering, deci- ment in relation to reading, and the role of the of supervising classroom teacher and University sion making, value judgements about educa- teacher as a resource. In-depth investigation of supervisor in conjunction with assignments tional practice. Prerequisite: admission to the approaches to literature and reading as an act related to methods coursework and diagnosis of teacher education program. and introduction to humanistic objectives, cre- individual needs. Prerequisite: admission to the CI 516 ativity and value clarification through reading. teacher education program. Integrated Methods I (2-5) Prerequisite: Lib 429/529. CI 551 An integrated approach to literacy development. CI 528 Student Teaching II, K-Primary (15) Deals with processes of becoming literate, the Whole Language Approach to Literacy (3) Observation and teaching under direction of content of instruction in the language arts, and Designed to give the rationale and theory base classroom teacher and University supervisor. methods for implementing an integrated curricu- for the whole language approach to literacy and Direct responsibility for learning activities, lum. Includes field assignments in school set- to examine appropriate classroom practices and developing skills in techniques of teaching and tings. Prerequisites: admission to the teacher materials for grades K-8. classroom management; related professional education program; Lib 490/590 or equivalent. CI 529 activities. Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admis- CI 517 Administration of School Reading Program sion to the teacher education program. Integrated Methods II (2-5) (3) CI 552 Students explore trends, practices, materials, and The course is for current or future administra- Student Teaching I, Elementary (6) resources for teaching health, science, and social tors, coordinators, curriculum consultants, or Observation and some teaching under direction science in the elementary classroom. Includes teachers whose responsibilities will include of supervising classroom teacher and University content-specific methods and materials as well leadership roles in the administration of school- supervisor in conjunction with assignments as those appropriate to an integrated elementary wide or district-wide reading programs. It deals related to methods coursework and diagnosis of curriculum. Field experience required. Prerequi- with long- and short-term objectives, school individual needs. Prerequisite: admission to the sites: admission to the teacher education pro- organizational patterns, staff competencies, teacher education program. gram, CI 512. materials selection, program evaluation, needs CI 553 CI 518 assessment, and the use of community resources. Student Teaching II, Elementary (15) Integrated Methods III (1-5) Prerequisite: CI 474/574 or equivalent. Observation and teaching under direction of Trends, practices, materials, and resources for CI 530 classroom teacher and University supervisor. teaching art, music, mathematics, and physical Courseware Design (3) Direct responsibility for learning activities, education in the elementary school. Includes This course is intended for graduate students in developing skills in techniques of teaching and content-specific methods and materials as well education who wish to design and develop their classroom management; related professional as those appropriate to an integrated elementary own instructional packages for use on the micro- activities. Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admis- curriculum. Field experience required. Prerequi- computer. Each student will use principles of sion to the teacher education program. sites: admission to the teacher education pro- instructional systems design to design and CI 554 gram; CI 512. develop a lesson through the storyboard stage. Student Teaching I, Secondary (6) CI 519 The final step, writing the computer program, is Observation and some teaching under direction Special Secondary Methods (3) not included in this course. No programming of supervising classroom teacher and University Problems and methods in selecting and organiz- skills are required. Prerequisite: CI 433/533. supervisor in conjunction with assignments ing materials for instruction: comparison and CI 545 related to methods and classroom management evaluation of methods, laboratory techniques, Educating Early Adolescents (3) coursework and diagnosis of individual needs. supplies, equipment, or economy of time and Focuses on the nature of early adolescence and Prerequisite: admission to the teacher education materials. Prerequisite: admission to the teacher examines theory and practice informing devel- program. education program. opment of the philosophy of early adolescent CI 555 CI 521 education, organizational structures appropriate Student Teaching II, Secondary (15) Reading and Composition in the Content for these learners, and the diverse roles of the Observation and teaching under the direction of Areas (3) middle-level teacher. Introduces students to the classroom teacher and University supervisor. Course designed to help educators guide their curriculum and delivery methods appropriate for Direct responsibility for learning activities, students in acquiring skills needed for adequate emerging adolescents. developing skills in teaching and classroom reading, thinking, writing, and study in content CI 547 management; related professional activities. areas. Emphasis on the functional teaching of Advanced Methods-Special Subject Fields in Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admission to the reading and writing-the design and preparation the Elementary School (3) teacher education program. of materials to use with textbooks in all school Concentrated study of recent trends and recur- CI 560 subjects. Prerequisite: admission to the teacher ring problems in selecting, organizing, evaluat- Action Research (3) education program. ing, and presenting concepts, information, and Designed to help educators see themselves as CI 525 materials of instruction in subjects taught in ele- researchers, in order that they may conduct Issues and Perspectives in the Teaching of mentary school: art, health, language arts, math- research in educational settings that contribute to Reading (3) ematics, music, physical education, reading, the improvement of education. Research ques- An examination of the development of current science, social studies. tions and methods appropriate for practicing practices in the teaching of reading. The identifi- CI 548 educators will be covered. cation of major trends and issues and a critical Advanced Methods-Special Subject Fields in review of relevant past and present research. Pre- the Secondary School (3) CI 561, 562 Concentrated study of recent trends in the curric- Advanced Educational Psychology (3, 3) requisite: completion of student teaching. Review and development of modern viewpoints ulum and methodology of the subject area. CI 526 in educational psychology with particular atten- Investigates the problems and methods in select- Reading for the Creative and Gifted (3) tion to theories of learning and their application ing and organizing materials for instruction, A study of the unique reading characteristics of to school and educational problems; an examina- including integration of media, computers, and the creative and gifted and an overview of psy- tion of experimental material that seems most technology. Separate courses in art, business chological and philosophical understandings useful and relevant to educational psychology. important for the teacher teaching reading to education, English, health, mathematics, modern these able students. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. foreign languages, music, physical education, reading and composition, science, social science, speech, theater arts. 190 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CI 566 CI 602 Curriculum Construction (3) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) EDUCATIONAL POLICY, Evaluation of current curricular programs and CI 603 FOUNDATIONS, AND trends. Techniques and methods of curricular Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) ADMINISTRATIVE STUD- improvement. Leadership in curricular improve- CI 604 IES COURSES ment. Preparation of a curriculum. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to CI 567 be arranged.) EPFA 401/501 Curriculum and Culture (3) CI 605 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Understanding the cultural basis of instructional Reading and Conference (Credit to be EPFA 402/502 materials in curriculum development and teach- arranged.) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) ing and how the organization of knowledge in a CI 606 EPFA 403/503 subject area and the explanation of new ideas are Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) influenced by cultural root metaphors. Planning arranged.) and administering the instructional materials EPFA 404/504 CI 607 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to center in the modern school. The cooperative Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) be arranged.) roles of the teacher, administrator, and librarian CI 608 in curricular development and materials. EPFA 405/505 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be CI 568 CI 609 arranged.) The Curriculum of the Public School (3) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 406/506 Overview of the public school curriculum with CI 610 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) emphasis on the various subject fields; organiza- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tion of the school for curriculum development; EPFA 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) education objectives; the course of study; evalu- CI 640 Principles of Teaching and Learning (3) ation of the public school curriculum. EPFA 408/508 Provides an organizing framework for under- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) CI 570 standing theories and relationships between Child Development and Education (3) EPFA 409/509 teaching and learning; theories, context and con- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) In-depth study of child development theory, cept applications of teaching and learning pre- principles, and current research, practice of EPFA 410/510 sented relevant to K-12 and postsecondary Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) observational strategies, and application of settings. Prerequisite: EPFA 620 or concurrent growth and development data to educational pro- enrollment. EPFA 429†/529 grams for young children. Study will extend to Early Childhood Education: Relationships decision making and developmentally appropri- CI 641 With Home and Society (3) Research and Practice in Teaching and Considers the sociology of families and commu- ate practice in early childhood education. Pre- Learning (3) requisite: Undergraduate early childhood nities in the development of cooperative rela- Introduction to the systematic study of teaching tionships with programs for young children. education coursework or teaching experience and learning, including the review of leading with young children. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early childhood research and development programs; both class- education coursework or teaching experience CI 571 room and system-wide settings considered; with young children. Play: Curriculum in Early Childhood attention given to leadership in practice and Education (3) innovation. Prerequisite: CI 640. EPFA 451†/551 Study of stages of play, theory, and research on Social Foundations of Education (3) play, cultural differences in play, and adult role CI 801 Study of sociological theories that illuminate the Research (Credit to be arranged.) in facilitation of play. Curriculum will be effects of education on individuals and society. reviewed, developed, and integrated with a focus CI 802 Problem areas in race, class, and gender are on play for teaching and learning, for child-cen- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) explored in the process of examining theories of tered approaches, and for meeting needs of spe- CI 804 socialization, certification, allocation, and legiti- cial learners. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to mation and their application to historical and childhood education coursework or teaching be arranged.) current educational situations. experience with young children. CI 805 EPFA 452/552 Reading and Conference (Credit to be History of Education (3) CI 573 arranged.) Assessment in Early Childhood Education (3) A general review of the growth and development Study of and experience with a range of develop- CI 806 of education in relation to the civilization of the mentally appropriate assessment strategies for Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) times; emphasis is placed upon the development use in diagnostic, formative, and summative CI 807 of educational theories at various points in evaluation of growth and development of young Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) history. children and for appropriate educational deci- CI 808 EPFA 454/554 sions in early childhood education settings. Pre- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Philosophy of Education (3) requisite: Undergraduate early childhood CI 809 Study and comparison of the philosophical bases education coursework or teaching experience Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) of educational ideas and of the educational with young children. CI 810 implications of philosophical thought. CI 580 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 455/555 Theories of Instruction (3) Gender and Education (3) An investigation of what happens in the class- Explores the significance of gender in educa- room, emphasizing the interrelatedness of learn- tional work. The focus will be on the history of ing, subject matter, and teaching; testing of gender arrangements in educational organiza- scholars’ and the student’s own ideas against tions and the formation of gender roles in con- concrete case studies of instruction; formulation temporary American society, particularly in the and defense of one’s own theory. Prerequisite: family, schools, and the economy. Students will teaching experience or consent of instructor. examine differential socialization of males and CI 601 females, ongoing practices in educational orga- Research (Credit to be arranged.) nizations that are gender-related and/or gender

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 191

biased and the convergence of gender, race, and EPFA 511, 512, 513 to increase the capacity for the identification and class in educational organizations. This course is Principles of Educational Research and Data analyses of issues and the development of posi- cross-listed as WS 455, may only be taken once Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) tions relative to the issue. Prerequisite: graduate for credit. Research paradigm; measurement and test char- standing. acteristics; planning and evaluation; library EPFA 456/556 resources; identifying research problems; plan- EPFA 520 The Urban School and “At Risk” Status (3) ning research; types of research; research Educational Organization and Draws upon theory, research, and practice for Administration (3) the examination of the conditions of being “at- designs, central tendency, variability and rela- Examination of the role, functions, and responsi- risk” in urban schools. Explores the family, com- tionships; sampling, sampling error, and hypoth- bilities of the educational administrator; study of munity, and school environments and their rela- esis testing; crossbreaks; one, two, and multiple administrative and organizational theory and its tionships in the hindrance of development of group, and multiple independent variable application to the operation of educational orga- children and youth leading to their “at-risk” designs; computer applications; information sys- nizations and school districts. Prerequisite: grad- status. This course is cross-listed with Urban tems. Prerequisite: graduate standing. uate standing. Studies. EPFA 514 EPFA 521 Advanced Research Designs and Data EPFA 465/565 Introduction to Educational Administration Analysis in Education (3) (3) LEP School Community Relations (3) Designs for multiple independent variables; Learn how to work with families to overcome Introductory course required of applicants to the equating designs for multigroups; designs for barriers to setting-up support systems in and out Basic Administrator certificate program. Consid- multiple dependent variables; follow-up proce- of school. Access appropriate community ers educational, social, political, economic, dures for multiple dependent variable designs; resources that can be critical for ensuring class- organizational, and cultural forces shaping U.S. selected data collection methods, including room success with LEP students. Gain under- public schools and their administration. questionnaires, interviews, observation, sociom- standing about other culture’s orientation to etry, and objective tests and scales; computer EPFA 524 education and school. Learn strategies to application in the use of selected designs. Oregon School Law (2) build bridges between home, school, and the This course examines the legal framework of the Prerequisite: EPFA 513. community. public school system in the state of Oregon. EPFA 515 EPFA 466/566 Administration policies are analyzed from the Educational Measurement (3) legal perspective. Compliance issues are dis- Impact of Language and Culture in the Minimum competency, norm-referenced, and Classroom (3) cussed. Oregon Revised Statutes are interpreted Learn the importance of intercultural communi- criterion-referenced tests; classroom student and related to school district and school building cation in working with children from a wide assessment; characteristics and levels of mea- operations. Prerequisites: EPFA 520 and admis- range of cultures in today’s classroom. Survey surement; reliability; validity; interpreting test sion to the administration program. scores; standardized tests; constructing selec- the cultural, linguistic, educational, and ethical EPFA 526 issues present in all classrooms today. Study the tion and supply items; planning and constructing classroom tests; evaluating test items. Prerequi- Instructional Budget Management (2) sociological and language issues and immigra- A course which studies the budget-making pro- site: graduate standing. tion history. Learn how to identify and appreci- cess at the district and building level; sources of ate cultural factors that affect social adjustment EPFA 516 revenue and fiscal expenditure policies are and learning. Developmental Perspectives on Adult examined; plans are developed for translating Learning (3) income into instructional goals. Prerequisites: EPFA 467/567 Explores professional applications of adult EPFA 520 and admission to the administration ESL/Bilingual Program Design and Models development theory and research to facilitating (3) program. adult learning in a wide variety of contexts, Exemplary schools provide second language EPFA 530 learners with a rich intellectual diet, not a reme- including formal educational and training programs as well as general environments such as School and Community Relations (3) dial or basic skills curriculum. They expect all An intensive examination of the school and its students to achieve high standards in literacy and learning organizations. Prerequisite: admission to a graduate program. environment. Major emphasis is on the linking other academic areas. Learn how these schools mechanisms utilized by the school in interacting combine their understandings and apply the EPFA 517 with parents, citizens, and special interest knowledge of local, state, and federal laws and Adult Learning (3) groups. Prerequisite: graduate standing. policies along with pedagogical considerations An examination of challenges facing those who plan, implement, and evaluate learning opportu- EPFA 531 to create effective programs. Participants will Human Relations in Educational examine a variety of local, regional, and national nities for adults; alternative approaches and designs. Issues reviewed from perspectives of Organizations (3) program models for ESL and Bilingual instruc- Issues and perspectives in group processes; educational program providers and adult learn- tion. This will create opportunities to develop models for studying groups; principles of group ers. Relevant theory and research will be expertise in assessing the critical components of dynamics; human relations within educational reviewed. Prerequisite: graduate standing. programs serving pre-school through adults. organizations; strategies for group problem-solv- EPFA 497/597 EPFA 518 ing and conflict management; application of Administration of Early Childhood Programs Policy and Governance in Postsecondary group dynamics to leadership, communication, (3) Education (3) and decision-making within educational organi- An examination of theory and research that Examines theory and practice informing the zations; evaluating processes and production of relates to how policy is formulated and imple- administration/leadership of early childhood educational groups. Prerequisite: graduate stand- mented in postsecondary environments. The programs to include: 1) organizational configu- ing. rations, 2) leadership and the dynamics of the course focuses on the policy and governance role EPFA 532 work group, 3) developmentally appropriate cur- of faculty, administrators, and trustees at the single college or university level, and state and Administration of Curriculum (3) riculum, 4) interaction with families of young Provides a broad and critical understanding of children, and 5) significance of poverty, race, federal roles in postsecondary policy and governance. Prerequisite: graduate standing. curricular matters that are relevant and important and gender for such programs. Prerequisite: to administrators: 1) decision making about the child and family studies major or admission to EPFA 519 choice of content; 2) politics of curriculum an education graduate program. Contemporary Issues in Postsecondary development; 3) implementation and monitoring Education (3) The course is designed to provide students with of curriculum at building site; 4) testing and an introduction to the study of postsecondary alignment of curriculum; and 5) evaluation of education using as the vehicle a focus on some curriculum implementation. Prerequisite: EPFA of the more pressing issues currently facing 521 or CI 566. postsecondary education. The course is designed 192 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

EPFA 533 EPFA 574 EPFA 595 Planning and Budgeting in Postsecondary Supervision and Evaluation of Instruction (3) School Finance (3) Education (3) The role of the supervisor in keeping education An examination of the financial structure of The course provides an introduction to an over- geared to the changing demands of society; theo- school districts, the budget-making process, view of planning and budgeting processes used ries of leadership; group processes and individ- budget resources, and allocation of funds. in postsecondary environments. Major emphasis ual conference techniques; action research and Includes study of Oregon’s system of program is placed on key concepts and models and appli- related approaches to curriculum change; analy- budgeting. Prerequisite: admission to the certifi- cations to institutional cases and on strategies for sis of concrete supervisory problems. cate program in school administration. linking planning and budgeting functions. Pre- EPFA 575 EPFA 596 requisite: graduate standing. Law and Education Policy (3) The Principalship (3) EPFA 535 The focus of the course is on the relationship Designed to develop complementary theoretical Assessing Adult Learning (3) between legal decisions and the educational and practical understanding of the principalship; Introduction to the approaches, processes, and policy process. Analyses of the major trends to acquire knowledge and to learn practices and tools that can be used to assess adult learning. toward “legalization” in education is central to skills needed to become a successful first-year Emphasis is given to applications at the class- the course. Attention especially will be given to principal. Prerequisite: EPFA 521. room and program levels and to practices that the ways legislative, administrative, and judicial EFPA 601 themselves contribute to adult learning. Prereq- decisions and governmental organizations shape Research (Credit to be arranged.) uisite: EPFA 517. educational policies and programs. Prerequi- EPFA 602 EPFA 536 sites: EPFA 594 and admission to doctoral pro- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) gram. Postsecondary Curriculum (3) EFPA 603 The course provides a historical and philosophi- EPFA 576 Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) cal perspective on postsecondary curriculum School Buildings (3) with major attention given to review and analysis Study of the problems involved in planning, EFPA 604 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to of current curriculum practices and issues. financing, construction, and equipping school be arranged.) Attention is given to questions of outcomes, buildings. Programs of plant care, maintenance, facilitating adult learning, and the assessment of and use. Analysis of specific district. Prerequi- EFPA 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be learning. Prerequisite: graduate standing. site: consent of instructor. arranged.) EPFA 539 EPFA 577 EFPA 606 Program Evaluation (3) Cultural Pluralism and Urban Education (3) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be An examination of evaluation theory and This course is designed to explore the process of arranged.) approaches and their applications in educational education policy development and implementa- EFPA 607 settings. Emphasis is given to program evaluation in culturally diverse, urban environments. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion and to understanding how the usefulness of The course is organized around several cultural evaluation results may be increased. Prerequi- pluralism perspectives; among the topics to be EPFA 608 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) site: EPFA 515. explored are the issues of socialization of the child, governmental operations, educational EPFA 609 EPFA 540 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Improving School District Programs (3) administration, teacher preparation and curricu- Relating district policies, goals, objectives, and lum design. Prerequisites: EPFA 594 and admis- EPFA 610 programs; characteristics of effective instrumen- sion to the doctoral studies. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tal programs; improving district programs, EPFA 578 EPFA 620 including needs assessment, policy and decision- Politics and Policy Processes In Education (3) Doctoral Studies Proseminar (3) making, goal setting, resource allocation, and An intensive examination of political behavior in Inquiry of researchable problems in education; staff training; models and strategies for the eval- educational policy making. Central to the course overview of methodology and design for policy uation of district policies and programs. Prereq- is a review of the increasing number of educa- studies, ethnographies, experimental and nonex- uisite: EPFA 520. tional policies which are formulated at the fed- perimental research; the relationships among eral and state levels and the impact of these theory, research, and practice. Prerequisite: EPFA 541 admission to the doctoral program. The Community College (3) policies on local school districts. Prerequisites: An introduction to the history, roles, and func- EPFA 594 and admission to doctoral studies. EPFA 630 tioning of the community college. Prerequisite: Educational Organization (3) EPFA 591 Organizational concepts and theoretical frame- graduate standing. Educational Leadership (3) works appropriate to describing and analyzing EPFA 553 Analysis of leadership theories, skills, and techniques as applied to the organization and admin- educational work settings. Prerequisite: EPFA History of American Education (3) 620 or concurrent enrollment. The historical development of the American edu- istration of public education. Prerequisite: cational system, from European backgrounds graduate standing. EPFA 631 Educational Leadership Theory and and colonial beginnings to the present time. Pre- EPFA 593 requisite: graduate standing. Research (3) School Personnel Administration (4-6) Leadership concepts and theories; emphasis on The role of administration in the development of EPFA 561, 562 the identification and analysis of significant edu- cooperative relationships, improvement and Staff Development: Planning, cational policy issues and problems of educa- direction of school personnel, both professional Implementation, And Evaluation I, II (3, 3) tional leadership. Prerequisite: EPFA 630. Staff development goals; characteristics of staff and nonprofessional. Prerequisite: admission to development programs; establishing a staff the program, or consent of instructor. Two 2- EPFA 650 development organization; policy and decision- hour seminars plus arranged hours of field work. Politics and Policy Processes in Education (3) Politics of education as a field of study; central making; identifying and responding to the con- EPFA 594 cerns of participants; assessing needs; planning attention given to an examination of interest School Law (3) group formation and articulation, the political and implementation of specific programs; net- Critical analysis of the legal framework govern- working; formal and informal methods of evalu- process and politics of educational decision ing school law in the United States, with empha- making. Prerequisites: EPFA 620, 630. ation; models for staff development; program sis on contemporary legal problems of evaluation; management information systems; education. Implications of landmark and current evaluating instructional effectiveness. Prerequi- court decisions. Prerequisite: graduate standing. site: graduate standing. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 193

EPFA 651 Lib 405/505 uses of computers and technology in production. Educational Policy Analysis (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Effective use of instructional equipment and Theory and practice of educational policy devel- arranged.) technology. Research of education technology opment and implementation within educational Lib 406/506 and communication. Prerequisite: Lib 425. organizations; focus on the review, analysis, syn- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 541 thesis of theory and concepts from political sci- Lib 407/507 Reference and Information Systems and ence and models of policy formation and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Services (4) implementation. Prerequisite: EPFA 650. Lib 408/508 An analysis of reference services and proce- EPFA 660 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) dures. Study of print, nonprint, and electronic Doctoral Research I (3) Lib 409/509 database reference sources to include biblio- First course in a year-long sequence of three Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) graphic tools, indexes, encyclopedias, ready ref- courses designed to provide the student with erences, biographical tools, geographical tools, basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in Lib 410/510 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) dictionaries, government documents, and spe- education; focus on qualitative research. Prereq- cialized materials. Research in reference ser- uisite: EPFA 620 or concurrent enrollment. Lib 425 vices and technological delivery systems. Instructional Media and Technology (3) EPFA 661 Study of instructional media in the curriculum; Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. Doctoral Research II (3) computers and computer applications in educa- Lib 542 Second course in a year-long sequence of three tion; instructional applications of audio and Collection Development and Evaluation (3) courses designed to provide the student with video educational equipment and materials; Principles and practice of evaluation, selection, basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in development of educational materials such as and acquisition of all types of materials included education; focus on survey research, computer visual transparencies and graphics. Analysis of in a library media center collection. Selection applications and advanced statistics. Prerequi- role of the school library media center in the and collection development policies and proce- site: EPFA 660. instructional program. Prerequisite: Introduc- dures. Study of professional evaluation and EPFA 662 tion to Education. selection sources. Field activities included. Pre- Doctoral Research III (3) requisite: Lib 428/528. Third course in a year-long sequence of three Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 (3) Lib 547 courses designed to provide the student with Materials grades K-5. Traditional genres such as Library Media Instructional Programs, K-12 basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in picture books, traditional tales, modern realism, (3) education; focus on experimental and quasi- romance, adventure, mystery, historical fiction, A study of the K-12 information skills program, experimental design and quantitative methods. science fiction, fantasy, biography, poetry, and including the development of a scope and Prerequisite: EPFA 661. nonfiction. Study of literature that illustrates cul- sequence, effective teaching strategies, specific EPFA 801 tural diversity. Resources for selection; awards skills instruction, correlation and integration Research (Credit to be arranged.) and honors. Prerequisite: Introduction to with the classroom curriculum, and organization and development of a teaching program in the EPFA 802 Education. library media center. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 429/529 EPFA 804 Books and Related Materials for Young Lib 548 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to People (3) Organization of Library Media Collections be arranged.) A survey of books and nonbook materials suit- (4) able for students of junior and senior high school Principles of organization of library media EPFA 805 center collections. Basic cataloging procedures Reading and Conference (Credit to be age. Emphasis on selection and evaluation of arranged.) books, adolescent reading interests, and reading for print, nonprint, and electronic forms of guidance for curricular and personal needs. media using standard cataloging and classifica- EPFA 806 tion codes. Application of online cataloging Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 530 databases. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. EPFA 807 Literature Promotion Programs, K-12 (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) A study of techniques for promoting literature in Lib 554 elementary and secondary schools: author/illus- Student Teaching I (4) EPFA 808 Beginning student teaching in a library media Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) trator studies, reading books aloud, storytelling, booktalks, reading promotion programs, and center under the direction of a supervising EPFA 809 library media teacher and university supervisor. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) incorporating literature throughout the curriculum. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. Observation and participation in teaching, EPFA 810 administrative and other responsibilities of a Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 534 library media specialist. Opportunities for Administration of the School Library Media Center (3) involvement in student learning activities, devel- LIBRARY Study of the school library media center and its opment of teaching skills, basic skills in man- COURSES integral role in the instructional program of the agement and discipline of students. Taken in school. The school library media movement. conjunction with Lib 547 and Lib 534. Prerequi- Lib 181 Focus on the leadership role of the media spe- sites: admission to the program and approved Use of the Library (3) cialist; management of personnel; media pro- application. Initial training in the effective use of the Univer- gram budgeting; facility planning; role of state Lib 555 sity library and resources, such as the card cata- and national standards in planning, evaluation, Student Teaching II (15) log, reference materials, and electronic and development; other administrative areas. Ten weeks of full-time student teaching in a resources, including the on-line datalog, CD- Field activities included. Prerequisite: Lib 428/ school library media center under the supervi- ROM databases, and Internet. 528. sion of a library media teacher and university supervisor. Participation in a full range of teach- Lib 401/501 Lib 536 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Design and Production of Instructional ing, administrative, and other responsibilities of a library media specialist. Direct responsibilities Lib 402/502 Media (3) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the use of instructional media, K-12. for student learning activities, development of Instructional design; criteria for quality print and teaching skills, creating a climate conducive for Lib 403/503 learning; management and discipline of students, Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) nonprint media. Production of instructional media including slide/tape presentations, video and related professional activities. Weekly semi- Lib 404/504 recordings, and advanced techniques for over- nar. Prerequisites: admission to program and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to approved application. be arranged.) head transparencies; graphic techniques; and 194 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Lib 561 Lib 587 Lib 808 Practicum Elementary Library Media Center Video Production (3) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) (3) Study and practice of video recording techniques Lib 809 A planned experience consisting of practical including storytelling, various camera tech- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) application of the full range of roles and respon- niques, editing, character generation. Students sibilities of the library media specialist in an ele- Lib 810 will spend time in a recording studio in addition Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) mentary library media center under the direction to using the portable camera. Prerequisite: Basic of a supervising elementary school library media Endorsement. teacher and a University supervisor. PECIAL EDUCATION AND Lib 588 S Lib 562 Computers and Advanced Technology in the COUNSELING COURSES Practicum Middle or Junior High Library Library Media Center (3) Media Center (3) An analysis and study of the role of computers COUNSELING COURSES A planned experience consisting of practical and advanced technology (video disc, satellite Coun 199 application of the full range of roles and respon- television) in the library media center. Adminis- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sibilities of the library media specialist in a trative uses as well as curriculum development middle or junior high school library media Coun 401/501 will be studied for the technology. Prerequisite: Research (Credit to be arranged.) center under the direction of a supervising Basic Endorsement. middle or junior high school library media Coun 402/502 Lib 589 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) teacher and a University supervisor. Creative Photography in Education (3) A study of photographic processes to include Coun 403/503 Lib 563 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum High School Library Media photography without a camera, basic animation Center (3) techniques, and darkroom techniques. Analysis Coun 405/505 A planned experience consisting of practical of completed photographs in terms of composi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) application of the full range of roles and respon- tion, style, and technique will also be studied. sibilities of the library media specialist in a high All techniques will be related to classroom Coun 406/506 school library media center under the direction instruction in the elementary and secondary Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) of a supervising high school library media schools. Prerequisite: Basic Endorsement. Coun 407/507 teacher and a University supervisor. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 592 Lib 573 Contemporary Children’s and Young Adult Coun 408/508 Advanced Methods And Procedures In School Literature (3) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Library/media Centers (3) An analysis and study of contemporary chil- Coun 409/509 A study of the school library/media center as a dren’s and young adult literature. A study of Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) teaching agency. Designed to focus on the teach- trends and styles in modern literature. Includes Coun 410/510 ing role of the school librarian/media specialist picture books, fiction, and nonfiction. Contem- Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) in presenting concepts, principles, content, and porary authors and illustrators featured. Prereq- Coun 425/525 techniques to students and teachers. Emphasis uisite: Lib 428/528 or equivalent. Guidance for the Classroom Teacher (3) placed on instruction in library and research A study of the responsibilities and procedures of skills; reading, viewing and listening guidance; Lib 601 Research (Credit to be arranged.) teachers for guiding students at all levels in in-service for school personnel; and problems becoming more effective and capable persons. involved in performing effectively as a teacher. Lib 602 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: completion of 135 credits; student Observation of library/media centers required. teaching or teaching experience. Prerequisites: Basic Educational Media Lib 603 Endorsement and consent of instructor. Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) Coun 441/541 Lib 604 Introduction to Counseling (3) Lib 574 The need for counseling services in schools; Research Strategies for Library Media Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) tests, inventories, questionnaires, and records; Specialists (3) the role of the home and the community in coun- Lib 605 Advanced reference materials available in seling; individual and group counseling; consul- school and academic libraries, including com- Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) tation; career counseling; orientation to puter databases and network resources. Prerequi- professional groups, ethics, and current issues site: Lib 541 or equivalent. Lib 606 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) and trends. Prerequisite: completion of 135 cred- Lib 575 its. Directed Field Experience (3) Lib 607 Planned contact for school library media special- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Coun 542, 543 Interpersonal Relations I, II (3, 3) ists with professional librarians and/or media Lib 608 Development of the self. Emphasis on creative Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) specialists in public, academic, special libraries, growth and the nature of interaction with others. information centers, and other library or media- Lib 609 Communication and belief systems in relation to related settings. Directed field work and visita- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) self-acceptance. To be taken sequentially. tions to various libraries and information centers Lib 610 will be the emphasis of the course. Seminar Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Coun 551 meetings on campus deal with topics related to Theories and Interventions I (3) Lib 801 This course is designed for those who wish to the field experience as well as intensive study of Research (Credit to be arranged.) increase their understanding of counseling the- related advanced issues such as automation, per- Lib 802 ory, interventions (techniques, strategies) and sonnel, and management. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) research. The Psychoanalytic Jungian, Adlerian, Lib 576 Lib 804 Client-Centered and Gestalt approaches to coun- Planning and Evaluation of Library Media Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to seling will be studied; the focus will be on the Programs (3) be arranged.) three parameters mentioned above. Course con- Analysis of media center programs and planning tent can be applied to both individual and group techniques; study and application of media Lib 805 Reading and Conference (Credit to be counseling. Prerequisites: Coun 541, 542. center evaluation instruments; analysis and arranged.) development of library media center programs. Prerequisites: Basic Educational Media Lib 806 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Endorsement or consent of instructor. Lib 807 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 195

Coun 552 on group process and outcome will be presented. upon requisite mastery of major systemic con- Theories and Interventions II (3) Students enrolled in the course also will be cepts that have to do with systemic function, This course is designed for those who wish to expected to participate in a co-facilitated, ongo- structure, and motivation as related to assessing increase their understanding of counseling the- ing small group experience which will require similarities and differences between normative ory, interventions (techniques, strategies) and sensitivity to the contributions of other group and paranormative marriage and family life tran- research. The Transactional Analysis, Rational- members. Prerequisites: Coun 541, 542, 551, sitions. Appropriate systemic assessment inte- Emotive, Reality and other cognitive behavioral 552. grates with systemic therapeutic interventions in approaches to counseling will be studied; the resolving crisis resulting from family transi- focus will be on the three parameters mentioned Coun 573 Contemporary Marriage and Family Systems tional difficulty, chronic illness, divorce, separa- above. Course content can be applied to both (3) tion, remarriage, death. individual and group counseling. Prerequisites: Focus on contemporary marriage and family Coun 581 Coun 541, 542, 551. systems as they exist in American society today. Multicultural Perspectives in Counseling (3) Coun 557 Explore the past, present, and future of these A study of the human, ecological and societal Job Placement and Training (3) systems, including changing demographics and forces influencing the provision of counseling Techniques, training, and outcomes to assist per- their implications for professionals. services to culturally diverse students and other sons with disabilities obtain and maintain Coun 574 clients in educational and community settings. employment. Family Development Over the Life Cycle (3) Current issues, problems and trends will be Coun 559 Intended for graduate students taking the MFT examined. Increased competence in individual Professional Practices: Rehabilitation of the series, this course examines family development and group counseling strategies and techniques Blind (3) as a foundational framework for family therapy. will be emphasized, using didactic and experien- Overview of blindness and the blindness deliv- The developmental context provides opportunity tial approaches. Prerequisite: Coun 541. ery systems. Roles and responsibilities of those to consider symptoms and dysfunction as related Coun 585 working in social, psychological, educational, to tasks and challenges of reorganization at tran- Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (3) recreational and vocational settings are empha- sition points. Examines major approaches to diagnosis of psy- sized. Issues and field overviews. Coun 575 chiatric impairment. Emphasis is placed on the Coun 567 Marriage and Family Counseling (3) classification system outlined in the current Using Tests in Counseling (3) This course constitutes an introduction to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, and on appli- The course is a graduate level introduction to theory and methodology of marriage and family cation of the bio-psycho-social model to client testing. It offers the student the option of test counseling. Attention is given to the major assessment, goal-setting, and treatment plan- usage in the counseling process and introduces family interactional patterns which lead to ning. Prerequisite: Coun 541. issues related to such usage. In addition, the family system breakdowns as well as the devel- Coun 586 course acquaints the student, through hands-on opment of skills in the identification of such pat- Psychopharmacology and Mental Illness (3) experience, with test taking, scoring, norming, terns. Family process assessment techniques, Examines important psychotropic medications profiling and interpreting. Prerequisite: Coun beginning work with families, dealing with and their therapeutic applications. Drug efficacy, 541. resistance in family counseling, use of “self,” side effects, treatment of specific disorders such Coun 568 doubling, sculpting, etc., are interventions which as anxiety and mood disorders, psychoactive Career and Lifestyle Planning (3) are taught using an experiential format. Prereq- substance use disorders, and schizophrenia. This course examines the theoretical research uisite: Soc 461. Prerequisite: Coun 541. foundation for career choices, factors that influ- Coun 576 Coun 587 ence choices, the role of information, the skills Human Sexuality and Therapeutic Mental Health Services (3) and practices of effective helpers, the explora- Approaches (3) Examines community mental health movement, tion/testing/labor market information sources Therapeutic approaches to sexual problems policy, service sequence, and related legislation; which contribute to the value choices that are (common psychosexual disorders, sexual com- organization and delivery of mental health ser- made, and related issues and problems. Prerequi- pulsion, and sexual symptoms of sexual abuse) vices at the federal, state, and local levels; influ- site: admission to the program and Coun 541. from Freudian, psychodynamic, behavioral/cog- ences and trends in service delivery. Coun 569 nitive systems, post-modern, “sexual crucible,” Prerequisite: Coun 541. and EMDR will be discussed. Developmental Foundations of Counseling (3) Coun 590 Theoretical overview of life-span growth and Coun 577 Foundation of Rehabilitation Counseling (3) development, emphasizing cognitive-intellec- Advanced Family Therapy (3) Introductory course for students pursuing gradu- tual, cognitive-moral, emotional-self, and social Analyze the range of normative/paranormative ate study in rehabilitation counseling and is also aspects of developmental growth in the human problems experienced by family members, par- oriented toward students with a more peripheral being. Emphasis on translating theory into prac- ticularly in parental and parent/child relation- interest in related human service fields. Intended tice through a “person-environment interaction” ships. Examine family case studies and to provide a broad overview of the profession of conception of counseling, consultation, and edu- participate in role playing activities geared to rehabilitation counseling with an emphasis on cational intervention. enhance family therapy skills. This course is a both theoretical and practical aspects of the field. Coun 570 prerequisite for the internship. Prerequisite: Psy 534 or Coun 541. Human and Family Sexuality Across the Life Coun 578 Coun 591 Span (3) Advanced Marital Therapy (3) Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Examines the expression of human sexuality and Students learn to conceptualize and intervene Covers the most common physical, sensory, and intimacy and how sexual knowledge, attitudes, systematically with couple units. Attention is mental disabilities encountered by the rehabilita- and behaviors are learned and developed across given to maintaining therapeutic balance, devel- tion professional. The major symptomatology, the family life span. Review recent research and oping an intersystem treatment plan, and asking diagnostic procedures, treatment modalities, theory about gender and sexuality. systemic/interactional questions. A major functional implications, and psychosocial and Coun 571 emphasis is supervised skill practice through vocational correlates of each disabling condition Group Counseling (3) role play. will be discussed. Prerequisite: Coun 590. This course includes the study of group guid- Coun 579 ance, group counseling, and group therapy in Therapeutic Strategies and Family both school and agency settings. Topics such as Transitions (3) membership roles, leadership styles, stages of Intended for graduate students taking the MFT group life, nonverbal communication in groups, series, this course analyzes current therapeutic ethical and professional issues relating to assessment tools and interventions grounded in groups, theoretical models for group work, systemic theory/research as they pertain to group practice with special groups, and research family transitions. Success in this course builds 196 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Coun 592 Coun 605 SpEd 455/555 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Working With LEP Children Who Have Covers the psychological and social aspects of arranged.) Special Needs (2) adjustment and adaptation to a variety of dis- Coun 606 Examine the current research in special educa- abling conditions. Theoretical and practical Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be tion and see where it is appropriate in working issues relating to various types of physical, psy- arranged.) with the Limited English Proficient (LEP) child. chiatric, mental and social disabilities will be Coun 607 Consider issues including testing and diagnosis, examined and discussed. Prerequisite: Coun Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) appropriate teaching material and method, and placement. Discuss political, social, and commu- 590. Coun 608 nity concerns in working with LEP students with Coun 593 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) special needs. Case Management (3) Coun 609 Students will study case management systems Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 460/560 and skills as used in both public and private Outdoor Education/Recreation With Persons Coun 610 With Disabilities (6) rehabilitation and related other human service Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) agencies. Topics covered include case identifica- Course provides a supervised practicum in a tion, referral, eligibility determination, assess- Coun 801 variety of outdoor activities with children, youth, Research (Credit to be arranged.) ment, goal setting, plan development, and adults with disabilities. Students serve as intervention strategies, case monitoring, inter- Coun 802 counselor trainees, under the guidance of experi- agency coordination, advocacy, promotion of Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) enced outdoor specialists and teachers in a resi- self-advocacy by client, software systems, infor- Coun 804 dential program located at the Mt. Hood Kiwanis mation flow, organizational structures, time Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Camp. Emphasis on learning from and about management, critical case management skills, be arranged.) persons with disabilities, teamwork within living funding sources and billing, as well as other Coun 805 groups, and developing outdoor and leadership topics of interest to the student. Prerequisite: Reading and Conference (Credit to be skills. arranged.) Coun 590. SpEd 480†/580 Coun 806 Accommodating Children With Special Needs Coun 594 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Occupational Analysis/Vocational Evaluation in Early Childhood Education (3) (3) Coun 807 Provides preparation for accommodating young Content and experiences presented through this Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) children with special needs in early childhood course are design to familiarize the student with Coun 808 education settings. Focus on assessment, pro- the basic principles and imperatives of occupa- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) gram planning and adaptation, program plan- tional analysis and vocational evaluation and Coun 809 ning, family involvement, and mainstreaming how these are applied and used in real world set- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) approaches. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early tings. Didactic instruction, experiential research, Coun 810 childhood education coursework or teaching and collegial participation will be used to help Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) experience with young children. students integrate course teachings into a core of SpEd 481/581 personal and professional understanding which SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES Family Guided Early Intervention (3) can then be applied to many different settings or SpEd 199 Develops knowledge and skills necessary for systems. Prerequisite: Coun 590. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) providing early intervention services to infants Coun 595 SpEd 401/501 and toddlers with developmental delay/disabili- Rehabilitation in the Private Sector (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) ties and their families. Covers private sector rehabilitation, the private SpEd 402/502 SpEd 482/582 rehabilitation practitioner’s relationship to the Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Specialized Techniques: Early Intervention/ client, the insurer, the insurance system, and SpEd 403/503 Early Childhood Special Education (3, 3) workers’ compensation. Prerequisite: Coun 590 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Develops specialized knowledge and skills necessary for providing early intervention and early Coun 598 SpEd 404/504 Consultation Procedures (3) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to childhood special education services to infants, This course introduces professional helpers to be arranged.) toddlers, and preschool children with severe and multiple disabilities, including children with the assumptions, knowledge, goals, and proce- SpEd 405/505 dures associated with the intervention strategy Reading and Conference (Credit to be physical and sensory impairments, children with known as consultation. Consultation differs from arranged.) health impairments, and children with autism. counseling (a first-order intervention directly SpEd 406/506 SpEd 512 involving the counselor and client) in that it Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Assessment and Planning: Handicapped involves three parties: the consultant, consultee, Learner (3) SpEd 407/507 An examination and application of diagnostic and target (a second-order intervention). Atten- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion is given to systems theory and the facilita- and assessment instruments used to appraise SpEd 408/508 exceptional children. Course provides functional tion of planned changed, models and strategies Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) of consultation, and the role of consultant in dif- knowledge of academic skill evaluation, psycho- SpEd 409/509 fering settings (schools, agencies, court, etc.). motor evaluation, and social/emotional evalua- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tion instruments. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 Students are required to plan and implement a Consent of instructor. consultation as a field project. Prerequisites: and admission to certificate program. Coun 541, 542. SpEd 410/510 SpEd 513 Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) Instruction and Programming: Handicapped Coun 601 SpEd 418/518 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Learner (3) Survey of Exceptional Learners (3) Comprehensive study of methodological consid- Coun 602 Overview of working with exceptional individu- erations in how to organize and prepare class- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) als, including special education and multicul- room environment to facilitate learning. Primary Coun 603 tural differences. Nature of diversities (including emphasis on designing instructional programs, Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) the talented and gifted) and educational ramifi- knowledge of instructional programs, describing Coun 604 cations for the teacher. Prerequisite: Psy 311. and analyzing observational information, con- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.)

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 197

ducting task analytical diagnosis of behavior SpEd 534 istering, scoring, and interpreting test results for problems, and managing behavior in instruc- Curriculum and Programming: Severely program planning and implementation. Develop- tional settings. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and Handicapped Learner I (3) mental areas include cognition, social/emotional admission to certificate program. Examination of special content and methodol- skills, psychomotor skills, and self-help skills. ogy of education for students with severe dis- SpEd 514 Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and admission to abilities, infancy through adulthood. Includes the program. Methods of Teaching Academics: curricular content and instructional strategies for Handicapped Learner (3) SpEd 544 Emphasis on instructional programming and community, domestic, leisure/recreation, and vocational domains. Use of a variety of instruc- Methods of Teaching Academics: Visually teaching techniques for implementing language Impaired Learner (3) arts, reading, and mathematics curricula for stu- tional strategies with severely disabled learners Course focuses upon curricular adaptations for dents with disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/ in both individual and group settings. To be use with the visually impaired learner in the 518 and admission to certificate program. taken concurrently with Directed Field Experi- classroom. Academic areas examined and strate- ence: Severely Disabled Learner I. Prerequisites: SpEd 515 gies for inclusion for the visually impaired SpEd 418/518 and admission to certificate learner in all aspects of the school curriculum. Methods of Teaching Life Skills (3) program. Emphasis on life skills programming and teach- Teaching of Braille, use of abacus for mathemat- ing techniques for implementing the functional SpEd 535 ics, and adapted materials. In-depth curricular curriculum. These curriculum areas include: Curriculum and Programming: Severely focus for the multi-disabled child. Prerequisites: communication, leisure education, vocational, Handicapped Learner II (3) SpEd 418/518 and admission to the program. Examination of special content and methodol- gross/fine motor, social/sexual and self-help for ogy of education for students with severe dis- SpEd 545 students with disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd abilities, infancy through adulthood. Includes Orientation and Mobility/Life Skills (3) 418/518 and admission to certificate program. Focus on teaching independent travel skills to curricular content and instructional strategies for totally or functionally blind students. Methods SpEd 516 communication. Social, sexual, motor, and func- and techniques presented to help the special and Consulting and Team Planning (3) tional academic domains. Preparation to use a regular class teacher promote success in daily A study of practices and techniques for imple- variety of instructional strategies with severely living skills as well. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. menting a transdisciplinary team approach to handicapped learners in both individual and collaborating with parents, related service staff, group settings. To be taken concurrently with SpEd 546 regular educators, administrators, and medical Directed Field Experience: Severely Disabled Braille I (3) personnel. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and Learner II. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and The Braille code is presented, to include Grade admission to certificate program. admission to certificate program. II SpEd 519 literary Braille, and use of the abacus. Prerequi- SpEd 536 sites: SpEd 540 and admission to the program. Principles of Special Education (3) Specialized Techniques: Severely Prepares students entering special education Handicapped Learner (3) SpEd 547 with basic knowledge, skills, and values neces- Study of the specialized technologies and physi- Braille II (2) sary for future success in their profession. Major cal management strategies for educating stu- All special signs and symbols relating to the lit- overview of theory and research underlying dents with multiple disabilities in integrated erary code are learned and special formatting delivery of special education services in the settings. Technologies include augmentative techniques used in printed materials, charts, and public schools. Intensive study of career plan- communication systems and computer adapted graphs. Study of Braille Nemeth Code for math- ning, graduate writing and research, information equipment. Physical management includes posi- ematics. Prerequisites: SpEd 546 and admission systems, current legislation, teaching and learn- tioning, transferring and fitness programs for the to the program. ing theory, curricular models, and professional severely disabled learner. Prerequisites: SpEd SpEd 551 ethics and standards. Pre- or co-requisite: SpEd 418/518 and admission to the program. Job Search Education (3) 418/518. Course designed to teach the latest job finding SpEd 540 SpEd 521 Education of the Visually Impaired Learner and leisure search techniques and to improve Behavior Management in the Classroom (3) (3) students’ ability to teach job/leisure finding to Primary emphasis will be on observation of Beginning with a historical background of the high school pupils. Course combines lecture and classroom behavior with concomitant develop- education of the visually disabled, this course hands-on experiences. Training for teachers and ment of alternatives for intervention in helping provides an overview of basic information about counselors in community agencies. Prerequisite: children develop more appropriate behavioral visually impaired children and youth. Basic pro- SpEd 418/518. skills. gramming components and implications for con- SpEd 552 SpEd 525 ceptual and motoric development. Basic Sex Education for the Handicapped (3) Student Teaching (6-12) curricular components necessary for the visually Course examines values and attitudes behind Observation and teaching under the direction of impaired, leading to transition from school to teaching social/sexual skills to persons with a supervising teacher. Opportunities for assum- adult life. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and mental retardation. Self-esteem building, body ing direct responsibility for the learning activi- admission to the program. image, classroom activities and learning experi- ties of the disabled learner, for developing skill SpEd 541 ences on puberty, menstruation, sterilization, in techniques of teaching and schoolroom man- Implications of Vision Problems of Children/ birth control, and sexually transmitted diseases. agement, and for participating in the life of the Youth (3) Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. school. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Anatomy, physiology, common diseases, and SpEd 553 SpEd 509 Directed Field Experience II. hygiene of the human eye. Emphasis on vision Leisure Education for the Handicapped (3) SpEd 532 screening, testing, and techniques for evaluation Prepares students to be knowledgeable and com- Assessment and Planning: Severely of functional visual skills in the classroom. petent in meeting the independent living needs Handicapped Learner (3) Focus includes strategies for improving medical/ of persons with disabilities. Focuses on recre- Examination and application of diagnostic and optometric eye reports. Emphasis on working ation and leisure as a major aspect of indepen- assessment instruments used to appraise learners with the regular classroom teacher regarding dent living and community adjustment. Role of with severe disabilities. Designed to provide prevention of potential eye disorders and referral the schools in providing a comprehensive leisure functional knowledge of conducting comprehen- to eye specialists. Prerequisites: SpEd 540 and education program for students with handicaps. sive longitudinal evaluation for developing func- admission to the program. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. tional curriculum. Selecting assessment SpEd 542 SpEd 556 instruments and utilizing ongoing systematic Assessment of the Visually Impaired (3) Career Education for the Handicapped (3) assessment techniques to evaluate skills of per- Examination and application of diagnostic and Course presents a broad conceptual framework sons with severe disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd assessment instruments useful with or modified for organizing and developing career education 418/518 and admission to certificate program. for visually impaired learners. Designed to pre- programs for disabled students (elementary/ pare teachers of the visually disabled for admin- young adult); helps participants gain knowledge 198 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

which strengthens vocational success for dis- SpEd 568 SpEd 591 abled persons; and program models train persons Advanced Social Skill Development (3) Issues in Special Education (3) with disabilities in transition from school to Course for educational professionals serving Review of the major issues related to special community life. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. behaviorally disordered students whose disabili- education in the United States. Emphasis upon ties are considered mild to moderate. Focuses on moral, ethical, and legal considerations relative SpEd 557 Job Placement and Training (3) advanced methods of behavior management that to the habilitation of disabled children and Techniques, training, and outcomes to assist per- go beyond traditional behavior modification youth. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. sons with disabilities obtain and maintain practices. Prerequisite: SpEd 521. SpEd 592 employment. SpEd 570 Advanced Studies in Special Education (3) Review of major philosophical and theoretical SpEd 558 Communication Systems for Severely Introduction to Youth in Transition (3) Handicapped Learners (3) bases for learning relative to the unique needs of Examination of transition services mandated by Course for students who will be teaching com- atypical persons served in special education pro- public laws; application of skills to facilitate munication skills to persons with severe disabili- grams. Overview of the work of Piaget, Skinner, school-to-work transition of youth with disabilities, including nonverbal individuals. Examines Baumeister, Bandura, Prehm, and others. Prereq- ties; and family partnerships. specialized systems for teaching communication uisite: SpEd 591. skills, normal speech, and implementation of SpEd 559 SpEd 601 communication instruction. Prerequisite: SpEd Research (Credit to be arranged.) Professional Practices: Rehabilitation of the 418/518. Blind (3) SpEd 602 Overview of blindness and the blindness deliv- SpEd 573 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) ery systems. Roles and responsibilities of those Advanced Assessment/Planning: SpEd 603 working in social, psychological, educational, Handicapped Learner (3) Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) Examination and application of diagnostic and recreational, and vocational settings are empha- SpEd 604 sized. Issues and field overviews. assessment instruments used to measure cognitive language abilities and social/emotional Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 561 functioning. Formal and informal methods of Behavior-Disordered Learner (3) assessment. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 605 Course focuses upon the nature and needs of Reading and Conference (Credit to be behavior-disordered youth in educational and SpEd 575 arranged.) social settings. Academic areas as well as strate- Technology for the Visually Impaired (3) Study of computer applications for visually SpEd 606 gies for inclusion for the behavior-disordered impaired learners, including existing and pro- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) learner in all aspects of the school curriculum. posed hardware and software that would SpEd 607 Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. improve accessibility to print information by Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 562 visually impaired and blind students. Adapta- SpEd 608 Alternate Education for Learning-disabled tions of existing technology, evaluation of its Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Children (3) effectiveness. Prerequisite: SpEd 540. Outdoor program focusing on academic instruc- SpEd 609 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tion and recreational experiences designed to SpEd 576 enhance the learning potential of the learning- Multi-Handicapped Blind Learner (3) SpEd 610 disabled child. Emphasis is on practical Study of visually handicapped students with Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) approach for teachers. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/ concomitant disabilities such as hearing impair- SpEd 801 518. ments, mental retardation, and behavior disor- Research (Credit to be arranged.) ders. Emphasis on curricular adaptations, SpEd 563 SpEd 802 teaching strategies, and behavior management. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Techniques of Reading (3) Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. Primarily concerned with educational methods SpEd 804 designed to teach students with severe to moder- SpEd 578 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ate response deficits in reading. Prerequisite: CI Advanced Behavior Intervention: Severely be arranged.) 474/574. Handicapped Learner (3) SpEd 805 Intervention strategies for students with severe Reading and Conference (Credit to be SpEd 564 behavior problems and disorders; focus on edu- arranged.) Learning Disabilities (3) cation, and non-adversive behavior management SpEd 806 Concepts, issues, and major sources in the field strategies. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. of learning disabilities: definition, causation and Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) identification, ability vs. task analysis models, SpEd 590 SpEd 807 perceptual training, and aptitude treatment inter- Applied Behavioral Research in Special Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Education (3) action, early identification, and reading disabil- Study of applied behavioral research in special SpEd 808 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) ity. education. Conceptualization of a variety of SpEd 565 research designs appropriate for problems in SpEd 809 Medical and Legal Aspects for the Disabled special education, including multiple baseline Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) (3) design research. Development of hypotheses, SpEd 810 An examination of the medical and legal aspects definition and measurement of important vari- Experimental Course (Credit to be arranged.) of major disabling conditions and implications ables, research design strategies, analysis of for management in the special education/rehabil- data, interpretation and inference, and writing a itation setting. Focus on the medical and legal research report. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. needs of persons with severe disabilities in educational, clinical, and social settings. Prerequi- site: SpEd 418/518.

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE

ROBERT DRYDEN, DEAN MICHAEL A. DRISCOLL, ASSOCIATE DEAN HERMAN J. MIGLIORE, ASSOCIATE DEAN MORGAN D. POPE, ASSOCIATE DEAN TREVOR D. SMITH, ASSOCIATE DEAN LL SUITE 20, FOURTH AVENUE BUILDING, 725-4631

B.S.—Civil Engineering, Computer electrical engineering, and mechanical Engineering, Computer Science, engineering. Cooperative educational pro- Electrical Engineering, and grams with Portland-area industries, gov- Mechanical Engineering ernment agencies, and engineering Minor in Computer Science consulting offices are available to qualified Minor in Electrical Engineering students. Minor in Environmental Engineering Note: The degree programs in civil M.S.—Civil Engineering, Computer Sci- engineering, electrical engineering, and ence, Electrical and Computer Engi- mechanical engineering are accredited by neering, Engineering Management, the Engineering Accreditation Commis- and Mechanical Engineering sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering M.E.—Manufacturing Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The com- Ph.D.—Electrical and Computer puter science program is accredited by the Engineering Computing Sciences Accreditation Board Ph.D.—Participating school in (CSAB). Systems Science Doctoral Program Ph.D.—Participating school in POLICY ON ADMISSION TO THE COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM Environmental Sciences and Resources Students who are intending to graduate Doctoral Program with an undergraduate degree in computer Engineering and computer science offer science must file the Application for the challenge and excitement of solving Admission to the Computer Science Pro- current and future technological problems gram with the Department of Computer in computers, electronics, energy, transpor- Science after completing the lower-division tation, and the environment. Furthermore, requirements. No more than 8 upper-divi- national projections indicate that the need sion computer science credits (including for engineers and computer scientists will any approved upper-division transfer cred- increase significantly during the years its) taken prior to admission to the program ahead. will be counted toward the student’s All undergraduate programs require a departmental requirement of 46 upper-divi- core of engineering or computer science, sion computer science credits (CS 300, mathematics, science, and liberal arts 301, 302, 303, 350, 487, 488 and 20 credits courses. Graduate programs provide of upper-division computer science elec- extended educational opportunities in tives). Students also must be in admitted various engineering and computer science status during the term they intend to specialties. graduate. POLICY ON ADMISSION TO THE UNDERGRADUATE ENGINEERING PROGRAMS PROGRAMS Students may declare engineering as their major at any time after enrolling at Port- At the undergraduate level, the student may land State University. However, engineer- select degree programs in civil engineering, ing majors must be admitted formally to a computer engineering, computer science, specific degree program in civil engineer-

200 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ing, record justifies such action and they are apply to those denied due to “selective computer engineering, electrical engineer- recommended by the School’s Academic admission.” ing, or mechanical engineering before they Appeals Committee. APPEALS will (1) be allowed to enroll in restricted Selective Admission upper-division courses offered by the Students denied admission or suspended If the number of eligible applicants for may request reconsideration by submitting School and (2) be graduated from that pro- admission to any engineering degree program. Application forms may be obtained a petition. The petition and supporting gram exceeds that for which resources are materials will be reviewed by the appropri- from the Dean’s Office, School of Engi- available, acceptance will be competitive. neering and Applied Science, LL Suite 20, ate department chair and the School’s Aca- In the event selective admission becomes demic Appeals Committee, and a Fourth Avenue Building. PSU students who necessary, the GPA computed for the anticipate completing all eligibility require- recommendation will be forwarded to the required courses for eligibility for program dean. The appeal must be made within 30 ments before the term for which admission admission will be used. Priority, within rea- to a degree program is sought may apply. days of notice to the student of denial of sonable limits, will be given to resident admission or suspension. Students transferring from other institu- students. tions who want to be admitted formally to a Although the primary purpose of the GENERAL EDUCATION specific engineering degree program (civil selective admission procedures is to limit REQUIREMENT engineering, computer engineering, electri- enrollment to the number of students who Students admitted as freshmen beginning cal engineering, mechanical engineering) can be served at a high level of quality, it is with the 1994-95 academic year satisfy the must: recognized that the rigid application of PSU general education requirement with ■ Meet all eligibility requirements. these procedures may eliminate applicants the University Studies program. Transfer ■ Apply for admission to PSU. with high potential but who, due to circum- students must complete a minimum 33 ■ Apply for program admission to the stances beyond their control, have had lim- credits of University Studies courses and/or School of Engineering and Applied ited access to the type of preparatory arts and letters and social science courses. Science. education that is essential to achieving the Students should consult with their aca- ■ Have one copy of their transcripts sent high performance level required for admis- demic adviser regarding this requirement. to the School of Engineering and sion. All such applicants will be considered Applied Science. PASS/NO PASS GRADING POLICY on the basis of their life experience and All courses specifically required by the ■ Have one copy of their transcripts sent leadership qualities in addition to their aca- to the Office of Admissions. University or by a particular department demic achievement. must be taken for a letter grade unless a Application deadlines for admission to required course is only offered with a pass/ a degree program are: CONTINUATION CRITERIA After admission to an engineering degree no pass option. for fall term June 15 program (civil engineering, computer engi- for winter term November 1 neering, electrical engineering, mechanical GRADUATE for spring term February 1 engineering), students will be expected to PROGRAMS Eligibility make satisfactory progress toward their To be eligible for admission to an declared degree and will be subject to the The School offers graduate programs lead- engineering degree program, each student following rules: ing to the degrees of Master of Science and should meet the following minimum 1. The term GPA in all courses taken at Doctor of Philosophy. requirements: PSU must be 2.00 or higher. Master’s programs are available in civil 1. Complete, with a minimum grade of C 2. At the conclusion of each term of the engineering, computer science, electrical and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a designated academic year full-time students are nor- and computer engineering, mechanical set of courses for each undergraduate mally expected to complete a minimum of engineering, engineering management, and degree program as follows: 9 credits in PSU engineering and/or com- manufacturing engineering. Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineer- puter science courses applicable toward A Ph.D. program in electrical and coming, and Mechanical Engineering. The their degree programs. Part-time students puter engineering is offered by the Depart- Engineering Core consisting of Ch 221; are expected to complete a minimum of 12 ment of Electrical Engineering. EAS 101, 211, 215; EE 201, 221; Mth credits per academic year in PSU engineer- In addition, the Departments of Civil 251, 252, 253, 254, 256; Ph 221, 222, ing and/or computer science courses. Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and the Engineering Management Program in 223, 214, 215, 216; Sp 100†, Wr 121†(59 3. Students will be placed on probation the School of Engineering and Applied Sci- credits). when their term GPA as described in (1) is ence participate in the single-discipline Computer Engineering. Ch 221; CS below 2.00, or their progress toward the option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- 162, 200; EAS 101, 102; EE 201, 221; degree is less than that described in (2). Mth 251, 252, 253, 256; Ph 221, 222, gram and offer discipline-oriented doctoral † † 4. Students placed on probation for two degrees. The Department of Civil Engi- 223, 214, 215, 216; Sp 100 , Wr 121 (59 consecutive terms or for a total of three credits). neering also participates in the Environ- terms will be suspended from specific mental Sciences and Resources Doctoral 2. Have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in all degree programs. Students also will be sus- Program. engineering and computer science pended if not enrolled in engineering and/ coursework. or computer science courses for three con- 3. Complete a minimum of 90 credits. secutive terms. Candidates who do not meet all criteria 5. Students denied admission or sus- may, upon petition, be granted eligibility pended must wait at least one term before when an evaluation of the student’s total reapplying. This waiting period does not

† Students admitted to PSU as freshmen beginning with the 1994-95 academic year will satisfy these course requirements by taking 15 credits of Freshman Inquiry.

S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 201

Core (27 credits) manufacturing management, technological ENGINEERING EMgt 520 Management of Engineering and innovations, technology planning, and MANAGEMENT Technology ...... 4 knowledge-based systems in engineering EMgt 530 Decision Making in Engineering and management are available. Technology Management ...... 4 LL Suite 50, Fourth Avenue Building EMgt 540 Operations Research in Engineering 725-4660 and Technology Management ...... 4 EMgt 545 Project Management in MANUFACTURING Engineering ...... 4 ENGINEERING M.S. † Ph.D.—Participating program in EMgt 555 Technology Marketing ...... 3 One of the following two courses: ...... 4 Systems Science Doctoral Program (503) 725-4284 (Portland) EMgt 522 Communication and Team (503) 737-2875 (Corvallis) Strong management skills are increasingly Building (4) important to technical professionals. Man- Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) aging R&D projects, technological sys- One of the following two courses: ...... 4 M.E. tems, technical organizations and Actg 511 Financial Accounting (4) resources, and other professionals requires EMgt 535 Engineering Economic Analysis (4) Manufacturing engineering is concerned with the application of specialized engi- management knowledge and skills. Capstone requirement (one of the neering and managerial knowledge to the Engineers and scientists are faced with following; 4 or 8 credits): development of productive systems involv- these challenges very early in their careers. EMgt 503 M.S. Thesis ...... 8 Typically within three to seven years after EMgt 589 Capstone Project ...... 4 ing people and machines. Primary empha- graduation, they find themselves address- EMgt 590 Engineering Management sis is on the design, operation, and control ing complex issues which necessitate that Synthesis ...... 4 of integrated systems for the production of they play two roles simultaneously: the role Electives (20 credits or 16 credits with high quality, economically competitive of the specialist and the manager of tech- the thesis option) goods utilizing efficient product design, nology. Those who choose the management The Engineering Management Program offers a computer networks, machine tools, robots, path start moving toward management wide range of elective courses. In addition, and materials-handling equipment. responsibilities while maintaining identity students may choose electives in several other The master's degree in manufacturing in their technical backgrounds. The Engi- programs throughout the University with the engineering is designed to provide engineering Management Program (EMP) has approval of their adviser. neering professionals with the opportunity been designed for them. to pursue advanced level study in a field of EMP is a graduate program addressed ADMISSION TO engineering that involves subject matter to the needs of engineers and scientists THE PROGRAM normally not covered in basic engineering whose objective is to advance to technical undergraduate programs. management positions in business, indus- In addition to meeting general University The program is jointly administered by try, or government. It also addresses the admission requirements listed on page 45, Portland State University and Oregon State needs of those who are interested in con- applicants to the program are required to University (OSU) and makes use of faculty tinuing their studies toward a research- have a baccalaureate degree in engineering and facilities physically located at both based career in engineering/technology or related discipline, background in proba- campuses. The degree is awarded jointly by management in academic institutions or bility/statistics, computer programming, OSU and PSU. Courses are taught via R&D differential equations, and four years of interactive television with reception sites organizations. professional experience. Admission is located throughout the state. EMP draws on the strengths of the granted to applicants who are judged to The master's degree in manufacturing School of Engineering and Applied Sci- have a higher potential as reflected by their engineering draws on the strengths of the ence, the School of Business Administra- past academic performance and profes- departments of Mechanical Engineering at tion, and several other relevant academic sional experience. Any variation from these PSU, Industrial and Manufacturing Engi- disciplines. By utilizing the diverse faculty requirements must be approved by the neering at OSU, Mechanical Engineering resources of the University, the program EMP director. at offers the opportunity to study the human, OSU, and the Engineering Management PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— Program at PSU. It also employs the guid- technical, and analytical aspects of ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT management. ance of a Technical Advisory Board com- The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Engineer- posed of industry representatives. Most of the courses in the program are ing Management is a single-discipline offered during the late afternoon and option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- evening hours to fit the schedule of practic- gram (Departmental Option). The general DEGREE ing professionals. requirements are listed on page 56. REQUIREMENTS The program requirements are a mas- DEGREE ter’s degree in engineering management or A total of 45 credits of approved graduate REQUIREMENTS equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- coursework is required to complete the tems Science core courses, 9 credits of master's degree in manufacturing engineering. The program consists of 30 to 36 cred- M.S. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT additional Systems Science or approved its in the core and 9 to 15 credits in A minimum of 51 credits in approved grad- engineering management systems-related electives. A comprehensive final oral exam- uate courses is required to complete the courses, and 9 credits of other approved ination is required after the completion of master’s degree in Engineering Manage- coursework. Twenty-seven credits of dis- coursework. ment. The program consists of 27 credits in sertation research are also required. Spe- the core, 4 credits (or 8 with thesis option) cialization areas of research related to in the capstone requirement, and 20 credits technology management, decision theory, (or 16 with thesis option) in electives. operations research, project management,

† Also offered as Mktg 555.

202 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Core Requirements: 30-36 Credits Management (3-9) work plus all work completed Courses satisfying core requirements at Strategic Planning in thereafter. each institution: Engineering Management EMgt 525 . . BA 559 Under special conditions, applicants PSU OSU Organizational Management...... Mgmt 550 . . BA 553 who partially satisfy the above admission Analysis Financial Accounting . . . . . Actg 511 . . BA 515 requirements may be considered for condi- Applied Statistics tional acceptance, provided they meet all Technical Specialty Electives (9 to 15) for Engineers ...... Stat 560 . . . St 521 institutional requirements to the campus to Nine to fifteen credits of graduate Analysis/Numerical which they apply. † courses in mechanical engineering, indus- Methods ...... ME 551 . . ME 575 International applicants are required to trial and manufacturing engineering, Applied Statistics demonstrate proficiency in English by electrical and computer engineering, engi- Statistical Process Control . . ME 587 . . . IE 551 taking the Test of English as a Foreign Lan- neering management, or computer science. Design of Industrial guage (TOEFL). A TOEFL score of 550 or Three to six of these credits may be project Experiments ...... ME 588 . . . IE 552 greater is required of all students whose work. (For example: 3 to 6 credits of ME Manufacturing Management native language is not English and who 506 Projects may be included.) Manufacturing have not received a degree from an accred- Management...... EMgt 510 . . . IE 561 ited institution in the United States. Inter- Advanced Manufacturing ADMISSION TO national applicants are required to submit Management Systems . . . EMgt 510 . . . IE 562 THE PROGRAM GRE scores. Project Management . . . . EMgt 545 . . . IE 563 At the time of admission, students will Communication and Applicants to the program are required to Team Building ...... EMgt 522 . . BA 552 apply to either Portland State University or have: Oregon State University. The university to Concurrent Engineering ■ An undergraduate degree in engineering which they are initially accepted will Concurrent Engineering. . . . ME 510 . . ME 518 or a closely related discipline from an become their home campus. Applicants accredited institution. will be required to choose a campus prior ■ A combined GPA of 3.0 on the last 90 to applying and will not be permitted to credit hours of graded undergraduate apply to the alternate campus if their first application is rejected.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

138 Science Building II ing project management, transportation Freshman Year Credits 725-4282 engineering, and environmental and water EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving...... 4 resources engineering. EAS 115 Engineering Graphics ...... 3 Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 B.S. To introduce civil engineering students to professional practice, the American Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . 2 Minor in Environmental Engineering Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 M.S. Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) spon- ‡Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Ph.D.—Participating department in Sys- sors a student chapter at Portland State tems Science Doctoral Program University. Total 48 Ph.D.—Participating department in The civil engineering curriculum at Sophomore Year Credits Environmental Sciences and Resources Portland State University is accredited by EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 Doctoral Program the Engineering Accreditation Commis- EAS 212 Strength of Materials ...... 4 sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering EAS 213 Properties of Materials ...... 4 and Technology (EAC/ABET). This EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 UNDERGRADUATE national organization sets standards for CE 211 Plane Surveying and Mapping ...... 3 PROGRAM engineering education deﬁned in terms of CE 212 Field Problems in Plane Surveying . . 1 curricular content, quality of faculty, and EE 201 Electrical Engineering Lab I ...... 1 EE 221 Electric Circuits...... 4 Civil engineers plan, design, and manage adequacy of facilities. the construction and operation of public Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 Majors in civil engineering must com- Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . . 4 and private facilities, including highways plete the following University and depart- Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics and transportation systems, power plants, mental degree requirements. Any deviation (with Calculus) ...... 9 buildings, dams, and water and wastewater from the required courses, including engi- Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 treatment facilities. neering and mathematics course substitu- ‡Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 The undergraduate degree program in tions, must be approved in writing by the civil engineering includes required courses chair of the department. Total 57 in the analysis and design of structures, applied hydraulics, surveying and mapping, soil mechanics and foundations, engineer-

† Other analysis/numerical methods courses may be substituted. ‡ Please see page 15 for information on the general education requirement. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 203

Junior Year Credits MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL emphasis, subject to the approval of stu- EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics ...... 4 ENGINEERING dent’s adviser and department. CE 324 Elementary Structural Analysis . . . . . 4 A minor program is available within the To become a candidate for the master’s CE 325 Indeterminate Structures...... 4 School of Engineering and Applied Science degree, the student must successfully com- CE 333 Design of Steel Structures or CE 434 in the area of environmental engineering. plete all departmental requirements for one Principles of Reinforced Concrete ...... 4 A student wishing to minor in this area CE 341 Soil Classification and Properties . . . 4 of the options described above. For the CE 351 Transportation Systems: Planning should complete, with a minimum grade of thesis option, successful completion of a and Design ...... 4 C, and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a desig- final oral examination covering the thesis is CE 362 Hydraulics ...... 4 nated set of courses as follows: required. Current faculty research areas CE 364 Water Resources Engineering ...... 4 Mth 254, 256; Ph 221, 222, 223, 214, 215, 216; include transportation systems, nonlinear CE 371 Environmental Engineering ...... 4 Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228; EAS 361; CE 362, structural analysis and design, earthquake G 301 Geology for Engineers ...... 3 364, 371, 474, and a minimum of 4 hours of engineering, mechanics of composites, sto- ME 321 Engineering Thermodynamics . . . . . 4 approved electives. chastic modeling in hydrology and water Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers resources, water quality modeling in envi- and Scientists ...... 3 All courses must be taken for letter Upper-division cluster ...... 4 grade and at least one-third of the credit ronmental engineering, and in situ soil hours must be taken at Portland State properties in geotechnical design. Total 50 University. PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— Senior Year Credits Course requirements for the minor also CIVIL ENGINEERING CE 444 Geotechnical Design ...... 4 meet partial eligibility requirements for The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Civil CE 454 Urban Transportation Systems ...... 4 admission to the civil engineering program. Engineering is a single-discipline option of CE 484 Engineering Project Management . . . 3 Students who complete the requirements CE 494 Civil Engineering Design ...... 3 the Systems Science Ph.D. Program for the minor may wish to apply for admis- (Departmental Option), whose general Approved civil engineering electives...... 20 sion to this program. Students graduating Upper-division cluster ...... 8 requirements are listed on page 56. in civil engineering may not claim a minor The departmental requirements are a Total 42 in environmental engineering. Students master’s degree in civil engineering or planning to minor in environmental engi- †Approved Civil Engineering equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- Electives Credits neering should consult with an adviser in tems Science core courses, 9 credits of CE 311 Engineering Surveys ...... 4 the Department of Civil Engineering. additional Systems Science or approved CE 333 Design of Steel Structures...... 4 engineering systems-related courses, and 9 CE 420 Advanced Mechanics of Materials . . . 4 GRADUATE credits of other approved coursework. CE 421 Analysis of Framed Structures ...... 4 Twenty-seven credits of dissertation CE 423 Vibration Analysis in Structural PROGRAMS Engineering ...... 4 research are also required. Specialization CE 431 Stability of Structures ...... 4 M.S. CIVIL ENGINEERING areas of research related to structural engi- CE 432 Structural Steel Design-LRFD The master’s program in civil engineering neering, transportation engineering, Method ...... 4 is designed to provide students with the geotechnical engineering, environmental CE 434 Principles of Reinforced Concrete . . . 4 technical and professional knowledge nec- engineering, and water resources are CE 435 Design of Reinforced Concrete essary to develop their abilities to seek cre- available. Structures ...... 4 ative solutions to complex problems in CE 436 Masonry Design ...... 4 their field of interest. PH.D. IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND RESOURCES CE 437 Timber Design ...... 4 The program involves advanced courses CE 438 Design of Composite Structures . . . . . 4 The department participates in the Environ- in the areas of structural analysis and CE 442 In situ Behavior and Testing of Soils . 4 mental Sciences and Resources Doctoral design, transportation engineering, water CE 443 Introduction to Seismology and Site Program. Specialized studies in environ- resources, environmental engineering, geo- Evaluation ...... 4 mental and water resources engineering, technical engineering, and project manage- CE 448 Earthquake Accommodation in along with environmental sciences courses Design ...... 4 ment, as well as science and mathematics. and seminars, will partially fulfill the CE 457 Pavement Design ...... 4 Flexibility is achieved by designing pro- requirements for the Ph.D. in environmen- CE 464 Hydrologic and Hydraulic Modeling . 4 grams of study to meet individual needs. tal sciences and resources. For information CE 467 Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design . . . 4 University master’s degree require- on the Ph.D. program in environmental sci- CE 474 Unit Operations of Environmental ments are listed on page 54. The master’s Engineering...... 4 ences and resources, see page 95. CE 477 Solid and Hazardous Waste program consists of three options available Management ...... 4 to students. The first option involves a total ME 322 Applied Fluid Mechanics and of 45 credits, including 6 to 9 credits of Thermodynamics...... 4 thesis. The second option requires comple- ME 323 Heat Transfer ...... 4 tion of 45 credits of coursework and 3 cred- ME 421 Heating, Ventilating, and Air its of research project that includes a Conditioning Design Fundamentals ...... 4 project report; and the third, completion of ME 422 Building Energy Use Analysis and 54 credits of coursework. In the first two Design ...... 4 options, student research is conducted under the supervision of faculty. In all options, coursework is to include 9 credits in areas other than candidate’s major

† CE 401, 404, 405, 406 (4 credits maximum); CE 407, 410, and CE 507 through 599 are also accepted. Of the 20 credits of CE electives, a minimum of 8 credits of “design” is required. Students must select these electives from a departmentally approved list of courses that indicates “design credit” content. 204 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

COMPUTER SCIENCE

120 Portland Center for Junior Year Credits Computer science upper-division electives Advanced Technology CS 300 Elements of Software Engineering . . . 4 except CS 404 ...... 12 725-4036 CS 301, 302 Languages and Compiler Design ...... 8 Total 36 CS 303 Operating Systems and Concurrent Only grades of C or better count toward B.S. Programming ...... 4 Minor in Computer Science departmental requirements. At least 16 of CS 350 Algorithms and Complexity ...... 4 the required 36 credits must be taken at M.S. Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 Mth 343 Linear Algebra...... 4 Portland State University. Approved upper-division computer science UNDERGRADUATE elective ...... 4 GRADUATE PROGRAM Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 PROGRAM Upper-division cluster ...... 8 The computer science program is designed Total 44 M.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE to provide a comprehensive background in The master’s program in computer science computer science and provides an opportu- Senior Year Credits is designed to prepare students for nity for specialization in software engineer- Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers and Scientists ...... 3 advanced careers in the computer industry, ing, compilers for parallel architectures, to create a research environment in com- distributed systems, software testing, term Approved upper-division computer science electives ...... 16 puter science, and to prepare students for rewriting systems, software metrics, data- Approved science electives ...... 8 graduate work at the Ph.D. level. base systems, logic programming, and par- CS 487, 488 Software Engineering The program contains advanced courses allel computing. This program is designed Capstone ...... 6 in the areas of software engineering, com- to provide students with the educational Upper division cluster ...... 4 pilers for parallel architectures, distributed background required for a professional Free electives ...... 8 systems, software testing, term rewriting career in the computer industry and for fur- Total 45 systems, software metrics, database sys- ther study at the graduate level. tems, logic programming, natural language Majors in computer science must com- Approved Upper-Division Computer processing, and parallel computing. Flexi- plete the following University and depart- Science Electives bility is achieved by designing programs of mental degree requirements. Furthermore, Students must complete 20 credits of study to meet individual needs. all required courses and upper-division approved upper-division computer science University master’s degree require- computer science electives must be com- electives. The current list of approved elec- ments are listed on page 54. The master’s pleted with a minimum grade of C. tives is found in the undergraduate hand- program in computer science consists of Freshman Year Credits book in the computer science office. two options. The first option involves the CS 161, 162 Introduction to Computer Approved Science Electives completion of an approved program of 45 Science ...... 8 The student is required to complete 8 cred- credits plus the writing of a project paper CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 its of approved science electives. These under the direction of a faculty member. Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 must be chosen from Bi 251, 252, 253; The second option requires the completion Sp 100 Introduction to Speech G 201, 202, 203; Ch 221, 222, 223; or any Communication ...... 4 of an approved program of 45 credits, †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 300- or 400-level course from these depart- which includes 9 credits of thesis. In both ments or the department of physics. Labo- options, coursework is to include core Total 43 ratories taken with these courses also count courses in theory, programming languages, Sophomore Year Credits toward the 8 credits. and systems. For the thesis option, success- CS 200 Computer Organization and Minor in Computer Science ful completion of a final oral examination Assembly Language ...... 4 A minor in computer science is available covering the thesis is required. CS 201 Computer Architecture ...... 4 within the School of Engineering and To be considered for admission to the CS 202 Programming Systems ...... 4 Applied Science in the area of Computer master’s degree program, the student must CS 250 Discrete Structures ...... 4 Science. have a baccalaureate degree from an CS 251 Logical Structures ...... 4 To earn a minor in computer science, accredited institution. This degree should CS 252 Computational Structures ...... 4 normally be in computer science; other- Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics a student must complete 36 credits as (with Calculus) ...... 9 follows: wise, the applicant must demonstrate Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 CS 161, 162 Introduction to Computer knowledge of the core curriculum of an †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 Science ...... 8 undergraduate computer science degree. CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 The core curriculum (PSU courses in Total 48 CS 200 Computer Organization and parentheses) includes: high-level language Assembly Language ...... 4 programming (CS 161, 162), algorithms CS 201 Computer Architecture ...... 4 and data structures (CS 163), computer CS 202 Programming Systems ...... 4 hardware organization and architecture (CS 200, 201), programming systems (CS 202),

† Please see page 15 for information on the general education requirement. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 205

discrete mathematics and logic (CS 250, CENTER FOR SOFTWARE ness, reliability, maintainability, and 251), and calculus (Mth 251, 252, 253). In QUALITY RESEARCH usability. addition, basic knowledge of compilers The goal of the Center at PSU is to (CS 301), operating systems (CS 303), and share the expertise of the world-class soft- 120 Portland Center for analysis of algorithms (CS 350) is strongly ware engineering researchers with regional Advanced Technology recommended. Adequate knowledge of an industry. In addition to performing leading- 725-4036 area may be demonstrated by passing the edge research in software quality, the appropriate course with a grade of B or bet- Center also monitors advances in software ter. A GPA of at least 3.00 in upper-division The IEEE Standard Glossary of Software quality technology from throughout the coursework is required. In addition, appli- Engineering Technology deﬁnes software world and has an active technology transfer cants must take the general portion of the quality as “the composite characteristics of program via an ongoing workshop program Graduate Record Examination and submit software that determine the degree to and technical report series. two letters of recommendation to the which the software in use will meet the In conjunction with the graduate pro- department. expectations of the customer.” From the gram in Computer Science, the Center pro- perspective of the Center for Software vides students with opportunities for Quality Research, characteristics which research experience through assistantships, impact software quality include correct- research credit, and informal project participation.

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

102 Portland Center for and electromagnetics. This program pro- EE 223 Feedback and Control ...... 4 Advanced Technology vides the student with the educational EE 271 Digital Systems ...... 4 725-3806 background necessary for employment in Ch 221 General Chemistry...... 4 virtually all electrical engineering fields. Ch 227 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 The electrical engineering curriculum at Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 B.S. Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . 4 Minor in Electrical Engineering Portland State University is accredited by †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 M.S. the Engineering Accreditation Commis- Ph.D. sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering Total 52 and Technology (EAC/ABET). Junior Year Credits Majors in electrical engineering must EAS 341 Introduction to Thermal Sciences. . . 4 UNDERGRADUATE complete the following University and EE 321, 322, 323 Electronics I, II, III ...... 12 PROGRAMS departmental degree requirements. Any EE 331 Electromagnetic Principles ...... 4 deviation from the required courses must EE 332 Electromagnetic Systems ...... 4 The Department of Electrical and Com- be approved by the department. EE 371 Microprocessors ...... 4 puter Engineering offers programs in elec- EE 301, 302, 303 Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering Curriculum trical engineering and computer Laboratory IV, V, VI ...... 3 engineering. Qualified freshmen are Freshman Year Credits Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 encouraged to participate in the University EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving...... 4 Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers EAS 102 Engineering Computation and Scientists ...... 3 Honors Program described on page 159. Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics ...... 6 Qualified upper-division students should Structures ...... 4 EE 171 Digital Circuits ...... 4 Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 consider the Electrical and Computer Engi- Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 neering Honors Program; details are avail- Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics Total 48 able from the department. (with Calculus) ...... 9 Senior Year Credits Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EE 411, 412, 413 ...... 8 †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Approved electrical engineering electives . . 20 The electrical engineering program is Upper-division cluster ...... 12 designed to provide a comprehensive back- Total 51 ground in the electrical sciences and offers Sophomore Year Credits Total 40 an opportunity for specialization in the EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 ‡Approved Electrical Engineering areas of physical electronics, circuit design, EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 Electives electrical power engineering, automatic EE 201, 202, 203 Electrical Engineering The student is required to complete at least control systems, communication systems, Laboratory I, II, III ...... 3 20 elective credits, including at least one computer engineering, optical electronics, EE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 EE 222 Signals and Systems ...... 4 sequence. Any 400-level electrical engi-

† Please see page 15 for information on the general education requirement. ‡ Departmental approval is required to substitute other engineering electives. Electives must be selected in such a way that the total engineering design content in the student’s program is at least 24 credits. 206 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

neering course may be used, excluding the Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics...... 6 Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 GRADUATE following omnibus numbered courses (EE PROGRAMS 401, 405, 406, 407). EE 406H† Senior Upper-division cluster ...... 8 Honors Project may be used by students in Total 48 Graduate courses are offered by the electri- the electrical engineering honors program. Senior Year Credits cal and computer engineering faculty at COMPUTER ENGINEERING EE 411, 412, 413 ...... 8 PSU for electrical and computer engineers The computer engineering program is EE 485 Microprocessor System Design I . . . . 4 in the Portland area leading to the M.S. and designed to provide a comprehensive back- CS 303 Operating Systems and Concurrent Ph.D. degrees in electrical and computer ground in computer engineering and offers Programming ...... 4 engineering. Graduate-level work is offered an opportunity for specialization in the Approved electrical engineering electives . . . 8 in automatic control theory, linear systems, Approved computer science electives ...... 4 areas of digital electronics, VLSI circuit power electronics, digital signal process- Approved math electives ...... 6 ing, communication systems, optoelectron- design, automatic control, computer archi- Upper-division cluster ...... 4 tecture, communication systems, and ics, laser systems, advanced electronic microprocessor system design. This pro- Total 38 systems and VLSI, analog and digital circuit design, computer architecture, com- gram provides the student with the educa- ¤Approved Electrical Engineering tional background necessary for Electives Credits puter vision and computer systems, and employment in virtually all branches of the EE 425, 426 Digital Integrated Circuit electromagnetics. The schedule attempts to digital electronics and computer industry. Design I and II ...... 4, 4 accommodate both full- and part-time Majors in computer engineering must EE 451, 452 Automatic Control Systems (evening) students. Please refer to the complete the following University and Design I and II ...... 4, 4 departmental Graduate Bulletin and departmental degree requirements. Any EE 461, 462 Communication Systems Research Report for more information. Design I and II ...... 4, 4 deviation from the required courses must EE 478, 479 Intelligent Robotics I, II . . . . . 4, 4 M.S. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER be approved by the department. †EE 406H Senior Honors Project ...... 4, 4 ENGINEERING Computer Engineering Curriculum Approved Computer Science Electives Admission Requirements. Applicants Freshman Year Credits The student is required to complete at least who have completed a B.S. degree in either EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving . . . . . 4 8 approved upper-division computer sci- electrical or computer engineering at a rec- EAS 102 Engineering Computation ence elective credits. ognized university with a grade point average of 3.00 or better in all junior- and Structures ...... 4 Approved Mathematics/Science EE 171 Digital Circuits ...... 4 senior-level technical courses may be con- Electives Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 sidered for admission to the Department of Any upper-division courses offered Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics Electrical and Computer Engineering as by the departments of mathematics and (with Calculus) ...... 9 regular graduate students. Students who physics. Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 have completed a B.S. degree in a related ‡Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Minor in Electrical Engineering ﬁeld (normally either mathematics, phys- Total 51 A minor program is available within the ics, computer science, or mechanical engi- School of Engineering and Applied Science neering) or B.S. EE candidates with a grade Sophomore Year Credits in the area of electrical engineering. A stu- EE 201, 202, 203 Electrical Engineering point average in their upper-division tech- Laboratory I, II, III ...... 3 dent wishing to minor in this area should nical coursework below 3.00 but higher EE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 complete, with a minimum grade of C, and that 2.75 may be granted conditional EE 222 Signals and Systems ...... 4 a minimum GPA of 2.25, a designated set admission status. EE 223 Feedback and Control ...... 4 of courses as follows: Degree Requirements. The total EE 271 Digital Systems ...... 4 EAS 101, 102, EE 171, 201, 202, 203, 221, 222, number of graduate level credits in a stu- CS 162 Introduction to Computer Science . . . 4 223, 271 or approved equivalents. dent’s program must be at least 45. In addi- CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 At least four of the courses selected from EAS tion to the University master’s degree Ch 221 General Chemistry...... 4 101, 102, EE 171, 221, 222, 223, 271 must be requirements listed on page 54, a candidate Ch 227 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 taken at Portland State University. Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . 4 for the M.S. degree in electrical and com- Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 Course requirements for the minor also puter engineering normally must complete ‡Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 meet partial eligibility requirements for at least 24 graduate-level credits in electri- admission to the electrical engineering and cal and computer engineering, including at Total 52 computer engineering programs. Students least one graduate EE course sequence and Junior Year Credits who complete the requirements for the excluding all omnibus numbered courses EE 321, 322, 323 Electronics I, II, III ...... 12 minor may wish to apply for admission to (EE 501/601, 503/603, 504/604, 505/605, EE 371 Microprocessors ...... 4 one of these programs. Students graduating 506/606, 507/607, 510/610) and transfer EE 301, 302, 303 Electrical Engineering in electrical or computer engineering may courses. A minimum of 3 credits of gradu- Laboratory IV, V, VI ...... 3 not claim a minor in electrical engineering. ate seminar taken at 1 credit per term must CS 200 Computer Architecture and Assembly Students planning to minor in electrical be completed. Speciﬁc course requirements Language ...... 4 engineering should consult with an adviser CS 250 Discrete Structures ...... 4 depend on the student’s area of emphasis, Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers in the Department of Electrical and Com- and the student’s program must be and Scientists ...... 3 puter Engineering. approved by his/her academic adviser.

† Admission to the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Honors Program is required. EE 411, 412, 413 and EE 406H are combined to form a 12-credit honors project. ‡ Please see page 15 for information on the general education requirement. ¤ Departmental approval is required to substitute other engineering electives for those on the approved list. Electives must be selected in such a way that the total engineering design content in the student’s program is at least 24 credits. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 207

Thesis and nonthesis options are avail- Degree Requirements. In addition to student’s area of emphasis, and the stu- able. In the nonthesis option the candidate the University doctoral degree require- dent’s program must be approved by his/ must pass a final examination covering ments listed on page 51, a candidate for the her academic adviser. materials related to the field of specializa- Ph.D. degree in electrical and computer Students in the Ph.D. program in election. In the thesis option the candidate’s engineering must complete a minimum of trical and computer engineering are program must include a minimum of 6 45 graduate credits in electrical and com- required to pass a comprehensive examina- thesis credits and a final oral thesis defense. puter engineering and at least 9 graduate tion (written and/or oral) after completing credits in a minor field outside the Depart- their coursework. They are also required to PH.D. ELECTRICAL AND ment of Electrical and Computer Engineer- obtain approval of their proposed research COMPUTER ENGINEERING ing. Coursework for the minor field must plan by their doctoral committee before Admission Requirements. A student be supportive of, but distinct from, the they can be advanced to candidacy. applying to the Ph.D. program in electrical major field and must not include transfer A dissertation containing a real contri- and computer engineering will normally be courses or the following omnibus num- bution to knowledge based on the candi- required to demonstrate an acceptable level bered courses: 501/601, 503/603, 504/604, date’s own investigation and a final oral of performance in the GRE examination 505/605, 506/606, 507/607. Each Ph.D. dissertation defense are required. The dis- and to have completed an M.A. or M.S. student is required to present at least one sertation must show a mastery of the litera- degree in electrical engineering or a related departmental seminar and is expected to ture of the subject and be written in field. have at least one archival publication. Spe- creditable literary form. cific course requirements depend on the

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

128 Science Building II education suited to meeting the technology EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 725-4290 needs of the Northwest. ME 241 Manufacturing Processes ...... 4 The mechanical engineering curriculum EE 201 Electrical Engineering Laboratory . . . 1 EE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 B.S. is accredited by the Engineering Accredita- tion Commission/Accreditation Board for Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 M.S. Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . 4 Ph.D.—Participating department in Sys- Engineering and Technology (EAC/ Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics tems Science Doctoral Program ABET). This national organization sets (with Calculus) ...... 9 standards for engineering education Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory...... 3 deﬁned in terms of curricular content, qual- †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 UNDERGRADUATE ity of faculty, and adequacy of facilities. PROGRAMS Majors in mechanical engineering must Total 57 complete the following University and Junior Year Credit Mechanical engineering affords a wide departmental degree requirements. Any EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics ...... 4 range of career paths with a broad spectrum deviation from the required courses, ME 313 Analysis of Mechanical Components. 4 of employers. Careers are available including engineering and mathematics ME 314 Analysis and Design of Machine in aerospace, energy conversion, energy course substitutions, must be approved in Elements ...... 4 ME 321 Engineering Thermodynamics ...... 4 utilization, environmental design and man- writing by the chair of the Department of agement, chemical processing, electro- ME 322 Applied Fluid Mechanics and Mechanical Engineering. Thermodynamics...... 4 mechanical systems, controls, mechanical ME 323 Heat Transfer ...... 4 design, manufacturing, and materials, to Freshman Year Credits EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving . . . . . 4 ME 351 Vibrations and System Dynamics . . . 4 name a few. Employment may be found in EAS 115 Engineering Graphics ...... 3 ME 352 Numerical Methods in Engineering . . 4 virtually every kind of industry, every Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry...... 12 Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers branch of government, and every kind of Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . 2 and Scientists ...... 3 utility. The mechanical engineering curric- Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 Ph 381 Physical Metallurgy for Engineers . . . 3 ulum at Portland State University is distin- †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Upper-division cluster ...... 8 guished by its computer applications at all Total 46 levels and emphasis on the design process. Total 48 It provides opportunities to specialize in Sophomore Year Credits Senior Year Credits ﬂuid systems, mechanical systems, thermal EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 ME 411 Engineering Measurement and systems, and machine design. It affords an EAS 212 Strength of Materials ...... 4 Instrumentation Systems ...... 4 EAS 213 Properties of Materials ...... 4 ME 420 or ME 437 Systems Design ...... 4

† Please see page 15 for information on the general education requirement. 208 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ME 488 Design of Experiments...... 2 PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— EAS 213 ME 491 Design Process...... 2 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Properties of Materials (4) ME 492 Conceptual Design Project...... 4 The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Mechani- Basic properties, behavior, and survey of engi- ME 493 Detailed Design Project ...... 4 cal Engineering is a single-discipline neering and industrial applications of materials. Design topic electives ...... 8 Three lectures; one 3-hour laboratory period. † option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- Prerequisite: Ch 221, EAS 212 taken Approved mechanical engineering electives . 8 gram (Departmental Option), whose gen- Upper-division cluster ...... 4 concurrently. eral requirements are listed on page 56. EAS 215 Total 40 The departmental requirements are a Dynamics (4) master’s degree in mechanical engineering Fundamental principles and methods of Newto- GRADUATE or equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- nian mechanics including kinematics and kinet- PROGRAMS tems Science core courses, 9 credits of ics of motion and the conservation laws of additional Systems Science or approved mechanics. Basic particle and rigid body appli- engineering systems-related courses, and 9 cations. Prerequisites: EAS 211, Mth 253. M.S. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING EAS 341 The master’s program in mechanical engi- credits of other approved coursework. Twenty-seven credits of dissertation Introduction to Thermal Sciences (4) neering gives the practicing engineer Introduction to thermodynamics, fluid mechan- advanced professional opportunities and research are also required. Specialization ics, and heat transfer for non-mechanical engi- the student considering a career of research areas of research related to building energy neering majors. First and second laws of or university teaching a first level of gradu- conservation, CAD, controls, heat transfer, thermodynamics and their applications to engi- ate study. The program includes a core of microprocessor applications, computa- neering systems and cycles; fluid flow phenom- tional fluid dynamics, transport processes, ena and conservation laws for mass, energy, and required mechanical engineering courses, momentum; heat conduction and convection and advanced mathematics courses, a selection thermochemical conversions, and advanced manufacturing. their applications to engineering designs. Prereq- of engineering electives, and supervised uisites: Mth 256, Ph 223. individual research. EAS 361 University master’s degree require- SCHOOL Fluid Mechanics (4) ments are listed on page 54. In addition, a COURSES Properties of fluid; fluid statics; differential candidate for the M.S. degree must com- analysis; conservation of mass, energy, and plete at least 27 credits in engineering, Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not momentum; dimensional analysis; and fluid excluding thesis or project. offered every year. metering. Three lectures; one 3-hour laboratory The master’s degree may be completed EAS 101 period. Prerequisites: EAS 215, Mth 256 taken concurrently. with any one of three options. One research Engineering Problem Solving (4) Introduction to basic ideas and tools used in the option requires 36 credits of coursework EAS 401 engineering profession. Basic preparation in the Research (Credit to be arranged.) and 9 credits of thesis (ME 503). Another rudiments and working methods of engineering Consent of instructor. option requires 36-39 credits of coursework analysis, design, and problem solving, with EAS 405 and 6-9 credits of research project (ME emphasis on developing skills in the algorithmic Reading and Conference (Credit to be 501). Under these options, student research method. Introduction to computer methods of arranged.) is conducted under the supervision of fac- implementing problem solution process defined Consent of instructor. ulty, and a final oral examination covering via algorithms. The student learns the FOR- EAS 406 the thesis or project must be successfully TRAN language in the latter process. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) completed. The third option requires 45 EAS 102 Consent of instructor. credits of coursework, with no final oral Engineering Computation Structures (4) EAS 407 Introduction to advanced data structures useful exam required. Coursework may include Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) for solving engineering problems. Continues Consent of instructor. special projects, but a maximum of 12 developing skills in the algorithmic method for credits total of 501, 503, 505, and 506 may EAS 410 engineering problem solving. Modern program- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) be applied toward any option. ming language. Prerequisite: EAS 101. Consent of instructor. Required core courses include ME 511, EAS 115 *EAS 461/561 551, and 4 credits each of approved gradu- Engineering Graphics (3) Reliability Engineering (4) ate math and numerical methods. In addi- The graphic language applied to engineering. Design of reliable components and systems for tion, for the project/thesis options, ME 507 Projection systems. Multiview and pictorial rep- electrical and mechanical engineering fields. (one credit) and ME 501 and 503 must be resentation. Introduction to computer graphics. Includes elements of probability and statistics, taken. All students must submit a study EAS 199 reliability, mathematics, failure modes and effect plan approved by their adviser before the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) analysis; and design for given reliabilities under Consent of instructor. beginning of their third term with addi- constraints. Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering. tional plans submitted at the request of EAS 211 Statics (4) their adviser. Principles and applications of static equilibrium The department supports research in to structures and machines. Prerequisite: Mth manufacturing, building science, and engi- 252, Ph 221 taken concurrently. neering science. Current faculty research EAS 212 areas include indoor air quality, HVAC, Strength of Materials (4) electronic cooling CAD/CAM, dynamic Study of the relationship between strain and systems modeling, computational mechan- stress in deformable bodies; principles of stress ics in thermo-fluid systems, and FEM analysis for axial force, flexure, torsion, and applications in mechanical design. shear; studies in combined stresses and column stability. Prerequisites: EAS 211, Mth 253.

† Students must consult with an adviser and select these electives from the departmentally approved list of courses to ensure that the total engineering design content in the student’s program equals at least 24 credits. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 209

Vehicle operation characteristics and traffic con- shear stresses, unsymmetrical sections, and CIVIL ENGINEERING trol devices for land, air, and water, data collec- beams on elastic foundations. Thick-walled cyl- COURSES tion methods and development of transportation inders; approximate methods. Prerequisites: models for the establishment of design criteria EAS 212, Mth 256 or equivalent. CE 199 for transportation structures. Prerequisite: junior *CE 421/521 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) standing in engineering. Consent of instructor. Analysis of Framed Structures (4) CE 362 Generalized analysis of multi-story and irregular CE 211 Hydraulics (4) structural framework with classical methods; Plane Surveying and Mapping (3) Stability of floating and submerged bodies; analysis of arches, curved beams and frames An introductory analytical treatment of the prin- dimensional analysis and dynamic similitude; with nonprismatic members. Energy methods ciples of engineering measurements applied to introductory, turbulent, and boundary layer the- with introduction to matrix methods. Prerequi- plane surveys. Origin of datums, random error, ory; open channel hydraulics; and flow measure- site: CE 325. observation systems, computations, nonrigorous ment. Three lectures; one 3-hour laboratory adjustments, and topographic mapping. Com- *CE 423/523 period. Prerequisite: EAS 361. puter applications. Prerequisite: Mth 251. Vibration Analysis in Structural Engineering CE 364 (4) CE 212, 213, 214 Water Resources Engineering (4) Fundamentals of vibration theory; applications Field Problems in Plane Surveying (1, 1, 1) Principles of hydrology and hydraulic engineer- in structural engineering. Free, forced, and tran- CE 212: Care and operation of plane survey ing applied to water supply systems design. Col- sient vibration of single and multi-degrees of instruments. Field projects in testing instrumen- lection and distribution, pump stations, water freedom systems including damping, normal tal adjustment and executing basic survey cir- quality and treatment, economic considerations. modes, coupling, and normal coordinates. Pre- cuits. CE 213: Development and completion of a Prerequisite: CE 362. requisites: EAS 212 and Mth 256. topographic map by field method. CE 214: * Layout of a route design; adjustment of optical CE 371 CE 431/531 instruments. Elementary field astronomy. Pre- Environmental Engineering (3) Stability of Structures (4) Study of elastic and inelastic flexural buckling of requisite: CE 211 concurrently. Effect of air, land, and water pollutants on environment. Transport and fate of pollutants in bars and frames; use of energy methods and suc- CE 311 environment. Mathematical modeling of water cessive approximations; bracing of columns and Engineering Surveys (4) quality. Water quality parameters and standards. frames; torsional, lateral-torsional, and local The principles of geometric design of route engi- Analysis of water quality in rivers, lakes, reser- buckling. Prerequisites: CE 333, Mth 256 or neering. The reconnaissance, design, control, voirs, estuaries, and groundwater systems. equivalent. and layout of highway and railroad systems Prerequisite: EAS 361. * including curves and earthwork. Municipal sur- CE 432/532 veys and introduction to spherical astronomy. CE 401 Structural Steel Design—LRFD Method (4) Design of components of steel structures based Computer applications. Prerequisite: CE 211. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. on load and resistance factor design method. CE 324 Prerequisite: CE 333. Elementary Structural Analysis (4) CE 404 Methods of analysis of statically determinate Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to CE 434 planar structures; concepts of stability and inde- be arranged.) Principles of Reinforced Concrete (4) Consent of instructor. Principles of ultimate strength analysis; design terminacy; calculations of displacements and of short columns, simple and continuous beams; rotations by virtual work, Castigliano’s theorem, CE 405 one-way slabs; working stress theory; service- and conjugate beam; approximate analysis of Reading and Conference (Credit to be ability and detailing requirements with reference statically indeterminate structures. Prerequisite: arranged.) Consent of instructor. to current codes. Three lectures; one 2-hour EAS 212 and calculus. CE 406 design or laboratory period. Prerequisite: CE CE 325 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) 325. Indeterminate Structures (4) Consent of instructor. Analysis of indeterminate structures by force CE 435 and displacement methods; consistent deforma- CE 407 Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (4) Design of spandrel beams, footings, slab sys- tions and the theorem of least work; slope Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tems, long columns, walls and other components deflection; moment distribution including sway; Consent of instructor. of reinforced concrete structures by ultimate approximate methods. Prerequisite: CE 324. CE 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) strength with reference to current codes. Prereq- CE 333 Consent of instructor. uisite: CE 434. Design of Steel Structures (4) * Fundamental principles necessary in the design CE 415 CE 436/536 of steel members and connections subject to var- Structural Analysis for Architects (4) Masonry Design (4) Materials of construction; design of masonry ious combinations of loads; application of prin- Principles and applications of static equilibrium elements, lateral load resisting systems, and con- ciples to design problems consistent with current to structures, with emphasis on building struc- nections with reference to current codes. Prereq- design codes; introduction to plastic analysis and tures. Principles of stress analysis for axial force, uisite: CE 434. design. Three lectures; one 2-hour design or lab- flexure, and shear; studies in combined stress oratory period. Prerequisite: and column stability. Prerequisites: Mth 111 and CE 437 CE 325. 112. Timber Design (4) Design of solid and glued-laminated structural CE 341 CE 416 Structural Design for Architects (4) members including arches, connections, ply- Soil Classification and Properties (4) wood components, and diaphragms; design pro- Determination and interpretation of significant Structural design of solid and glued-laminated visions for lateral forces. Prerequisite: CE 325. engineering properties and behavior of soils; wood members and trusses; design of steel and selected application in mechanics of foundations reinforced concrete members; lateral force anal- *CE 438/538 and earth structures. Three lectures; one 3-hour ysis and design. Prerequisite: CE 415. Design of Composite Structures (4) Design of composite steel-concrete members laboratory period. Prerequisite: EAS 213. *CE 420/520 based on allowable stress design and load and CE 351 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (4) Advanced studies in mechanics of materials resistance factor design methods. Prerequisites: Transportation Systems: Planning and CE 333, 434. Design (4) including fundamentals of elasticity, phenome- A study of engineering problems associated with nological material behavior, and theories of fail- the planning and design of urban and intercity ure. Timoshenko beam theory, stress functions, transportation with emphasis on systems approach to problems definition and solution. 210 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CE 442/542 *CE 457/557 materials; written and oral presentations. Two In Situ Behavior and Testing of Soils (4) Pavement Design (4) lectures, one 3-hour design project laboratory Introduction to field behavior of soils related to Pavement structure classification and compo- period. Prerequisite: senior standing in civil engineering properties; site investigation proce- nents, wheel loads and design factors, stresses in engineering. dures and in situ testing. Development of funda- flexible pavements, subgrade strength and evalu- mental analytical solution techniques for ation, design methods, material characteristics, CE 501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) engineering with soil, the use and limitations of stresses in rigid pavements, design of concrete Consent of instructor. elasticity assumptions. Three lectures, one 3- pavements, joints and reinforcement, condition hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: CE 341. surveys. Prerequisite: CE 351. CE 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) CE 443/543 *CE 464/564 Consent of instructor. Introduction To Seismology And Site Hydrologic and Hydraulic Modeling (4) Evaluation (4) Development and application of models for CE 504 Earthquakes and exploration seismology, the hydrologic and hydraulic analysis and design. Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to origin and occurrence of earthquakes, nature and be arranged.) Hydrologic processes related to rainfall-runoff Consent of instructor. propagation of seismic waves in the earth, earth- modeling, including infiltration, overland flow, quakes as a hazard to life and property. Uses of watershed and channel routing. Application of CE 505 reflection and refraction exploration seismology, HEC 1 and TR 20 to model streamflow including Reading and Conference (Credit to be borehole velocity measurements, seismic remote arranged.)— development of input data. Model calibration Consent of instructor. sensing, and direct measurement techniques. and verification. Modeling steady and unsteady Earthquake hazard assessment including lique- flows in rivers. Application of HEC 2 and CE 506 faction, ground failure, and site amplification. DWOPER to river hydraulic modeling. Prerequi- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Techniques for evaluating the susceptibility, site: CE 362. potential, and severity of the hazards and other CE 507 *CE 467/567 science and engineering applications. Prerequi- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design (4) Consent of instructor. site: senior/graduate standing. This course is the Application of hydrologic and hydraulic princi- same as G 475/575; course may be taken only ples to selected topics in hydrologic and hydrau- CE 510 once for credit. lic design. Topics include risk-based design of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. CE 444 hydraulic structures, design of culverts, flood Geotechnical Design (4) profile computation and flood plain manage- *CE 522/622 Effect of soil conditions upon the behavior and ment, design of reservoirs. Design of spillways Plastic Analysis of Structures (4) choice of type of foundation; study of earth pres- including development of design flood Techniques in the analysis of structures beyond sure theories; design of foundations and earth- hydrograph and hydraulic design, design of the elastic limit. Methods of limit analysis and retaining structures. Prerequisite: CE 341. energy dissipation works. Prerequisite: CE 464/ design. Prerequisite: CE 333. CE 448/548 564 or knowledge of HEC 1 and HEC 2. *CE 524/624, 525/625 Matrix and Computer Methods in Structural Earthquake Accommodation and Design (4) CE 474/574 Effects of earthquake shaking in the design of Analysis (4, 4) Unit Operations of Environmental Fundamental concepts of analysis for statically buildings, pipelines, bridges, and dams. Incorpo- Engineering (4) rating the earthquake hazard assessment for a Unit operations of water and wastewater treat- determinate and indeterminate structures utiliz- project in the design process. The goal of this ment; pretreatment; sedimentation, filtration, ing matrices and computers; displacement and course is to allow geologists, geotechnical engi- aeration, disinfection, sludge treatment and dis- force methods applied to trusses and rigid neers, structural engineers, and architects to see posal, advanced waste-water treatment pro- frames; techniques for the analysis of large com- how their particular tasks are impacted by the cesses. Prerequisite: CE 371. plex structures for static and dynamic loads. Pre- requisite: CE 326. earthquake effects. Types of analysis used to *CE 477/577 evaluate earthquake design requirements in sev- Solid and Hazardous Waste Management (4) *CE 526/626 eral disciplines, including: geology, geotechnical Systematic approach to the complex technical, Theory of Plates (4) engineering, structural engineering, and archi- political, and socio-economic aspects of manag- Small and large deformation theories of thin tecture. Prerequisite: CE 443/543 or G 475/575. ing, handling, and disposal of spent solid materi- plates; numerical and energy methods; free This course is the same as G 477/577; course als and hazardous wastes. Prerequisite: senior/ vibrations. Prerequisite: Mth 256. may be taken only once for credit. graduate standing in civil engineering or consent *CE 527/627, 528/628 CE 454 of instructor. Finite Elements in Structural Mechanics Urban Transportation Systems (4) (4, 4) CE 484 Principles of stiffness analysis of structures, Urban street patterns and transportation demand, Engineering Project Management (3) highway capacity analysis, process of urban Engineering process including owner-design essentials of the finite element formulation of transport planning, travel-demand forecasting professional-constructor relationships, procure- elastic problems with applications to structural and its application to traffic studies. Develop- ment procedures, project evolution; contracts, mechanics, plates and shells, and other related ment of transport models, multiple regression dispute resolution, bonds, warranties; construc- problems utilizing digital computers. Prerequi- analysis, models of land use and trip generation documents, including specifications; cost site: CE 524/624. tions, stochastic trip distribution models, appli- estimating, planning, and scheduling; construc- *CE 529/629 cations and case studies. Route assignment tion administration; group process, diversity, and Structural Dynamics (4) analysis and traffic flow theory. Prerequisite: leadership. Prerequisite: senior standing in civil Determination of normal modes and frequencies CE 351. engineering. for structural systems. Transient and steady state response. Derivation and solution of governing CE 456/556 CE 494 equations using matrix formulation. Analysis of Traffic Engineering (4) Civil Engineering Design (3) Traffic system components, traffic stream char- Synthesis of civil engineering specialties in a linear response of structures to dynamic load- acteristics, traffic studies and data collection, diverse multi-disciplinary project. Teamwork ings. Stresses and deflections in structures. Pre- volume studies, speed, travel-time, delay and approach in design of components and systems requisite: CE 423/523. pedestrian studies, capacity analysis, freeway to meet stated objectives. Consideration of alter- systems, weaving sections, ramp junctions, rural native solutions, methods, and products includ- highways, signalized and unsignalized intersec- ing constraints such as economic factors, safety, tions, signal coordination, arterial operations, reliability, and ethics. Preparation of design doc- and access management. Prerequisite: CE 454. uments, including: memoranda, computations, drawings, cost estimates, specifications, bidding S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 211

*CE 530/630 *CE 552/652 *CE 571/671 Energy Principles in Structural Mechanics Highway Design for Capacity (4) Advanced Topics in Subsurface Flow and (4) Principles of highway capacity, traffic character- Contaminant Transport (4) Review of stress and deformation; material istics, operational analysis, design and planning A probabilistic approach to analyzing the effects behavior; theorem of virtual work, stationary of freeways, multi-lane and two-lane rural high- of complex heterogeneity of subsurface environ- value of potential and complementary potential; ways, intersections and arterials, transit facili- ment on field-scale ground-water flow and con- reciprocal theorems, Engesser’s theorem, and ties. Prerequisite: CE 454. taminant transport. Classical transport processes; Rayleigh-Ritz method; thermoelastic behavior. *CE 561/661 heterogeneity/ uncertainty and probabilistic rep- Prerequisite: CE 420/520. Water Resource Systems Analysis (4) resentations; temporally variable subsurface *CE 535/635 A development of quantitative techniques used flow and lumped parameter water quality mod- Prestressed Concrete Design (4) in the analysis of water resource systems for els; spatial variability in subsurface flow; con- Analysis and design of components of pre- planning, design and operation. Emphasis is taminant transport processes in heterogeneous stressed concrete structures with reference to placed on the physical, legal and economic media; geostatistical methods, measurement current codes. Prerequisite: CE 434. aspects and their incorporation into simulation conditioning and parameter estimation; field *CE 537/637 models. Applications include reservoir systems applications of stochastic methods. Emphasis is Earthquake Engineering (4) for water supply and hydropower, irrigation placed on analysis of field-scale heterogeneous Response of structures to ground motions; deter- planning and operation, and water quality man- groundwater systems. Prerequisite: CE 569. mination and use of response spectra; seismic agement. Prerequisite: CE 464/564 or equiva- *CE 572/672 design criteria and provisions for buildings and lent. Environmental Fluid Mechanics I (4) other structures; and review of current practices *CE 565/665 Introduction to the basic physical processes for earthquake resistant design. Prerequisite: CE Advanced Hydrology (4) which transport pollutants in natural waters; 529/629. Development of mathematical models of hydro- mathematical formulations. Use of predictive mathematical models as a basis for water and air *CE 539/639 logic processes producing streamflow. Models Advanced Steel Design (4) for evaporation, snowmelt, infiltration, soil quality management. Prerequisites: EAS 361, Analysis and design of metal structures includ- moisture, and runoff flood routing are developed CE 371. ing connections, plate girders, composite steel- for basic energy and fluid transport equations. *CE 573/673 concrete construction, design loads, structural Application of physically based hydrologic Numerical Methods in Environmental and systems, and bracing. Prerequisite: CE 333. models, including HEC 1. Prerequisite: CE 464/ Water Resources Engineering (4) Introduction to the mathematical solution of par- *CE 541/641 564 or equivalent. tial differential equations by finite difference and Advanced Soil Mechanics (4) CE 566/666 Study of the advanced principles of soil behavior Environmental Data Analysis (4) finite element techniques. Development of solu- related to stress-strain, shear strength, perme- Application of probabilistic and statistical tion approaches to water quality and hydraulic ability, and consolidation. Prerequisite: CE 444. models to the description of environmental data. problems in surface and groundwater systems. Analysis of model sensitivities, calibration and * Techniques of exploratory analysis, distribution CE 544/644 verification. Prerequisite: senior or graduate Advanced Shallow Foundation Design (4) fitting, Monte Carlo simulation, univariate and Advanced topics in settlement and bearing multivariate regression, time series analysis and standing in civil engineering. capacity analysis of shallow foundation; applica- forecasting. Prerequisites: CE 464/564, Stat 460. *CE 575/675 tion of numerical schemes to foundation design. *CE 569/669 Advanced Physical/Chemical Environmental Prerequisite: CE 444. Engineering Processes (4) Introduction to Subsurface Flow and Theoretical and laboratory analysis of major *CE 546/646 Contaminant Transport (4) Principles of flow and contaminant transport in physical and chemical processes used to treat Numerical Methods in Geotechnical water, wastewater, industrial and hazardous Engineering (4) porous media and application to problems of Application of finite difference and finite ele- water supply and contaminant transport. Topics wastes. Analysis of reactor hydraulics, reactor ment methods to the solution of soil-structure include: properties of porous media; Darcy’s law kinetics, coagulation, flocculation, solid-liquid problems, stability of soil masses and foundation and aquifer equations; solution for steady and separation processes, adsorption, and gas trans- installation. Use of commercial computer pro- unsteady flow problems; flow net analysis; fer. Prerequisite: CE 474/574. grams in working applied problems. regional vertical circulation; unsaturated flow; *CE 576/676 Prerequisite: CE 444. well dynamics and pump test analysis; surface- Environmental Fluid Mechanics II (4) Introduction to the fundamentals of the fluid * groundwater interactions; water quality and con- CE 547/647 dynamics of natural surface waters by analysis Earth Dams (4) taminant transport; transport models; transport Design, construction, and operation of earth and in heterogeneous porous media and tracer test. of the governing equations of mass, momentum, earth-rock dams; seepage analysis, slope stabil- Prerequisite: senior/graduate standing in civil and heat conservation. Applications include tur- ity, and construction procedures. Emphasis engineering. bulence modeling, finite depth water motions, stratified flow phenomena, and seiche phenom- includes both the design of new structures and *CE 570/670 the evaluation of safety of existing facilities. Pre- Numerical Modeling of Subsurface Flow and ena. Prerequisites: CE 572/672 or EAS 361, CE requisite: CE 442. Contaminant Transport (4) 362, 371. Review of physical principles of flow and con- * CE 549/649 CE 578/678 Deep Foundation Design and Analysis (4) taminant transport in porous media; finite differ- Water Quality Modeling (4) Comprehensive study of both driven and ence and finite element methods for solving Introduction to descriptive modeling approaches augered pile foundations, including concrete, groundwater flow and contaminant transport for analyzing water quality changes in lakes, res- steel, and timber. In-depth review of design equations; higher-order upwinding, methods of ervoirs, rivers, and estuaries. Applications methods for axial and lateral capacity. Special characteristics and other improved analytically- include modeling dissolved oxygen, tempera- emphasis on the differences between driven piles based numerical methods for solving advection- ture, nutrients, and algal dynamics. Prerequi- and drilled shafts, including the role of full-scale dominated transport problems; numerical mod- sites: EAS 361, CE 371. load testing in the semi-empirical methods. eling of flow and contaminant transport in satu- *CE 591/691 Introduction to group theory in elasticity and rated, unsaturated and multiple fluid porous Engineering Optimization (4) plasticity. Prerequisite: CE 444. systems; real-case study of groundwater flow Development of optimization methods applica- and groundwater contamination at a field site. ble to the solution of engineering problems. Prerequisite: CE 569. Conditions for optimality, univariate, and multivariate search methods, constrained optimization. Particular techniques include gradient- based methods, linear programming, and dynamic programming. Prerequisite: graduate standing in engineering. 212 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CE 601 object-oriented programming and helps students CS 208 Research (Credit to be arranged.) think about object-techniques in creating and Introduction to Programming in FORTRAN Consent of instructor. using applications with languages such as C++ (3) CE 603 or SmallTalk. Prerequisite: CS 106. Design and construction of computer programs. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Use of the FORTRAN language to solve prob- CS 161 lems over a wide range of applications. The Consent of instructor. Introduction to Computer Science I (4) course is introductory in nature and is not CE 604 Introduction to fundamental concepts of com- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to puter science. Problem solving, algorithm and intended for students with previous knowledge be arranged.) program design, data types, control structures, of FORTRAN. Prerequisite: Mth 111. Consent of instructor. and subprograms. This course is primarily CS 250 CE 605 designed for CS majors. Prerequisite: Mth 111. Discrete Structures (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Introduction to notations and techniques to rep- CS 162 resent and analyze computational objects. Sets, arranged.) Introduction to Computer Science II (4) Consent of instructor. Introduction to software design, use of a variety bags, and tuples. Functions: combining opera- CE 606 of data structures, data abstraction, and recur- tions and properties. Relations: equivalence and Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) sion. Application of recursion in software order. Inductive definition of computational Consent of instructor. design. Program correctness, verification, and objects. Elementary combinatorics. Program- ming problems introduce use of a functional lan- CE 607 testing. Students will write a substantial com- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) puter program during the term. Prerequisite: CS guage. Prerequisites: CS 163, Mth 252. Consent of instructor. 161. CS 251 CE 610 Logical Structures (4) CS 163 Introduction to logic from a computational view- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Data Structures (4) Consent of instructor. Data abstraction with formal specification. Ele- point. Propositional calculus, first order predi- mentary algorithm analysis. Basic concepts of cate calculus, formal reasoning. Resolution and natural deduction. Applications to program cor- OMPUTER SCIENCE data and its representation inside a computer. C Linear, linked, and orthogonal lists; tree struc- rectness and automatic reasoning. Proof tech- COURSES tures. Data structures are implemented as data niques. Programming problems introduce use of abstractions. Sorting and search strategies. Data a logical language. Prerequisite: CS 250. CS 105 management. Prerequisite: CS 162. CS 252 Computing Fundamentals I (4) Computational Structures (4) Intended as a computer literacy course for non- CS 199 Elementary algebraic structures, Boolean alge- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) CS majors. Introduces what computers are and bra; regular languages and finite automata; con- how they can be used. Focus is placed on defin- CS 200 text-free languages and pushdown automata; ing the difference between hardware and soft- Computer Organization and Assembly automata as computation devices; Turing Language (4) ware, and then on using computers with various machines; Chomsky language hierarchy; application software packages (e.g., word pro- Introduction to computer organization, number representation and digital logic, hardware inter- Church’s thesis, computation models and their cessors, spreadsheets, data base managers, desk- equivalence; solvability and unsolvability; the top publishing, and graphics). Various operating rupts, input/output programming, systems software, operating systems interface, assembly halting problem; use of a declarative language. systems will be introduced: DOS/Windows, Prerequisite: CS 251. MAC, and UNIX. Students will learn file and language programming, macros, linking and directory management. Each of the following loading. Prerequisite: CS 162. CS 300 Elements of Software Engineering (4) concepts will be introduced: the central process- CS 201 Practical techniques of program development for Computer Architecture (4) ing unit, I/O, secondary storage, communica- medium-scale software produced by individuals. tions, files and databases, information systems, Study of the interrelationship and interaction of various parts of computer systems, digital logic, Software development from problem specifica- programming languages, emerging applications, tion through design, implementation, testing, and privacy and security. Prerequisite: Mth 111. instruction sets, processing and control units, hardwired and microprogrammed control units, and maintenance. The fundamental design tech- CS 106 niques of step-wise refinement and data abstrac- Computing Fundamentals II (4) buses, input-output, arithmetic and logic processing, memory system hierarchies, virtual tion. A software project will be carried through Intended as an introduction to programming for the development cycle. Prerequisite: CS 202. non-CS majors. First, students will learn what a memory. Prerequisite: CS 162, 200. program is and how to think about solving prob- CS 202 CS 301, 302 Programming Systems (4) Languages and Compiler Design (4, 4) lems with algorithms. Then, the course will tran- Principles of programming languages and lan- sition to teaching an introduction to structured Students will become familiar with the language and operating system environment used in most guage implementation by compilation. Tech- programming using tools such as VISUAL niques of language definition. Run-time BASIC and Pascal; students will learn about upper-division courses in the Computer Science major curriculum. Use of the file system, operat- behavior of programs. Compilation by recursive comments, variables, decision statements, loops, descent. Use of LR compiler-generation tools. and how to organize information. Introduces ing-system calls, and shell-level programming; low-level debugging of high-level programs. Design and implementation of a compiler for a algorithm design and computer programming small language. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252, 300. using a current computer language. Emphasis is Programming exercises will include applications on structured programming methods. Surveys from data structures (e.g., B-trees) and memory CS 303 common algorithms for data manipulation, management techniques. Prerequisites: CS 163, Operating Systems and Concurrent 201. Programming (4) searching, and sorting. Summarizes the relation- Introduction to the principles of operating sys- ships between structured programming lan- CS 207 tems and concurrent programming on uni- and guages such as FORTRAN, COBOL, C, and Introduction to Programming in Cobol (3) multi-processor computers. Operating system Introduction to the programming language, Pascal. Prerequisite: CS 105. services, file systems, resource management. COBOL. Fundamentals of data processing. Pre- CS 107 The concept of a process; process cooperation requisite: Mth 111. Computing Fundamentals III (4) and interference. Design and coding of concur- Intended as an introduction to object-oriented rent programs. Design of operating systems. programming for non-CS majors. First, students Includes programming assignments in concur- will learn the ease with which object-oriented rent programming. Each student will make a programs can be developed using many short short oral presentation during the term. Prerequi- sample programs. Covers the fundamentals of sites: CS 202, 252, 300. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 213

CS 304 CS 410 CS 438/538 Operating Systems Design and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Computer Architecture (3) Implementation (4) Consent of instructor. Hardware description languages and specifica- Design and implementation of a small object- CS 415/515 tions. Processors, memory and bus systems. oriented operating system in a simulated or vir- Advanced Parallel Programming (4/3) Arithmetic algorithms. RISCS vs. CISC instruc- tual environment. The class will have a heavy Advanced course on parallel languages and pro- tion codes, pipelining. Parallel architectures and programming component. Lectures will focus gramming techniques. Introduces the fundamen- connection networks. Performance evaluation, first on the assignments and second on the study tals of and different approaches to parallel simulation, and analytic models. Prerequisite: of operating systems internals as appropriate to computing and establishes first-hand experience CS 202. the assignments. Assignment tasks may include in programming actual parallel computers. Three CS 441/541 the construction of a scheduling system, inter- lecture hours; one 3-hour laboratory period. Pre- Artificial Intelligence (4/3) process communication facilities such as mes- requisites: CS 302 and working knowledge of C, Introduction to the basic concepts and tech- saging and semaphores, a simple file system, Fortran and Unix. niques of artificial intelligence. Knowledge rep- simple device drivers, and debugging/logging resentation, problem solving, and AI search facilities in the virtual operating system. Three CS 420/520 Object-oriented Programming (4/3) techniques. Program will be written in one of the lecture hours plus extensive time out of class The fundamental concepts of object-oriented AI languages. Three lecture hours; one 3-hour programming. Prerequisites: CS 303. programming languages, including data abstrac- laboratory period. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252. CS 350 tion and typing, class inheritance and generic CS 444/544, 445/545 Algorithms and Complexity (4) types, prototypes and delegation, concurrency Database Systems (4/3, 4/3) Techniques for the design and analysis of algo- control and distribution, object-oriented data- Introduction to basic concepts of database tech- rithms. Case studies of existing algorithms (sort- bases, and implementation. To illustrate these nology. Database management system architec- ing, searching, graph algorithms, dynamic issues, programming assignments in languages ture, relational data model, data languages, programming, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier such as Smalltalk, Eiffel and C++ will be given. database design, integrity and security, concur- transform.) NP-Completeness. Prerequisite: CS Three lecture hours; one 3-hour laboratory rency control, query processing, deductive data- 252. period. Prerequisite: CS 302. base, object orientation in database systems, CS 399 CS 425/525 distributed database. Three lecture hours; one 3- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Distributed Systems (4/3) hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: CS 303. Consent of instructor. Basic concepts in distributed systems including CS 447/547, 448/548 CS 401 networking concepts, remote procedure calling, Computer Graphics (4/3, 4/3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) file servers and shared file systems, protection This course will provide an introduction to Consent of instructor. and security issues. These concepts will be illus- graphics systems and applications. Basic struc- CS 404 trated with case studies of systems such as ture of interactive graphics systems, characteris- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Locus, Sun NFS, Argus, Xerox Distributed File tics of various hardware devices. Control of be arranged.) System, Cambridge Distributed Computing Sys- display devices, implementation of simple pack- Consent of instructor. tems, Amoeba, Mach, Apollo Domain, and the ages, device independence, and standard pack- CS 405 Grapevine mail system. Prerequisite: CS 202. ages. Distributed architectures for graphics, Reading and Conference (Credit to be CS 430/530 hidden line and hidden surfaces algorithms, rep- arranged.) Foundations of Logic Programming (4/3) resentations of curves and surfaces. Three lec- Consent of instructor. Introduction to theory of logic programming. ture hours; one 3-hour laboratory period. CS 406 Models, unification, and fixed points. Declara- Prerequisites: CS 202, Mth 343. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) tive and procedural semantics. Negative issues. Consent of instructor. Topics from deduction and perpetual processes. CS 407 Prolog will be introduced as an instance of a Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) logic programming language to study the results Consent of instructor. of theory. Three lecture hours; one 3-hour labo- CS 409/509 ratory period. Prerequisite: CS 252. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. 214 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CS 451/551 CS 503 CS 559 Numerical Computation (4/3) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Software Measurement and Models (3) Introduction to numerical methods. Includes Consent of instructor. Survey, evaluation, and application of software topics from elementary discussion of errors, CS 504 measurement techniques and models. Particular polynomials, interpolation, quadrature, linear Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to emphasis on product metrics such as Software systems of equations, and solution of nonlinear be arranged.) Science, Cyclomatic Complexity, and Function equations. Three lecture hours; one 3-hour labo- Consent of instructor. Points. ratory period. Prerequisites: Mth 343; CS 200, CS 505 CS 560 208. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Human-Computer Interaction (3) CS 454/554 arranged.) Introduction to the basic theory of human-com- Software Engineering (4/3) Consent of instructor. puter interaction. Principles of human cognition Current methodologies for the development of CS 506 and interface design, interface evaluation tech- large, industrial strength software systems. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) niques. Several prototyping tools will be pre- Topics include requirements, specification, Consent of instructor. sented. A project is required. Prerequisites: Stat design, testing, project management, and group CS 507 460, CS 202. dynamics. Will include a large team project. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) CS 570 Three lecture hours; one 3-hour laboratory Consent of instructor. Algorithm Design and Analysis (3) period. Prerequisite: CS 301. CS 510 An advanced in-depth study in the design and CS 457/557 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) analysis of algorithms. Topics include models of Functional Languages (4/3) Consent of instructor. computation, sorting, data structures, graph Introduction to functional notation, recursion, CS 533 algorithms, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier higher-order functions, reasoning about func- Concepts of Operating Systems (3) transform, polynomial arithmetic, pattern match- tions, and models for the evaluation of applica- Survey of concepts and techniques used in ing, and NP-complete problems. Prerequisite: tive expressions. Use of functional languages. modern operating systems. Sample concepts CS 350 or equivalent. Three lecture hours; one 3-hour laboratory covered are concurrency, IPCs, scheduling, CS 572 period. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252. resource allocation, memory management, file Operating System Internals (3) CS 458/558 systems, and security. Techniques for imple- Internals of a specific operating system includ- Programming Languages (4/3) menting operating systems taught through a pro- ing structure of the kernel, block buffering In-depth study of current and historical issues in gramming project. Prerequisite: CS 303. cache, file system structure and system calls, the design, implementation, and application of process structure and scheduling, memory man- CS 549 programming languages. Topics range from Computational Geometry (3) agement, device driver interface, and interpro- basic to advanced. Areas include syntax, seman- Perspective and projective geometry. Analytic cess communication. Prerequisite: CS 303. tics, scoping, typing, abstraction, exceptions, projective geometry, projective lines and projec- CS 573 and concurrency. Computational paradigms such tive planes. Projective transformations of lines Computer Communications (3) as functional, logic, and/or object oriented are and planes. Homogeneous coordinates. Applica- Layers of the ISO/OSI reference model; basics analyzed. Several “recent” programming lan- tions to two-dimensional computer graphics. of computer telecommunications, networking guages used. Three lecture hours; one 3-hour Conic sections in design. Prerequisites: CS 163 technology; communications protocols, their laboratory period. Prerequisite: CS 302. and 451. function and impact on the performance of computer communications; traffic patterns in a data CS 481/581, 482/582 CS 550 Theory of Computation (4/3, 4/3) Parallel Algorithms (3) network. Prerequisites: CS 303, Stat 460. Computability theory; study of models of com- Definition and nature of parallel computation. CS 574 putation (Turing, Church, Kleene), recursive Parallel computation from the point of view of Internetworking Protocols (3) function theory, properties of recursive, and hardware/architecture, program/scheduling, and Advanced study of the protocols and algorithms recursively innumerable sets. Three lecture algorithms. Why and how parallel computation used in the Internet (IETF) family of networking hours; one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: CS is different from serial computation. Examples protocols. For example, ARP, IP, UDP, TCP, 252. to highlight the differences. Parallel algorithms multicasting, routing protocols like RIP and CS 487, 488 in general: illustration of the most important fea- OSPF, and application protocols like DNS, NFS, Software Engineering Capstone (3, 3) tures and techniques. Illustration of the limita- SNMP, FTP and HTTP. Issues such as address- Emphasizes teamwork in small groups on a sub- tions. A survey of major results, general form of ing, name service, protocol design, and scale- stantial project that will be performed for a real results, limitations on speed-up. Prerequisite: ability will be explored. Prerequisite: CS 303. customer. Projects are chosen so as to provide CS 350. CS 575 interdisciplinary content with project proposals CS 555 Computer Systems Analysis (3) being solicited from the community at large. Software Specification and Verification (3) An advanced course on computer systems. Projects that involve students as well as custom- Theoretical and practical aspects of the software Topics include operating systems, performance ers from other disciplines are encouraged. Lec- development process or software lifecycle. evaluation, device analysis, construction and tures will be directed towards the management Covers the first part of the cycle: formulating the proof of monitors, file systems, objects and proof software development projects such as those external requirements, specifying what the soft- cesses, reliability, and protection. Prerequisites: being carried out by the teams. It is the intent of ware is to do, and the abstract design. Emphasis CS 303, Stat 460. the course to provide a capstone experience that will be on the formal aspects of specification and CS 576 integrates the materials contained in the remain- verification. Computer Security (3) der of the CS curriculum through work on a Introduction to the principles of computer secu- project that applies this material in another disci- CS 556 Software Implementation and Testing (3) rity. Development of the notion of security pline. Each team member will contribute to the Theoretical and practical aspects of the software through formal models and the examination of design, documentation, and testing phases of the development process or software lifecycle. existing secure systems. Systems intended for project. This course creates an obligation for Covers the second part of the cycle: detailed the protection of classified information as well participation for two consecutive quarters. Pre- design, implementation in a programming lan- as commercial systems will be examined. Pre- requisites: senior standing. For CS majors: CS guage, testing, and maintenance. Emphasis will requisite: CS 303. 302, 303, 350. Non-CS majors: permission of be on the technical aspects of software testing. CS 577 the instructor. Compiler Construction (3) CS 501 An advanced course on compiler construction. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Topics include LL(k) and LR(k) parsing, code Consent of instructor. generation, error recovery, and local and global optimization. Prerequisite: CS 302. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 215

CS 579 EE 223 assembly language programming, applications Formal Verification of Hardware/Software Feedback and Control (4) of microprocessors in controls, microprocessor Systems (3) Stability concepts for linear time- invariant net- systems design, and memory and I/O interfacing Introduction to the formal verification of func- works, Routh-Hurwitz criterion. Stability are among the topics studied. Laboratory work tional correctness of hardware and software sys- through feedback, Nyquist, and root-locus includes several software and hardware develop- tems. Topics to be covered include: formal logics design methods. Compensation methods derived ment projects. Prerequisite: EE 271. for system verification (first-order logic, higher- from Bode plots. Introduction to state space order logic, temporal logic), formal specifica- EE 401 system analysis. Prerequisite: EE 222. Research (Credit to be arranged.) tions, theorem proving systems, circuit verifica- EE 271 Consent of instructor. tion, microprocessor verification, and system Digital Systems (4) EE 404 software verification. Prerequisites: CS 301, Second course in a sequence of digital and 303. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to microprocessor courses. Covers shift register be arranged.) CS 583 devices and circuits; design, timing analysis, and Consent of instructor. Automata and Formal Languages (3) application of synchronous state machine cir- An advanced study of the theory of automata, EE 405 cuits using discrete devices and programmable Reading and Conference (Credit to be formal languages and computational complexity. logic devices; timing analysis of asynchronous arranged.) Main subjects are finite state concepts, formal state machines, arithmetic circuits and devices; Consent of instructor. grammars, computability, Turing machines, and internal architecture of a microprocessor; design computational complexity. Prerequisite: CS 482. EE 406 and interfacing of memory systems; and an Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) CS 585 introduction to design for test techniques. Rein- Consent of instructor. Cryptography (3) forces the systematic design methodology, docu- The goal of cryptography is the encoding of mentation standards, and use of computer-based EE 407 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) information via a cryptographic system. Cryp- tools introduced in EE 171. Prerequisite: EE Consent of instructor. tanalysis studies the breaking of cryptosystems. 171. EE 410 This course focuses on cryptography but with EE 301, 302, 303 respect to cryptanalysis. An overview of classi- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV, V, VI Consent of instructor. cal systems with an in-depth examination of (1, 1, 1) modern cryptosystems. This includes block Prerequisites: EE 201, 202, 203; prerequisites or EE 411 algorithms such as DES; public-key cryptosys- concurrent enrollment in: EE 321, 322, 323, 331, Industry Design Processes (2) tems, such as RSA; and one-way functions. 332, 371. Pass/no pass only. Design methodologies will be discussed as a framework for solving broadly defined technol- Additional topics include cryptographic proto- EE 321 cols, signature schemes, pseudo-random number ogy problems. Interdisciplinary organizational Electronics I (4) principles will be presented as tools in the design generation, Shannon’s information theory, and Introduction to solid state electronics, leading to process and as a foundation for the subsequent stream ciphers. Prerequisite: CS 252. the physical properties and characteristics of project course. Lectures, weekly and term case solid state electronic devices. Analysis and studies. Prerequisites: quantitative modeling, design of diode, bipolar junction, and field-effect LECTRICAL AND COM- communication skills applicable to technical E transistor circuits. Application of a computer- oral and written presentation; for electrical engi- PUTER ENGINEERING aided design (CAD) tool such as SPICE. Prereq- neers, senior standing in the University and com- COURSES uisite: EE 223. pletion of all junior-level required EE classes; EE 322 EE 171 for non-EE majors, consent of Electronics II (4) instructor. Digital Circuits (4) Study of digital circuits used in various logic Foundation course in digital design. Topics such families. Analysis of electronic amplifiers using EE 412 as number systems, basic logic gates, TTL small-signal models of electronic devices. Intro- Senior Project Development I (4) device parameters, Boolean algebra, logic circuit In this course, groups of three to five students duction to feedback amplifier analysis and simplification techniques, timing analysis, the will apply the structured design methodology design. Review of transfer function and Bode application of MSI combinational logic devices, learned in EE 411, ME 491, and UnSt 421 to analysis. Computer-aided design. Prerequisite: programmable logic devices, flip-flops, synchro- original projects with the assistance of faculty EE 321. nous state machines and counters. Introduces and industrial/community advisers. After initial students to a systematic design methodology. EE 323 research, each student group will prepare a writ- Uses computer-based tools such as schematic Electronics III (4) ten and oral project proposal. Each student is capture programs, programmable logic develop- Introduction to differential and operational required to keep a log of his or her individual ment programs, and digital circuit stimulators. amplifier circuits. Study of operational amplifier design work and to turn in weekly progress design techniques involving current mirrors and EE 199 reports. At periodic intervals, each group will active loads. Design and analyze active filters, give an oral progress report to the entire class. In Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) waveform generators, and large-signal electronic Consent of instructor. addition to the direct design work, this class also amplifiers. Computer-aided design. Prerequi- includes talks by industry speakers on topics EE 201, 202, 203 site: EE 322. Electrical Engineering Laboratory I, II, III such as group dynamics, interdisciplinary inter- (1, 1, 1) EE 331 action, communication, documentation, patents, Prerequisites, or concurrent enrollment in: EE Electromagnetic Principles (4) human factors, and engineering ethics. Prerequi- 221, 222, 223, 271. Pass/no pass only. Review of vector calculus, electric and magnetic site: EE 411, ME 491, or UnSt 421 (Industry fields, Maxwell’s equations in integral and dif- Design Processes). EE 221 ferential form, Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s Electric Circuits (4) equation, uniform plane waves. Prerequisites: EE 413 Experimental laws, network theorems, and com- Senior Project Development II (2) Mth 256, Ph 223. puter analysis techniques of electrical circuit Continues development of the design projects analysis. Network responses to various forcing EE 332 started in EE 412 or UnSt 421 to their conclu- functions using time-domain and phasor-domain Electromagnetic Systems (4) sion. Each student maintains a log of his or her methods. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Review of electromagnetic wave propagation; individual work and turns in weekly progress design of transmission lines, waveguides, reso- reports. Each group prepares a final written EE 222 nators, and antennas. Prerequisite: EE 331. Signals and Systems (4) report and delivers a final oral report to the entire Step and impulse response of electric circuits, EE 371 class. Note: Non EE/CpE majors are welcome in introduction to the frequency domain, Laplace Microprocessors (4) this class, but they do not need it to fulfill the and Fourier transforms, convolution integrals, This course covers the fundamentals of micro- University Capstone requirement. and spectra Bode plots. Block diagrams and processor architecture, software development, transfer functions. Prerequisites: EE 221, Mth and hardware interfacing. Emphasis is placed on 256 or concurrent. eight bit microprocessor systems. Machine and 216 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

EE 415/515 EE 426/526 EE 455/555 Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices (4) Digital Integrated Circuit Design II (4) AI: Neural Networks I (4) Solid-state electronic devices; operation, fabri- Students are instructed in methods and the use of Introduces approach for developing computing cation and applications; single crystal growth, p- computer-aided design tools for the design and devices whose design is based on models taken n junction, diodes, bipolar junction transistors, testing of large-scale integrated digital circuits. from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” MOS capacitor, FETs. Course provides students A design project is an integral part of this course. A variety of NN architectures and associated with a sound understanding of existing devices Prerequisite: EE 425/525. computational algorithms for accomplishing the and gives the necessary background to under- EE 431/531 learning are studied. Experiments with various stand the problems and challenges of the micro- Microwave Circuit Design I (4) of the available architectures are performed via a electronic manufacturing. Prerequisite: Ph 318, Passive microwave components. Design of simulation package. Students do a major project EE 323. microstrip circuits. Active high frequency on the simulator, or a special programming EE 416/516 devices. Microwave computer aided design. Pre- project. Prerequisites: senior standing in EE/ Integrated Circuit (IC) Technologies (4) requisite: EE 332. CPE or CS, or graduate standing. Microelectronic processing of solid-state devices EE 432/532 EE 456/556 and integrated circuits. A base for understanding Microwave Circuit Design II (4) AI: Neural Networks II (4) more advanced processing and what can and Small-signal amplifier design for gain and noise. Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set the- cannot be achieved through IC fabrication. Oxi- Non-linear effects and nonlinear circuit design. ory, control theory, and pattern recognition are dation, diffusion, and ion implantation will be Oscillator design. Introduction to MMIC design. studied and incorporated in considering neural discussed. Bipolar, CMOS and BiCMOS fabri- Design project is an integral part of this course. networks. A design project (using NN simulator) cation processes. DRAM technology. Defining Prerequisite: EE 431/531. in selected application area is done by each stu- system rules for IC layout. Packaging and yield. EE 441/541 dent. Prerequisite: EE 455/555. New technologies, such as Wafer-Scale Integra- Electrical Energy Systems Design I (4) EE 461/561 tion and Multi-Chip Modules, will be discussed. Three-phase power, per unit system of calcula- Communication Systems Design I (4) Students will be introduced to the concept of tions, impedance and reactance diagrams, nodal An introduction to signals and noise in electrical designing for manufacturability. Prerequisite: equations, bus admittance and impedance matri- communication systems; signal spectra and fil- EE 415/515. ces, transformer and synchronous generator ters, noise and random signals, baseband trans- EE 418/518 modeling, symmetrical components, and fault mission of analog and digital signals, linear Linear System Analysis I (4) studies using symmetrical components. Prereq- modulation and exponential modulation. Prereq- Advanced concepts of continuous-time signals, uisite: EE 332. uisite: EE 222. systems, and transforms. Signals: periodicity, EE 442/542 EE 462/562 orthogonality, basis functions; system: linearity, Electrical Energy Systems Design II (4) Communication Systems Design II (4) super-position, time-invariance, causality, stabil- Fault studies with admittance and impedance Study of the relative merits of communication ity, and convolution integral; transforms: Fourier matrices, system protection fundamentals, dc systems, noise in continuous wave and pulse series and Fourier transform, Hilbert and Hartley transmission, solution of linear algebraic equa- modulation schemes, information theory, digital transform, Laplace transform. Prerequisites: EE tions as applied to power flow methods, indus- data systems, and advanced topics. Prerequisite: 222. trial grounding practices. Prerequisite: EE 441/ EE 461/561. EE 419/519 541. EE 478/578 Linear System Analysis II (4) EE 445/545 Intelligent Robotics I (4) Advanced concepts of discrete-time signals, sys- Power Electronic Systems Design I (4) Basic problems of intelligent robotics. Comput- tems, and transforms. Signals: periodicity, Basic DC-to-DC switching converter topologies ers for logic and logic programming. Hardware orthogonality, basis functions; system: linearity, are presented. Operation in various modes is for artificial intelligence. Formulation and reduc- super-position, time-invariance, causality, stabil- examined. Steady state design is undertaken tion of problems. Tree-search methods and ity, and convolution sum; transforms: Z Trans- using state space techniques and equivalent cir- architectures. Predicate calculus and resolution form, discrete Fourier transform and Fast cuit modeling. Design issues concerning semi- method. Methods of formulating and solving Fourier transform, discrete Hilbert and Hartley conductor devices and magnetics design are also problems in logic programming. Unification in transform; State Space description of a system. addressed. Prerequisite: EE 322. hardware. Fuzzy logic and fuzzy logic machines. Prerequisite: EE 418/518. EE 446/546 Machines for logic programming and artificial EE 421/521 Power Electronic Systems Design II (4) intelligence. Reasoning by analogy and induc- Analog Integrated Circuit Design I (4) Dynamic analysis of DC-to-DC converters is tion: application of associative processors. Pre- Modeling of IC devices: transistors, capacitors, presented using state space techniques and the requisite: EE 485/585 or 425/525. resistors. Temperature and device parameter method of equivalent circuit modeling of the EE 479/579 variation effects. Building blocks of analog inte- switching device. Different control techniques Intelligent Robotics II (4) grated circuits: current sources and mirrors, gain such as current programming and sliding mode Sensors. Computer vision hardware. Problems in stages, level shifters, and output stages. Design control are introduced. Inverter and input current image processing, vision, manipulation, and of operational amplifiers; frequency response, waveshaping rectifier circuits are also intro- planning. Machines for image processing and feedback, and compensation; stability and noise duced. Prerequisite: EE 445/545. computer vision. Morphological processors. in IC circuits; CAD tools for circuit design and Manufacturing inspection. Non-numeric com- testing. Prerequisite: EE 323. EE 451/551 Control Systems Design I (4) puters. Path planning. Localization. Use of rea- EE 422/522 State space description of linear systems. Signal soning and learning. Applications in scheduling, Analog Integrated Circuit Design II (4) flow graphs. Discrete-time control systems: Z- planning, and assignment. Computer architec- Analysis and design of MOS operational ampli- transforms, recursion, sampling, sampling theo- tures for robotics. Integrated robotic systems for fiers, noise in IC circuits, design of wideband rem, design via Z-transform method, Z-plane manufacturing. Architectures of comprehensive amplifiers, principles of microwave circuit (root locus, etc.), Bode plot, phase space, etc. mobile robots. Robots in health care. System design, design of impedance matching circuits, Prerequisite: EE 223. integration. Examples of application. Prerequi- comparators, voltage regulators, analog multipli- site: EE 478/578. ers and modulators, CAD tools for circuit design EE 452/552 Control Systems Design II (4) and testing. Prerequisite: EE 421/521. Controllability, observability, identification, and EE 425/525 stability of linear systems (continuous and dis- Digital Integrated Circuit Design I (4) crete). Use of analog and digital computers in Students in electrical and computer engineering control systems. Implementation issues. Prereq- are introduced to the analysis and design of digi- uisite: EE 451/551. tal integrated circuits. A design project is an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: EE 323. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 217

EE 485/585 EE 523/623 EE 566/666 Microprocessor System Design (4) Analog Integrated Circuit Design III (4) Digital Signal Processing (4) Advanced topics in microprocessor technology Integrated-circuit oscillators and timers, fre- Study of discrete time signals and systems. emphasizing newer generations of microproces- quency-to-voltage converters, phase-locked-loop Mathematics of discrete time systems in time sors. Hardware and software design for different circuits, IC filters, self-tuning filters, digital-to- and frequency domains. Discrete Fourier Trans- microprocessor systems and bit slice design are analog converters, analog-to-digital converters, form, FFT algorithms and applications, digital major components of this course. Independent CAD tools for circuit design and testing. Prereq- filter design, random signals in digital linear sys- design projects are heavily emphasized as part of uisite: EE 422/522. tems form the foundations of this course. Prereq- the lab work. Prerequisite: EE 371. EE 527/627 uisite: EE 565/665. EE 486/586 High-performance Digital Systems (4) EE 567/667 Computer Architecture (4) The use of computer-aided design tools in high- Statistical Communications Theory (4) An introduction to the key concepts of computer performance digital systems is explored. The As an advanced course in communication the- system architecture and design. Topics include trade-offs between automated and hand design ory, topics of statistical decision, estimation, and the design and analysis of instruction set archi- are examined in the context of performance vs. modulation theory are introduced. Statistical tectures, memory systems, and high-perfor- development time. The impact of new develop- aspects of transmission detection and error mance IO systems; basic CPU implementation ments in MOS circuit technology are also exam- detection/correction schemes are covered. Pre- strategies; basic pipelined CPU implementation; ined. Prerequisite: EE 426/526. requisites: EE 461/561, 565/665. performance analysis; and a survey of current EE 528/628 EE 568/668 architectures. Prerequisite: EE 485/585. Layout Techniques (4) Introductory Image Processing (4) EE 491/591 Methodologies and strategies used to lay out Two-dimensional systems, image perception, Laser Systems Design I (4) electronic circuits. Full-custom and semi-custom image digitization (sampling and quantization), Laser topics: especially design of laser, fiber- approaches. Gate arrays, standard cells, cell gen- image transforms (Fourier, Cosine, K-L trans- optic, and related optical systems. Formation erators, building blocks, and sea-of-gates tech- forms), image enhancement (histogram equal- and propagation of modes and beams, matrix nologies. Hierarchical circuit description, layout ization, filtering, spatial operation). Prerequisite: methods for the analysis and synthesis of optical process, and manufacturability. Layout problem graduate standing. systems. Prerequisite: EE 331. as a constrained optimization problem. Applica- EE 569/669 EE 492/592 tion of graph theory and mathematical optimiza- Advanced Image Processing (4) Laser Systems Design II (4) tion techniques to VLSI layout synthesis. Introduction to random fields, image representa- Interaction of light with atoms, Maxwell- Overview of the most important combinatorial tion by stochastic models, image restoration Schrödinger analysis and rate equation approxi- problems in circuit layout and descriptions of (Wiener and Kalman filtering), image coding mations. Effects of gain, dispersion, and satura- their solutions. Prerequisite: graduate standing. and compression predictive and transform cod- tion in the design of laser amplifiers and EE 529/629 ing, vector quantization). Prerequisites: EE 565/ oscillators. Prerequisite: EE 491/591. Performance-driven Layout (4) 665, 568/668. EE 501 Floor planning, placement, routing, compaction, EE 570/670 Research (Credit to be arranged.) design rule verification, and module generation. Computer Vision (4) Consent of instructor. Description and analysis of algorithms used in Image detection and registration, image analysis EE 503 layout synthesis. Timing-driven layout tech- (texture extraction, edge detection, segmenta- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) niques for performance optimization. Applica- tion), image reconstruction (radon transform, Consent of instructor. tion Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC) using Fourier reconstruction), stereo imaging and traditional semicustom techniques and new EE 504 motion analysis, pattern recognition (recogni- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Application-Specific programmable logic tion, classification and clustering). Prerequisite: be arranged.) devices, FPGAs, EPLDs. Fitting problem for EE 568/668. Consent of instructor. architecture-specific EPLDs. Prerequisite: EE EE 572/672 528/628. EE 505 Advanced Logic Synthesis (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be EE 533/633 Boolean and multivalued algebras. Cube calcu- arranged.) Advanced Electromagnetics (4) lus and its computer realization. Basic operators Consent of instructor. Advanced course in electromagnetics. Mathe- and algorithms of function minimization. EE 506 matical methods, electrostatics, boundary value Decomposition and factorization theories. Multi- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) problems, magnetostatics, time varying fields, level minimization. Orthogonal expansions and Consent of instructor. plane waves. Prerequisite: EE 331. tree circuits. Cellular logic and its applications EE 507 EE 543/643 to Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Spectral Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Electric Energy Systems Control (4) theory of logic optimization. Ordered Binary Consent of instructor. State estimation, security and contingency moni- and Multiple-Valued Decision Diagrams. Design toring, automatic generation control, economic for speed, testability, power consumption, reli- EE 510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) dispatch, optimal power flow, power system sta- ability, Reed-Muller forms, and EXOR circuits. Consent of instructor. bility, unit commitment and pool operation. Pre- Technology mapping. Transduction method. requisite: EE 442/542. Modern logic synthesis programs, systems, and EE 511/611, 512/612, 513/613 methodologies. Project that continues in EE 573. Solid State Electronics I, II, III (4, 4, 4) EE 553/653 The solid state electronics course sequence deals Control Systems Design III (4) Prerequisite: graduate standing in electrical with advanced topics in solid state device phys- Topics in modern feedback control theory of engineering. ics and modeling. Following a discussion on nonlinear and multivariable systems, including EE 573/673 semiconductor properties and modeling as a considerations of stochastic and optimal control. Control Unit Design (4) function of doping and temperature, advanced Design methods on computer workstations. Pre- Synchronous logic, Finite State Machines: and bipolar transistor structures and MOS transistors requisite: EE 452/552. Moore and Mealy models. Design of FSMs from will be treated in detail. Device models aimed at EE 565/665 regular expressions, nondeterministic automata, numerical circuit simulators will be discussed. Signals and Noise (4) Petri Nets and parallel program schemata. Parti- Prerequisite: EE 323. Students are introduced to “noise” as it appears tioned control units. Cellular automata. Realiza- in communication and control systems, its math- tion, minimization, assignment and ematical and statistical properties and practical decomposition of FSMs. Partition and decompo- filtering methods to minimize its impact on sys- sition theory and programs. Micro-programmed tems. Advanced topics in filter and estimation theory are also introduced. Prerequisite: graduate standing in electrical engineering. 218 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER- units. Microprogram optimization. Theory and EE 593/693 EMgt 522/622 realization of asynchronous, self-timed and self- Advanced Laser Systems (4) Communication and Team Building in synchronized circuits. Project continuation. Pre- Transient phenomena in lasers including slow Engineering Management (4) requisite: EE 572/672. and fast pulsations and instabilities. Semiclassi- Developing high performance teams for the cal and quantum mechanical effects on laser per- engineering-driven companies; fundamental EE 574/674 concepts that make an effective team; building a High-level Synthesis and Design Automation formance and applications. Prerequisite: EE 492/ (4) 592. high-performance team; the keys to high performance; converting risks into assets; the power of Comprehensive design automation systems. EE 595/695 Problems of system and high-level synthesis. Optoelectronics I (4) commitment and discipline, and constructive Register-transfer and hardware description lan- Techniques of optoelectronic systems including communication; getting results through team guages. Data path design: scheduling and alloca- optical modulation, deflection, and detection. dynamics, creative problem solving, and interaction. Design methods for systolic, pipelined, Anisotropic media, electro-optics, nonlinear tive exercises. Prerequisite: graduate standing or cellular and dynamic architectures. System optics, harmonic generation. Prerequisite: EE eligibility of admission to engineering manage- issues. System-level silicon compilers. Group 431/531. ment program. project: using high-level tools for design of a EE 596/696 EMgt 525/625 complete VLSI ASIC chip or FPGA architec- Optoelectronics II (4) Strategic Planning in Engineering ture: vision, DSP, or controller. Prerequisite: EE Nonlinear optics, parametric oscillation, fre- Management (4) 573/673. quency conversion, self-focusing, acousto- Critical issues in shaping the competitive strat- optics, Brillouin scattering, Raman scattering, egy for the engineering-driven companies in a EE 575/675 turbulent business environment; key steps and Computational and Research Tools in magneto-optics, opto-optics. Prerequisite: EE Electrical Engineering (4) 595/695. end results of the planning process; corporate Introduction to the major computer and compu- mission; Key Result Areas (KRAs) and situa- EE 601 tional analysis including strengths, weaknesses, tational research tools in electrical engineering. Research (Credit to be arranged.) UNIX, C, concepts in computer networks and opportunities, and threats in KRAs. Identifying EE 603 planning assumptions, critical issues, setting departmental software packages are introduced. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: graduate standing and high level objectives, formulating strategy. Leadership, programming language. EE 604 organizational culture, and structure to support Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to the implementation of a strategic plan as well as EE 576/676 be arranged.) the strategic control systems. Case studies, pre- Computational Methods in Electrical EE 605 Engineering (4) sentations, term projects, teamwork, and interac- Reading And Conference (Credit to be tive exercises. Prerequisite EMgt 520/620. Students are introduced to optimization methods arranged.) used in electrical engineering including methods EMgt 530/630 from linear, nonlinear, integer and dynamic pro- EE 606 Decision Making in Engineering and Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Technology Management (4) gramming. A number of numerical methods for arranged.) solving nonlinear and partial differential equa- Decision and value theory concepts are applied tions are discussed. Prerequisite: EE 575/675. EE 607 to technical and management decisions under Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) uncertainty. Multicriteria decisions are analyzed. EE 577/677 EE 610 Subjective, judgmental values are quantified for Interactive Computer Graphics (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) An introduction to the principles of interactive expert decisions and conflict resolution in strate- computer graphics including logical devices, gic decisions involving technological alterna- physical devices, transformation, viewing and ENGINEERING tives. Hierarchical decision modeling approach clipping in two and three dimensions. Prerequi- MANAGEMENT COURSES is introduced. Individual and aggregate decisions site: EE 575/675. are measured. Decision discrepancies and group disagreements are evaluated. Case studies are EE 587/687 EMgt 501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) included in the course. Prerequisites: EMgt 520/ Advanced Computer Architecture I (4) 620, knowledge of probability/statistics. An advanced course in computer system archi- EMgt 503 tecture and design. Key topics include advanced Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) EMgt 535 CPU implementation techniques including pipe- Engineering Economic Analysis (4) EMgt 504 Economic evaluation of engineering and R&D lining, dynamic instruction issue, superscalar Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to architectures, and vector processing; high-per- be arranged.) projects is discussed from the engineering man- formance memory and IO systems design; an agement viewpoint. Time value of money, tax EMgt 505 considerations, break-even sensitivity analyses, introduction to parallel computers; and a survey Reading and Conference (Credit to be of current literature in computer architecture and arranged.) project evaluations under uncertainty, risk shar- of current advanced computer systems. Students ing, capital budgeting, and multicriteria deci- EMgt 506 sions are studied. Case discussions are included will begin a project that will be completed in EE Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) 588/688. Prerequisite: 486/586. in the course prerequisite: Linear algebra, proba- EMgt 507 bility/statistics. EE 588/688 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) EMgt 537/637 Advanced Computer Architecture II (4) EMgt 510 Discussion of parallel computer architectures Productivity Analysis (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Productivity analysis techniques, applications, and their uses. Key topics include MIMD archi- EMgt 520/620 tectures; associative processing; shared-memory and case studies are covered from engineering Management of Engineering and Technology and management perspectives. Topics covered and message-passing architectures; dataflow and (4) include benchmarking, process analysis, produc- reduction architectures; special-purpose proces- Study of fundamental concepts of engineering tion functions, parametric productivity analysis sors; design and analysis of interconnection net- and technology management to provide the stu- techniques, and nonparametric productivity works; and an overview of parallel software dents with an in-depth understanding of the analysis techniques. Prerequisites: linear pro- issues. Students will complete the project started underlying principles of this discipline. Innova- gramming, probability/statistics. in EE 587/687. Prerequisite: EE 587/687. tion process, technological change, technical EE 589/689 organizations, motivation and leadership theo- Performance Analysis of Local Area ries applicable to engineers and scientists, engi- Networks (4) neering and RD projects, resource management Studies the structure and performance of local in current and emerging technologies, and strate- computer networks. Emphasis on performance gic management of technological system inter- issues for common protocols used in local com- faces are included in the course. Ongoing puter networks, specifically, polling networks, engineering management research is critically rings networks, and random-access networks. evaluated in classroom discussions. Case studies Allows the student to analyze network perfor- and a term project are included. Prerequisite: mance and read the current literature. graduate standing. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 219

EMgt 540/640 facilities, and management systems required to design methodology; principles of heuristic and Operations Research in Engineering and manufacture a product. Third part: Integration of logic programming; fundamental issues related Technology Management (4) KB techniques for designing an intelligent man- to knowledge acquisition, representation, infer- The use of operations research techniques in ufacturing system; current and future research in encing, and learning; design of inference engines making engineering management decisions; each of the functional areas. Prerequisite: EMgt and their implementation. Fuzzy reasoning, application and interpretation of linear program- 550/650. neural nets, and learning mechanisms and a ming and goal programming; problem formula- EMgt 553/653 review of some of the more popular AI and ES tions; mathematical model building; the basic shells. principles behind the simplex algorithm and Manufacturing Systems Simulation (4) Introduction of discrete simulation techniques multiple objective linear optimization; postopti- EMgt 589 for the modeling of random processes and prob- Capstone Project (4) mality analysis from the viewpoint of technol- abilistic events in the simulation of manufactur- Capstone project for the M.S. degree in engi- ogy management; other operations research ing systems; concepts of systems modeling with neering management; can be taken in lieu of techniques such as queuing models; a term emphasis on the use of an animated simulation master’s thesis or EMgt 590 to satisfy curricu- project involving an actual operational problem. package throughout the course. Prerequisite: lum requirements. Students conduct individual Prerequisites: linear algebra and probability/sta- EMgt 550, basic knowledge of probability and research on a project approved by the faculty tistics. statistics. member who supervises the work. Findings are EMgt 545/645 EMgt 555/655 presented in the form of a report after being Project Management in Engineering (4) accepted by the supervising professor. Prerequi- Critical issues in the management of engineering Technology Marketing (3) This course is designed to introduce students to sites: EMP core. and high technology projects; analysis of time, the special issues faced by managers marketing cost, performance parameters form the organiza- EMgt 590/690 technological products in markets characterized Engineering Management Synthesis (4) tional, people, and resource perspectives; project by rapid environmental change. Topics will This is the capstone course in the Engineering planning evaluation and selection, including include an examination of the marketing/engi- Management Program. It synthesizes the con- project selection models; project and matrix neering /manufacturing interface, product inno- cepts and methodologies of engineering and organizations; project teams; scheduling with vation strategies, value-based pricing, buyer technology management into an individual or CMP/PERT algorithms; budget and schedule behavior and strategic selling, competitive group project. The research base for the project control; termination of projects Case discussions market analysis and positioning, and distribution may come from any combination of the study and term project are included in the course. Pre- strategies. Emphasis is placed on strategies for areas covered in the Engineering Management requisites: EMgt 520/620, EMgt 530/630. marketing technology products in industrial Program. EMgt 546/646 markets. EMgt 601 Project Scheduling and Network Analysis (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) An-in-depth study and review of the major prob- EMgt 560/660 lems and analytical techniques used in the plan- Total Quality Management (4) EMgt 603 Critical principles and procedures of quality ning and scheduling of major industrial projects. Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) management in a competitive global environ- Specific focus on two primary areas: (1) network EMgt 604 ment; contemporary definitions of quality; qual- analysis used in the planning of projects, and (2) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ity in production/services; quality economics; scheduling analysis used in the scheduling of be arranged.) quality philosophies; planning, organizing, and resources during the course of a project. Model- EMgt 605 controlling for quality; human resource and ing techniques such as CPM/PERT, GERT, etc. Reading and Conference (Credit to be empowerment strategies, and QC tools. Case in conjunction with mathematical programming arranged.) studies, presentations, term projects, and team- and computer simulation. Emphasis on solving EMgt 606 work. Prerequisite: graduate standing, or eligi- real-world project schedules. Prerequisites: Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be bility of admission to the engineering probability/statistics, linear algebra, EMgt 545/ arranged.) management program. 645. EMgt 607 EMgt 563/663 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *EMgt 550/650 Re-engineering the Technical Enterprise (4) EMgt 610 Manufacturing Systems Engineering (4) This course presents the critical issues in re- Underlying concepts of manufacturing or pro- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) inventing the engineering-drive companies in the duction systems; product and process planning; real world. The basic building blocks, re-engi- job/flow shops; group technology, and flexible neering stages and key success factors are cov- MECHANICAL manufacturing cells. Prerequisite: graduate ered. Also reviewed are the tools, challenges, ENGINEERING COURSES standing or eligibility for admission to the engi- and resistance to re-engineering. Case studies, neering management program. presentations, term projects, and teamwork are ME 199 *EMgt 551/651 included in the course. Prerequisite: EMgt 560/ Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Manufacturing Systems Management (4) 660. Consent of instructor. Traditional and emerging techniques in manu- EMgt 565/665 ME 241 facturing management; the evolution of concepts Manufacturing Processes (4) from EOQ to MRP and JIT including what has Research Methods for Engineering Management (4) Study from the designer’s viewpoint of the prin- gone wrong with them. Other management level Research methods in engineering management; cipal manufacturing processes utilized. Includes issues including shop floor control, production statistical techniques including proper selection, casting, forming, material removal, and joining scheduling, and inventory management. Prereq- use, and interpretation of parametric and non- processes. Process selection will be discussed in uisite: EMgt 550. parametric tests along with factor and discrimi- terms of the economics, process effects on the EMgt 552/652 nant analysis. Design of experiments and model products, and dimensional and quality of the fin- Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (4) misspecification. The use of statistical software. ished product. Three lecture hours; one 3-hour Introducing the student to applications of AI/ Prerequisites: graduate standing, probability and laboratory. Prerequisite: EAS 213. expert system tools for solving manufacturing statistics. *ME 304 system design and management problems. First *EMgt 571/671 Energy and Society (4) part of the course: Introduction of the basic con- Expert Systems in Engineering (4) Study of the energy problem: a complex societal cepts of intelligent manufacturing, knowledge- Insights into artificial intelligence exposing stu- problem which has a major technical compo- based (KB) techniques, and software used in the dents to the building of expert systems (ES) with nent. Designed to help nonscience majors under- design of products, processes, facilities, and an emphasis on solving a variety of engineering stand the technical side of the energy problem as management systems required to manufacture a management problems; components of ES and well as the multidisciplinary effects of technical product. Second part: KB techniques and soft- an emphasis on solving a variety of engineering decisions on the social, political, and economic ware used in the design of products, processes, management problems; components of ES and framework. Examination of energy requirements 220 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

and usage, energy resources, methods for pro- ME 401 including combined cycles. Aircraft propulsion ducing energy, environmental and economic Research (Credit to be arranged.) analysis focuses on turbojets, turbofans, turbo- implications of energy production, energy con- Consent of instructor. props, ramjets, and advanced concepts. Prerequi- servation, and energy policies. Power production ME 404 sites: ME 322. techniques utilizing coal, nuclear, solar, wind, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to *ME 418/518 geothermal, and other energy sources will be be arranged.) Analysis of Powerplant Cycles (4) studied. Prerequisite: upper- Consent of instructor. Review of thermodynamic cycle analysis for division standing. ME 405 power generation systems. Advanced treatment ME 313 Reading and Conference (Credit to be of conventional Rankine and gas turbine power- Analysis of Mechanical Components (4) arranged.) plant cycles. Analysis of advanced energy con- Stress and deflection analysis of structural com- Consent of instructor. version cycles and schemes, including combined ponents including review of stress and strain; ME 406 cycles, binary cycles, cogeneration, and fluid- curved beams; pressure vessels, impact loading, Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) ized bed reactors. Application to power genera- stability, and energy methods. Topics will be Consent of instructor. tion such as geothermal electric and solar synthesized in a design project. Prerequisites: ME 407 thermal electric. Utilization of garbage and EAS 212, Mth 256. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) wood wastes. Project required. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. ME 314 ME 322 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Analysis and Design of Machine Elements (4) ME 410 ME 420/520 Analysis and design of machine elements and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Thermal Systems Design (4) systems, covering failure theories, fatigue, fas- Consent of instructor. Introduction to the design of thermal systems for teners, welds, gears, springs, bearings, introduc- ME 411/511 HVAC, energy conversion, and industrial pro- tion to stochastic design. Topics will be Engineering Measurement and cess applications. Procedures for selection of synthesized in a design project. Prerequisites: Instrumentation Systems (4) fluid flow equipment, heat exchangers, and com- ME 313. Principles and applications of measurement bustion equipment. Modeling performance of methods and instrumentation techniques, as used ME 321 components and systems. Cost estimation and Engineering Thermodynamics I (4) in various engineering disciplines, are studied. economic evaluation. Design optimization. Pre- Study of energy sources and utilization; First Examination of general measurement concepts requisites: ME 323, EAS 361. and instrumentation characteristics. Specific and Second Laws of thermodynamics; closed ME 421/521 and control volume systems: thermodynamic devices for measuring such parameters as dis- Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning processes and cycles; thermodynamic proper- placement, force, strain, pressure, flow, tempera- Design Fundamentals (4) ties; heat power systems; Prerequisites: Ph 223, ture, motion, time, and frequency are discussed. Fundamental principles and methods of control- Mth 253. Testing and verification of theory, design, and ling living space environments; design of heat- laboratory evaluation of mechanical components ME 322 ing, ventilating, air conditioning, and Applied Fluid Mechanics and and systems are also made. Two lecture hours refrigeration systems for residential, commer- Thermodynamics (4) and a 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: EE 221, cial, and industrial purposes. Topics include: Internal flow, external flow, and compressible senior standing in engineering. moist air properties (psychometrics), air condi- flow. Lift and drag. Turbomachinery, combus- *ME 413/513 tioning processes, indoor air quality (comfort tion, and psychometry. Prerequisites: EAS 361, Engineering Material Science (4) and health), heat transmission in building struc- ME 321. Study of materials with emphasis on solids; tures, solar radiation, space heating and cooling ME 323 effect of microstructure and macrostructure on load analysis, energy calculations, and air condi- Heat Transfer (4) properties; equilibrium and non-equilibrium tioning systems and equipment. Prerequisites: Fundamentals of engineering heat transfer with multiphase systems; effects of mechanical and ME 323. design applications; steady-state and transient thermal stresses, electromagnetic fields, irradia- *ME 422/522 analysis of conduction in one and two dimen- tion, and chemical environments, surface and Building Energy Use Analysis and Design (4) sions; concepts of convection, forced convec- related phenomena; examples from metallic, A detailed examination of the analysis of annual tion, internal and external flows, natural ceramic, polymeric, and composite materials. energy use of residential and commercial build- convection, and heat exchanger design; study of Prerequisites: EAS 213. ings. Emphasis on microcomputer simulation radiation concepts and radiation exchange *ME 415/515 techniques for analysis of building energy use between surfaces. Prerequisites: Mth 256, ME Advanced Topics in Energy Conversion (4) and study of energy-efficient building design. 321, EAS 361. Topics chosen for relevancy to current techno- Topics include: heat loss and gain in buildings, ME 351 logical practice concerned with energy conver- heating and cooling load calculations, energy Vibrations and System Dynamics (4) sion. Examples include cogeneration, combined use analysis (including bin type, daily, and An introduction to vibrations and system cycles, gas power plants in the Northwest, wood hourly analysis procedures), daylighting in com- dynamics for single and multiple degree-of-free- waste utilization, advanced engine design and mercial buildings, and introduction to analysis dom linear systems. The course includes: free combustion systems, and energy conversion sys- and design of active and passive systems utiliz- and forced vibrations; resonance; modeling of tems pollution control. Each offering of this ing solar energy for space and water heating. mechanical, fluid, and electrical systems; course will focus on a different single selected Project in design/simulation. Prerequisites: ME Laplace transformations; and dynamic system topic. 323, ME 421/521, familiarity with use of com- response in the time and frequency domains. *ME 416/516 puters and spreadsheets. Computer analysis and solution techniques will Internal Combustion Engines (4) *ME 423/523 be utilized. Prerequisites: EAS 215, Mth 256, Chemical equilibrium, fuel chemistry and prop- Fundamentals of Building Science (4) EAS 361, EE 221, ME 352. erties, thermodynamics of combustion reactions, Introduction to the fundamental concepts of ME 352 engine processes as ideal engine cycles, engine building science. Buildings as a system, includ- Numerical Methods in Engineering (4) combustion processes, engine performance, ing interactions among subsystems such as heat- Introduction to numerical methods used in engi- engine simulation, and vehicle emissions. Pre- ing and cooling, ventilation, the thermal neering. Topics include: number representation requisite: ME 322, ME 323, EAS 361. envelope, air leakage, and occupants. Building and truncation errors, integration, differentia- *ME 417/517 energy efficiency. Performance and economic tion, interpolation and approximation, linear Gas Turbines (4) analysis of residential heating, cooling, and ven- system of equations, non-linear equations, and Introduction to the thermodynamic analysis of tilating systems. Indoor air quality and other solution of differential equations. Prerequisites: the performance of gas turbine engines. Study of health and safety issues, including assessing and EAS 101, Mth 256. gas turbines for rotary power output as well as resolving moisture problems. Applications of aircraft propulsion. Rotary power analysis focuses on the different gas turbine cycles, S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 221

diagnostic tools. Lecture plus in-field demon- several special topics: chemical kinetics; reactor ME 453/553 stration and laboratory. Group project involving analysis fundamentals; second law analysis of Control Engineering II (4) diagnostic analysis of student homes. Prerequi- thermodynamic systems; introduction to statisti- Continuous control system design and applica- site: ME 421/521. cal thermodynamics; advanced energy conver- tions using transfer function and state variable approaches. Introduction to digital control ME 424/524 sion systems. Prerequisite: ME 321. system design, including: transfer function and HVAC System Design and Controls (4) *ME 444/544 Design of HVAC equipment, integration of sys- Combustion (4) state space formulation, and time and frequency tems, and design of controls for buildings. Fundamental concepts of the complex phenom- domain analysis techniques. Computer analysis Application of HVAC fundamentals. Subjects ena involved in combustion: thermodynamics, and solution techniques will be utilized. Prereq- include: building, block and zone load estimates; fluid mechanics, gas phase chemical kinetics and uisite: ME 452/552. air/hydronic systems design; refrigeration; air turbulence. Specific topics include: closed vessel ME 455/555 handling units; cooling and heating plants; basic explosions, detonations, flammability, flames, Finite Element Modeling and Analysis (4) control concepts; sensors and actuators; pneu- heterogeneous combustion, ignition, and com- The finite element method as related to the solu- matic, electronic, and digital controls; HVAC bustion and the environment. Prerequisites: ME tion of mechanical design problems including subsystem and controls; complete HVAC sys- 322, 323. thermal stress analysis. Various element formulations will be discussed, and existing commer- tems and controls. Prerequisites: ME 421/521 *ME 445/545 and 351. Advanced Topics in Thermal and Fluid cial codes will be used to demonstrate modeling and analysis techniques. Prerequisite: ME 455: *ME 425/525 Sciences (4) Advanced Topics in Building Science (4) Course topics are chosen for relevancy to current ME 314; ME 555: graduate standing in engi- Advanced design or analysis topics will be pre- technological practice concerned with thermal neering. sented. Topics will be chosen for relevancy to and fluid sciences. Each offering of this course *ME 457/557 current technological practice concerned with focuses on a specific area and is not a survey. Introduction to Robotics (4) building science. Examples include clean room Examples include thermal management of Robot kinematics dynamics and control; basic design, advanced computer simulation tech- electronic equipment and theoretical fluid components of robots: controllers, power sup- niques such as advanced building energy use mechanics. plies and end effectors; industrial applications of robots using peripheral devices, sensors, and simulation or attic and wall moisture modeling, *ME 446/546 and advanced lighting design for commercial Compressible Flow (4) vision. Prerequisite: ME 351. buildings. Each offering of this course will focus Introduction to compressible flow (gas dynam- *ME 458/558 on a different single selected topic. ics). Isentropic flow in varying area ducts (noz- Principles Of CNC Machining (4) A study of principles of machining, tool path ME 431/531 zles, diffusers). Adiabatic flow in constant area Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (4) ducts with friction. Frictionless flow in constant generation and analytic geometry, part design Fluid control and fluid power devices and com- area ducts with heat transfer. Normal, oblique, and programming, integration of CAD/CAM ponents; application of Boolean algebra in con- and moving shock waves. Detonation and defla- software, structure and control of CNC trol circuit design; fluid power circuit analysis; gration. Applications. Prerequisites: ME 322, machines, and introduction to computer-inte- design methodology; component selection, EAS 361. grated-manufacturing. Prerequisite: ME 241 and system maintenance, and troubleshooting. *ME 447/547 senior standing in mechanical engineering. Prerequisite: EAS 361. Transfer and Rate Processes (4) Three lecture hours and a 3-hour laboratory. Pre- requisites: ME 241 and senior standing in *ME 437/537 An advanced treatment of heat, mass, and Mechanical Systems Design (4) momentum transfer. Development of the conser- mechanical engineering. Design of integrated mechanical systems includ- vation laws, transport laws, transport properties, *ME 463/563 ing advanced design of machine elements, statis- and basic analytic solutions. Applications to heat Advanced Topics in Control Engineering (4) tical and optimal design methods, and design of transfer equipment, catalytic reactors, drying Mathematical foundations and applications of mechanism systems. Computer design methods processes. Prerequisites: ME 323, EAS 361, various advanced topics in control engineering will be introduced and used extensively through- senior or graduate standing. for both continuous- and discrete-time systems. out the course. Prerequisites: ME 351, 314. *ME 448/548 Prerequisite: ME 453/553. *ME 441/541 Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics (4) ME 471/571 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (4) Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is pre- Process Measurement and Control (4) Partial differential equations governing the con- sented as a design tool for analyzing flow and Introduction to process control hardware, soft- servation of mass, momentum, and energy of heat transfer. Algorithms implemented in com- ware, and interfacing. Lecture topics include: Newtonian fluids are derived. Dimensional anal- mercial CFD packages are reviewed. Training in number systems, hardware concepts, data move- ysis is used to simplify the governing equations use of a commercial code is provided. Case stud- ment, programming, and interfacing. Lab exer- and in particular justify the assumption of ies reinforce fundamental understanding of flow cises involve the use of microcomputers incompressible flow. Exact solution of the and heat transfer, and highlight the implementa- interfaced and programmed for various control Navier-Stokes equations are presented. Bound- tion-specific aspects of commercial codes. An and data acquisition applications. Two-hour lec- ary layer approximations to the governing equa- independent project is required. Prerequisite: tures and a four-hour laboratory per week. Pre- tions are derived, and both exact and integral ME 441/541. requisites: ME 411/511; EE 201, 221. solutions are obtained. Prerequisite: EAS 361. ME 452/552 *ME 481/581 *ME 442/542 Control Engineering I (4) Mechanical Tolerancing (4) Advanced Heat Transfer (4) Introductory controls class offered to upper-divi- Presents the principles of current dimensioning Advanced treatment of the principles of conduc- sion mechanical engineering undergraduates and and tolerancing standards including their syntax, tive and convective heat transfer. Analytic and graduate students. Includes classical theory as meaning, methods of verification, and their rela- numerical solutions of heat conduction prob- applied to linear systems with topics: mathemat- tion to design requirements. Statistical tech- lems. Laminar and turbulent convective heat ical modeling of control systems; transfer func- niques for tolerance analysis and synthesis transfer. Prerequisites: ME 322, 323. tions and block diagrams; transient response; relevant to various assembly and fit requirements. Other topics include standards of surface *ME 443/543 stability; root-locus method; frequency response Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics (4) method; and control system design techniques. roughness, limits and fits, and relevant hardware Thermodynamics of physical and chemical sys- Computer analysis and solution techniques will and software products. A term project on a tems with engineering applications: basic ther- be utilized. Prerequisites: upper division ME mechanical part product intended for manufac- modynamic relationships; advanced techniques undergraduate or graduate student; Mth 256; EE turing is required. Prerequisites: ME 241, 491 for their use; systems of variable composition; 221; ME 351. concurrently. heat effects for reacting systems; equations of state, phase, and chemical equilibria for ideal and nonideal systems. To include one or more of 222 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ME 488 ME 510 *ME 571 Design of Experiments (2) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Process Measurement and Control (4) Presents the methods of planning the data collec- Consent of instructor. Introduction to process control hardware, soft- tion scheme in industrial experimentation. *ME 512/612 ware, and interfacing. Lecture topics include: Topics to be covered are methods of statistical Advanced Vibrations (4) number systems, hardware concepts, data move- inference, randomization, blocking, empirical Vibration analysis of single and multiple degree ment, programming, and interfacing. Lab exer- and mechanistic model building using factorial, of freedom systems. Topics include: (1) model- cises involve the use of microcomputers fractional factorial designs, and least squares ing of linear systems using matrix methods; (2) interfaced and programmed for various control methods. Prerequisite: Stat 460. modal analysis; (3) general forcing and Fourier and data acquisition applications. Two 1-hour ME 491 series methods; (4) random and self excited lectures; one 4-hour laboratory. Prerequisites: Design Process (2) vibrations; (5) nonlinear vibrations. Prerequisite: ME 411/511; EE 201, 221. Design methodologies will be discussed as a ME 351. *ME 587/687 framework for solving broadly defined technol- *ME 532/632 Statistical Process Control (4) ogy problems. Interdisciplinary organizational Turbomachinery (4) Application of statistical methods to process and principles will be presented as tools in the design Application of thermodynamics and fluid quality control. Control chart construction and process and as a foundation for the subsequent mechanics principles to the analysis and design interpretation for variables and attributes. Fun- project course. Lectures, weekly and term case of various types of turbomachinery, including damental concepts in acceptance sampling. studies. Prerequisites: ME 314, ME 351. pumps, fans, compressors, and turbines. An Some aspects of life testing and reliability. Pre- ME 492 advanced unified treatment is presented. Theory, requisite: Mth 460. Conceptual Design Project (4) operation, performance, use, and selection of *ME 588/688 Application of design methodology to original turbomachines are discussed. Prerequisites: ME Design of Industrial Experiments (4) projects performed by groups of 3 to 5 students 322, 331. Presents the statistical basis of industrial experi- under faculty and industrial adviser. Design pro- ME 551/651 mentation used in process and design improve- cess will encompass engineering analysis and Engineering Analysis (4) ment. Topics include model building, broader factors such as group organization, Application of mathematical techniques to the randomized and blocked designs, Latin squares, interdisciplinary interaction, and communica- solution of controls, dynamics, mechanical, and analysis of variance, factorial designs, fractional tion. The problem definition to alternative selec- transport phenomena problems. Emphasis given factorial designs, time series analysis, and evolution phases will be emphasized. Lectures, group, to modeling, physical interpretation, and nor- tionary operations. Prerequisite: Stat 460. and class presentations. Prerequisite: ME 491. malization. Topics include modeling, linear sys- *ME 596/696 ME 493 tems, partial differential equations, and complex Design Optimization (4) Detailed Design Project (4) variables. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Application of Numerical Optimization tech- Application of design methodology to original *ME 554/654 niques to engineering design process. Mathemat- projects begun in ME 492. The alternative selec- Integrated Computer-aided Design (4) ical theory of optimization and application tion to implementation phases will be empha- Presents several design analysis computer pro- problems in structural and machine component sized. Lectures, group and class presentations. grams in an integrated fashion. Topics include design will be discussed. The course involves Prerequisites: ME 492. geometric modeling, motion simulation, and computer-aided design optimization projects. ME 501 finite element analysis. Emphasizes the under- Prerequisite: graduate standing in engineering. Research (Credit to be arranged.) standing of the fundamentals, proper use of pro- ME 601 Consent of instructor. grams, and interpretation of results. Research (Credit to be arranged.) ME 503 Prerequisites: EAS 215, ME 314. Consent of instructor. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) *ME 562/662 ME 603 Consent of instructor. Engineering Numerical Methods (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) ME 504 Numerical methods applied to engineering prob- Consent of instructor. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to lems. Coverage includes interpolation, integra- ME 604 be arranged.) tion, root solving, solution of boundary value Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Consent of instructor. and initial value problems, solution of linear sys- be arranged.) ME 505 tems. Programming will include Fortran or C, Consent of instructor. Reading and Conference (Credit to be MATLAB and Maple. Prerequisites: ME 352. ME 605 arranged.) *ME 565 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Consent of instructor. Advanced Finite Element Applications (4) arranged.) ME 506 Discussion and implementation of advanced ele- Consent of instructor. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) ment types and modeling techniques in finite ME 606 Consent of instructor. element analysis; topics include plate and shell Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) ME 507 elements, non-linear problems (geometric, mate- Consent of instructor. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) rials, and gap/contact), frequency and buckling, ME 607 Consent of instructor. thermal conduction, and steady-state flow prob- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) lems. Implementation of the above topics using Consent of instructor. available commercial finite element analysis ME 610 codes. Prerequisite: ME 455/555. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor.

SCHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

ROBERT SYLVESTER, DEAN 349 LINCOLN HALL, 725-3105

B.A., B.S.—Architecture, Art, Art tice of architecture, art, music, and theater History, Music, and Theater Arts arts within a nuturing environment, which B.M.—Music encourages individual growth and imagina- Minor in Architecture, Art, Music, Jazz tion. Located in the heart of Portland, the Studies, and Theater Arts School resides within the Park Blocks of Secondary Education Program in Art, downtown, in which the major arts organi- Music, and Theater Arts zations are based, such as the Portland Art M.F.A.—Art Museum and the Portland Center for the M.A.T., M.S.T.—Music Performing Arts. We view this as our M.M.—Music extended campus. Within blocks of the M.A.—Theater Arts School reside theaters, galleries, professional studios, and design and architectural The mission of the School of Fine and ﬁrms, which provide a stimulating environ- Performing Arts is based upon the belief ment in which our students develop that all students make the most creative through interactions and internships. The progress when taught by professional combination of a celebrated faculty and a working artists in a thriving urban environ- professional arts environment creates excit- ment and through faculty and student col- ing and challenging undergraduate and laborations with the region’s major arts graduate programs with high professional organizations and arts professionals. The standards. School is committed to the study and prac-

ARCHITECTURE

229 Shattuck Hall ture. Approximately 180 architecture 725-8405 majors share a core curriculum together with 300 art students to explore architec- B.A., B.S.—Architecture ture as a communicative, humanistic, and Minor—Architecture public art which emerges from a synthesis of design, fine arts, humanities, and tech- Architecture at Portland State University is nology. This broad exposure assures stu- an aesthetically focused program within the dents of career flexibility within the full context of cultural and political issues. range of the environmental design fields. With close ties to the Department of Art, The architecture program is designed to the program provides a balanced under- develop the student’s creative faculties and graduate liberal arts education for the stu- sense of critical judgment as well as funda- dent planning to enter a graduate level mental skills and techniques. A major asset professional degree program in architec- of the program is its location in Portland,

224 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

one of the few centers of creative architec- All students must obtain an adviser for tion, will be used as a means to imagine, tural and urban design practice in the west- academic planning of their program. Apply develop, and represent design ideas. Open to ern United States. Faculty are practicing through the department office. non-majors. Prerequisite: Art 131. professionals and artists, and since PSU Architecture courses taken under the Arch 280, 281 uses the Portland region as a laboratory, undifferentiated grading option (pass/no Design Fundamentals Studio I, II (4, 4) there is extensive involvement by the pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling Studio investigations of fundamental design concepts, issues, and process. Projects and exercises region’s architectural community as department major requirements. All archi- focusing on the concepts of making three- adjunct faculty, guest lecturers, critics, and tecture courses used to satisfy the depart- dimensional forms—organization, proportion, mentors. PSU students not only observe, mental major requirements, whether taken scale, human activities, and introductory site and but participate in one of architecture’s most in the department or elsewhere, must be building design relationships. The release of the dynamic environments. graded C- or better. student’s potential creative capabilities is a pri- Among the new initiatives in the depart- Requirements for the Minor. To earn a mary concern of the course. Includes individual ment is the cooperative program with minor in architecture a student must com- criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses must Clackamas Community College offering a plete 43 credits including the following: be taken in sequence. Open to non-majors. Pre- requisite: Arch 220. specialization in architectural project man- Credits agement. Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to Most states require that an individual Drawing...... 3 intending to become an architect hold an ArH 204, 205, or 206 History of accredited architectural degree. There are Western Art ...... 6 two types of degrees that are accredited by Art Studio elective ...... 6 the National Architectural Accrediting Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture...... 4 Board: (1) the Bachelor of Architecture and Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 Arch 280, 281 Design Fundamentals (2) the Master of Architecture. A master’s Studio I, II ...... 8 program will be shorter for students having Adviser-approved upper-division credits a preprofessional bachelor’s degree. This in architecture ...... 12 four-year, preprofessional degree, such as the one at PSU, is not accredited by Total 43 NAAB. The preprofessional program is Architecture courses taken under the useful to those wishing a foundation in the undifferentiated grading option (pass/no field of architecture, as preparation for pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling either continued education in a master of department minor requirements. architecture first professional degree pro- Eighteen of the final 24 credits must be gram or for employment options in fields taken in residence at PSU. related to architecture. The Department of Architecture Requirements for Major. In addition reserves the right to retain for archival or to the general University requirements for a exhibition purposes any student work exe- degree, the student who majors in architec- cuted as part of a Department of Architec- ture is expected to meet the following ture instructional program. In addition, the departmental requirements: department reserves the right to document, Credits reproduce, and publish images of any such Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to student work in PSU publications, printed Drawing...... 3 or electronic, for the purposes of research, ArH 204, 205, or 206 History of publicity, and outreach, giving publication Western Art ...... 6 credit to the creator/student. Art Studio elective ...... 6 Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture...... 4 Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 COURSES Arch 280, 281 Design Fundamentals Studio I, II ...... 8 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year. Portfolio Review/Selected Admissions Arch 330, 331 Twentieth Century Arch 199 Architectural History and Theory ...... 8 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Arch 380, 381, 382 Architecture Design Arch 200 Studio I, II, III ...... 18 Introduction to Architecture (4) CE 415, 416 Structural Analysis and Introductory course designed to introduce con- Design for Architects ...... 8 cepts, theories, and practices of the discipline of Arch 460, 461 Architectural Building architecture. Includes a study of perceptual, Technology I, II...... 8 environmental, technical, and organizational Arch 480, 481, 482 Architectural Design concepts through lectures and individual Studio IV, V, VI ...... 18 projects in observing architectural spaces and forms. Open to non-majors and those consider- Total 91 ing the profession. In order to enroll in the 300-level archi- Arch 220 Design Drawing (4) tecture design studios, all students must Lectures and exercises to develop skills in submit a portfolio of work for evaluation graphic visualization, representation, and com- and approval. Portfolio reviews occur at the munication as used in architecture and related end of spring term and Summer Session. design fields. Concepts and conventions, from Contact department office for details. freehand to electronic media design and produc-

S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 225

Arch 330, 331 Includes individual criticism, lectures, and semi- Arch 426 introduces methods for creating, modi- Twentieth Century Architectural History and nars. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prereq- fying, and visualizing three dimensional archi- Theory (4, 4) uisites: Arch 280 and 281. tectural forms. Must be taken in sequence. Introduction to the history and theories of Mod- Prerequisite: Arch 220, 280, 281. ernism from the late 19th century to present day. Arch 399 Explores diverse, contemporary issues with a Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Arch 430/530 focus on the relationship between theory and the Arch 401/501 Contemporary Architectural Theory (4) Seminar course investigating architectural art and craft of building. Selected topics will Research (Credit to be arranged.) theory and critical thought by examination of emphasize the probing of philosophical and Arch 404/504 key texts and contemporary architectural works. ideological aspects of current practice. Prerequi- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to site: 6 credits lower-division art history. be arranged.) Arch 460/560, 461/561 Arch 405/505 Architectural Building Technology I, II Arch 340 (4, 4) The Profession of Architecture (4) Reading or Studio and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) A two-quarter sequence introducing technolo- Introduction to the profession and practice of gies involved in the design and construction of architecture. Topics include education, licensure, Arch 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) buildings. Topics include construction materials specialized body of knowledge, ethics, and the and methods, envelope design, mechanical sys- range of issues that have an impact on the design Arch 408/508 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) tems, thermal, and other environmental building of the built environment. systems. Prerequisite: Arch 200. Arch 367 Arch 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Arch 480, 481, 482 Fundamentals of Environmental Design (4) Architectural Design Studio IV, V, VI Basic concepts of climate and impacts on per- Arch 420/520 (6, 6, 6) sonal comfort. Thermal, lighting, and acoustical Advanced Architectural Graphics and Media Advanced investigations of architectural and topics covered. Design approaches and concepts (2) Studio assignments exploring a full range of urban design issues in concluding series of stu- discussed from large urban siting projects to dios. Projects include the design of private and individual buildings in order to minimize graphic representational techniques and media. Exploratory drawing and modeling work public buildings which require comprehensive, mechanical systems and reduce energy use. integrative design development. Includes indi- Alternative energy sources and building materi- addressing the visualization of ideas in architecture, including: speculative thought and concept vidual criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses als introduced. Prerequisite: junior year stand- must be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: Arch ing. formation; studies of light and shadow; exploration of color and texture of materials; and the 380, 381, 382. Arch 380, 381, 382 composition of appropriate and coherent forms Arch 580, 581, 582 Architectural Design Studio I, II, III (6, 6, 6) of visual presentation. Architectural Design Studio (6, 6, 6) Studio investigations of architectural designs Studio projects and critical discussions address- based on supporting human activities, structure, Arch 425/525, 426/526 ing themes and issues pertinent to the imagina- and theory. Continued study of design process Architectural Computer Graphics I, II (4, 4) Introduction to computer-aided design. Courses tive design of architectural intervention in urban and methods encompassing concepts of architec- environments. Encouraging experimental ture, landscape architecture, and interior design. focus on software as used in architectural ﬁeld (e.g. AutoCAD). Arch 425 introduces various engagement with relations of material, form, methods for constructing, editing, and display- human habitation, and cultural meaning. ing two dimensional architectural drawings.

ART

239 Neuberger Hall UNDERGRADUATE and techniques. In each of the concentra- 725-3515 PROGRAMS tions within the art major, the principal and supporting courses have one general pur- B.A., B.S.—Concentration in Applied Many prominent Northwest painters and pose: to instill a mature, professional atti- Design†, Art History, Drawing/ sculptors began their professional careers tude toward the process of artistic creation Painting/Printmaking, Graphic by studying art at Portland State University. and expression. Design, Sculpture An even greater number of successful and At the same time, the program seeks to B.A. only—Art History Major productive people have used their training provide a balance that will permit the stu- Minor in above concentrations in the Department of Art as the basis for dent a choice upon graduation. The alterna- Secondary Education Program careers in commerce, industry, education, tives are: (1) to undertake formal graduate M.F.A. and a variety of ﬁelds limited only by study; (2) to begin a professional career in imagination. Art, which requires personal the ﬁne or applied arts; or (3) to combine initiative and imagination and develops the student’s degree program with the basic skills in mental and manual dexterity, can teaching norm in order to qualify to teach provide the student with a background well in Oregon public schools. suited for applications that are wide reach- The major in art requires a minimum of ing and greatly rewarding. 90 credits in art courses. Included are Art programs are designed to develop extensive experiences in studio work and a the student’s creative faculties, a sense of comprehensive study of the history of art. critical judgment, and fundamental skills

† Program is being reviewed and is temporarily suspended.

226 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Programs in the Department of Art are skills. It includes Basic Design, Introduc- tion in art, personal letter of intent, three accredited by the National Association of tion to Drawing, and History of Western letters of recommendation from undergrad- Schools of Art and Design. Art in the first year and upper-division art uate instructors and especially on the port- Requirements for Studio Major. In history courses in selected periods with folio of creative work. addition to the general University require- related courses in other fields, as approved Applicants must have a B.A., a B.S., or ments for a degree, the student who majors by an adviser. The art history major a B.F.A. degree with a concentration in in art is expected to meet the following requires a minimum of 90 credit hours. drawing, printmaking, painting, sculpture departmental requirements: or related field. Application is a dual pro- ART EDUCATION: SECONDARY cess between the Department of Art and the First Year Credits EDUCATION PROGRAM Office of Admissions. Contact the depart- Art 115, 116, 117 Basic Design ...... 9 Grades K through 12. Students who wish ment for complete application materials. Art 131, 132, 133 Introduction to Drawing . . . 9 to teach art in the public schools must first Degree Requirements. The student ArH 204, 205, 206 History of Western Art . . . 9 complete the art major before applying to will complete at least 90 credits which Second Year Credits the School of Education for teacher train- must be distributed in the following way: Total of 15-24 credits distributed as follows— ing in the graduate program. 9-18 credits from the study concentration plus Prospective teachers should contact the Credits 6-9 additional credits chosen from lower-divi- art education adviser in the Department of Art History ...... 18 sion art courses outside the study concentra- Thesis ...... 9 tion. (Consult departmental adviser for study Art before beginning the program. The requirements for the standard Electives ...... 6 concentration sheets. All prerequisites must Studio work in one area of concentration be observed.) ...... 15-24 teaching license include 45 credits of (drawing/painting/printmaking or upper-division or graduate work earned Third and Fourth Years Credits sculpture)...... 51 Upper-division art history ...... 9 subsequent to receipt of a bachelor’s Graduate seminar ...... 6 Upper-division drawing varies with degree. The 45 credits are in addition to During the first two terms in residence concentration...... 0-9 those required for the basic teaching each M.F.A. student will choose an adviser Upper-division approved art electives varies license. For the standard endorsement in in the appropriate area of interest. Together with concentration...... 0-9 art, the student must take 15-30 credits of with the adviser, the student will work out a Plus complete requirements for a study art education adviser-approved graduate- concentration ...... 36 proposal for a thesis (usually a series of level work distributed to strengthen the stu- paintings, prints, or sculptures). At candi- Total 90-91 dent’s background in art. Each student’s dacy review, during spring term of the first program is tailored to meet the needs of the year, the student will present an exhibition (Study concentrations: Art History, Drawing/ individual and the requirements of the stan- Painting/Printmaking, Graphic Design, and of work and a thesis proposal to a faculty Sculpture. Requirements sheets for each of dard endorsement and the standard license. committee. If the work and thesis proposal these study concentrations are available in the See page 183 for the required education are approved, the candidate will spend the Department of Art office.) courses. second year of the program completing the Of the total credits in art, at least 36 must be Although licensure requirements are thesis and writing a thesis report. upper-division work. incorporated into degree programs, The candidate will stand for a second changes by the Oregon Teacher Standards All students must obtain an adviser for faculty review to approve the completed and Practices Commission during the life thesis and thesis report and present an exhi- academic planning of their program. Apply of this catalog may alter the requirements. through the department office. bition of the thesis during the spring term It is imperative that the prospective teacher of the second year. Courses taken under the undifferenti- be in touch with the art education adviser ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not A maximum of 15 graduate credits may from the beginning, as applicants for licen- be transferred into the program with be accepted toward fulfilling department sure must meet the commission require- major requirements. adviser approval. ments in force at the time of the licensure Students in the M.F.A. program are pro- Requirements for the Minor. To earn a application. minor in art a student must complete 45 vided with studio space for a maximum For School of Education requirements, period of two years. credits including the following: see page 183. Credits Art 115, 116, 117 Basic Design ...... 9 COURSES Art 131, 132, 133 Introduction to Drawing . . 9 GRADUATE ArH 204, 205, 206 History of Western Art . . . 9 PROGRAMS Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not 18 adviser-approved credits from one of the offered every year. study concentrations, including at least The Department of Art offers the Master of 9 credits of upper-division courses: Art His- Fine Arts degree in painting, sculpture, and ART HISTORY COURSES tory, Drawing/Painting/Printmaking, Graphic painting/sculpture. The M.F.A. program is ArH 199 Design, or Sculpture ...... 18 designed to prepare individuals for careers Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) in the fine arts and in higher education. ArH 204, 205, 206 Total 45 History of Western Art (3, 3, 3) Courses taken under the undifferenti- MASTER OF FINE ARTS A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric up to the modern world (c. 1800). ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not Admission Requirements. Application for admission must be made by February 1 Selected works of painting, sculpture, architec- be accepted toward fulfilling department ture, and other arts are studied in relation to the minor requirements. prior to the fall term the student intends to cultures producing them. Open to nonmajors. Eighteen of the final 24 credits must be begin work toward the degree. Accepted taken in residence at PSU. students are expected to be in full-time res- Art History Major: B.A. Degree idence beginning fall term. Only. The major in art history is offered for The Department of Art Graduate students desiring an emphasis in history Admissions Committee bases its decisions and liberal arts areas rather than studio on the applicant’s undergraduate prepara-

S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 227

ArH 207 ArH 465/565 ArH 490/590 History of Western Art: The Modern World Great Periods in Art and Architecture (3) History of Modern Design (3) (3) A concentrated study of the art and/or architec- A history of industrial and applied design from This lecture course will survey the visual arts as ture of a major historical period, for example: c. 1800 to the present, focusing on the changes well as the architecture of Europe and America, African sculpture; American painting; Aztec art in style within the field, but also on the intercon- from the beginning of the 19th century to the and architecture; Art of the Indians of the Pacific nection between the art of design and other present day. Northwest; Northern Renaissance art and archi- forms of visual expression. ArH 399 tecture; others as the occasion demands. Maxi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) mum: 9 credits. Prerequisites: ArH 204, 205, ART COURSES ArH 401/501 206 or equivalent. Offered intermittently. Art 115, 116, 117 Research (Credit to be arranged.) * Basic Design (3, 3, 3) ArH 470/570 A three-term introductory sequence; a series of ArH 404/504 African Art (3) Examination of selected African art forms, studio participation exercises using tools, media Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to and materials in the study of design elements be arranged.) styles, and traditions. Emphasis on the context of and principles fundamental to the visual arts. Art ArH 405/505 the art and artist and their relationship to politics and society in African history. Prerequisites: 115: Two-dimensional graphic illusion, empha- Reading and Conference (Credit to be sis on manipulation of surface elements which arranged.) ArH 204, 205, 206, BSt 205 or Hst 105. This control imagery and expression. Art 116: Theory ArH 407/507 course is the same as BSt 470/570; course may be taken only once for credit. and application of color. Art 117: Three-dimen- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) sional form and space with emphasis on nature * ArH 410/510 ArH 472/572 of materials, spatial organization and expressive Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Northern Renaissance Art (3) composition. *ArH 427/527, 428/528, 429/529 Manuscript illumination, painting, and sculpture Ancient Art (3, 3, 3) in the Netherlands, Germany, and France from Art 131, 132, 133 Art and architecture of the ancient world from the 14th to the 16th century. Prerequisites: Introduction to Drawing (3, 3, 3) ArH 204, 205, 206. An introduction to drawing with a year-long Paleolithic through Roman times. ArH 427/527: emphasis upon individual studio instruction.Art * Prehistoric and Egyptian. ArH 428/528: Meso- ArH 473/573, 474/574, 475/575 131: Emphasis on observation and various potamian, Aegean, Greek through the Archaic Italian Renaissance Art (3, 3, 3) Painting, sculpture and architecture from the means for finding two-dimensional linear equiv- period. ArH 429/529: Greek from classical alents for three dimensional space. Still life period, Etruscan, and Roman. Open to nonma- thirteenth to the 16th century in Italy. Prerequi- site: 6 credits taken from ArH 204, 205, 206. material will be used extensively. Art 132: Con- jors. Prerequisites: ArH 204, 205, 206. cepts and skills developed in Art 131 will be *ArH 430/530, 431/531, 432/532 ArH 476/576, 477/577, 478/578 applied with a broader range of media and sub- Women in the Visual Arts (3, 3, 3) Modern Art (3, 3, 3) ject matter. Tone will be used more extensively. A survey of the mainstreams of modern art The study of the art of women in various media Approximately one-half of the term will be including cultural influences, trends in style and (painting, sculpture, architecture, printmaking, devoted to introductory figure drawing with expression, and comparative relationships in the photography, textiles, illuminated manuscripts, some work from the model. Art 133: Experi- visual arts. From 19th century Romanticism, and mixed media.) A three-term sequential class: ences of Art 131 and Art 132 will be developed Realism, and Impressionism through the varied ArH 430: 11th century (medieval) in Europe to further by extended exploration of various media movements of the 20th century. Open to nonma- the 18th century; ArH 431: 19th century, early including some use of color. Subject matter will jors. Prerequisites: ArH 204, 205, 206 or equiva- 20th-century America and Europe; ArH 432: include landscape and still life. Some imaginary lent. 20th-century America and Europe. Open to non- or conceptual problems will extend the student’s majors. Prerequisites: ArH 204, 205, 206. *ArH 480/580, 481/581, 482/582 grasp of composition. Courses should be taken *ArH 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 Art Since WWII (3, 3, 3) in sequence. Medieval Art (3, 3, 3) Introduction to early Modernist movements in Art and architecture of Medieval Europe. Europe and America. ArH 480/580 Painting, Art 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ArH 441: Early Christian, Byzantine, Caroling- Sculpture, and Architecture to 1950. ArH 481/ ian, Otto-nian. ArH 442: Romanesque. ArH 443: 581 European and American Art and Architec- †Art 201, 202, 203 Gothic. Open to nonmajors. Prerequisites: ture 1950-1980. ArH 482/582 European and Applied Design (3, 3, 3) Introduction to three-dimensional design as it ArH 204, 205, 206 or equivalent. American Art and Architecture 1980-present. applies to manufacturing and product design. ArH 446/546, 447/547, 448/548 Open to non-majors. Prerequisite: ArH 204, 205, 206. Recommended: ArH 476, 477, 478. Study of visual implications of human factors in History of Asian Art (3, 3, 3) design of utilitarian objects. Studio exercises in * Comparative study of architecture, sculpture, ArH 483/583, 484/584, 485/585 planning, visualization, and presentation of landscape design, and painting as expressions of Baroque Art (3, 3, 3) designs for manufactured and hand-crafted utili- A study of European art and architecture from individual and social experience in the cultures tarian objects. Prerequisites: Art 115, 116, 117. of the Far East. ArH 446: Indian and Indonesian. the mid-16th through the mid-18th centuries, ArH 447: Chinese. ArH 448: Japanese. Open to examining the evolution of style from Manner- Art 218 nonmajors. ism, through the Baroque to Rococo. Fall: ArH Calligraphy (3) 483, Italy. Winter: ArH 484, Flanders and Hol- A studio course in calligraphic lettering with the *ArH 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 broad-edged pen. Students will study the Roman American Art and Architecture 17th through land. Spring: ArH 485, Spain and France. Pre- requisite: 6 credits taken from ArH 204, 205, alphabet in three forms: capitals, minuscules and 19th Centuries (3, 3, 3) cursives. Emphasis will be on learning correct ArH 451: Colonial and Federal Periods. ArH 206. weights, proportions, and forms of letters. Prac- 452: Early Republic to the Civil War. ArH 453: * ArH 486/586, 487/587, 488/588 tical skills required to shape letters with the pen Civil War to the 20th century. Prerequisites: ArH 19th Century Art (3, 3, 3) will be learned. Principles of good lettering, his- 204, 205, 206. A survey of painting and sculpture in the 19th torical development of alphabets, materials and century. ArH 486: Neoclassicism and Romanti- *ArH 457/557, 458/558, 459/559 drawing tools, letter and word spacing, layout cism; ArH 487: Realism and Impressionism; History of Architecture (3, 3, 3) and composition, and presentation of artwork ArH 488: Post-impressionism. Open to nonma- A history of architecture from Prehistory to will be covered. Prerequisites: Art 115, 116, 117. jors. Prerequisites: ArH 204, 205, 206. Post-Modernism. Prerequisites: ArH 204, 205, Course may be repeated to a maximum of 9 206 or equivalent. credits.

† Applied design program temporarily suspended.

228 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Art 224, 225, 226 Art 281 formation tools, custom typography and incor- Graphic Design I (3, 3, 3) Painting (3) porating pixel images. Assignments focus on Three-term introductory sequence that focuses A three-term introduction to the principles and illustrations for digital and offset reproduction on graphic arts production processes (manual practice of painting. Topics include basic theory using Adobe Illustrator. Other software applica- and electronic), visual design, design theory, and use of color and composition. Assignments tions may be used as needed. Art 328: Explores principles and practices of graphic design, and involve both conceptual approaches and direct photographic manipulation, painting, drawing, processes that lead to creative problem solving observation using still life, figures, and land- and collage. Students prepare illustrations for techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Art scape. Maximum 9 credits. It is recommended digital and offset reproduction using Adobe Pho- 227, 228, 229 Computer Graphics I. Variety of that the course be taken in a fall, winter, spring toshop and other applications. Experience with studio assignments that involve students with term sequence. color scanning, retouching, image processing, two-dimensional design theory and will be final- Art 291, 292, 293 and masking techniques. Theoretical aspects of ized/output in the Computer Graphics I course. Sculpture I, II, III (4, 4, 4) pixel-based imaging technologies, including Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- Art 291-Mass: students will be introduced to color theory, resolution, halftoning, and pre- sites: Art 115, 116, 117. working in three dimensions through observa- press. In-class projects and exercises designed to Art 227, 228, 229 tion and those materials that lend themselves to provide a framework for using state-of-the-art Computer Graphics I (3, 3, 3) forms that produce actual mass and volume. computer graphics technology for image-making Three-term introductory sequence to the Macin- Some work from a life model. Plaster mold- and exploring visual concepts. Primary focus of tosh as a tool for electronic graphic arts design making will be included. Art 292-Plane: an courses in this sequence is to create and produce and production. Must be taken concurrently with approach to three dimensions that involves con- professional visual design solutions. Prerequi- Art 224, 225, 226 Graphic Design I. The two structive techniques. Mass and volume will be sites: Art 115, 116, 117 or 224, 225, 226, 227, sequences work in harmony to instruct in design achieved through planer construction. Art 293- 228, 229. principles and practices and computer applica- Space: focus on how an object exists in space Art 340 tions which allow students to produce their ideas and how that space makes an object. Both planer Advanced Photography (3) from Graphic Design I. Art 227: Students survey and mass forms will be considered. Study of photography as a visual language. Stu- tools and techniques in graphic environment Art 294 dents work on extended assignments that explore applications such as, paint (SuperPaint), draw Watercolor (3) technical, aesthetic, and ethical issues of photo- (MacDraw), photo imaging (Adobe Photoshop), The technique and use of watercolor and graphic communication. Emphasis on the photo- illustration (Adobe Illustrator), and layout gouache, with special attention to their charac- graphic series, with either a documentary or (QuarkXpress). Art 228: graphics environments teristics as painting media. Primary emphasis on conceptual approach. Maximum: 9 credits. are explored through individual projects corre- landscape material. May be substituted for Art Prerequisite: 3 credits in Art 261. sponding to Graphic Design I assignments. 133 or be used as a lower-division art elective. Computer graphics theory and production issues Art 350 Maximum: 9 credits. Prerequisite: Art 131 and Life Drawing (3) discussed. Students gain working knowledge of 132 or equivalent. A studio course that develops observation and the Macintosh through a variety of design Art 299 perception. Later, analytic skills are combined assignments. Art 229: graphics environments Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) with personal expression and invention. A vari- with greater emphasis on typography as image. Art 312 Art ety of media is used to explore the implications Full color (CMYK) design solutions empha- in the Elementary School (3) of line and modeled form. Maximum: 18 credits. sized. Working knowledge of the Macintosh Art studio: exercises, problems and projects Prerequisites: Art 131, 132, 133. continues with solutions to more involved design using tools, media, materials and equipment Art 373 assignments. Course is a prerequisite to upper applicable to elementary teaching levels. Devel- division computer graphics courses. Prerequi- Creative Sculpture (4) opment of attitudes toward art and understanding A creative study of all aspects of sculpture site: Art 115, 116, 117. of child growth and development. involving various media such as clay, plaster, Art 260 †Art 315, 316, 317 wood, stone, and the metals, with emphasis, as Photographic Seeing (3) Applied Design (3, 3, 3) necessary, on architectural sculpturing. Prerequi- Introduction to visual literacy. Students learn Study of form as related to function in nature site: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. Maxi- photographic seeing, design principles, and and in manufactured products. Investigation into mum: 18 credits. composition as they investigate the urban envi- application of materials as related to specific Art 381, 382, 383 ronment with a camera. Emphasis on visual design problems. Discussions of the humanistic communication. No darkroom work. The Watercolor (3, 3, 3) responsibilities of the designer. Prerequisites: An introduction to watercolor with emphasis on medium is color slide film, commercially pro- Art 201, 202, 203. its uses as a painting medium. Art 381: Transpar- cessed. Course may be repeated for maximum of ent watercolor including means of color, compo- 9 credits. Art 320, 321, 322 Graphic Design II (3, 3, 3) sition, and technical control; landscape and still Art 261 A three-term, intermediate sequence studio life subject matter. Art 382: Expansion of means Photography (3) course that explores the application of images, developed during first term to include wet-into- Study of the camera and processes used in pho- signs and typography to design solutions of wet, gouache, and other variations. Art 383: tography; variables of modern cameras including visual communication. A variety of assignments More advanced development of means intro- exposure and focusing controls, film and film will be completed that explore the development duced during first two terms with emphasis on processing, enlarging, mounting and finishing of graphic images through many variations of a on-site landscape painting. It is recommended prints. Slide lectures on history of photography, single idea. Courses must be taken in sequence. that the course be taken in sequence. Prerequi- concerns of composition, emotional impact, Prerequisites: Art 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229. site: 9 credits in watercolor-Art 294 or drawing qualities of light and expression. Discussion of Art 131, 132, 133. professional careers in photography. Maximum: Art 326, 327, 328 6 credits. Computer Graphics II (3, 3, 3) Art 390 Art 326: Students create visual designs for digi- Intermediate Painting (3) Art 270 tal and offset reproduction using QuarkXPress Study of painting concepts, composition, and oil Introduction to Printmaking (3) and other software applications. Experience with painting techniques. Form and content relation- A laboratory course in graphic media which may page composition, typesetting, typographic ships are explored through assigned independent include lithography, intaglio, wood cut, serigra- design, b&w scanning, color selection, import- and group problems. Maximum: 9 credits. Pre- phy, collography, and monoprint. Emphasis is on ing graphics, and structuring complex docu- requisite: 9 credits of lower-division painting. the development from drawing studies to the ments. Work-flow and production issues, graphic media. Maximum 9 credits. Prerequisite: including color pre-press. Art 327: Experience Art 131, 132, 133. with drawing, painting, layering, masking, trans-

† Applied design program is being reviewed and is temporarily suspended. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 229

Art 391 Art 466, 467, 468 †Art 491/591 Advanced Drawing (3) Graphic Design III (3, 3, 3) Current Concerns in Studio Art (3) Second-year sequence in drawing with increas- A three-term sequence of advanced graphic An advanced studio course that focuses on con- ing emphasis on the analysis of structural, design studio assignments that offer students temporary issues including cultural influences, formal and aesthetic relationships in the expres- design problems of greater complexity and trends in style and expression, and comparative sion of space and form. A variety of media will broader scope than experienced in Graphic relationships in the visual arts. Experimental be used, including watercolor and synthetic resin Design II. Emphasis on design theory, computer materials, methods, and concepts optional. or acrylic media. Prerequisite: 6 credits of lower- graphics, practical application of “real-world” Emphasis on the creative aspects. Analytical- division drawing. Maximum: 12 credits. design problems and professionalism in finished conceptual approach to the various media. Art 399 artwork. These courses must be taken in Studio work with individual criticism related to Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sequence. Prerequisites: Art 320, 321, 322. the student’s personal direction. Maximum: 12 Art 401/501 Art 470 credits Art 491 only. Prerequisites: one course Research (Credit to be arranged.) Graphic Design/Portfolio (3) each in elementary sculpture and elementary Prerequisite: consent of instructor and chair of A required one-term course for students major- painting. Department of Art. ing in graphic design with the explicit intent of †Art 494/594, 495/595, 496/596 developing a portfolio that depicts, in a consis- Art 402/502 Advanced Sculpture Topics (4, 4, 4) Art Studio for Elementary and Secondary tent and professional manner, the cumulative Art 494/594, 495/595: series of rotating topics Education (1-6) creative, conceptual, and technical abilities they that address current conceptual approaches and Designed for the education student who may amassed over four years. Prerequisites: Art 320, issues in the arts including: installation, site spe- elect regular studio instruction in sculpture, 321, 322, and 466, 467. cific, space/body, language, and materials. Art painting, drawing, ceramics, jewelry and metal- *Art 479 496/596 independent projects: acting as a cap- smithing, textiles, or graphic design as fits the Advanced Printmaking (3) stone course within the concentration the student need of the student’s teaching concentration. A laboratory course in graphic media in which will be expected to develop their own criteria Arrangements must be made for placement in the student will specialize in one of the follow- and issues that result in a body of work which specific studio classes. Enrollment restricted to ing techniques: lithography, intaglio, wood cut, exhibits a focused direction. Prerequisite: upper elementary education M.A.T./ M.S.T. candidates serigraphy, collograph, or monoprint. Maximum division standing; 12 credits in sculpture. Maxi- and art students in a certification program only. 9 credits. Prerequisite: 9 credits of Art 270. mum: 16 credits. Credit not transferable to any other graduate pro- *†Art 482/582 Art 503 gram. Maximum: 18 credits. Anatomy for Artists (3) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Art 404/504 An analytical investigation of the construction of *Art 513 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to the human figure with emphasis on those aspects Art in the Elementary School (2) be arranged.) which most determine surface form and action. Methods and field experience: a lecture seminar Art 405/505 Prerequisites: Art 131, 132, 133. and studio participation course with assigned Reading or Studio and Conference (Credit to †Art 488/588 field experience. Students develop attitudes be arranged.) Advanced Sculpture Welding (4) toward an understanding of children’s creative Art 406/506 Constructivist approaches to working with the development through course planning in arts and Projects (Credit to be arranged.) focus on steel. Welded metal sculpture fabrica- crafts. Prerequisites: Art 312 and admission to Art 407/507 tion using gas, electric, and heliarc welding the teacher education program. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) methods. Experimental materials, methods, and *Art 514, 515, 516 Terms, section, instructor, and hours to be concepts optional, consistent with the facilities Art in the Secondary School (3, 3, 3) arranged. Consent of instructor and chair of and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Pre- Methods and materials for teaching and coordi- Department of Art required. requisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. nating art programs in grades K-12, with empha- Art 408/508 †Art 489/589 sis on organizing demonstrations, lectures, and Workshop (Credit to be Arranged.)— Advanced Sculpture Casting (4) visual presentations. Observations at various Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Bronze casting using the lost wax investment school levels. Seminars and participation in Art 410/510 method. Experimental materials, methods, and intercultural, special, and individualized educa- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) concepts optional, consistent with the facilities tion applied to art. Research into the art commu- Maximum: 12 credits in one area. Prerequisite: and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Pre- nity as a resource, art as a career, and art and consent of instructor and chair of Department of requisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. technology. Developing courses of study that Art. sequence a program balance with two- and †Art 490/590 three-dimensional studio experiences, art his- †Art 436/536, 437/537, 438/538 Advanced Painting (3) Painting (3, 3, 3) Advanced painting theory and practice with spe- tory, appreciation, and methods of criticism Advanced painting problems based on various cial emphasis on problems in color and composi- appropriate to student level. Art 514, art educa- subjects. Work may include various media. tion; varied media and techniques are explored tion methods of instruction, organization of art May be offered with specific subtitles such as with some problems selected involving coordi- materials and tools. Art 515, technology (media- Figure Painting, Landscape Painting, or others. nation with architecture. Maximum: 12 credits computer) application to art, research in field for Prerequisite: 9 credits in Art 281. Maximum: Art 490 only. Prerequisites: upper-division art education, art history, multicultural art 12 credits. standing, 12 credits in painting. resources, world issues in art education. Art 516: philosophy of art education, problems in field of art education. Prerequisite: Art Department portfolio review required for admission.

† Graduate-level studio is intended for M.F.A. students only. 230 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

MUSIC

231 Lincoln Hall leaders in music around the Northwest and Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 725-3011 elsewhere. Mus 191, 192, 193 Class Piano ...... 6 Programs in the Department of Music Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight Singing/Ear B.A., B.S.—Music are accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 Minor in Music; Minor in Jazz Studies ◊Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History II ...... 12 B.M. Requirements for Major. The term Mus 311 Counterpoint ...... 2 Music Education Certification “music major” should be understood in its Four credits selected from the following: . . . . 4 Program (K-12) practical sense to designate students earn- Mus 312 Counterpoint M.A.T., M.S.T.—Music ing departmental degrees whether their Mus 318 Instrumental Arranging M.M. degrees are departmental or in general Mus 319 Choral Arranging studies (arts and letters). Students seeking Mus 414, 415 Composition I the B.A. or B.S. in music must complete Mus 314, 315, 316 Harmonic and Structural UNDERGRADUATE the Analysis ...... 6 PROGRAMS following courses: Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting ...... 2 Mus 481 Pedagogy ...... 3 The Department of Music is located within Credits Mus 194, 394 Chamber Music; Mus 198, Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 398 Jazz Lab Ensemble ...... 6 the hub of musical activity in the Pacific Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear †Mus 195, 395 Band; Mus 196, 396 Northwest, only three blocks from the Port- Training...... 3 Orchestra; Mus 197, 397 Chorus ...... 12 land Center for the Performing Arts. It Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music maintains close ties to the Oregon Sym- Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 (minimum of 6 credits of 490) ...... 24 phony, Portland Opera, Portland Sym- Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight Singing/Ear ¤Mus 188 Performance Attendance . . (no credit) phonic Choir, and Portland Youth Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 Mus 48 Junior Recital (30 minutes Philharmonic, among other organizations. Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 minimum) ...... (no credit) † Faculty and students alike interact with Mus 195, 395 Band; Mus 196, 396 Orchestra; Mus 49 Senior Recital ...... (no credit) these performing organizations in various Mus 197, 397 Chorus ...... 12 Elective music courses to be taken from the †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music following areas: Music History, Music Litera- ways. Both traditional and innovative musi- (minimum of 6 upper-division credits) . . . 12 ture, Composition, Theory, Applied Music, cal opportunities through the study of clas- Mus 351 Accompanying (required of piano Pedagogy, sical performance, jazz, performance majors only in lieu of 2 credits of Mus 395, Practicum, Conducting, additional Ensemble pedagogy, music history, theory, conduct- Mus 396, or Mus 397)...... (2) Performance, Instrumental Techniques. . . . 18 ing, composition and music education are ‡Mus 47 Final Project or Mus 48 Junior Mus 351 Accompanying (required of piano available for PSU students who live in the Recital ...... (no credit) majors only in lieu of 2 credits of Mus 395, community or in campus housing. ¤Mus 188 Recital Attendance (required Mus 396, or Mus 397)...... (2) through MuP 390) ...... (no credit) Faculty members in the Department of Total 123 Music are internationally recognized per- Music Electives ...... 12 With departmental approval the distri- formers, conductors, composers, and schol- Total 76 ars. From the beginning of their studies, bution of applied music credits may be The credits in applied music are divided music majors and minors study with some altered; however, a minimum of 12 of the 3 credits at each level. With departmental of the finest faculty in the nation in the 24 credits must be completed at the upper- approval this distribution may be altered; string, wind, percussion, piano, and vocal division level. A minimum of 6 of the 12 however, a minimum of 6 of the 12 credits areas. Standards are high as students credits of large ensemble must be com- must be completed at the upper-division pursue the conservatory-like Bachelor of pleted at the upper-division level. level. A minimum of 6 of the 12 credits of Music degree or the more general Bachelor Bachelor of Music in Performance band, orchestra, or chorus must be com- of Arts or Science in Music. After gradua- with Jazz Emphasis. In addition to meet- pleted at the upper-division level. tion, students continue in our excellent ing the general University degree require- In addition to meeting the general Uni- graduate programs or enter other excellent ments, music majors seeking the versity degree requirements, music majors graduate programs, often as teaching assis- professional music degree (Bachelor of seeking the professional music degree tants, or pursue careers in studio or public Music in performance with a jazz empha- (Bachelor of Music in performance) must school teaching. Our graduates have consis) must complete the following courses: complete the following courses: sistently demonstrated their excellence in Credits the fields of performance, conducting, Credits Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 composition, and/or scholarship. Many are Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Training ...... 3 Training...... 3 Mus 191, 192, 193 Classical Piano ...... 6

† Music majors and minors must enroll in Applied Music and the related large ensemble (Mus 195/395, 196/396, 197/397) each term. ‡ All B.A./B.S. candidates must complete a ﬁnal project consisting of one of the following: a half recital (Mus 48); a 20-minute Brown Bag performance; a performance project; or regular performance on area recitals. ¤ To be taken concurrently with Applied Music each term through completion of MuP 390. Student attends eight Brown Bag performances. ◊ Six credits also count toward the required 18 upper-division distribution credits required outside of the major. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 231

Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 MuP 190 Applied Music ...... 2 Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight-Singing/Ear MuP 290 Applied Music ...... 2 GRADUATE Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 MuP 390 Applied Music ...... 2 PROGRAMS †Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 Mus 198 Jazz Lab Band...... 3 Mus 271, 272, 273 Jazz Improvisation ...... 6 Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band...... 3 Advisers: B. Browne, R. Dobson, H. Gray, D. Mus 471, 472, 473 Advanced Jazz Mus 194 Chamber Music...... 3 Jimerson, S. Martin, M. Shotola (Graduate Improvisation ...... 6 Mus 394 Chamber Music...... 3 Coordinator), T. Stanford, W. Tuttle Mus 355 Jazz History...... 4 The Department of Music offers graduate ‡MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music Total 36 work in music leading to the degrees of (6 credits of 390 and 6 credits of 490) . . . . 24 All courses used to satisfy the depart- ¤ Master of Music (M.M.) in performance Mus 195 Band; Mus 196 Orchestra; Mus 197 ment major or minor requirements, and Master of Music in conducting, as well Chorus, Mus 198 Jazz Lab Band ...... 6 whether taken in the department or else- Mus 394 Chamber Music Jazz Combos...... 6 as a Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band...... 6 where, must be graded C or above. and a Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.). The M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees are Mus 424, 425, 426 Instrumental Jazz MUSIC EDUCATION: Arranging ...... 6 CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (K-12) general master’s degrees in music. Gradu- Mus 474, 475 MIDI Applications ...... 4 Advisers: B. Browne, D. Jimerson (Coordina- ate students in music may also pursue rec- Mus 344 Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals ...... 2 tor), W. Tuttle ommendation for standard certiﬁcation. ¤Mus 188 Performance Attendance . . . no credit This curriculum differentiates between spe- The music education program is a graduate Mus 48 Junior Recital ...... no credit cialists in vocal music and instrumental curriculum designed to prepare students for Mus 49 Senior Recital ...... no credit music, but candidates in both areas com- licensure for teaching in the state of Ore- plete a core of required courses. Total 116 gon. The courses listed below are recom- For admission to graduate study the stu- With departmental approval the distribution of mended undergraduate courses designed to dent must hold a bachelor’s degree repre- applied music credits may be altered; however, prepare the student for the graduate curric- senting a course of study equivalent to that a minimum of 12 of the 24 credits must be ulum in music education. The student must pursued by PSU undergraduates in music. completed at the upper-division level. A mini- complete a bachelor’s degree. mum of 6 of the 12 credits of large ensemble In addition to meeting the general require- must be completed at the upper-division level. Suggested Technical Courses Credits ments for admission to graduate study in Requirements for a Minor in Music. Mus 235, 236, 237 Wind and Percussion the University, each student must success- Instruments ...... 3 fully take the music entrance examination To earn a minor in music, a student must Mus 321 Instrumental Conducting...... 2 complete 35 adviser-approved credits (17 Mus 324 Choral Conducting ...... 2 prepared by and administered in the credits must be in residence at Portland ◊Mus 328 Introduction to Musical Careers . . . 2 Department of Music. State University), to include the following: Mus 332, 333, 334 Stringed Instruments and M.A.T./M.S.T. PROGRAM Credits Vocal Techniques ...... 3 ◊Mus 409 Practicum (2 terms; taken with Core Curriculum Credits Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Two of the following:...... 4 Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 328 & 484) ...... 2 ◊Mus 484 Music with Children ...... 3 Mus 560 Music History: Medieval Period Training...... 3 Mus 561 Music History: Renaissance Period Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 Mus 562 Music History: Baroque Period ‡ Total 17 MuP 190 Applied Music ...... 3 Mus 563 Music History: Classical Period ‡ Other Music Courses Credits Mus 195 Band; Mus 196 Orchestra; Mus 564 Music History: Romantic Period Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 12 Mus 197 Chorus ...... 6 Mus 565 Music History: Early 20th Century Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 Mus 204, 205, 206 Music History I; Mus 304, Mus 566 Music History: Music Since 1950 Mus 188 Performance Attendance 305, 306 Music History II (choose 2) ...... 4 One of the following: ...... 3 ‡ (9 terms) ...... (no credit) MuP 290 Applied Music ...... 3 Mus 532 Band Literature ‡Mus 195, 196, 197 Band, Chorus, or Mus 188 Performance Attendance Mus 533 Orchestral Literature Orchestra ...... 6 (6 terms) ...... (no credit) Mus 534 Choral Literature ‡ Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 12 Mus 395 Band; Mus 396 Orchestra; One of the following: ...... 3 Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 Mus 397 Chorus ...... 3 Mus 521 Band Arranging Mus 314, 315, 316 Harmonic and Structural Mus 522 Orchestral Arranging Total 35 Analysis ...... 6 Mus 523 Advanced Choral Arranging Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting ...... 2 Requirements for a Minor in Jazz One of the following: ...... 3 ‡Mus 395, 396, 397 Band, Orchestra, Studies. To earn a minor in jazz studies, a Mus 541 Advanced Conducting (Instrumental) or Choir ...... 3 Mus 542 Advanced Conducting (Choral) student must complete 36 adviser-approved MuP 190, 290, 390 Applied Music All of the following: credits (17 credits must be in (minimum of 3 credits of MuP 390) ...... 9 residence at Portland State University), to Mus 511 Research Methods (Music) ...... 3 include the following: Total 66 Mus 520 Analytical Techniques ...... 3 MuP 590 Applied Music ...... 2 Credits MuP 591 Applied Music-Secondary Mus 271, 272, 273 Jazz Improvisation ...... 6 Instrument (may substitute MuP 590 Mus 471, 472, 473 Advanced Jazz credits with adviser approval) ...... 2 Improvisation ...... 6 Ensemble: Chosen with advice of graduate Mus 355 Jazz History (Prerequisite: Mus 201 faculty...... 3 or 261)...... 4 Education/Pedagogy (chosen with adviser’s Mus 424 Jazz Arranging ...... 2 assistance) ...... 9

† Six credits also count toward the required 18 upper-division distribution credits required outside of the major. ‡ Music majors and minors must enroll in Applied Music and the related large ensemble (Mus 195/395, 196/396, 197/397) each term. ¤ To be taken concurrently with Applied Music each term through completion of MuP 390. Student attends eight Noon Concert performances. ◊ Practicum Mus 409 must be taken with both Mus 328 and 484. 232 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Elective Studies ...... 10 requirements for the basic norm will also Mus 195 Music electives chosen from the following be added to the requirements when making Band (1) areas: applied music, theory, composition, up the planned continuing license program. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. music history, music literature, pedagogy, edu- There is no final examination required for Mus 196 cation, conducting, or additional ensemble per- this program. Orchestra (1) formance Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Mus 197 Total 45 COURSES Chorus (1) Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. M.M. PROGRAM Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Mus 198 Master of Music in Performance Credits offered year. Jazz Lab Band (1) †MuP 590 Applied Music ...... 12 Mus 110 Performance of jazz literature in a big bandset- Mus 506 Project and Graduate Recital ...... 2 Basic Materials (4) ting. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Mus 594, 595, 596, 597, 598 Chamber Music Basic course in the theory, structure, and litera- requested. and/or Ensemble ...... 3 ture of music, requiring no previous musical Mus 199 Mus 520 Analytical Techniques...... 3 experience. Prepares students for enrollment in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mus 560-566 Music History ...... 4 Music Theory. Mus 530, 531, 533, 534, 536 Music Mus 201, 202 Introduction to Music (4, 4) Literature...... 6 Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I (3, 3, 3) Designed for non-majors. Course involves lec- Mus 581, 582, or 583 Pedagogy ...... 3 Provides a thorough ground-work in the tures, reading, and listening. Course may Mus 511 Research Methods...... 3 melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic elements of emphasize music of different world cultures. Electives (Determined in conjunction music with written exercises and analysis based Successively the course deals with elements of with adviser) ...... 9 on the styles of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, music and small forms (201), and large forms of Beethoven, and other 17th and 18th century Total 45 music and categories of musical literature (202). composers. Registration in the appropriate Mus 203 Master of Music in Conducting Credits Sight-Singing/Ear Training course is required. Music in the Western World (4) †Mus 541, 542, 543 Conducting ...... 9 An entrance placement examination will be Designed for music majors and others with the Mus 506 Conducting Project ...... 3 given. Basic Keyboard Skills is recommended ability to read music. Introduction to the great Mus 520 Analytical Techniques...... 3 for music majors and minors. composers and their compositions within a his- Mus 513 Score Reading...... 3 Mus 114, 115, 116 torical framework. Mus 595, 596, 597 Ensemble...... 3 Sight-Singing/Ear Training (1, 1, 1) Mus 211, 212, 213 Mus 522 or 521 Orchestra or Band Arranging. 3 Studies to develop the ability to sing notation at Music Theory II (3, 3, 3) Mus 523 Choral Arranging ...... 3 sight and to recognize and notate aural patterns. Continuation of the study of harmony. Introduc- Mus 560-566 Music History ...... 4 Registration in the appropriate Music Theory I tion to harmonic counterpoint. Composition in Mus 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536 Music course is required. small forms in various 18th, 19th, and 20th cen- Literature...... 3 Mus 188 tury idioms. Registration in the appropriate Key- Mus 511 Research Methods...... 3 Performance Attendance (No credit.) board Harmony, Sight-Singing and Ear Training Electives (Determined in conjunction The student is expected to attend a minimum of course is required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 112, with adviser) ...... 8 eight live performances approved by the Depart- 113, 114, 115, 116 and passing keyboard profi- ment of Music for each term registered. It is ciency test. Total 45 expected that students will register for Perfor- Mus 214, 215, 216 All degree candidates take a final writ- mance Attendance concurrently with registration Sight-Singing/Ear Training and Keyboard ten examination which covers three areas: for Applied Music until the requirement for Per- Harmony (1, 1, 1) music education or pedagogy, music the- formance Attendance is completed. Application of theoretical principles to the key- ory, and music history, as well as perfor- Mus 189 board; understanding more advanced theory mance or conducting for the M.M. degrees. Repertoire Study (1) through the keyboard. Elementary score reading, A final oral examination also may be Study and performance of selected repertoire. keyboard harmonization of folk tunes, advanced work in sight-singing and ear training. Registra- required. Available only to students enrolled in large ensemble, chamber music or applied music. Pre- tion in the appropriate Music Theory course is CONTINUING TEACHING LICENSE requisite: consent of instructor. required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 112, 113, 114, Students may elect a program leading to MuP 190 115, 116 and passing keyboard proficiency test. the completion of requirements for the con- Applied Music (1-4) Mus 235, 236, 237 tinuing teaching license, but not the M.A.T. Freshman year. Individual instruction in organ, Wind and Percussion Instruments (1, 1, 1) piano, harpsichord, voice, guitar, orchestral and A study of the wind and percussion instruments or M.S.T. degree. This nondegree, license band instruments. Maximum: 12 credits. Prereq- of the orchestra and band for students in the program emphasizes flexibility of choice uisite: approval of faculty applied music supervi- teacher education program. from among various upper-division and sor. Mus 261, 262 graduate music courses, while including Mus 191, 192, 193 History of Rock Music (4, 4) the education components required for Class Instruction (2, 2, 2) Traces the history and development of a popular licensure recommendation as listed on Class instruction in instruments or voice. Offer- music style in the United States, Great Britain, page 183. ings include piano, guitar, and voice. and other parts of the world. Includes other types A program containing a minimum of 45 Mus 194 of popular music in the twentieth century. approved credits is outlined for each stu- Chamber Music (1) Mus 271, 272, 273 dent with the assistance of the assigned Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Jazz Improvisation (2, 2, 2) Introduces the fundamentals of jazz improvisa- adviser. Any deficiencies in the student’s mance; the established repertory of string, wind, keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 tion. Beginning jazz skills include scales, song baccalaureate degree program or initial credits. Audition may be requested. Prerequisite: forms, melodic patterns, and repertoire develop- license program which may appear when consent of instructor. ment. Instructor approval required. compared to departmental and University

† Master of Music candidates must continue to register for applied music credits if a performance major, and conducting credits if a conducting major, until the completion of the Graduate Project or Recital, even if this exceeds the 12 credit minimum. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 233

MuP 290 Mus 344 Applied Music (1-4) Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals (2) Sophomore year. Continuation of MuP 190. Study of the basic jazz keyboard fundamentals Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 190 for jazz instrumentalists. Covers basic chord and audition. voicings, chord scale relationships, accompani- Mus 301, 302 ment techniques, and reharmonization tech- Survey of Music Literature (4, 4) niques. Prerequisites: Mus 191, 192, 193. For non majors; study of the history of music Mus 351 through examination of the literature of particu- Accompanying (2) lar periods as follows: Mus 301: Music from Theoretical and practical study of the art of 1700 to 1875; Mus 302: Music from 1875 to accompanying vocal and instrumental solos and present. performing duo-sonatas. Mus 304, 305, 306 Mus 355 Music History (4, 4, 4) Jazz History (4) Intensive analytical study of the history of music Examines the development of jazz from its Afri- in the Medieval and Renaissance Periods (Mus can and European roots and its origins in New 304), Baroque and Classical Periods (Mus 305) Orleans to its ﬂorescence in Chicago and New and Romantic and 20th century periods (Mus York. Covers period from about 1900 to 1960. 306). Prerequisites: Mus 113, 203. Focuses on important musicians and major Mus 311, 312, 313 musical styles. Prerequisite: Mus 201 or 261. Counterpoint (2, 2, 2) Mus 360 Intensive study of music reﬂecting the poly- The Guitar: its History and Music (4) phonic impulse; analysis and application to exer- This course is designed to explore the origins of cises in two-, three-, and four-voice the guitar by examining its history, repertoire counterpoint. Prerequisites: Mus 211, 212, 213. and performers. The course will look at all Mus 314, 315, 316 aspects of the guitar’s history from the related Harmonic and Structural Analysis (2, 2, 2) ancient Sumerian stringed instruments to the Thorough study of formal analysis, including the modern-day electric guitar. Prerequisite: Mus phrase unit, period, two- and three-part song 110 or 191. forms, developed ternary forms, sonata, sym- Mus 374, 375 phony, concerto, etc. Prerequisites: Mus 211, World Music (4, 4) 212, 213. Study of the major musical cultures of Asia, the Mus 318 Middle East, and sub-Saharan Africa. Explores Instrumental Arranging (2) social and cultural contexts, instrument types, Fundamentals of arranging music for instrumen- and structural organization of the music. Empha- tal ensembles. Emphasis on basic principles of sis on listening. Prerequisites: Mus 110, 111, orchestration and their practical applications. 201, 203. Prerequisite: Mus 213. Mus 376 Mus 319 American Musical Traditions (4) Choral Arranging (2) Examines the diversity of musical traditions Fundamentals of arranging music for vocal found in American history and culture. Included ensembles. Emphasis on basic principles of are African-American, Anglo-American, His- SATB writing. Prerequisite: Mus 213. panic, and Native-American musical cultures, in the areas of folk, popular, and classical music Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting (2) genres. Prerequisite: Mus 110, 201, or 261. The basic principles of conducting as they apply Mus 381 to both instrumental and vocal ensembles. Basic Music Fundamentals (4) baton technique and beat patterns. Development Basic musicianship for the elementary teacher. of an independent use of the hands. Fundamen- Mus 389 tals of score reading, both instrumental and Repertoire Study (1) vocal. Prerequisite: Mus 213. Study and performance of selected repertoire. Mus 321 Available only to students enrolled in large Instrumental Conducting (2) ensemble, chamber music or applied music. The principles of conducting and training instru- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. mental organizations. Prerequisite: Mus 320. Mus 324 Choral Conducting (2) The principles of conducting and training choral organizations. Prerequisite: Mus 320. *Mus 328 Introduction to Musical Careers (2) Introduction to various career choices in music. Emphasis on music education. Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate practicum (Mus 409) required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 203. Mus 332, 333, 334 Stringed Instruments and Vocal Techniques (1, 1, 1) A study of stringed instruments (Mus 332, 333) and vocal and guitar techniques (Mus 334). For students in the teacher education program. 234 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

MuP 390 Mus 427/527 will be selected for intensive study and perfor- Applied Music (1-4) Opera Workshop (1) mance. Intended primarily for piano or harpsi- Junior year. Continuation of MuP 290. Maxi- A workshop in preparing and performing oper- chord majors. Prerequisite: by audition. mum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 290 and atic literature for advanced singers. Prerequisite: audition. consent of instructor through audition. Mus 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 Advanced Conducting (3, 3, 3) Mus 394 Mus 428/528 A study of technical and interpretative problems Chamber Music (1) Opera Production (2) encountered in the rehearsal and conducting of Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Annual production of a major operatic work. standard symphonic or choral literature. Experi- mance; the established repertory of string, wind, Designed for singers, orchestral instrumentalists, ence in conducting this literature. Particular keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 and technical support staff in the areas of cos- attention given to the problems facing the public credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. tuming, set design, and other areas. Casting for school music director. Prerequisite: Mus 321 or Mus 395 production is by audition during winter quarter. 324. Band (1) Mus 430/530 Mus 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Song Literature (3) Advanced Keyboard Skills (3, 3, 3) Mus 396 Study of the solo literature for voice through This course investigates and applies advanced Orchestra (1) analysis of scores and recordings and live perfor- theoretical concepts to keyboard playing and Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. mances. Historical perspectives from Elizabe- improvisation. Applications include sightread- Mus 397 than song to 20th-century art songs. ing, transposition, harmonization, and figured Chorus (1) Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. bass reading. Prerequisite: by audition. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Mus 431/531 Mus 471/571, 472/572, 473/573 Mus 398 Chamber Music Literature (3) Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2, 2, 2) Jazz Lab Band (1) Historical survey of the music associated with Advanced concepts of jazz improvisation. Prin- Performance of jazz literature in a big band the chamber music repertoire from 1600-1950. ciples of pentatonics, diminished harmonies, setting. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Emphasis on analysis of scores and recordings. inside-outside playing, synthetic scales, and free requested. Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. improvisation. Instructor approval required. Pre- Mus 399 Mus 432/532 requisites: Mus 271, 272, and 273. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Band Wind Literature (3) Mus 474/574, 475/575 A study of literature for ensembles of wind and Mus 401/501 Midi Applications (2, 2) Research (Credit to be arranged.) wind/percussion instruments from about 1600 to Study of the fundamentals of MIDI and com- Consent of instructor. the present. Historical perspective will be gained puter music programs. Includes work on synthe- through reading, style-analysis, and listening. sizers, sequencing, and notation software. Mus 404/504 Attention will be given to the practical applica- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Prerequisite: consent of instructor. be arranged.) tion of band literature in elementary and secondary teaching situations. Prerequisites: Mus 304, Mus 481/581, 482/582, 483/583 Pedagogy (3, 3, 3) Mus 405/505 305, 306. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Methods, materials, curriculum, and philosophi- arranged.) Mus 433/533 cal bases for teaching in a private studio and Consent of instructor. Orchestral Literature (3) classroom with focus on individual and group A historical survey of the music associated with Mus 407/507 instruction. Prerequisites: Mus 213, 216, 304, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) the symphony orchestra from the development 305, 306. Consent of instructor. Recent topics have of each orchestral instrument to the present day. Intensive study of those works of great signifi- Mus 484/584 included Style Analysis; Style Criticism; Music Music with Children (3) History; Music in the Elementary School; Semi- cance is achieved through score study and analy- Methods and materials for teaching general nar in Composition. sis of several interpretations through recordings. music classes in the elementary school. Attention will be given to the practical applica- Designed for the music specialist; required of all Mus 408/508 tion of orchestral literature in elementary and Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) students who seek a basic teaching certificate in secondary teaching situations. Prerequisites: music. It is presupposed that all students have Mus 409/509 Mus 304, 305, 306. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) performing and theoretical skills and at least one Mus 434/534 year of music history. Concurrent enrollment in Mus 410/510 Choral Literature (3) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) an appropriate practicum (Mus 409) required. This course offers an investigation and analysis Prerequisite: upper-division standing in music. Mus 412/512 of literature for choir of all sizes, for secular and Fundamentals of Composition (3) sacred use, particularly in relation to use in Mus 485/585, 486/586, 487/587 Diction for Singers: Italian, German, and Theoretical historical studies designed to pre- public school at the junior high and high school pare beginning graduate students in the M.A.T./ French (2, 2, 2) levels and in church choir situations. A survey of Designed for singers and other musicians inter- M.S.T. and certificate programs for stylistic the development of choral literature from c. studies. ested in classical vocal literature in Italian, Ger- 1400 to the present, with examples via listening man, and French. It presents the principles of Mus 414/514, 415/515, 416/516 Composition I and study of scores, will be included. Prerequi- lyric diction and provides practice in the skills (2, 2, 2) sites: Mus 304, 305, 306. needed to sing the language correctly, idiomati- Composition in the smaller forms for piano, vio- cally, and expressively. lin, and other instruments. Prerequisites: Mus Mus 436/536 Opera Literature (3) 311, 312, 313 and Mus 314, 315, 316. MuP 490 An intensive study of the development of opera Applied Music (1-4) Mus 424/524, 425/525, 426/526 in western music, from the works of Monteverdi Senior year. Continuation of MuP 390. Maxi- Instrumental Jazz Arranging (2, 2, 2) in the early 17th century to the important operas mum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 390 and In-depth study and application of the fundamen- of this century. Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, audition. tals of composing and arranging for small to 306. large jazz ensembles. Subjects included are his- MuP 491/591 tory, transposition, instruments, forms, harmonic Mus 437/537, 438/538 Applied Music in Secondary Area (1-2) Keyboard Literature (3, 3) and melodic construction, rhythm section, voic- Private instruction in voice, keyboard, guitar, A study of Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and and orchestral or band instruments, not to ing, moving harmonization, score and part prep- Twentieth Century literature for keyboard instru- aration, vocal arranging techniques, rehearsal include the student’s major performance area in ments. In addition to providing an overview of order to extend the performance skills of the techniques, and MIDI applications. Instructor the historical development of keyboard music, approval required. music specialist in the public schools. Graduate specific works from the repertoire of each period students not passing MuP 590 audition will be assigned MuP 591. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 235

Mus 503 successful completion of the department’s grad- Mus 594 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) uate entrance examination. Normally limited to Chamber Music (1) Mus 511 graduate music majors only. Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Music Research Methods (3) mance; the established repertory of string, wind, Mus 561 keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 A systematic study of research techniques and Music History: The Renaissance Period (2) materials in music history, literature, and music Intensive, analytical study of the history of credits. Prerequisite: graduate standing in music. education. Emphasis on the use of library music from 1400 to 1600 and its relationship to Mus 595 resources and practical applications of research contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Band (1) techniques. Prerequisite: graduate standing in successful completion of the department’s grad- Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate music. uate entrance examination. Normally limited to standing in music. Mus 513 graduate music majors only. Mus 596 Score Reading (3) Mus 562 Orchestra (1) Techniques for reading and studying scores with Music History: The Baroque Period (2) Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate a goal of performance. Intensive, analytical study of the history of standing in music. *Mus 517, 518, 519 music from 1600 to 1750 and its relationship to Mus 597 Advanced Harmony (2, 2, 2) contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Chorus (1) A study of the harmonic practices of the late successful completion of the department’s grad- Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate 19th and 20th centuries. Written work, analysis, uate entrance examination. Normally limited to standing in music. and theoretical research. Prerequisite: Mus 316. graduate music majors only. Mus 598 Mus 520 Mus 563 Jazz Lab Band (1) Analytical Techniques (3) Music History: The Classical Period (2) Performance of jazz literature in a big bandset- A study of the formal structure of musical com- Intensive, analytical study of the history of ting. Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate positions of various styles with the purpose of music from 1750 to 1825 and its relationship to standing in music. discovering the sources of unity, variety, order, contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: and expression present in them. Prerequisite: successful completion of the department’s grad- PECIALIZED successful completion of the department’s graduate entrance examination. Normally limited to S uate entrance examination. graduate music majors only. COURSES Mus 521 Mus 564 *Mus 10, 20, 30, 40 Band Arranging (3) Music History: The Romantic Period (2) Repertoire Class (No credit) Designed to develop fundamental skills in Intensive, analytical study of the history of For music majors, taken concurrently with MuP arranging music for concert, marching and stage music from 1825 to 1900 and its relationship to 190, 290, 390, 490. Weekly performance of bands, and small wind and/or percussion ensem- contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: music from a speciﬁed list of repertoire. bles, such as those encountered in the public successful completion of the department’s grad- schools. Transcription skills also will be studied. uate entrance examination. Normally limited to Mus 47 Emphasis will be on practical application of Final Project (No credit) graduate music majors only. All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science material presented. Prerequisite: successful com- Mus 565 degree candidates must complete a ﬁnal project pletion of the department’s graduate entrance Music History: Early 20th Century (2) consisting of one of the following: 1) a half examination. Intensive, analytical study of the history of recital, 2) a 20-minute Brown Bag performance, Mus 522 music from 1900 to 1950 and its relationship to 3) a performance project, 4) regular perfor- Orchestral Arranging (3) contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: mances on area recitals. Instruction in writing for instruments used in successful completion of the department’s grad- large orchestras, showing basic techniques of uate entrance examination. Normally limited to Mus 48 scoring for string quartet, woodwind and brass Junior Recital (No credit) graduate music majors only. Required for students in the Bachelor of Music quintet, and percussion ensemble. Practical Mus 566 in Performance program. Public recital during application through scoring of piano music for Music History: Music Since 1950 (2) the junior year (30 minutes minimum). various orchestral groups of the nature and capa- Intensive, analytical study of the history of bility found in the public schools. Prerequisite: music since 1950 and its relationship to contem- Mus 49 Senior Recital (No credit) successful completion of the department’s grad- porary historical events. Prerequisite: successful uate entrance examination. Music majors must present all or part of a recital completion of the department’s graduate during their senior year. Mus 523 entrance examination. Normally limited to grad- Advanced Choral Arranging (3) uate music majors only. Study of voice types, text setting, and techniques Mus 587 of writing for various combinations of voices. Advanced Instrumental Methods (3) Practice in arranging melodies for two-, three, Designed for the experienced teacher. In addi- and four-part choruses, mixed and unmixed, tion to studies of current methods and trends in such as those encountered in the public schools. instrumental music teaching, the course also Prerequisite: successful completion of the provides a forum for problem solving and deal- department’s graduate entrance examination. ing with special issues and problems in current Mus 540 music education. Music History: The 20th Century (2) Mus 588 Intensive, analytical study of the history of Advanced Choral Methods (3) music of the 20th century and its relationship to Designed for the experienced teacher. In addi- contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: tion to studies of current methods and trends in successful completion of the department’s grad- choral music teaching, the course also provides a uate entrance examination. Normally limited to forum for problem solving and dealing with spe- graduate music majors only. cial issues and problems in current choral music Mus 560 education. Music History: The Medieval Period (2) MuP 590 Intensive, analytical study of the history of Applied Music (1-4) music of the Middle Ages and its relationship to Individual instruction in organ, piano, harpsi- contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: chord, voice, guitar, and orchestral and band instruments. Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequisite: audition. 236 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

THEATER ARTS

127 Lincoln Hall 2 credits of TA 355 Theater Workshop II: TA 312 Scene Painting (3) 725-4612 Mgmt/PR...... 2 TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 cred- Upper-division research or production its] project ...... 6 TA 414 History of Decor (4) B.A., B.S. TA 430 Scene Design III (3) [Max: 6 credits] Minor 62 Courses in the Lighting and/or Costume areas. Secondary Education Program The theater arts major, depending on M.A.—Theater Arts area of interest and career aspirations, will Total 86 select one of three options: The Lighting track adds the following requirements to the core: UNDERGRADUATE a. the General option, TA 252 Makeup...... 2 PROGRAMS b. the Performance option, TA 313 Scene Design II ...... 3 c. the Design/Technical Theater option. TA 314 Lighting Design I ...... 3 Through classroom study, studio/laboratory The Theater Arts General option adds TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing ...... 2 preparation, and University Theater pro- the following requirement to the core: TA 317 Theater Technologies ...... 2 duction, the Department of Theater Arts is TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical committed to providing liberal-arts based Credits Theater ...... 2 24 elective credits from the Theater Arts TA 421 Costume Design ...... 3 preprofessional training which effectively curriculum with at least 16 carrying balances theory and practice. Students numbers 300 or above...... 24 17 seeking professional or educational careers, 7 elective credits selected from the following:. 7 preparing for advanced degree programs, Total 86 TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 cred- or pursuing nonmajor study of the arts will The Performance option adds the its] participate in a production program encom- following requirements to the core: TA 435 Lighting Design II (3) [Max: 6 credits] passing new, modern, and classic works Courses in the Scenography and/or Costume Credits areas. interpreted to confront and illuminate the TA 144 Voice for the Actor I ...... 3 diverse concerns of contemporary life. TA 147 Movement for the Actor ...... 3 Total 86 The theater arts faculty encourages a TA 252 Makeup ...... 2 firm grounding in all aspects of theater and TA 341, 342 Intermediate Acting I and II . . . . 8 The Costume track adds the following require- emphasizes the need for individual excel- ments to the core: lence. Faculty are active participants in the 16 TA 252 Makeup...... 2 TA 313 Scene Design II ...... 3 8 elective credits selected from the Portland theater community and have TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical following: ...... 8 worked and continue to work as actors, Theater ...... 2 TA 145 Acting Workshop (2) directors, designers, and consultants for TA 326 Pattern Development or TA 327 TA 241 Improvisational Acting I (3) many of the area’s professional theaters. Costume Technology...... 4 TA 344 Voice for the Actor II (3) TA 421 Costume Design ...... 3 Because of Portland State’s urban location, TA 346 Stage Dialects (4) TA 425 History of Dress I...... 4 students in the department have been able TA 353 Theater Workshop II: Acting/ to work in and for local theater companies Directing (1-3) 18 and are encouraged to do so. TA 441 Acting Studio (4) Both majors and minors are urged to TA 455 Directing II (4) 6 elective credits selected from the following:. 6 arrange with the departmental office for an TA 460 Advanced Directing (3) TA 325 Costume Construction (2) adviser. TA 326 Pattern Development (4) or TA 327 Costume Technology (4) Requirements for Major. In addition Total 86 The Design/Technical Theater option TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 cred- to meeting the general University degree its] requirements, the major in theater arts will consists of three tracks. The theater arts TA 426 History of Dress II (4) meet the following core requirements: major electing this option will choose to Courses in the Scenography and/or Lighting Credits focus in one of the following areas: Sce- areas. TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I and II ...... 6 nography, Lighting, or Costume. Total 86 TA 114, 115 Technical Theater Production The Scenography track adds the following I and II...... 2 requirements to the core: Courses taken under the undifferenti- TA 141, 142 Acting I and II ...... 8 TA 252 Makeup...... 2 ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not TA 301 Script Analysis ...... 4 TA 313 Scene Design II ...... 3 be accepted toward fulfilling department TA 311 Scene Design I ...... 4 TA 314 Lighting Design I ...... 3 major requirements. TA 316 Technical Theater Lab...... 2 TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing ...... 2 At least 16 credits of upper-division TA 321 Costuming...... 4 TA 317 Theater Technologies ...... 2 theater arts courses, including 2 credits TA 330 Multicultural Theater ...... 4 TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical TA 364 Directing I ...... 4 Theater ...... 2 from TA 355, must be taken in residence at TA 464, 465 Development of Dramatic Art TA 421 Costume Design ...... 3 Portland State University. I and II...... 8 Requirements for a Minor. To earn a 8 credits chosen from the following: ...... 8 17 minor in theater arts a student must com- TA 467, 468 Modern Theater I and II plete 28 adviser-approved credits (12 cred- TA 471 Theater History: Periods/Topics 7 elective credits selected from the following: its must be taken in residence at Portland TA 472 Theater History: Major Figures 7 State University), to include the following: S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 237

Credits history, theory, practice, or dramatic litera- TA 144 One of the following sequences: ...... 8 ture and criticism; (3) a project in directing, Voice for the Actor I (3) TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I and II taken scene design, lighting design, acting, or An introductory course in basic principles and techniques of voice production specifically for with TA 114, 115 Technical Theater costume design; or (4) the composition of Production (8) stage performance including physiology, breath two one-act plays or one full-length play. support and resonance, articulation and projec- TA 141, 142 Acting I and II (8) An oral examination is required. Theater Arts electives (at least 12 upper- tion. division) ...... 16 Prospective graduate students who plan TA 145 Four credits chosen from: ...... 4 to earn a Master of Arts should present a Acting Workshop (2) TA 464, 465 Development of Dramatic Art minimum of 26 credits in theater arts, Rehearsal, performance, and analysis of scenes I and II including 8 credits in acting, 4 credits in directed by Directing I students for studio pre- TA 467, 468 Modern Theater I and II directing, 8 credits in technical theater, 4 sentation and critique. Prerequisite: TA 141. TA 471, 472 Theater History credits in costuming, and 2 credits in Maximum: 6 credits. makeup, or equivalent competencies as TA 146 Total 28 determined by the department. Individual Acting/Playwriting Workshop (3) Readings, discussions, and walk-throughs of Courses taken under the undifferenti- students may be required to complete addi- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not plays written by Playwriting II students. Prereq- tional graduate and undergraduate courses uisite: TA 142. be accepted toward fulfilling department to make up for deficiencies. minor requirements, with the exception of TA 147 Movement for the Actor (3) TA 101 Theater Appreciation, TA 131 COURSES Introduction to concepts and techniques of theat- Understanding Movies, and TA 135 Classic rical movement and physical theater. Will utilize Movies. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not a variety of relaxation, centering, stylization, and offered every year. imagery exercises designed to increase body SECONDARY EDUCATION awareness and expressiveness. Skills in ensem- PROGRAM TA 101 ble, mime, mask, and light acrobatics will be Adviser: W.M. Tate Theater Appreciation (4) This course is intended as a general introduction developed. It is imperative that the student who wishes to the art of the theater: acting; directing; play- TA 199 to teach theater arts in secondary school be writing; scenic, costume, and lighting design. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) in contact with the Department of Theater Emphasis is placed on theater as a performing TA 241, 242 Arts secondary education adviser as early art today rather than upon the history or origins Improvisational Acting I, II (3, 3) as possible, so that various options and of the theater. The class, in part, involves atten- Seeks to acquaint the student through exercises, requirements can be fully explained and a dance at live performances and events in the theater games, and study of basic techniques for Portland area. creative role playing with the skills and tech- program of study developed. niques necessary for improvisational acting and TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I, II (3, 3) development of material for public performance. GRADUATE First term of sequence concerns the planning and Must be taken in sequence. PROGRAM building of sets and stage properties, and the TA 252 production organization skills needed to mount Makeup (2) The department offers graduate work lead- theatrical productions. Second term adds ele- A study of the basic principles of the art and ing to the degree of Master of Arts in the- ments of stage lighting, scene painting, and the- technique of stage makeup. ater arts. Each program is planned in ater sound. Both terms require a three-hour lab TA 253 consultation with the departmental adviser. period per week and participation in departmen- Workshop Theater I (1-3) tal productions presented that term. Must be Training in theater production through the inten- A prospective student shall be admitted taken in sequence. sive study and rehearsal of scenes and plays. to graduate study after the department has TA 114, 115 Maximum: 12 credits. reviewed the student’s qualifications and Technical Theater Production I, II (1, 1) TA 299 recommended acceptance into the specific Attached lab to TA 111, 112 will combine Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) degree program. skills in practical construction of stage sets with TA 301 The prospective M.A. graduate student actual production experience on department pro- Script Analysis (4) who, after initial admission to the graduate ductions. Examination and analysis of fundamental princi- program, does not enroll for classes within TA 131 ples of dramatic structure, form, and style one calendar year shall have admission to Understanding Movies (4) through study and analysis of representative the degree program canceled. An introductory course in film appreciation with plays selected from major periods. Emphasis on the production implications of selected texts. Degree Requirements. University mas- special emphasis on cinema as a dramatic art. Elements to be considered will include cinema- ter’s degree requirements are listed on TA 311 tography, performance, edited image, and sound. Scene Design I (4) page 54. Specific departmental require- Selected films will be shown. A study of visual arts principles as related to ments are listed below. TA 135 scenic design. Projects in stage geography, design composition, and visual imagery are used MASTER OF ARTS Classic Movies (4) Study and analysis of representative films with to develop the student’s communication skills in The student must successfully complete a special emphasis on the importance of directo- the area of scenic design. Prerequisites: TA 111, minimum of 45 graduate credits with at rial concept and the screenplay. Relationships 112, 114, 115, 301, 316. least 36 credits of approved courses in the- between film and theater will be examined. *TA 312 ater arts. Nine credits may be taken in an TA 141, 142 Scene Painting (3) approved area outside the Department of Acting I, II (4, 4) Training to extend the student’s basic skills in Theater Arts. In addition, the student must This sequence is concerned with both the traditional methods and techniques of scene successfully complete one of the following method and the techniques of the actor. Must be painting. Prerequisites: TA 111, 112, 114, 115, projects, for which no fewer than 6 gradu- taken sequentially. Students are urged to present 316. ate credits in theater arts will be given: (1) themselves in public performance during the TA 313 a research thesis on an approved topic from sequence. Scene Design II (3) Basic principles of scenic design for the theater. the fields of theater history, theory, prac- Prerequisites: TA 311, 315. tice, or dramatic literature and criticism; (2) two papers of appropriate length on subjects chosen from the fields of theater 238 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

TA 314 *TA 346 TA 430/530 Lighting Design I (3) Stage Dialects (4) Scene Design III (3) Study of the history and practice in lighting the- An introduction to the method and techniques of Advanced study of scenic design problems and ater productions together with considerations of dialect production for theatrical performance, concept development. Maximum: 6 credits. Pre- contemporary technical innovations in the field. including a survey of basic American, English, requisite: TA 313. Prerequisites: TA 112, 301, 315, 316. and European dialects. TA 435/535 TA 315 TA 353 Lighting Design II (3) Technical Theater Drawing (2) Workshop Theater II: Acting-directing (1-3) Advanced practice in lighting design skills and An introductory course designed to develop Workshop in acting-directing. Maximum: 6 techniques, including image projection. Students drafting and drawing skills in the student and to credits toward major requirements. Prerequisite: will participate in departmental productions. help prepare him/her for future design and tech- consent of instructor. Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: TA 314. nical work in the theater. Prerequisites: TA 111, TA 354 *TA 441/541 114. Workshop Theater II: Technical Theater Acting Studio (1-5) TA 316 (1-3) Advanced studio work and individual projects in Technical Theater Lab (2) Workshop in technical theater. Maximum: 6 acting to consist of analysis, preparation, Laboratory course designed to allow students to credits toward major requirements. Prerequisite: rehearsal, and studio performance of dramatic further develop stagecraft skills and gain addi- consent of instructor. material representing a range of forms and tional practical production experience. Prerequi- TA 355 styles. Maximum: 18 credits. Prerequisites: 16 site: TA 111, 112, 114, 115. Workshop Theater II: Management And credits of acting or equivalent plus instructor *TA 317 Public Relations (1-3) approval based on audition and/or interview. Theater Technologies (2) Workshop in theater management and public TA 455/555 Study and practical application of advanced relations.Maximum: 6 credits toward major Directing II (4) techniques and materials in all aspects of stage- requirements. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced practice in analysis and directing of craft, including properties design and construc- TA 364 plays for public performance. Prerequisites: TA tion and special effects. Prerequisite: TA 111, Directing I (4) 111, 112, 114, 115, 316, 364. Study and practice in play analysis and directing 112, 114, 115, 316. *TA 460/560 TA 321 of scenes. Prerequisites: TA 141, 142, 301. Advanced Directing (3) Costuming (4) TA 399 Specific problems in directorial methods and An introduction to the theory, techniques, and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) styles for presentation in public performance. design principles of contemporary stage cos- TA 401/501 Prerequisite: TA 455 or equivalent experience. tume. Prerequisite: TA 301. Research (Credit to be arranged.) TA 464/564, 465/565 TA 325 TA 404/504 Development of Dramatic Art (4, 4) Costume Production (2) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to Survey of dramatic literature and theater history A study and practical application of stage cos- be arranged.) from ancient times to the emergence of the tume construction techniques, beginning and TA 405/505 modern theater in the 19th century. The course is advanced. Students will participate in the con- Reading and Conference (Credit to be chronological in its presentation but each term struction of costumes for departmental produc- arranged.) may be taken separately. tions. Prerequisite: 3 credits of theater arts. TA 406/506 TA 467/567, 468/568 Maximum 6 credits. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Modern Theater I, II (4, 4) *TA 326 TA 407/507 A consideration of theater and drama from the Pattern Development (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) late 19th and early 20th century to the present. A study and practical application of the methods Recent topics have included Introduction to Representative plays chosen from continental for creating patterns for theatrical costumes, Playwriting, Multicultural American Drama, European, English, Irish, and American reperto- including flat drafting, draping, and period pat- Dramatic Criticism, Woman and Theater, and ries. Examination of key directors and trends in tern adaptation. Prerequisites: TA 321, 325. Performing Arts Management. staging. Course may be taken out of sequence. *TA 327 TA 408/508 Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Costume Technology (4) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) TA 471/571 A study and practical application of costume TA 409/509 Theater History: Periods and Topics (1-4) craft and decorative techniques, including fabric Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Concentrated study of a particular period and/or dyeing and painting and accessories fabrication. TA 410/510 topic in theater history: for example, The Classi- Prerequisite: TA 321. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) cal Theater Tradition, The Medieval and Renais- sance Theater, The Emergence of the Bourgeois TA 330 *TA 414/514 Multicultural Theater (4) History of Decor(4) Theater, The Nineteenth-Century Theater, and Exploration of the diversity of our society A historical survey of period decor focusing on Theatrical Expressionism. Prerequisite: TA 464 through theater—comparing and contrasting the furniture and interior architectural detail from and 465 or appropriate sophomore inquiry works of certain ethnic specific writers and those Egyptian to modern times with emphasis on course. writers often considered to be in the mainstream periods most commonly used in theater produc- TA 472/572 of the modern theater. tion. Prerequisite: 6 credits of theater arts. Theater History: Major Figures (1-4) Concentrated study of the contribution of one or TA 341, 342 TA 421/521 Intermediate Acting (4, 4) Costume Design (3) more major theater artists: for example, Ibsen, Study and practice in acting technique, scene An in-depth study of costume design principles. Stanislavsky, Appia, Brecht, and Artaud. Prereq- analysis, and interpretation of dramatic materials Emphasis is placed on the design of costumes uisite: upper-division standing. for performance. Must be taken in sequence. for specific plays, using a variety of styles and TA 474/574, 475/575 Prerequisites: TA 141, 142. rendering media. Prerequisites: TA 321, 325. Playwriting I, II (4, 4) A sequence in playwriting involving analysis of *TA 344 TA 425/525, 426/526 Voice for the Actor II (3) History of Dress I, II (4, 4) dramatic structure, practical application of play- An intermediate course in the principles of voice Historical survey of dress in Western civilization writing techniques. Must be taken sequentially. production for the stage, concepts and tech- from ancient Egyptian to modern times with Prerequisite: 8 credits of TA and/or English. niques for adapting the voice to various stage emphasis on the aesthetic, cultural, and political TA 503 environments, and techniques necessary for ana- expressions of clothing. Course may be taken Thesis—(Credit to be arranged.) lyzing stage speech problems and developing out of sequence. Prerequisite: upper-division TA 511 appropriate solutions. Prerequisite: TA 144. standing. Introduction to Theater Research (2) An introductory course in research methods and bibliography for graduate study in theater.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

JAMES H. WARD, DEAN EILEEN M. BRENNAN, ASSOCIATE DEAN UNIVERSITY CENTER BUILDING, 527 SW HALL, 725-4712

M.S.W. ical practice settings are mental health pro- Ph.D. grams, public welfare and human service agencies, schools, hospitals and health care The Graduate School of Social Work offers centers, courts, family service agencies, the only accredited graduate social work correctional services, community planning education programs in Oregon. The School agencies, legislative offices, child and was established at Portland State Univer- youth service agencies, neighborhood cen- sity in 1962 by a resolution of the Oregon ters, multicultural service centers, and pro- Legislature. Two degree programs are grams for persons who are elderly. Each offered by the School: a Master of Social student’s program of study consists of a Work (M.S.W.) degree, which is fully combination of required and elective accredited by the Council on Social Work courses. The required core courses are in Education, and a Ph.D. degree in Social the following areas: (1) social work prac- Work and Social Research. tice, (2) social welfare policy and services, In addition to the two degree programs, (3) human behavior in the social environ- the School is composed of four other edu- ment, and (4) research. Core courses also cational components: Extended Studies cover content in the following areas: eco- Program in Social Work, which offers non- nomic and social justice, populations at degree programs; the Regional Research risk, ethics and values, and diversity. Also, Institute for Human Services, a research students participate in field instruction facility developed by the Graduate School during each of the two years of full-time of Social Work for applied research and study. development; the Child Welfare Partner- Three plans of study are available. In ship, a cooperative program with the State the two-year (six-term) option, students Office for Services to Children and Fami- enroll in two or three courses and partici- lies; and the Center for the Study of Mental pate in a field practicum each term. In the Health Policy and Services, which is a three-year (nine-term) option, students social work research development center. enroll in two courses per term in the first year and complete additional courses and GRADUATE practicums during the next two years. In PROGRAMS September 1997, a three-year distance learning option admitted a cohort of stu- MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK dents in four sites around the state of The Master of Social Work degree program Oregon to a concentration in direct human is designed to prepare graduates for entry services practice. In the four-year option, into advanced practice in either Direct students enroll in two classes per term in Human Services, Community-Based Prac- the first and third years and field practicum tice, or Social Service Program Manage- and one class per term in the second and ment. Students may focus their studies on a fourth years. Day and evening sections of selected field of service: mental health; many courses are available; classes meet children, youth, and families; the elderly; once weekly. health care; and services to the homeless Also, a certificate in gerontology may among others. be obtained through the Institute on Aging The curriculum combines concurrent while the student completes requirements on-campus coursework and field work in a for the M.S.W. degree. range of human service organizations. Typ-

240 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Admission to the M.S.W. Program. for the Study of Mental Health Policy and Students must maintain continuous regis- Students are admitted fall term only. Services, and the Child Welfare Partnership tration while engaged in dissertation Admission is selective; applications and all with the Oregon State Office of Services research. supporting materials must be submitted by for Children and Families are major Final Examination. At the completion March 1 for consideration for admission in resources for the program. of doctoral work, the student will defend September. Early submission of application Degree Requirements.The course of the completed dissertation before the dis- materials is encouraged. Further informa- study is focused for each student by analy- sertation committee and other interested tion and application forms may be obtained sis of a specific social problem. The course faculty and doctoral students. The student by writing: Graduate School of Social of study consists of three major compo- is expected to demonstrate knowledge of Work, Portland State University, nents: required and elective coursework; the social problem selected for study, as it P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207. The required and elective practicum experi- relates to the dissertation, and to show that telephone number is (503) 725-3949 or ences; and dissertation research. A compre- the dissertation is a contribution to knowl- 725-4712. hensive examination must be passed. An edge in the problem area. The M.S.W. program of the Graduate oral dissertation defense provides a final School of Social Work is open to qualified opportunity for examination of the social graduates from colleges and universities of problem on which work has focused. recognized standing. Undergraduate prepa- Course Requirements. Each doctoral ration should include a broad background student is required to select a social prob- in liberal arts and sciences including lem for study. In the course of doctoral human biology, social sciences, and studies, the student will become knowl- humanities. Competence in written and edgeable about the theoretical background spoken English is important for social work necessary to understand this area of interest practice. Students whose native tongue is and proficient in the methodology appro- not English should include the scores of the priate for study of the problem. Test of English as a Foreign Language The coursework for the program con- (TOEFL). Students who have completed up sists of three elements: core requirements to one year of study toward the M.S.W. designed to ensure a solid foundation in the degree at another graduate school of social history, theory, and organization of social work accredited by the Council on Social responses to social problems; social Work Education may apply for admission research methods and statistics and super- and transfer of credits. vised research practicum experience; and Students admitted to the master’s pro- elective courses related to the student’s gram are required to be in continuous plan of study. Students declare a cognate enrollment unless an approved leave of area and must take 8 quarter credit hours absence has been granted. A student who outside of the Graduate School of Social withdraws from the School must reapply. Work in that substantive area. Up to 21 Degree Requirements. The Portland credits may be taken in departments or pro- State University general master’s degree grams other than social work. Each stu- requirements are listed on page 54. The dent’s program will be individually social work graduate student is expected to planned and approved. complete a minimum of 90 quarter credits A research practicum is required. This of required and elective courses of which involves planning and executing a small, 54 credits are in classroom instruction and agency-based empirical study under the research and 36 credits are in field instruc- direction of a faculty supervisor. A teaching tion. Research requirements may be satis- practicum (M.S.W. required) may be fied by completion of 8 credits in research elected. courses. Comprehensive Examination. A written comprehensive examination is taken in PH.D. IN SOCIAL WORK AND two parts. The first part is taken after com- SOCIAL RESEARCH pletion of foundation coursework. The The Graduate School of Social Work offers second part is written when coursework is a Ph.D. in social work and social research substantially complete. which focuses on the interactive relation- Dissertation. After successful comple- ship between policy and practice in social tion of the comprehensive examination, the welfare and human services. The objectives chairperson and dissertation committee of the program are: to prepare professionals will be appointed. The student will develop for research-based policy and practice deci- a dissertation proposal which will be sion making in the multifaceted human ser- defended orally before the dissertation vices; to train students in methods of committee. When the proposal has been theoretical analysis and empirical inquiry, approved by the dissertation committee and especially in applied research in social by the University Human Subjects work and the human services; and to pro- Research Review committee, the student vide a regional resource base for agencies will be considered a candidate for the Ph.D. and organizations, both public and volun- in social work and social research. tary, in developing responses to persistent A dissertation must be completed follow- social problems. The Regional Research ing the outlines of the approved proposal. Institute for Human Services, the Center

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 241

Admission to the Ph.D. Program. Appli- Social Work, Portland State University, cants for admission to this program must P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207. have a master’s degree in social work or have an equivalent degree enhanced by CHILD WELFARE experience in the field of social welfare. PARTNERSHIP Students with a master’s degree in another field may enter a combined program, in In 1994, the Graduate School of Social which they work simultaneously toward the Work and the State Office for Services to M.S.W. and Ph.D. degrees. Applicants Children and Families (SCF) entered into a must have demonstrated capacity for cre- partnership aimed at improving the deliv- ative and independent work. At least two ery of child welfare services to abused and year’s practice experience in social work or neglected children and their families a related field is recommended. Students throughout Oregon. The SCF/PSU Partner- must apply to and be accepted into the doc- ship consists of three interdependent com- toral program after admission to the Uni- ponents: versity as a graduate student. As part of the 1. advanced social work education; admission procedure, students must fur- nish: 2. child welfare training programs; and ■ transcripts of undergraduate and gradu- 3. child welfare quality assurance and ate studies; evaluation. ■ scores for the Graduate Record Exami- The advanced social work education nation (GRE) and Miller Analogies component provides advanced education Test; through a master’s degree for SCF employ- ■ an example of scholarly writing; ees and PSU graduate students interested in ■ names of four references, two of which public child welfare careers. The School of must be academic; Extended Studies trains SCF staff and case- ■ a statement outlining the social problem workers who provide services to families area in which the student plans to do and children. Foster and adoptive parents research; and also receive training through this program. ■ a personal statement. The Child Welfare Partnership in conjunc- Application must be made by March 1; tion with the Regional Research Institute admission to the program is in the fall term for Human Services provides applied only. research and evaluation for improvement of Residence. The program will require child welfare programs. All components of the equivalent of approximately three the partnership are jointly administered by year’s full-time work to complete if the stu- SCF and PSU. dent enters with an M.S.W. Three consecu- The SCF/PSU Partnership is a national tive terms must be spent in full-time model for restructuring human service residence (9 credit hours or more) on cam- delivery. It improves opportunities for cur- pus. The minimum credit hour requirement rent child welfare workers who wish to for the Ph.D. is 90, of which at least 27 gain additional professional training, it must be devoted to the dissertation. The directs new social work graduates into Portland State University general doctoral public service, and it enhances professional degree requirements are listed on page 51. and training curriculum through the use of evaluation data. EXTENDED Further information may be obtained by STUDIES writing to the Graduate School of Social Work, Portland State University, P.O. Box The Extended Studies Program of the 751, Portland, OR 97207. Graduate School of Social Work is designed to address the post-master’s educational needs of social workers and other human service professionals; develop and sustain staff training and education programs in collaboration with state and local agencies; and make extended studies in the area of social work and social problems accessible statewide. In cooperation with professional organizations, the Extended Studies Program in Social Work is prepared to provide conferences, lectures, new career learning, and recent information on practice, human behavior, policy, management, supervision, and ethics. Further information may be obtained by writing the Graduate School of

242 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

SW 410 SW 530 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Generalist Social Work Practice I (4) CENTER FOR THE STUDY Restricted to students in the Child and Family Overview of the major influences on the service OF MENTAL HEALTH Studies degree program. delivery system with special emphasis on the POLICY AND SERVICES SW 500 multiple roles of the generalist social worker, Field Instruction I-VI (Credit to be social work values, and ethics. Development of The Graduate School of Social Work added arranged.) interviewing skills with focus on engagement, development of rapport, definition of purpose, another structural component in May 1996, SW 501 Data Analysis in Social Work Research and advocacy. Introduction to theory and the the Center for the Study of Mental Health (Credit to be arranged.) change process at five levels of social work prac- Policy and Services: a Social Work Focuses on advanced techniques of qualitative tice: individual, family, group, organization, and Research Development Center (CMHPS). and quantitative data analysis/interpretation for community. Special attention to the issues of The purpose of the CMHPS is to pro- social work practice and program evaluation. cultural diversity and populations at risk. Based duce high-quality social work researchers Emphasis on comparing, contrasting, and com- on the strengths and ecological systems perspec- in an active program of public mental bining these processes of social research, includ- tives. Corequisite: SW 500. health research. This will be accomplished ing conceptualization, operationalization and SW 531 through: (1) an organized program of fac- measurement, sampling, data collection, data Generalist Social Work Practice II (4) analysis, probability, and descriptive and infer- ulty development; (2) recruitment, support, Based on the generalist social work practice ential statistics. Introduction to the production of principles, assessment and goal formulation and mentorship of doctoral students in research through secondary analysis and/or orig- aspects of the change process emphasized at mental health research; (3) expansion and inal research. Prerequisite: SW 550. multiple levels: individual, family, group, orga- strengthening of current relationships with SW 502 nization, and community. Family-centered other research organizations at Portland Laboratory (Credit to be arranged.) approach is focused upon. Development of inter- State University, Oregon Health Sciences SW 503 viewing skills related to assessment with cultural University, and community agencies as Thesis I, II III (Credit to be arranged.) considerations. Collaboration and teamwork research collaborators and research practi- SW 504 examined. Introduction to evaluation. Applica- cum sites; and (4) enhancement of the insti- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to tion of strengths and ecological systems perspec- tutional infrastructure, including a be arranged.) tives to assessment. Prerequisite: SW 530; corequisite SW 500. specialized mental health library collec- SW 505 tion. Reading and Conference (Credit to be SW 532 arranged.) Generalist Social Work Practice III (4) The faculty development program con- SW 506 Based on the generalist social work practice sists of an annual series of advanced Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) model, intervention and evaluation at multiple research workshops open to all faculty and SW 507 levels: individual, family, group, organization, students, a more specific training/consulta- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and community. Family-centered approach with emphasis on strategies of promoting empower- tion series for each of two core research SW 508 areas, and individual faculty development Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) ment, equity, and social justice. Development of plans funded by the CMHPS. interviewing skills for intervention and role dis- SW 510 engagement. Examination of the entire change A research design/statistical consulting Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) process with focus on evaluation strategies and group works with the study teams, pilot SW 520 technologies. Prerequisite: SW 531, corequisite project investigators, and other faculty and Social Work and Social Welfare Policy (4) SW 500. students wishing to develop research Course defines and describes social welfare policy and the policy-making process. Examines SW 533 projects. Research and research develop- Advanced Practice for Direct Human ment activities are focused on mental historical and contemporary issues and their impact on the profession of social work and the Services I (4) Reviews the problem-solving process and intro- health issues for both children and adults. institution of social welfare. Emphasis is given duces the process of constructing a frame of ref- Cultural competence issues are addressed to the development of policy-practice skills from erence or model of practice. Addresses the for all CMHPS activities. the perspective of a worker in a human service evaluation of practice and theories for under- organization. Highlights the relationships standing individuals and how they both seek and between social problems, social policies, social COURSES resist change. Application of theories to the programs, and social work practice. direct social work practice process with consid- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not SW 522 eration of the importance of culture, strengths, offered every year. Issues in Child Welfare (4) and empowerment. Prerequisite: SW 532; coreq- Discusses the rapid change in the goals and uisite: SW 500. SW 301 methods of child welfare agencies, those agen- Introduction to Social Work (3) SW 534 An introduction to the profession and practice of cies charged with the protection of children and the provision of permanency in their lives. Advanced Practice for Direct Human social work. Assists students to clarify decisions Services II (4) concerning selection of social work as a profes- Analysis of the formation of policy to reflect Addresses the family of origin perspective on sion; relates beginning social science theory to empirically based knowledge, ever changing family systems theory. Both the worker’s and the the profession. Prerequisites: 3 credits of psy- community forces, and developing practice wis- client’s families of origin considered as sources chology and 3 credits of sociology. dom. Explores major issues facing child welfare of influence on the intervention process. Pro- services today. Develops skills for policy vides advanced consideration of family centered SW 399 change. Prerequisite: SW 520. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) practice and integration of other theories with SW 523 family systems theory. Prerequisite: SW 533; SW 405 Health Care Policies and Programs (4) corequisite: SW 500. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Advanced policy course analyzes the history of arranged.) selected health care policies, programs, and dis- SW 535, 536 Consent of instructor. Advanced Community-Based Practice I, II (4, ease categories within the context of social work SW 407 4) practice in health care. Contemporary outcomes Emphasizes the person-environment interplay Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) in current health and service delivery systems Consent of instructor. with a focus on collaborative partnerships presented from a policy perspective. Develops between local citizens, leaders, associations, and skills for policy change. Prerequisite: SW 520. institutions. Discusses assessment, planning and intervention at the individual, family, neighbor-

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 243

hood, and service delivery system levels. Uti- SW 554 lizes an assets-based, community development Social Work and Health Care (4) perspective to assist individuals, families and Presents an overview of social work across communities in identifying and meeting commu- health care settings and systems. Physiological, nity needs. Focuses on working as a team, utili- psychosocial, and cultural components of illness zation of community resources, and selection of considered for individuals, families, and groups. appropriate intervention strategies. Explores Multidisciplinary teamwork, crisis intervention, individual and community resilience while and ethical dilemmas in health care practice assisting in implementing local strategies that explored. Prerequisite: SW 532. strengthen protective factors and lower risk fac- SW 555 tors for ethnically and culturally diverse fami- Social Work Perspectives on Mental Health lies, schools, neighborhoods and communities. Disorders (4) Prerequisite: SW 532; corequisite: SW 500. Explores the major mental disorders from an understanding of the biological, psychological, SW 537, 538 Advanced Social Service Program social, and cultural determinants of mental ill- Management I, II (4, 4) ness. Emphasis given to the changing roles of Examines ways of providing high quality, effec- social workers who work with people diagnosed tive, culturally appropriate social work services. with a mental illness. Topics include history and Emphasizes interpersonal and technical skills to theories of mental illness, DSM IV classification manage social work programs, teams, and work systems, biopsychosocial model assessment groups. Courses focus upon managing organiza- which includes diagnostic interviewing, spe- tional issues and human resources. Builds on the cialty topics (e.g., homelessness, poverty) and philosophy of consumer-centered management. critique of conventional and emerging empirical Prerequisite: SW 532; corequisite: SW 500. perspectives. Prerequisite: SW 532. SW 540 SW 557 Human Behavior in the Social Environment Social Work with Depressed Clients (4) (4) Depression is the leading mental health problem Examines the biological, psychological, social, known today. Because depressive disorders are and cultural factors interacting across the life characterized by a complex of biological, psy- course from infancy to old age. Discusses and chosocial, and intrapsychic components, this critiques major theoretical approaches to human course will take a multi focal approach to assess- development in its social and cultural contexts. ment and treatment. The goal is for students to Considers populations at risk and the impacts of be able to determine the most effective interven- racism and other forms of oppression on devel- tions for particular subgroups of depressed cli- opment. Emphasis on the sources of diversity ents. Includes dual diagnosis and suicide such as ethnicity, race, gender, sexual orienta- assessment. Prerequisite: SW 532. tion, and handicapping conditions. SW 558 SW 541/641 Treatment of Sexual Abuse (4) Advanced Theories of Human Behavior in the Examines the impact on and treatment of child Social Environment (4) sexual abuse with adults, children and families. Provides an opportunity for students to explore Emphasis is on an integrative biopsychosocial current theoretical developments in the social model, identifying acute and long term sequelae, and behavioral sciences which apply to social traumatic and developmental effects, and various work practice including populations at risk. intervention modalities. The relationship of clin- Taught in different sections each of which covers ical narrative to contemporary social discourse social and cultural contexts for human behavior about sexual abuse explored, including contem- in the social environment. May be repeated for porary debates and controversies in the field. additional credit. Prerequisite: SW 540. Research, clinical knowledge, developmental SW 546 theory, and policy implications investigated and Human Sexuality and Social Work (4) analyzed in light of current constructions of Physiological, psychological and cultural per- sexual abuse as a clinical and social problem. spectives of human sexuality presented and dis- Clinical and policy practice case presentation cussed. Application of social work assessment and consultation included. Prerequisite: and change strategies relevant to personal and SW 532. interpersonal dynamics of sexual and intimacy SW 559 concerns. Prerequisites: SW 532, 540. Brief Therapy and Other Short-term Social SW 550 Work Interventions (4) Foundation of Social Work Research (4) Overview of brief therapy theories, principles, Introduction to research in social work. Stresses and interventions including crisis intervention. the importance of research to social work prac- Application to a variety of clients in a diversity tice and policy. Introduction to qualitative and of settings. Client selection, assessment, goals quantitative social work research, group designs, and objectives, intervention, and evaluation cov- single case studies, and evaluation of programs ered. Additional focus on types of crisis inter- and of practice. Introduction to critical consump- ventions with integration of applicable theories tion of research, to ethics of social work and strategies. Includes case presentations. Pre- research. Considers scientific method, system- requisite: SW 532. atic inquiry, relation of theory to research, problem formulation, measurement, sampling, design, and data collection.

244 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

SW 560 SW 567 Community Practice with the Social Work with Lesbians, Gay Males, and Long-term Mentally Ill (4) Bisexuals (4) Focuses on the characteristics of people with Designed for social work students who want to long-term mental illness, the impact of the ill- acquire information on social work with and on ness on the individuals and their families, and behalf of lesbians, gay men, and bisexuals. Edu- the basic practice principles that contribute to cates students to problems lesbians, gay men, effective community practice with this popula- and bisexuals face as the result of oppression as tion. Topics include psychosocial rehabilitation, well as to the strengths and resilience of this case management, psychopharmacology, dual population. Provides academic and experiential diagnosis, and advocacy. Deinstitutionalization content necessary for: understanding the culture and other relevant policies are reviewed. Stu- and social reality of lesbian, gay and bisexual dents are expected to incorporate clinical field people; examining societal and internalized work with mentally ill populations or families homophobia and heterosexism; developing prac- into class assignments/projects. Prerequisite: tice skills, and identifying policy issues relevant SW 532. to lesbian, gay, and bisexual rights. Prerequisite: SW 570 SW 532. Program Evaluation (4) SW 561 Models of program evaluation, organizational Clinical Social Work with Groups (4) context of evaluation and relationship to treat- Deals with the theory and practice of clinical ment, supervisory, and managerial functions in social work within the wide range of groups in human service organizations. Focuses on the which social workers participate as workers and process of conducting a program evaluation, co-workers. Articulates issues related to group with emphasis on data analysis. Computerized process and development as to their effect on the database management models reviewed in rela- group experience. Includes leadership strategies tion to evaluation activities. Prerequisite: SW and diverse populations. Prerequisites: SW 532. 550. Satisfies requirement for SW 501. SW 562 SW 571 Social Work with the Dying and Their Social Work with Alcoholics and Their Families (4) Families (4) Examination of death at all stages of the life Examination of the development of alcoholism, cycle with exploration of its effects on the indi- assessment, diagnosis, and work with alcoholics vidual, the family, and the helper. Review of and/or their family members. Focus on practical theory and research about grief and reconsidera- skills as well as theory. Prerequisite: SW 532. tion of schema about grief resolution. Coping SW 572 emphasized, given unique cultural and religious Women’s Issues in Social Work Practice (4) differences. Consideration of the role of technol- Examines the experience of women from devel- ogy in end-of-life decision making. Discusses opmental, multi-cultural, and gender perspec- social service assistance for persons with HIV/ tives. Policy and practice considerations are AIDS, their families, partners, and friends. Pre- addressed and applied to circumstances and con- requisite: SW 532. cerns of women as a group. SW 563 SW 573 Social Work with Children and Their Social Work with Populations at Risk (4) Families (4) Considers forces associated with identification Explores clinical social work practice with trou- of groups at risk. Examines selected sub-groups bled children and their families. Critically exam- using homeless mentally ill people as exemplars. ines theories of normal and abnormal Discusses the structural and cultural differences development as well as alternative models of associated with risk. Reviews and explicates pol- intervention and their applications. Delineation icies, principles, and practice of social work with and demonstration of specific clinical strategies populations at risk. and techniques with opportunities to practice and apply to field work. Prerequisite: SW 532. SW 574 Social Work with the Frail Elderly (4) SW 564 Focuses on social work with the frail and vulner- Social Work with Adolescents and Their able aged. Social, psychological, physical, and Families (4) environmental aspects of frailty and vulnerabil- Explores clinical social work practice with trou- ity in old age are studied, and social work inter- bled adolescents and their families. Critically ventions with this population are explored. examines theories of normal and abnormal development as well as alternative models of SW 575 intervention and their applications. Delineation Ethnic Competence in Social Work Practice and demonstration of specific clinical strategies (4) Examines different perspectives on acquiring and techniques with opportunities to practice ethnic competence. Reviews different practice and apply to field work. Prerequisite: SW 532. methods such as ethnic sensitive practice, cul- SW 566 tural awareness, counseling cross culturally and Staff Development and Supervision (4) culturally competent practice. Each of the Supervision and staff development presented approaches will be examined to determine their and examined in relation to direct management relevance, foci, and methods for promoting ser- and community-based social work practice. vices which are sensitive to, and appropriate in, Roles of supervision in a variety of contexts the cultural context of the client system. addressed. Models and techniques compared and Employs a systems framework for understanding integrated with relevant theoretical perspectives. the impact of cultural differences on the helping Prerequisite: SW 532. process. Students will also learn how values and customs of the larger society shape experiences and life chances for ethnically diverse people.

G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 245

SW 576 SW 621 SW 640 Developing Culturally Competent Social Problem Analysis: Intervention Phase Research Practicum Seminar (2) Organizations (4) (4) Seminar designed to enable students to explore Covers the cultural competence model and how Intervention phase of the social problem solving together their experiences in their respective organizations and systems prepare for diversity. process applied to the student’s selected social research projects. Students will gain apprecia- The genesis and the elements, principles, and problem. Focus is on the development of a tion of the entire process as well as a deepening value base of the model explored. Examples for multi-level intervention plan based on review of knowledge through comparison of experiences. agencies and systems preparing for diversity pre- empirical literature. Program theory and theories Pass/no pass only. Prerequisite: SW 632. of change will be explored. Analysis of policy- sented. Terminology, theory, and cross-cultural SW 641, 642 literature are employed by students developing level interventions and related effectiveness lit- Research Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) action plans to promote greater competency in erature. Construction of logic models. Integra- Participation in a research study under the super- agencies and organizations. tion of policy and practice will be emphasized. vision of appropriate faculty. Opportunity to SW 577 Prerequisite: SW 620. master research skills which fit the student’s Social Work with Addictive Behaviors (4) SW 622 learning needs. Time on site working on the Presents the basic concepts of addiction, as they Social Problem Analysis: Evaluation Phase project is 200 hours: this can be in a block or relate to: various types of chemical dependency (4) spread over up to three quarters, the pattern to be and other addictive behaviors such as eating dis- Evaluation phase of the problem solving process determined by student and principal investigator orders; basic information concerning selected applied to social problems. Focus on evaluation on the project. Portfolio of research experiences drugs; current approaches of intervention with of decisions and their implementation in social developed. Prerequisite: SW 632. the addict; and, the role of contextual systems, agencies. Multi-level monitoring (population-at- risk, programs, and client) taught as part of con- SW 650 with emphasis on the family. Also considers History and Philosophy of Social Welfare and how the addictive behavior affects contextual tinuing intervention planning. Attention given to Social Work (4) systems. developments in client tracking, quality control, History, philosophy, and ethics of social welfare multi-level impact analysis, policy/practice out- SW 578/678 and social work. Focus is on the interaction of Social Work in the Juvenile and Criminal come measurement, research design and statisti- social work and social welfare developments Justice Systems (4) cal analysis. Internet search techniques and with wider economic, social, and political Grapples with the problem of criminal and delin- database management techniques taught. Refor- forces. Major philosophical, theoretical, and quent behavior. Considers current controversies mulation of problems as the outcome of evalua- political issues, the growth and impact of profes- concerning the origin and meaning of the behav- tion to help students tie together the phases of sionalization, and the development of social ior; the socio-economic and multi-cultural char- problem solving. Prerequisite: SW 621. work methods. Traces historical changes in acteristics of contemporary life contributing to SW 630 social work’s identification of and response to delinquency and crime; social work’s role in the Empirical Methods of Knowledge Building in vulnerable “people-processing system”; the major current Social Work (4) populations. treatment modalities and inquiry into their effec- Examines the assumptions and paradigms under which research is developed in social work. SW 651 tiveness; social policy issues confronting the Integrative Writing Seminar (4) juvenile justice system; and current policy and Research methodology for both quantitative and Course addresses integration of social work the- practice trends toward incarceration and away qualitative approaches is applied to research in ory, practice, policy, and research. Synthesis from rehabilitation. an agency setting. Alternative methods of moni- developed through writing of manuscript for SW 580 toring of practice effectiveness and evaluating submission to professional journal, a grant appli- Case Management in Human Services (4) agency service data discussed. Research meth- cation, or other suitable product. Assistance with Presents the development, concepts, and practice odology of positivist research examined. Ethical submission provided. Prerequisite: completion principles utilized in the design and delivery of issues in research which involves data generated of Part I of comprehensive examinations. case management within the human service area. by vulnerable populations discussed. Empha- SW 690 Emphasizes strengths and relationships. Per- sizes the social implications of the use of research findings. Teaching Practicum (4) spectives of client, direct service practitioner, Focuses on the practical aspects of teaching in planner, and the administrator explored. SW 631 the social work field. Salient theoretical and SW 601 Empirical Methods in Social Work Research practical issues in adult learning explored. Con- Research (Credit to be arranged.) (4) siders the fundamental ideas of social work edu- Provides preparation in the selection of research cation. Discusses curriculum planning and issues SW 603 designs and statistical methods appropriate for Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) around human diversity and teaching. Distance social work research questions. Discusses learning issues and techniques examined. Sup- SW 605 descriptive and inferential statistical methods ports student teaching experiences. Reading and Conference (Credit to be common in social work research and considers arranged.) validity and reliability issues in measurement. SW 700 SW 607 Empirical social work studies analyzed and dis- Postbaccalaureate Professional Development Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) cussed. Includes an application and analysis lab- (Credit to be arranged.) SW 610 oratory. Prerequisite: SW 630. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) SW 632 SW 620 Empirical Methods of Data Analysis in Social Social Problem Analysis: Assessment Phase Work Research (4) (4) Using existing data bases from social service First in a three course sequence. Focuses on the agencies and studies at the Regional Research assessment phase of the problem solving process Institute, course provides substantial laboratory applied to the student’s selected social problem. experience in data analysis and interpretation. Emphasis on gathering the information neces- Emphasis placed on strategies of analysis, sary for a comprehensive analysis of the social including multivariate and nonparametric tech- problem. Involves examination of the major niques, with comparison of findings obtained by models of society and relevant cultural, histori- alternative statistical procedures. Additional cal, and policy-practice issues. emphasis on interpretation and presentation of analysis to highlight policy implications. Prereq- uisite: SW 631. 246 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

REGIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN SERVICES

120 Ondine The aim of the institute is to improve ■ A national clearinghouse to provide 725-4040 the manner in which social services and information in the field of children’s service delivery systems are designed, mental health. N.M. Koroloff, Director managed, and evaluated. Motivated by a ■ A study of supported housing services concern for social change, the institute is for persons with severe mental illness. The Regional Research Institute for Human prepared to examine all aspects of the com- ■ Mental Health Network Project, a study Services was established in 1972 by the plex process by which human service poli- of interorganizational service networks Graduate School of Social Work at Port- cies and issues are initiated and modified. for persons with serious mental illness. land State University with a grant from the By bringing varied talents and academic ■ An assessment of the Oregon Partners Social and Rehabilitation Service (HEW). disciplines into its activities, the institute Project, an expanded case management The RRI has undertaken more than 110 creates new approaches to old problems. It system for children with severe emo- projects, several of them national in scope, strives to set high standards for applied tional disturbances. in such fields as youth services, aging ser- social research and to provide a research ■ A project comparing consumer- and vices, family and child welfare, child care, environment for graduate training. nonconsumer-operated assertive case employment, criminal justice, alcohol and Some recent projects: management teams for persons with drug services, rehabilitation, child and ■ Participation in a national study of man- major mental illnesses. adult mental health, and self-help and sup- aged care for Medicaid women and ■ Evaluation of a strengths/needs based port groups. A national program of children in rural Oregon. approach to the delivery of child research in the field of mental health began ■ Development of ways for parents and welfare services. in 1984 when the Research and Training professionals to collaborate on behalf of Each project is developed with the Center on Family Support and Children’s children with emotional disabilities. collaboration of some sector of the commu- Mental Health began. In 1996, the Center ■ Development and testing of ways to nity, and an advisory group is often associ- for the Study of Mental Health Policy and increase family participation in service ated with each program. Staff from state Services was funded—one of five social delivery systems. and local agencies, consumers of services work research development centers in the ■ Evaluation of domestic violence ser- and their families, as well as representa- nation. vices and programs. tives from education, industry, medicine, The institute enjoys a base of support ■ Evaluation of Oregon’s JOBS Plus and law, and social work contribute their from the University and has received more Oregon Option Program. knowledge and experience to the institute. than $25 million in grants and contracts.

COLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

NOHAD A. TOULAN, DEAN WALTER G. ELLIS, ASSOCIATE DEAN 101 COLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS, 725-4043

B.A., B.S., M.S.—Administration of Jus- coursework necessary to qualify for appli- tice cation to the fifth-year teacher education B.A., B.S.—Health Education program. The B.A. or B.S. in political sci- B.A., B.S.—Community Development ence prepares students pursuing careers in B.A., B.S.—Political Science political science, public administration, Minor in Administration of Justice international organizations, domestic gov- Minor in Athletic Training ernment, communications, or law. Minor in Community Development Graduate students can select from Minor in Health Education among a wide variety of degrees. The M.S. Minor in Political Science in administration of justice permits stu- Graduate Certificate in Gerontology dents to understand the complex interac- M.A., M.S.—Health Education tions among functional parts of the adult M.A., M.S.—Political Science criminal justice system. The Graduate Cer- M.P.A. tificate in Gerontology enables students to M.P.H. develop an understanding of the needs and M.U.R.P. problems of the elderly in urban areas. The M.U.S. M.A./M.S. in health education is designed Ph.D.—Public Administration and to prepare students for professional careers Policy in education or research in fields of health Ph.D.—Urban Studies, Urban Studies: promotion and disease prevention, and Regional Science wellness. The Master of Public Administra- tion (M.P.A.) is designed for persons aspir- The College of Urban and Public Affairs at ing to positions of management in Portland State University allows students government and related areas. The Master with interests in urban problems and proof Public Health degree (M.P.H.) prepares cesses to take advantage of the resources of practitioners and researchers to identify an urban university situated in a major met- and meet the health needs of defined popu- ropolitan area. Opportunities for urban lations. The M.A./M.S. in political science education are available through nine gradu- is designed to prepare students for Ph.D. ate degree programs and four undergradu- work in political science or public adminis- ate degree programs. Undergraduate tration and policy, to pursue graduate-level students may also complement any bache- work in law, or to enter public and private lor’s degree offered by the University with sector jobs requiring advanced knowledge a minor in community development, politi- of the political process. The Master of cal science, health education, or athletic Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P.) training by simultaneously conforming to permits students to develop professional their curricular requirements. planning skills, and the Master of Urban The B.A. or B.S. degree in administra- Studies (M.U.S.) permits development of tion of justice prepares students for a vari- urban research capabilities. The Ph.D. pro- ety of public service careers in the criminal gram in urban studies prepares students for justice system. The B.A. or B.S. in health academic employment and research. The education provides training for many pro- Ph.D. in public administration and policy fessional careers in health promotion and prepares students for careers in public health education. Students may choose affairs and administration, including col- from four tracks: community health, health lege-level teaching. and fitness, school health, and health sciences. In addition, a student may add

248 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

The Maurie Clark Fellowship is not for profit agencies, and private may result in termination of students awarded annually to an outstanding full- industry. admission. time Ph.D. student. The recipient must be a Degree Requirements Administration and Policy doctoral candidate with an approved disser- Prerequisites. The Ph.D. program in Specialization tation outline who intends to use the fel- public administration and policy is Those working on the doctorate may wish lowship to support research activities. The designed for students with a wide variety of to specialize in a particular area of adminis- Admissions Committee reviews applica- undergraduate and master’s level back- tration or policy. This is accomplished by tions and selects a number of qualified can- grounds. However, students are required to utilizing elective courses available in field didates whose names are forwarded to the have completed basic statistics before entry areas, as well as gearing dissertation and dean for final review and selection. into the program or as soon after entrance dissertation concentration hours to the UPA Memorial Award. One award is as possible. Entering students would also desired area of specialization. Typical spe- given annually to an outstanding student in be well advised (but are not required) to cializations pursued by PAP doctoral stu- the College of Urban and Public Affairs. have completed courses in micro and dents include: health policy, urban affairs, The award is given alternately to graduate macro economics, American government, administration of justice, aging, not for and undergraduate students who are recom- and introduction to public administration profit sector studies, educational policy, mended by their divisions and chosen by a prior to, or shortly after, admission. It natural resource policy, human resources faculty committee. should be noted that no credit toward the and labor relations, budgeting and finance, degree is awarded for remedial work in and organizational development. INTERDIVISIONAL basic statistics or any of the recommended Coursework Selection PROGRAMS courses noted above. In planning their field elective and disserta- Coursework. The doctoral degree in tion concentration courses, students may PH.D. IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION public administration and policy requires utilize course offerings from appropriate AND POLICY 78 hours of required and elective course- departments throughout the University. Coordinator: Henry D. Kass work and completion of a dissertation for These courses may also include up to 15 The Ph.D. in public administration and 27 hours of credit. The coursework and dis- hours of independent reading and confer- policy is an interdisciplinary program that sertation requirements are shown below: ence coursework. involves faculty throughout the entire Col- Foundational Core (18). The student is Comprehensive Examinations lege of Urban and Public Affairs and other expected to complete six, 3-credit core In order to evaluate one’s ability to inte- units of the University. The degree prepares courses. This body of coursework is designed grate, analyze, and critique the diverse the student to conduct advanced research, to bring all students to an advanced conceptual level in the field of governance and to relate materials and ideas presented in the PAP exercise critical judgment, and provide curriculum, students are required to com- highly competent operational support in the theories of governance explicitly to the administrative and policy process. plete a two-part comprehensive examina- world of public affairs and service. Stu- tion. Part A of the examination covers the dents who graduate from the program are Public Administration and Public Policy Fields (24). All students complete 12 credit 18 credit hours of foundational core well suited to occupy a variety of positions courses and is given when the student fin- in these areas, including: college-level hours of required and elective coursework in public administration and 12 more in public ishes this course sequence. Part B of the teaching, advanced research, consultation, policy. This coursework is designed to provide examination reviews the field courses in and policy advocacy and administration at a basis for advanced research and analysis in public administration and public policy. either executive or senior staff levels. both these areas, as well as explore the com- Part B examinations are prepared specifi- The curriculum seeks to prepare stu- plex relationships between them. cally for each student by a faculty commit- dents with a firm theoretical grasp of the Research Methods (16). The research methods tee (see below) and administered as soon as processes and institutions associated both sequence covers the basic philosophy of practicable after completion of the stu- with policy formation and those involved in inquiry in contemporary social science, dent’s last field coursework. administration. Accordingly, the intellec- research design, introduction to qualitative tual foundation of the curriculum is the research methods, and advanced work in Advising concept of governance, which examines the quantitative methods. All incoming students in the PAP Ph.D. program are advised by the program coor- complex and often ambiguous relationship Dissertation Course Concentration (20). This between policy and administration as it body of coursework is selected by the student dinator for the first quarter of their course- takes place within an evolving constitu- and dissertation committee. It is designed to work. They are then assigned a faculty tional framework. provide the specific substantive and method- member who is their academic adviser until In addition, the concept of governance ological background necessary to write the stu- completion of part A of the comprehensive upon which the curriculum is built recog- dent’s dissertation. exam. Prior to embarking on their field nizes an emerging world in which the fate Dissertation Research Credits (27). studies, students select and recruit a field of nations and local communities is tied In completing these requirements stu- study committee composed of a chairper- equally to global economic and political dents may pursue a course of doctoral stud- son and two additional faculty members. events. Thus, it goes beyond the study of ies on a full- or part-time basis. As indicated, this committee will prepare national policy and administration to exam- the student’s part B comprehensive exami- Continuous Enrollment nations. Finally, when students are ready to ine the linkages among international, All students admitted to the Ph.D. program national, regional, and local institutions. At begin work on their dissertations and dis- must be continuously enrolled until gradua- sertation concentrations, they select and the same time, it takes into consideration tion, except for periods when they are the fact that both public policy and admin- recruit a dissertation committee to advise absent by approved leave. Taking 3 credits them composed of a chairperson and three istration increasingly involve a wide variety per term during the regular academic year of institutional actors, partnerships, and members. The Office of Graduate Studies will constitute continuous enrollment. Fail- and Research appoints an additional competitive relationships among govern- ure to register without an approved leave ments, non-governmental organizations, member to the committee making a total of

C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 249

five members. It should be noted students INTERINSTITUTIONAL may retain prior advisers and committee PROGRAMS members or select entirely new personnel for their dissertation MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH committees. The School of Community Health and the An effective working relationship with Division of Public Administration jointly faculty advisers is crucial to the quality and offer the M.P.H. degree as participants in a success of doctoral studies. Students statewide, tri-university public health pro- should make every effort to keep in touch gram, consisting of Portland State Univer- with advisers and committee members sity, Oregon Health Sciences University, throughout their doctoral work. and Oregon State University. Students in Dissertation Requirements the Portland metropolitan area take a The dissertation process is designed to common core of five courses taught on the evaluate the student’s ability to success- campuses of OHSU and PSU. These core fully conduct a significant, independent courses cover the essential knowledge applied research project. As such, it repre- areas of public health as set forth by the sents the culmination of a student’s doc- Council on Education for Public Health, toral studies and must effectively the national accrediting body for graduate demonstrate the student’s capacity to con- schools of public health and graduate product research of a professional quality. grams in community health/preventative After completing the comprehensive medicine. The core courses consist of: bio- examination series, a student should form statistics, epidemiology, environmental and his or her dissertation committee. This occupational health sciences, health sys- committee will help the student frame the tems organization, and social and behav- research topic and select appropriate ioral sciences. Specialty tracks of health coursework to complete the 20 credit hours education/health promotion and health of the required dissertation concentration. administration and policy are provided by At the point students near completion of the School of Community Health and the the dissertation concentration, they should Division of Public Administration, respec- prepare a dissertation proposal with the tively. Please refer to the departmental list- advice of their committee. This proposal is ings for information on specific degree presented to the faculty and students in a requirements and admission criteria. formal colloquium. If the proposal is approved by the committee, the student starts work on his or her dissertation project. A minimum of one year (27 credit hours) of dissertation research is required and there is a five year limit on the time allowed to complete the project. During the time a student is completing the dissertation project he or she must be continuously enrolled for three credits each quarter. When the dissertation is finished and accepted by the committee, an oral defense of the findings is held. Additional Information and Applications For additional information on the application process, enrollment procedures, residency requirements, leave of absence, grading policies, etc., please obtain a copy of the College of Urban and Public Affairs Doctoral Procedure Handbook and relevant Office of Graduate Studies and Research requirements. For application materials or further information contact Coordinator, Ph.D. Program in Public Administration and Pol- icy, c/o Office of the Dean, College of Urban and Public Affairs, 101 Urban and Public Affairs Building, P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207-0751. Telephone (503) 725-5143; e-mail: [email protected].

250 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY HEALTH

212 Health and Physical Education All courses taken for the teaching field Because admission is selective, students Building requirement must be passed with a C- or are encouraged to file an application with 725-4401 better grade and must average a 3.00 GPA. the athletic training curriculum director Prospective teachers should contact the early in their academic careers. Internship B.A., B.S.—Health Education School of Community Health for specific coursework is limited to students who have Minor in Health Education requirements. applied and have been accepted into the Minor in Athletic Training program. M.A., M.S—Health Education UNDERGRADUATE A candidate for this minor is required to M.P.H.—Participating school in Master PROGRAMS satisfy all University requirements for a of Public Health baccalaureate degree with an academic major in one of the related fields of study Health education is an eclectic discipline The undergraduate health education curric- offered at Portland State. All candidates that seeks to bridge the gap between scien- ulum is designed around a common core of who plan to work as athletic trainers in the tific health discoveries and their application courses and four separate tracks: commu- public schools should be licensed teachers. to daily living. Health educators seek both nity health, health and fitness promotion, Athletic Training Minor Require- to aid in the voluntary selection of healthy school health, and health sciences. The ments. Completion of all requirements for behavior patterns for people and to encour- school health track prepares students with graduation with an academic major in one age the development of environmental con- the academic content in health education of the fields in which Portland State Uni- ditions that support good health. Interest in required for admission into the Graduate versity offers an undergraduate degree. health education/health promotion has Teacher Education Program. The health opened new opportunities for health educa- sciences track provides students who wish B.A./B.S. IN HEALTH EDUCATION tors in community, business and industry, to be admitted into professional programs All students wishing to earn the B.A./B.S. school, and medical care settings. The in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, or degree in health education must complete School of Community Health offers pro- occupational therapy the opportunity to the requirements listed in the common core grams leading to degrees at both the under- learn health education content and methods plus the requirements listed in one of the graduate and graduate levels. Both levels while completing specified science prereq- tracks which follow. provide training for professional careers in uisites. All four tracks prepare students Common Core Requirements Credits health education, health promotion, and with the entry-level health education competencies recommended by the National Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and health-related fields. The baccalaureate Physiology...... 4, 4, 4 degrees provide the necessary background Commission for Health Education Stat 244 Statistics ...... 4 for advanced studies leading to graduate Credentialing. PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life ...... 4 degrees in health-related fields such as A grade of C- or better is required in all PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and medicine, physical therapy, dentistry, and coursework required for degrees in the Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 nursing. The School also offers minors in School of Community Health, including PHE 350 Health and Health Systems...... 4 health education and core, required, and elective courses. With PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and athletic training. A variety of professional the exception of practicum and/or intern- Strategies...... 4 PHE 471 Program Planning/Evaluation in courses are open to all students in the ship credits, courses taken under the undifferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) Health Education...... 4 University. PHE 404 Internship ...... 12 will not be accepted toward fulfilling the majors or minors offered within the School. Core total 48 SECONDARY EDUCATION Health education majors and minors must PROGRAM Community Health Track. In addition fulfill all general University requirements to the previously listed common core in addition to specific School requirements. Students who wish to become licensed requirements, students pursuing the Majors and minors may not take required teachers in health education must complete community health track must complete the courses under the pass/no pass option. a required list of courses or their equivalent following requirements: before applying to the Graduate School of ATHLETIC TRAINING MINOR, List A Education for admission into the Graduate 725-4401 Choose 16 credits from the following:...... 16 Teacher Education Program (see require- The minor prepares individuals for part- or PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for ments page 183). These courses are full-time careers in the athletic training Children & Youth (4) required whether the applicant holds a field, i.e., school related athletic programs, PHE 410 Community Building and Public degree in the field or holds a degree in (if licensed to teach) college/university, or Health (4) PHE 435 Crime, Violence, and Personal another subject field. Courses in the School professional sports. Completion of the Safety (4) of Community Health can be taken to com- coursework and 1500-hour clinical experi- PHE 446 Community Health Principles and plete the Oregon Continuing Teaching ence qualifies students to take the National Practices (4) License in Health, and selected courses can Athletic Trainers’ Association Board of PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) be taken to complete the Oregon Continu- Certification Examination. The athletic ing Teaching License in Physical Educa- training minor is open to all students in the tion. University on a space-available basis.

C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 251

PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease Credits List B: Preprofessional Science Requirements Prevention (4) PHE 252 First Aid ...... 4 Choose one of the following options: Premedi- PHE 480 Controversial Issues in Health (4) PHE 275 Stress Management...... 4 cine, Predentistry, Prephysical Therapy, Preoc- UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) Psy 311 Human Development ...... 4 cupational Therapy. Referring to the table List B PHE 326 Drug Education...... 4 below for that option, complete the minimum Choose 24 credits from the following:...... 24 PHE 335 Human Sexuality ...... 4 number of science credits indicated for each PHE 275 Stress Management (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health ...... 4 department under that option. In choosing PHE 326 Drug Education (4) PHE 365 Health Promotion for Children which courses to complete in a given depart- PHE 335 Human Sexuality (4) and Youth...... 4 ment, you should verify for yourself the spe- PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 cific prerequisites required by the professional PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) PHE 443 Environmental Health...... 4 school(s) to which you intend to apply for PHE 410 Minority Health (4) Ed 420 Introduction to Education and admission. You may make use of advising PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) Society...... 4 sheets for each option provided by the College PHE 443 Environmental Health (4) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease of Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising Center PHE 453 Reproductive Health of Women (4) Prevention or PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: which summarize prerequisites for profes- PHE 454 Maternal and Child Health (4) Human Potential ...... 4 sional schools in Oregon and selected schools PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) in the Pacific Northwest. Track total 44 PHE 457 Death Education (4) PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: Human Potential (4) Minimum Credits Premedicine Predentistry Prephysical Preoccupational Therapy Therapy Track total 40 Biology 15 15 15 15 Chemistry 32 28 28 Health and Fitness Track. In addition Physics 15 15 15 5 to the previously listed common core Math/Stat 4 4 4 requirements, students pursuing the health Psychology 12 16 Sociology 4 and fitness track must complete the follow- Computer Science 3 ing requirements: Subtotal credits 66 58 74 47 List A Credits from List A 16 16 16 16 Required courses ...... 16 Total Track Credits 82 74 90 63 PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries (4) PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise (4) Health Sciences Track. In addition to PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and the previously listed common core† Health Minor. Students wishing to Training (4) requirements, students pursuing the health complete a minor in health must complete PE 185 Fitness Activities (4) sciences track must complete the following the core courses plus courses listed in one List B requirements: of the following options: Choose 24 credits from the following:...... 24 PHE 252 First Aid (4) List A Core requirement PHE 275 Stress Management (4) Choose 16 credits from the following:...... 16 Bi 301, 302 Anatomy and Physiology ...... 8 PHE 326 Drug Education (4) PHE 252 First Aid (4) PHE 350 Health and Health Systems...... 4 PHE 341 Development and Management of PHE 275 Stress Management (4) PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and Health/Fitness Programs (4) PHE 326 Drug Education (4) Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) PHE 361 Care and Prevention Injuries (4) Strategies...... 4 PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology (4) PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for Subtotal 20 PHE 410 Athletic Training Administration (2) Children and Youth (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology (4) Option I PHE 435 Crime, Violence, and Personal PHE 410 Minority Health (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health ...... 4 Safety (4) PHE 410 Maternal and Child Health (4) PHE 443 Environmental Health...... 4 PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 450 Epidemiology ...... 4 PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) PHE 446 Community Health Principles and PHE 471 Program Planning and Evaluation in PHE 459 Therapeutic Modalities (2) Practices (4) Health Education...... 4 PHE 460 Injury Evaluation (2) PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) PHE 480 Controversial Issues in Community PHE 461 Therapeutic Exercise and PHE 453 Reproductive Health of Women (4) Health ...... 4 Rehabilitation (2) PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease PHE 457 Death Education (4) Subtotal 20 Prevention (4) PHE 459 Therapeutic Modalities (2) Option II PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: Human PHE 460 Injury Evaluation/Rehabilitation (2) PHE 326 Drug Education...... 4 Potential (4) PHE 461 Therapeutic Exercise and PHE 335 Human Sexuality ...... 4 PHE 475 Fitness Testing (4) Rehabilitation (2) PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease Children and Youth ...... 4 Prevention (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 Track total 40 PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise (4) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training Prevention ...... 4 School Health Track. In addition to the (4) previously listed common core require- PHE 475 Fitness Testing (4) Subtotal 20 ments, students pursuing the school health UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) track must complete the following requirements:

† Students electing the health sciences track will be required to complete an internship of 4-8 credits, depending on the academic objectives and needs of the student.

252 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Option III and should be chosen based on a predeter- PHE 345 PHE 252 First Aid ...... 4 mined elective focus. In addition, a com- Acquaintance Rape and Self-protection (4) PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries . . . . 4 prehensive written exam must be Examines the cognitive issues leading to PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology...... 4 acquaintance rape (i.e., aggressive male behav- successfully passed. ior, lack of assertive behavior, belief in social PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise...... 4 Students pursuing an M.A./M.S. degree PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training. . 4 myths, vulnerability from use of alcohol, drugs). in health education must complete at least Class involves lectures/films/speakers and prac- Subtotal 20 45 graduate credits with a cumulative GPA tical self-protection techniques. of 3.00 or higher, including a core of 21-27 *PHE 346 Total 40 credits, depending on whether a final Crime, Violence, and Personal Safety (4) Athletic Training Minor. (See project (6 credits) or a thesis (9 credits) is Examines crime and violence in the United States, develops prevention and protection strat- page 250) elected. Students must determine a concentration, including approved electives, in egies to minimize risk; explores crime statistics, Credits consultation with the academic adviser. the circumstances that put us most at risk, and Bi 301, 302 Anatomy and Physiology . . . . . 4, 4 who the criminal tends to be. Personal projection PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 Within a concentration, students may devices and available community services are PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries . . . . 4 design a program aimed at health evalua- discussed. tion, health program planning, worksite PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and PHE 350 Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 health and fitness promotion, or some other Health and Health Systems (4) PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology...... 4 special interest within the framework of the An overview of the organization, financing, and PHE 404 Internship ...... 6-9 School of Community Health. delivery of health services in the United States, PHE 410/510 Athletic Training with particular emphasis on analysis from pro- Administration ...... 2 fessional, organizational, community, and sys- PHE 459/559 Therapeutic Modalities ...... 2 PUBLIC HEALTH tems perspectives. PHE 460/560 Injury Evaluation...... 2 EDUCATION COURSES PHE 355 PHE 461/561 Therapeutic Exercise and Consumer Health Issues (4) Rehabilitation ...... 2 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Identifies and critically analyzes issues related to PHE 473/573 Physiology of Exercise ...... 4 offered every year. the production, marketing, and consumption of *PHE 199 health-related goods and services. Media mes- Total 42-45 Special Studies (1-3) sages about consumer health issues are exam- PHE 252 ined; topical and timely research is analyzed. GRADUATE First Aid (4) Prerequisite: PHE 295. PROGRAM Emergency care for various types of injuries: PHE 361 assessment, life threatening injuries, medical Care and Prevention of Injuries (4) The School of Community Health offers emergencies, and special situations. Additional Introduction to the prevention, recognition, care, training for childbirth and CPR for adult, infant, the Master of Public Health degree concen- and rehabilitation of injuries resulting from par- and child. Course leads to Red Cross ticipation in activity. Practical skills are demon- tration, Health Education/Health Promo- certification. strated and practiced with emphasis on student tion, in cooperation with Oregon Health *PHE 275 participation. Prerequisites: Bi 301, 302. Sciences University and Oregon State Uni- Stress Management (4) PHE 363 versity. The School also offers graduate An overview of the physiology of stress, stress Communicable Diseases and Chronic Health work leading to the Master of Arts and the triggers, assessment of stress, and stress man- Problems (4) Master of Science degrees. agement techniques and strategies. Reviews etiology, epidemiology, and approaches The School of Community Health PHE 295 to prevention of infectious and chronic diseases. graduate programs are designed to prepare Health and Fitness for Life (4) Aspects of risk factors, transmission, pathogene- students for professional work in the fields Examines scientific literature regarding lifestyle sis, immunology, case management, and control programs are discussed. Basic human physiolog- of community health, health education, and choices that promote optimal health and functioning. Behaviors regarding self-protection, ical processes are reviewed. Prerequisites: Bi health promotion in a wide variety of set- self-care, and health promotion are compared to 301, 302. tings. recommendations emerging from this literature. PHE 365 To be considered for admission to the PHE 326 Health Promotion Programs for Children and graduate degree program, a student must Drug Education (4) Youth (4) have a bachelor’s degree in health educa- Examines various approaches to drug education Provides an understanding of factors that influ- tion, health and fitness promotion, human with an emphasis on prevention models. Epide- ence health status and development of children performance (or the equivalent), or com- miology of and trends in drug use in the U.S. and and youth in the United States. Particular atten- plete prerequisites established by the effects on society. Reviews current and contro- tion will be directed at health promotion programs for children, youth, and families in school School of Community Health. Additional versial issues and legal information on drug use effects. and community settings. Includes a service admission requirements include a cumula- component. tive undergraduate GPA of 3.00 or higher, PHE 335 Human Sexuality (4) PHE 370 completion of the Graduate Record Exami- A survey of the psychological, physiological, Applied Kinesiology (4) nation, three academic letters of recom- and behavioral aspects of human sexuality, with Overview of anatomical and mechanical bases of mendation, and a 500-word essay. particular emphasis on the influence of popular human movement. Review of biomechanical Students completing the M.P.H. degree culture on these dimensions. principles with applications to exercise and health. Prerequisite: Bi 301. must complete at least 60 credits with a *PHE 341 cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher, includ- Development and Management of Health/ PHE 401/501 ing a core of 15 credits, 45 required credits Fitness Programs (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) in the concentration, and an internship. Survey of organization and management of com- Consent of instructor. Upon entering the programs students must munity, commercial, and corporate health/fitness programs. Emphasis on planning, organizing, choose between concentrations in commu- financing, staffing, and managing health/fitness nity health and risk reduction. Program programs. Out of class, on-site visitation electives must be approved by an adviser required. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 253

PHE 404 properly conducted studies of the distribution PHE 471 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to and dynamic behavior of disease in a population Program Planning and Evaluation in Health be arranged.) can contribute to understanding of etiologic fac- Education: Theory and Skill Development (4) A work related experience designed to connect tors, modes of transmission, and pathogenesis of Examines program planning models for health and integrate theory with specific activities in a disease. Prerequisite: PHE 363. education. Includes needs assessment; program “real” environment under supervision. Field goals and objectives; program content and meth- * hours for students taking the internship will be PHE 453/553 odologies, evaluation, budgeting, and proposal Women’s Reproductive Health (4) 30 hours per credit per term. Additionally, Critical review of current public health and writing. Students will gain practical experience students will be expected to attend scheduled socio-political issues in women’s reproductive in program planning and evaluation through seminars. health. Both national and international topics are community-based learning. Field work required. PHE 405/505 discussed. Students apply health knowledge in Prerequisites: senior standing and 12 credits in Reading and Conference (Credit to be identifying and seeking solutions to the issues PHE. arranged.) which concern health care providers, consumers, PHE 473/573 Consent of instructor. and policy makers. Prerequisite: PHE 335. Physiology of Exercise (4) PHE 406/506 Examination of physiological responses and PHE 456/556 adaptations to exercise, with a focus on the inter- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Health Aspects of Aging (4) PHE 407/507 Examines the myths versus realities regarding action of metabolic, endocrine, neuromuscular, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) changes in functional capacity and health that circulorespiratory, and environmental factors Maximum: 9 credits. may occur with age. Ways to extend potential related to fitness and health. Prerequisites: Bi PHE 408/508 and maximize capacities throughout life are dis- 301, 302. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) cussed. Prerequisites: PHE 295, Bi 302. PHE 474 PHE 409/509 Exercise Prescription and Training (4) PHE 457/557 Focuses on the basic principles and skills needed Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Death Education (4) for developing and implementing physical fit- PHE 410/510 Identifies and examines the meaning of death in Selected Topic (Credit to be arranged.) life. Topics include: attitudes towards death; ness programs. Emphasis includes: appropriate/ decisions that surround death; grieving/coping; safe training procedures and the underlying prin- PHE 425/525 ciples which support such methods, applications Nutrition for Health (4) death and the health care system; social/cultural Examines basis for and quality of current nutri- and legal issues. Prerequisite: six hours of PHE to younger and older populations, gender differ- tional requirements, standards, and guidelines. coursework. ences, motivational strategies and health behavior theory, and exercise leadership skills. A Studies evidence regarding current food fads and *PHE 459/559 controversies. Analyzes personal dietary prac- significant portion of the course involves experi- Therapeutic Modalities (2) ential learning. Prerequisites: PHE 295, 473. tices. Prerequisite: six hours in PHE coursework An overview of the indications, contraindica- or consent of instructor. tions, clinical application, pain management, and *PHE 443 physical principals of common therapeutic Environmental Health (4) modalities used in the training room or sports Designed to enable the student to understand and medicine setting. Prerequisite: PHE 361. evaluate complex environmental health issues *PHE 460/560 induced by waste products generated by modern Injury Evaluation (2) technology. Specific topics include water quality, An in-depth study of upper and lower body inju- air quality, solid and hazardous waste, occupa- ries resulting from participation in activity. tional health, ionizing and non-ionizing radia- Emphasis will be on clinical evaluation skills. tion, chemical contamination of foods, food Prerequisite: PHE 361. additives, animal transmission of disease, noise, *PHE 461/561 and selected current topics. Therapeutic Exercise and Rehabilitation (2) Prerequisite: six hours of PHE. Provides a foundation of the current trends in PHE 446 therapeutic exercise and rehabilitation. Uses a Community Health Principles and Practices systematic approach to evaluation and exercise (4) program development, techniques, indications, Provides an overview of the scope of problems contraindications, and exercise progression. Pre- in the field of community health. Examines dis- requisite: PHE 361. ease prevention/control, community health ser- PHE 466/566 vice delivery, the structure of official/unofficial Mind/Body Health: Disease Prevention (4) agencies, and policy/decision-making pro- An investigation of the integral relationship cesses. Course includes field work in a commu- between body and mind and how that relation- nity health agency. Prerequisite: six credits of ship manifests itself in health, illness, and pro- PHE coursework or community health experi- motes healing. Philosophical and scientific ence. foundations of mind/body health are explored. PHE 448 Mind/body research and its application within Health Education Techniques and Strategies allopathic medicine is examined as is research (4) and practice in complementary fields of medi- Introduces students to basic techniques and strat- cine and health care. Prerequisites: Psy 204, egies used in planning and carrying out health PHE 363. education programs in a variety of settings. Spe- cial emphasis is given to scope and sequencing PHE 467/567 Mind/Body Health: Human Potential (4) skills, objective writing, selection/development Theory and research in the human potential of health education resources/materials, and movement is integrated with research in mind/ methods for and use of technology in the deliv- body medicine to produce an expanded under- ery of health education programs. Prerequisite: standing of human transformative capacities. junior standing and 12 credits in PHE. Transformative practices including meditation, PHE 450 yoga, imagery, biofeedback, and sport are exam- Epidemiology (4) ined. Elements common to all transformative Introduces principles and methods of epidemio- practices are identified. Prerequisite: PHE 466/ logical investigation of infectious/non-infec- 566. tious diseases. Illustrates methods by which 254 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

PHE 475/575 PHE 520 *PHE 558 Fitness Testing (4) Research Design: Nontraditional Approaches Health Curriculum (3) Theory and application of assessment methods/ (3) Designed to make a critical analysis and evalua- tools used to evaluate physiological function Presents the philosophical and theoretical bases tion of the total school health program; to relating to fitness and health, including labora- supporting the development of alternate research develop analytical skills of the prospective tory and field tests. Significant emphasis on paradigms in human inquiry. Essential character- health educator in special methods, techniques, developing skills necessary for conducting tests istics of three major alternate paradigms (inter- and tools relating to instruction, and to allow the on apparently healthy individuals. Assessment pretivist, constructivist, and critical theory) are student an opportunity to organize and present categories include anaerobic performance, mus- introduced. Validity, reliability, and related con- materials which will provide the student with an cular strength and endurance, flexibility, body cepts are examined from the perspective of each effective background for future practical use in composition, cardiovascular function. Prerequi- paradigm. Alternate strategies for inquiry are the field. Prerequisite: graduate standing. presented and ethical considerations related to sites: Mth 111, PHE 473. PHE 576 qualitative forms of inquiry are addressed. Pre- PHE 480 Exercise And Health (3) Controversial Issues in Community Health requisite: graduate standing. Exploration of research dealing with relation- (4) PHE 521 ships between exercise and health. Topics Examines controversial issues in the field of Research Design in Health: Traditional include: cardiovascular disease; diabetes; community health (e.g., violence, women’s Approaches (3) immune function; cancer; obesity/weight con- health, medical technology, access to health ser- Introduction to traditional methods of designing trol; bone health; mental health. Prerequisite: vices). Group presentations required. Prerequi- and conducting research as they are currently PHE 473. sites: senior status and 12 credits of PHE. practiced in the fields of health education and health/fitness promotion. Topics include: PHE 577 PHE 503 Exercise and Nutrition (3) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) descriptive, historical, and evaluative research The physiological processes which govern the methods, plus experimental, quasi-experimental, digestion and use of essential nutrients, the mod- PHE 504 and non-experimental designs and review Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to ifications which are needed as a result of exer- be arranged.) of statistical concepts. Prerequisite: graduate cise, and the role that exercise and nutrition play standing. PHE 512 in the diseases of overabundance. Prerequisites: Principles of Health Behavior I (3) *PHE 531 Ch 250, PHE 473. Presents an overview of the biological, psycho- Women and Exercise: Physiological Aspects PHE 580 logical, behavioral, sociocultural, and environ- (3) Overview of physiological and health-related Concepts of Environmental Health (3) mental factors that function in the promotion of An intensive course designed to familiarize stu- effects of exercise on women. Emphasis on the health and prevention of disease. Theories devel- dents with fundamentals of environmental health responses and adaptations to exercise specific to oped to explain health and illness behaviors at from a scientific and conceptual perspective. women. Topics include gender differences, the intrapersonal, interpersonal, and group/commu- Topics are considered within multi-causal, eco- menstrual cycle, pregnancy, menopause, and nity levels are introduced. Ethical issues logical, adaptive systems, and risk-assessment osteoporosis. Prerequisite: PHE 473/573. involved in health-related behavior change are frameworks. Includes consideration of biologi- examined. Satisfies the core M.P.H. requirement. *PHE 542 cal, chemical, and physical agents in the envi- Prerequisite: graduate standing. Programs in Sex Education (3) ronment which influence public health and well- Designed to provide elementary, junior high being. Prerequisite: graduate standing. PHE 513 school, senior high school teachers and other Principles of Health Behavior II (3) A postmodern approach to health behavior professionals with appropriate content and mate- theory and its applications. Major theories are rials for teaching in the area of human sexuality. SERVICE COURSES IN critiqued from positivist, social constructionist, The course will examine the controversial issues PHYSICAL EDUCATION and critical theory perspectives. Feminist and related to sex education instruction and will empowerment-based approaches are contrasted review available materials and curricula in the †PE 185 with traditional behavioral interventions. Ethi- field. Prerequisite: PHE 231/Psy 299. Physical Education: Co-ed (1) cal implications of postmodern orientations to *PHE 543 A variety of activities taught for physiological health behavior are explored. Prerequisite: Drug and Alcohol Education (3) and recreational values. PHE 512. This course is designed to familiarize students †PE 280 with principles and programs in dealing with *PHE 518 Physical Education Service Courses: Women Topics in Health Education (3) problems of drug and alcohol use/abuse. (2) In-depth analysis of recent research and related Prevention models are emphasized. Prerequisite: A variety of activities taught for physiological program developments on one or more health- PHE 326. and recreational values. Two hours per week related topics. Topics vary according to term and PHE 549 plus field trips and extended experiences. instructor. Course may be taken more than once Quantitative Analysis in Health Studies (3) †PE 285 on different topics. Topics include: death and Application of quantitative methods to topics in Physical Education Service Courses: Co-ed dying, nutrition, international health, environ- health studies. Topics include: computer applica- (2) mental health, exercise, special populations, per- tions for health studies research and univariate A variety of activities taught for physiological sonal safety, and disease. Prerequisite: graduate and multivariate techniques for analysis of data and recreational values. Two hours per week standing. relating to health studies. Prerequisite: Mth 243, plus field trips and extended experiences. 244. *PHE 519 Current Issues in Public Health (3) PHE 550 Course provides a broad overview of recent Health Promotion Program Planning (3) research and related program developments on Addresses practical applications of health pro- current public health issues. Issues may include: motion theories. Presents examples of planning, AIDS; sexually transmitted diseases; maternal implementation, and evaluation of health promo- and child health; international health; alcohol, tion programs in a variety of settings as guides tobacco, and drugs; nutrition; environmental for the development of health promotion pro- health; exercise; gerontology; and mental health. grams. Prerequisite: graduate standing.

† Not more than 12 credits in any combination of numbers may be applied to the 180-credit requirement. Additional fees will be charged for these courses. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 255

MARK O. HATFIELD SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

The Mark O. Hatfield School of Govern- provides academic preparation for Core Courses Credits ment is one of three schools within the Col- advanced study leading to graduate degrees AJ 200 Introduction to Adult Criminal Justice lege of Urban and Public Affairs. It consists in the administration of justice, law, and Process ...... 4 of three academic divisions: Administra- other related fields, including such PSU AJ 210 Introduction to Juvenile Justice tion of Justice, Political Science, and programs as Master of Public Administra- Process ...... 4 AJ 220 Crime Literacy...... 4 Public Administration. The School also tion, Master of Urban Studies, Ph.D. in AJ 330 Crime Control Theory and Strategy. . . 4 contains three institutes: the Criminal Jus- urban studies, and Ph.D. in public adminis- AJ 380 Criminal Justice Research ...... 4 tice Policy Research Institute within tration and policy. AJ 409 Senior Practicum ...... 8 Administration of Justice; the Executive Students with other career objectives AJ 410 Special Topics (selected from a variety Leadership Institute; and Institute for Non- and with an interest in justice-related issues of 4-credit courses designed to meet profes- profit Management within Public Adminis- are invited to enroll in any division course sional interests) ...... 12 tration. A fourth institute, the Columbia/ for which prerequisites are met. AJ 420 Criminal Law and Legal Reasoning . . 4 Pacific Policy Institute for Energy and the In addition to the important skills and AJ 440 Constitutional Criminal Procedures . . 4 Environment, is a private nonprofit organi- knowledge that may be acquired from other AJ 460 Court Procedures ...... 4 AJ 490 Senior Colloquium ...... 4 zation affiliated with the School. The curricula within the University, students Public Administration and Policy Ph.D. is who major in administration of justice are Total AJ core credits 56 an interdisciplinary program administra- presented with an opportunity to attain the Supporting Courses Credits tively housed in the Office of the Dean of following specific characteristics that are CS 105 Computing Fundamentals ...... 4 the necessary for successful careers in the jus- Sp 215 Introduction to Intercultural College of Urban and Public Affairs. tice field: Communication ...... 4 ■ Knowledge of the causal theories of Phl 202 Elementary Ethics ...... 4 criminal and delinquent behavior; the Psy 434 Introduction to Psychopathology . . . 4 ADMINISTRATION legal framework within which justice Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 OF JUSTICE should be administered; historical and Soc 337 Minorities ...... 4 contemporary justice processes; and the Soc 418 Criminology and Delinquency . . . . . 4 313 College of Urban and Public Affairs problems of administering justice and Total supporting credits 28 725-4014 their potential solutions. ■ Professional ability to be literate, artic- Total major requirements 84 ulate, scientific, thinking, reasonable, B.A., B.S. Pass/no pass credits will be allowed for and practical. those courses listed above that are offered Minor ■ Personal qualities of being ethical and only on a pass/no pass basis. M.S. compassionate. Ph.D.—Participating division in Urban Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Studies Doctoral Program and Public The achievement of these important minor in administration of justice a student Administration and Policy Doctoral characteristics is facilitated through a pro- must complete a minimum of 31 credits (13 Program gram of study that requires students to credits of which must be taken in residence complete certain lower-division courses at PSU), to include the following: before enrolling in upper-division courses. NDERGRADUATE Required of all minors Credits U Course prerequisites are enforced to ensure AJ 200, 210, 220, 330 ...... 16 PROGRAM that students have acquired the necessary Five upper-division AJ electives (must knowledge and skills to fully benefit from be approved by an administration of Administration of justice is an academic more advanced courses. justice adviser) ...... 15-20 discipline that critically examines the Cooperative education placements in establishment of legal norms and their use Portland metropolitan area administration Total 31-36 by public and private agencies to control of justice agencies are available to qualified All courses submitted to satisfy the such symptoms of social disorder as crime, students. requirements for a minor in Administration delinquency, mental illness, civil wrongs, Requirements for Major. In addition of Justice must be passed with a grade of and discrimination. The undergraduate to meeting the general University degree “C” or above. Courses taken under the administration of justice program at Port- requirements, students who major in undifferentiated grading option (pass/no land State University focuses on the major administration of justice must complete a pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling problems of crime and delinquency. A set of special degree core and supporting division minor requirements. major goal is to prepare undergraduate stu- courses. Some of these courses have pre- dents to compete for a limited number of requisites and students should read course such entry positions as law enforcement descriptions in the current PSU Bulletin officer, investigator, trial assistant, proba- before registration. Majors are required to tion and parole officer, and correctional achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the counselor. The undergraduate program also following AJ core courses: 256 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Substantive Core Courses Credits AJ 302 GRADUATE AJ 511 Historical Perspective of Criminal Police Dynamics (3) PROGRAM Justice ...... 3 A critical examination of the various profes- AJ 515 Theories of Crime and Justice ...... 3 sional and community influences on police The Division of Administration of Justice AJ 520 Legal Perspective of Criminal Justice . 3 behavior, together with the social problems gen- offers a program of graduate study and AJ 530 Political/Economic Perspectives of erally created by such forces, and potential research that leads to a Master of Science Criminal Justice ...... 3 remedial actions. in Administration of Justice, with a concen- AJ 550 Comparative Perspective of Criminal AJ 317 tration in the adult criminal justice system. Justice ...... 3 Correctional Practices (3) This degree provides qualified students Research Core Courses Analysis of the various treatment and rehabilitation practices attempted with various types of with an opportunity to understand the com- USP 530 Research Design ...... 3 offenders in both an institutional setting and in plex interactions among the functional PA 551 Data Analysis and Statistics for Public the community; includes an examination and parts of the adult criminal justice system, Administration ...... 3 evaluation of behavior modification, psychiatric i.e., law making, law enforcement, adjudi- Supporting Elective Courses ...... 18 and psychological approaches, group treatment cation, and treatment of criminals by public Thesis ...... 6 methods, reality therapy, as well as other lesser- and private agencies. Total 45 known approaches. A general systems approach is focused A thesis must be written and orally AJ 330 by a sequence of advanced perspective Crime Control Theory and Strategy (4) defended to demonstrate mastery of the seminars which consider the major social An analysis of the methods used to control crime knowledge in the substantive core courses forces that influence the performance of the in American society. Emphasis on understanding and skill in its application to create new the sometimes conflicting goals of the criminal. system. A set of research courses presents knowledge and to solve system-wide prob- Justice system; attention is given to the general the skills necessary to apply knowledge lems. categories of general and specific deterrence, toward the solution of system-wide prob- Due to present scheduling restrictions, aggressive enforcement, situational and environ- lems. Elective courses permit students to students may not be able to complete all mental defensive measures, and modification of specialize in areas of personal interest. the social order. Special attention will be given degree requirements until the end of their Administration of justice graduate to how other countries control crime and the second academic year in this program. courses also support other PSU degree pro- problems of comparison because of political and grams, such as the Master of Public cultural differences. Prerequisites: AJ 220, Soc Administration, Master of Urban Studies, COURSES 200, or Psy 204. Ph.D. in urban studies, and Ph.D. in public AJ 355 administration and policy. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Perspectives on Terrorism (3) offered every year. A survey of international and domestic terror- Admission Requirements. Admission ism, the organizations, philosophies, key play- is made fall term only. All students must AJ 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ers, counter-terror organizations, and response. meet the following requirements: Pass/no pass option. Investigation of the social, psychological, cul- 1. An earned baccalaureate degree in a tural, historical, political, religious, and eco- AJ 200 nomic dynamics of the phenomena will provide discipline that provides necessary aca- Introduction to Adult Criminal Justice demic preparation for the program of Process (4) preparation for discussion of possible approaches to control. study, e.g., administration of justice, crimi- An open system analysis of the decisions made nology, criminal justice, political science, in the adult criminal justice process. Contempo- AJ 380 rary problems and issues, shifting emphases, Criminal Justice Research (4) public administration, and sociology. Stu- replacement of one ideology with another, and A critical examination of the usefulness and lim- dents without adequate undergraduate current operational practices will be analyzed itations of research related to criminal justice preparation may be required to success- focusing around these critical decisions. Alterna- activities, procedures, and programs. Empirical fully complete supplemental graduate-level tives and the dilemmas of changes in policing, criminal justice studies analyzed and discussed. courses designated by the Division of prosecution, court administration, and correc- Prerequisite: completion of all lower-division Administration of Justice. tional programs will be considered. major requirements and AJ 330. 2. Satisfactory scores on the verbal, quan- AJ 210 AJ 401/501 titative, and analytical sections of the GRE Introduction to Juvenile Justice Process (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) A general overview of the various activities and Consent of instructor. General Test. decisions involved in the processing of young AJ 404/504 3. A written statement of academic and law violators. Examination of the justice system Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to professional goals and their relationship to specially designed to handle children, consider- be arranged.) the Master of Science in administration of ation of the many stages in the system, and con- Consent of instructor. justice program of study, supplemented by siderations of issues in juvenile justice policy AJ 405/505 an oral interview with program faculty. formulation. Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) 4. Applicants whose native language is AJ 220 Crime Literacy (4) Consent of instructor. not English must present a minimum score A comprehensive survey of the historical trends AJ 407/507 of 560 on the Test of English as a Foreign and current picture of crime in America that Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Language (TOEFL). examines: (1) methods used to collect crime Consent of instructor. 5. A GPA of 3.0 or higher. data, (2) factual aspects of specific crimes, AJ 409 including definitions and analytical statistics, Senior Practicum (8) Degree Requirements. Students must (3) characteristics of victims and arrestees, (4) Placement in an administration of justice profes- complete the following 45 credits: public opinion, and (5) personal protection. sional organization with supervision and evaluation of work performance by both agency and University staff. Minimum 8 credits required with a total maximum of 16 credits that can be applied toward the administration of justice degree. Prerequisites: senior status and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in AJ core courses. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 257

AJ 410/510 AJ 490 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Senior Colloquium (4) OLITICAL Consent of instructor. Pass/no pass option. An integration of important administration of P AJ 420 justice concepts and knowledge for graduating SCIENCE Criminal Law and Legal Reasoning (4) majors, who will individually prepare a research Study of the basic concepts related to criminal paper on a selected problem and present findings 117 Cramer Hall law, including: historical development, legal ele- to interested students and faculty. Prerequisites: 725-3921 ments of crime and proof, defenses and mitiga- completion of all other AJ major requirements tion, reasonable doubt, and presumptions of fact; and scheduled to graduate at end of term in with particular emphasis on the application of which AJ 490 is taken. B.A., B.S. Minor logical reasoning to make legal decisions. Pre- AJ 503 requisites: completion of all lower-division Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Secondary Education Program—Social major requirements, AJ 330 and 380, and senior AJ 509 Science status. (Normally offered fall term only.) Graduate Practicum (3) M.A., M.S. AJ 440 A work-experience placement in a criminal jus- M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social Constitutional Criminal Procedures (4) tice agency with supervision and evaluation of Science) A critical examination of the legal controls on work performance by both agency and Univer- Ph.D.—Participating division in Public the administration of criminal justice, with spe- sity supervisors. Consent of instructor. Administration and Policy Doctoral cial attention to current court decisions related to AJ 511 Program such issues as search and seizure, admissions Historical Perspective of Criminal Justice (3) and confessions, wiretapping and eavesdrop- A chronological survey of significant social ping, right to counsel, fair trial, self incrimina- events and trends in Western and Eastern civili- UNDERGRADUATE tion, cruel and unusual punishment. Prerequisite: zations that have influenced crime and the devel- AJ 420. (Normally offered winter term only.) opment of law, the police, the courts, and PROGRAMS corrections and have formed the interrelation- AJ 450/550 The program in political science leading to Comparative Perspective of Criminal Justice ships among these parts of the criminal justice (3) system. Prerequisite: admission to graduate pro- the B.A. or B.S. degree is designed to meet An exploration of international criminal justice gram in AJ. the needs of the liberal arts major who systems that compares and contrasts the general AJ 515 wishes to learn more about public and features and cultural foundations of criminal jus- Theories of Crime and Justice (3) international affairs, government, and the tice procedures and institutions in different A comprehensive survey of the major theories of demands of citizenship. It is appropriate for countries throughout the world. Prerequisites: AJ criminal justice. The course will overview theo- professionally motivated students who 450: AJ 100, 200, 330; AJ 550: admission to ries from the biological, psychological, social wish to pursue careers in political science, graduate program in AJ. learning, critical, labeling, social-disorganiza- public administration, international organi- AJ 460 tion, conflict, and culture-conflict perspectives zations, domestic government, communica- Court Procedures (4) and the philosophical discourses on justice of General review of the major activities and proce- Hume, Mills, Kant, Rawls, and others. Prerequi- tions, education, or law. It is also dures involved in the conduct of criminal trials, site: admission to graduate program in AJ. appropriate for inquiring students desiring with extensive use of mock trial exercises. Pre- to learn more about the way human beings AJ 520 requisite: AJ 440. (Normally offered spring term Legal Perspective of Criminal Justice (3) live together and the structures and institu- only.) An advanced course that examines the legal tions they have developed (or might AJ 470 environment within which the criminal and develop) to facilitate social cooperation and Management of Justice Agencies (3) quasi-criminal justice systems function, with conflict management. A comprehensive and critical evaluation of the particular emphasis on philosophical and proce- Requirements for Major. Students important theories, practices, and current dural issues related to deprivation of liberty deci- seeking to major in political science may research related to the organizational structure sions. Prerequisite: admission to graduate choose a course of study from the three and administrative activities of such agencies as program in AJ. police departments, courts, and prisons. Prereq- options available in the Division. The basic AJ 530 major option offers a traditional course of uisites: completion of all lower-division major Economic and Political Perspective of requirements, AJ 330, 380, and senior status. Criminal Justice (3) study in political science that involves AJ 480/580 An advanced course that explores the political some exposure to three basic areas of the Community-based Treatment of Offenders and economic influences on the formulation and discipline. The “politics of diversity” (3) administration of public policies related to crim- option offers students the opportunity to An analysis of the history, philosophy, theory, inal justice system issues. Prerequisite: admis- pursue an interdisciplinary course of study, and function of probation, parole, pardon, half- sion to graduate program in AJ. under the supervision of a member of the way houses, work release centers, and other forms of community-based treatment; evaluation political science faculty, in some aspect of of the effectiveness of treatment of the offender the politics of diversity. The “politics of in the community; contemporary usage of the conflict and cooperation” option offers stu- presentence investigation report, selection, dents the opportunity to pursue an interdis- supervision, and release of probationers and ciplinary course of study, again under the parolees; exploration of current innovations in supervision of a member of the political corrections such as use of volunteers and offend- science faculty, in some aspect of the poli- ers as correctional manpower resources. Prereq- tics of conflict and its resolution at the uisites: AJ 480: senior status, completion of national and international level. Specific lower-division major requirements, and AJ 330, 380; AJ 580: admission to graduate program in details regarding each of these majors, AJ. including their requirements, are set forth below. Once a student has been admitted to Portland State University, upper-division courses used to meet political science major requirements must be taken at the 258 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

University. Courses taken at another col- sis and research. Courses associated with SECONDARY EDUCATION lege or university must have received prior the politics of conflict and cooperation PROGRAM approval from the Division of Political Sci- option are arranged under three topical Adviser: D. A. Smeltzer ence. All courses used to satisfy political headings: conflict and cooperation in (See General Studies: Social Science science major requirements, whether taken America, international conflict and cooper- page 109.) at PSU or elsewhere, must be graded C or ation, and theories of conflict and coopera- above. tion. Information regarding the courses GRADUATE Basic Major. In addition to meeting the associated with each of these areas is avail- PROGRAMS University’s general education require- able at the division office. This option also ments, a student wishing to pursue a basic requires students to select four courses The Division of Political Science offers major in political science must take a mini- from outside political science as a part of graduate work leading to the Master of Arts mum of 48 credits in political science dis- the major requirements. These courses are and Master of Science degrees. The divi- tributed as follows: to be selected with the advice and consent sion also offers Master of Arts in Teaching 1. PS 200 Introduction to Politics of a student’s adviser. A list of outside and Master of Science in Teaching (Gen- One 400-level course in each of the courses is available at the division office. eral Social Science) degrees with a political three fields listed below: Basic course requirements for the poli- science concentration for students pursuing Area I—American Politics tics of diversity and politics of conflict and a career in teaching. Political science is one Area II—International/Comparative cooperation options are as follows: of five participating disciplines offering a Politics 1. Select an adviser. major concentration in the Public Adminis- Area III—Political Theory/Methodol- 2. PS 200 Introduction to Politics tration and Policy Ph.D. program; for infor- ogy 3. 44 total credits in the Division of Politi- mation relating to this program, see 2. Additional electives to make a total of cal Science, with 32 of these being upper- page 271. at least 48 credits in political science. A division work minimum of 32 of the 48 credits must be 4. 16 credits of upper-division work from from upper-division courses. selected courses outside political science, Politics of Diversity. The politics of adding up to 60 total credits diversity option allows students to select an 5. A relevant 407 seminar (part of the 44 independent and interdisciplinary course of credits of divisional work) study that focuses on some aspect of the 6. Preparation and submission of a con- politics of diversity. Students choosing this cluding essay, prepared under the adviser’s option must select a faculty adviser from supervision, on a topic of the student’s the political science faculty who will super- choosing. (Four credit hours of PS 401 will vise the student’s program and advise them be devoted to the essay and will count as on how to proceed. This option encourages part of the 44 credits of political science students to identify some basic issue area work required.) or problem area that involves the politics of diversity that will become the subject of Requirements for Minor. To earn a analysis and research. Divisional courses minor in political science, a student must associated with the politics of diversity complete 28 credits in political science (of option are arranged under three topical which 15 must be taken in residence at headings: diversity in America, regional PSU). This must include the following: and global diversity, and diversity and jus- 1. PS 200 Introduction to Politics tice. Information regarding the courses 2. One 400-level course in two of the associated with each of these areas is avail- fields of the discipline listed above able at the division office. This option also 3. Additional upper-division political sci- requires students to select 4 courses from ence electives (no more than 8 credits of outside political science. These courses are PS 404, 405, 409, 410) to total 16 credits. to be selected with the advice and consent All courses submitted to satisfy the of a student’s adviser. A list of recom- requirement for a minor in political science mended outside courses is available at the must be passed with a grade of C- or above. Political Science Office. Students are encouraged to take political Politics of Conflict and Cooperation. science courses that complement their aca- The politics of conflict and cooperation demic interests and scholarly goals. The option allows students to select an indepen- political science minor is designed to be as dent and interdisciplinary course of study flexible as possible to facilitate this end. that focuses on some aspect of the politics Students considering a minor in political of conflict and cooperation. Students science are strongly encouraged to consult choosing this option must select a faculty with a political science adviser to work out adviser from the political science faculty an instructional program that meets their who will supervise the students’ program needs. and advise them on how to proceed. This option encourages students to identify some basic issue area or problem area that involves the politics of conflict and cooperation that will become the subject of analy- C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 259

The Division of Political Science offers to complete and defend a master’s thesis or Thesis and Substantial Research work in political theory and philosophy, a substantial research paper. Specific Paper. Candidates must submit a thesis or methodology, international relations and requirements are as follows: substantial research paper to be followed organization, comparative politics, Ameri- 1. PS 593 Philosophy of Social Science by an oral examination. The substantial can politics, American federalism, public 2. 20 credits in each of the two fields to be research paper must be equivalent to a the- policy, public law, political parties, and prepared for examination purposes sis, but need not meet the formal require- political economy. ments of the graduate school and library. For admission as a regular degree stu- 3. 2 graduate (500-level) seminars (cred- dent, the applicant must: its to be included in credits for field exami- MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING nations) AND MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 1. Have at least a B average for all work TEACHING in the junior and senior years, or must have 4. 6 credits of thesis or research paper work. Program with a political science concentra- completed a minimum of 12 credits in tion will be designed to enhance the candi- graduate-level courses with at least a 3.10 5. 4 credits may be taken outside political dates’ capacity to meet their particular GPA (on a 4.00 point scale). science with an adviser’s approval. teaching responsibilities. See page 45 for 2. Submit satisfactory scores on either the University requirements for these degrees. Total credits: 50 verbal and quantitative sections of the Graduate Record Examination or the Students who wish to earn an M.S. in COURSES Miller’s Analogy Test. The Miller’s Anal- political science are required to take PS ogy Test is given on campus by Counsel- 595 Research Methods for Political Sci- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ing and Testing Services. ence as part of their program. Those seek- offered every year. ing an M.A. in Political Science must pass 3. Request that two letters of recommen- PS 101 dation be sent directly to the Division of an examination in one foreign language to United States Government (4) Political Science from faculty members at be administered by the Department of For- An examination is made of American govern- eign Languages and Literatures. ment in theory and practice. Topics include: the colleges or universities previously attended constitutional foundations of American govern- or from others in a position to comment on Examinations. Candidates for the M.A. and M.S. degrees will be required to take a ment; federalism, civil liberties, and civil rights; the student’s academic and professional Congress and the legislative process; the presi- background and experience. three-hour examination on each of the two fields of concentration. These written dency and modern bureaucracy; the Supreme Court and judicial policy-making. 4. Forward to the division a 500-word examinations normally will be taken during statement concerning the applicant’s aca- the term in which the candidate will com- PS 102 United States Politics (4) demic and professional goals. (This state- plete 44 credits of the graduate program. ment should indicate the student’s desired Introduction to issues and trends in political cul- The written examinations may be followed ture, political behavior, and public policy mak- fields of concentration.) by an oral examination at the option of the ing. Topics include: public opinion, political 5. Submit, if the applicant is a foreign stu- candidate’s examiners. parties and pressure groups, elections and voting dent whose major language is not English, The candidate who is planning to take behavior, political participation, the role of the a satisfactory score on the Test of English the examinations in a particular term must media, policy making, the budget process, as a Foreign Language. notify the divisional graduate secretary of domestic policy, and national security policy. Students applying for admission to the such intention by the Friday of the second PS 199 week of that term. The candidate must by Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) fall term who wish to be considered for Consent of instructor. graduate fellowships should complete their that time have consulted with the two faculty examiners about the books, articles, PS 200 applications by May 1. Other students Introduction to Politics (4) should have completed their applications at and other materials in the two fields over Basic introduction to the central themes and fun- least three weeks prior to the first day of the which the student will be examined. damental issues of political life. Examines the term in which they plan to enroll. Examinations will not be given in the nature and meaning of politics and political Degree Requirements. Programs lead- absence of such consultation. The written association in both domestic and international ing to the different master’s degrees offered examinations will be given in the eighth settings. Fundamental concepts and ideas associ- by the Division of Political Science are week of the term (sixth week if it is ated with government, and politics more generally, are explored, along with the nature of designed to be completed in four academic Summer Session) with the orals, if required, taking place during the following political culture and the way this culture is terms. The University’s master’s degree reflected in the institutions and operations of requirements are listed on page 54. Specific two weeks. government. Candidates for the Master of Arts divisional requirements follow. PS 203 degree must pass an examination in a for- Intro to State and Local Politics (4) MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF eign language administered by the Depart- Provides an introduction to the role and structure SCIENCE ment of Foreign Languages and of state and local governments, and examines the All candidates for a master’s degree in Literatures. Candidates for the Master of forces that influence subnational politics. Topics political science must complete 48 gradu- Science degree must pass an examination include federalism, intergovernmental relations, ate credits from course offerings. Students in statistical application administered by elections, the policy-making process, and the are expected to pass written examinations the Division of Political Science or com- problems confronting states and communities. in two of the five following fields of study: plete for credit two graduate-level political PS 204 1. American politics science methods courses. The foreign lan- Comparative Politics (4) A general survey of theories, concepts, and 2. International politics guage examination or the statistical appli- methods employed in comparative politics. 3. Comparative politics cation examination must be completed by Attention given to political behavior, structures, 4. Political theory the sixth week of the term in which the can- and processes. didate expects to receive the degree. Candi- 5. Methodology dates must check with the respective In addition, students are required to take departments for dates and times of exami- PS 593, Philosophy of Social Science, and nations in order to meet the above deadline. 260 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

PS 205 materials. The sources of conflict and conflict PS 385 International Politics (4) resolution are also examined. Prerequisite PS Modern Ideologies (4) An analysis of the nature of relations among 205. An examination of the enduring political images nations, with specific reference to contemporary of the modern world. Attention is given to the international issues. Motivating factors will be PS 345 new, developing ideologies in the Third-World U.S. Foreign Policy: The Cold War and examined, including nationalism, economic Beyond (4) countries and the new left as well as to the more rivalries, and the quest for security. Also treated Analysis of the U.S. foreign policy process, its traditional concerns of liberalism, communism, will be the problem of national sovereignty and motives, objectives, and manner of implementa- and fascism. its relationship to international cooperation, tion, in the major developments of each adminis- *PS 387 changing threats to international security in the tration since 1945. Emphasis is on U.S. relations Politics and Fiction (4) post-Cold War era, and the increasing impor- with the U.S.S.R/Russia and the Third World. This course explores various themes associated tance of international economic competition and Prerequisite: PS 205. with politics as they are presented in fictional cooperation. media. The course integrates traditional aca- PS 352 PS 221 Western European Politics (4) demic material with novels, film, television, Introduction to Public Law (4) An analysis of the political systems, processes, poetry, etc., in order to expand student aware- Introduction to the nature and function of public and politics in major countries of Western ness of politics and public life. Prerequisite: law in the United States. The course focuses on Europe, with special reference to France and PS 200. fundamental problems of jurisprudence, the rela- Germany, as well as an overview of Italy, Swe- PS 399 tion between law and politics, the nature and den, or Switzerland. Also a short look at the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) function of the court system, judicial process, organizations for European integration. Prereq- PS 401/501 and the workings of the criminal justice system. uisite: PS 204 or 205. Research (Credit to be arranged.) *PS 312 PS 358 Consent of instructor. Legislative Process (4) Introduction to Communism (4) PS 403 An examination of the role of legislatures in Analysis of the evolution of communist systems Honors Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) state politics. Particular attention is given to the in the twentieth century. Among the issues to be Consent of instructor. forces that shape legislative elections, the rela- discussed are the relationship of ideology to pol- PS 404/504 tionship between legislatures and governors, and itics, the communist model of development Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to efforts to reform legislative politics. Recom- through a command economy, the role of the be arranged.) mended: PS 101 and 102. communist party in politics and society, and PS 405/505 PS 318 relations among the major communist countries. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Media, Opinion and Voting (4) Special attention is given to the prospects for arranged.) Examines the impact of the media and other survival of the remaining communist states as PS 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) social forces on public opinion and political par- well as the causes of collapse and the process of Reading and discussion about an area of political ticipation in America. The course pays particular democratization in the post-communist states. science, with a research project required. Enroll- attention to the formation, direction, and inten- PS 361 ment limited. sity of public opinion, and its relationship to Introduction to the Politics of the Middle East voting and policy decisions. Provides opportu- PS 409/509 (4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) nity for students to create simulated TV cam- Introduction to Middle Eastern political systems. Consent of instructor. paign advertisements. Recommended: PS 102. Focus will be on the nature of traditional politics, modernization and political development in PS 410/510 PS 321 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) The Supreme Court and American Politics (4) the region, social stratification, institutions of Consent of instructor. Basic introduction to the relation between law government, and the political systems of and politics in America through an analysis of selected Middle East countries. Prerequisite: PS PS 412/512 the work of the U.S. Supreme Court. The course 204 or 205. The Presidency (4) Analysis of the institution, functions, and prob- uses selective case law in order to explore the PS 362 lems of the presidency. Special attention given to place of the court in America’s constitutional Arab-Israeli Conflict (4) presidential elections, presidential powers, rela- structure, the way the court forms and shapes Examination of the conflicting ideological per- tions with media, presidential leadership. White policy through constitutional interpretation, and spectives, the formation of the state of Israel, rise House staff, executive-legislative relations, and the way political forces and influences shape of Arab nationalism, emergence of Palestinian the presidential role in domestic, economic, for- Court practices, judicial selection, and the deci- nationalism, the Arab-Israeli wars, rise of Pales- eign policy making and execution. Prerequisites: sion making processes. Recommended: PS 221. tinian activism, diplomatic efforts at partial set- PS 101 and 102. PS 325 tlements, and possibilities of a comprehensive Politics and the Legal Enforcement of Morals settlement. Special attention is given to those PS 413/513 (4) elements opposed to a final settlement of the Congress (4) Study of the structure, organization, powers and Critical examination of law as a mechanism for conflict, both within Israel and among the Pales- operations of Congress. Topics covered include: the enforcement of moral standards. The limits tinian and greater Arab communities. Prerequi- the evolution of Congress, congressional recruit- of law and political authority more generally are site: PS 204, 205, or 361. explored through an analysis of specific problem ment and elections, legislative functions, the PS 380 areas associated with the legal enforcement of membership, the leaders, the committee system, Women and Politics (4) the rules and procedures, executive-legislative morality. These include, but are not limited to: Analysis of the political role of women in poli- the use of criminal justice to enforce standards relations, pressure groups, lobbying, and reform. tics. Reviews the historical and contemporary Prerequisites: PS 101 and 102. of conventional morality, political tolerance, analyses of women’s participation and status in civil disobedience, and the politics of law and politics. Prerequisite: PS 101 or 102. PS 414/514 order. Recommended: PS 221. Issues in Public Policy (4) PS 381 A study of selected major policies and programs PS 343 Introduction to Theory (4) of governmental regulation and service. Empha- Conflict and Cooperation in World Politics (4) General introduction to the problems of political sis is placed upon the formation, administration, This course focuses on substantive global prob- theory. A selective survey of the political ideas and substantive content of policies in such areas lems and issues areas such as war, conflict reso- of Plato, Machiavelli, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, as transportation, public utility regulation, medi- lution, nationalism, arms races, and global and Marx which introduced some of the major cal care, civil rights, education, agriculture, nat- scarcities. The historical roots of the problems as traditions of political thought in the west. The ural resources, and antitrust laws and the well as their contemporary manifestations are foundations of the communitarian, republican, preservation of competition. Prerequisite: examined using both substantive and theoretical and liberal political discourse are examined and PS 215. discussed. Recommended: PS 200. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 261

PS 416/516 political economy-the liberal, national, and PS 466/566 Political Parties and Elections (4) Marxist perspectives. Also considered are the Politics of East Asia (4) An examination of political parties and elections politics of trade, aid, and investment. Prerequi- Analysis of the principal developments and insti- in America. Covers such topics as: the changing site: PS 205 or 441. tutions, formal and informal, that shape govern- role of party organizations, machine politics, ment and politics in China, Japan, and Korea. PS 445/545 electoral rules, candidate recruitment, the nomi- American Foreign Policy (4) PS 468/568 nation process, campaign strategies and tactics, Contemporary foreign relations of the United International Politics of East Asia (4) campaign finance, and electoral reform. Recom- States; objectives, world, and domestic factors Examination of the foreign policy motives, mended: PS 101 and 102. affecting American foreign policy; governmental objectives, and systems of the major East Asian PS 417/517 institutions concerned with development and states: China, Japan, and Korea. Attention is paid Interest Groups (4) execution of foreign policy; major issues and in particular to the political economy of regional This course analyzes the role of interest groups problems. and extra-regional relationships. in the political process. Particular attention is PS 446/546 PS 479/579 given to why some interests are more successful National and International Security Policies Transitions to Democracy (4) at forming groups and influencing politics than (4) Comparative analysis of political systems which others. The course also examines techniques A comparison of national and international secu- have experienced a transition from an authoritar- used to lobby legislatures, the executive branch, rity systems, strategies, and policies. Emphasis ian to a democratic regime. Attention is given to and the courts. Recommended: PS 101 and 102. will be on the current issues arising in these the conditions supportive of democratic transi- PS 422/522 security systems and on the problems that arise tion and to the problems of maintaining demo- Constitutional Law (4) when their needs conflict. Particular emphasis cratic stability. Prerequisite: PS 204. A study of the way in which the Supreme Court will be placed on contending theories of national PS 482/582 has shaped and influenced governmental struc- and international security. Prerequisite PS 205 Liberalism and Its Critics (4) ture and political power. Special attention is or 441. Critical examination of the theory and practice given to judicial decisions in the areas of federal- *PS 447/547 of liberalism as an ongoing tradition. The basic ism, separation of powers, the commerce clause, International Organization (4) elements of liberalism are identified and dis- and the authority of the presidency. Prerequisite: The nature and extent of the organization of cussed and criticisms of the liberal tradition, as PS 321. interaction among nations. Focus on the United offered by communitarians, classical republi- PS 423/523 Nations, but illustrations and generalization cans, feminists, and postmodernists, are exam- Civil Liberties (4) from a wide range of regional and functional ined. Liberal responses to these criticisms are A study of Supreme Court decisions that affect organizations including the specialized agencies. also explored. Recommended: PS 381. individual rights and liberties. Areas of concen- Emphasis on the processes of communication, PS 483/583 tration include, but are not limited to, freedom of interaction, and negotiation within the organiza- Justice in the Modern World (4) speech and press, religious liberty, criminal jus- tional environment. Critical analysis of the nature and meaning of tice, racial justice, gender justice, and the right PS 448/548 social justice. Special attention is given to liberal to privacy. Prerequisites: PS 321 or 221. International Law (4) theories of justice, questions of distributive jus- PS 431/531 Introduction to public international law. Particu- tice, justice and the rule of law, inter-genera- State and Local Politics (4) lar emphasis is placed on the interplay of politics tional justice, and political alternatives to the Intensive examination of the role of the states and law in the international system. Types of liberal vision of social justice. Recommended: and cities in the federal system. The course pays law, sources of law, law creating agencies, law PS 381. particular attention to the importance of political applying agencies are considered. Contemporary PS 486/586 culture in shaping state politics and power rela- substantive issues in international law will be American Political Thought: 1600 to 1820 (4) tionships between the different levels and discussed. Prerequisite PS 205 or 441. The development from 1600 to 1820 of Ameri- branches of government. Oregon’s political PS 451/551 can political thought about government and its experiences are used as example and for compar- British and Commonwealth Governments (4) proper relation to the individual and society. ison. Recommended: PS 203. A study of the constitutional development, the Specific topics considered include the English PS 441/541 political processes, and the political cultures of background; the colonial mind; ideas informing World Politics (4) the United Kingdom and selected member coun- the revolution; the creation of the Constitution; This course introduces students to the various tries of the Commonwealth. and the ratification debates; the Jeffersonian and levels of analysis used in explaining world polit- PS 455/555 Hamiltonian conflict; John Marshall and the ical events. Examined are a number of concep- Post-Soviet Politics (4) expansion of national power. Attention given to tual elements of world politics, e.g., power, This course provides an historical survey of the bringing to the surface the fundamental, often interdependence, integration, and levels of anal- evolution and analyzes the causes of its collapse inarticulate, patterns, and presuppositions of ysis, as well as certain substantive elements, e.g., and the nature of politics in one or more of the American thought about political things. international law and organization. Contrasts are post-Soviet successor states. Special attention is PS 487/587 drawn between power seeking and order-seeking given to the problems posed to political democ- American Political Thought: 1820 to the behaviors of nation states. Prerequisite ratization and economic liberalization by the Present (4) PS 205. legacy of Soviet authoritarianism and the com- The development from 1820 to the present of PS 442/542 mand economy. American political thought about government and its proper relation to life, liberty, property Contemporary Theories of World Politics (4) PS 462/562 This course presents an examination of the International Relations in the Middle East (4) and the pursuit of happiness. Topics considered major theories and methodological techniques Examination of the external dimension of include democratization and the Jacksonian employed in the analysis of world politics. Both Middle East politics; the role of the great pow- period, slavery and the nature of the Union, qualitative and quantitative methods will be ers; brief analysis of the British and French roles Social Darwinism and industrialization, the pro- used, evaluated, and applied to problems of since 1945; extended analysis of American and gressive period, the coming of the welfare state, research on world politics. Techniques of Soviet/Russian policy in the Middle East. Spe- and contemporary concerns. Attention given to research design construction will be emphasized. cial attention will be given to new patterns of bringing to the surface the fundamental, often Prerequisite: PS 441. international relations in the Middle East in the inarticulate, patterns, and presuppositions of *PS 444/544 post-Cold War, post-Gulf War era. Prerequisite: American thought about political things. International Political Economy (4) PS 361. A study of the contending theories of international political economy: power and interdependence, Regime Theory, dependency, integration, and functionalism, as well as the ideologies of 262 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

PS 493/593 Admission Requirements. In deter- PA 552 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- Philosophy of the Social Sciences (4) mining admission to the Division of Public tion II (3) (Prerequisite: PA 551) An analysis of the central problems associated Administration, the faculty assesses the PA 582 Public Budgeting (3) with the idea of a “science of society” to a “sci- PA 585 Financial Management in the Public ence of politics.” The philosophical foundations applicant’s preparation for and commitment to the unique demands of a public ser- Sector (3) (or economics course approved by of empirical social science are critically exam- adviser) ined and discussed along with the foundations of vice career. It considers the following: PA 590 Human Resource Management in the interpretive social science, critical social sci- 1. The appropriateness and quality of aca- Public Sector (3) ence, feminism, post modernism, and rational demic preparation demonstrated by the choice theory. Recommended: PS 381. Area II—Skill Development breadth and content of prior academic (9 Credits) PS 495/595 coursework. A minimum GPA of 3.00 in Three of the following: Research Methods for Political Science (4) undergraduate coursework is generally PA 510 Intercultural Communications in the Introduction to an examination of methodologi- Public Sector (3) cal issues and statistical techniques for empirical expected of students seeking regular admission status. PA 510 Research and Information Skills in political research. Major topics include but are Public Policy and Administration (3) not limited to issues in designing political 2. Three independent assessments of the PA 532 Organization and Methods (3) research, survey research, the role of hypothesis applicant’s ability to perform adequately in (Prerequisite: PA 540) testing, and the major statistical tools commonly graduate studies and potential for high- PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) employed in empirical political analysis. level performance in public service. The PA 545 Organization Development (3) Prerequisites: Mth 243, 244. three letters of assessment, on forms pro- (Prerequisite: PA 540) PS 503 vided by the Division of Public Adminis- PA 547 Interpersonal Communications in the Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Public Sector (3) Pass/no pass option. tration, should be provided by faculty members from colleges or universities pre- PA 548 Advocacy in the Public Sector (3) viously attended or from other persons in a PA 550 Managing Information Resources (3) PA 555 Program Evaluation & Management PUBLIC position to comment on the applicant’s (3) academic background and professional PA 557 Operations Research in Public ADMINISTRATION experience. One letter should be from the Management (3) applicant’s current employer, if any. 224 College of Urban and Public Affairs Area III—Integrative Experience 3. A resume of professional work experi- 725-3920 (6 credits) ence, if any. Integrative Experience is offered under two 4. A 500-word statement concerning the options and is available to students only after M.P.A. applicant’s professional goals and how the they have completed 42 credits in their mas- M.P.A.: Health Administration ter’s program. Option 1 is intended for “in-ser- specific master’s degree relates to the M.P.H.—Participating Division in vice” students, those who have had limited or achievement of his or her goals. This state- Masters of Public Health no administrative experience. Option 2 is for ment should indicate whether the student Ph.D.—Participating Division in Public those students who have had at least three plans to participate in the program on Administration and Policy years of full-time administrative or manage- a full- or part-time basis and when pro- ment experience in public, non-profit, and/or Doctoral Program gram requirements are expected to be com- health care organizations. The Division of Public Administration pleted. Option 1: PA 509, Organizational Experience (6). Pass/no pass only. offers professionally oriented programs 5. A TOEFL score of 550 is required of designed for persons in positions of man- or every applicant whose first language is not Option 2: PA 508, Reflective Practice agement in federal, state, and local govern- English. This is a requirement even if the ment; not-for-profit agencies, hospitals, Workshop: Case Development (3) and applicant has earned an undergraduate PA 512, Case Analysis (3) and other health care organizations; or degree in the United States. those intending such careers who desire Area IV—Field of Specialization (15 credits) preparation for administrative leadership in 6. In addition to the above, the Master of Specialty areas and courses must be approved by Public Health (M.P.H.) degree requires the student’s adviser. The Division of Public public service. In addition to its own fac- Administration offers specialty areas and ulty and courses, the Division of Public completion of an undergraduate course in statistics and the GRE. courses in public sector personnel and labor Administration draws faculty and courses relations, the management of nonprofit organi- from a number of departments and pro- The Division of Public Administration zations, health policy and administration, and grams, such as political science, econom- maintains the same application deadlines natural resources policy and administration. ics, administration of justice, urban studies published for the University. Admission is Specialty areas may also be selected from and planning, gerontology, and community open fall, winter, and spring terms, and other departments or divisions within the Uni- health. Adjunct faculty members are also Summer Session. versity and may be put together as multi-disciplinary endeavors. drawn from the governmental, nonprofit, M.P.A. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS and health communities. Total Credits: 60 The Division of Public Administration Area I—Substantive Core (30 Credits) PA 511 Public Administration (3) admits students with a variety of under- DIVISION SPECIALIZATIONS PA 513 Administrative Ethics and Values (3) Public Sector Personnel Administra- graduate degrees in the social sciences, as (Prerequisite: PA 511) well as in business, the humanities, and the PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Processes (3) tion and Labor Relations. The Division of sciences. It accepts full- and part-time stu- PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy Public Administration offers an integrated dents, those who have had governmental Implementation (3) concentration of course offerings for stu- and nonprofit experience, and those who PA 540 Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) dents desiring to emphasize personnel have not. To accommodate students who (Prerequisite: PA 511) administration, public sector labor rela- are currently working in governmental and PA 551 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- tions, and the management of human nonprofit organizations, the program offers tion I (3) (Prerequisite: recent course in basic resources. Course offerings include Public statistics) sections of all required courses during the Personnel Administration; Discrimination evening, late afternoon, or weekends. Law; Affirmative Action; Public Sector C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 263

Collective Bargaining: The Legal Frame- Degree Requirements M.P.H. DEGREE work; Public Sector Collective Bargaining: Area I—Substantive Core (30 Credits) The Division of Public Administration Negotiations and Impasse Resolution; PA 511 Public Administration (3) offers the Master of Public Health degree Public Sector Collective Bargaining: PA 540 Administrative Theory & Behavior (3) or with a specialty track in health administra- Administering the Agreement; and Labor PA 510 Organizational Behavior in Health (3) tion and policy as part of the Oregon MPH Law. (Prerequisite: PA 511) Consortium offered by Portland State Uni- Nonprofit Management. For students PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Processes (3) versity, Oregon State University and interested in the operation of nonprofit PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy Oregon Health Sciences University. Stu- organizations, the Division of Public Implementation (3) dents admitted to the health administration PA 551 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- Administration offers a substantial spe- tion I (3) (Prerequisite: recent course in basic and policy track of the M.P.H. degree are cialty and number of courses in the man- statistics) required to complete 60 hours of course- agement of nonprofit organizations. Course PA 552 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- work. Instruction is provided at offerings include: Introduction to Nonprofit tion II (3) (Prerequisite: PA 551) Portland State University and Oregon Management, History and Foundations of PA 573 Values and Ethics in Health (3) or Health Sciences University. Nonprofit Sector, Grantwriting for Non- PA 513 Administrative Ethics and Values (3) Degree Requirements profits, Nonprofit Accounting, Managing (Prerequisite: PA 511) Nonprofit Boards of Directors, Financial PA 582 Public Budgeting (3) 1.M.P.H. Core Courses (15 credits) PH 512 Epidemiology Survey (3) Management of Nonprofits, and Strategic PA 586 Introduction to Health Economics (3) PA 590 Human Resource Management in the PH 525 Biometry Survey (3) Planning for Nonprofits. Public Sector (3) PHE 580 Concepts of Environmental Natural Resources Policy and Admin- Health (3) istration. The Division of Public Adminis- Area II—Skill Development (9 Credits) Three of the following: PHE 512 Principles of Health Behavior (3) tration also offers a new concentration and PA 545 Organization Development (3) PA 574 Health Systems Organization (3) course offerings in the area of natural (Prerequisite: PA 540) 2.Health Administration and Policy Required resources and the environment. The PA 576 Strategic Planning in Health (3) or Concentration (27 credits) emphasis is on policy and administration. PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) PA 540 Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) Courses include: Natural Resources Policy PA 579 Health Care Information Systems PA 570 Health Administration (3) and Administration, Water Resources Management (3) or PA 550 Managing PA 571 Health Policy (3) Policy and Administration, Energy Information Systems (3) PA 573 Values and Ethics in Health (3) Resources Policy and Administration, and PA 588 Program Evaluation & Management in PA 586 Introduction to Health Economics (3) And 12 credits from the following: other specialty offerings in natural Health Services (3) or PA 555 Program Eval- uation and Management (3) PA 576 Strategic Planning in Health resources. Substitutions of other skill development courses Services (3) Health Policy and Administration. offered by the Division of Public Administra- PA 577 Health Care Law and Regulation (3) The Division of Public Administration tion are allowed with consent of adviser. PA 578 Continual Improvement in Health offers a broad specialty area in health Area III—Integrative Experience (6 credits) Care (3) policy and administration which gives stu- Integrative Experience is offered under two PA 579 Health Care Information Systems dents the needed conceptual and technical options and is available to students only after Management (3) skills in health administration for hospitals, they have completed 42 credits in their mas- PA 587 Financial Management of Health health maintenance organizations, and ter’s programs. Option 1 is intended for “in- Services (3) service” students, those who have had limited PA 588 Program Evaluation and Management health-related governmental organizations. in Health Services (3) Course offerings are available in health or no administrative experience. Option 2 is for those students who have had at least three PA 589 Research Methods in Health policy and administration, health planning, Services (3) health economics, budgeting and finance. years of full-time administrative or management experience in public, non-profit, and/or 3. M.P.H. Elective Courses (12 credits) Requirements for the specialty health health care organizations. In consultation with his or her adviser, the stu- degrees (M.P.A.: HA and M.P.H.) are indi- Option 1: PA 509, Organizational dent selects elective credits from appropriate cated below. Experience (6) Pass/no pass only. course offerings of the participating universi- Other Specialty Areas. The courses for or ties. Elective courses may be selected to reflect a specialty in Administration of Justice to Option 2: PA 508, Reflective Practice an area of special interest. The choice of elec- be provided by the Administration of Jus- Workshop: Case Development (3), and tive courses should relate to the broad disci- tice Division will be available by the 1998- PA 512, Case Analysis (3) pline of public health and its support 99 academic year. In addition, the Division Area IV—Field of Specialization (15 credits) disciplines. of Public Administration is developing spe- Core Specialization Courses (6 credits) 4. Field Work (6 credits) cialty areas in Public Policy and in Budget- PA 570 Health Administration (3) PA 509 Organizational Experience (6) ing and Financial Management. PA 571 Health Policy (3) Three courses selected from the following Total Credits: 60 M.P.A.: H.A. DEGREE (9 credits): The Division of Public Administration PA 510 Managed Care (3) ACCREDITATION offers a Master of Public Administration: PA 510 Building Healthy Communities (3) Health Administration degree. Students PA 572 Health Politics (3) The Master of Public Administration and PA 577 Health Care Law & Regulation (3) the Master of Public Administration: admitted to this degree are required to com- PA 578 Continual Improvement in Health plete 60 credits of coursework. Care (3) Health Administration degrees are accred- For students interested in geriatrics, ger- PA 587 Financial Management in Health ited by the National Association of Schools ontology, and the administration of aging Services (3) of Public Affairs and Administration. The programs, the Institute of Aging provides a PA 589 Research Methods in Health Master of Public Health degree has Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, which Services (3) received pre-accreditation from the Council may be earned in conjunction with the Other health-related courses not listed may be on Education for Public Health. M.P.A.: H.A. degree. selected in consultation with the adviser. Total credits: 60 264 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

PH.D. IN PUBLIC The Lewis & Clark program brought The Columbia/Pacific Policy Institute ADMINISTRATION AND with it to Portland State specialty areas in for Energy and the Environment was orga- natural resources policy and administra- nized in 1996 to add another voice to the POLICY tion and nonprofit management, as well as growing regional debate over the uses of two institutes: The Institution of Nonprofit the Northwest’s natural resources. The The Division of Public Administration Management and the Executive Leadership Institute has particular interest in (1) the cooperates with other divisions in the Col- Institute. These institutes, which are inte- technology-driven national and global lege of Urban and Public Affairs to offer an gral parts of the Division of Public Admin- restructuring of the electric utility industry, interdivisional degree in public administra- istration, are described below. and (2) reconsideration of the institutions tion and policy. For details, see the program that govern use of the Columbia River and description on page 248. INSTITUTE FOR NONPROFIT MANAGEMENT allocations among users. It pursues its 239 College of Urban and Public Affairs interests through “white papers,” work- COOPERATIVE DEGREE 725-8221 shops, editorial write-ups, direct represen- PROGRAMS IN COMMU- The Institute for Nonprofit Management, tation to decision makers, and other means. NITY HEALTH CARE SYS- established in 1993, serves the professional It works closely with faculty within the TEMS leadership and management of the non- Division of Public Administration and with AND PUBLIC HEALTH profit community. The Institute offered the faculty and staff throughout the University. first graduate and noncredit courses in non- Institute staff serve as Division adjunct fac- The Division of Public Administration at profit studies in the Northwest and is con- ulty. Portland State University maintains a coop- sidered a leading program for nonprofit erative degree program with the Depart- management and professional education. COURSES ment of Community Health Care Systems, Graduate and noncredit courses as well School of Nursing, The Oregon Health Sci- as certificates, seminars, conferences, Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not ences University. Students trained as Regis- forums, and community workshops are offered every year. tered Nurses at an accredited institution, offered through the Institute. The Institute PA 501 and who have been admitted to both the provides more than 20 course offerings in Research (Credit to be arranged.) Division of Public Administration and the the noncredit program which are designed PA 504 School of Nursing, are able to simulta- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to to provide practical skill-based education be arranged.) neously earn the M.P.A. and the M.S.N. for nonprofit managers. Adjunct faculty degrees. Curriculum requirements for the PA 505 members from the nonprofit community Reading and Conference (Credit to be two degrees are jointly administered by the complement full-time faculty. arranged.) two institutions. The total required credits Graduate students interested in a spe- PA 507 for the two degrees are less than if each cialization in nonprofit studies may choose Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) degree were taken separately. Requests for from more than 10 courses, both theoretical PA 508 information on the cooperative degree pro- and applied, to complement their M.P.A. Reflective Practice Workshop: Case gram and admission requirements should degree requirements. Development (3) be directed to the respective departments. This workshop is designed to provide the mid- The Division of Public Administration EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP INSTI- career student with administrative experience an along with the School of Community TUTE opportunity to develop the skills of reflective practice. It requires students to prepare a written Health, College of Urban and Public 239 College of Urban and Public Affairs 725-8216 administrative case problem based on significant Affairs at Portland State University, collab- issues and incidents in their own practice. Cases orates with the Oregon Health Sciences The Executive Leadership Institute’s mis- must be suitable for classroom level classes. Pre- University and Oregon State University in sion is to meet the needs of public service requisites are at least three years of full-time offering the Oregon Master of Public practitioners by serving as the external administrative or management experience in a Health degree. Coursework can be taken at delivery arm of the Division of Public public, non-profit, and/or health care organiza- any one of the participating institutions. Administration. The Institute accom- tion and 42 hours of completed course work The three universities jointly administer the plishes this mission through the following toward the degree. M.P.H. degree program. five sets of activities: (1) master’s degree PA 509 preparation at near-in, off-campus sites; (2) Organizational Experience (6) research; (3) technical assistance to agen- This offering is a Public Service Internship or INTERINSTITUTIONAL cies in managing technological and organi- Problem Analysis Project and is required of all “in-service” students, those who have limited or COOPERATION AND zational innovations; (4) continuing PROGRAM MERGER no administrative experience. The student is professional education; and (5) community expected to complete a field experience with an and professional service. Portland State University and Lewis & appropriate agency, culminating in a project COLUMBIA/PACIFIC POLICY report systematically analyzing an administra- Clark College, a small private institution in tive problem that is both instructive to the stu- southwest Portland, were authorized to INSTITUTE FOR ENERGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT dent and of importance to the agency. Students provide M.P.A. degrees in the fall of 1976. also attend several seminars to aid them to inte- 205 College of Urban and Public Affairs For twenty years the faculty of the two grate their field experience with their course- 725-8101 degree programs cooperated in academic work and cultivate the habit of reflective and other professional endeavors. In the The Columbia/Pacific Policy Institute for practice. PA 509 is available to master’s degree fall of 1996, the Lewis & Clark program Energy and the Environment is not organi- students only after they have earned 42 credits in merged with Portland State. The Lewis & zationally part of the College of Urban their programs. Pass/no pass only. Clark public administration faculty became and Public Affairs; however, it is an impor- PA 510 Portland State faculty and students who tant affiliated entity which is housed in the Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) had been admitted to the graduate public College and works closely with the faculty administration program at Lewis & Clark and staff of the Division of Public were admitted to Portland State. Administration. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 265

PA 511 ment; board composition and recruitment; ethics PA 535 Public Administration (3) and liability; and current research on boards and Administrative Law and Regulation (3) The role of administration in a democratic organizational effectiveness. The constitutional basis for administrative law; society. The course surveys the field, the devel- the Administrative Procedures Act; promulgat- opment of the profession and practices in public PA 524 ing regulations: notice, hearings and reasoning Financial Management in Nonprofit administration, and examines the legal, histori- Organizations (3) processes; practical problems in rule making; cal, economic, and political foundations of Designed to provide participants without formal administrative adjudication: discovery, hearings, the American governmental and nonprofit accounting or finance training with the concep- and decisions; informal administrative decisions: traditions. tual framework and practical tools needed to fairness vs. efficiency; technical law: jurisdic- PA 512 provide strong fiscal management and fiscal tion, standing, rightness, court procedures; Case Analysis (3) leadership in the nonprofit environment. For stu- designing administrative procedures to reach This course is designed to provide mid-career dents with formal finance and/or accounting good decisions quickly with reasonable students with administrative experience an background, the course will provide opportuni- resources; freedom of information; current opportunity to develop skills in the areas of ties to compare and contrast fiscal management administrative law problems. reflective practice, administrative problem solv- objectives and functions in nonprofit with those PA 536 ing, consulting, and coaching. Students will be found in for profit and/or governmental entities. Strategic Planning (3) required to present the case problem they devel- It is structured to illustrate the nonprofit fiscal Provides an overview of the application of plan- oped in PA 508, Reflective Practice Workshop: management cycle: planning, execution, record- ning systems to public sector functions and Case Development, as the basis of an exercise in ing, reporting, and monitoring. explores newer “stakeholder” theories of plan- administrative problem solving and coaching for ning, planning models, and the step-by-step pro- PA 525 their fellow students. Prerequisite: PA 508. Grantwriting for Nonprofit Organizations (3) cess for initiating and engaging in strategic PA 513 The process of grant acquisition, beginning with planning processes at various levels of govern- Administrative Ethics and Values (3) the formulation of a fundable idea and conclud- ment. Through the use of case studies and hands- Explores values, ethics, and morality in public ing in an application and its review. Students are on exercises, students are exposed to practical sector administration. It considers such concepts expected to identify potential funding sources, applications of strategic planning approaches and issues as the following: personal and profes- initiate inquiries, and develop an application for and techniques. sional values and roles; the myth of value neu- funds to support a program or study of special PA 540 trality; the public interest; values, ethics, and interest. The steps in this process are discussed Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) change; value trade-offs; ethical ambiguities; in general terms and in the context of each stu- Managing organizational systems to accomplish ethical codes, fiscal ethics, and ethics and dent’s application. The focus is the development purposeful outcomes. Attention is given to how administrative discretion. of grants from private rather than public funders. formal structures and informal processes influence organizational goals in public and nonprofit PA 515 PA 532 Public Works Administration (3) Organization and Methods (3) environments. This includes theories of organi- A general overview of administrative practices Designed to familiarize students with the sub- zational, group, and individual behavior, such as in public works, including an evaluation of orga- stance and range of work performed by manage- organizational design, power and authority, lead- nizational practices, project management, and ment analysts in the public sector, commonly ership, team work, communications, work relationships to political processes. The course referred to as organization and methods. Empha- design, and motivation. Emphasis is on manag- will consider actual problems in the administra- sis will be on developing skills and the ability to ers and managing in public purpose organization of public works. conduct management analysis studies. Specific tions by reviewing major theories, and their application and effective use. PA 520 content will include: conducting reorganization Management of Not-for-profit Organizations studies; work measurement and productivity PA 543 (3) analysis; procedures analysis; forms control; Creating Collaborative Communities (3) Deals with a wide range of management needs, management by objectives; management infor- Collaboration is perceived as an important problems, and issues of not-for-profit organiza- mation systems. Prerequisite: PA 540. method for addressing complex community tions. It considers such items as the following: issues through alliances with other organizations PA 533 the executive director as manager; working with Public Policy: Origins and Process in the nonprofit, for-profit, and government orga- a policy board; volunteer/staff relations; person- Drawing on the general concept of the policy nizations. This course introduces students to the nel administration; budgeting and financial man- cycle, this course explores the central actors, theory and practice of collaboration through in- agement; fund raising and sources of revenue; processes, and issues associated with the forma- class and “living” case studies in long-range planning; and community organization of public policy. The course gives particular the community. Students will learn the success tion. weight to interaction among the three branches factors, barriers to, and preconditions of collabo- PA 521 of government, interest groups, and the private ration at the intraorganizational, interorganiza- History And Foundations of the Nonprofit sector. Tensions between technocratic and politi- tional, and intersectoral levels. They will explore Sector (3) cal approaches to policy development also the potential for using collaboration in a variety Provides an introduction to the history and receive attention, as do intergovernmental of community settings. development of the private, nonprofit sector in concerns. PA 545 the United States. It explores theories and con- Organization Development (3) cepts that describe the social, political, legal, and PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy A consideration of organization development as economic meaning of volunteerism, philan- Implementation a strategy for organizational change. This course thropy, and the nonprofit sector as a sector sepa- When policies receive the formal status of laws, emphasizes concepts and methodologies relating rate from government and business. It provides a they acquire a special significance for the execu- to organizational problem diagnosis, action specific focus on the relationship of nonprofit to tive and judicial branches. This course examines research, planned change, change implementa- government in the delivery of public services the process of policy implementation through tion and evaluation, and the development of within the context of a welfare state. the use of administrative discretion and the rule- appropriate interpersonal competencies and PA 522 making process. Delegation of legislative power, skills. Focuses on the public manager as change Managing Nonprofit Boards (3) judicial review, informal adjudication, and the agent. Addresses the history and functions of boards in role of the administrative law judge are empha- the nonprofit sector, including an examination of sized. The limits of discretionary authority are the roles of boards in governance and leadership; explored. Students address the theoretical, prac- policy and administration; decision-making pro- tical, and ethical issues in implementation, cesses; board-staff relations; resource develop- giving particular attention to the relationship between stated goals and actual outcomes. 266 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

PA 547 required. A variety of topics will be covered, PA 566 Interpersonal Communications in the Public with some flexibility in choice of topics accord- Water Resources Policy and Administration Sector (3) ing to students’ interest. Topics include: linear (3) Explores the theory and practice of human com- programming, queueing, simulation, decision Reviews the history, politics, and institutions munication in an organizational context. Special analysis, forecasting, PERT/CPM, inventory related to current water policy and administra- emphasis will be placed on theories of task- analysis, and replacement analysis. Methods tion in the United States. Examines policy his- group communication, interpersonal conflict res- taught in the course will be in the context of tory leading to present institutional and legal olution and cross-value (intercultural, intereth- public administration. arrangements for federal, tribal, regional, state, nic) communication. Various exercises will and local water quality and quantity decision emphasize skills in verbal presentation, group PA 558 making. Attention is given to the industrial Public Productivity Analysis (3) communications, and interpersonal communica- An examination of theoretical issues, method- development of the East and created water tion in the context of status, cultural, ethnic, and ological problems, applications and current resources of the arid West as a way to understand gender differences. developments in public productivity. Topics changing social sentiments toward water and PA 548 include concepts or organizational effective- water policy. Examines the evolution of purpose Advocacy Roles in Public Management (3) ness, performance indicators, human relations in pollution laws from human health protection Explores the skills of advocacy as they relate to approaches, system analysis, and recent efforts to include ecosystem health protection and the duties of the public administrator. The basic to improve governmental productivity. explores implementation of such protection principles of argumentative procedure are through “watershed” approaches to land use and emphasized with a focus on oral advocacy, brief- PA 561 water quality management by NGO’s, and fed- Public Bureaucracy: Political and Legal eral, state, and local government. A major theme ing arguments, and conducting public hearings. Aspects (3) Videotape will be used to help develop the oral An examination of the theoretical and practical is the problem of developing coherent water pol- communication skills of the advocate. role of public bureaucracy in the formation, icies in a policy arena which has divided authority, plural traditions, and multiple resource and PA 550 planning, and administration of public policy. Managing Information Resources (3) Issues and concepts in the planning and manage- social issues. Considers information management and comment of public policy will be analyzed. The role PA 567 puter information systems as they affect public of the bureaucracy in contemporary government Energy Resources Policy and Administration management and public policy. Basic concepts will be critically reviewed. Issues of responsive- (3) are covered, and emphasis is placed on the use of ness, responsibility, equity, organizational struc- Reviews the history, politics, and institutions computerized information technologies as man- ture, effectiveness, and efficiency will be related to current energy policy and administra- agement tools for public sector administrators. assessed. Administrative procedures and law will tion with particular attention to the Pacific Substantial use is made of case studies to high- be addressed in the context of bureaucratic pro- Northwest and development of hydroelectric light how the public sector manager may most cesses and decision making. power. National energy policy history is appropriately and effectively use computer reviewed including political, financial, and envi- PA 563 resources and avoid inappropriate and mislead- ronmental problems. Explores the roles of inter- Citizens and Administration (3) est groups; state, local, national, and ing use of these resources. This course analyzes modern civic life and its international governments; and regional govern- challenges. Its major focus is the often ambigu- PA 551 ing institutions. It explores the changing distri- Analytic Methods in Public Administration I ous relationship between citizens and adminis- bution of social costs and benefits as both a (3) trators in the political system. Other topics cause and result of policy change. Passage of the Topics to be covered include: research design, emphasized are: transformation of civic life in 1980 Northwest Power Act, the Northwest sampling theory, techniques of data collection, modern times, declining citizen trust in govern- Power Planning Council created in the act, and tabulation and presentation; sampling theory, ment, modern approaches to citizen participation the implementation of the act will be studied, statistical reasoning and analytic techniques of in government, and the future of “civism” in the as will current issues like energy conservation, estimation and hypothesis testing; and computer United States. applications for statistical analysis. Prerequisite: regional power planning, deregulation and recent course in basic statistics. PA 565 the status of institutions involved in energy Natural Resource Policy and Administration policy, and Columbia basin fish and wildlife PA 552 (3) conservation. Analytic Methods in Public Administration II Reviews the history, politics, and institutions (3) related to current environmental and natural PA 570 A continuation and expansion of topics covered resource policy and its administration. Reviews Health Administration (3) in PA 551, focusing on analytic methods used in policy domains like land and forest, water, An examination of issues related to the adminis- research and evaluation of public sector policies, energy, fish and wildlife, and environmental tration of health care systems. Topics include: systems, and programs. Topics to be covered quality. Special attention is paid to policy and changing patterns of health care, budget and may include: qualitative and quantitative appli- administrative governance issues like sustaining financial management techniques, and political cations in research design and data collection; common pool goods, structuring intergovern- influences on health administration. statistical modeling, forecasting, program evalu- mental relations, and evaluating policy imple- PA 571 ation, and other areas of applied research. Pre- mentation strategies of direct production, Health Policy (3) requisite: PA 551. planning, regulation, and changing market Centers on an investigation of the public policy PA 555 incentives. A central premise is that natural process as it affects the health care field. Specific Program Evaluation and Management (3) resource administrators face a policy arena that health care policies and programs are used to Examines program evaluation from the perspec- is intrinsically problematic because of the explore the characteristics of the health care tive of the public administrator. Covers the major dynamic nature of social values about natural policy process and the factors involved in the approaches, methods, and concepts in the field resources, the long time horizon implicit in formulation, implementation, and evaluation of of program evaluation. Topics include impact resource systems, the broadening geographic health care policies and programs. assessment, research design, qualitative evalua- scale considered in natural resources decisions, PA 572 tion methods, performance auditing, benefit-cost and the interdependency of social and ecological Health Politics analysis, and other selected topics. communities. Recommended as a first course in This course is designed to survey the interwork- PA 557 the environmental and natural resource adminis- ings of health care legislation. By examining the Operations Research in Public tration specialization. nuts and bolts of health law development, a Administration (3) better understanding of health policy develop- Addresses the need for today’s public adminis- ment within the context of the political system trators to have some understanding of the can be realized. Health legislation is examined in increasingly important tools of management sci- terms of historical analysis and the legislative ence and operations research. It has no prerequisite: quantitative or technical background is not C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 267

process, including the role of interest groups, the Included are business needs, the relationship ics or mathematics, although graphical presenta- use of information in the political system, the between organizational needs and technology tion of economic concepts is emphasized. role of bureaucracy, and the budget process. capabilities, and the management and control of Prerequisite: PA 570. PA 573 IS resources. The focus on health care organiza- PA 587 Values and Ethics in Health (3) tion re-engineering includes the role of evolving Financial Management of Health Services (3) Explores a number of issues and questions in technologies in development of the community Focuses on the analysis and administration of health care, including the following: conflicting health resource and information needs in the resources in the health care field. Among the and competing values; making choices by policy shift from inpatient clinical settings to commu- specific topics included in this course are finan- makers and health care professionals and admin- nity provider networks. cial statements, budgeting, cash flow, costing, istrators as to who gets what health services; the PA 582 capital decision making, sources of capital and conflict between money and profits and the con- Public Budgeting (3) operating funds, depreciation and government cept that all people within the American demo- Focuses on the major dimensions of public reimbursement schemes, and human resources cratic system are entitled to at least basic health sector budgetary systems. Major emphasis will planning and management. Prerequisites: PA care. be devoted to the local budget processes. Topics 570, 571, 574. PA 574 will include basic concepts of public budgeting, PA 588 Health Systems Organization (3) the budget cycle, budget strategy, planning and Program Evaluation and Management In Course focus is on the manner in which health presentation, alternative budgeting systems, the Health Services (3) care in the United States is organized and admin- budget as a political and management tool. Introduces the theory and practice of program istered, as well as the forces which are influenc- PA 583 evaluation in the health services system. ing change in the structure and delivery of health Advanced Budgeting Concepts and Includes multiple methods and uses of evalua- services. Specific topics of analysis and discus- Techniques (3) tion from the perspectives of managers, health sion include: structure of the health care system, Investigates how budgeting can be used to professionals, and health services researchers, the providers, health care personnel, financing review, analyze, and establish public policy and with an emphasis on the utilization of evaluation health care, planning, and evaluation. administrative accountability. Students learn findings in program planning and management how to: 1) design the best budget system to fit PA 575 in health services. Course learning will be syn- Health Planning I (3) various political environments; 2)review the thesized through a community-based learning An investigation of the theory and philosophy of effectiveness and efficiency of programs through experience involving working with a community health planning. Specific topics include evalua- budget analyses; and 3)use the budget to clarify partner to develop an evaluation framework and tion of community health needs, comprehensive public policy issues and establish management methodology for an existing or proposed health health planning, and the relationship of health accountability for performance. The mechanics program. planning to administration. of public budgeting will also be discussed in PA 589 detail, including developing a budget calendar, PA 576 Research Methods in Health Services (3) Strategic Planning in Health Services (3) making fund balance estimates, balancing reve- Provides an introduction to traditional methods Introduces general concepts, models, and theo- nues and expenditures, and monitoring the of designing and conducting health services ries of strategic planning and develops them in approved budget. Students should have practical research. It is intended that at the completion of terms of applications in the health services experience or a previous course in budgeting. the course students will understand multiple industry. Through participation in an actual stra- PA 585 approaches to health services research, be able to tegic planning process, students will gain experi- Financial Management in the Public Sector be both participants in and consumers of the ence and some expertise in the planning, (3) research process, and will be competent in con- decision-making, and conduct of strategic plan- An investigation of the sources, methods, and ducting critical appraisals of the health services ning. Prerequisite: PA 570. mechanisms available for financing public orga- literature and in writing research proposals. nizations in a dynamic and complex environ- Prerequisites: PA 570; 512, 525. PA 577 ment. It includes a consideration of the Health Care Law and Regulation (3) PA 590 Formulated to give students a working knowl- administrative and behavioral as well as the eco- Human Resource Management in the Public edge of substantive law and legal procedures as nomic dimensions of financing public organiza- Sector (3) they relate to the health field. Among the topics tions. The examination identifies and explores Administration and management of human considered are negligence, vicarious liability, the skills which are appropriate for managing resource systems in public sector and nonprofit labor law, criminal aspects of health care law, contemporary public finance systems. Among organizations. Focus is on the underlying values and courtroom procedures. National and state the specific topics considered in this course are of human resource management, related public health care policy reform proposals are also dis- the following: tax and nontax sources of reve- policies, structural patterns, and the functional cussed, as are other contemporary topics such as nue; intergovernmental fiscal relations; debt areas of HRM systems. Specific attention will be assisted suicide, abortion, and AIDS. Prerequi- management; productivity; rate analysis; cash directed to the strategic roles of human resource sites: PA 570, 571, 574. flow management; and managing fiscal management in day-to-day operations, merit retrenchment. system concepts and practices, position and PA 578 wage classification systems, methods of securing Continual Improvement In Health Care (3) PA 586 Intended to introduce students to the concepts of Introduction to Health Economics (3) a qualified labor force, and labor relations. Legal continual improvement and illustrate applica- Focuses on defining and measuring the perfor- requirements in each of these areas will be tions of these concepts in health care. The basic mance of the health care sector, defining and examined. Emphasis will be on learning by content will be drawn from the industrial quality explaining microeconomic concepts, and evalu- doing through use of skill-building exercises, improvement literature; this will be elaborated ating various policy initiatives to improve effi- simulation and analysis of case materials, review through presentation and analysis of health care ciency, equity, and technological progress in of relevant case law, administrative rule-making, case studies. Students will gain an understanding health care. Specific topics include description and current literature. This course serves as a of different approaches to process improvement of the health care industry, production of health, foundation for PA 591. and quality management and will be prepared to measurement of health care price changes, PA 591 apply this knowledge in the practice setting. Pre- theory of demand for health care, theory of pro- Policy Issues in Public Human Resource requisite: PA 570. duction and cost, measurement of inputs and Management (3) outputs, cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness anal- Provides an in-depth analysis of evolving issues PA 579 ysis, and structure and functioning of markets. In in the management of human resource systems Health Care Information Systems addition, the role of government in a private in public sector and nonprofit organizations. Management (3) Two foci: health information systems and health economy in dealing with market failure is dis- Topics for analysis vary from term-to-term. care organization re-engineering. The first focus cussed, especially as it relates to the goal of Examples of topics include: the design and looks at information systems in health care as assuring universal access to health care. Does implementation of employee performance evalu- clinical care and operational management tools. not require any specific preparation in econom- ation programs; determining training needs and 268 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

planning a programmed response; compensation PA 597 PA 614 systems, including problems of wage compres- Public Sector Collective Bargaining: Contemporary Governance (3) sion; negotiated wage settlements and other eco- Administering the Agreement (3) Contemporary factors impacting governance nomic benefits related to wages and salaries; Deals with the nature of the collective bargain- world wide: political instability and fragmenta- employee morale and motivation incentives; and ing agreement; the establishment of grievance tion of government; erosion in the jurisdiction occupational health and safety issues. Noted procedure; the meaning of a grievance; the pro- and power of the nation state and its causes; the practitioners from the region are frequent guests cessing of grievances; and continuing grievance search for new approaches and substitutes to of the class. This course is a continuation of problems such as discipline, transfers, senority, government; accelerated blurring of sector material covered in PA 590. Students may take overtime, work assignments, insubordination, boundaries—increasing use of third party pro- this course without completing PA 590. layoff, recall, and manning requirements. viders; and non-political boundaries. Prerequi- Emphasis will be on the use of case materials to site: admission to the Ph.D. program in public PA 593 illustrate these problems. Also includes a discus- Discrimination Law (3) administration and policy. sion of arbitration followed by a mock arbitra- Examines state and federal laws prohibiting dis- PA 615 crimination, the major legal theories of proof, tion session. Prerequisite: PA 595. Administrative Process (3) the employer’s defenses against discrimination PA 601 The purpose of this course is to explore the charges, the administrative agencies involved, Research (Credit to be arranged.) nature of the administrative process and its rela- the complaint process, and remedies for viola- PA 603 tionship to organizational structure, process, and tions. It is recommended that this course be Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) behavior within the broader context of program- taken prior to taking PA 594. PA 605 matic and organizational governance. Emphasis will be placed on the following topics: the influ- PA 594 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Affirmative Action Planning (3) arranged.) ence of structural alternatives on behavior; value Designed to instruct the student in the affirma- PA 607 systems and normative prescriptions; organiza- tive action requirements imposed on federal con- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tional culture; and the influence of the adminis- tractors by federal laws, presidential executive PA 610 trative process on the way in which agencies orders and implementing regulations. Lectures, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) formulate and implement policy within the context of their respective legislative mandates. Pre- reading, and discussions will be directed toward PA 611 an exploration of federal and state case law, the Theoretical Foundations of Governance (3) requisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in enforcement agencies in the administrative pro- This course analyzes the foundational, political, public administration and policy. cess, complaint investigation, resolution of non- social, and economic theories which have PA 616 compliance, and the elements of an affirmative shaped institutions and processes of governance Policy Process (3) action compliance program, including the con- during the modern era. Prerequisite: admission This course focuses on the politics of the policy cepts of availability and goals. Recommended to the Ph.D. program in public administration process. It examines the role, influence, and that students have had PA 593. and policy. interaction of legislatures, executives, bureaucracies, courts, policy communities, and citizens. PA 595 PA 612 Public Sector Collective Bargaining: The Governance, Public Administration, and Rule The course follows the stages of policy develop- Legal Framework (3) of Law Systems (3) ment: problem definition, agenda setting, bud- The history and development of public sector This course provides students with an under- geting, authorization, implementation, and collective bargaining in the United States. Spe- standing of the ways in which the “rule of law” oversight. Case material is taken from federal, cifically included: the role and importance of influences the theory and practice of governance state, and local governments with special consid- public sector collective bargaining law; the and public administration. This understanding is eration given to the intergovernmental aspects of diversity of collective bargaining laws; compari- developed by comparing rule of law systems the policy process. Prerequisite: admission to son of various state laws with proposed national with other ways of creating social order and the Ph.D. program in public administration and legislation; an in-depth analysis of Oregon’s organizing community life; examining the ori- policy. public sector collective bargaining law; the gins of the rule of law within both liberal demo- PA 618 Oregon Employment Relations Board (ERB)— cratic theory and the American constitutional Political and Organizational Change (3) its structure and operation, the rules of proce- tradition; exploring the distinctive institutional An investigation into the nature of change, par- dure of ERB, major functional areas of ERB- role that administration plays in the American ticularly its political and organizational manifes- bargaining unit determination, representation rule of law system through its participation in tations. The focus is on change as a process (i.e., and decertification procedures, unfair labor prac- administrative rule making and policy imple- how it happens) as well as a product (i.e., the tices, the conduct of elections, the Oregon Medi- mentation; examining the role ambiguity created outcome). Conceptual and theoretical concerns ation Service, impasse procedures and for career administrators in carrying out their in understanding change, the sources of political continuing legal issues (mandatory vs. permis- responsibilities within the American rule of law and organizational change, change in the gover- sive home rule and sovereignty bargaining in system. Prerequisite: admission to the Ph.D. pro- nance system, change in contemporary society, good faith). This course is a prerequisite for PA gram in public administration and policy. and managing in complex and nonprofit organi- 596 and PA 597. PA 613 zations will be examined. PA 596 Institutional Foundations of Governance (3) Public Sector Collective Bargaining: This course examines the basic concept of gov- Negotiations and Impasse Resolution (3) ernance in the context of the nation state and its Deals with the diversity of roles of the parities in political economy. Particular attention is paid to negotiation; planning for negotiations; develop- archetypical systems, structures, and functions ment of original demands and fallback positions; of governance which developed in the modern negotiation strategy and tactics; the major issues era. This material is then related to the develop- in negotiating; and the diversity and similarity of ment of the American administrative state. Pre- negotiations in state government, cities, coun- requisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in ties, school districts, and higher education. A public administration and policy. mock negotiation case will be bargained. This course will also deal with the process of mediation, fact-finding, and interest arbitration. Pre- requisite: PA 595. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 269

SCHOOL OF URBAN STUDIES AND PLANNING

341 College of Urban and Public Affairs economic development. The major pre- Community Development 725-4045 pares students for postbaccalaureate Concentrations (29-30 credits) employment or graduate work in a profes- Students will choose to concentrate their work in B.A., B.S.—Community Development sional academic field. one of the following areas. Each field of con- Minor in Community Development The curriculum is grounded in applied centration includes a set of required USP courses and elective community development- Graduate Certificate in Gerontology social science and incorporates a great deal of field research. The program takes advan- related courses from the School of Urban M.U.R.P. Studies and Planning and from other depart- M.U.S. tage of the wealth of resources available in ments, including: Black Studies, Economics, Ph.D. the Portland metropolitan area and draws Finance, Geography, History, Political Sci- from a variety of academic disciplines and The School of Urban Studies and Planning ence, Sociology, and Speech Communication. departments. Students specialize in one of provides an interdisciplinary approach to Lists of elective courses for each field of con- two areas of concentrated study: commu- centration are available from the school office. understanding the urban setting. The nity organization and change or housing school’s programs are structured to allow Community Organization and economic development. students living or working in the Portland and Change Credits Students may also pursue a 27-credit USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning . . . . 4 metropolitan area to take advantage of minor in community development. USP 426 Neighborhood Conservation and the broad range of resources available at Admission. Students must be formally Change ...... 3 Portland State University and in the admitted to the community development USP 450 Citizen Participation ...... 3 community. program by submitting an application to USP 428 Concepts of Community Opportunities for urban education are Development ...... 3 the School of Urban Studies and Planning. available through five programs. Under- Elective credits from approved list...... 16 Candidates are selected based on written graduates can major in community devel- statements of intention. Fall enrollment is Total 29 opment or complement their bachelor’s strongly recommended to allow students to degree in another field by simultaneously or take core classes in sequence and to create meeting the curricular requirements for a a community environment among each Housing and Economic minor in urban studies. Students wishing to Development Credits group of students. pursue issues related to working with the USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning . . . . 4 Majors in community development elderly may complement their other USP 312 Urban Housing and Development. . . 4 must complete the following degree degrees by meeting the requirements for a USP 427 Downtown Revitalization ...... 3 requirements. Substitution of coursework is USP 428 Concepts of Community graduate-level certificate in gerontology. acceptable only by permission from the Development ...... 3 Students interested in developing profes- faculty adviser. Elective credits from approved list...... 16 sional planning skills may pursue a Master of Urban and Regional Planning. Interest in Major in Community Development Total 30 developing urban research capabilities may Freshman/Sophomore: Credits or be pursued through a Master of Urban Sophomore Inquiry Community Studies Communication and Community Studies.Individuals desiring higher levels Cluster course ...... 4 Development Credits of research skills and/or academic employ- Stat 243 Introduction to Probability and USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning . . . . 4 ment may choose the Ph.D. in urban stud- Statistics ...... 4 USP 426 Neighborhood Conservation and ies, or the interdisciplinary Ph.D. in public Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology...... 4 Change ...... 4 administration and policy. Ec 201 or 202 Principles of Economics...... 4 USP 428 Concepts of Community PS 200 Introduction to Politics ...... 3 Development ...... 3 Total credits 19 USP 450 Citizen Participation ...... 4 UNDERGRADUATE Two of the following five courses:...... 8 PROGRAMS Required Core Courses: Credits Sp 215 Introduction to Intercultural USP 301 Theory and Philosophy of Community Communication (4) The School of Urban Studies and Planning Development ...... 4 Sp 218 Interpersonal Communication (4) offers an undergraduate major in commu- USP 302 Methods of Community Sp 322 Political Communication (4) nity development. Community develop- Development ...... 4 Sp 337 Communication and Gender (4) ment is a process in which people act USP 303 Community Development Field Sp 437 Urban Communication (4) Seminar ...... 4 together to promote the social, economic, Elective credits from approved list...... 11 political, and physical well-being of their Total credits 12 Total 34 communities. Career opportunities are available in not-for-profit organizations, private consulting firms, and state, regional, or local governments. Community development practitioners work on a range of issues including housing, community organizing, transportation, the environment and 270 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Field Experience (6 credits) a theoretical field in one of the participating pare the student for Ph.D.-level research in Participants in the field experience will work in social sciences. the chosen areas of specialization. small groups and may be drawn from other Degree Requirements: Ph.D. in Urban Policy Analysis is the study of society majors as well as community development. through systematic frameworks which This capstone will represent a concerted effort Studies In addition to the general University include the means of gauging changes in to engage a community problem systemati- society’s conditions through various policy cally, from every relevant standpoint, and to requirements for the Ph.D., the school has place it in critical perspective. Each student set the following requirements. interventions. The field includes the identi- will prepare a senior paper that explicates the Core-Area Requirements. The core- fication of urban problems, definition of field experience and explores the nature of area requirements of the Ph.D. in urban policy issues, analysis of policy alterna- community development as it is informed by studies have three basic subdivisions: (1) tives, implementation of new policies, and that experience. the substantive core courses, (2) core meth- evaluation of policy effects on the urban environment. Public organizations are stud- Total credits required for the major: 67-73 ods courses, and (3) social science applications seminars. The substantive core ied primarily from the standpoint of their Requirements for a Minor. To earn a consists of five courses: History of Urban relationships to policy alternatives and out- minor in community development a student Development, Urban Economic and Spatial comes. Four subareas of specialization are must complete 27 credits (18 credits must Structure, Urban Social Structure, Urban available to students developing a field in be in residence at PSU). These courses Political Structure and Urban Studies The- policy analysis: prescriptive policy theory should include a Sophomore Inquiry com- ory. The core methods include USP 530 and policy analysis methods, decision- munity studies course or its equivalent, Research Design, USP 532 Data Collec- making and policy-making behavior, orga- USP 311 and USP 428. Courses taken tion, and USP 534 Data Analysis. The sub- nizational change, and policy evaluation. under the undifferentiated grading option stantive and methods core courses must be An awareness of the theoretical issues at (pass/no pass) will not be accepted toward taken by all students. stake in the analysis of policy enables the fulfilling divisional minor requirements. A student must demonstrate adequate student to evaluate the effects of different preparation in three social science disci- policies on urban problems. Some students GRADUATE plines by (a) taking three social sciences may not extend the analysis to a substantive PROGRAMS applications seminars (USP 515-519), or level (i.e., apply the theory to a practical (b) receiving a course waiver if the student urban problem) preferring instead to pursue PH.D. IN URBAN STUDIES has taken adequate previous work in that research in the area of analytical models. The Ph.D. program in urban studies is char- discipline. Normally, however, the student will acterized by initial general training fol- In addition to the three required core- develop an interest in particular urban lowed by the development of substantive area courses in graduate-level methodol- problems such as transportation, housing, areas of specialization. During the first two ogy, Ph.D. students must take an additional or urban environmental quality. years in the program, the student is methods course specified by the field of expected to select a pattern of core-area specialization, and a seminar in field-spe- coursework that will present alternatives in cific methods applications (USP 690-695). the understanding of urban problems and Field-Area Requirements. In addition processes employed by the participating to training in methodology and the core social science disciplines. area, each student must offer two fields of Urban studies Ph.D. students are specialization. The particular program of expected to develop fields of interest that field-area study is the responsibility of the are interdisciplinary in nature. Using urban student and the student’s graduate commit- housing as an example, each of the social tee. Further, it is recommended that at least sciences has conventional ways in which one of the student’s fields of specialization questions concerning urban housing are be within the three areas of advanced study posed. The preparation of urban studies offered by the Urban Studies Ph.D. graduates is distinctive in that they are Program. expected to have an awareness of It is expected that a student will com- approaches employed within several disci- plete a minimum of 21 credits in support of plines when examining the conditions one field and 18 credits in support of the under which housing services are available second field. Twelve additional credits may to the residents of a city, and how the resi- be taken in one field or divided between the dents interact with the urban housing two fields. Courses used to satisfy core- environment. area requirements may not be used to sat- The School of Urban Studies and Plan- isfy field-area requirements. Specialized ning offers training in the following areas methodology courses deemed appropriate of advanced interdisciplinary study: urban by the student and the advisory committee social patterns and human development; may be used in partial, or complete, fulfill- urban and regional structure; and policy ment of the total credit requirement for analysis. While students are expected to fields of specialization. Within each field offer an interdisciplinary specialization in certain courses are recommended for all at least one of these fields, the student, in students developing specialization in that consultation with the committee or adviser, area. With the foundation provided by such may wish to define a field of interest that fundamental courses, the student and the better suits the student’s expected urban graduate committee plan the remainder of research interests. Such cases may include the student’s training in a field so as to pre- C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 271

Urban and Regional Structure PH.D. IN URBAN STUDIES: MASTER OF URBAN STUDIES focuses on the physical entity of the city— REGIONAL SCIENCE The Master of Urban Studies provides the interacting patterns of land, structures, Regional science focuses on the economic training for students seeking employment people, and activities, and their evolution and spatial aspects of metropolitan areas in public and private urban research organi- through time. This requires understanding and regions. The general requirements for zations. For some students, employment of social, economic, political, and environ- the Ph.D. in urban studies: regional science opportunities can be found in colleges mental systems. Specialized study dealing follow those of the Ph.D. in urban studies. offering two-year degree programs. with urban economic systems, urban physi- Students are required to fill their The M.U.S. degree requires a total of 52 cal systems, demography and social ecol- optional core courses in the following man- credits. M.U.S. students pursue a common ogy, and urban political structure provides ner: USP 515 and either 543 or 676 for core of courses dealing with the analysis of this understanding. At a more advanced their application seminars; and to take the urban phenomena (25 credits). Each stu- level, several substantive areas of special- following courses in addition to the usual dent also defines a field area which is pur- ization may be pursued: urban growth and core: USP 634 Foundations of Regional sued through coursework (21 credits) and development, locational analysis, and Science, USP 635 Regional Science The- individual research leading to a thesis or transportation. Research skills in this field ory, USP 636 Economic and Political Deci- research paper (6 credits). In addition, the include methods of regional science, geo- sion Making, and USP 672 Regional degree provides for a specialized option in graphic analysis, and econometric analysis. Economic Development. Regional Science social and policy research. Urban Social Patterns and Human students must take a Regional Science Core-Area Requirements. The urban Development as a field of study brings the Augmentation Seminar of one credit con- core-area requirements for the M.U.S. shared interests of several disciplines to currently with USP 672. degree include the following courses: bear upon the broad phenomena of urban Substantive emphasis is offered in the Credits social structure and social organization, the following fields: Development and Plan- USP 511 Urban Social Structure ...... 3 diversity of life styles and behavior patterns ning; Location Theory and Analysis; Trans- USP 512 Urban Political Structure ...... 3 of urban residents, the urban environment portation; and Geographic Information USP 513 Urban Economic and Spatial as a physical context that influences and is Systems. In special circumstances, student- Structure ...... 3 influenced by attitudes and behavior, pat- nominated fields may be pursued with the USP 514 Urban Studies Theory ...... 3 terns of social change in urban communi- prior approval of the faculty. Among the USP 569 History of Urban Development . . . . 3 ties, and human development processes in courses in the substantive field must be Plus one of the following Applications urban settings with an emphasis on aging three one-hour augmentation seminars. seminars: ...... 4 These seminars are taught concurrently USP 515 Economics: Applications in and the elderly. Various research skills in Urban Studies (4) this field of study include: naturalistic with selected regular offerings. Augmenta- USP 516 Political Science: Applications in observation; use of an array of data-gather- tion seminars are directed at regional sci- Urban Studies (4) ing procedures such as interviewing; sec- ence students and have technical USP 517 Sociology: Applications in ondary data sources; documents and case prerequisites beyond those of the paired Urban Studies (4) histories; and various techniques for identi- regular course. USP 518 Psychology: Applications in fication, analysis, and comparison of social All students in the regional science Urban Studies (4) structures and contexts; and quantitative Ph.D. program must also offer Regional USP 519 Geography: Applications in techniques of data analysis. Science Methods as their second field. This Urban Studies (4) field includes two required courses: Ec 570 Soon after the completion of the core Econometrics and USP 691 Current courses, each student is required to take the Research in Regional Science. The remain- common core examination. This examina- ing 12 credits may be selected from: USP tion is offered each year during fall and 533 Planning Analysis; USP 536 Policy spring terms. Evaluation Methods; Ec 571 Advanced In addition to the urban studies core Econometrics; Ec 572 Econometric Fore- courses, M.U.S. students are required to casting and Simulation; USP 674 Spatial complete two research methods courses: Analysis; USP 678 Impact Assessment; Ec USP 530 Research Design ...... 4 580 Mathematical Economics; SySc 520, USP 532 Data Collection ...... 4 521, 522 Operations Research I, II, III; Total credits upon completion of SySc 629 Process Modeling and Simula- required courses: 27 tion; SySc 627 Discrete System Simula- tion; SySc 625 Continuous Systems Field-Area Requirements. The student Simulation; and other methods courses selects a pattern of coursework that equips approved by appropriate faculty. him or her for research in areas of applied interest. Field areas may focus on urban PH.D. IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION aspects of social science theory, in one of AND POLICY the fields emphasized in the urban studies The School of Urban Studies and Planning Ph.D. program or on a substantive issue of cooperates with other schools in the Col- particular concern to the student. Relevant lege of Urban and Public Affairs to offer an courses are available within the School of interdisciplinary degree in public adminis- Urban Studies and Planning and in many tration and policy. For details, see the pro- other departments within the University. gram description on page 248. Nineteen credits of field-area coursework are required. 272 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Research Requirements. The M.U.S. Workshops (10 credits) program, students are admitted fall, winter, degree provides for thesis and nonthesis USP 558 Planning Workshop...... 9 and spring terms. For the doctoral pro- options. The thesis option requires registra- USP 559 Planning Practice Workshop...... 1 grams, students are admitted fall term only. tion for 6 credits of USP 503 Thesis and Specializations (36 credits). The deadline for fall term applications is completion of a formal thesis. The nonthe- February 1; winter term deadline is Sep- sis option requires preparation of a substan- Total Credits 72 tember 1; and spring term deadline is tial research paper (involving registration Field Paper/Project. Each student November 1. Students interested only in in 6 credits of USP 501 Research) and suc- must prepare and defend a research paper the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology cessful completion of a written field area or project in their field of specialization may request application forms from the examination. demonstrating their ability to integrate and Institute on Aging. Social and Policy Research Option. apply material from their coursework. Students with a primary interest in advanc- FINANCIAL AID ing their urban research skills may choose a GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN GERONTOLOGY specialized field area in social and policy The Graduate Certificate in Gerontology Financial aid programs are administered research. This field requires completion of provides multidisciplinary specialized without regard to race, creed, national ori- the following: training for postbaccalaureate students gin, handicap, marital status, or sex. The Credits interested in acquiring or upgrading skills school awards a significant number of USP 534 Data Analysis ...... 4 appropriate to working with the aged in a graduate assistantships to qualified stu- USP 536 Policy Evaluation Methods ...... 3 variety of settings. The certificate program dents. Assistantship awards are reviewed USP 563 Program Evaluation ...... 3 provides training in any one of the follow- annually and can be renewed for up to two Additional courses within the field ...... 9 ing subspecialty areas: human services additional years. More advanced students Total 19 planning and assessment; program admin- may compete for dissertation fellowships. istration; research and evaluation; counsel- Applications for graduate assistantships Students selecting this option must and fellowships should be submitted to the present a thesis. ing and direct services; and health and long-term care. Students need not be school by February 1. New students seek- MASTER OF URBAN AND enrolled in a degree program to receive the ing financial support must complete their REGIONAL PLANNING Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. application for admission by February 1, The Master of Urban and Regional Plan- The certificate program consists of an since a student must be admitted as a regu- ning program provides diversified prepara- eight-course format (24 credits minimum) lar graduate degree student to hold an assis- tion for professional planning practice. made up of two components, a multidisci- tantship. Graduates of the program will acquire plinary core and an area of subspecializa- Second-year M.U.R.P. students may skills suiting them for employment in tion. The multidisciplinary core will apply for the David Evans and Associates public agencies and private firms involved provide students with a general multidisci- Scholarship. Two thousand dollars is in the urban development process. The pro- plinary introduction to the field of aging awarded each year. gram offers six fields of specialization, to while the area of subspecialization will In addition, many students find opportu- allow the graduate either to enhance previ- provide in-depth training which will nities for part-time work in the Portland ous work experience or to enter the job uniquely fit a student’s career interest. area. The faculty maintain contact with a market with defined specializations. These number of public agencies that have such are: ADMISSION positions. ■ Urban Transportation ■ Land Use All qualified applicants receive consider- PROGRAM ■ Urban and Regional Analysis ation for admission without regard to sex, RULES ■ Community Development race, handicap, age, creed, marital status, ■ Environment or national origin. Advanced Standing in Urban Studies ■ Policy Planning and Administration In addition to the general University and Planning Graduate Program. A total Degree Requirements: Master of Urban requirements listed on page 45, the student of 72 credits in nondissertation graduate and Regional Planning should arrange for the School of Urban training is required of all Ph.D. students. Ph.D. students are also required to take a Core Courses (36 credits): Studies and Planning to receive: Graduate Record Examination scores (advanced minimum of 27 dissertation credits. For Planning Sequence Credits optional)—not required for applicants to students with a master’s degree in a related USP 540 History and Theory of Urban the Master of Urban and Regional Plan- discipline, a maximum of 24 advanced Planning I ...... 3 ning; three recommendations from individ- standing credits may be requested. All such USP 541 History and Theory of Urban requests must be accompanied by a listing Planning II ...... 3 uals familiar with the student’s academic or USP 595 Reshaping the Metropolis...... 3 professional background on the forms proof previous graduate work for which vided; and a personal essay. advanced standing is sought. Methods Sequence The Master of Urban Studies program USP 531 Geographic Data Analysis and Ph.D. applicants are strongly urged to Display ...... 2 complete successfully an introductory requires a minimum of 52 credits in gradu- USP 533 Planning Analysis ...... 3 sequence of statistics courses before enter- ate courses, of which at least 36 must be USP 535 Metropolitan Data Analysis ...... 3 ing the program. The doctoral applicant’s taken at Portland State University. A maxi- Analytical Methods personal essay should include a discussion mum of 17 credits of advanced standing USP 510 Legal Processes in Urban Planning . 1 of the field area(s) in which the applicant credit may be requested. The Master of USP 515 Economics: Applications to Urban intends to concentrate and ideas about Urban and Regional Planning program Studies ...... 4 research topics that are of interest. requires a minimum of 72 credits in gradu- USP 525 Design Analysis in Planning ...... 1 For the M.U.R.P. program, students are ate courses (or 60 if advanced standing USP 543 Geographic Applications to admitted fall and winter terms. There are credit for professional experience is Planning ...... 3 no spring term admissions. For the M.U.S. approved), of which at least 48 must be C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 273

taken at Portland State University. A maxi- that program. A student attempting both a USP 313 mum of 24 credits of advanced standing master’s and a Ph.D. degree in urban stud- Urban Planning: Environmental Issues (4) credit may be requested. ies may receive no more than 9 credits of Environmental issues and problems are evaluated in the context of planning alternatives. Par- Planning students may apply for C+ or below in both programs. ticular emphasis on the economic and social advanced standing credit or course waivers implications of environmental problems. The for one of the two workshops and a maxi- RESEARCH planner’s concern for achieving balance between mum of two of the required core courses FACILITIES these factors is explored through an analysis of (excluding USP 540 and 541) with appro- various planning approaches, e.g., environmen- priate academic and professional experi- The School of Urban Studies and Planning tal impact studies, land use controls, and resource analysis. USP 311 recommended. ence. Such advanced standing credit will be benefits from the activities of four research included in the 24-credit maximum for all units: the Center for Population Research USP 385 History of American Cities (4) advanced standing; only professional work and Census, the Center for Urban Studies, completed within seven years of the date Traces the evolution of urban centers from the the Institute on Aging, and the Institute of colonial period to the present. Focuses on the the degree is granted can be included. Portland Metropolitan Studies. These units developing system of cities, on growth within Requirements with regard to both the provide numerous opportunities for student cities, and on the expansion of public responsi- pattern of coursework and total credits involvement in research projects through bility for the welfare of urban residents. Particu- must be satisfied prior to either advance- graduate assistantships, research credit, and lar attention is given to the industrial and modern ment to candidacy in the Ph.D. program or informal participation in current studies. eras. Prerequisite: upper division standing. Also graduation in the M.U.S. and M.U.R.P. listed as Hst 337. May be taken only once for programs. A student is not obligated to credit. enroll in a required course if that student COURSES USP 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) has already acquired knowledge of the sub- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not USP 401/501 ject matter through earlier graduate course- offered every year. work. In such cases, the student may Research (Credit to be arranged.) USP 199 Special Studies (Credit to be Consent of instructor. request exemption from the course. Permis- arranged.) sion is granted only after obtaining written USP 404/504 USP 299 Special Studies (Credit to be Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to verification from the instructor that the stu- arranged.) be arranged.) dent has met the requirements of the USP 301, 302, 303 USP 405/505 required course. All such requests should Community Development Colloquium Reading and Conference (Credit to be be made within one year after entrance to (4, 4, 4) arranged.) the program. Three-term sequence limited to majors in com- Consent of instructor. Limitation on Graduate/Undergrad- munity development that introduces them to the USP 407/507 field. USP 301: Theory and Philosophy of Com- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) uate Courses. Students in the M.U.R.P., munity Development. 1) New approaches to the M.U.S., and Ph.D. programs are strongly Urban Agriculture. Historic Preservation and philosophy of community; 2) theory and com- Rehabilitation. Neighborhood Planning. Urban advised to use no more than 12 credits of parative practice, and 3) case study of local History. Other selected topics. courses offered simultaneously at the 400- theory and practice, presentation of an in-depth USP 408/508 and 500-level in support of their degree case study from the Pacific Northwest. USP 302: Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) programs. Courses must be an integral part Methods of Community Development. Review Urban Investigation. Land Use. Field Tech- of the student’s program and courses with of community organization, community and net- niques. Neighborhood Analysis. the same content must not be available on a work analysis, organizational development and management, strategic planning, management USP 409/509 purely graduate basis. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) issues, and approaches to evaluation. USP 303: Consent of instructor. Limitation on By-Arrangement Community Development Field Seminar. Partic- Courses. Admitted Ph.D. and master’s stu- ipant observation through placement in a com- USP 410 dents may utilize no more than 12 credits munity-based organization actively engaged in Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. of by-arrangement classes (501/601 and community development activities on behalf of a 505/605). In cases where more than 12 specific community, and critical reflection on the USP 420 credits are needed because of the lack of placement experience. Urban Design: Analysis of Space (3) This course is intended to train students to inven- regularly scheduled classes, a waiver must USP 311 tory and analyze the spatial elements of urban be submitted for approval by the school Introduction to Urban Planning (4) environments. Students will gain practice in An interdisciplinary perspective on planning the- Curriculum Committee and by the school dealing with the interrelationships of buildings, ories, principles, and practice. Focuses on the director. streets, squares, parks, open spaces and transpor- planning process, particularly at the local level. tation modes. Continuous Enrollment. All students Explores the political, economic, social, and admitted to the M.U.R.P., M.U.S., and legal forces that influence the planning function USP 421 Ph.D. programs in urban studies must be and the roles of planners. Changing concepts in Urban Design: History and Concepts (3) continuously enrolled until graduation, practice are also considered. Prerequisite: upper- An overview of the field of urban design includ- except for periods in which they are absent division standing. ing: historical perspectives on the physical orga- by approved leave. Taking 3 credits per nization and structural forms of cities from USP 312 ancient to modern times using examples from term during the regular academic year will Urban Housing and Development (4) man-made environments and from utopian con- Problems of housing, development, and redevel- constitute continuous enrollment. Failure to structs; presentations of concepts and practical opment in an urban setting are analyzed from register without an approved leave may examples related to urban design as a process; economic, demographic, and planning perspec- result in termination of student admission. and a review of methods used in analyzing the tives. Introduction to the nature of the urban design elements of the city. Intended for students Grade Requirement. A student who economy and residential location, with a focus with or without design backgrounds. receives more than 9 credits of grades of on housing problems and their associated social, C+ or below in all coursework attempted physical, and racial aspects. Role of federal and after admission to an urban studies gradu- community-based housing policies and pro- ate degree program will be dropped from grams. Prerequisite: USP 311. 274 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

USP 423/523 USP 428/528 systems to energy, environmental, and land The Development Process (3) Concepts of Community Development (3) development problems; relations between the Evaluates the new public/private partnerships An investigation of models and perspectives on various transport modes and technologies; cur- which are necessary for downtown redevelop- community development. Both structural and rent issues in transportation planning and ment, historic rehabilitation, integrated mixed- dynamic concepts related to processes of com- finance, especially the fiscal crisis of public tran- use urban centers, urban villages, and new community-based change will be explored, including sit; and labor, social, and equity concerns in the munities. Analyzes the critical conceptual, feasi- methodological approaches for assessing com- supply of transportation services. The focus bility, and deal-making phases of the munity settings, and the various roles and rela- throughout will be on the nature and determi- development process, as well as the development tionships in a community-based decision nants of public policy in the transport sector. and management stages. Examines the new affir- environment. Includes required field observa- Graduate students undertake a substantial inde- mative roles played by both public and private tion. USP 312 recommended. Graduate students pendent project in addition to other course developers, as well as unusual joint development undertake a substantial independent project in requirements. entities. Considers innovative concepts of incre- addition to other course requirements. mental growth, land and development banking, USP 503 USP 430 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) shared parking, and alternative development pat- Urban Studies Research Methods (4) terns. Prerequisites: USP 311 and 428. This course introduces students to social USP 510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) USP 424/524 research in urban studies. It deals with hypothe- Site Planning (3) sis development, research design, and USP 511 An exploration of the subject with emphasis on approaches to the measurement of urban phe- Urban Social Structure (3) An introduction to the social aspects of urban practical applications. The class will consist of a nomena. It also treats the application of quantita- areas. Considers concepts such as neighborhood series of progressively difficult site planning tive data analysis to typical problems in urban and community in the urban context. Explores exercises supported by lectures and presenta- studies and planning. Prerequisites: Mth 243 and how the density and impersonality associated tions. Students will be exposed to the geological, 244 or equivalent. with cities alter social relationships and solve or aesthetic, environmental and legal aspects of site *USP 445/545 create social problems. Also relates urban form planning. Attention will be focused on environ- Cities and Third World Development (4) to social patterns, especially as perceptions of mentally sensitive lands, preservation of wildlife A critical survey of the process of urbanization, access or isolation are created by the physical habitat and natural vegetation, compatibility the nature of urban problems, and alternative and institutional structure of a city. with surrounding development, and both zoning policy responses in diverse developing country and subdivision codes. The exercises will settings. Specific topics include: historical and USP 512 explore methods of subdivision, planned unit, contemporary dynamics of urban economic and Urban Political Structure (3) An introduction to the political aspects of urban and cluster developments. Prerequisites: USP political development, sectoral problems and areas. Provides an overview of the structure and 525 or 311 and 421. Graduate students undertake policies, including land use, housing, transporta- operation of local governments, how they are a substantial independent project in addition to tion, and social services; the limits and possibili- constrained by and interact with other levels of other course requirements. ties of national urbanization policies. government and how the existence of many local USP 425 USP 450/550 governments in an urban area affects political Community and the Built Environment (4) Concepts of Citizen Participation (4) decision making. It will also consider political Application of psychological and social con- Examination of principles, methods, and pro- questions that are of particular importance in cepts to understanding community and its rela- grams for giving explicit attention to the per- urban areas; how different responses arise tionship to the built environment and urban spectives of citizens in the development and between urban areas; and how these different design. The use of space in interpersonal rela- implementation of public policies and programs. responses then influence the urban areas. tions (personal space, territoriality, privacy); the Sets citizen participation in its historical context impact of crowding and density on social rela- with an assessment of its impact to date. Partici- USP 513 tions. The functioning of social networks in the pation from the perspective of both the citizen Urban Economic And Spatial Structure (3) An introduction to the economic and spatial city: types of communities, creating intentional and the government will be covered as will the aspects of urban areas. Provides an overview of communities. variety of approaches for achieving participation existing theories and empirical evidence relating goals and objectives. USP 426/526 to urban spatial and economic relationships. Neighborhood Conservation and Change (4) USP 454/554 Examines the impact of transportation costs; The dynamics of neighborhood development, The Urban School and “At Risk” Status (3) federal, state, and local government policies, including economic and institutional factors in Draws upon theory, research, and practice for and changing economic conditions on these rela- neighborhood change; neighborhood definition the examination of the conditions of being “at- tionships. and image, residential choice; residential segre- risk” in urban schools. Explores the family, com- gation; neighborhoods in the political process; munity, and school environments and their rela- USP 514 and neighborhood conservation strategies. Pre- tionships in the hindrance of development of Urban Studies Theory (3) Theories of urban development and urban life in requisite: junior standing. Graduate students children and youth leading to their “at-risk” sta- historical and comparative context. Basic inter- undertake a substantial independent project in tus. This course is cross-listed as EPFA 456/556. disciplinary approaches to urban analysis. addition to other course requirements. May be taken only once for credit. Examination of selected thematic issues that cut USP 427/527 USP 455/555 across disciplinary boundaries and relate to spe- Downtown Revitalization (3) Land Use: Legal Aspects (3) cific policy areas. Prerequisites: completion of This course deals with the growth and revitaliza- Land use and planning from the legal perspec- two of the following four courses, USP 511, 512, tion of downtowns and commercial districts. It tive. Includes historical review of attitudes 513, and 569. examines the evolution of downtown core areas, toward property tenure and ownership; the rela- introduces the theoretical explanations for com- tionship between local planning and regulations; USP 515 mercial location, and looks at approaches for and current issues and perspectives on land use Economics: Applications in Urban Studies (4) Prepares students for advanced urban studies maintaining activities in older commercial areas. including emerging state and federal roles. Grad- seminars requiring a background in urban eco- The major emphasis is on the United States, with uate students undertake a substantial indepen- nomic analysis. Microeconomic analysis of indi- some attention to the experience of other dent project in addition to other requirements. nations. Graduate students undertake a substan- vidual and firm behavior is developed with USP 456/556 emphasis on applications to urban studies. tial independent project in addition to other Urban Transportation: Problems and Policies course requirements. Topics which may be covered include: land use (3) and land rents, urban structure, poverty, housing A survey of the historical, political, and eco- and slums, transportation, environmental quality, nomic forces shaping metropolitan area trans- and local government finance. portation problems and policies. Topics will include: the relationship of urban transportation C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 275

USP 516 USP 534 Political Science: Applications in Urban Data Analysis (4) Studies (4) Application of multivariate statistical analysis in A graduate-level introduction to the field of an urban context. Emphasis on applications of political science for urban studies students. various techniques within the general linear Major emphasis on the traditional concerns of model. Prerequisite: USP 532. The laboratory value conflict and resolution, the rise and fall of (USP 534L) must be taken concurrently. Prereq- liberalism, political institutions, policy forma- uisite: USP 430. tion, and cities, states, and American govern- USP 535 ment. The student investigates particular areas Metropolitan Data Analysis (3) within political science that are cognate with the Introduction to primary data acquisition and student’s disciplines. elementary statistical analysis for planners. Pre- USP 517 requisite: undergraduate statistics introduction. Sociology: Applications in Urban Studies (4) USP 536 Introduction of the sociological perspective and Policy Evaluation Methods (3) basic concepts related thereto; review of major Focuses on the methodological issues that must theoretical and case study contributions to urban be addressed in attempting to evaluate programs sociology; integration of sociological concepts and policies. Course offers an introduction to a and perspectives with those of related social sci- variety of techniques useful in policy evaluation. ence disciplines. Topics which may be covered include difference USP 518 equations, Markov models, and queuing models. Psychology: Applications in Urban Studies (4) A section of the course considers the method- A graduate-level introduction to the theories and ological issues that arise in cost-benefit analysis, fields of psychology. Topics include social inter- such as present value calculations, determining action, urban social networks, mental health in the value of nonmarket benefits, and correctly an urban context, and attitudes and attitude evaluating costs. Prerequisite: USP 515 or change. Applications of methods, findings, and equivalent. theoretical points of view from these research USP 538 areas to the analysis of urban phenomena. Grantwriting (3) USP 525 This course is intended to familiarize students Design Analysis in Planning (1) with the principles and procedures of funding Approaches to the analysis of design issues in acquisition for urban and public services, to urban planning. The definition of urban space develop expertise in evaluating grant proposals, through mass, rhythm, and scale. Design and and to acquaint students with funding sources urban circulation. Planning tools for the imple- for public and nonprofit agencies and with the mentation of design goals. federal and local review processes. Students will USP 530 be required to study and critique existing pro- Research Design (4) posals, examine successful and unsuccessful Principles of research design, including philo- proposals, and develop proposals in their areas sophical bases of scientific research, approaches of interest. to research, problem identification, problem USP 540 statement, development of research questions, History and Theory of Planning (3) development of research hypotheses, and the The evolution of the urban planning field from relationship of research hypotheses to modes of its 19th century European origins through 20th data gathering and analysis. The laboratory century U.S. history provides the setting for crit- (530L) must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: ical analyses of the internal dimensions and USP 430. external relations of the theory and practice of USP 531 planning. Specific topics include: problems of Geographic Data Analysis and Display (2) rationality in forecasting, analysis, decision Introduction to using spreadsheet software, making and design; philosophical issues and graphic displays of data, and desktop mapping political-organizational contexts of professional packages, as a means to explore and analyze activity; and the place of planning in the political geographic information. economy of U.S. metropolitan development. USP 532 USP 541 Data Collection (4) History and Theory of Planning II (3) The acquisition of data for research in an urban Continuation of USP 540 focusing on theoretical context. Emphasis is on the concepts, terminol- and practical issues involved in plan implemen- ogy, and methods related to the use of survey tation. Topics include alternative institutional research and secondary data. Prerequisite: USP approaches to implementing plans, such as gov- 430 and/or an introductory undergraduate statis- ernment production, regulation, the use of tics sequence and USP 530. The laboratory (USP market mechanisms, and various forms of copro- 532L) must be taken concurrently. duction; and professional roles associated with USP 533 implementation alternatives, such as investor, Planning Analysis (3) developer, regulator, negotiator, mediator, and Introduction to applied research in planning with facilitator. Prerequisite: USP 540. emphasis on problem definition, planning/policy research design, collection and analysis of secondary data, and the use of qualitative observations.Other topics include land use surveying and the development of communication skills, including writing, presentations, interpersonal dialogue, and group process. Prerequisite: USP 531. 276 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Attention is paid to the role of regional planning ism, collectivism and community developed by USP 542 in the economic development process and the the philosophers and social and behavioral sci- Land Use Implementation (3) techniques utilized in assessing the economic entists of this period. An examination of alternative approaches to impact of development strategies. USP 562/662 implementation of plans. Topics include: regula- *USP 551/651 Policy Implementation (3) tory tools, e.g., zoning and subdivision ordi- Criminality, Crime Control, and Criminal Critical analyses of alternative ways in which nances; review functions, e.g., design review and Justice (4) urban and social policies are translated into prac- administrative review; and programs, e.g., This course is designed as a graduate introduc- tical actions, including direct public provision, growth management, capital improvements, tion to the field of criminal justice study. Topics various forms of shared public/private produc- community development, housing assistance covered include contemporary and emerging tion, planning and regulation of private activi- plans; and political-procedural issues, e.g., theoretical perspectives on crime, problems of ties, and the use of incentives. Key issues will be permit streamlining, cost impacts. criminal justice theory construction, measure- the systematic conflicts generated by each of ment of crime, analysis of forms of crime, deter- USP 543 these approaches and the possibilities of conflict Geographic Applications to Planning (3) rence theory, program evaluation, and criminal resolution; and various implementation roles Urban ecology/land use/cartography; metropoli- justice planning. associated with the alternatives. tan commercial structure/analog method of *USP 552/652 USP 563/663 market area analysis; graph analysis and gravity Analysis of Crime, Criminal Behavior, and Program Evaluation (3) concepts within transportation analysis; urban Criminal Careers (3) This course is designed as a graduate introduc- climate, geomorphology, and ecosystems/ Theories of crime causation. Analysis of crimi- tion to the field of evaluation research and pro- McHarg method/floodplain zoning. nal patterns and careers; biological factors; psy- gram evaluation. Topics covered include chogenic theories; sociological theories: control contemporary and emerging theoretical perspec- USP 544 theory, learning theory, situational factors. Urban Transportation Planning (3) tives on evaluation research, experimental and Principles of urban transportation planning. *USP 553/653 quasi-experimental design, internal and external Urban transportation problems and policy for- Criminal Justice Policy, Planning, and validity and reliability, measurement, analysis of mation. Techniques used in transportation plan- Evaluation (3) change, ethical issues in evaluation, administra- ning. Prerequisite: USP 519. Analysis of forms and sources of criminal justice tion of program evaluation. policies. Relations between policy formation and *USP 546 USP 564 planning implementation, planning strategies, Political and Administrative Issues in Aging Theory of Urban Design (3) varieties of planning, and planning tools and An exploration of the plurality and contradic- (3) resources in criminal justice. Basic research tions inherent in urban design methodologies. Coverage of organizational dynamics as related tools in criminal justice, criminal justice pro- The course will outline the history of urban to the elderly including the provision and use of gram evaluation methodology. design, describe current trends, including the services. Covers voting behavior and advocacy separation of urban planning from urban design, USP 558 as well as administrative and legal issues that are and discuss future design possibilities for cities. Planning Workshop (3, 6) particularly applicable to the elderly. Special attention will be given to the interactions Organized team approach to a current planning *USP 565/665 among social, economic, and political forces. problem in the Portland metropolitan area. Focus Intergovernmental Relations (3) Discussion will also cover cultural determinants on applied planning practice, field investigation, While intergovernmental relations have been and the significance of technological changes. data analysis, written and oral communication. motivated by a strong concern for the effective The class will examine the nature of the design Work program includes strategies, methods, and delivery of public services to clients, either on a process and attempt to develop a model for such skills needed to identify issues and draw distributive or redistributive basis, the activities processes. Prerequisite: USP 525 together all participants in the search for solu- have become a major part of all units of govern- tions. Emphasis is on the blending of practical ment. The course examines the structures, func- USP 547 skills with knowledge gained from core-area tions, processes and programs, officials’ actions Planning for Developing Countries (3) courses. Two-term sequence, credit for first term The nature of the urban and regional planning and attitudes, which are a part of intergovern- dependent upon successful completion of second process in developing countries. Tools, mental relations. Policy issues are analyzed from term. approaches and/or improvisations utilized in the perspective of the professional bureaucracy regions where date and information are unreli- USP 559 in government, elected officials, interest groups, able or insufficient. Relationship of planning Planning Practice Workshop (1) and the general public. Several urban policies process to the economic and political realities of Involves the completion of a 400-hour internship are examined in a systems context. Fiscal com- developing nations. The impact of rapid social as part of the M.U.R.P. program. Content of the munity issues are framed amidst political, eco- change and social conflict on the urban and internship and expectations for it are negotiated nomic and administrative forces, all influenced regional development process. Differences among the student, the academic adviser, and the by federal policy-making and implementation. between poor and rich countries in planning field sponsor. Student must also participate in a Interorganizational activities in the mixed cli- approaches and expectations. colloquium which will emphasize planning criti- mate of centralized decision-making and decen- cism at the level of the job, the organization, and tralized implementation amidst reduced USP 548 the issues with which the organization is con- resources are examined. Administrative Law (3) cerned. Introduction to the legal and decision-making implications of administrative rules, regulations USP 560/660 USP 566/666 and forums at federal and local levels of govern- Policy Process (3) National Urban Policy (3) ment. Emphasis on the functional and opera- Focuses on the politics of the policy process. It examines the role, influence and interaction of The purpose of this course is to generate an tional consequences of administrative law on the understanding of the issues related to the forma- planning functions and the emerging importance legislatures, executives, bureaucracies, courts, policy communities and citizens. Follows the tion of national urban policy. Attention is drawn of rule making and policy analysis in urban plan- stages of policy development: problem defini- to questions that confront the policy process: the ning in the United States. tion, agenda setting, budgeting, authorization, nature and extent of governmental involvement USP 549 implementation and oversight. Case material is in urban problem solving; effects of federal Regional Planning Methods (3) taken from federal, state, and local governments intervention in urban development; and future Techniques and methodological approaches uti- with special consideration given to the intergov- prospects of designing national policy in terms lized in the preparation of regional development ernmental aspects of the policy process. of dwindling economic and natural resources. plans. Application of various methods of analy- The course examines policy areas that bear * sis with a focus on the regional planning process USP 561/661 directly upon the arenas of work, education, for urban regions. Techniques include the identi- Policy Analysis: Theoretical Foundations (3) health, social welfare, justice, environment, and Theories and ideologies of modern age that fication of regional development issues, nature energy. guide and constrain policy formation, adminis- and direction of growth, regional goal formula- tration and evaluation. Of particular concern is tion, establishment of development strategies, the understanding of the concepts of individual- and delineation of urban growth boundaries. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 277

USP 567/667 such as land rents, externalities, and public burdens. Review of literature on the urban-sub- Urban Housing Policies (3) goods are reviewed. Explores the technique most urban exploitation thesis, the Tiebout-Oates Review of the history and the role of public commonly used in real estate and housing eco- model, etc. Prerequisite: USP 515. policy in the housing sector. Study of past and nomics: hedonic pricing. Explores the rationale current trends in the delivery of housing services USP 581/681 and impact of government intervention in the Environmental Psychology (3) in urban areas. The basic philosophies related to private real estate market. Examination of the relationship between people the supply of housing are analyzed and exam- *USP 574/674 and their physical environments. Specific topics ined relative to current trends in the delivery of Spatial Analysis (3) include human spatial behavior (personal space housing services in urban areas. Critical review The use of geographically coded data to identify and territoriality), the contribution of the behav- of the role of the federal government and the and anticipate future patterns of human activity ioral sciences to architectural and urban design, construction industry. Equal attention to the role in metropolitan areas and systems of cities. community and neighboring in the city, of public housing and the impact of urban Emphasizes techniques to establish whether the and environmental cognition. USP 518 renewal. Active participation in discussion and a characteristic landscapes associated with static recommended. research paper are required. and dynamic models of behavior are present. USP 582/682 USP 568/668 Diffusion processes, expanded location theories, Poverty, Welfare, and Income Distribution (3) National Long-term Care Policy (3) and models of decision making from spatially Looks at the problem of poverty in the United This course examines the need for long-term arrayed cues receive particular attention. Prereq- States and the various programs designed to alle- care services and the risk factors associated with uisite: USP 532. viate or reduce the level of poverty. Looks at the utilization of them as well as familiarizing stu- USP 575 measurement of the poverty level, the competing dents with the financing and delivery mecha- Urban Service and Facility Planning (3) theories of poverty, and the related problems of nisms in long-term care, both public and private. Examination of process of converting land to racial discrimination. Looks at the rationale The policy issues in current long-term care initi- urban use, with particular emphasis on fiscal behind our anti-poverty programs and assesses atives are explored. impacts and the planning and financing of urban how well those programs are meeting their USP 569 services and facilities. Examines economic, intended goals. History of Urban Development (3) engineering, and design issues associated with This course aims toward a better understanding USP 583/683 the provision of urban infrastructure. Prerequi- Urban Stress (3) of the nature of cities, their functions, and their site: USP 515. The city as a source of stress; physiological and evolution. It reviews the history of city develop- USP 576/676 psychological response to stress; processes of ment and analyzes the rise of the metropolis and Activity Location (3) adaptation. Among the sources of stress consid- changes in social, economic, and political sys- The location of human activities in urban sys- ered will be density, noise, spatial mobility. tems. Emphasis is placed on the origin of con- tems. Location of economic activities where Impact of stressors on mental and physical temporary urban phenomena, problems, and profit maximization is desired, and location health; techniques of assessing stress; social policies in the developed and developing worlds. decisions with equity maxima. Prerequisite: means of reducing stress. USP 528 recom- USP 570/670 USP 519. mended. Transportation and Land Use (3) USP 577/677 USP 586/686 An analysis of transportation and land use inter- Urban Environmental Management (3) Urban Social Networks (3) actions in urban areas. The impact of highway An accelerated survey of principles and concepts Analysis of the social psychological and anthro- and transit changes on travel behavior and loca- commonly employed in urban environmental pological literature on social networks: the struc- tional decisions are examined. Prerequisites: management. Selected topics may include: con- ture and content of interpersonal networks USP 515 and 544. gestion and pollution, alternative approaches to (including kinship, friendship, instrumental) in USP 571/671 pollution control, alternative implementation an urban setting. Specific topics will include: the Environmental Policy (3) strategies, taxation for the control of externali- nature of interpersonal ties in the city, urban Surveys federal, state, and international environ- ties, water quality management in river basin migration and networks, access to urban mental policy-making with an emphasis on pro- systems, air quality management, the problem of resources, methods of analyzing personal and cess design. Political and technical objectives for the private automobile, economics of solid waste group networks. Prerequisite: USP 517 or 518. policy, the roles and responsibilities of institu- disposal, noise pollution. USP 587/687 tions, federal-state tensions, representation and USP 578/678 Perspectives on Aging (3) analysis of stakeholding interests, the role of the Impact Assessment (3) An overview colloquium or lecture series cover- media, and environmental justice are key ele- Empirical techniques employed in measuring the ing many disciplines and applied problems relat- ments. Topical areas include issues concerning impacts associated with land use change. Topics: ing to understanding adult development and resource management as well as pollution goals achievement matrix approaches to impact aging. Included are lectures by PSU faculty, pro- prevention. assessment, trade-offs between community and gram specialists and experts from the commu- USP 572/672 regional welfare, distance and time in urban nity dealing with social psychological issues, Regional Economic Development (3) analysis, estimating the social profitability of bio-physiological issues, and policy-program This course focuses on methods of analyzing land development, cost-benefit analysis applied issues relating to older adults in contemporary why regions differ economically, how they inter- to freeway location, techniques for valuation of urban society. relate, and why and how they react to changes in nonpriced resources, measuring municipal reve- economic policies and conditions. Part of the nue and expenditure impacts, gravity models and course will be devoted to a study of models of transport demand estimation, economic base regional structure and growth, such as economic analysis for employment and population impact base or input-output, and the strengths and assessment, estimating air and noise pollution weaknesses of each in modeling the regional associated with land development. Prerequisite: economy. The remainder of the course will be USP 515. concerned with the development of models for USP 579 use in regional forecasting and/or evaluation of Metropolitan Fiscal Structure (3) policy changes on regional development. Prereq- The course will focus on the following topics: uisite: USP 515. the tax burdens, fiscal resources and expenditure USP 573/673 patterns of local governments in metropolitan Housing Economics (3) areas. The impact of revenue sharing and cate- Looks at the economics of real estate and hous- gorical grants. The spatial distribution of local ing, including land rent, interest rates, apartment government services, transfer payments, and tax rents, and housing prices, using an economic framework. Basic concepts in urban economics 278 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

*USP 596/696 oretical concepts and exemplify the empirical USP 588/688 Theory of Urban Form (3) problems inherent in the process. Prerequisite: U.S Health Care System: Historical, Seminar which addresses itself to two basic USP 515. Comparative, and Political Perspectives (3) questions: what forces determine urban form Survey of the historical development of the and, how do these forces interact. Urban form in USP 664 health care system in the United States, focusing Organizational Theory and Behavior (3) this seminar is interpreted as more than just The first part of this seminar is dedicated to a on relationships between professionals, health physical form-it includes political, social, eco- care institutions, and government. The changing review of the major theories of how we should nomic, cultural, etc., individually and combined. organize ourselves to work together. The goal is structure of the U.S. system will be compared Participants prepare and present a major with developments in other countries, and the to gain an understanding of organizational research paper on subjects of theoretical rele- thought; what we used to think and why and politics of current policy proposals will be vance to urban form. analyzed. what we now think and why. The second part is USP 601 focused on the theory and practice of organiza- USP 589/689 Research (Credit to be arranged.) tional development, the most contemporary and Economics of Aging (3) perhaps most promising movements in this field. Objectives are (1) understand the roots of USP 603 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: admission to the doctoral programs income inequality between the aged and non- in the School of Urban and Public Affairs. aged; (2) review the economic and policy factors USP 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be USP 690 that influence the decision to retire; (3) under- arranged.) stand the political economy of old age income Current Research in Urban Social Patterns support in the U.S. and abroad; (4) explore the USP 607 (3) Focused reading and advanced student research history, operation, and policy questions of our Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) on emerging topics and issues in the field of major public pension system, social security; USP 610 urban social patterns. Prerequisite: Consent of and (5) discuss private pensions in relationship Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) instructor. to U.S. income maintenance policy. USP 615 Economic Analysis of Public Policy (4) USP 691 USP 591 Introduction to the use of microeconomic analy- Current Research in Regional Science (3) Geographic Information Systems I: Focused reading and advanced student research Introduction (4) sis in the evaluation of public policy. Intended The use of computers in Geographic Information for entering graduate students with a limited on emerging topics and issues in the field of Systems (GIS) and mapping. Includes theory of background in economics. Develops basic ana- regional science. Prerequisite: Consent of databases related to geographic information lytic methods and emphasizes application of the instructor. management and practical aspects of database analysis to issues of public policy. Prepares stu- USP 692 design. Students will use a variety of programs dents for advanced classes that use this type of Current Research in Policy Analysis (3) for mapping and spatial analysis of geographic analysis. Focused reading and advanced student research information. Each student completes a series of USP 631 on emerging topics and issues in the field of exercises demonstrating a variety of approaches Research Utilization and Implementation (3) policy analysis. Prerequisite: Consent of to the analysis and display of spatial data. Pre- Evaluates the consumption and utilization of instructor. requisite: Geog 270 or equivalent experience in research by alternative audiences. An under- USP 693 cartography. Students enrolling in this class must standing of the concept of expertise and the ana- Current Research in Urban and Regional register for a computer lab section. Also listed as lytical and political role of the analyst and Structure (3) Geog 488/588, may only be taken once for analysis. The significance of the dissemination Focused reading and advanced student research credit. and evaluation of research processes and prod- on emerging topics and issues in the field of ucts. Prerequisite: admission to the Ph.D. pro- urban and regional structure. Prerequisite: Con- USP 592 sent of instructor. Geographic Information Systems II: gram in Public Administration and Policy or Applications (4) consent of instructor. USP 694 Analysis and applications of geographic infor- USP 634 Current Research in Public Administration mation systems concepts and technology to land Foundations of Regional Science (3) and Policy (3) planning and management issues. The multipur- This course covers the analytical foundations of Focused reading and advanced student research pose land information systems concept is used as the field of regional science, which addresses on emerging topics and issues in the field of an organizing device for spatial registration of the optimization of human activity in a spatial public administration and policy. Prerequisite: data layers to achieve data sharing and compati- setting. Consent of instructor. bility among functions. User needs assessment USP 635 USP 695 and systems design provides the basis for sys- Regional Science Theory (3) Current Research in Criminal Justice (3) tems procurement, implementation, and use. This course covers theoretical subjects in the Focused reading and advanced student research Prerequisites: Geog 488/588 or USP 591, and field of regional science associated with loca- on emerging topics and issues in the field of USP 519 or 543. Students enrolling in this class tional and regional development analysis, and criminal justice. Prerequisite: Consent of must register for a computer lab section. Also analysis pertaining to regional development instructor. listed as Geog 492/592, may only be taken once planning.Prerequisite: USP 634. for credit. USP 636 USP 595 Economic and Political Decision Making (3) Reshaping the Metropolis (3) This course is designed to show the student the Examination of the contrast between classic difference between economic decisions made models of metropolitan settlement and new pat- through a market process reflecting individual terns emerging in the late twentieth century. preferences, and the collective or political deci- Land use changes in the context of new patterns sions which attempt to allocate resources for the of economic activity; ideas about the physical production of goods not provided in the market- form of the good city and the societal implica- place. The technical, philosophical, and social tions of development patterns; issues of residen- problems raised by the attempt to provide a tial choice, community change, globalization, rational framework for making policy decisions and environmental protection as affected by met- in this nonmarket public goods area constitute ropolitan growth. the main emphasis of the course. Illustrative applications to public goods high on the agenda for political decision are used to develop the the- C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 279

RESEARCH INSTITUTES

CENTER FOR POPULATION CENTER FOR The center has sponsored conferences RESEARCH AND CENSUS PUBLIC HEALTH STUDIES on important urban topics for the interested public. In conjunction with the graduate programs in urban studies and planning, 101 Harder House 212 Peter W. Stott Center the center provides students with numerous 725-3922 725-4401 opportunities for research The Center for Population Research and Portland State University is the home of the experience through graduate assistantships, Census provides a setting for demographic Center for Public Health Studies. Although research credit, and informal project partic- research within the College of Urban and no degree program is offered, students may ipation. Public Affairs. The Population Center pro- elect to take a concentration of courses in The center also houses the Community vides a research and teaching focus for the public health. Environmental Services (CES), formerly investigation of the causes and conse- Course offerings are interdisciplinary known as the Recycling Education Project. quences of demographic change in current and are designed to provide fundamental CES provides assistance to local communi- society. preparation for entry-level positions in ties, governmental agencies, and private As the lead agency of the Oregon State public health-related areas, particularly organizations on a contractual basis. The Data Center Program, the Population those involving environmental quality con- mission of CES is to provide students with Center has access to the various files pro- cerns. Courses introduce multidisciplinary the opportunity to develop leadership, prac- duced by the U.S. Bureau of the Census. aspects of public health and emphasize the tical job skills, and civic responsibility, This information includes current and past scientific basis for prevention and control through education, service, and research census data for the State of Oregon, infor- of infectious and noninfectious diseases. which address environmental issues and mation from the monthly Current Popula- Students generally pursue degrees in resource sustainability. tion Surveys, and the results from such related disciplines such as health educa- other Census Bureau surveys as the Ameri- tion, biology, chemistry, political science, CRIMINAL JUSTICE can Housing Survey, American Community sociology, and preprofessional programs in POLICY RESEARCH INSTI- Survey, and the Survey on Income and Pro- allied health. In addition, the Center for TUTE gram Participation. These data are housed Public Health Studies maintains ongoing in the Population Center’s library and are multidisciplinary research activities consis- 313 College of Urban and Public Affairs available to faculty, students, and the tent with its aim and other departmental 725-4014 public. In addition to providing outreach to interests. Oregon’s counties and communities, The institute has recently been approved as the Population Center offers courses in CENTER FOR an operating unit by the University and the demography. URBAN STUDIES Oregon University System. The institute is One of the important responsibilities of a multi-disciplinary research unit serving the Population Center is to produce the 322 College of Urban and Public Affairs the entire PSU community, but affiliated official population estimates for Oregon’s 725-4020 with the Administration of Justice Division counties and incorporated cities. The Popu- of the School of Government. It is designed lation Center also provides population pro- The Center for Urban Studies, established to provide policy makers throughout the jections for Oregon’s cities and counties. in 1966, is a multidisciplinary research unit state with a forum in which issues of policy Typical research activities found within the in the College of Urban and Public Affairs. and practice may be explored, using objec- Population Center include enrollment fore- The center’s primary research emphases tive performance-based criteria. It is also casts for school districts, survey research include: urban services, determinants of designed to bring together the varied on population issues, social and economic property value, transportation, regional resources of Portland State University and factors affecting demographic change, pop- economic analysis, geographic informa- coordinate those resources with other insti- ulation distribution and population migration systems, and regional decision mak- tutions of higher education to address tion, population geography, and ing. In addition to its research function, the issues emanating from the justice commu- demographic methods. Population Center center serves as a resource for community nity. The institute has an external advisory staff regularly assist city, county, and state service to units of local government. board, representing a broad cross-section governments on examination of population Publications of the center have included of justice agencies, which serves to focus issues. reports on fiscal analyses of municipal ser- attention on issues of concern to the com- CPRC’s current staff includes personnel vices provision, revenue and expenditure munity, state, and region. trained in demography, sociology, geogra- estimates for alternative incorporation/ Projects currently underway, or recently phy, statistics, and computer science. This annexation proposals, transportation invest- completed by faculty associated with the variety of expertise enables the Population ment analysis, analyses of urban services, institute include: Center to provide an eclectic and multidis- economic and urban development, trans- ■ Evaluation of the Oregon “Boot Camp” ciplinary approach to population research. portation and land use interactions, transit programs. finance, special needs transit programs, ■ System modeling of the Multnomah traffic monitoring, travel behavior, transit County justice system to advise on jail and parking, recycling, and various aspects capacity. of geographic information systems. 280 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

■ Evaluation of the Portland Police The Institute offers, through appropriate The institute sponsors research projects Bureau’s Domestic Violence Reduction departments, a number of survey courses, designed to address current and emerging Unit. research seminars, and policy and program issues of regional significance. The insti- ■ Development of an evaluation and development courses relating to adult tute’s governing board identifies research assessment system for the Governor’s development and aging, which can lead to issues that have substantial benefit to the Juvenile Crime Prevention Program. the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. area. Projects include forums and seminars, ■ Evaluation of training materials for (See Graduate Programs, Urban a web page, publications that showcase the domestic violence prevention activities. Studies and Planning.) region, and a clearinghouse for reports and ■ Assessment of the impacts of prison sit- The Institute also provides special ser- studies. ing in multiple communities within vices to the community through the Senior While administratively located within Oregon. Adult Learning Center, which sponsors Portland State’s College of Urban and programs that serve persons of retirement Public Affairs, the institute is a resource for INSTITUTE age. all departments and for all higher education ON AGING Further information about the Institute, institutions in the state. including criteria for admission to the 122 College of Urban and Public Affairs Graduate Gerontology Certificate Program, TRANSPORTATION 725-3952 is available through the Institute on Aging STUDIES CENTER main office, 122 Urban and Public Affairs. As a multidisciplinary center of gerontol- 322 College of Urban and Public Affairs ogy, the Institute on Aging is a research and INSTITUTE OF PORTLAND 725-4020 training center concerned with adult devel- METROPOLITAN STUDIES opment and aging. Major work focuses on The Transportation Studies Center is a the problems, policies, and program alter- 208 Harder House research unit that is closely affiliated with natives which affect the lives of older 725-5170 the Center for Urban Studies. It is sup- adults. The program draws students and ported by grants and contracts from the faculty from health and physical education, The Institute of Portland Metropolitan U.S. Department of Transportation, the psychology, public administration, social Studies is an independent and neutral orga- Oregon Department of Transportation, and work, sociology, speech and hearing sci- nization through which community issues Tri-Met and emphasizes (1) transportation ences, and urban studies. can be addressed by higher education. As a planning, (2) technology transfer, (3) Research activities of the institute are part of the College of Urban and Public research on transportation and land use designed to provide faculty and students Affairs at Portland State University, and in interactions, and (4) financing of transpor- with appropriate learning experiences conjunction with Oregon Health Sciences tation systems. while simultaneously investigating critical University, the institute is able to bring the The center, in addition to its primary issues concerning the elderly. Past research resources of the academic community to functions in the areas of generation and dis- projects, technical assistance activities, bear on present and future problems in the semination of information, encourages and short-term training, and field course six-county metropolitan area. coordinates research activities of Univer- arrangements have been conducted in The institute is committed to providing sity faculty. The center serves to foster an cooperation with a wide variety of commu- service to the community while also serv- interdisciplinary approach to transportation nity agencies, both public and private, ing as a catalyst, bringing together people issues by staffing the activities of a Trans- including state and local area agencies on and information to address the most critical portation Research Group. This group is aging, mental health clinics, hospitals, issues in our region. The institute offers a made up of faculty and students, from long-term care facilities, banking institu- “neutral table,” where issues and ideas can all parts of campus, with transportation tions, offices of city and county commis- be discussed in an atmosphere promising interests. sioners, legislative committees, and other no repercussions. The institute acts as a universities. Funding for this work has facilitator in discussions, providing objec- been awarded by national, state, and local tive data for decision making but having no governmental agencies as well as national stake in the decision. and local private foundations.

SCHOOL OF EXTENDED STUDIES

SHERWIN L. DAVIDSON, DEAN CHERYL LIVNEH, ASSOCIATE DEAN GLEN SEDIVY, ASSISTANT DEAN EXTENDED STUDIES BUILDING, 725-4721

Extended Studies offers traditional and early childhood, K-12, higher education unique educational opportunities for all including community colleges, adult edu- types of students. The courses and seminars cation, human resource development train- offered are available in innovative formats ers, and human service practitioners. and at convenient times and locations. Community Programs, 725-4802 Course offerings are versatile, allowing stu- Development and delivery of continuing dents to combine Extended Studies pro- education and training programs in com- grams with other learning methods, such as munity development. In partnership with formal education, and various informal the College of Urban and Public Affairs, learning experiences. programs are developed for the non-profit As the sole public four-year institution and public sector community. Administers of higher education in metropolitan Port- off-campus degree completion program in land, the University has developed services partnership with the College of Liberal Arts for students without regard to campus and Sciences and the School of Business boundaries. Because of this, Extended Administration at the CAPITAL Center. Studies programs are characterized by special student registration procedures, conve- Distance Learning, 725-4891 nient course scheduling, and noncredit as Development and coordination of distance well as credit coursework. learning using technologies such as televi- The School of Extended Studies, as an sion and computers. extension of Portland State University, Early Childhood Training Office, works cooperatively with individuals, orga- 725-4815 nizations, and agencies to meet the needs Credit and noncredit courses, conferences, of a rapidly changing work force. Many of workshops, on-site consultation, and techni- Extended Studies’ courses are designed cal assistance in early childhood education, specifically to educate the working student program administration, social services, in progressive and contemporary areas of parent involvement, and nutrition. study, or to help the working student adapt Independent Study, 725-4865 to career or personal transitions. The context and format of offerings are as diverse College and high school credit courses as the needs of adult students. offered outside the classroom by corre- Portland State University also provides spondence, with electronic mail and Inter- a broad range of opportunities for study net support. These self-paced courses are during Summer Session. A full schedule of open to anyone at anytime. day and evening classes is held on campus; Professional Development Center, in addition, many specialized offerings are 725-4820 conducted at off-campus locations. Quality programs to meet the needs of the Summer Session offers flexibility of sched- business community. Offerings include uling for students wishing to accelerate award-winning certificate programs, their programs, for teachers and adminis- focused seminars and institutes, specialized trators choosing to continue advanced contract programs, and refresher courses. study, for professionals desiring to advance PSU Salem Center, 399-5262 their careers, and for individuals wanting to Extends PSU offerings to the Salem com- further their cultural and intellectual devel- munity and explores ways that the institu- opment. tions in the Oregon University System can Continuing Education/School of cooperatively serve the Salem area. Serves Education, 725-4670 as a training and education center for PSU Professional development for all educators, degree completion, certificate programs administrators, and support staff-those in

282 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

and training in child welfare as part of the tered through the Continuing Education on the subject. Students may select one, Child Welfare Partnership. Unit (CEU) system of measurement. One two, or three terms of a full-year, con- PSU Statewide M.B.A. and M.S.W., unit equals 10 clock hours of instruction centrated course by registering only for 725-4822 and is measured in tenths. CEU records are the desired term any time prior to the Delivers PSU’s Master of Business Admin- maintained separately from permanent first day of class in the term desired. istration and Master of Social Work pro- records for credit courses. Each term lasts from two to four weeks. grams on videotape to admitted students in One or more terms of a concentrated, remote locations throughout the state of REGISTRATION AND FEES full-year course may be combined with Oregon. 725-4832 one or more terms of the same course offered in an eight-week class. CREDIT PROGRAMS For Extended Studies offerings, advanced In addition to on-campus courses, there registration is recommended. Extended are several programs offered off campus Credit courses for undergraduate and grad- Studies’ education activities operate on a and abroad. uate study in numerous fields are held on cost-recovery basis, and fees vary accord- Summer Session at Portland State is not campus, throughout the Portland area, and ing to the instructional and administrative limited to classes. Students may choose throughout the state. Courses are under the requirements for the activity. Efforts are from a great variety of special events in the direct academic control of University made to keep costs equivalent to amounts summer, including concerts, recitals, and departments and may be used to complete charged for similar activities in the state- the award-winning lecture series, “Tour the degree requirements, subject to general funded campus program. Part-time and World at Home This Summer,” which fea- University rules and regulations for degrees full-time students may enroll in Extended tures lectures by distinguished visiting pro- and programs. Courses also are designed to Studies courses. fessors who come from all over the world satisfy unique educational needs through to teach in the Summer Session. special programs, including a statewide INFORMATION The Summer Session Office is located M.B.A. and M.S.W. offered via video. in the School of Extended Studies Build- Classes are organized as short-term Call or write: Portland State University, ing, 1633 SW Park Avenue. It is open intensive learning experiences, long-term School of Extended Studies, P.O. Box weekdays throughout the year, 8 a.m. to 5 activities which may span the duration of a 1491, Portland, OR 97207; telephone: p.m. year or more, or follow the regular aca- (503) 72LEARN; Web: http:// demic calendar schedule. extended.pdx.edu/ SPECIAL SUMMER Off-campus students have library privi- School of Extended Studies offices, PROGRAMS leges at the Portland State University 1633 SW Park Avenue, are open Mondays Library and at other State System of Higher through Fridays from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. PSU’s Summer Session offers several study Education libraries. Health services and Extended Studies program specialists are opportunities in Oregon and throughout the activities supported by incidental fees are available for meetings with individuals and world. Information on specific programs is not available for continuing education groups statewide. available from the Summer Session Office. students. Although programs vary from year to year, SUMMER SESSION several are offered on a regular basis, NONCREDIT PROGRAMS 725-8500 including the following: Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik Extensive noncredit educational offerings A catalog of Summer Session offerings is Campus Contact: Steve Fuller for professional development and personal issued each year in early April. It may be The Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik, a enrichment are scheduled on campus and in obtained by calling (503) 725-8500 or by five-week program, offers intensive instruc- community locations. These courses may writing PSU Summer Session, P.O. Box tion in German language and literature for be open to the general public or to specifi- 1491, Portland, OR 97207. qualified undergraduate and graduate stu- cally identified audiences in cooperation Formal admission is not required for dents. Graduate work in the Sommerschule with agencies, associations, organizations, Summer Session, and all students are may be applied to the University’s program and groups. Business professional develop- charged only in-state tuition.Courses leading to a Master of Arts degree in German. ment courses are offered through the Pro- offered in Summer Session meet depart- In addition to classes conducted exclu- fessional Development Center. Human mental and University standards of content, sively in German, the program includes service professional development is offered instruction, and credit. movies, music and art events, excursions, in collaboration between Continuing Edu- Summer Session offers the greatest pos- and social activities which are scheduled cation in the Graduate School of Educa- sible flexibility in scheduling: with provision for constant conversational tion, the Counseling Department, and the ■ Eight-week classes opportunities in German. Applications Graduate School of Social Work. Univer- 1998: June 22 to August 14 should be submitted to Deutsche Sommers- sity faculty, training specialists, and inde- 1999: June 21 to August 13 chule, Office of Foreign Languages. pendent contractors serve as instructors. ■ Two-day workshops, two-week courses, Some activities are available in packaged four-week courses, and others of vary- Haystack Summer Program in the Arts and independent study formats. ing length, beginning on different dates and Sciences Noncredit programs are designed to throughout the summer. Students can Haystack annually brings artists, writers, meet incidental and recurring needs for take any combination they wish, choos- and teachers of national recognition to formal learning where academic credit is ing from eight-week courses, 11-week Cannon Beach to conduct one-week and not a requirement. In cases where perma- courses, workshops, and classes meet- weekend seminars and workshops in the nent records of course completion and ing on other time patterns. arts and sciences. Haystack takes its name other forms of academic documentation are ■ Full-year concentrated courses that take from the famous surf-line rock formation, a necessary, noncredit programs are regis- eight, nine, 10, or 11 weeks, depending towering landmark on Oregon’s beautiful north coast.

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

FREDERICK M. NUNN, VICE PROVOST KIMBERLEY A. BROWN, ASSOCIATE VICE PROVOST 103-106 SIXTH AVENUE BUILDING, 725-3455

The Office of International Affairs houses nizations world-wide that maximize International Education Services (Interna- resources and expand student opportuni- tional Student and Faculty Services and ties. Such activities, dating from 1991, Study Abroad), the Oregon International include: a consortium with the University Internship Program, and the Middle East of Washington’s Center for Middle Eastern Studies Center, and is the administrative Studies as a national resource center with office for the International Studies Bache- funding from the Department of Educa- lor of Arts Program of the College of Lib- tion’s Title VI program; participation in the eral Arts and Sciences. Information on Western Consortium for Middle East Stud- International Studies can be found on ies which sponsors an annual intensive page 125. summer language and area studies program (hosted by PSU in 1990 and 1996); mem- MIDDLE EAST bership in national and international aca- STUDIES CENTER demic and professional organizations including the Middle East Studies Associa- Director: Jon E. Mandaville tion, Middle East Outreach Council, 122 Sixth Avenue Building, 725-5467 National Council on U.S.-Arab Relations, The Middle East Studies Center (MESC) is American Institute for Yemeni Studies, the first federally supported undergraduate American Research Institute in Turkey, and program in the United States for Arabic others. In 1994 MESC entered into a part- language and area studies. Dating from nership with Osh State University (Kyr- 1961, the Center’s mandate today is to sup- gyzstan) which promotes student and port the academic study of the Middle East faculty exchanges and cooperation in vari- at PSU and to provide Oregon’s commu- ous disciplines. nity with information on the peoples, cul- Branford Price Millar Library’s largest tures, languages, and religions of the region specialized collection is the substantial in an open and objective atmosphere. Middle East vernacular holdings, a nation- MESC is one of PSU’s oldest and flourish- ally recognized resource owing its existing institutional bridges between the ence to the federal Foreign Language and campus—its resources and expertise—and Area Studies Acquisition Program, aug- the community. MESC also serves as a mented through private donations over the regional information center providing sup- years. The collection includes a number of port to business, media, and educational rare books and is available to the public systems throughout the Northwest. through local and Internet online access. A number of scholarship and fellowship Options in Middle Eastern Studies: opportunities are available to students in ■ Bachelor of Arts Degree in Interna- support of Middle East language and area tional Studies with a concentration in studies. These include the Elizabeth Ducey the Scholarship Fund, the Patricia and Gary Middle East. Leiser Scholarship in Middle Eastern Lan- ■ Middle East Studies Certificate comple- guages, Foreign Language and Area Stud- ments a Bachelor of Science or Arts ies (FLAS) Fellowships, and the recently degree in any other PSU degree established Noury Al-Khaledy Scholarship program. in Arabic Studies (see page 25 for details). MESC participates in a number of con- sortia programs with universities and orga-

284 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

COMMUNITY OUTREACH Services offered to international stu- The University supports a long-standing PSU’s mission as an urban university dents and scholars include: tradition that study of other cultures and includes a strong commitment to commu- ■ An intensive orientation program for all places is an essential component of modern nity outreach with service at its core. incoming international students and fac- education. MESC’s outreach program supports the ulty; The office houses the Study Abroad following activities: ■ Opportunities to live in American Library, which catalogs thousands of ■ Teacher workshops homes and visit with American families opportunities for overseas study. People ■ Free, public lending library of over 500 through a host family network; seeking information on academic programs educational resources housed in “Build- ■ An English conversation program offered by educational institutions in this ing Bridges,” a community resource which promotes both conversation and country and abroad are welcome to read the center for international, peace, and mul- cross-cultural understanding between materials available in the office. Qualified ticultural education, 121 Sixth international and American students; students planning to travel or study abroad Avenue Building ■ Participation in the International Cul- may also purchase the International Stu- ■ Guest lectures and presentations by tural Service Program (ICSP) which dent Identity Card—good for discounts, PSU faculty, students, and friends sponsors cultural presentations by inter- identification, and insurance—in the Office ■ Public school curriculum development nationals throughout the greater Port- of International Education Services. ■ Northwest Model League of Arab States land metro area. Students at PSU are Advisers in the Office of International (hosted by PSU in 1994 and 1995) invited to apply for this program, and Education Services provide guidance and ■ Sponsorship of public lectures, confer- those selected receive a partial tuition assistance for students who seek to enrich ences, speakers’ bureau, cultural and credit; their university education through study arts events including plays, concerts, ■ Sponsorship of a wide variety of educa- abroad. The University’s study abroad dance performances, films, and museum tional and social events for international opportunities are highlighted in the follow- exhibits students with University and commu- ing sections. Because these programs offer ■ Cooperating with local organizations, nity groups; residence credit and home campus registra- including: American-Arab Anti-Dis- ■ Provision of technical immigration tion, participating students who are eligible crimination Committee, Institute for assistance for visiting scholars and fac- for financial aid at PSU may apply it, in Judaic Studies, Oregon Interreligious ulty in securing legal employment at most cases, to these study programs. Committee for Peace in the Middle PSU; East, Muslim Educational Trust, Iranian ■ Assistance to various departments at PROGRAMS Women’s Association, Turkish-Ameri- PSU in meeting the legal requirements can Student Cultural Association, and for employment for visiting scholars ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires the refugee resettlement network and faculty. Council on International Educational Exchange ■ Cooperating with other educational ser- For information about international stu- (CIEE) Program vice organizations such as World Affairs dent admissions, call the Office of Admis- An advanced social studies program is Council of Oregon, Oregon Interna- sions, International Student Admissions, offered fall and spring semesters at the tional Council, and public and private 725-3511. Universidad de Buenos Aires and the schools. For information about the English as a Argentine branch of the Facultad Lati- Second Language program (ESL), call noamericana de Ciencias Sociales INTERNATIONAL the ESL program in the Department of (FLASCO). Students live in homestays or EDUCATION SERVICES Applied Linguistics, 467 Neuberger Hall, in student residences. 725-4088. AUSTRALIA: Perth Director: Dawn L. White Council on International Educational Exchange 101 Sixth Avenue Building IES/STUDY ABROAD (CIEE) Program 101/102 Sixth Avenue Building, 725-4011 The Office of International Education Ser- Murdoch University, located in Perth on vices provides a variety of academic and The Office of International Education Ser- the southwest coast of Australia, is the site support services to international students vices sponsors a wide variety of study of this program offered fall and spring and faculty and to students studying abroad abroad programs for PSU students year- semesters. Students may enroll in a wide through PSU-sponsored programs. round. The University administers some of range of course offerings in the liberal arts, these programs directly, while others are sciences, and social sciences. Housing is in IES/STUDENT AND FACULTY conducted in cooperation with the Oregon university dorms. SERVICES University System (OUS), universities 120 Sixth Avenue Building, 725-4094 AUSTRALIA: Wollongong offering programs abroad jointly, such as Council on International Educational Exchange The International Education Services staff the Northwest Council on Study Abroad (CIEE) Program † who work with admitted international stu- (NCSA ), and educational associations Environmental sciences and health sciences dents, visiting scholars, and international such as the Council on International Educa- are the focus of this program held at the faculty are a central source of information tional Exchange (CIEE). University of Wollongong, located south of on the services available to these groups. The office also seeks to facilitate teach- Sydney on the southeast coast of Australia. The office works closely with sponsoring ing and other opportunities abroad for fac- The program is offered fall or spring agencies, diplomatic missions, the Immi- ulty and to develop bilateral exchanges semester or for an academic year. Students gration and Naturalization Service, and with universities abroad which will provide are housed in university dormitories or off other government agencies to resolve aca- exchange opportunities for both faculty and campus. demic, financial, and immigration issues. students.

† NCSA members: University of Alaska-Anchorage, University of Alaska-Fairbanks, Central Washington Univer- sity, Oregon State University, University of Oregon, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, Univer- sity of Washington, Washington State University, Western Oregon University, Western Washington University.

O FFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 285

AUSTRIA: Vienna CHINA: Nanjing DENMARK: Copenhagen Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) Council on International Educational Exchange Oregon University System (OUS) Program Program (CIEE) Program Students currently enrolled in PSU’s The beautiful city of Vienna is home to this Nanjing University hosts this fall and Master of Business Administration pro- fall term and spring semester program. In spring semester program, with a year-long gram are eligible to apply for study fall both programs, German language study is option, in which participants study semester at the Copenhagen School of Eco- an integral component, but the other Chinese and area studies. Housing is in nomics and Business Administration. Par- courses, taught in English, vary. The dormitories. ticipants may choose to live in dormitories emphasis fall term is on international busi- CHINA: Shanghai or with host families. ness and European studies, while the spring Council on International Educational Exchange DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Santiago program is more centered on the humani- (CIEE) Program Council on International Educational Exchange ties. Students live with host families and Held at Fudan University, this fall or spring (CIEE) Program enjoy academic excursions in and outside semester program provides participants Spanish language and Caribbean area stud- Vienna. with Chinese language study and course ies are the focus of this program offered BELGIUM: Brussels offerings in international studies. An inten- fall and spring semesters, with a full-year Council on International Educational Exchange sive Chinese language program is also option. Advanced Spanish language stu- (CIEE) Program offered during the summer. Students in dents are enrolled at the Pontificia Univer- Held at the Universite Libre de Bruxelles, both programs stay in the university sidad Católica Madre y Maestra this program features study of French and dormitory. (PUCMM), a private institution located in a Dutch languages as well as social sciences, CHINA: Zhengzhou suburb of Santiago. Lodging is with humanities, and international relations. This exchange program with Zhengzhou Dominican families in private homes. Students can apply for spring semester or University, PSU’s sister university in ECUADOR: Quito full academic year. Housing is in student Henan Province, offers students the chance Oregon University System (OUS) Program residences or private homes. to study Chinese for fall or spring semester Two opportunities exist in Quito. The first BRAZIL: São Paulo (or both). Located near the Yellow River is a fall term or year-long program, held at Council on International Educational Exchange about 450 miles south of Beijing, Zheng- the Pontificia Universidad Católica del (CIEE) Program zhou is an industrial city of more than one Ecuador (PUCE), offering courses in Span- The University of São Paulo is home for million. Housing is in the University of ish language and Latin American Studies. this fall or spring semester or academic Zhengzhou’s student dormitory. The courses are designed for foreigners and year program emphasizing acquisition of COSTA RICA: Monteverde are taught in Spanish. The second program, Portuguese language skills necessary to Council on International Educational Exchange offered at the Universidad San Francisco de take courses in Portuguese in a wide range (CIEE) Program Quito (USFQ), is available fall term, spring of academic fields. Housing is in boarding This fall or spring semester program focus- semester, or all year. Designed for students houses or shared apartments. ing on tropical biology, ecology, and con- whose Spanish language skills are at the CHILE: Santiago servation is held at the Monteverde intermediate and advanced levels, the pro- Council on International Educational Exchange Institute in west central Costa Rica. Stu- gram places students in regular courses (CIEE) Program dents live at a biological station next to a with Ecuadorian students. In both pro- The Universidad de Chile and the Pontificia rainforest. During the week prior to exams, grams, lodging is with Ecuadorian host Universidad Católica de Chile jointly host participants live with rural Costa Rican families. this program, offered fall and spring semes- families. An eight-week summer program ENGLAND: Please see Great Britain, ters with a year-long option. Courses in the is also offered. page 286. liberal arts and social sciences are offered CZECH REPUBLIC: Prague on both campuses. Housing is in private FRANCE: Angers Council on International Educational Exchange homes with Chilean families. Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) (CIEE) Program Program CHINA: Beijing Social science, humanities, and Czech lan- The language, culture, and traditions of Oregon University System (OUS) Program guage are offered at Charles University, France are the focus of this term-long pro- Intensive study of Chinese language is the where students live in dormitories. The gram located in western France in the beau- focus of this fall semester program held at program is available fall and spring semes- tiful Loire Valley. Offered every fall, the Chinese Institute of Nationalities. The ters. A three-week summer business pro- winter, and spring quarter, the program is program also provides the opportunity to gram is also offered. held in the Centre International d’Etudes learn about minority peoples of China. A DENMARK: Copenhagen Françaises (CIDEF) on the campus of the three-week excursion to a minority region Denmark’s International Study (DIS) Program Catholic University of the West and fea- in China is included. Students live in the PSU students can study a variety of topics tures course choices offered in English or Institute’s dormitory for foreign students at the University of Copenhagen. Semester French. Housing is with French families. and scholars. and year-long programs are offered in Students interested in summer study at CHINA: Beijing humanities and social sciences, interna- CIDEF have several options in terms of Council on International Educational Exchange tional business, architecture and design, length of study, curriculum, and housing. (CIEE) Program and marine environmental studies. Summer FRANCE: Haute Bretagne Peking University is host for this program, programs in architecture and design and Council on International Educational Exchange available fall and spring semester, which “Europe in Transition” are also available. (CIEE) Program offers Chinese language and area studies. Courses are taught in English by Danish Students take classes through the Division Students reside in dormitories on campus. professors. Participants live with Danish for Foreign Students at the University of An eight-week summer program focusing families or in student residence halls. Haute Bretagne in Rennes, choosing from a on Chinese language is also available. variety of academic subjects, mainly in the

286 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

humanities. Students are housed in French GREAT BRITAIN: London ITALY: Macerata homes or in university residences. Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) FRANCE: Lyon Program Program Oregon University System (OUS) Program Historic London is the setting for this term- The lovely hill town of Macerata, located This year-long program is open to qualified long program offered every fall, winter, and in east central Italy near the Adriatic Sea, is students with intermediate or advanced spring quarter. Courses in the liberal arts the site of this semester-long program proficiency in French. Students with two and social sciences are integrated with aca- available fall, winter, and spring terms. Par- years of college-level French may enroll in demic excursions. Students live with Brit- ticipants study Italian language at the Uni- a language institute at a Lyonnaise univer- ish families. versity of Macerata and enroll in sity; students with at least three years may GREAT BRITAIN: Reading international studies courses taught in enroll in regular university courses at one This direct exchange program with the English by Italian professors. Students live of four other institutions. Apartments or University of Reading allows PSU students with Italian families or in apartments student dormitories are available for to spend a quarter or an academic year shared with other students. lodging. studying a wide range of courses covering ITALY: Siena FRANCE: Paris the liberal arts and social sciences, business Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) Program Council on International Educational Exchange studies, education, and engineering. The (CIEE) Program city of Reading is situated on the River Italian language, humanities, and social A critical studies program emphasizing lit- Thames, about 40 miles west of London. science are emphasized in this term-long erary criticism, film studies, and philoso- Students live in residence halls on campus. program located in the Tuscan hills of central Italy. Focus of the program is on Italian phy is offered fall and spring semesters and GREECE: Athens language, offered at all levels, and other academic year at the Paris Center for Criti- Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) cal Studies and the University of Paris III. Program courses taught in English. Lodging is in Students locate their own housing with Courses in modern Greek, history, art his- shared apartments; a limited number of help from program staff. tory, and political science are featured in homestays is available. FRANCE: Poitiers this fall and spring quarter program held at JAPAN: Tokyo Oregon University System (OUS) Program the Athens Centre in the heart of Athens. Oregon University System (OUS) Program Most students in this year-long program are All courses are taught in English, with the Participants attend Aoyama Gakuin Uni- enrolled at the Institute for Foreigners at exception of modern Greek. Excursions in versity’s School of International Politics, the University of Poitiers, studying French and around Athens and the Greek Islands Economics, and Business (SIPEB), study- language and literature. Regular classes at complement the coursework. Lodging is in ing Japanese language, although other the University of Poitiers are available to apartments. coursework is offered in English. This 10- students with sufficient academic prepara- HUNGARY: Budapest month program follows the Japanese aca- tion. Students may live in dormitories or Council on International Educational Exchange demic calendar, beginning in April and apartments or with French families. (CIEE) Program ending in February. Housing is in university dormitories. GERMANY: State of Baden- Budapest University of Economic Sciences Württemberg is host for this fall and spring semester pro- JAPAN: Tokyo Oregon University System (OUS) Program gram, which offers courses in Hungarian Oregon University System (OUS) Program In this exchange program with several uni- language, humanities, and social science. The 10-month program, beginning in versities in the German state of Baden- Students live in apartments with other pro- August at Waseda University, offers a vari- Württemberg, students enroll in cooperat- gram participants or with Hungarian fami- ety of courses, taught in English, in liberal ing universities including Freiburg, Heidel- lies. arts and social sciences as well as Asian berg, Hohenheim, Konstanz, Mannheim, HUNGARY: Szeged studies. Lodging is with Japanese families. Stuttgart, Tübingen, and Ulm. Housing is Students can attend this program fall or JAPAN: Tokyo in university dormitories. spring semester (or both) at Jozsef Attila Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Program GERMANY: Tübingen University in Szeged, Hungary, studying Offered at the Ichigaya campus of Sophia Oregon University System (OUS) Program Hungarian language and culture. Classes University, this program is designed for A 15-week intensive German language pro- through the Institute for Foreigners are students with an interest in Japanese busi- gram is offered in the spring to students offered in English, although participants ness and economics as well as area studies who have completed two quarters of first- with proficiency in Hungarian may enroll and Japanese language. Non-language year college level German. The intensive directly in the university, choosing from a courses are taught in English. Available fall format enables students to complete the wide range of courses within the fields of and spring semesters, as well as all year, first year and the entire second-year arts and letters, social science, and science. the program includes company visits, cul- sequence in German language. Housing is Student dormitories or shared apartments tural activities, and field trips. Students are in university dormitories. are housing options for students. housed with Japanese families. GHANA: Legon INDONESIA: Java KOREA: Seoul Council on International Educational Exchange Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Program (CIEE) Program Oregon University System (OUS) Program Most fields of study are available at the The Institut Keguruan Dan Ilmu Pendidi- Students may study at Yonsei University University of Ghana, host of this new pro- kan (IKIP) Malang in Java is host of this and/or Ewha University, located within gram open for fall and spring semester and fall and spring semester program. Partici- walking distance of each other in Seoul. academic year study. Twi language and pants study Indonesian language and litera- Classes in the program, offered through the area studies are also offered. Housing is in ture, performing arts, development studies, international division at each university, are student residences on campus. and social science. Housing is in Indone- taught in English. The curriculum includes sian homes. Korean language and area studies. Housing

O FFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 287

is in university dormitories, although pri- RUSSIA: St. Petersburg/Moscow SPAIN: Seville vate arrangements may be made. American Council of Teachers of Russian Council on International Educational Exchange MEXICO: Cholula (ACTR) Program (CIEE) Program Oregon University System (OUS) Program Students enroll in the Department of Rus- The University of Seville is host to two Participants study Spanish language and sian as a Foreign Language at one of sev- CIEE-sponsored programs available fall courses relevant to Latin America at the eral institutions in St. Petersburg or and spring semesters and for an academic Universidad de las Américas fall or spring Moscow. Programs are available fall and year. Humanities and social sciences are semester (or both). Two years of college- spring semesters or for the academic year. the focus of the Liberal Arts Program, level Spanish is required. Participants live In while the Business and Society Program is in dormitories or with host families. addition, an eight-week summer program is designed for students specializing in these offered. Housing is in university areas. MEXICO: Mexico City dormitories. A third program at the University of Oregon University System (OUS) Program SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Town Seville, available fall or spring semester, is Universidad Iberoamericana (UIA) in designed for intermediate level students of Mexico City is host to this fall and spring Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Program Spanish. This Language and Society pro- semester and academic-year program offer- The University of Cape Town is host to a gram also includes courses in the humani- ing students with intermediate to advanced ties and social sciences. skills in Spanish language to continue new spring semester or South African academic year (February-December) pro- In addition, CIEE also offers a summer Spanish study and take humanities and program in art restoration and art history, social science courses taught in Spanish. gram. The academic program allows students to pursue academic studies in a held at the Council Study Center at the Housing is with Spanish families for the Escuela de Artes Aplicadas. first semester. number of disciplines while providing firsthand knowledge of contemporary South For all programs in Seville, students live THE NETHERLANDS: Amsterdam African life and society. in private homes or residencias (boarding Council on International Educational Exchange houses). SPAIN: Alicante (CIEE) Program TAIWAN: Taipei International relations, social science, and Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Program Council on International Educational Exchange Dutch language are features of this fall (CIEE) Program semester program held at the University of Held at the University of Alicante, this fall and spring semester program, with a year- Participants study Chinese language, Amsterdam. Housing is in student resi- humanities, economics, and social sciences dences. long option, balances language instruction with area studies courses in the history, cul- at National Chengchi University. The pro- POLAND: Warsaw ture, and economy of Spain, taught in gram is available fall and spring semesters Council on International Educational Exchange English. In addition, a six-week summer and academic year. (CIEE) Program program provides Spanish language study THAILAND: Khon Kaen Hosted by the Warsaw School of Econom- and an introduction to contemporary trends Council on International Educational Exchange ics, participants study Polish language, in Spanish culture. In both programs, stu- (CIEE) Program humanities, and social science. The pro- dents live with Spanish families. Two programs are held at Khon Kaen Uni- gram is offered fall and spring semester. versity. The first, held fall semester, offers SPAIN: Barcelona Housing is in dormitories. coursework in Thai language and literature, Institute for Social and International Studies RUSSIA: St. Petersburg (ISIS) Program women’s and development studies, and Council on International Educational Exchange Students can spend fall, winter, and/or public health. The second is a six-week (CIEE) Program spring quarters on this international studies summer program in Thai language and The Council offers several options at St. program. ISIS also offers a four-week development studies. Housing for both pro- Petersburg University: summer program. Courses are selected grams is student dormitories; in addition, 1. Russian language programs offered fall each term from such fields as political sci- semester students have the option of private and spring semesters and during the aca- ence, economics, history, sociology, and art housing. demic year, geared for students at the inter- history, all taught in English. Spanish lan- TRINIDAD: Port-of-Spain mediate and advanced levels of guage instruction, offered at all levels, is an Aspects of Caribbean history and culture Russian. integral part of the curriculum. Housing is are the focus of this program, which begins 2. A summer program emphasizing with Spanish families or in residencias. on the PSU campus during the first eight Russian language study. SPAIN: Oviedo weeks of winter term and concludes with a 3. A Russian Language for Research Pro- two-week field experience in the Carib- gram offered fall and spring semester and Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) Program bean. The program is designed as a short- during the academic year. An intensive Spanish language program term community-based learning experience 4. A summer program emphasizing Rus- offered to students with at least one year of integrated into the curricula of Interna- sian language for research. prior college-level Spanish is available at tional Studies and Black Studies. Depend- 5. A summer program focusing on lan- the University of Oviedo. Located in north ing on faculty research interests and guage and business in Russia. central Spain just a few miles from the expertise, students are involved in archaeo- Housing is with Russian families or in a coast, Oviedo reflects both its pre-Moorish logical research, museum studies, and cul- university dormitory. past and elements of European Spain. The tural studies. program is available fall term, spring semester, and all year. Students in the program live with Spanish families, although housing at the university is an alternative option. 288 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

TUNISIA: Monastir courses taught in English. The academic should be prepared as soon as possible. The Council on International Educational Exchange program includes extended excursions. deadline for submission of application (CIEE) Program Participants live together in furnished materials to the Fulbright adviser is the last This six-week summer program focuses on apartments. week of September 1998 for the 1999-2000 art history in Tunisia, in conjunction with academic year. The Fulbright program an archaeological field work project in OTHER adviser disseminates information about Monastir. Students are housed in apart- PROGRAMS grant opportunities and assists in process- ments. ing grant applications. VIETNAM: Hanoi FULBRIGHT PROGRAM University Lecturing/Advanced Research. The Office of International Edu- Council on International Educational Exchange Adviser: Dawn L. White (CIEE) Program cation Services provides information to Vietnam National University is host of this Portland State participates in the Interna- faculty on grants for university lecturing or fall and spring semester program, in which tional Educational Exchange Program advanced research. Application deadline is Vietnamese language, civilization, and his- authorized by the Fulbright-Hays Act. August 1. tory are the focus of study. Participants stay Awards available include those offered by Opportunities Abroad for Teachers. in foreign student guest houses or private the U.S. government, foreign governments, The U.S. Information Agency sponsors residences. universities, and private donors. Grants are teaching positions abroad and summer available to qualified graduating seniors YEMEN: Sana’a seminars for teachers and professors and graduate students for advanced through its Opportunities Abroad for PSU/AMIDEAST (America-Mideast Educa- research, to qualified faculty for lecturing tional and Training Services, Inc.) Program Teachers program. Interested persons and research, and to teachers for teacher This fall-term program is based in the capi- should apply by October 15 directly to the exchange programs. tal city of Sana’a and features Arabic lan- U.S. Information Agency. Interviews for Grants for Graduate Study Abroad. guage study at beginning to advanced Oregon-area applicants are arranged by the Fulbright opportunities are announced levels, as well as international studies Fulbright adviser at PSU and are held on annually about May 1, and applications campus in December.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS

ARMY RESERVE OFFICER ence or by completing the following class: including the Simultaneous Membership TRAINING CORPS MS 214 Basic Summer Program. Program (SMP). There is no obligation incurred from 283-7353 participation in the Basic Program classes. COMMISSIONS The students decide if they wish to apply Students who complete the Advanced Pro- The Military Science Program is designed for the Advanced Program. gram are eligible for appointment and com- to provide college students on-campus Advanced Program. Students who mission by the President of the United instruction and experience in the art of wish to apply for the two-year Advanced States as officers in the U.S. Army. The organizing, motivating, and leading others. Program, comprised of the 3-credit upper- branch of the Army in which a new officer It includes instruction to develop self-disci- division classes listed below, must apply will serve depends on his or her desires, pline, physical stamina, and professional and be accepted. Minimum requirements academic qualifications, and the needs of bearing. Army ROTC classes are designed include: the Army. to be taken along with the student’s other Having received a commission, the ■ Able to complete the requirements for normal academic curriculum. Enrolling in commission before reaching 30 years of officer may serve full time in the Active Military Science classes does not obligate age (may be waived in exceptional Army or serve as a member of the Army students to serve in the Army. Upon com- cases); Reserve or National Guard. pletion, the student is eligible for commis- ■ Complete the Basic Course or have sioning as a second lieutenant into the SCHOLARSHIPS received credit in lieu thereof for previ- Active Army, Army Reserve, or National Army ROTC offers competitive scholar- ous military service in the Army, Navy, Guard. Army ROTC offers 2-, 3-, and 4- ships that pay up to $16,000 in tuition and Air Force, or Marine Corps; year scholarships worth over $16,000 per fees, a book allowance of $450 per school ■ U.S. citizenship; year. year, and a $150 per month tax free stipend ■ Physically qualified under the standards during the school year. These scholarships PROGRAMS prescribed by the Department of the are available to freshmen or sophomore Basic Program. The Basic Program is vol- Army; students in three- and two-year increments. untary and comprised of the 1-2 credit Students in the Advanced Program Competition for the scholarships is avail- lower-division courses listed below. The receive a $150 per month stipend while in able to all students, even if not enrolled in Basic Program is normally completed school. the program. More information is available during the freshman and sophomore years, Other Programs. Provisions exist for a by calling the Military Science Program, and it, or credit for equivalency, is a prereq- number of special programs depending on 283-7353. uisite for the Advanced Program. Students student qualifications and curriculum, may alternatively satisfy the Basic Program requirements by previous military experi- S PECIAL PROGRAMS 289

leadership lab, MS 221, plus optional participa- ship lab, MS 322 or 323, plus required participa- COURSES tion in a one-hour session of physical fitness tion in a one-hour session of physical fitness three times a week, MS 231. three times a week, MS 332 or 333. The term Basic Course refers to first- and second-year courses, MS 111, 112, 113, 211, MS 212/213 MS 321, 322, 323 and 421, 422, 423 212, and 213, which are designed for beginning Fundamentals of Team Training I and II Advanced Course: Leadership Laboratory (1, students who want to qualify for entry into the (2, 2) 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) Introduction to individual and team aspects of Open only to students in the associated Military Advanced Course and for those students who tactics in small unit operations. Includes use of Science course. Series with different roles for may want to try Military Science without obliga- radio communications, making safety assess- students at different levels in the program. tions. A number of popular or challenging extra- ments, movement techniques, planning for team Involves leadership responsibilities for the plan- curricular activities are associated with these safety/security and methods of pre-execution ning, coordination, execution, and evaluation of courses. A student can also qualify for entry into checks. Practical exercises with upper-division various training and activities with Basic Course the Advanced Course by completing the summer ROTC students. Learn techniques for training students and for the ROTC program as a whole. encampment, Camp Challenge, MS 240. others as an aspect of continued leadership Students develop, practice, and refine leadership MS 111 development. Two-hours and a leadership lab, skills by serving and being evaluated in a variety Introduction to Leadership (1) MS 222 or 223, plus required participation in a of responsible positions. Increase self-confidence through team study and one-hour session of physical fitness three times a MS 331, 332, 333 and 431, 432, 433 activities in basic drill, physical fitness, rappel- week, MS 232 or 233. ling, first aid, survival skills, and making presen- Advanced Course: Physical Fitness MS 240 (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) tations. Learn fundamental concepts of Required of students in MS 311, 312, 313 and leadership in a profession in both classroom and Challenge in Leadership (2) A six-week summer course conducted at Fort 411, 412, 413 of which this program is an inte- outdoor laboratory environments. One-hour and Knox, Kentucky. The student receives pay. gral part. Series with different roles for students a leadership lab, MS 121, plus optional partici- Travel, lodging, and most meal costs are at different levels in the program. Participate in pation in a one-hour session of physical fitness defrayed by the Army. The environment is rigor- and learn to plan and lead physical fitness pro- three times a week, MS 131. ous. No military obligation incurred. Open only grams. Develops the physical fitness required of MS 112,113 to students who have not taken all six of MS an officer in the Army. Emphasis on the develop- Introduction to Decision Making I & II 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, and 213, and who pass ment of an individual fitness program and the (1, 1) a physical examination (paid for by ROTC). role of exercise and fitness in one's life. Learn/apply principles of effective leading. Completion of MS 240 qualifies a student for Reinforce self-confidence through participation MS 340 entry into the Advanced Course. Three different in physically and mentally challenging exercises Advanced Leadership Course (3) cycles are offered during the summer, but spaces A six-week camp conducted at an Army post. with upper-division military science students. are limited by the Army. Candidates can apply Only open to (and required of) students who Develop communication skills to improve indi- for a space any time during the school year prior have completed MS 311, 312, and 313. The stu- vidual performance and group interaction. to the summer. Pass/no pass only. dent receives pay. Travel, lodging, and most Relate organizational skills to improve individ- meal costs are defrayed by the Army. The course ual performance and group interaction. Relate The Advanced Course consists of the courses environment is highly structured and demand- organizational ethical values to the effectiveness MS 311, 312, 313, and 411, 412, 413. It is open ing, stressing leadership at small unit levels of a leader. One hour and a leadership lab, MS only to students who have completed the Basic under varying, challenging conditions. Individ- 122 or 123, plus optional participation in a one- Course or earned placement credit for it (various ual leadership and basic skills performance are hour session of physical fitness three times a methods). The Advanced Course is designed to evaluated throughout the camp. Although this week, MS 132 or 133. qualify a student for a commission as an officer course is graded on a pass/no pass basis only, the MS 121, 122, 123, and 221, 222, 223 in the United States Army. Students must com- leadership and skills evaluations at the camp Basic Course: Leadership Laboratory (1, 1, 1, plete all courses numbered greater than 300, to weigh heavily in the subsequent selection pro- 2, 2, 2) include MS 340, a six-week Advanced Leader- cess that determines the type commission and Open only to students in the associated Military ship Course during the summer, usually between job opportunities given to the student upon grad- Science course. Series with different roles for the junior and senior years. The courses must be uation from ROTC and the University. students at different levels of the program. Learn taken in sequence unless otherwise approved by and practice basic leadership and development the Professor of Military Science. Students MS 405 skills. Gain insight into the Advanced Course in receive $150.00 per month during the school Reading and Conference (Terms and credit to order to make an informed decision whether to be arranged.) year. Consent of Instructor. apply for it. Build self-confidence and team- MS 311 MS 411 building leadership skills that can be applied Leading Small Organizations I (3) throughout life. Leadership Challenges and Goal Setting (3) Series of practical opportunities to lead small Plan, conduct, and evaluate activities of the orga- MS 131, 132, 133, and 231, 232, 233 groups, receive personal assessments and nization. Articulate goals and put plans into Basic Course: Physical Fitness encouragement, and lead again in situations of action to attain them. Assess organizational (1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2) increasing complexity. Uses small unit tactics cohesion and develop strategies for improve- Open to all students. Series with different roles and opportunities to plan and conduct training for students at different levels in the program. ment. Develop confidence in skills to lead for lower-division students both to develop such people and manage resources. Learn/apply vari- Participate in and learn to lead a physical fitness skills and as a vehicle for practicing leading. program. Emphasis on the development of an ous Army policies and programs in this effort. Three-hours and a required leadership lab, MS Three-hours and a required leadership lab, MS individual fitness program and the role of exer- 321, plus required participation in a one-hour cise and fitness in one's life. 421, plus required participation in a one-hour session of physical fitness three times a week, session of physical fitness three times a week, MS 199 MS 331. MS 431. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged) MS 312, 313 Open to all students. MS 412, 413 Leading Small Organizations II and III Transitions in Leading (3, 3) MS 211 (3, 3) Continues the methodology from MS 411. Iden- Continues methodology of MS 311. Analyze Self/Team Development (2) tify and resolve ethical dilemmas. Refine coun- Learn/apply ethics-based leadership skills that tasks, prepare written or oral guidance for team seling and motivating techniques. Examine develop individual abilities and contribute to the members to accomplish tasks. Delegate tasks aspects of tradition and law as it relates to lead- building of effective teams of people. Develop and supervise. Plan for and adapt to the unex- ing as an officer in the Army. Prepare for a future skills in oral presentations, writing concisely, pected in organizations under stress. Examine as a successful Army lieutenant. Three-hours planning events, coordination of group efforts, and apply lessons from leadership case studies. and a required leadership lab, MS 422 or 423, advanced first aid, land navigation, and basic Examine importance of ethical decision making plus required participation in a one-hour session military tactics. Learn fundamentals of the Lead- in setting a positive climate that enhances team of physical fitness three times a week, MS 432 ership Assessment Program. Two-hours and a performance. Three-hours and a required leader- or 433. 290 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CHALLENGE able after seniors have been accommo- PROGRAM dated, other qualiﬁed applicants may be 725-3430 accepted into the Program.

Karen Tosi, Coordinator CHIRON STUDIES The Challenge Program is a cooperative PROJECT program between Portland State University 725-4452 and metropolitan area high schools. It provides high school seniors an opportunity to Chiron Studies Project is a student-oriented take regular college courses on their own program funded by student incidental fees. campuses. The purpose of the program is to support Students who have a cumulative grade the development of courses not normally point average of 3.00 or above after the offered by the academic departments. completion of six high school semesters (or Instruction in Chiron courses is conducted the equivalent in high school credits) are with faculty sponsorship; these courses are eligible to enroll in the Challenge Program. approved in the same manner as other School district staff members review tran- courses by the appropriate departments and scripts of high school students who wish to deans. enroll in Challenge courses and select those The program’s objectives are: students who have demonstrated substan- ■ To provide a structure within the Uni- tial academic achievement. Students may versity where students can participate enroll for a maximum of two classes per actively in implementation of courses. quarter. ■ To encourage the formal use of student The Challenge Program currently offers learning through teaching, tutoring, and introductory college courses in computer advising. science, English, foreign languages, his- ■ To supplement and enhance existing tory, and mathematics. Course content is departmental offerings. identical to that offered to Portland State ■ To foster the development of alternative University students on the home campus. learning formats and seek, generally, to College-level texts and materials are used. improve the experience of undergradu- Midterm and ﬁnal examinations are sched- ate education. uled concurrently with University testing. Proposal forms are available in 441 Students who successfully complete Smith Memorial Center. Further informa- their Challenge Program coursework are tion may be obtained from the Vice Provost entitled to a regular Portland State Univer- for Academic Affairs. sity transcript. The credit earned by the student can be transferred to other colleges and universities.

PSU LINK 725-3430

Karen Tosi, Coordinator Portland State University is committed to serving the needs of the metropolitan area by providing an academic environment for intellectually gifted students. The LINK Program makes it possible for selected gifted high school students to attend the University for part-time advanced study in a particular academic discipline. The Pro- gram is designed to serve those students who have exhausted all coursework in a particular discipline at their high schools. If a student in the ﬁeld of mathematics, for example, is ready to go beyond the study of calculus, he/she can enroll in a mathematics class at the University, while simultaneously maintaining his/her high school schedule. To qualify for the Program, students must be recommended to the University by their school district and must successfully complete the LINK admissions process. First opportunity goes to high school seniors. If there is space avail-

DIRECTORIES

MEMBERS OF THE OREGON OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM Eastern Oregon University BOARD OF HIGHER La Grande EDUCATION Oregon Institute of Technology Klamath Falls The Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Oregon State University the statutory governing board of the eight- Corvallis campus Oregon University System, is composed of 11 members appointed by the Governor and Portland State University confirmed by the Oregon State Senate. Nine Portland members are appointed to the Board for four- Southern Oregon University year terms; two members are students, appointed Ashland for two-year terms. University of Oregon Terms expire June 30 Eugene Herbert Aschkenasy, Albany 2001 Western Oregon University President Monmouth Tom Imeson, Portland 1999 The Chancellor’s Office of Academic Affairs Vice President provides coordination and service to assure that Diane Christopher, Medford 1999 a broad-based continuing education program is available through the member institutions. James Lussier, Bend 2001 An interinstitutional booklet, The Oregon Col- Gail McAllister, Burns 1999 lege Guide, lists fields of study at all Oregon Esther Puentes, Portland 2000 University System institutions and offers other Jim Whittaker, Pilot Rock 2000 important information for prospective students. For a free copy, write The Oregon College Jim Willis, Salem 2001 Guide, Oregon University System, P.O. Box Phyllis Wustenberg, Bay City 2000 3175, Eugene, OR 97403. John Wykoff, Portland 1999 INSTITUTIONAL EXECUTIVES OFFICERS OF THE SYSTEM Daniel O. Bernstine, LL.M. Joseph W. Cox, Ph.D. President, Chancellor Portland State University Shirley Merritt Clark, Ph.D. Phillip Creighton, Ph.D. Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs President, Eastern Oregon University William H. Anslow, M.B.A. Vice Chancellor for Finance and Administration Martha Anne Dow, Ph.D. Interim President, Robert Dryden, Ph.D. Oregon Institute of Technology Vice Chancellor for Oregon Center for Advanced Technology Education Paul Risser, Ph.D. President, Virginia Thompson, Ph.D. Oregon State University Board Secretary Stephen J. Reno, Ph.D. The Oregon University System, organized in President, 1932, provides educational opportunities to Southern Oregon University young people and adults throughout the state of Oregon. Member institutions are elements of an Dave Frohnmayer, J.D. articulated system, parts of an integrated whole. President, University of Oregon Opportunities for general education are distributed as widely as possible throughout the state, Betty J. Youngblood, Ph.D. while specialized, professional, and technical President, programs are centered at specific institutions. Western Oregon University

292 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ACADEMIC Karin Jewel Alspach (1995) B.A. Friedrich Schuler (1990) Ph.D. PORTLAND Information Specialist. B.A. 1994 Director, Institute for the Study of AFFAIRS OFFICE OF Portland State University. U.S. Mexican Relations. Associate STATE THE PROVOST Professor of History and Interna- Martha Berry Clarke (1997) tional Studies. B.A. 1982 Freie UNIVERSITY Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. M.A. Universitaet Berlin, West Berlin; Provost; Professor of History and Compliance Specialist. B.A. 1994 M.A. 1983 University of Texas, Faculty members are listed with Humanities. B.S. 1960 Georgetown University of Kentucky; M.A. 1998 Austin; Ph.D. 1990 University of their University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1965 Georgetown University. Chicago. programs. Academic faculty are Indiana University. listed starting on page 298. The Arezu Movahed (1992) Ph.D. Teresa Taylor (1990) M.A. dates in parentheses indicate the Janine M. Allen (1995) Ph.D. Coordinator, Research and Spon- Study Abroad Adviser. B.S. 1970 beginning of academic service at Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- sored Projects. B.S. 1980, M.C.R.P. University of London (England); Portland State University. The ear- ment and Student Services. B.S. 1984 California State University, M.A. 1980 Reading University liest date shown is 1955, the year in 1973 University of Nebraska-Kear- Fresno; Ph.D. 1995 Portland State (England). which Portland State became a ney; M.A. 1979 University of University. degree-granting Linda Walton (1980) Ph.D. Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D. 1995 Maureen Orr Eldred (1986) B.A. institution. The faculty listings were Director, Institute for Asian Stud- University of Oregon. Coordinator of Graduate Studies. compiled in February 1997 and ies; Professor of History and Inter- B.A. 1996 Portland State may not include changes and Sherwin L. Davidson (1989) national Studies. B.A. 1969 University. appointments made after that time. Ph.D. Wellesley College; Ph.D. 1978 Vice Provost and Dean, School of Bernadene A. Pilip (1984) M.S. University of Pennsylvania. Extended Studies; Professor of Systems Coordinator. B.S. 1971 OFFICE OF THE Social Science. B.A. 1967 Bowling Dawn L. White (1978) B.A. University of Oregon; M.S. 1988 Director of International Exchange PRESIDENT Green State University; M.A. 1972 Portland State University. Western Michigan University; Programs. B.A. 1979 Portland Daniel O. Bernstine (1997) LL.M. Ph.D. 1978 University of Utah. INTERNATIONAL State University. President. B.A. 1969 University of AFFAIRS Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. Colleen Wilson (1993) B.A. California, Berkeley; J.D. 1972 Frederick M. Nunn (1965) Ph.D. Vice Provost for Academic Affairs; Global Graduates Coordinator; Northwestern University School of Vice Provost, International Affairs; Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1957 Assistant to the Director, Institute Law; LL.M. 1975 University of Professor of History and Interna- Trinity College; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. for Asian Studies; B.A. 1986 Port- Wisconsin Law School. tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Univer- 1971 University of Wisconsin. land State University. sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. 1963 University of New Mexico. Ron L. Witczak (1996) B.A. Vice Provost and Special Assistant Linda I. Devereaux (1984) B.A. Research Assistant. B.A. 1975 Study Abroad Adviser. B.A. 1991 to the President; Professor of Span- Kimberley A. Brown (1989) Ph.D. Portland State University. Oregon State University. ish. B.A. 1957 Trinity College; Associate Vice Provost, Interna- M.A. 1958, Ph.D. 1971 University Donna R. Kiykioglu (1995) B.S. tional Affairs; Associate Professor COLLEGE OF LIBERAL of Wisconsin. Executive Assistant to the Provost. of Applied Linguistics and Interna- ARTS AND SCIENCES tional Studies. B.A. 1974 Macal- Karen Hanson (1994) B.A. Amy Ross (1993) B.A. B.S. 1984 Portland State Univer- ester College; M.A. 1977, Ph.D. Health Services Adviser. B.A. 1992 Executive Assistant to the sity. 1988 University of Minnesota. University of Oregon. President. B.A. 1994 Portland State JoEllen Lucke (1995) B.S. University. Assistant to the Vice Provost. B.S. Anne Bender (1980) B.A. Frosti McClurken-Talley (1995) 1980 Portland State University. Study Abroad Adviser. B.A. 1982 B.S. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION Portland State University. Academic Adviser. B.S. 1971 Robert L. Vieira (1979) Ed.D. Kay E. Vorderstrasse (1997) B.A. Rochester Institute of Technology. Director of Affirmative Action. Scholarship and Events Coordina- Jean Campbell (1998) Ph.D. B.A. 1972 University of California, tor. B.A. 1992 Pacific Lutheran Assistant Director, Middle East Robert Mercer (1990) M.A. Irvine; M.Ed. 1977 Oregon State University. Studies Center. B.A. 1968, Univer- Senior Adviser. B.A. 1983, M.A. University; Ed.D. 1996 Portland sity of California, Santa Barbara; 1986 Portland State University. State University. Ben E. Waisanen (1997) M.Ed. 1975, Ph.D. 1987 University Computer Support Specialist. of Oregon. Karen Tosi (1979) M.A. Annie Gubitosi-White (1997) Coordinator, Challenge/LINK Pro- M.S. GRADUATE STUDIES AND Debra Z. Clemans (1997) M.A. gram; Research Assistant. B.A. Assistant Director of Affirmative RESEARCH Executive Assistant to the Vice 1964, M.A. 1976 Portland State Action. B.A. 1988 University of William H. Feyerherm (1990) Provost. B.A. 1993, M.A. 1995 University. California, Riverside; M.S. 1994 Ph.D. Portland State University. Portland State University. Vice Provost for Research and SCHOOL OF EXTENDED Dean Anne L. Frey (1995) M.A. STUDIES AND SUMMER Melinda Lucky (1997) B.A. of Graduate Studies; Professor of International Student Adviser. SESSION Assistant to the Director of Affir- Social Work. B.A. 1970 Northern B.A. 1986 Denison University; Sherwin L. Davidson (1989) mative Action. B.A. 1990 Portland Illinois University; Ph.D. 1977 M.A. 1994 University of Oregon. Ph.D. State University. Dean, School of Extended Studies; State University of New York, Jon E. Mandaville (1965) Ph.D. Albany. Professor of Social Science. B.A. Director, Middle East Studies Cen- 1967 Bowling Green State Univer- James R. Pratt (1994) Ph.D. ter; Professor of History and Inter- sity; M.A. 1972 Western Michigan Associate Vice Provost for national Studies. B.A. 1959 University; Ph.D. 1978 University Research, Professor of Environ- Dartmouth College; Diploma of Utah. mental Sciences. B.A. 1971 Uni- Islamics 1961 Edinburgh Univer- versity of Washington; M.S. 1981 sity (Scotland); M.A. 1964, Ph.D. Cathie Anderson (1995) B.A. Eastern Washington University; 1969 Princeton University. Program Assistant. B.A. 1994 Marylhurst College. Ph.D. 1984 Virginia Polytechnic Linda Morrell (1997) B.A. Institute and State University. Research Assistant, Middle East Linda Anderson (1996) B.A. Studies Center. B.A. 1996 Portland Program Assistant. B.A. 1989 State University. Portland State University.

D IRECTORIES 293

John S. Barna (1978) M.A. Michael Griggs (1992) M.F.A. Leslie Munson (1996) Ph.D. Victor Walsh (1998) M.P.A. Assistant Professor. B.A. 1971, Program Development Specialist, Early Childhood Education Spe- Director, Professional Develop- M.A. 1973 San Francisco State Summer Session. B.A. 1968 cialist. B.A. 1970, M.A. 1971 Uni- ment Center. B.A. Fort Lewis University. Antioch College; M.F.A. 1972 versity of North Carolina, Chapel College; M.P.A. 1985 Harvard Boston University. Hill; Ph.D. 1996 Vanderbilt University. Francis Bates (1997) M.Ed. University. Program Specialist. B.A. State Uni- Nancy Goldman (1975) B.S. Marilyn Webb (1992) M.A. versity of New York; M.Ed. Wayne Special Projects Assistant to the Katherine Novy (1988) B.A. Program Development Specialist. State University. Dean. B.S. 1976 Portland State Director, Experimental Programs, B.A. 1963 University of Illinois; University. School of Business Administration. M.A. 1972 University of Jena Bauman (1995) M.P.H. B.A. 1960 Oberlin College. Washington. Health Specialist. A.B. 1987 Uni- Brad Hansen (1995) Ph.D. versity of Michigan; M.P.H. 1994 Coordinator, Multi-Media Profes- Carillon J. Olmsted (1974) B.A. INSTITUTIONAL University of Michigan. sional Program. B.A. 1974 Univer- Director of Training, Early Child- RESEARCH AND sity of Oregon; M.A. 1976 hood Training Center; Senior PLANNING Lola Bichler (1995) B.S. University of Cincinnati; Ph.D. Instructor. B.A. 1963 Lewis & Scott P. Hanson (1994) Ph.D. Program Assistant, Continuing 1985 University of Northern Clark College. Research Assistant. B.S. 1980 Uni- Education. B.S. 1991 Portland Colorado. versity of Oregon; M.A. 1982 State University. Betty Jean Repp (1996) Ph.D. Pacific Lutheran University; Ph.D. Steve Harmon (1985) M.A. Program Specialist. B.A. 1991 1992 University of Oregon. Johnnie Cain (1993) D.B.A. Program Development Specialist. Portland State University; M.A. Lead Consultant Region X Support B.A. 1983, M.A. 1988 Portland 1994, Ph.D. 1997 Oregon State Kathi A. Ketcheson (1985) Ph.D. Center. D.B.A. 1978 Western Colo- State University. University. Director, Institutional Research and rado University. Planning; Research Assistant Pro- Rachelle Herbert (1994) B.A. Rebecca Robinson (1996) B.S. fessor. B.A. 1979 University of Chris Cartwright (1996) M.P.A. Marketing Specialist. B.A. 1983 Program Assistant II. B.S. 1972 Washington; M.P.A. 1983, Ph.D. Program Specialist. B.A. 1979 Uni- Academy of Art-San Francisco. Lewis & Clark College. versity of Michigan; M.P.A. 1990 1996 Portland State University. Indiana University. Margaret Herrington (1981) Ned Rosch (1996) J.D. Juliette Stoering (1998) M.A. M.A. Program Coordinator. B.A. 1972 Research Assistant. B.A. 1990 Uni- Patricia Cornman (1993) M.A. Program Development Specialist. University of Pittsburgh; J.D. 1976 versity of Puget Sound; M.A. 1994 Program Assistant. B.A. 1967 B.A. 1974 Boise State University; George Washington University. University of Victoria (British Trenton State College; M.A. 1985 M.A. 1993 Portland State Columbia) Antioch University. University Patricia Rumer (1995) Ph.D. Director of Extended and Summer LIBRARY Richard A. Dewey (1991) M.S. Lynne D. Johnson (1995) B.S. Programs. B.A. 1968 Heidelberg Program Development Specialist. Program Assistant. B.S. 1977 College; M.A. 1971, Ph.D. 1974 C. Thomas Pfingsten (1980) M.L.S. B.A. 1965 University of California, Portland State University. Columbia University. Berkeley; M.S. 1970 San Diego Director, Library; Professor. A.B. State University. Valerie Katagiri (1997) M.P.H. Steffen Saifer (1986) Ed.D. 1962 Stanford University; M.A. Program Development Coordina- Early Childhood Education 1965 University of Hawaii; M.L.S. Korey Egge (1997) M.A. tor. B.A. 1972 Stanford University; Specialist; Instructor. B.A. 1973 1966 University of California, Program Assistant. B.A. 1992 Uni- M.P.H. 1979 University of Hawaii. University of Vermont; M.Ed. 1979 Berkeley. versity of Oregon; M.A. 1996 Port- Towson State University; Ed.D. Daphne T. Allen (1970) M.B.A. land State University. Cheryl Livneh (1987) Ed.D. 1996 Portland State University. Director, Continuing Education, Business Administration and Eco- Kristine Elkin (1996) B.A. School of Education. B.A. 1972 Glen Sedivy (1994) M.B.A. nomics Librarian; Associate Pro- Publication Assistant. B.A. 1975 Miami University, Ohio; M.S. 1974 Director of Registration and fessor. B.A. 1964 Portland State Minneapolis College of Art and University of Wisconsin, Madison; Budget. B.A. 1979, M.B.A. 1981 University; M.Libr. 1965 Univer- Design. Ed.D. 1986 Boston University. University of Oregon. sity of Washington; M.B.A. 1978 University of California, Los Ange- Melissa Endicott (1994) B.S. Samuel Lowry (1993) M.A. Jennifer Shay (1997) B.A. les. Program Assistant. B.S. 1994 Program Coordinator, Professional Program Assistant. B.A. 1993 Cali- Portland State University. Development. B.A. 1977 Portland fornia State University, Fullerton. Sarah E. Beasley (1997) M.A.I.S. Education/Social Science Librar- Patrick Feeney (1990) Ph.D. State University; M.A. 1992 Uni- Charles H. Smith (1995) M.A. ian; Assistant Professor. B.A. 1984 Program Development Specialist. versity of California at Los Ange- B.S. 1981 Texas Christian Univer- Goshen College; M.I.L.S. 1989 B.S. 1968 Oregon State University; les. sity; M.A. 1982 Michigan State University of Michigan; M.A.I.S. Ph.D. 1972 University of Tom Luba (1998) M.S. University. 1996 Oregon State University. Washington. Director, Distance Learning. B.S. Teresa Snyder (1997) B.S. Michael S. Bowman (1992) Virginia Fink (1997) M.A. 1978 Oregon State University; Program Assistant. B.S. 1996 M.Libr. Early Childhood Special Educa- M.S. 1997 Purdue University. Portland State University. Engineering Librarian; Assistant tion/Disabilities Specialist. B.A. Mark Mentzer (1997) B.A. Professor. B.S. 1984, M.Libr. 1986 University of Alabama; M.A. Cali- John Stebner (1997) B.S. Registration Coordinator. B.A. University of Washington. fornia State University, San Fran- 1989 University of Wisconsin. Program Assistant. B.S. 1997 scisco. Portland State University. Laurence L. Bruseau (1968) Anthony J. Midson (1975) M.S. M.L.S. Mary Foltz (1992) B.S. Laurisa Stubblefield (1995) B.A. Director, Media Resources; Associ- Database Management Librarian; Early Childhood Education Program Assistant. B.A. 1986 ate Professor. B.S. 1963, Cert.Ed. Associate Professor. B.A. 1961 Specialist. B.S. 1976 University of University of Iowa. 1964 Bristol University (England); Northwestern University; M.L.S. Oregon. M.S. 1973 Surrey University Jill Townley (1997) B.A. 1962 University of Michigan. Cristelle Girbes (1997) M.B.A. (England). Program Assistant. B.A. 1992 Evelyn I. Crowell (1972) M.L. Program Assistant. B.A. 1995 George Fox University. Katherine Morrow (1998) B.A. Interlibrary Loan Librarian; Asso- University Jean Moulin-Lyon, Program Assistant. B.A. 1991 ciate Professor. B.A. 1959 Port- France; M.B.A. 1997 Portland Judy Van Dyck (1992) B.A. Willamette University. land State University; M.L. 1961 State University. Program Development Specialist. B.A. 1981 University of Oregon. University of Washington. 294 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Jerome A. DeGraaff (1975) M.A. Faye Powell (1985) M.A. Kathleen M. Greey (1968) M.A. Jill Stoffers (1996) B.A. Social Science Librarian; Associate Social Science Librarian; Profes- Education Librarian; Associate Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1996 Professor. B.A. 1964 University of sor. B.A. 1962 Mercer University; Professor Emerita. B.A. 1959 Portland State University. California, Davis; M.L.S. 1967 M.L.S. 1977 University of British Oregon State University; M.A. University of Washington; M.A. Columbia (Canada); M.A. 1982 1960 University of Denver. CAREER CENTER 1974 California State University, San Francisco State University. Mary H. Cumpston (1975) B.S. Sacramento. Joseph J. Kohut (1972) Ph.D. Director, Career Center; Instructor. Terry A. Rohe (1983) M.L.S. Science Librarian; Professor Emer- B.S. 1957 Portland State Univer- Kathy L. Dusky (1990) M.L.S. Assistant Director for Technical itus. B.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1967 Ohio sity. Cataloger; Associate Professor. Services and Collection Develop- State University; M.S.L.S. 1970 B.A. 1978 Boise State University; ment; Professor. B.A. 1968, M.A. Case Western Reserve University. Rosemarie Matthews (1992) B.S. M.S. 1985 Portland State Univer- 1969, M.L.S. 1972 University of Student Employment Coordinator. sity; M.L.S. 1992 University of Oregon. Anne G. McMahon (1969) M.L.S. B.S. 1992 Portland State Univer- Pittsburgh. Business and Economics Librarian; sity. Gary S. Sampson (1972) M.L.S. Associate Professor Emerita. B.A. Sharon H. Elteto (1997) M.L.S. Systems Librarian; Professor. B.A. 1959 Marylhurst College; M.L.S. Louise Paradis (1994) M.S. Instruction/Bibliographic Librar- 1965, M.L.S. 1972 University of 1965 Pratt Institute. Career Counselor. B.A. 1980, M.S. ian; Assistant Professor. B.A. 1990 California, Berkeley. 1986 Bowling Green University; Portland State University; M.L.S. Majel M. Warren (1964) B.S.L.S. M.A. 1982 University of Michigan. 1997 Emporia State University; Wendy A. Stewart (1995) M.L.S. Education and Orientation Librar- Serials Librarian; Assistant Profes- ian; Associate Professor Emerita. Dee Thompson (1986) M.S. M.A. 1998 Portland State Career Counselor. B.S. 1984, M.S. University. sor. B.A. 1982; M.L.S. 1995 Syra- A.B. 1943 Asbury College; cuse University. B.S.L.S. 1945 George Peabody 1986 Portland State University. Christof Galli (1997) M.L.I.S., College for Teachers. COUNSELING AND S.L.I.S. Rosalind C. Wang (1985) M.S.L.S. PSYCHOLOGICAL Business Administration/Docu- SERVICES ments Librarian; Assistant Profes- Education Librarian; Professor. OFFICE OF sor. B.A. 1991, M.A. 1996, B.A. 1965 Soochow University STUDENT AFFAIRS Mary Beth Collins (1981) M.S.W. M.L.I.S., S.L.I.S. 1996 University (Republic of China); M.S.L.S. Director, Counseling and Psycho- of California, Berkeley. 1967 University of Kentucky; M.A. Janine M. Allen (1995) Ph.D. logical Services. B.A. 1967 Stan- 1976 Long Island University. Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- ford University; M.S.W. 1978 Arthur Hendricks (1996) M.S. ment and Student Services. B.S. University of Southern California. Assistant Systems Librarian; Assis- Robert C. Westover (1971) 1973 University of Nebraska-Kear- Layton Borkan (1986) M.S.W. tant Professor. B.A. 1992, M.A. M.L.S. ney; M.A. 1979 University of Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1967 1994 University of California, Humanities Librarian; Professor. Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D. 1995 Stanford University; M.S.W. 1975 Riverside; M.S. 1995 University of B.A. 1965 University of Redlands; University of Oregon. Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. M.A. 1969, M.L.S. 1971 Univer- Portland State University. sity of Oregon. ADMISSIONS Richard Cohen (1987) M.D. Jeffrey Holland (1996) M.L.S. AND RECORDS William B. Wilson Jr. (1976) Consulting Psychiatrist. B.A. 1976 Serials Catalog Librarian; Assistant Agnes A. Hoffman (1996) M.B.A. M.L.S. Evergreen State College; M.D. Professor. B.S. 1982 Northeastern Interim Director of Admissions and Cataloger; Associate Professor. 1981 Chicago Medical School. University; M.L.S. 1985 University Records. B.A. 1973 Washington A.B. 1965 Harvard University; of Rhode Island. State University; M.S.J. 1974 Robbie Jessen (1996) B.S. M.A. 1967 University of Florida; Northwestern; M.B.A. 1977 Port- Testing and Assessment Specialist. Mary Ellen Kenreich (1992) M.L.S. 1970 University of Western land State University. B.S. 1987 Portland State Univer- M.L.S. Ontario (Canada). sity. Acquisitions Librarian; Associate Veda A. Kindle (1991) B.A. Janet K. Wright (1986) M.F.A. Professor. B.A. 1979 Capital Senior Assistant Director of Tim Hagge (1992) M.S.W. Arts and Humanities Librarian; University; M.L.S. 1980 Kent State Admissions, Operations. B.A. 1971 Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1986, Professor. B.A. 1964 Portland State University. Central Washington University. M.S.W. 1992 Portland State Uni- University; M.L.S. 1968 University versity. Robert W. Lockerby (1967) M.S. of Oregon; M.F.A. 1979 Idaho Marshal Jevning (1996) B.A. Assistant Director for Public Ser- State University. Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1996 Eugene E. Hakanson (1966) vices; Professor. B.S. 1965 Califor- Portland State University. Emeriti Faculty Ed.D. nia State Polytechnic University; Counselor; Professor. B.A. 1961 Kenneth W. Butler (1955) M.A. M.L.S. 1967 Immaculate Heart Keri Kutch (1996) B.A. University of Northern Iowa; M.S. Professor Emeritus. A.L.A. Leeds College; M.S. 1979 Portland State Admissions Counselor and Major 1963 University of Wisconsin; School of Librarianship (England); University. Events Coordinator. B.A. 1996 Ed.D. 1967 Indiana University. B.A. 1953, M.A. 1958 University Portland State University. Gwen E. Newborg (1969) M.A. of Portland. Janice Klein Kettler (1988) Business/Documents Librarian; Timothy McBride (1987) M.P.A. M.S.W. Patricia H. Byrd (1961) M.Libr. Professor. B.A. 1968 Central Assistant Director of Admissions, Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1972, Associate Professor Emerita. A.B. Washington State College; M.Libr. Transfers. B.S. 1987, M.P.A. 1992 M.S.W. 1974 University of 1944 Willamette University; 1969, M.A. 1977 University of Portland State University. Michigan. Washington. M.Libr. 1959 University of Washington. Paula J. Harris (1997) M.A. Susan E. Platt (1992) M.S.W. Oren O. Ogle (1969) M.Libr. International Admissions Coordi- Coordinator, Alcohol and Drug Theodore C.W. Grams (1955) Cataloger; Associate Professor. nator. B.B.A. 1983 University of Abuse Prevention Program. B.A. M.S.L.S. B.S. 1965 Oregon State University; Mississippi; Ed.M. 1997, M.A. 1976 Linﬁeld College; M.S.W. Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1947 M.Libr. 1969 University of 1997 Oregon State University. 1984 Portland State University. Washington. University of Washington; M.S.L.S. 1951 University of South- Rebecca Hunt Ingersoll (1998) Candyce Reynolds (1988) Ph.D. ern California. M.S. Assistant Director, Counseling and Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1992 Psychological Services. B.A. 1979 University of Oregon; M.S. 1997 University of California, Berkeley; Portland State University. M.S. 1982, Ph.D. 1985 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 295

Rikki E. Schoenthal (1988) Narcedalia Rodriguez (1995) Michele Toppe (1995) B.F.A. M.S.W. M.A.I.S. Coordinator of New Student Orien- OFFICE OF THE Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1971 Coordinator UMASP/PTP. tation Programs. B.F.A. 1990 VICE PRESIDENT Brooklyn College; M.A. State Uni- B.A. 1987, M.A.I.S. 1994 Oregon Paciﬁc Lutheran University. FOR FINANCE AND versity of New York, Binghampton; State University. ADMINISTRATION M.S.W. 1971 Michigan State Lisa C. Worsh (1997) M.Ed. Adviser, Student Organizations and University. INFORMATION AND George P. Pernsteiner (1995) Leadership Development. M.Ed. ACADEMIC SUPPORT M.P.A. Robert Torres (1995) Ph.D. 1993 Bridgewater State College. CENTER Vice President for Finance and Psychologist. B.A. 1977 Reed Dan Fortmiller (1985) M.S. Administration. B.A. 1970 Seattle College; Ph.D. 1984 University of STUDENT FINANCIAL AID Director, Information and Aca- University; M.P.A. 1971 University Vermont. Samuel Collie (1988) M.P.A. demic Support Center. B.S. 1980 of Washington. Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1989 Director. B.S. 1979 Oregon State EDUCATIONAL Portland State University. University; M.P.A. 1985 Portland Jay D. Kenton (1988) M.Ed. EQUITY PROGRAMS State University. Associate Vice President for AND SERVICES Mary Ann Barham (1992) M.S. Finance and Planning. B.S. 1981, Paulette Watanabe (1987) M.P.H. Coordinator, Mentor Program for Steve Woodburn (1996) B.A. Associate Director. B.A. 1987 M.Ed. 1989 Oregon State Director, Educational Equity Pro- Returning Women Students. University. grams. B.A. 1968 University of B.A. 1972 University of San Fran- Washington State University. California, Santa Barbara; M.S. cisco; M.S. 1991 Portland State Katherine Goff (1986) B.S. A.J. Arriola (1993) M.S. 1975 Southern Connecticut State University. Assistant Director. B.S. 1976 University Coordinator for Quality University; M.P.H. 1981 Columbia Western Oregon University. Initiatives. B.A. 1970, M.S. 1995 University. Kim Glanville (1997) M.Ed. Portland State University. Coordinator, Academic Support Valerie DeArment (1991) B.S. R. Philip Dirks (1989) M.A. Services for Student Ahtletes. Financial Aid Counselor. B.S. 1986 ATHLETICS Project Director, Upward Bound/ M.Ed. 1997 Bowling Green State Portland State University. Jim Sterk (1995) M.A. Educational Talent Search. B.A. University. Athletic Director. B.A. 1980 West- 1981, M.A. 1983 Iowa State Uni- Rachel Durbin (1997) M.S. ern Washington University; M.A. Chris Goodrich (1986) M.P.A. versity; M.A. 1987 University of Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. 1986 Ohio University. Southern California. Coordinator, Veterans’ Services. 1992 Washington State University; B.S.W. 1977, M.P.A. 1979 Univer- M.S. 1998 Portland State Univer- Shaun Ball (1985) B.S. Sonceray Bonnell (1997) sity of Oregon. sity. Women’s Head Tennis Coach. B.S. M.A.L.S. 1975 Portland State University. Ethnic Student Adviser. M.A.L.S. REGISTRAR Debbie A. Gadbaw (1991) B.A. 1997 Dartmouth College. Robert B. Tufts (1978) M.A. Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. Rachel L. Bouchard (1997) J.D. Registrar. B.A. 1967 Cleveland 1985 Washington State University. Director of Compliance. B.A. Victoria L. Brooks (1997) B.S. State University; M.A. 1972 Case 1991; J.D. 1996 University of Upward Bound Instructor; Aca- Western Reserve University. Deanna Smith (1993) B.A. Maine School of Law. demic Coordinator. B.S. 1987 Cali- Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. fornia State University, Hayward. STUDENT 1991 Portland State University. Carrie Lee Carlascio (1997) DEVELOPMENT Executive Assistant to Athletics Inez Freeman (1991) B.S. Susan Hopp (1993) M.S. STUDENT HEALTH Director. Educational Adviser, Talent Search: Director, Student Development. SERVICES Project PLUS. B.S. 1974 Texas B.A. 1975 Stetson University; M.S. Michael Bower (1978) M.D. Robert A. Cole (1993) B.S. Women’s University. 1979 Indiana University. Medical Director; Consultant Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Physician. B.S. 1969 University of 1982 Widener University. Laura C. Haniford (1997) B.A. Margaret Banyan (1992) M.P.A. Portland; M.D. 1973 St. Louis Mark D. Criner (1993) B.S. Educational Talent Search Middle Adviser, Fine and Performing Arts University. School Adviser; Upward Bound Groups. B.S. 1989 University of Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Instructor. B.A. 1993 Indiana Oregon; M.P.A. 1991 Portland Susan Curran (1994) M.D. 1990 Boise State University. University. State University. Staff Physician. B.S. 1979 Dave Dangler (1994) M.S.T. Maryville College; M.D. 1986 Uni- Kim L. Hills (1989) M.S.W. Arturo Ceballos (1994) B.A. Head Baseball Coach. B.S. 1972 versity of Western Oregon State College; Instructor/Counselor, EOP/Student Adviser, Multicultural Student Missouri. Support Services. B.A. 1980 Lang- Organizations and Coordinator of M.S.T. 1976 Portland State ston University; M.S.W. 1995 Port- the Multicultural Center. B.A. 1992 Sandra J. Franz (1968) R.N. University. land State University. Portland State University. Administrative Director. R.N. 1968 Hal DeBarry (1996) M.S. Oregon Health Sciences University. Clevonne Jackson (1988) M.Ed. Kathleen A. Cushing (1991) J.D. Assistant Baseball Coach. B.S.T. Project Director, EOP/Student Coordinator, Student Legal Ser- Rosalie Movius (1995) M.D. 1984, M.S. 1991 Eastern Washing- Support Services. B.S. 1971 South vices. B.S. 1980 University of Staff Physician. B.A. 1973 Reed ton University. Carolina State College; M.Ed. 1972 Santa Clara; J.D. 1986 University College; M.A. 1975 Columbia Uni- Marlin Grahn (1976) B.S. University of Virginia. of Santa Clara Law School. versity; M.D. 1992 Oregon Health Head Wrestling Coach. B.S. 1984 Sciences University. Eduardo Martinez-Zapata (1995) Jennifer Hamilton (1997) M.S. Portland State University. B.S. Adviser, Student Organizations and Catherine Thomasson (1997) Mary Haluska (1990) B.S. Educational Talent Search High Leadership Development. M.S. M.D. Assistant Softball Coach. B.S. School Adviser. B.S. 1993 Oregon 1997 Colorado State University. Staff Physician. M.D. 1983 Wayne 1984 Portland State University. State University. State University. Joshua Tabor (1997) M.A. Montgomery J. Hawkins (1996) Jay Peterson (1998) M.A. Adviser, Student Organizations and B.S. Instructor, Counselor, EOP/Stu- Leadership Development, Student Head Soccer Coach. B.S. 1990, dent Support Services. M.A. 1997 Recreation Programs. M.A. 1997 B.S. 1992 Oregon State University. Portland State University. Vermont College of Norwich University 296 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Jeff Hoover (1995) B.A. Jessica L. Trippet (1997) B.S. Alan Brown (1996) M.A. ALUMNI RELATIONS Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Assistant Women’s Basketball Assistant Director, Auxiliary Ser- Patricia E. Squire (1989) M.P.A. 1991 University of California, Coach. B.S. 1997 Portland State vices. B.A. 1971 Rutgers Univer- Director, Alumni Relations. B.S. Davis. University. sity, M.A. 1973 New York 1968 University of Oregon; M.P.A. University. 1995 Portland State University. Ariko Iso (1996) M.A. Amy Turner (1997) B.S. Assistant Athletic Trainer. B.S. Associate Athletic Director. B.S. INFORMATION Jennifer Wheeler (1996) B.B.A., 1993 Oregon State University; 1989 University of Massachusetts, TECHNOLOGIES B.A. M.A. 1995 San Jose State Univer- Amherst. Bruce M. Taggart (1994) Ph.D. Assistant Director, Alumni sity. Executive Director, Information Relations. B.B.A., B.A. 1994 Idaho Jason Tyrus (1996) B.A. Technologies. B.S. 1978 Nichols State University. Michael C. Lund (1989) B.S. Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. College; M.P.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1993 Women’s Sports Information. B.S. B.A. 1996 University of Washing- University of Connecticut. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS 1987 Lewis & Clark College. ton. Clarence L. Hein (1978) M.C. Mark Kramer (1998) M.Ed. Manager of Community Programs. Greg Lupfer (1995) B.S. Vic Venuta (1995) M.A. Director, Instruction and Research B.S. 1965 Portland State Univer- Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. Services. B.S. Bowling Green State sity; M.C. 1969 University of 1994 Portland State University. 1979 University; M.Ed. Kent State Washington. San Jose State; M.A. 1984 St. Teri Mariani (1976) B.S. University. Mary’s College. DEVELOPMENT Head Softball Coach. B.S. 1975 Lisa Yeo (1997) M.S. Portland State University. Timothy E. Walsh (1993) B.A. Leslie Martin Aaron (1993) B.S. Director, Information Support Director, Special Campaigns. Head Football Coach. B.A. 1977 Systems. B.A. 1978 Gettysburg Anne McCoy (1996) B.S. University of California, Riverside. B.S. 1982 University of Oregon. Senior Associate Athletic Director. College; M.S. 1991 Shippensburg B.S. 1989 University of C. Edward Wingard (1997) B.S. University. Ellen Bussing (1994) B.M. Director, Corporate and Foundation Massachusetts. Financial Officer. B.S. 1985 Uni- Timothy Johnston (1977) B.S. versity of Oregon. Relations. B.M. 1979 Saint Mary’s Ritchie McKay (1995) B.A. Associate Director, Telecommuni- College. Men’s Basketball Coach. B.A. Lisa Workman (1996) B.A. cations. B.S. 1981 San Diego State 1987 Seattle Pacific University. Assistant Women’s Basketball University. James Draznin (1995) M.A. Director, Planned and Major Gifts. Coach. B.A. 1995 Boise State Lorraine Duncan (1989) B.S. Christopher J. Miller (1997) B.A. University. B.A. 1977 University of California, Assistant Volleyball Coach. B.A. Educational Multimedia Special- Santa Cruz; M.A. 1983 University 1986 San Diego State University. Keith Woodard (1987) B.A. ist, Audio-Visual Services. B.S. of California, Los Angeles. Assistant Men’s and Women’s 1990 Sherri Murrell (1996) B.A. Cross Country and Track Coach; Portland State University. Heidi Gambee (1996) M.A. Assistant Women’s Basketball Associate Director, Annual Fund. Assistant Men’s Indoor Track James G. Kimball (1972) M.A. Coach. B.A. 1990 Pepperdine Coach. B.A. 1989 Lewis & Clark B.A. 1985, M.A. 1987 Portland University. Assistant Manager, Television Ser- State University. College vices; Professor. B.A. 1969, M.A. Joanna O’Keefe (1996) M.P.H. Kenneth Woodard (1983) B.A. 1972 University of Michigan. Katrina Ratzlaff (1995) B.A. Assistant Athletic Trainer. B.S. Director, Stewardship. B.A. 1983 Men’s and Women’s Cross Country Robert E. Walker II (1967) M.A. 1994 Northern Arizona; M.P.H. and Track Coach; Men’s Indoor Lewis & Clark College. 1996 Portland State University. Manager, Television Services; Pro- Track Coach. B.A. 1987 New York fessor. B.S. 1962, B.S. 1964 Mon- Donna Schaeffer (1992) M.S.W. Robert L. Prince (1998) M.A. State University, Albany. tana State University; M.A. 1973 Director, Development. B.S. 1966, Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Jenny Yopp (1996) M.A. Michigan State University. M.S.W. 1988 Portland State 1990, M.A. 1992 Humboldt State University. Women’s Head Basketball Coach. HUMAN RESOURCES University. B.S. 1989 University of North Edna Breinig Chun (1998) GOVERNMENT Carolina; M.A. 1991 University of Reed Rainey (1994) B.A. D.M.A. RELATIONS Maine. Associate Athletic Director. B.A. Associate Vice President for Deborah Murdock (1993) M.A. 1985 Washington State University. BUSINESS AFFAIRS Human Resources. B.A. 1968 Assistant to the President for Gov- Oberlin College; M.A. 1971 ernment Relations. A.B. 1978 San Richard Rodgers (1997) B.A. Cathy C. Dyck (1996) B.S. Columbia University; M.M. 1972, Diego State University; M.A. 1981 Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Director, Business Affairs. B.S. D.M.A. 1982 Indiana University University of Oregon. 1989 University of California, 1981 University of Maryland. School of Music. Berkeley. Delores Wendler (1998) B.S. MARKETING AND COMMUNICATIONS Larry J. Sellers (1966) M.A. Associate Director, Business FFICE OF Jan Woodruff (1998) M.B.A. Sports Information Director. B.S. Affairs. B.S. 1994 Oregon State O Director, Marketing and Communi- 1958 University of Oregon; M.A. University. UNIVERSITY cations. B.S. 1979 Oregon State 1966 Michigan State University. RELATIONS CAMPUS SAFETY AND University; M.B.A. 1987 Portland Joel Sobotka (1996) B.S. SECURITY Gary Withers (1996) J.D. State University. Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. John M. Fowler (1994) M.S. Vice President for University Rela- PUBLICATIONS B.S. 1993 Arizona State University. Chief Security Officer, Campus tions. B.S. 1975 Lewis & Clark Douglas H. Swanson (1988) B.S. Safety and Security Office. B.A. College; J.D. 1979 Lewis & Clark Brad Soucie (1995) B.A. Director, Publications. B.S. 1975 1975 University of California at College, Northwestern School of Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. University of Oregon. Berkeley, M.S. 1985 San Jose State Law. B.A. 1990 Christian Heritage University. Kathryn Kirkland (1987) B.S. College. Terri Theisen (1997) M.A. Editor, PSU Magazine and Cur- FACILITIES AND University Relations Coordinator. Chris Stanley (1995) M.A. rently. AUXILIARY SERVICES B.A. 1989 Macalester College; Head Volleyball Coach. B.S. 1969 B.S. 1980 University of Oregon. Brian J. Chase (1992) M.U.P. M.A. 1996 Portland State Univer- Portland State University; M.A. Director, Facilities and Auxiliary sity. 1974 University of California, Services. B.S. 1973, M.U.P. 1979 Berkeley. Michigan State University Eric M. Stinson (1993) B.S. Head Golf Coach. B.S. 1992 Portland State University. D IRECTORIES 297

Thomas C. Burgess (1963) Ph.D. William H. Hamilton (1970) Walter O. Shold (1964) Ed.D. ADMINISTRATIVE Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1942 Ph.D. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1947 FACULTY EMERITI University of Montana; Ph.D. 1954 University Professor Emeritus. Eastern Oregon State College; University of Minnesota. B.A. 1943 Oberlin College; B.D. M.Ed. 1950 University of Oregon; Annabelle Alexander (1964) 1949 Union Theological Semi- Ed.D. 1961 Washington State Uni- M.Ed. Katherine C. Corbett (1963) nary; Ph.D. 1952 University of St. versity. Professor Emerita. B.S. 1962 Port- M.A. Andrews (Scotland); D.H.L. 1968 land State University; M.Ed. 1964 Professor Emerita. B.A. 1937, Ripon College. Nancy J. Stuart (1965) B.A. University of Oregon. M.A. 1938 University of Oregon. Assistant Professor Emerita. B.A. Robert A. Nicholas (1965) Ed.D. 1947 Willamette University. Annette M. Bartholomae (1960) Margaret J. Dobson (1955) Ed.D. Dean Emeritus of Continuing Edu- M.A. Executive Vice President Emerita, cation; Professor Emeritus. B.A. Robert Tayler (1960) M.A. Professor Emerita. A.B. 1929 Reed Professor Emerita of Health and 1961 University of Wyoming; M.S. Assistant Professor Emeritus. B.A. College; B.S.L.S. 1930 Columbia Physical Education. B.S. 1954, 1962 University of Oregon; Ed.D. 1955 Willamette University; M.A. University; M.A. 1968 Portland M.S. 1959, Ed.D. 1965 University 1966 University of Wyoming. 1964 American University. State University. of Oregon. Ronald F. Ronacher (1964) Ph.D. William D. Williams (1965) B.D. Dona B. Beattie (1962) M.A. Robert J. Gridley (1955) M.Ed. Counselor; Professor Emeritus. Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1944 Col- Professor Emerita. B.S. 1981 East- Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1939 Uni- B.A. 1957 Hamilton College; M.A. lege of Idaho; M.A. 1950, B.D. ern Oregon State College; M.A. versity of Oregon; M.Ed. 1956 1959 Ohio University; Ph.D. 1963 1951 University of Chicago. 1983 University of Wyoming. Oregon State University. University of Utah. Channing M. Briggs (1962) M.A. Mary X. Grimes (1964) Ed.D. Bernard Ross (1977) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1948 Professor Emerita. B.S. 1947, M.S. University Professor Emeritus. George Williams College; M.A. 1951 North Texas State University; A.B. 1938 University of Oregon; 1952 University of Chicago. Ed.D. 1963 University of Denver. M.S. 1941 University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. 1958 University of Michi- gan. 298 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

ACADEMIC FACULTY

OLLEGE OF Emeriti Faculty Ruth Chapin (1989) M.A. Marjorie Terdal (1977) Ph.D. C Jacob Fried (1965) Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second Professor of Applied Linguistics. LIBERAL ARTS AND Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- Language. B.A. 1970 University of B.A. 1959 Taylor University; M.A. SCIENCES ogy. B.A. 1947 Temple University; Rochester; M.A. 1988 Portland 1963 Michigan State University; Ph.D. 1952 Yale University. State University. Cert-TESL 1975 Portland State Marvin A. Kaiser (1993) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1985 University Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Wayne Suttles (1966) Ph.D. Tucker Childs (1996) Ph.D. of Oregon. Sciences; Professor of Sociology. Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- Associate Professor of Applied B.A. 1961 Cardinal Glennon Col- ogy. B.A. 1941, Ph.D. 1951 Uni- Linguistics. B.A. 1970 Stanford Judith Wild (1991) M.A. lege; M.A. 1973 Kansas State Uni- versity of Washington. University; M.Ed. 1979 University Instructor in English as a Second versity; M.S.W. 1977 University of of Virginia; M.S. 1982 Georgetown Language. B.A. 1967 Brooklyn Kansas; Ph.D. 1979 University of Associated Faculty University; M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1988 College; M.A. 1989 Portland State Nebraska. John Fagan (1992) Ph.D. University of California. University. Adjunct Professor of Anthropol- DEPARTMENT OF ogy. B.A., 1966, M.A. 1968, Ph.D. Jeanette S. DeCarrico (1977) Margaret Young (1993) M.A. ANTHROPOLOGY 1973 University of Oregon. Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second Chair, Department of Applied Lin- Language. B.A. 1972 University of Faculty Patricia Kramer (1992) Ph.D. guistics; Professor of Applied Lin- California; M.A. 1981 Portland Kenneth M. Ames (1984) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of guistics. B.A. 1971, M.A. 1973, State University. Professor of Anthropology. B.A. Anthropology. B.A. 1972 Portland Cert-TESL 1974 Portland State 1967 George Washington Univer- State University; M.S. 1976 Uni- University; Ph.D. 1980 University Emeriti Faculty sity; M.A. 1969 University of New versity of Oregon; Ph.D. 1979 Uni- of Washington. Naguib A.F. Greis (1963) Ph.D. Mexico; Ph.D. 1976 Washington versity of New Mexico. Professor Emeritus of Applied Lin- State University. Thomas G. Dieterich (1979) guistics. B.A. 1945 Cairo Univer- John K. Lundy (1984) Ph.D. Ph.D. sity (Egypt); Ed. Dipl. 1948 Ain Thomas Biolsi (1990) Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of Associate Professor of Applied Shams University (Egypt); Eng. Professor of Anthropology. B.A. Anthropology. B.A. 1976, M.A. Linguistics. B.S. 1968 Stanford Stud. Dipl. 1954 Exeter University 1975 Hofstra University; M.A. 1977 Western Washington Univer- University; M.Ph. 1972, Ph.D. (England); Ph.D. 1963 University 1979, Ph.D. 1987 Columbia Uni- sity; Ph.D. 1983 University of Wit- 1974 Yale University. of Minnesota. versity. watersrand (South Africa). Michael J. Harvey (1988) M.A. Beatrice Oshika (1989) Ph.D. Virginia L. Butler (1994) Ph.D. Susan I. Wolf (1990) M.D. Senior Instructor in English as a Professor Emerita of Applied Lin- Assistant Professor of Anthropol- Adjunct Assistant Professor of Second Language. B.A. 1971 guistics. B.A. 1963, M.A. 1964, ogy. B.A. 1977 University of Geor- Anthropology. B.A. 1971 Univer- California State University, Ph.D. 1973 University of Michi- gia; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990 sity of Portland; M.A. 1973 Port- Sonoma; M.A. 1980 Portland State gan. University of Washington. land State University; Ph.D. 1977, University. Helen Schley (1964) B.A. M.D. 1984 University of Connecti- Sharon A. Carstens (1987) Ph.D. Senior Instructor Emerita in cut. Lena Koessler (1994) M.A. Professor of Anthropology and Instructor in English as a Second English as a Second Language. International Studies. B.A. 1970 Maurice R. Zingeser (1988) Language. B.A. 1990, M.A. 1992 B.A. 1935 Reed College. Michigan State University; M.A. D.D.S. San Francisco State University. 1972 University of Hawaii; M.A. DEPARTMENT OF Adjunct Professor of Anthropol- BIOLOGY 1976, Ph.D. 1980 Cornell ogy. A.B. 1942 New York Univer- Shirley A. Morrell (1979) M.A. University. sity; M.S. 1950 Tufts College; Senior Instructor in English as a Faculty D.D.S. 1946 Columbia University. Second Language. B.A. 1967, Clyde L. Calvin (1968) Ph.D. Margaret C. Everett (1996) Ph.D. M.A. 1977, Cert-TESL 1977 Port- Professor of Biology. B.S. 1960 Assistant Professor of Anthropol- DEPARTMENT OF land State University. Washington State University; M.S. ogy. B.A. 1990 Smith College; APPLIED LINGUISTICS 1962 Purdue University; Ph.D. Ph.D. 1995 Yale University. Stephen Reder (1995) Ph.D. Faculty 1966 University of California, University Professor. B.A. 1969 Davis. Marc R. Feldesman (1971) Ph.D. John Armbrust (1995) M.A. Stanford University; Ph.D. 1977 Chair, Department of Anthropol- Instructor in English as a Second Rockefeller University. M. Carol Alosi Carter (1995) ogy; Professor of Anthropology. Language. B.A. 1969 St. Mary’s Ph.D. B.A. 1969 California State Univer- College; B.S. 1976 University of Judy Reed (1997) M.A. Associate Professor of Biology. sity, Northridge; M.A. 1971, Ph.D. Minnesota; M.A. 1992 Portland Instructor in English as a Second B.A. 1966, M.A. 1971 California 1974 University of Oregon. State University. Language. B.A. 1989, M.A. 1991 State University, Long Beach; University of Houston. Michele R. Gamburd (1995) Kimberley A. Brown (1989) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1980 Portland State Univer- Laura S. Shier (1997) M.A. Ph.D. Associate Professor of Applied sity. Instructor in English as a Second Assistant Professor of Anthropol- Linguistics and International Stud- Language. B.A. 1985, M.A. 1989 Larry I. Crawshaw (1976) Ph.D. ogy. B.A. 1987 Swarthmore Col- ies. B.A., Secondary Teaching Cer- University of Wisconsin, Madison. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1964 lege; B.A. 1989 Oxford University; tiﬁcate 1974 Macalester College; University of California, Los Ange- M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 University M.A. 1977, Ph.D. 1988 University les; Ph.D. 1970 University of Cali- of Michigan. of Minnesota. fornia, Santa Barbara; Post- Doctoral Fellowship (NIH) 1971 University of California, San Diego. D IRECTORIES 299

Deborah A. Duffield (1978) Ph.D. Byron E. Lippert (1960) Ph.D. 1986 Towson State University, Bal- Bruce W. Brown (1963) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1963 Professor Emeritus of Biology. timore; M.S. 1990 Indiana State Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Pomona College; M.A. 1966 Stan- B.S. 1954, M.S. 1957 University of University, Terre Haute; Ph.D. B.S. 1949, M.S. 1952 Polytechnic ford University; Ph.D. 1976 Uni- Oregon; Ph.D. 1966 Indiana 1997 Howard University. Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D. 1961 versity of California, Los Angeles. University. University of Washington. DEPARTMENT OF Richard B. Forbes (1964) Ph.D. Ralph W. Macy (1955) Ph.D. CHEMISTRY James W. Ferguson (1958) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1958 Professor Emeritus of Biology. Faculty Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A. 1929 Miami University; M.A. University of South Dakota; B.A. 1929 Linfield College; M.A. Dean B. Atkinson (1997) Ph.D. 1931 Oberlin College; Ph.D. 1934 M.S. 1961 University of New 1931, Ph.D. 1934 University of Assistant Professor of Chemistry. University of Michigan. Mexico; Ph.D. 1964 University of Minnesota B.S. 1989 University of Colorado; Minnesota. Verne C. Reierson (1963) M.P.H. Ph.D. 1995 University of Arizona. Carole R. Gatz (1964) Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Chemistry. Stanley S. Hillman (1977) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Gary L. Gard (1966) Ph.D. B.S. 1954 Iowa State University; Professor of Biology. B.A. 1970, Public Health Studies and Biology. Professor of Chemistry. B.A. 1959, Ph.D. 1960 University of Illinois. M.A. 1972 California State Univer- B.A. 1938 Willamette University; B.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1964 University sity, Fullerton; Ph.D. 1976 Univer- M.P.H. 1949 University of Califor- of Washington. sity of California, Los Angeles. nia, Berkeley. Gordon L. Kilgour (1968) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Bryant A. Gilbert (1995) Ph.D. B.A. 1951, M.Sc. 1953 University Robert L. Millette (1984) Ph.D. Leonard Simpson (1968) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. of British Columbia (Canada); Professor of Biology. B.S. 1954 Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.S. 1986 University of Michigan; Ph.D. 1956 University of Oregon State University; Ph.D. B.A. 1955, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1968 Ph.D. 1991 Johns Hopkins Washington. 1964 California Institute of University of California, Berkeley. University. Technology. Alfred S. Levinson (1963) Ph.D. Mary L. Taylor (1962) Ph.D. Dirk Iwata-Reuyl (1994) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Lester J. Newman (1964) Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.S. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A. 1954 Reed College; M.A. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1955 1954 University of Idaho; Ph.D. B.S. 1984 University of Alaska; 1957 Wesleyan University; Ph.D. Washington University; M.A. 1960 1959 University of Illinois. Ph.D. 1992 Johns Hopkins 1963 Indiana University. University of Michigan; Ph.D. University. 1963 Washington University. W. Herman Taylor Jr. (1961) Raymond P. Lutz (1968) Ph.D. Ph.D. Jie Lin (1995) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Richard R. Petersen (1970) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Biology. Assistant Professor of Chemistry Professor of Biology. B.S. 1965 B.S. 1953, M.S. 1955 University of B.A. 1952, M.A. 1954 Duke Uni- B.S. 1983, M.S. 1986 Xiamen University of Washington; Ph.D. Florida; Ph.D. 1962 California versity; Ph.D. 1959 University of University; Ph.D. 1994 University 1970 Duke University. Institute of Technology. Illinois. of Rhode Island. John G. Rueter Jr. (1979) Ph.D. Richard D. Tocher (1966) Ph.D. David W. McClure (1966) Ph.D. William W. Paudler (1981) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. S.B. 1974, Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1958 Dean Emeritus, College of Liberal S.M. 1977, Ph.D. 1979 Massachu- Biology. B.A. 1957 Stanford Uni- Washington State University; Ph.D. Arts and Sciences; Professor Emer- setts Institute of Technology. versity; M.S. 1963, Ph.D. 1965 1963 University of Washington. itus of Chemistry. B.S. 1954 Uni- University of Washington. versity of Illinois; Ph.D. 1958 Trygve Paul Steen (1970) Ph.D. Robert J. O’Brien (1973) Ph.D. Indiana University. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1962 John H. Wirtz (1957) Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1966 Kenyon College; M.S. 1964, Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of University of Santa Clara; Ph.D. Philip C. Roberti (1955) Ph.D. 1967 Yale University; M.P.H. 1980 Biology. B.S. 1952 Loyola Univer- 1970 University of Florida. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. University of California, Berkeley. sity; M.S. 1954 University of Wyo- B.S. 1944, M.A. 1949 University of ming; Ph.D. 1961 Oregon State David H. Peyton (1987) Ph.D. Portland; Ph.D. 1953 Oregon State Robert Owen Tinnin (1969) Ph.D. University. Chair, Department of Chemistry; University. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1965, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D. 1969 University of Califor- DEPARTMENT OF BLACK B.S. 1977 Abilene Christian Uni- Norman C. Rose (1966) Ph.D. nia, Santa Barbara. STUDIES versity; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S. 1950 University of California, Randy D. Zelick (1986) Ph.D. Faculty University of California, Santa Kofi Agorsah (1992) Ph.D. Barbara. Berkeley; Ph.D. 1957 University of Professor of Biology. B.A. 1974 Kansas. University of California, San Professor of Black Studies. B.A. Gwendolyn P. Shusterman (1989) Diego; M.A. 1977 Boston Univer- 1971, M.A. 1976 University of Ph.D. Morris B. Silverman (1959) Ph.D. sity; Ph.D. 1984 University of Cali- Ghana; Ph.D. 1983 University of Associate Professor of Chemistry. Associate Professor Emeritus of fornia, Los Angeles. California, Los Angeles. B.S. 1979 University of California, Chemistry. A.B. 1948 Boston Uni- Candice L. Goucher (1983) Ph.D. Irvine; Ph.D. 1983 University of versity; Ph.D. 1956 University of Emeriti Faculty Washington. Dennis W. Boddy (1964) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Black Stud- California, Berkeley. Associate Professor Emeritus of ies; Professor of Black Studies and Horace F. White (1965) Ph.D. International Studies. B.A. 1975 Carl C. Wamser (1983) Ph.D. Biology. B.S. 1947, Ph.D. 1955 Professor of Chemistry. Sc.B. 1966 Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. University of Washington. University of California, San B.A. 1947 Fresno State College; Diego; M.A. 1978 Columbia Uni- Brown University; Ph.D. 1970 California Institute of Technology. M.S. 1950 Oregon State Univer- David T. Clark (1970) Ph.D. versity; Ph.D. 1984 University of sity; Ph.D. 1953 Brown University. Professor Emeritus of Biology. California, Los Angeles. Emeriti Faculty B.A. 1949, M.A. 1951 University Associated Faculty Darrell M. Millner (1974) D.Ed. Dennis W. Barnum (1964) Ph.D. of Nebraska; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Thomas M. Hard (1977) Ph.D. sity of Illinois. Professor of Black Studies. B.S. Fellow in Chemistry. A.B. 1960 1969 California State Polytechnic B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1957 Iowa State Harvard University; Ph.D. 1965 Malcom S. Lea (1965) Ph.D. College, Pomona; M.S. 1972, University of Wisconsin. Professor Emeritus of Biology. D.Ed. 1975 University of Oregon. University. B.A. 1957, M.S. 1959, Ph.D. 1964 Northwestern University. Ridwan L. Nytagodien (1997) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Black Stud- ies and International Studies. B.S. 300 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Annie P. Prince (1995) Ph.D. Thomas Potiowsky (1982) Ph.D. Harold G. Vatter (1965) Ph.D. Sherrie L. Gradin (1994) Ph.D. Associate Research Professor of Chair, Department of Economics; Professor Emeritus of Economics. Associate Professor of English. Chemistry. B.S. 1979 Oregon State Professor of Economics. B.B.A. B.A. 1936 University of Wisconsin; B.A. 1984, M.A. 1986 Portland University; R.D. 1980 Oregon 1975 Ohio University; M.A. 1977, M.A. 1938 Columbia University; State Health Sciences University; Ph.D. Ph.D. 1981 University of Colorado. Ph.D. 1950 University of Califor- University; Ph.D. 1990 University 1991 Oregon State University. nia, Berkeley. of New Hampshire. Abdul Qayum (1970) D.Sc. Shankar B. Rananavare (1996) Professor of Economics. B.A. Helen L. Youngelson-Neal (1967) Michael A. Hollister (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1949, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1956 Ali- Ph.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1960 Research Associate Professor of garh University (India); D.Sc. 1959 Professor Emerita of Economics. University of Oregon; M.A. 1966, Chemistry. B.Sc. 1977 Bombay Netherlands School of Economics. B.A. 1958 City College of New Ph.D. 1967 Stanford University. University (India); Ph.D Univer- York; Ph.D. 1966 Columbia sity of Missouri, St. Louis. Martin B. Schmidt (1994) Ph.D. University. David Arthur Holloway (1969) Assistant Professor of Economics. Ph.D. CHICANO/LATINO B.A. 1988, M.A. 1990, Ph.D. 1994 DEPARTMENT OF Associate Professor of English. STUDIES Colorado State University. ENGLISH B.A. 1965 University of Puget Rubén Sierra (1995) M.A. Faculty Sound; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1975 John F. Walker (1966) Ph.D. University of Chicago. Director, University Professor of Marjorie J. Burns (1972) Ph.D. Performing Arts and Humanities. Professor of Economics. B.S. 1960, Professor of English. B.A. 1963, Elaine E. Limbaugh (1970) M.A. B.A. 1971 St. Mary’s University; Graduate Certiﬁcate 1963, Ph.D. M.A. 1968 Portland State Univer- Associate Professor of English. M.A. 1974 University of 1972 University of Utah. sity; M.A. 1969, Ph.D. 1978 Uni- B.S. 1950, M.A. 1969 University of Washington. Emeriti Faculty versity of California, Berkeley. Nebraska. Maria Alanis Ruiz (1980) M.S. Joseph C. Blumel (1957) Ph.D. Peter Caraﬁol (1984) Ph.D. Ray P. Mariels (1967) Ph.D. Associate Director. B.A. 1976 LL.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1970 Professor of English. B.S. 1961 University of Oregon; M.S. 1998 President, Portland State Univer- Amherst College; M.A. 1972, Portland State University; M.A. Portland State University. sity, 1974-86; Distinguished Ser- vice Professor; Professor Emeritus Ph.D. 1975 Claremont Graduate 1963, Ph.D. 1967 University of CHILD AND FAMILY of Economics. B.S. 1950, M.A. School. Oregon. STUDIES 1956 University of Nebraska; Henry Carlile (1967) M.A. A. B. Paulson (1985) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1965 University of Oregon; Faculty/Program Advisers Professor of English. A.A. 1960 Associate Professor of English. LL.D. 1976 University of Hok- Carol A. Morgaine (1995) Ph.D. Grays Harbor College; B.A. 1962, B.A. 1966, M.A. 1967 University kaido (Japan). Associate Professor, Child and M.A. 1967 University of of Chicago; Ph.D. 1974 State Uni- Family Studies; B.S. 1970, Kansas Giles H. Burgess (1969) Ph.D. Washington. versity of New York, Buffalo. State University; M.S. 1979 Port- Professor Emeritus of Economics. Duncan A. Carter (1987) Ph.D. Nancy M. Porter (1968) M.A. land State University; Ph.D. 1990 B.A. 1960, M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1973 Professor of English. B.A. 1968, Professor of English. B.A. 1958 University of Minnesota. University of Oregon. M.A. 1970 Washington State Uni- Mt. Holyoke College; M.A. 1960 Cathleen L. Smith (1975) Ph.D. Nelson B. Crick (1976) Ph.D. versity; Ph.D. 1974 University of Yale Coordinator, Child and Family Professor Emeritus of Economics. Illinois. University. Studies; Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1967 Nathan Cogan (1976) Ph.D. Shelley C. Reece (1969) Ph.D. B.A. 1968, M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 University of Colorado; J.D. 1982 Professor of English and General Professor of English. B.A. 1958 University of Utah. Northwestern School of Law, Studies. B.A. 1962 San Francisco Doane College; M.A. 1959, Ph.D. Lewis & Clark College. DEPARTMENT OF State College; M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1967 University of Nebraska. ECONOMICS Richard B. Halley (1955) Ph.D. 1971 University of California, Christine M. Rose (1989) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Economics. Berkeley. Faculty Associate Professor of English. B.A. 1938, M.S. 1940 University Richard L. Brinkman (1961) John R. Cooper (1970) Ph.D. A.B. 1971 Emmanuel College; of Oregon; Ph.D. 1964 Stanford Ph.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1954 A.M. 1977 Boston College; Ph.D. University. Professor of Economics. B.S. 1953, State University of New York, 1985 Tufts University. B.A. 1954 Rutgers University; Hugh G. Lovell (1964) Ph.D. Albany; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1962 M.A. 1955 Fletcher School of Law Francesca J. Sawaya (1995) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Economics. Yale University. and Diplomacy; Ph.D. 1965 Rut- Assistant Professor of English. B.A. 1947 Pomona College; Ph.D. gers University. Susan Danielson (1974) Ph.D. B.A. 1984 University of California, 1951 Massachusetts Institute of Associate Professor of English. Irvine; M.A. 1986 University of Technology. John B. Hall (1985) Ph.D. B.A. 1966, M.A. 1969 University York (England); M.A. 1988, Ph.D. Professor of Economics. B.A. 1975 Morton Paglin (1961) Ph.D. of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. 1990 Univer- 1992 Cornell University. Evergreen State College; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Economics sity of Oregon. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 The Graduate John V. Smyth (1998) Ph.D. and Urban Studies and Planning. Faculty, New School for Social W. Tracy Dillon (1993) Ph.D. Chair, Department of English; Pro- B.A. 1943 University of Miami; Research. Associate Professor of English. fessor of English. B.A., M.A. 1976 Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- B.A. 1981, M.A. 1983 California Cambridge University; Ph.D. 1982 nia, Berkeley. Mary C. King (1992) Ph.D. State University, Fullerton; Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania. Associate Professor of Economics. Thomas Palm (1967) Ph.D. 1988 University of California, Riv- B.A. 1979 Stanford University; Primus St. John (1973) Professor Emeritus of Economics. erside. M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 University Professor of English. B.A. 1961 University of Colorado; of California, Berkeley Carol Franks (1981) M.A. M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1967 University Senior Instructor in English. B.A. Christine Thompson (1964) Ph.D. Patricia A. Koss (1997) Ph.D. of Michigan. 1970 University of North Dakota; Professor of English. M.A. 1955, Assistant Professor of Economics. Dip.Ed. 1956 University of Edin- Thomas H. Tuchscherer (1966) M.A. 1981 Portland State B.A. 1984 University of Calgary; burgh (Scotland); Ph.D. 1984 Uni- Ph.D. University. versity of Oregon. M.A. 1987, Ph.D. 1993 Simon Professor Emeritus of Economics. Fraser University Gregory F. Goekjian (1970) Ph.D. B.S. 1962, M.S. 1963 University of Professor of English. B.A. 1964 Kuan-Pin Lin (1979) Ph.D. Illinois; Ph.D. 1973 Northwestern Northwestern University; M.A. Professor of Economics. B.L. 1970 University. 1965 University of North Carolina; National Chengchi University Ph.D. 1970 University of (Republic of China); M.A. 1973, Pittsburgh. Ph.D. 1977 State University of New York, Stony Brook. D IRECTORIES 301

Donald W. Tyree (1970) Ph.D. Stanley L. Johnson (1955) Ph.D. J. Alan Yeakley (1994) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Associate Professor of English. Professor Emeritus of English. Assistant Professor of Environmen- FOREIGN LANGUAGES B.A. 1960 Carson-Newman Col- B.A. 1942 University of Utah; tal Sciences. B.S. 1986 East Texas AND LITERATURES lege; M.A. 1964 University of Chi- Ph.D. 1954 University of Southern State University; M.S. 1988 Uni- Faculty versity of Texas; Ph.D. 1993 Uni- cago; Certiﬁcate in Victorian California. Pelin Basci (1997) Ph.D. Literature 1966 University of versity of Virginia. Marjorie M. Kirrie (1958) M.A. Assistant Professor of Turkish. London (England); Ph.D. 1978 B.A. 1985, M.A. 1988 Ege Univer- University of Chicago. Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Associated Faculty 1952, M.A. 1958 University of Nancy J. Bowers (1995) Ph.D. sity (Turkey); Ph.D. 1995 Univer- Deeanne W. Westbrook (1971) Oregon. Adjunct Research Associate in sity of Texas-Austin. Ph.D. Environmental Sciences and George T. Cabello (1975) Ph.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1969, Jae Num Lee (1967) Ph.D. Resources. B.S. 1975 University of Professor Emeritus of English. Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1966, M.A. 1971 Portland State Univer- Massachusetts; M.S. 1983 Virginia M.A. 1967 California State Univer- sity; D.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1978 Uni- B.A. 1958 Brown University; M.A. Polytechnic Institute and State 1960 University of Idaho; Ph.D. sity, Fresno; Ph.D. 1974 University versity of Oregon. University; Ph.D. 1994 Pennsylva- of Arizona. 1968 University of New Mexico. nia State University. Anthony W. Wolk (1965) Ph.D. Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. Professor of English. B.S. 1957, Carl Markgraf (1966) Ph.D. Philip H. Carver (1991) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English. Vice Provost for Academic Affairs; M.A. 1959 Northwestern Univer- Adjunct Professor of Environmen- Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1957 sity; Ph.D. 1965 University of A.B. 1951, M.A. 1954 University tal Sciences and Resources. B.A. of Portland; Ph.D. 1970 University Trinity College; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. Nebraska. 1972 University of California, San 1971 University of Wisconsin. of California, Riverside. Diego; Ph.D. 1978 Johns Hopkins Emeriti Faculty Margaret B. Palmer (1959) M.A. University. Louis J. Elteto (1970) Ph.D. Judah Bierman (1955) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Foreign Lan- Professor Emeritus of English and Assistant Professor Emerita of Howard W. Cummins (1987) English. B.A. 1959 Portland State guages and Literatures; Professor General Studies. A.B. 1939 Univer- Ph.D. of German and Hungarian. B.A. sity of Washington; Ph.D. 1951 University; M.A. 1960 University Adjunct Research Associate in of Portland. 1961, M.A. 1964 Kent State Uni- University of California, Los Environmental Sciences and versity; Ph.D. 1972 Louisiana State Angeles. Robert C. Tuttle (1955) Ph.D. Resources. B.A. 1959 Stanford University. Professor Emeritus of English. University; M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1972 Thomas C. Buell (1965) Ph.D. University of Oregon. William B. Fischer (1978) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. 1949, Ph.D. 1965 University of Washington. Professor of German. B.A. 1969, B.A. 1950 Princeton University; Joseph Maser (1996) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1979 Yale University. M.A. 1960, Ph.D. 1965 University Hildegard M. Weiss (1955) M.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of of Washington. Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Environmental Science. B.S. 1971 Claudine G. Fisher (1972) A-es-L 1940 La Verne College; M.A. 1946 Pennsylvania State University; Professor of French. Lic-es-Lettres Georgia R. Crampton (1972) Ph.D. 1977 University of Indiana. 1964, Diplome d’Etudes 1965, Cer- Ph.D. University of California, Los Angeles. tiﬁcat d’Aptitude 1970 Bordeaux Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Alice Stewart (1984) M.D. University (France); Aggregation- 1949 College of St. Teresa; M.A. Robert I. Williams (1967) Ph.D. Visiting Professor of Environmen- es-Lettres 1970 University of Paris 1963, Ph.D. 1967 University of Associate Professor Emeritus of tal Sciences and Resources. M.A. (France). Oregon. English. A.B. 1957, M.A. 1960, 1932, M.D. 1932 Cambridge Uni- versity (England); M.A. 1974 Steven Fuller (1990) Ph.D. Ivan Curcin (1969) D.Phil. Ph.D. 1966 University of Califor- nia, Berkeley. Oxford University (England); Associate Professor of German and Professor Emeritus of English. F.R.C.P. 1935 London (England). International Studies. B.A. 1982, B.A. 1951 University of Zagreb ENVIRONMENTAL M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990 Stanford (Yugoslavia); B.Litt. 1960, D.Phil. PROGRAMS Shanru Wang (1985) Diploma University. 1968 Oxford University (England). Research Associate in Environmen- Faculty tal Sciences and Resources. Chem- Gina Greco (1992) Ph.D. Thomas Doulis (1972) M.A. James R. Pratt (1994) Ph.D. istry Diploma, 1953 Beijing Associate Professor of French. Professor Emeritus of English. Director, Environmental Programs; University (People’s Republic of B.A. 1985 Emory University; M.A. B.A. 1955 LaSalle College; M.A. Professor of Environmental Sci- China). 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Princeton 1963 ences. B.A. 1971 University of University. Stanford University. Washington; M.S. 1981 Eastern Larry I. Crawshaw Ph.D. Washington University; Ph.D. 1984 (Biology) Martha Hickey (1992) Ph.D. Carol J. Fokine (1984) M.A. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Associate Professor of Russian. Senior Instructor Emerita in State University. Richard Forbes Ph.D. (Biology) B.A. 1972 Bucknell University; English. B.A. 1979, M.A. 1983 Richard Petersen Ph.D. (Biology) M.A. 1975 University of Califor- Portland State University. Yangdong Pan (1996) Ph.D. nia, Davis; Ph.D. 1985 Harvard Assistant Professor of Environmen- John Rueter Ph.D. (Biology) University. Ross L. Garner (1967) Ph.D. tal Science. B.S. 1983 Hangzhou Professor Emeritus of English. Teachers College; M.S. 1988 Mary Taylor Ph.D. (Biology) Laurence R. Kominz (1983) Ph.D. B.A. 1936 Haverford College; Southern Illinois University; Ph.D. Professor of Japanese. B.A. 1974 LL.B. 1939 University of Pennsyl- 1993 Bowling Green State Univer- Robert O’Brien Ph.D. Colby College; M.A. 1976, Ph.D. vania; M.A. 1948 University of sity. (Chemistry) 1984 Columbia University. Hawaii; Ph.D. 1955 University of Chicago. Song Qian (1996) Ph.D. Jack Semura Ph.D. (Physics) Timm Menke (1988) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Environmen- Pavel Smejtek Ph.D. (Physics) Associate Professor of German. Frederick Harrison (1962) Ph.D. tal Science. B.S. 1985 Tsinghua B.A. 1972 Lawrence University; Associate Professor Emeritus of University; M.S. 1988 Nanjing M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 University English. B.A. 1952 Whittier Col- University; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1995 of Washington. lege; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1966 Uni- Duke University. versity of Washington. DeLys Ostlund (1991) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1983, M.A. 1985 University of Utah; Ph.D. 1993 University of Maryland. 302 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Linda Bryant Parshall (1975) Emeriti Faculty Daniel M. Johnson (1977) Ph.D. D. Richard Lycan (1970) Ph.D. Ph.D. Jeanne Marie Bernard (1966) Chair, Department of Geography; Professor Emeritus of Geography Professor of German. B.A. 1966 B.A. Professor of Geography. B.A. 1967 and Urban Studies and Planning. Northwestern University; M.A. Associate Professor Emerita of University of Arizona; M.A. 1975, B.S. 1956 University of Idaho; 1968 Indiana University; Ph.D. French. B.A. 1966 Portland State Ph.D. 1978 Arizona State M.A. 1961 George Washington 1974 University of London University. University. University; Ph.D. 1964 University (England). of Washington. Franz Langhammer (1960) Ph.D. Gil Latz (1983) Ph.D. Jonathan O. Pease (1986) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of German. Professor of Geography and Inter- Thomas M. Poulsen (1963) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chinese and Diploma 1947 School of Journal- national Studies. B.A. 1974 Occi- Professor Emeritus of Geography. International Studies. B.A. 1975 ism (Germany); M.A. 1952, Ph.D. dental College; M.A. 1978, Ph.D. B.S. 1953 Oregon State University; Yale University; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1956 Northwestern University. 1986 University of Chicago. M.S. 1955, Ph.D. 1963 University 1986 University of Washington. of Wisconsin. Wenceslao Miranda (1971) Ph.D. Joseph Poracsky (1982) Ph.D. Earl L. Rees (1970) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor of Geography. B.A. 1968 Larry W. Price (1968) Ph.D. Professor of Spanish and Interna- Spanish. B.A. 1949 University of Clark University; M.A. 1981 Uni- Professor Emeritus of Geography. tional Studies. A.B. 1961 Univer- Santiago (Spain); M.A. 1969 City versity of Maryland; Ph.D. 1984 B.S. 1963 Eastern Illinois Univer- sity of Washington; M.A. 1966 College of New York; Ph.D. 1971 University of Kansas. sity; M.S. 1965, Ph.D. 1970 Uni- University of California, River- Columbia University. versity of Illinois. side; Ph.D. 1977 University of Ric Vrana (1997) Ph.D. Southern Laureen K. Nussbaum (1973) Assistant Professor of Geography. DEPARTMENT OF California. Ph.D. B.A. 1975 University of Akron; GEOLOGY Professor Emerita of German. B.A. M.A. 1985, Ph.D. 1997 University Faculty Ma-Ji Rhee (1989) Ed.D. 1962 Portland State University; of Washington. Scott F. Burns (1990) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Korean and M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1977 Professor of Geology. B.S. 1969, Japanese. B.A. 1981 Seoul, Korea; University of Washington. Martha A. Works (1985) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Geography M.S. 1970 Stanford University; Ed.M. 1983, Ed.D. 1989 Rutgers Ph.D. 1980 University of Colorado. University. David Romey (1965) M.A. and International Studies. B.A. Associate Professor Emeritus of 1974 University of the Americas; Kenneth M. Cruikshank (1994) Sandra Rosengrant (1981) Ph.D. Spanish. B.A. 1948, M.A. 1951 M.A. 1980 Arizona State Univer- Ph.D. Professor of Russian. B.A. 1969 University of Washington. sity; Ph.D. 1985 Louisiana State Assistant Professor of Geology. Indiana University; M.A. 1971, University. B.S. 1983 Pennsylvania State Uni- Ph.D. 1976 Stanford University. Kazem Tehrani (1975) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus. B.A. Emeriti Faculty versity; M.S. 1987 University of Dirgham H. Sbait (1985) Ph.D. 1964 Tehran University (Iran); James G. Ashbaugh (1957) Ph.D. Cincinnati; Ph.D. 1991 Purdue Professor of Semitic Languages M.A. 1972 City University of New Professor Emeritus of Geography. University. and International Studies. B.A. York; M.Phil. 1973, Ph.D. 1974 B.A. 1950 Central Washington Col- Michael L. Cummings (1979) 1971 University of Haifa (Israel); Columbia University. lege; M.A. 1953 University of Col- Ph.D. M.A. 1978, Ph.D. 1982 University orado; Ph.D. 1965 University of Professor of Geology. B.S. 1971 of Washington. Frank B. Vecchio (1960) Ph.D. California, Los Angeles. Professor Emeritus of Spanish. University of Wisconsin; M.S. Cynthia Sloan (1992) Ph.D. B.A. 1956 University of Portland; Clarke H. Brooke (1955) Ph.D. 1975 University of Minnesota; Assistant Professor of Spanish and M.A. 1959, Ph.D. 1963 University Professor Emeritus of Geography. Ph.D. 1978 University of Wiscon- Portuguese and International Stud- of Washington. B.A. 1942, M.A. 1950 University sin. ies. B.A. 1981 St. Louis University; of Washington; Ph.D. 1956 Univer- Ansel G. Johnson (1973) Ph.D. M.A. 1983 Pennsylvania State Rita Rose Vistica (1975) Ph.D. sity of Nebraska. Associate Professor Emerita of Chair, Department of Geology; University; Ph.D. 1995 Vanderbilt Professor of Geology. B.A. 1965 University. French. B.A. 1956 Marylhurst Dale E. Courtney (1956) Ph.D. College; M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1965 Professor Emeritus of Geography. Linﬁeld College; Ph.D. 1973 Stephen Wadley (1991) Ph.D. Fordham University. B.A. 1940 Western Washington Stanford University. Associate Professor of Chinese and College of Education; M.A. 1950, Curt D. Peterson (1989) Ph.D. International Studies. B.A. 1978 DEPARTMENT OF Ph.D. 1959 University of GEOGRAPHY Professor of Geology. A.A. College Brigham Young University; M.A. Washington. of San Mateo; B.A. San Francisco 1980, Ph.D. 1987 University of Faculty John O. Dart (1955) Ph.D. State University; Ph.D. 1983 Washington. Barbara Brower (1994) Ph.D. Oregon State University. Associate Professor of Geography Professor Emeritus of Geography. Stephen Walton (1995) Ph.D. and International Studies. A.B. B.A. 1946 Central Washington Emeriti Faculty Assistant Professor of French. A.B. 1977, M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1987 Uni- College; M.A. 1948, Ph.D. 1953 Marvin Howard Beeson (1969) 1979 Harvard; B.A. 1987 Univer- versity of California, Berkeley. University of Washington. Ph.D. sity of Washington; M.A. 1988 Professor Emeritus of Geology. Middlebury; Ph.D. 1992 University Alexander R. Gassaway (1966) Teresa Bulman (1990) Ph.D. B.S. 1959, M.S. 1962 University of of Wisconsin-Madison. Ph.D. Associate Professor of Geography. Oregon; Ph.D. 1969 University of B.A. 1973 Mount Holyoke Col- Professor Emeritus of Geography. Suwako Watanabe (1990) Ph.D. California, San Diego. lege; J.D. 1978 Georgetown Uni- B.A. 1950 University of Virginia; Associate Professor of Japanese versity Law Center; M.S.F.S. 1978 M.A. 1957 George Washington Gilbert T. Benson (1968) Ph.D. and International Studies. B.A. Georgetown University School of University; Ph.D. 1971 Clark Uni- Associate Professor Emeritus of 1982 Hosei University (Japan); Foreign Service; M.S. 1986 Uni- versity. Geology. B.S. 1952, M.S. 1953 M.S. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 George- versity of Massachusetts, Amherst; Stanford University; Ph.D. 1963 town University. Fritz Louis Kramer (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1990 University of Califor- Professor Emeritus of Geography. Yale University. Patricia J. Wetzel (1984) Ph.D. nia, Davis. B.A. 1950 University of Washing- Paul E. Hammond (1963) Ph.D. Professor of Japanese and Interna- Thomas Harvey (1990) Ph.D. ton; M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1957 Uni- Professor Emeritus of Geology. tional Studies. B.A. 1974, M.A. Associate Professor of Geography. versity of California, Berkeley. B.A. 1952 University of Colorado; 1976 Pennsylvania State Univer- B.A. 1974 Antioch College; M.S. M.A. 1958 University of Califor- sity; Ph.D. 1984 Cornell Univer- 1982 Pennsylvania State Univer- nia, Los Angeles; Ph.D. 1963 Uni- sity. sity; Ph.D. 1990 University of versity of Washington. Minnesota. D IRECTORIES 303

Leonard A. Palmer (1967) Ph.D. James M. Pollock (1985) M.S. Susan C. Karant-Nunn (1970) Bernard V. Burke (1967) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Adjunct Senior Research Assistant Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Geology. B.S. 1953, M.S. 1960 in Geology. B.A. 1974 Reed Col- Professor of History. B.A. 1963 1951, M.A. 1955, Ph.D. 1966 Uni- University of Washington; Ph.D. lege; B.S. 1984, M.S. 1985 Port- Cornell College, Iowa; M.A. 1967, versity of Washington. 1967 University of California, Los land State University. Ph.D. 1971 Indiana University. Angeles. George A. Carbone (1961) Ph.D. James R. Pratt (1995) Ph.D. William L. Lang (1994) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Richard E. Thoms (1964) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Geology. Professor of History. B.A. 1964 1939, M.A. 1941, Ph.D. 1947 Uni- Professor Emeritus of Geology. B.A. Willamette University; M.A. 1966 versity of California, Berkeley. B.S. 1957, M.S. 1959 University of University of Washington; M.S. Washington State University; Ph.D. Washington; Ph.D. 1965 University 1981 Eastern Washington Univer- 1974 University of Delaware. John P. Cavarnos (1964) D.Phil. of California, Berkeley. sity; Ph.D. 1984 Virginia Polytech- Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. nic Institute and State University. Thomas M. Luckett (1992) Ph.D. 1941 Boston University; M.A. Robert O. Van Atta (1956) Ph.D. Associate Professor of History. 1942, Ph.D. 1947 Harvard Univer- David G. Taylor (1981) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Geology. B.A. 1984 Oberlin; M.A. 1987, sity; D.Phil. 1948 Athens Univer- Adjunct Research Associate in B.S. 1949 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1992 Princeton University. sity (Greece). B.D. 1956 Western Conservative Geology. B.S. 1973, M.S. 1977 Baptist Seminary; M.S. 1960 Uni- Portland State University; Ph.D. Jon E. Mandaville (1965) Ph.D. Victor C. Dahl (1958) Ph.D. versity of Oregon; Ph.D. 1971 1981 University of California, Professor of History and Interna- Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Oregon State University. Berkeley. tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Dart- 1950, M.A. 1951 University of mouth College; Diploma Islamics Montana; Ph.D. 1959 University of Terry L. Tolan (1993) M.S. Associated Faculty 1961 Edinburgh University (Scot- California, Berkeley. Adjunct Research Assistant in Elizabeth Carter (1993) Ph.D. land); M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1969 Prin- Geology. B.S. 1978, M.S. 1982 Adjunct Research Associate in ceton University. Basil Dmytryshyn (1956) Ph.D. Portland State University. Geology. B.S. 1981 Portland State Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Frederick M. Nunn (1965) Ph.D. 1950, M.A. 1951 University of University; M.S. 1985 University J. Alan Yeakley (1995) Ph.D. Vice Provost, International Affairs; Arkansas; Ph.D. 1955 University of of British Columbia (Canada); Adjunct Associate Professor of Professor of History and Interna- California, Berkeley. Ph.D. 1993 University of Lausanne Geology. B.S. 1986 East Texas tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Univer- (Switzerland). University; M.S. 1988 University sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. G. Bernhard Fedde (1958) J.D. of Texas; Ph.D. 1993 University of Michael L. Feves (1984) Ph.D. 1963 University of New Mexico. Adjunct Professor Emeritus of His- Virginia. Adjunct Professor of Geology. tory and International Law. A.B. B.A. 1973 Reed College; Ph.D. Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. 1930 Williams College; J.D. 1936 DEPARTMENT OF Provost; Professor of History and University of Oregon; A.M. 1964 1977 Massachusetts Institute of HISTORY Technology. Humanities. B.S. 1960 Georgetown Oregon State University. Faculty University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1965 Andrew G. Fountain (1995) Ph.D. Lois Becker (1989) Ph.D. Indiana University. Jim F. Heath (1967) Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of Associate Professor of History and Professor Emeritus of History. Geology. B.S. 1975 St. Lawrence International Studies. B.A. 1976 Patricia Schechter (1995) Ph.D. B.B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 Univer- University; M.S. 1980 University University of Illinois at Urbana; Assistant Professor of History. A.B. sity of New Mexico; Ph.D. 1967 of Alaska; Ph.D. 1992 University M.A. 1978, Ph.D. 1987 Stanford 1986 Mount Holyoke College; Stanford University. Ph.D. 1993 Princeton University. of Washington. University. Charles A. Le Guin (1959) Ph.D. Reka K. Gabor (1983) M.S. Karen Carr (1992) Ph.D. Friedrich Schuler (1990) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. A.B. Adjunct Research Associate in Associate Professor of History. Associate Professor of History and 1948 Mercer University; M.A. Geology. B.S. 1977, M.S. 1981 B.A. 1985 Cornell University; International Studies. B.A. 1982 1949 Northwestern University; Portland State University. M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 University Freie Universitaet Berlin, West Ph.D. 1956 Emory University. of Michigan. Berlin; M.A. 1983 University of Dennis O. Nelson (1991) Ph.D. Texas, Austin; Ph.D. 1990 Univer- Thomas D. Morris (1967) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.S. Gordon B. Dodds (1966) Ph.D. sity of Chicago. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. 1967 Portland State University; Chair, Department of History; Pro- 1961, M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1969 Uni- Ph.D. 1980 Oregon State fessor of History. B.A. 1954 Har- Linda A. Walton (1980) Ph.D. versity of Washington. University. vard University; M.A. 1955 Professor of History and Interna- tional Studies. B.A. 1969 Wellesley Morris K. Webb (1955) Ph.D. University of Illinois; Ph.D. 1958 Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Jim E. O’Conner (1995) Ph.D. University of Wisconsin. College; Ph.D. 1978 University of Adjunct Associate Professor of Pennsylvania. 1937 Oklahoma Southeastern State Geology. B.S. 1982 University of Timothy A. Garrison (1997) College; M.A. 1940 Oklahoma Washington; M.S. 1985, Ph.D 1990 Ph.D. Ann Weikel (1967) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1951 University University of Arizona. Assistant Professor of History. Professor of History. B.A. 1957 of Chicago. Mount Holyoke College; M.A. B.B.A. 1983, J.D. 1986 University Franklin C. West (1966) Ph.D. Thomas C. Pierson (1995) Ph.D. of Georgia; M.A. 1993 Clemson 1959, Ph.D. 1966 Yale University. Adjunct Associate Professor of Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. University; Ph.D. 1997 University Emeriti Faculty 1956 Reed College; M.A. 1958 Geology. B.A. 1970 Middlebury of Kentucky. College; M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1977 Whitney K. Bates (1961) Ph.D. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1970 University of Washington. David A. Horowitz (1968) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. University of California, Berkeley. 1941 University of Washington; Professor of History. B.A. 1964 Charles M. White (1955) Ph.D. Antioch College; Ph.D. 1971 Uni- M.A. 1948, Ph.D. 1952 University of Wisconsin. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. versity of Minnesota. 1947, M.A. 1949 Michigan State David A. Johnson (1979) Ph.D. Elliot Benowitz (1966) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1959 University Managing Editor, Paciﬁc Historical Associate Professor Emeritus of of Southern California. Review; Professor of History and History. B.A. 1955 State University International Studies. B.A. 1972 of New York, Albany; M.S. 1958, University of California, Irvine; Ph.D. 1966 University of M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1977 University Wisconsin. of Pennsylvania. 304 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Associated Faculty Earl Rees Ph.D. (Spanish) Steven A. Bleiler (1988) Ph.D. M. Paul Latiolais (1989) Ph.D. Eleanor Ann Fulton (1991) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- Professor of Mathematical Sci- Ma-Ji Rhee Ed.D. (Korean, Japa- Adjunct Assistant Professor of His- ences. B.S. 1974 University of Wis- ences. B.A. 1970 University of nese) tory. B.S. 1976 Portland State Uni- consin; M.S. 1976 University of Southwest Louisiana; Ph.D. 1984 versity; M.A. 1979, Ph.D. 1991 Dirgham Sbait Ph.D. (Semitic Illinois; Ph.D. 1981 University of Tulane University. University of Wisconsin, Madison. Oregon. Languages) Leonard T. Nelson (1977) Ph.D. Caroline P. Stoel (1974) J.D. Friedrich Schuler Ph.D. (History) Branford R. Crain (1978) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- Adjunct Associate Professor of Professor of Mathematical Sci- ences and Education. B.S. 1960 St. History. A.B. 1935, J.D. 1937 Duke Cynthia Sloan Ph.D. (Spanish and ences. B.S. 1964 University of Cloud State College; M.A. 1963 University; M.A. 1973 Portland Portuguese) Florida; M.S. 1969, Ph.D. 1972 Bowdoin College; Ph.D. 1968 Uni- State University. Oregon State University. versity of Michigan. Shawn Smallman Ph.D. (History) Craig Wollner (1981) Ph.D. Richard Byrd Crittenden (1969) Joyce O’Halloran (1987) Ph.D. Gerald Sussman, Ph.D. (Urban Professor of Social Science. B.S. Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- Studies and Planning, Speech 1966, M.A. 1969 Portland State Professor of Mathematical Sci- ences. B.S. 1974 University of Communication) University; Ph.D. 1975 University ences and Systems Science. B.A. Minnesota; Ph.D. 1979 University of New Mexico. Stephen Wadley Ph.D. (Chinese) 1957 Willamette University; M.S. of 1959 University of Illinois; Ph.D. Washington. INTERNATIONAL Linda A. Walton Ph.D. (Asia 1964 University of Oregon. STUDIES Programs, History) Jeanette R. Palmiter (1990) Ph.D. Faculty Mary Lou Daily (1963) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- Suwako Watanabe Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathemati- ences. Frederick M. Nunn Ph.D. (Japanese) cal Sciences. B.S. 1959 College of B.S. 1977, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State (History) St. Teresa; M.A. 1961 University of University; M.S. 1983 University Vice Provost, International Affairs Patricia J. Wetzel Ph.D. (Japa- Oregon; Ph.D. 1972 Oregon State of Illinois. nese) University. Kimberley A. Brown Ph.D. Serge Preston (1989) Ph.D. (Applied Linguistics) Charles R. White Ph.D. (Univer- Joseph R. Ediger (1993) M.S. Professor of Mathematical Sci- Associate Vice Provost, Interna- sity Studies, Political Science, Instructor in Mathematical Sci- ences. M.S. (Equivalence) 1979 tional Affairs; Director, Interna- Urban Studies and Planning) ences and Extended Studies. B.A. Novosibirsk State University tional Studies Program. María Wilson-Figueroa Ph.D. 1977 Bethel College, Kansas; M.S. (USSR); Ph.D. 1978 Steklov Insti- Koﬁ Agorsah Ph.D. (Black Stud- (Sociology) 1994 Portland State University. tute of Mathematics (USSR). ies) Martha A. Works Ph.D. Marek Elzanowski (1988) Ph.D. Michael Shaughnessy (1993) L. Rudolph Barton M.Arch. (Art) (Geography) Professor of Mathematical Sci- Ph.D. ences. M.S. 1971 University of Professor of Mathematical Sci- Lois Becker Ph.D. (History) Helen Youngelson-Neal Ph.D. Warsaw (Poland); Ph.D. 1975 Insti- ences. B.A. 1968 Le Moyne Col- (Economics) tute of Fundamental Technological lege; M.A. 1970 Indiana Nancy Benson Ed.D. (Education) Research, Poland Academy of Sci- University; Ph.D. 1976 Michigan DEPARTMENT OF ence (Poland). State University. Barbara Brower Ph.D. MATHEMATICAL (Geography) SCIENCES Eugene A. Enneking (1968) Ph.D. Dan L. Streeter (1983) M.S. Sharon A. Carstens Ph.D. Faculty Chair, Department of Mathematical Senior Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1982 (Anthropology) Lisa Byrd Adajian (1995) Ph.D. Sciences; Professor of Mathemati- Portland State University. Assistant Professor of Mathemati- cal John J. Damis Ph.D. (Political cal Sciences. B.S. 1976 University Sciences. B.S. 1962 St. Martin’s Science) Leonard G. Swanson (1964) of Oregon; M.A. 1990 San Diego College; M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Washington State University. Ph.D. Margaret Everett Ph.D. State University; Ph.D. 1995 Uni- Professor of Mathematical Sci- (Anthropology) versity of Wisconsin-Madison. Marjorie A. Enneking (1968) ences. B.S. 1962 Portland State University; M.A. 1965 University Jagdish C. Ahuja (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. Grant M. Farr Ph.D. (Sociology) of Washington; Ph.D. 1970 Oregon Professor of Mathematical Sci- Professor of Mathematical Sci- State University. Steven Fuller Ph.D. (German) ences. B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 ences. B.A. 1962 Willamette Uni- Banaras University (India); Ph.D. versity; M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Candice Goucher Ph.D. (Black Mara Tableman (1990) Ph.D. 1963 University of British Colum- Washington State University. Studies) Associate Professor of Mathemati- bia (Canada). John M. Erdman (1966) B.A. cal Sciences. B.S. 1971 University Mel Gurtov Ph.D. (Political of Pittsburgh; M.S. 1973 New Charles B. Balogh (1964) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathemati- Science) Mexico State University; Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sci- cal Sciences. B.S. 1957, B.A. 1957 1984 Pennsylvania State Univer- ences. M.S. 1954 University of Lehigh University. John B. Hall Ph.D. (Economics) sity. Budapest (Hungary); Ph.D. 1965 Robert L. Fountain (1992) Ph.D. Laurence R. Kominz Ph.D. Oregon State University. Associate Professor of Mathemati- Kwok-Wai Tam (1966) Ph.D. (Japanese) Associate Professor of Mathemati- F. Rudolf Beyl (1983) Ph.D. cal Sciences. B.A. 1975, M.A. cal Sciences. B.S. 1961, Ph.D. Gil Latz Ph.D. (Geography) Associate Professor of Mathemati- 1979 University of Texas, Austin; 1967 University of Washington. cal Sciences. Diplom-Mathema- M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1985 University Junghee Lee Ph.D. (Art) of New Mexico. tiker 1969 University of Frankfurt Emeriti Faculty Devorah A. Lieberman Ph.D. (Germany); Ph.D. 1972 Cornell Gerardo A. Lafferriere (1990) Mildred L. Bennett (1956) B.S. (Speech Communication) University. Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Mathematical Associate Professor of Mathemati- Gavin Bjork (1966) Ph.D. Sciences. B.S. 1942 Oregon State D. Richard Lycan Ph.D. (Geogra- cal Sciences. M.S. 1977 Univer- Professor of Mathematical Sci- University. phy, Urban Studies and Planning) sidad Nacional de La Plata ences. A.B. 1956 Carroll College; (Argentina); Ph.D. 1986 Rutgers Robert L. Broussard (1960) Ph.D. Jon E. Mandaville Ph.D. (History) M.A. 1958 University of Montana; University. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Ph.D. 1966 Washington State Uni- Ridwan Nytagodien Ph.D. cal versity. (Black Studies) Sciences. B.S. 1944, Ph.D. 1951 Louisiana State University. Jonathan O. Pease Ph.D. (Chinese) D IRECTORIES 305

John B. Butler (1961) Ph.D. Robert L. Stanley (1961) Ph.D. Peter M. Nicholls (1980) M.A. Mohammad Aslam Khan Khalil Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Instructor in Philosophy. B.A. 1969 (1995) Ph.D. cal cal Portland State University; M.A. Professor of Physics. B.A. 1970 Sciences. B.A. 1945 Swarthmore Sciences and Systems Science. 1976 University of Washington. University of Minnesota; M.S. College; M.S. 1947 New York Uni- B.S. 1943, M.A. 1947 University of 1972 Virginia Polytechnic Institute; versity; Ph.D. 1954 University of Washington; Ph.D. 1951 Harvard Dan Passell (1964) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1976 University of Texas, California, Berkeley. University. Professor of Philosophy. Ph.B. Austin; M.S. 1979, Ph.D. 1979 1949, M.A. 1954 University of Oregon Graduate Center, Frank S. Cater (1965) Ph.D. E. Genevieve Stanton (1955) M.S. Chicago; Ph.D. 1964 Stanford Beaverton. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Assistant Professor Emerita of University. cal Mathematical Sciences. B.A. 1933 Pui-Tak Leung (1988) Ph.D. Sciences. B.A. 1956, M.A. 1957, St. Xavier College, Chicago; M.S. Michael Philips (1968) Ph.D. Professor of Physics. B.S. 1976 Ph.D. 1960 University of Southern 1938 University of Chicago. Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1964 Chinese University of Hong Kong; California. University of California, River- M.A. 1979, M.Ed. 1979, Ph.D. Constance E. Stevens (1955) M.S. side; Ph.D. 1971 Johns Hopkins 1982 State University of New York, George F. Coggins (1956) B.S. Assistant Professor Emerita of University. Buffalo. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1933 Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1931 Alfred University; M.A. 1940 New Emeriti Faculty Jack S. Semura (1973) Ph.D. Union College. York State College for Teachers; Graham P. Conroy (1961) Ph.D. Professor of Physics. B.A. 1963, M.S. 1949 University of Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. M.S. 1965 University of Hawaii; Phillip J. Gold (1964) Ph.D. B.A. 1948 Stanford University; Ph.D. 1972 University of Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Selmo Tauber (1959) Ph.D., P.E. M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1957 University Wisconsin. cal Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- of California, Berkeley. Sciences. B.S. 1957 Polytechnic cal Sciences. Diploma Civil Engi- Pavel K. Smejtek (1972) Ph.D. Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D. 1961 neering 1943 Ecole Superieure John L. Hammond (1962) Ph.D. Professor of Physics. M.S. 1961 New York University. d’Ingenieurs, Beyrouth (Lebanon); Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Leningrad Polytechnic Institute Lic.-es. Sc. 1947 Universite de B.A. 1955 Kenyon College; Ph.D. (U.S.S.R.); Ph.D. 1965 Czechoslo- J. Kenneth Harris (1962) Ph.D. Lyon (France); Ph.D. 1950 Univer- 1965 Stanford University. vak Academy of Sciences Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- sitat Wien (Austria); P.E. (Czechoslovakia). cal Sciences. B.A. 1958, M.A. David H. Newhall (1955) Ph.D. 1959 Fresno State College; Ph.D. Dorothy J. Williams (1983) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Emeriti Faculty 1962 University of Oregon. Professor Emerita of Mathematical B.A. 1939 Pomona College; M.A. Carl Bachhuber (1963) Ph.D. Sciences. B.A. 1951, M.S. 1953 1941 University of California, Los Associate Professor Emeritus of Bruce A. Jensen (1966) Ph.D. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1958 Angeles; Ph.D. 1948 Princeton Physics. B.A. 1958 University of Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- University of Washington. University. Minnesota; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1965 cal University of Washington. Sciences. B.A. 1952 Dana Col- Vincent C. Williams (1965) Ph.D. Associated Faculty lege; M.S. 1955 University of Wis- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Patricia Backlar (1991) Laird C. Brodie (1955) Ph.D. consin; Ph.D. 1966 University of cal Research Associate Professor of Professor Emeritus of Physics. Nebraska. Sciences. B.A. 1955 University of Bioethics. B.A. 1944 Reed College; M.S. California, Berkeley; Ph.D. 1961 1949 University of Chicago; Ph.D. Robert J. Gould (1992) Ph.D. Ethel L. Lawrence (1964) B.S. Harvard University. 1954 Northwestern University. Associate Professor Emerita of Director, Conﬂict Resolution Grad- Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1946 Associated Faculty uate Program; Assistant Professor John Dash (1966) Ph.D. University of Oregon. Farag Abdel-Salam Attia (1990) of Philosophy. B.S. 1986 Portland Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. Ph.D. State University; M.A.T. 1987 1955 Pennsylvania State Univer- Craig A. Magwire (1969) Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D. 1993 sity; M.S. 1960 Northwestern Uni- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- Mathematical Sciences. B.Sc. University of Oregon. versity; Ph.D. 1966 Pennsylvania cal 1960 Ain Shams University State University. Sciences. B.A. 1943 Nebraska DEPARTMENT OF (Egypt); M.Sc. 1965 Purdue PHYSICS State University; Ph.D. 1969 Oregon Mark Gurevitch (1958) Ph.D. College; M.S. 1947 University of State University. Faculty Professor Emeritus of Physics. Michigan; Ph.D. 1953 Stanford Jonathan J. Abramson (1979) A.B. 1938, Ph.D. 1947 University University. Nancy T. Waller (1979) Ph.D. Ph.D. of California, Berkeley. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Professor of Physics. B.S. 1968 Eugene A. Maier (1984) Ph.D. Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1971, Rudi H. Nussbaum (1959) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- City College of New York; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Physics. M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 Michigan 1970, Ph.D. 1975 University of cal State University. Ph.D. 1954 University of Amster- Sciences and Extended Studies. Rochester. dam (The Netherlands). B.A. 1950, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1954 DEPARTMENT OF Erik Bodegom (1984) Ph.D. University of Oregon. PHILOSOPHY David I. Paul (1987) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Physics; Professor Emeritus of Physics. Vivienne H. Olson (1961) M.S. Faculty Professor of Physics. Ph.D. 1982 Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- Assistant Professor Emerita of Larry S. Bowlden (1968) Ph.D. Catholic University of America. nia, Los Angeles. Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1946, Professor of Philosophy. B.S. 1963, Monica H. Halka (1996) Ph.D. M.S. 1948 University of Pittsburgh. M.S. 1966 University of Utah; Arnold D. Pickar (1963) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. Ph.D. 1968 University of 1986 Idaho State University; M.A. Robert W. Rempfer (1959) Ph.D. Washington. 1948 U.S. Merchant Marine Acad- Professor Emeritus of Mathemati- 1989 Johns Hopkins University; emy; B.A. 1951 Cornell Univer- cal Byron L. Haines (1965) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1993 University of New sity; Ph.D. 1962 University of Sciences. B.A. 1933 University of Chair, Department of Philosophy; Mexico. Maryland. South Dakota; M.A. 1934 North- Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1958 Donald G. Howard (1965) Ph.D. Gertrude F. Rempfer (1959) western University; Ph.D. 1937 Bates College; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. Professor of Physics. A.A. 1957, University of Illinois. 1966 University of Washington. Ph.D. A.B. 1959, Ph.D. 1964 University Professor Emerita of Physics. B.S. Charles W. Sinclair (1964) Donald R. Moor (1964) Ph.D. of California, Berkeley. 1934, Ph.D. 1939 University of M.A.T. Assistant Professor Emeri- Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1958 Washington. tus of Mathematical Sciences. B.S. University of British Columbia 1943 Washington University; (Canada); Ph.D. 1975 University of Pieter K. Rol (1992) Ph.D. M.A.T. 1963 Reed College. Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D. 1960 University of Amster- dam (The Netherlands). 306 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Cecil E. Sanford (1955) M.S. C. Kerth O’Brien (1987) Ph.D. Ronald E. Smith (1955) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Associate Professor Emeritus of Associate Professor of Psychol- Professor Emeritus of Psychology. SOCIOLOGY Physics. B.S. 1947 Linﬁeld Col- ogy. B.A. 1979 University of Cali- A.Sc. 1939 Weber State College; Faculty fornia, Santa Cruz; M.A. 1983, lege; M.S. 1949 University of Ore- B.A. 1948, M.A. 1949, Ph.D. 1954 Randall Evan Blazak (1995) Ph.D. 1987 University of Michi- gon. University of Utah. Ph.D. gan. Raymond Sommerfeldt (1966) Edith B. Sullivan (1955) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Ph.D. Nancy A. Perrin (1986) Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A. 1985, M.A. 1991, Ph.D. 1995 Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. Associate Dean, College of Liberal B.S. 1949, M.S. 1950, Ph.D. 1954 Emory University. Arts and Sciences; Professor of 1951 University of Oregon; M.S. University of Wisconsin. Johanna Brenner (1981) Ph.D. Psychology. B.A. 1980 University 1954, Ph.D. 1964 Oregon State Coordinator, Women’s Studies of California, Los Angeles; M.A. Morris Weitman (1963) Ph.D. University. Program; Professor of Sociology 1983, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State Uni- Professor Emeritus of Psychology and Women’s Studies. B.A. 1964 Makoto Takeo (1956) Ph.D. versity. and Urban Studies. B.S. 1948 City Professor Emeritus of Physics. College of New York; M.A. 1953, Reed College; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. Diploma 1943 Tohoku University Ellen A. Skinner (1992) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1960 New School for Social 1979 University of California, Los (Japan); M.S. 1951, Ph.D. 1953 Professor of Psychology. B.A. Research. Angeles. 1977 Wright State University; M.S. University of Oregon. Peter J. Collier (1997) Ph.D. 1979, Ph.D. 1981 Pennsylvania Frank Wesley (1958) D.Phil. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Associated Faculty State Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.S. 1987 Southern Oregon Frank B. Thiess (1994) Ph.D. University. B.A. 1950 Reed College; M.A. Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A. 1955, Ph.D. 1958 Washington State University, M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1956 Swarthmore College; Ph.D. Cathleen L. Smith (1975) Ph.D. University; D.Phil. 1964 Kultur- 1997 Portland State University. Coordinator, Child and Family 1963 Stanford University. minister (Germany). Veronica Dujon (1995) Ph.D. Studies; Professor of Psychology. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Xiaoliang Sunney Xie (1995) B.A. 1968, M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 David F. Wrench (1966) Ph.D. B.A. 1985 University of the West Ph.D. University of Utah. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.S. B.A. 1954 Reed College; M.A. Indies; M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1995 Uni- 1984 Peking University; M.S. Donald M. Truxillo (1994) Ph.D. 1958 University of Oregon; Ph.D. versity of Wisconsin. Assistant Professor of Psychology. 1987, Ph.D. 1990 University of 1961 University of North Carolina. Grant M. Farr (1975) Ph.D. B.S. 1981, M.A. 1984, Ph.D. 1987 California, San Diego. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1966, Louisiana State University. CENTER FOR SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1974 University of Washington. PSYCHOLOGY Emeriti Faculty Faculty Faculty Gerald Guthrie (1970) Ph.D. William G. Becker (1983) Ph.D. Kathryn A. Farr (1977) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Barry F. Anderson (1968) Ph.D. Director, Center for Science Educa- Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1961 B.A. 1962 Lewis & Clark College; Professor of Psychology. B.A. tion. Professor of Science Educa- University of Oregon; M.A. 1975, 1957 Stanford University; Ph.D. M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Clark tion. B.S. 1975, M.S. 1976 DePaul Ph.D. 1979 Portland State 1963 Johns Hopkins University. University. University; Ph.D. 1981 Boston University. University. Dean E. Frost (1984) Ph.D. Roger D. Jennings (1969) Ph.D. Lee J. Haggerty (1971) Ph.D. Professor of Psychology. B.A. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Marion Dresner (1995) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1964, 1977 Reed College; M.S. 1980, B.A. 1959 University of California, Assistant Professor, Center for Sci- M.S. 1966, Ph.D. 1972 University Ph.D. 1981 University of Washing- Berkeley; M.A. 1960 San Jose ence Education and School of Edu- of Wisconsin. ton. State College; Ph.D. 1963 Univer- cation. B.A. 1974 State University sity of Colorado. of New York at Buffalo; M.S. 1978 Marvin A. Kaiser (1993) Ph.D. Beth L. Green (1996) Ph.D. Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Robert E. Jones Jr. (1964) Ph.D. Humboldt State University; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology. 1985 University of Michigan. Sciences; Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1987 Bridgewater College; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A. 1961 Cardinal Glennon Col- M.A. 1990, Ph.D. 1993 Arizona B.S. 1957, M.S. 1961, Ph.D. 1963 Todd L. Duncan (1996) Ph.D. lege; M.A. 1973 Kansas State Uni- State University. University of Utah. Assistant Professor of Science Edu- versity; M.S.W. 1977 University of cation and University Studies. B.S. Kansas; Ph.D. 1979 University of Janice K. Haaken (1979) Ph.D. Chadwick Karr (1960) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 1992 University of Illinois at Nebraska. Professor of Psychology. B.A. Urbana-Champaign; M.Phil. 1994 1974 B.A. 1941, M.S. 1956, Ph.D. 1958 Robert C. Liebman (1987) Ph.D. University of Washington. Cambridge University; Ph.D. 1997 University of Washington; Ph.D. University of Chicago. Professor of Sociology and Urban 1979 Wright Institute, Los Angeles. Hugo M. Maynard (1967) Ph.D. Studies. B.A. 1972 State University Professor Emeritus of Psychology Michael J. Flower (1992) Ph.D. of New York, Binghamton; M.A. Leslie B. Hammer (1990) Ph.D. Associate Professor of University 1977, Ph.D. 1981 University of Associate Professor of Psychol- and Urban Studies. A.B. 1959 Uni- versity of California, Berkeley; Honors and Science Education. Michigan. ogy. B.S. 1985 James Madison B.A. 1964 Stanford University; University; M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1991 M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 University José Antonio Padin (1995) Ph.D. of Oregon. M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1969 University Bowling Green State University. of Wisconsin. Assistant Professor of Sociology. James A. Paulson (1970) Ph.D. B.A. 1985 Haverford College; M.S. Thomas A. Kindermann (1989) Linda A. George (1996) Ph.D. 1989, Ph.D. 1998 University of Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A. 1963 University of Oregon; Assistant Professor, Center for Sci- Wisconsin. Associate Professor of Psychol- ence Education. B.S. 1983 Loyola ogy. B.A. 1976, M.S. 1980, Univer- M.S. 1970, Ph.D. 1973 Stanford Robert William Shotola (1970) University. University; Ph.D. 1991 Portland sity of Trier, (Germany); Ph.D. State University. Ph.D. 1986 Free University of Berlin Cord B. Sengstake (1964) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Sociology; (Germany). Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Julie Smith (1996) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1953 Assistant Professor of University North Texas State University; M.A. Dalton Miller-Jones (1992) Ph.D. B.S. 1955, M.S. 1959, Ph.D. 1963 University of Oregon. Studies and Science Education. 1966 University of New Mexico; Professor of Psychology. B.A., B.S. B.S. 1978, M.S. 1991 University of Ph.D. 1969 University of 1962 Rutgers University; M.S. Wisconsin at Eau Claire; Ph.D. Wisconsin. 1965 Tufts University; Ph.D. 1973 1995 Oklahoma State. Cornell University. D IRECTORIES 307

Michael A. Toth (1990) Ph.D. Donald K. Freeborn (1972) Ph.D. Candace Gordon (1996) M.A. Rhea Paul (1985) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1960, Adjunct Professor of Sociology. Instructor in Speech Communica- Director, Speech and Hearing Sci- M.S. 1964, Ph.D. 1973 University B.A. 1955 Lynchburg College; tion. B.S. 1968 Bradley University; ences Program; Professor of of Utah. M.H.A. 1957 Medical College of M.A. 1971 University of Illinois; Speech Communication. B.A. 1971 Virginia; Ph.D. 1968 University of C.C.C. 1972 American Speech- Brandeis University; Ed.M. 1975 Maria Wilson-Figueroa (1990) Michigan. Language-Hearing Association. Harvard University; Ph.D. 1981 Ph.D. University of Wisconsin; C.C.C. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Merwyn R. Greenlick (1965) Mary E. Gordon-Brannan (1972) 1981 American Speech-Language- B.S. 1984, M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1990 Ph.D. Ph.D. Hearing Association. Utah State University. Vice President, Research, Kaiser Professor of Speech Communica- Foundation Hospitals, and Director, tion. B.S. 1965, M.S. 1967 Purdue Susan B. Poulsen (1990) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Health Services Research Center; University; Ph.D. 1993 Wichita Assistant Professor of Speech Charles D. Bolton (1964) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Sociology and State University. C.C.C. 1967 Communication. B.S. 1958 Univer- Professor Emeritus of Sociology Social Work. B.S. 1957, M.S. 1961 American Speech-Language-Hear- sity of Washington; M.S. 1970 Uni- and Urban Studies and Planning. Wayne State University; Ph.D. ing Association. versity of Maryland, Baltimore; B.A. 1947 University of Denver; 1967 University of Michigan. Ph.D. 1988 University of Washing- M.A. 1948 Stanford University; Priya Kapoor (1995) Ph.D. ton. Ph.D. 1959 University of Chicago. David L. Morgan (1987) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Speech Professor of Urban Studies and Communication. B.A. 1987 Delhi Ellen S. Reuler (1990) M.A. Leonard D. Cain Jr. (1969) Ph.D. Planning; Adjunct Professor of University, New Delhi, India; M.A. Instructor in Speech Communica- Professor Emeritus of Sociology Sociology. B.A. 1972, M.A. 1974, 1991 Cornell University; Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1972, M.A. 1973 North- and Urban Studies and Planning. Ph.D. 1977 University of Michi- 1995 Ohio University. western University. C.C.C. 1974 A.B. 1948, M.A. 1949 Texas Chris- gan. American Speech-Language-Hear- tian University; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- Lisa Letcher-Glembo (1995) ing Association. sity of Texas, Austin. Clyde Riley Pope (1975) Ph.D. Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Sociology. Assistant Professor of Speech L. David Ritchie (1990) Ph.D. Frederic H. Chino (1956) Ph.D. B.A. 1957 Anderson College; M.A. Communication; M.S. 1985 Uni- Associate Professor of Speech Professor Emeritus of Sociology. 1960 University of Chicago; Ph.D. versity of South Florida; Ph.D. Communication. B.A. 1965 Reed A.B. 1951 San Diego State Col- 1963 1989 University of Minnesota, College; M.U.P. 1972 University of lege; A.M. 1952, Ph.D. 1965 Stan- University of Oregon. Minneapolis; C.C.C. American Oregon; M.A. 1985, Ph.D. 1987 ford University. Speech-Language-Hearing Associ- Stanford University. Ralph A. Schmoldt (1993) Ph.D. ation. Nanette J. Davis (1975) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Hyla Rosenberg (1990) M.S. Professor Emerita of Sociology. Sociology. B.A. 1969 Valparaiso Devorah A. Lieberman (1987) Instructor in Speech Communica- B.S. 1962 St. Cloud State Univer- University; M.A. 1971 St. Louis Ph.D. tion. B.A. 1983 School of Interna- sity; M.A. 1967 University of Min- University; M.Div. 1973 Concordia Associate Professor of Speech tional Training, Brattleboro, nesota; Ph.D. 1973 Michigan State Seminary; M.A. 1981 Portland Communication. B.A. 1975 Hum- Vermont; M.S. 1990 Portland State University. State University; Ph.D. 1991 boldt State University; M.A. 1977 University. Don C. Gibbons (1969) Ph.D. University of Minnesota. San Diego State University; Ph.D. 1984 University of Florida. Larry Steward (1967) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Sociology DEPARTMENT OF Associate Professor of Speech and Urban Studies and Planning. SPEECH Lisbeth A. Lipari (1996) Ph.D. Communication. B.S. 1963 Port- B.A. 1950, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1956 COMMUNICATION Assistant Professor of Speech land State University; M.A. 1965 University of Washington. Faculty Communication and University Cornell University; Ph.D. 1968 Nona Y. Glazer (1964) Ph.D. Thomas G. Dolan (1985) Ph.D. Studies. B.A. 1988 University of Pennsylvania State University. Minnesota; M.A. 1992 University Professor Emerita of Sociology. Associate Professor of Speech Gerald Sussman (1994) Ph.D. B.A. 1955, M.A. 1957 University Communication. B.A. 1976 Carle- of Texas at Austin; Ph.D. 1996 Stanford University. Associate Professor of Speech of Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 Cornell ton University; M.S. 1978 McGill Communication and Urban Studies University. University (Canada); Ph.D. 1983 Douglas R. Martin (1992) Ph.D. and Planning. B.A. Fairleigh Dick- University of Iowa. C.C.C. Ameri- Jan Hajda (1967) Ph.D. Acting Director, Speech and Hear- inson University; M.A. University can Speech-Language-Hearing ing Sciences Program; Associate of the Philippines; Ph.D. 1983 Uni- Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Association. B.A. 1952 Willamette University; Professor of Speech Communica- versity of Hawaii. tion. B.A. 1981 Wichita State Uni- M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1963 University Carla Dunn (1997) Ph.D. John A. Tetnowski (1993) Ph.D. of Chicago. Associate Professor of Speech versity; M.A. 1983 California State University, San Diego; Ph.D. 1989 Assistant Professor of Speech Communication. B.S. 1970, M.S. Communication. B.A. 1981, M.A. Joseph F. Jones (1963) Ph.D. 1971 Texas Tech University; Ph.D. Wichita State University; C.C.C. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. 1983 American Speech-Language- 1982 University of Central Flor- 1979 University of Washington; ida; Ph.D. 1993 Florida State Uni- B.A. 1961, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1969 S.S.S.W. 1989 University of Texas, Hearing Association. University of Washington. versity. C.C.C. 1983 American Austin; C.C.C. American Speech- Maria Montserrat-Hopple (1988) Speech-Language- Hearing Associ- Earle H. MacCannell (1963) Language-Hearing Association. M.S. ation. Ph.D. Peter Ehrenhaus (1986) Ph.D. Instructor in Speech Communica- Professor Emeritus of Sociology. tion. B.S. 1982 University of Iowa; Gisele Tierney (1991) M.S. Associate Professor of Speech Instructor in Speech Communica- B.A. 1950, B.S. 1952, M.A. 1953, Communication. B.A. 1973 Uni- M.S. 1985 Portland State Univer- Ph.D. 1957 University of sity; C.C.C. 1986 American tion. B.S. 1984, Certiﬁcate versity of Wisconsin, Madison; Women’s Studies 1986, M.S. 1986 Washington. M.A. 1975, Ph.D. 1979 University Speech- Language-Hearing Association. Portland State University. Associated Faculty of Robert B. Everhart (1986) Ph.D. Minnesota. Emeriti Faculty LaRay M. Barna (1956) M.S. Professor of Education and Adjunct Leslie T. Good (l989) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1962 Associate Professor Emerita of Associate Professor of Speech Speech Communication. B.S. 1944 College of Wooster; M.A.T. 1968, Communication. B.A. 1982, M.S. Ph.D. 1972 University of Oregon. Northwestern University; M.S. 1983 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1970 Portland State University. 1986 Stanford University. 308 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Robert L. Casteel (1966) Ph.D. Kathleen Merrow (1997) Ph.D. Darrell Brown (1994) Ph.D. Richard H. Visse (1976) Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Speech Assistant Professor of Interdiscipli- Assistant Professor of Business C.P.A. Communication. B.A. 1954 Paciﬁc nary Studies, Social Sciences, Administration. B.A. 1976, M.B.A. Professor of Business Administra- University; M.A. 1960 University University Honors Program. B.S. 1982 University of Montana; Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1966 University of Ore- of Washington; Ph.D. 1969 Oregon 1988, M.A. 1990 Portland State 1994 University of Utah. gon; M.S.B.A. 1968 University of Health Sciences University Medi- University; M.A. 1993, Ph.D. 1998 Denver; Ph.D. 1974 Arizona State cal School; C.C.C. American Cornell University. Anne L. Christensen (1989) Ph.D. University; C.P.A. Speech- Language-Hearing Associ- Associate Professor of Business ation. Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. Administration. B.S. 1972, M.Ed. Donald A. Watne (1976) Ph.D., Provost; Professor of History and 1974, Brigham Young University; C.P.A. Francis P. Gibson (1955) Ph.D. Hummanities. B.S. 1960 George- M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1989 Univer- Professor of Business Administra- Professor Emeritus of Speech town University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. sity of Utah. tion. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1961 Uni- Communication. B.A. 1937, M.A. 1965 Indiana University. versity of Montana; Ph.D. 1977 1938 Drake University; Ph.D. 1954 Michael C. Henton (1979) University of California, Berkeley; University of Southern California. Lawrence P. Wheeler (1976) M.B.A., C.P.A. C.P.A. Ph.D. Instructor in Business Administra- Theodore G. Grove (1970) Ph.D. Director, University Honors Pro- tion. B.B.A. 1972 Paciﬁc Lutheran Emeriti Faculty Professor Emeritus of Speech gram; Associate Professor of University; M.B.A 1973 University James R. Bentley (1969) Ph.D. Communication. B.A. 1960, M.A. Humanities and Applied Linguis- of Oregon; C.P.A. Professor Emeritus of Business 1962 Washington State University; tics, University Honors Program. Administration. B.A. 1943 Stan- Ph.D. 1965 Northwestern Univer- B.A. 1976, M.A. 1978 Portland H. Thomas Johnson (1988) Ph.D. ford University; Ph.D. 1968 Uni- sity. State University; Ph.D. 1993 Retzlaff Professor of Quality Man- versity of Washington. University of Oregon. agement. A.B. 1960 Harvard Col- Stephen A. Kosokoff (1966) Ph.D. lege; M.B.A. 1961 Rutgers Michael R. Gaines (1965) Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Speech WOMEN’S STUDIES University; Ph.D. 1969 University C.P.A. Communication. B.A. 1961 Uni- PROGRAM of Wisconsin. Professor Emeritus of Business versity of Washington; A.M. 1963 Faculty Admin-istration. B.A. 1957 Texas University of Illinois; Ph.D. 1966 Raymond N. Johnson (1980) Johanna Brenner (1981) Ph.D. A&M University; M.B.A. 1961 University of Oregon. Ph.D., C.P.A. Coordinator, Women’s Studies University of Denver; Ph.D. 1969 Professor of Business Administra- University of Washington; C.P.A. James F. Maurer (1966) Ph.D. Program; Professor of Sociology tion. B.S. 1972 University of Ore- Professor Emeritus of Speech and Women’s Studies. B.A. 1964 gon; M.A.S. 1974 University of Hjalmar J. Rathe (1964) M.B.A., Communication. B.A. 1951, M.A. Reed College; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. Illinois; Ph.D. 1981 University of C.P.A. 1961 Montana State University; 1979 University of California, Los Oregon; C.P.A. Associate Professor Emeritus of Ph.D. 1968 Oregon Health Sci- Angeles. Business Administration. B.S. 1946 ences University; C.C.C. American William Kenny (1985) J.D., Melissa Kesler Gilbert (1995) University of Washington; M.B.A. Speech-Language-Hearing Associ- C.P.A. (Washington) M.A. 1955 University of Oregon; C.P.A. ation. Professor of Business Administra- Instructor, Women’s Studies tion. B.A. 1968 University of Donald L. Tang (1966) M.A., Joan McMahon (1972) M.S. Program. B.A. 1984 Ohio State Washington; M.S. 1978 Golden C.P.A. Associate Professor Emerita of University; M.A. 1989 University Gate University; J.D. 1973 Professor Emeritus of Business Speech Communication. B.S. 1968, of Baltimore. Gonzaga Administration. B.S., B.A. 1957, M.S. 1970 Portland State Univer- COLLEGE OF LIBERAL University School of Law; C.P.A. M.A. 1961 University of North sity; C.C.C. 1970 American Dakota; C.P.A. ARTS AND SCIENCES Donna R. Philbrick (1984) Ph.D. Speech-Language-Hearing EMERITI FACULTY Association. Professor of Business Administra- Finance Faculty William H. Hamilton (1970) tion. B.S. 1975 University of Ore- Leslie P. Anderson (1986) Ph.D. Robert W. Vogelsang (1970) Ph.D. gon; M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1984 Professor of Business Administra- Ed.D. University Professor Emeritus. Cornell University. tion. B.S. 1951, M.S. 1954, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Speech B.A. 1943 Oberlin College; B.D. 1960 University of Wisconsin. Communication. A.A. 1950 Citrus 1949 Union Theological Semi- Rodney Rogers (1995) Ph.D., Junior College; B.A. 1953 Univer- nary; Ph.D. 1952 University of St. C.P.A. Beverly Fuller (1987) Ph.D. sity of California, Santa Barbara; Andrews (Scotland); D.H.L. 1968 Assistant Professor of Business Associate Professor of Business M.A. 1958, Ed.D. 1965 Washing- Ripon College. Administration. B.A. 1980 Ohio Administration. B.S. 1966 Webster ton State University; C.C.C. Amer- Northern University; M.B.A. 1981 College; M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Bowling Green State University; ican Speech- Language-Hearing CHOOL OF Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Association. S Ph.D. 1995 Case Western Reserve State University. BUSINESS University; C.P.A. UNIVERSITY HONORS ADMINISTRATION Janet Hamilton (1986) Ph.D. PROGRAM Richard Sapp (1978) Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business C.P.A. (Texas) Roger S. Ahlbrandt (1993) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1976 Univer- Faculty Professor of Business Administra- Dean, School of Business Adminis- sity of Washington; Ph.D. 1986 Petyr R. Beck (1997) Ph.D. tion. B.B.A. 1970 University of tration; Professor of Business Michigan State University. Assistant Professor of Interdiscipli- Toledo; M.S. 1976, Ph.D. 1978 Administration. B.E. 1963 Yale nary Studies, Social Sciences, University of Houston; C.P.A. Paula Hammond (1997) J.D. University Honors Program. B.A. University; M.B.A. 1965 Harvard Instructor in Business Administra- 1989 University of Washington; Business School; Ph.D. 1972 Uni- Ellen Slapikas (1989) M.B.A., tion. B.A. 1966, M.Ed. 1969 Uni- M.A. 1993, Ph.D. 1997 University versity of Washington. C.P.A., C.M.A. versity of Oregon; J.D. 1984 of California, Irvine. Instructor in Business Administra- Northwestern School of Law. Accounting Faculty tion. B.A. 1980, M.B.A. 1983, Uni- Michael J. Flower (1992) Ph.D. George Battistel (1994) Ph.D. versity of Alaska. C.P.A., C.M.A. Mary H. Hankins (1997) M.S. Associate Professor of Interdisci- C.G.A. (British Columbia) Assis- Instructor in Business Administra- plinary Science Studies, University tant Professor of Business Admin- tion. B.S. 1983 Susquehanna Honors Program. B.A. 1964 Stan- istration. B.A. 1973 Simon Fraser University; M.S. 1990 Drexel ford University; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. University; M.B.A. 1983 Univer- University. 1969 University of Wisconsin. sity of British Columbia; Ph.D. 1992 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 309

Chi-Cheng Hsia (1987) Ph.D. Talya N. Bauer (1994) Ph.D. Earl A. Molander (1975) Ph.D. Richard J. Robinson (1962) Professor of Business Administra- Assistant Professor of Business Professor of Business Administra- D.B.A. tion. B.A. 1951 National Taiwan Administration. B.S. 1989 Hum- tion. B.S. 1964 University of Wis- Professor Emeritus of Business University (Republic of China); boldt State University; Ph.D. 1994 consin, Madison; M.B.A. 1966 Administration. B.S. 1949, M.B.A. M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1974 University Purdue University. Harvard University; Ph.D. 1972 1950 Indiana University; D.B.A. of California. University of California, Berkeley. 1966 University of Washington. Steven N. Brenner (1971) D.B.A. John Oh (1979) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Alan R. Raedels (1980) Ph.D. Grover W. Rodich (1966) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- tion. A.B. 1963, B.Eng. 1964 Professor of Business Administra- Professor Emeritus of Business tion. B.A. 1968 Howard Payne Dartmouth College; M.B.A. 1966, tion. B.S., M.E. 1969 Colorado Administration. B.S. 1951 Oregon University; Ph.D. 1978 University D.B.A. 1972 Harvard Business State University; M.B.A. 1973 State University; B.S. 1953 Univer- of Virginia. School. Portland State University; Ph.D. sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963 Sacra- 1977 Purdue University. mento State College; M.B.A. 1966 Shaﬁqur Rahman (1986) Ph.D. Leland Buddress (1990) Ph.D. Oregon State University; Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Assistant Professor of Business David Raffo (1995) Ph.D. 1973 University of Oregon. tion. B. Com. Honors 1975 Dhaka Administration. B.S. 1968 Univer- Assistant Professor of Business University (Bangladesh); M.B.A. sity of California, Berkeley; Ph.D. Administration. B.S.E. 1985 Uni- Marketing Faculty 1979 University of Minnesota; 1995 Michigan State University. versity of Michigan; M.S. 1992, Scott A. Dawson (1985) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1986 University of Illinois. M.M.E. 1993, Ph.D. 1995 Carnegie Associate Dean of Graduate Pro- Alan M. Cabelly (1980) Ph.D. Mellon University. grams; Professor of Business John W. Settle (1984) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Administration. B.S. 1978 Univer- Associate Professor of Business tion. B.A. 1972 State University of Mary S. Taylor (1989) Ph.D. sity of Oregon; M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1967 Pomona New York, Stony Brook; M.B.A. Associate Professor of Business 1984 University of Arizona. College; M.B.A. 1974, Ph.D. 1978 1975 Pennsylvania State Univer- Administration. B.A. 1971, M.A.T. University of Washington. sity; Ph.D. 1979 University of School for International Training; Thomas R. Gillpatrick (1982) Washington. M.A. Pennsylvania State Univer- Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty sity; Ph.D. 1989 University of Professor of Business Administra- James H. Hugon (1962) Ph.D. Henry D. Crockett (1988) Ph.D. Washington. tion. B.S. 1975 California State Professor Emeritus of Business Associate Professor of Business University, Bakersﬁeld; M.B.A. Administration. B.S. 1949, M.B.A. Administration. B.A. 1983, M.B.A. Pamela Tierney (1992) Ph.D. 1977 Utah State University; Ph.D. 1957 Northwestern University; 1985, Ph.D. 1988 University of Associate Professor of Business 1985 University of Oregon. Ph.D. 1964 University of Texas. Administration. B.A. 1986, Ph.D. Washington. 1992 University of Cincinnati. Edward L. Grubb (1966) Ph.D. Robert W. Eder (1991) D.B.A. Professor of Business Administra- Carl H. Pollock (1966) Ed.D. Professor of Business Administra- Ellen L. West (1982) Ph.D. tion. A.A. 1954 Wenatchee Valley Associate Professor Emeritus of tion. B.A. 1971 Colorado College; Associate Dean of Undergraduate College; B.A. 1956 University of Business Administration. B.A. M.S. 1973 Case Western Reserve Programs; Associate Professor of Washington; M.S. 1960 University 1958, M.A. 1959, Ed.D. 1967 University; D.B.A. 1982 University Business Administration. B.A. of Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 University Colorado State University. of Colorado. 1962 University of Oregon; M.A. of Washington. 1970 Reed College; Ph.D. 1981 William T. Schantz (1963) LL.M. David Gerbing (1987) Ph.D. Oregon State University. Robert R. Harmon (1979) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business Professor of Business Administra- Professor of Business Administra- Administration. B.S. 1956 tion. B.A. 1974 Western Washing- Alan R. Zeiber (1996) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1972, M.B.A. 1973 Cali- University of Oregon; J.D. 1960 ton State College; M.A. 1976, Assistant Professor in Business fornia State University, Long Willamette University; LL.M. 1961 Ph.D. 1979 Michigan State Univer- Administration. B.S. 1968 Syra- Beach; Ph.D. 1979 Arizona State New York University. sity. cuse University. M.B.A. 1977 University. University of Montana. Ph.D. 1996 J. Howard Widdowson (1965) Lewis N. Goslin (1968) Ph.D. Portland State University. Joanne M. Klebba (1985) Ph.D. Ph.D., C.L.U., C.P.C.U. Professor of Business Administra- Professor of Business Administra- Professor Emeritus of Business tion. B.A. 1955 Pennsylvania State Emeriti Faculty tion. B.A. 1961 Marygrove Col- Administration. B.S. 1942, M.B.A. University; M.S. 1961 Carnegie- William F. Boore (1964) Ph.D. lege; M.S. 1973 University of 1955 Temple University; Ph.D. Mellon University; Ph.D. 1964 Professor Emeritus of Business Colorado; Ph.D. 1978 University of 1963 University of Pennsylvania; University of Washington. Administration. B.S. 1942 Lehigh Minnesota. C.L.U. 1963 American College of University; M.S. 1950 Colorado Life Underwriters; C.P.C.U. 1967 Natalie Hunter (1993) M.L.H.R. School of Mines; M.B.A. 1954 Candice Peterson (1997) Ph.D. American Institute of Property and Instructor in Business Administra- University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1963 Assistant Professor. B.A. 1973 Liability Underwriters. tion. B.A. 1988 Gonzaga Univer- University of Washington. Virginia Polytechnic; M.B.A. 1983, sity; M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Ph.D. 1996 Portland State Gerald D. Wygant (1970) J.D. Institute and State University; Donal W. McIntosh (1962) Ph.D. University. Assistant Professor Emeritus of M.L.H.R. 1993 Ohio State Univer- Professor Emeritus of Business Business Administration. B.S. 1956 sity. Administration. B.S. 1947, M.B.A. Alan J. Resnik (1976) Ph.D. University of Oregon; J.D. 1960 1965 University of Oregon; Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Northwestern College of Law. Jennifer C. Loney (1991) M.B.A. 1968 University of Washington. tion. B.S. 1967 University of Penn- Instructor in Business Administra- sylvania; M.B.A. 1969 Tulane Management Faculty tion. B.S. 1981, M.B.A. 1986 Port- Roger L. Moseley (1967) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1974 Arizona Hayward Andres (1995) Ph.D. land State University. Professor Emeritus of Business State University. Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A. 1951 Univer- William A. Manning (1969) Ph.D. Administration. B.S. 1987 South- sity of Washington; M.B.A. 1953 Bruce L. Stern (1975) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- ern University at New Orleans; Harvard University; Ph.D. 1966 Professor of Business Administra- tion. B.S. 1964, B.S. 1965 Oregon M.S. 1989 University of West Flor- University of Washington. tion. B.S. 1968, M.B.A. 1969 Port- State University; M.B.A. 1967, ida at New Orleans; Ph.D. 1995 land State University; Ph.D. 1974 Ph.D. 1970 University of Oregon. Leonard F. Robertson (1964) Florida State University. Arizona State University. Ed.D. Professor Emeritus of Business Education. B.A. 1955, M.A. 1956, Ed.D. 1965 Colorado State Col- lege. 310 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

L. P. Douglas Tseng (1988) Ph.D. Amy Driscoll (1985) Ed.D. Stephen L. Isaacson (1995) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Business GRADUATE Director of Community/University Professor of Education. B.S. 1970 Administration. B.B.A. 1977 SCHOOL OF EDU- Partnerships; Professor of Educa- University of Washington; M.S. National Taiwan University; CATION tion. B.S. 1962 State University of 1974 Oregon College of Education; M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1988 Univer- New York, Buffalo; M.S. 1977, Ph.D. 1985 Arizona State sity of Texas, Arlington. Phyllis J. Edmundson (1998) Ed.D.1980 University of Houston. University. Ed.D. Emeriti Faculty Dean, Graduate School of Educa- Gloria J. Faine (1996) Ph.D. Joseph S. Kaplan (1978) Ed.D. Robert E. Dodge (1959) Ph.D. tion; Professor of Education. B.A. Assistant Professor of Education. Professor of Education. B.A. 1960, Professor Emeritus of Business 1968 Boise College; M.A. 1973, B.S. 1970 Langston University; M.A. 1963 Trenton State College; Administration. B.A. 1934, M.A. Ed.D. 1974 University of Northern M.S. 1980 Northeastern State Uni- Ed.D. 1972 University of Oregon. 1951 University of Oregon; Ph.D. versity; Ph.D. 1996 Oklahoma Colorado. Mary Kinnick (1981) Ph.D. 1956 New York University. State University. Faculty Professor of Education. B.A. 1964 Walter H. Kramer (1965) D.B.A. Joel R. Arick (1984) Ph.D. Ruth A. Falco (1986) Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley; Professor Emeritus of Business Chair, Department of Special Edu- Associate Professor of Education. M.A. 1966 Syracuse University; Administration. B.S. 1946 DePaul cation and Counselor Education; B.S. 1969, M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1983 Ph.D. 1975 University of Colorado, University; M.B.A. 1956 Univer- Professor of Education. B.S. 1975, University of Oregon. Boulder. sity of Oregon; D.B.A. 1959 Indi- M.S. 1977 Portland State Univer- David A. Krug (1972) Ph.D. ana University. Ann Fullerton (1990) Ph.D. sity; Ph.D. 1981 University of Associate Professor of Education. Associate Dean, School of Educa- D. James Manning (1960) Ph.D. Oregon. B.S. 1977 Reed College; M.A. tion; Professor of Education. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Business Nancy Benson (1981) Ed.D. 1980 Peabody College; Ph.D. 1990 1968, M.S. 1969 Portland State Administration. B.B.A. 1957 Uni- Associate Professor of Education. Vanderbilt University. University; Ph.D. 1972 University versity of Oregon; M.S. 1958 New B.S. 1967 Northern State College; of Washington. York University; Ph.D. 1966 Uni- William D. Greenfield (1987) M.S. 1973, Ed.D. 1988 Portland Rolla E. Lewis (1995) Ed.D. versity of Washington. Ph.D. Professor of Education. B.A. State University. 1966 Miami University of Ohio; Assistant Professor of Education. Donald D. Parker (1955) Ph.D. Susan M. Bert (1997) M.S. Ph.D. 1973 University of New B.A. 1974 California State Univer- Dean Emeritus, School of Busi- Instructor in Education. B.S. 1977 Mexico. sity, Chico; M.A. 1984 St. Mary’s ness Administration; Professor College; Ed.D. 1995 University of Indiana State University; M.S. Paul Gregorio (1993) M.L. Emeritus of Business Administra- 1981 University of Oregon. San Francisco. tion. B.A. 1941 Linfield College; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A. 1966 University of Redlands; Cheryl L. Livneh (1987) Ed.D. M.B.A. 1942 Northwestern Univer- Nancy G. Brawner-Jones (1993) M.A. 1969 San Francisco State Continuing Education Specialist; sity; Ph.D. 1958 University of Ph.D. University; M.L. 1979 University Associate Professor of Education. Washington. Assistant Professor of Education. B.A. 1972 Hendrix College; M.Ed. of Washington. B.S. 1972 Miami University of Jack L. Taylor Jr. (1962) M.B.A. Ohio; M.S. 1974 University of 1975 University of Arkansas; Ph.D. Cheryl Grindol (1990) M.S.Ed. Associate Professor Emeritus of Wisconsin, Madison; Ed.D. 1986 1988 University of Oregon. Assistant Professor of Education. Business Administration. B.S. 1961 Boston University. B.A. 1972 Hastings College; Portland State University; M.B.A. Barbara Bryan (1992) M.S. M.S.Ed. 1980 Northern Illinois Hanoch Livneh (1988) Ph.D. 1965 University of Portland. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1972 Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1979 University. Professor of Education. B.A. 1971 June F. Underwood (1958) M.Ed. Hebrew University; M.A. 1973, University of the Pacific. Loyde Hales (1978) Ed.D. Associate Professor Emerita of Ph.D. 1976 University of Wiscon- Chair, Department of Educational Business Administration. B.S. David J. Bullock (1994) M.S. sin, Madison. Policy, Foundations, and Adminis- 1949, M.Ed. 1961 Oregon State Director, Metropolitan Instruc- trative Studies; Professor of Educa- Carol L. Mack (1986) Ph.D. University. tional Support Lab. B.A. 1973 University of Oregon; M.S. 1985 tion. B.S. 1956, M.S. 1960, Ed.D. Associate Professor of Education. Alice M. Yetka (1976) Ed.D. Western Oregon State College. 1964 University of Kansas. B.M. 1977 Arizona State Univer- Professor Emerita of Business Edu- sity; M.Ed. 1979 Southwest Texas Ulrich H. Hardt (1974) Ph.D. cation. B.S. 1951 University of Thomas D. Capuzzi (1978) Ph.D. State University; Ph.D. 1987 Uni- Associate Dean, Graduate School Minnesota; M.A. 1956, Ed.D. 1963 Professor of Education. B.A. 1964, versity of Illinois. of Education; Chair, Department of Colorado State College. M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1968 Florida State University. Curriculum and Instruction; Profes- Sheldon S. Maron (1978) Ph.D. sor of Education. M.A. 1961 Lewis Professor of Education. B.S. 1964, Christine Chaille (1991) Ph.D. & Clark College; D.A. 1973, Ph.D. M.Ed. 1968 Boston College; Ph.D. Professor of Education. B.A. 1971 1974 University of Oregon. 1973 University of Michigan. University of California at Berke- ley; M.A. 1973 San Francisco State Samuel Henry (1992) Ph.D. Glenn C. Maynard (1997) M.Ed. University; Ph.D. 1977 University Associate Professor of Education. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1971 of California at Los Angeles. B.S. 1969 D.C. Teachers College; Portland State University; M.Ed M.S. 1974, Ed.D. 1978 Columbia 1977 Lewis & Clark College. Thomas Goodman Chenoweth University Teachers College. (1988) Ph.D. Russell Miars (1993) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education. Jean E. Horton (1995) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. B.A. 1967 San Francisco State Uni- Assistant Professor of Education. B.A. 1976 Kent State University; versity; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 B.A. 1968, M.A.T. 1970 University Ph.D. 1981 University of Iowa. Stanford University. of Kansas; M.S. 1977 University of Southern California; Ph.D. 1984 Maureen Musser (1992) M.S. Emily C. de la Cruz (1992) Ph.D. University of Kansas. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1970 Associate Professor of Education. Pacific University; M.S. 1992 Port- B.A. 1972, M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 land State University. University of California. Ronald B. Narode (1990) Ed.D. Associate Professor of Education. B.A. 1975, M.A.T. 1981, Ed.D. 1989 University of Massachusetts. D IRECTORIES 311

Gary R. Nave (1988) Ph.D. M. Carrol Tama (1984) Ph.D. Jean P. Edwards (1968) M.S. Richard Sonnen (1978) Ed.D. Associate Professor of Education. Professor of Education. B.A. 1965 Professor Emerita of Education. Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. 1970, M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1987 Alvernia College; M.A. 1973 Cali- B.S. 1965, M.S. 1967 University of B.S. 1958 Oregon College of Edu- University of Oregon. fornia State College; M.Ed. 1977, Oregon. cation; M.Ed. 1965, Ed.D. 1971 Ph.D. 1982 Syracuse University. University of Oregon. Karen J. Noordhoff (1994) Ph.D. Brad Eliot (1979) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education. Sandra Wilde (1992) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. Maxine L. Thomas (1966) Ed.D. B.S. 1969 Northwestern Univer- Professor of Education. B.A. 1968 B.A. 1956 Antioch College; M.A. Associate Professor Emerita of sity; M.Ed. 1977 National College Carelton College; M.Ed. 1977 Uni- 1957 University of Chicago; Ph.D. Education. B.S. 1957 University of of Education; Ph.D. 1993 Michigan versity of Toronto; M.A.T. 1973 1961 University of Wisconsin. Iowa; M.S. 1971 Portland State State University. University of New Hampshire; University; Ed.D. 1980 University Ph.D. 1986 University of Arizona. Michael A. Fiasca (1961) Ph.D. of Oregon. Sorca M. O’Connor (1990) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. Associate Professor of Education. Dilafruz R. Williams (1990) Ph.D. B.S. 1947 University of Wisconsin; George C. Timmons Jr. (1967) B.A. 1962 State University of New Professor of Education. B.Sc. 1970, M.S. 1955, Ph.D. 1966 Oregon D.Ed. York, Albany; M.A. 1979 San B.Ed. 1975, M.Ed. 1978 Bombay State University. Professor Emeritus of Education. Francisco State College; Ph.D. University; M.P.A. 1981, Ph.D. B.S. 1948, M.Ed. 1952 Oregon 1986 Stanford University. 1987 Syracuse University. Phyllis J. Hochstettler (1967) State University; D.Ed. 1964 M.A. University of Oregon. Gayle Park (1994) M.Ed. Elizabeth T. Wosley-George Professor Emerita of Education. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1975, (1991) Ph.D. B.A. 1937 Hastings College; M.A. Forbes W. Williams (1966) Ed.D. M.Ed. 1976 University of Oregon. Associate Professor of Education; 1955 University of Denver. Dean Emeritus of Undergraduate Program Coordinator, Counselor Studies; Professor Emeritus of Kenneth D. Peterson (1987) Ph.D. Education. B.A. 1977, M.Ed. 1979 Errett E. Hummel (1955) D.Ed. Education. A.B. 1948 Whitman Professor of Education. A.B. 1966 University of Washington; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. College; M.A. 1950 University of University of California, Berkeley; 1990 Ohio State University. B.A. 1933 Paciﬁc University; M.A. Oregon; B.A. 1955 Lewis & Clark M.A. 1969 San Jose State Univer- 1938, D.Ed. 1951 University of College; Ed.D. 1965 Stanford Uni- sity; Ph.D. 1976 University of Cali- Emeriti Faculty Oregon. versity. fornia, Berkeley. Alma I. Bingham (1955) Ed.D. Professor Emerita of Education. Harold C. Jorgensen (1967) Ed.D. David E. Willis (1964) Ed.D. Douglas L. Robertson (1989) A.B. 1948 University of California, Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D. Professor of Education. Los Angeles; M.A. 1952, Ed.D. B.S.Ed. 1954, M.Ed. 1956 Eastern B.S. 1939 Wichita University; M.S. B.A. 1973 University of Oregon; 1957 Columbia University. Washington State College; M.S. 1946, Ed.D. 1948 Columbia M.A. 1975, Ph.D. 1978 Syracuse 1960, Ed.D. 1966 Oregon State University. University. Chester Bowers (1992) Ph.D. University. Professor Emeritus of Education. Mary E. York (1972) Ph.D. Douglas F. Sherman (1990) Ph.D. B.S. 1958 Portland State Univer- Eric A. Kimmel (1978) Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Education. Associate Professor of Education. sity; Ph.D. 1962 University of Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. 1955 Arizona State Univer- B.A. 1970 Williams College; California. A.B. 1967 Lafayette College; M.A. sity; M.A. 1961 Northern Arizona M.A.T. 1971 Reed College; Ph.D. 1968 New York University; Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1972 University 1983 University of Oregon. Steve A. Brannan (1966) Ed.D. 1973 University of Illinois. of Illinois. Professor Emeritus of Education. Donna R. Shrier (1993) M.A. B.S. 1957 Portland State Univer- Keith H. Larson (1964) D.Ed. Helen Gordon Child Instructor in Education. B.A. 1976, sity; M.S. 1961 Oregon College of Professor Emeritus of Education. Development Center M.A. 1978 University of Northern Education; Ed.D. 1965 University B.S. 1949, M.S. 1952, D.Ed. 1964 Colorado. University of Oregon. Ellen J. Nolan (1991) B.A. of Northern Colorado. Director, Helen Gordon Child Elizabeth Donohoe Steinberger Development Center. B.A. 1982 Carol Burden (1977) Ed.D. Madge Leslie (1965) C.A.S. (1994) Ed.D. University of California, Berkeley. Associate Professor Emerita of Professor Emerita of Education. Associate Professor of Education. Education. B.S. 1958 Lewis & B.A. 1940 Willamette University; B.A. 1970 North Carolina State Lolita Lawson (1989) M.S. Clark College; M.Ed. 1967, Ed.D. M.A. 1959 San Francisco State University; M.A. 1983 University Coordinator, Student Parent Ser- 1970 University of Illinois. College; C.A.S. 1963 Syracuse of Colorado; Ed.D. 1993 Univer- University. vices. B.S. 1978 Emerson College; M.S. 1979 Lesley College. sity of Virginia. David C. Cox (1984) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Donald J. Leu (1980) Ed.D. Dannelle D. Stevens (1994) Ph.D. William A. Parnell (1997) M.A. Education. B.S. 1959, M.S. 1965 Dean Emeritus, School of Educa- Associate Professor of Education. Program Coordinator. B.A. 1989 Oregon State University; Ph.D. tion; Professor Emeritus of Educa- B.A. 1965 University of California, University of Oregon; M.A. 1993 1982 Ohio State University. tion. B.A. 1942, M.A. 1951, Ed.D. Berkeley; M.S. 1985 University of 1953 Columbia University. Portland State University. Utah; Ph.D. 1993 Michigan State Zola T. Dunbar (1968) D.Ed. University. Professor Emerita of Education. John D. Lind (1971) Ed.D. B.S. 1957 Eastern Oregon State Professor Emeritus of Education. Joan Strouse (1985) Ph.D. College; M.Ed. 1965, D.Ed. 1979 B.A. 1956, M.A. 1960, Ed.D. 1970 Professor of Education. B.S. 1973 University of Oregon. University of Montana. University of Colorado; M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1985 University of Colin George Dunkeld (1970) Morton S. Malter (1955) Ph.D. Wisconsin, Madison. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. 1942 Chicago Teachers Col- Jacqueline B. Temple (1997) Advanced Teaching Certiﬁcate lege; M.S. 1945, Ph.D. 1948 Uni- Ph.D. 1953 National Froebel Foundation versity of Chicago. Assistant Professor of Education. (England); B.A. 1961, M.A. 1963 B.A. 1968 Spelman College; M.Ed. Ronald G. Petrie (1975) Ed.D. University of Denver; Ph.D. 1970 1985 University of New Orleans; Professor Emeritus of Education. University of Illinois. Ph.D. 1997 University of Wiscon- B.S. 1956 Oregon College of Edu- sin-Madison. cation; M.Ed. 1961, Ed.D. 1970 Oregon State University. 312 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

CHOOL OF Shu-Guang Li (1992) Ph.D., P.E. Emeriti Faculty Sarah Mocas (1993) Ph.D. S Associate Professor of Civil Engi- H. Chik M. Erzurumlu (1962) Assistant Professor of Computer ENGINEERING AND neering. B.S. 1982, M.S. 1985 Ph.D., P.E. Science. B.S. 1985 Tufts Univer- APPLIED SCIENCE Chengdu University of Science and Dean Emeritus, School of Engi- sity; M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1993 North- Technology (China); M.S. 1988 neering and Applied Science; Pro- eastern University. Robert D. Dryden (1995) Ph.D. University of Iowa; Ph.D. 1993 fessor Emeritus of Civil Leonard Shapiro (1987) Ph.D. Dean, School of Engineering and Massachusetts Institute of Engineering. Professional Degree Professor of Computer Science. Applied Science; University Pro- Technology. 1957 Technical University of Istan- B.A. 1965 Reed College; Ph.D. fessor of Engineering. B.S.I.E. bul (Turkey); M.S. 1962, Ph.D. 1969 Yale University. 1967, M.S.I.E. 1968 Oklahoma Wendelin H. Mueller (1973) 1970 University of Texas, Austin. Ph.D., P.E. State University; Ph.D. 1973 Texas Andrew Tolmach (1992) Ph.D. Tech University. Professor of Civil Engineering. DEPARTMENT OF B.S. 1962 St. Louis University; COMPUTER SCIENCE Associate Professor of Computer Associated Faculty M.S. 1966, Ph.D. 1972 University Science. A.B. 1981 Harvard Uni- Sally J. Cross (1997) B.A. of Missouri, Rolla. Faculty versity; M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Princeton University. Development Director, School of Joseph Albert (1996) Ph.D. Engineering and Applied Science. Franz N. Rad (1971) Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor in Computer Chair, Department of Civil Engi- Associated Faculty B.A. 1981 Barnard College, Science. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1981 Rice Chedley Aouriri (1988) M.B.A. Columbia University. neering; Professor of Civil Engi- University; M.S. 1985 Oregon neering. B.S. 1968, M.S. 1969, Adjunct Instructor in Computer State University; Ph.D. 1996 Uni- Science. B.S. 1971 University of Ronald W. Geason (1997) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1973 University of Texas, versity of Wisconsin. Chief Financial Ofﬁcer, School of Austin. Louis Pasteur; M.S. 1975 Univer- Engineering and Applied Science. Sergio Antoy (1990) Ph.D. sity of Tunis (Tunisia); M.B.A. B.S. 1970 Valparaiso University; Trevor D. Smith (1983) Ph.D., Professor of Computer Science. 1987 New York University. M.P.P. 1972 University of Michi- P.E. B.S. 1972 University of Genova, Associate Dean of Graduate Affairs David Aucsmith (1990) M.S. gan; Ph.D. 1988 Ohio State Univer- Italy; M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1987 Uni- Adjunct Instructor in Computer sity. and Research; Professor of Civil versity of Maryland. Engineering. B.S. 1974 University Science. B.S. 1976 University of John A. Harris (1986) B.S. of Aston (England); D.I.C., M.S. Laszlo Csanky (1983) Ph.D. Georgia; M.S. 1984 Georgia Insti- Research Assistant in Engineering 1976 Imperial College, University Professor of Computer Science. tute of Technology. and Applied Science. B.S. 1981 of London (England); Ph.D. 1983 Dipl. Ing. 1967 Budapest Institute Bruce Flindt (1992) M.S. Oregon State University. Texas A&M University. of Technology (Hungary); Ph.D. Adjunct Instructor in Computer 1974 University of California, Science. A.B. 1971 Occidental Col- Janaka Jayawardena (1984) Scott A. Wells (1987) Ph.D., P.E. Berkeley. Research Assistant in Engineering Professor of Civil Engineering. lege; M.S. 1977 Portland State and Applied Science. B.S. 1979, M.S. 1982 Massachu- Karla Steinbrugge Fant (1990) University. setts Institute of Technology; Ph.D. B.S. Jim Larson (1989) Ph.D. Morgan D. Pope (1990) M.S. 1990 Cornell University. Instructor in Computer Science. Associate Dean for Outreach, Adjunct Instructor in Computer B.S. 1980 Calfornia Polytechnic Science. B.S. 1969 Utah State School of Engineering and Applied Associated Faculty State University. Science; B.S. 1959 University of Carol Hasenberg (1995) M.S., University; M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1977 Missouri; M.S. 1962 New Mexico P.E. Richard G. Hamlet (1988) Ph.D. Washington State University. Highlands University. Instructor in Civil Engineering. Chair, Department of Computer Ralph L. London (1989) Ph.D. B.L.A. 1980 Michigan State Uni- Science; Professor of Computer Adjunct Professor of Computer DEPARTMENT OF versity; B.S. 1989, M.S. 1994 Port- Science. B.S. 1959 University of CIVIL ENGINEERING Science. B.A. 1958 Washington land State University. Wisconsin; M.S. 1964 Cornell and Jefferson College; M.S. 1960, Faculty University; Ph.D. 1971 University E. Scott Huff (1983) M.S., P.E. Ph.D. 1964 Carnegie Mellon Uni- M.M. Gorji (1981) Ph.D., P.E. of Washington. versity. Associate Professor of Civil Engi- Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- neering. B.S. 1965, B.S.C.E. 1967 neering. B.S. 1972 University of Warren Harrison (1988) Ph.D. Ben Manny (1991) B.S. California State Polytechnic Uni- Maine; M.S. 1975 Oregon State Professor of Computer Science. Adjunct Instructor in Computer versity; M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1975 University. B.S. 1978 University of Nevada, Science. B.S. 1972, B.A. 1972 Uni- Reno; M.S. 1981 University of University of California, Los Reynold D. Richwine (1994) versity of Texas, Austin. Angeles. Missouri, Rolla; Ph.D. 1985 M.S., P.E. Oregon State University. Herbert G. Mayer (1988) Ph.D. Dundar F. Kocaoglu (1987) Ph.D., Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- Adjunct Assistant Professor of P.E. neering. B.S. 1981, M.S. 1992 James L. Hein (1976) Ph.D. Computer Science. M.S. 1973 Director, Engineering Manage- Portland State University. Professor of Computer Science. Technical University Berlin; M.S. B.A. 1964 Northern Michigan Uni- ment Program; Professor of Civil Anthony O. Righellis (1993) M.S., 1982 University of California, San Engineering. B.S.C.E. 1960 Robert versity; M.S. 1966 University of Diego; Ph.D. 1995 Technical P.E. Michigan; Ph.D. 1973 Northwest- College (Turkey); M.S.C.E. 1962 Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- University Berlin. Lehigh University; M.S.I.E. 1972, ern University. neering. B.S. 1976 University of Rik Smoody (1992) M.S. Ph.D. 1976 University of Paciﬁc; M.S. 1978 Utah State Jingke Li (1990) Ph.D. Pittsburgh. Adjunct Instructor of Computer University. Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A. 1976, M.S. 1978 Roy W. Koch (1982) Ph.D., P.E. Science. B.S. 1982 University of University of California, Santa Bar- J.H. Sigmund (1995) P.E., P.L.S. Science and Technology of China; Professor of Civil Engineering. Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- bara. B.S. 1972, M.S. 1973 Ohio State M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1990 Yale Uni- neering. B.S. 1982 Portland State versity. Baldwin vanderBiji (1989) M.S. University; Ph.D. 1982 Colorado University. State University. B.A. John McHugh (1993) Ph.D. 1972 University of California, B. Kent Lall (1977) Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Computer Science. Santa Cruz; M.S. 1976 California Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. 1963 Duke University; M.S. State University, Hayward. B.S. 1961 Panjab University 1974 University of Maryland; (India); M.E. 1964 University of Ph.D. 1983 University of Texas. Marvin Wyckoff (1989) M.S. Roorkee (India); Ph.D. 1969 Uni- Adjunct Instructor in Computer versity of Birmingham (England). Science. B.S. 1970, M.A. 1971 University of California, Davis; M.S. 1980 University of South Carolina. D IRECTORIES 313

Emeritus Faculty Marek A. Perkowski (1983) Ph.D. Dundar F. Kocaoglu (1987) Ph.D., Jean P. Murray (1989) Ph.D. Maria Edith Balogh (1964) Ph.D. Professor of Electrical Engineer- P.E. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Professor Emerita of Computer ing. Director, Engineering Manage- Engineering. B.S. 1977, Ph.D. Science. M.S. 1954 University of B.Sc. 1967, M.Sc. 1970, Ph.D. ment Program; Professor of Engi- 1989 Budapest (Hungary); Ph.D. 1965 1980 University of Warsaw neering Management and Civil University of Minnesota. Oregon State University. (Poland). Engineering. B.S.C.E. 1960 Robert College (Turkey); M.S.C.E. 1962 Gerald W. Recktenwald (1989) DEPARTMENT OF Rolf Schaumann (1988) Ph.D. Lehigh University; M.S.I.E. 1972, Ph.D. ELECTRICAL AND Chair, Department of Electrical Ph.D. 1976 University of Pitts- Associate Professor of Mechanical COMPUTER Engineering; Professor of Electri- burgh. Engineering. B.S. 1980 Cornell ENGINEERING cal University; M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1989 Faculty Engineering. Dipl. Ing. 1967 Dragan Milosevic (1993) Ph.D. University of Minnesota. University of Stuttgart (Germany); Associate Professor of Engineer- Lee W. Casperson (1983) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1970 University of ing Management. B.S. ChemE. C. William Savery (1980) Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineer- Minnesota. 1974, M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1981 P.E. ing. B.S. 1966 Massachusetts Insti- Belgrade Professor of Mechanical Engineer- tute of Technology; M.S. 1967, Richard P. E. Tymerski (1988) University (Yugoslavia). ing. B.S. 1957 University of Illi- Ph.D. 1971 California Institute of Ph.D. nois; M.S. 1960 University of Technology. Associate Professor of Electrical Associated Faculty Washington; Ph.D. 1969 University Engineering. B.Sc. 1977, B.E. of Wisconsin. Malgorzata Chrzanowska-Jeske Tugrul U. Daim (1997) Ph.D. 1980, M.Eng.Sc. 1983 University (1989) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Engineering of New South Wales (Australia); Graig A. Spolek (1980) Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Electrical Management. B.S.M.E. 1989 Bos- M.S. 1984 California Institute of Chair, Department of Mechanical Engineering. M.S. 1972 Technical phorus University (Turkey), Technology; Ph.D. 1988 Virginia Engineering; Professor of Mechan- University of Warsaw (Poland); M.S. M.E. 1991 Lehigh University; Polytechnic Institute and State ical Engineering. B.S. 1971, M.S. M.S. 1976 Tuskegee Institute; M.S.E.M. 1994, Ph.D. 1997 University. Portland State University. 1973 University of Washington; Ph.D. 1988 Auburn University. Ph.D. 1980 Washington State Paul Van Halen (1985) Ph.D. University. W. Robert Daasch (1986) Ph.D. Tom Long (1992) M.B.A. Associate Professor of Electrical Associate Professor of Electrical Adjunct Professor of Engineering Engineering. M.S. 1975, Ph.D. George A. Tsongas (1971) Ph.D., Engineering. B.S. 1977 Oregon Management. B.S.E.E. 1966, 1978 Catholic University of P.E. State University; Ph.D. 1982 Uni- M.B.A. 1968 University of Dayton; Leuven (Belgium). A.M.P. 1985 Harvard University. Professor of Mechanical Engineer- versity of Washington. ing. B.S. 1960, M.S. 1961, Engi- Emeriti Faculty neering 1962, Ph.D. 1969 Stanford Michael A. Driscoll (1988) Ph.D. S. Manivannan (1994) Ph.D. B.C. Baumgartner (1956) B.A. University. Associate Dean for Academic Adjunct Associate Professor of Professor Emeritus of Engineering Affairs; Associate Professor of Engineering Management. and Applied Science. B.A. 1935 David A. Turcic (1992) Ph.D. Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1983, B.S.M.E. 1979, M.S. 1985 Syra- Reed College. cuse University; M.S. 1983 Indian Associate Professor of Mechanical M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1988 Michigan Engineering. B.S. 1977, M.S. 1979, State University. Institute of Technology; Ph.D. Jack C. Riley (1962) M.S., P.E. 1988 Pennsylvania State Univer- Ph.D. 1982 Pennsylvania State Associate Professor Emeritus of University. Andrew M. Fraser (1992) Ph.D. sity. Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1943, Associate Professor of Systems M.S. 1950 Oregon State Univer- Chien Wern (1995) Ph.D. Science and Electrical Engineering. Ram Pandit (1994) Ph.D. sity; Post Graduate 1951 Harvard Assistant Professor of Mechanical A.B. 1977 Princeton University; Adjunct Associate Professor of University. Engineering Management. Engineering. B.S. 1990, M.S. 1991, Ph.D. 1988 University of Texas, Ph.D. 1995 University of Austin. B.S.M.E. 1984, M.S. 1985 South Associated Faculty Dakota School of Mines and Tech- Washington. Tawﬁk Rahal-Arabi (1994) Ph.D. Douglas V. Hall (1990) Ph.D. nology, Ph.D. 1990 University of Hormoz Zareh (1987) Ph.D. Adjunct Instructor in Electrical Assistant Professor of Electrical Illinois-Urbana. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. B.E. 1985 American Engineering. B.S. 1964 State Uni- Engineering. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1982, University of Beirut, M.S. 1987, DEPARTMENT OF versity of New York, Albany; M.S. Ph.D. 1986 University of Texas, Ph.D. 1991 Syracuse University. MECHANICAL 1992, Ph.D. 1995 Portland State Arlington. University. ENGINEERING Hamid R. Sharifnia (1992) M.S. Emeriti Faculty Adjunct Instructor in Electrical Faculty Yih-Chyun Jenq (1990) Ph.D. Carleton G. Fanger (1955) M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineer- Engineering. B.S. 1980 Sharif Uni- Pah I. Chen (1966) Ph.D., P.E. versity of Technology (Iran); M.S. Professor of Mechanical Engineer- P.E. ing. B.S.E. 1971 National Taiwan Professor Emeritus of Mechanical University (Taiwan); M.S.E.E. 1988 Portland State University. ing. B.S. 1960 Cheng Kung Uni- versity (Republic of China); M.S. Engineering. B.S. 1947, M.S. 1948 1974, M.A. 1975, Ph.D. 1976 Prin- ENGINEERING Oregon State University. ceton University. MANAGEMENT 1963, Ph.D. 1966 Virginia Poly- technic Institute. Nan-Teh Hsu (1958) Ph.D. George G. Lendaris (1970) Ph.D. PROGRAM Faryar Etesami (1984) Ph.D., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Professor of Systems Science. B.S. Faculty Engineering. B.S. 1949 University 1957, M.S. 1958, Ph.D. 1961 Uni- Timothy R. Anderson (1995) Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. B.S.M.E. 1978 Arya- of Wisconsin; Ph.D. 1956 Califor- versity of California, Berkeley. Ph.D. nia Institute of Technology. Assistant Professor of Engineering Mehr University of Technology Fu Li (1990) Ph.D., P.E. Management. B.S.E.E. 1990 Uni- (Iran); M.S.M.E. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 David A. Jannsen (1956) B.S. Associate Professor of Electrical versity of Minnesota; M.S.I.E. University of Wisconsin. Associate Professor Emeritus of Engineering. B.S. 1982, M.S. 1985, 1992, Ph.D. 1995 Georgia Institute Herman J. Migliore (1977) Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1950 Sichuan University; Ph.D. 1990, of Technology. Oregon State University. University of Rhode Island. D.Engr., P.E. Associate Dean and Director of Frank P. Terraglio (1966) Ph.D. Branimir Pejcinovic (1992) Ph.D. Systems Engineering; Professor of Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Associate Professor of Electrical Mechanical Engineering. B.M.E. Engineering. B.S. 1949 University Engineering. Dipl. Ing. 1983 Uni- 1968, M.E. 1969, D.Engr. 1975 of Portland; M.S. 1962, Ph.D. 1964 versity of Zagreb (Croatia); M.S. University of Detroit. Rutgers University. 1986, Ph.D. 1990 University of Massachusetts. 314 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Associated Faculty Susan J. Harlan (1992) M.F.A. James S. Hibbard (1967) M.A. Darrell Grant (1997) M.M. Gordon Ellison (1994) M.A. Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.S. Assistant Professor of Music. B.M. Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1972, M.F.A 1975 University of 1965 Portland State University; 1984 Eastman School of Music; Mechanical Engineering. M.A. Miami. M.A. 1966 University of Iowa. M.M. 1986 University of Miami. 1966 University of Southern Charles Gray (1988) M.M. California. Michihiro Kosuge (1978) M.F.A. L. Robert Kasal (1964) M.A. Professor of Art. B.A. 1961 Tokyo Professor Emeritus of Art. B.F.A. Professor of Music. B.M. 1974 San Sumida Technical School of Archi- 1957 University of Illinois; M.A. Francisco State University; M.M. SCHOOL OF tecture (Japan); M.F.A. 1970 San 1969 University of California, Ber- 1988 North Texas State University. Francisco Art Institute. keley. FINE AND Harold K. Gray Jr. (1977) M.M. PERFORMING ARTS Jane Kristof (1973) Ph.D. Melvin Katz (1966) Cert-Fine Arts Professor of Music. B.M. 1969, Professor of Art. B.A. 1950, M.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. Cert- M.M. 1970 Florida State Univer- Robert Sylvester (1997) M.S. 1956 University of Chicago; Ph.D. Fine Arts 1953 Cooper Union. sity. Dean, School of Fine and Perform- 1972 Columbia University. ing Arts; Professor of Music. B.M. Claire C. Kelly-Zimmers (1971) David A. Jimerson (1983) M.M. 1967, M.S. 1968 Juilliard School of Junghee Lee (1984) Ph.D. Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music. B.A. Music. Associate Professor of Art, B.A. Associate Professor Emerita of Art. 1964 Portland State University; 1970 Seoul National University; A.B. 1960 Pembroke College in M.M. 1972 University of Arizona. DEPARTMENT OF M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1984 University Brown University; M.A. 1967, ARCHITECTURE of California, Los Angeles. Ph.D. 1986 University of Iowa. Bryan Johanson (1978) B.S. Faculty Professor of Music. B.S. 1975 Port- William LePore (1997) M.S. Leonard B. Kimbrell (1962) land State University. L. Rudolph Barton (1988) Assistant Professor of Art. B.S. Ph.D. M.Arch. 1980 Southern Oregon University; Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Lawrence W. Johnson (1989) Chair, Department of Architecture; M.S. 1989 University of Oregon. 1942 Northwestern Louisiana State M.M. Associate Professor of Architecture College; M.S. 1950, M.F.A. 1954 Associate Professor of Music. and International Studies. B.Arch. Elizabeth Mead (1991) M.F.A. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 B.Mus. 1975 University of Puget 1971 Tulane University; M.Arch. Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A. University of Iowa. Sound; M.M. 1978 The Cleveland 1981 Harvard University. 1985 Philadelphia College of Art; Institute of Music. M.F.A. 1991 Southern Methodist Robert Morton (1963) M.F.A. Clive Knights (1995) M.Phil. University. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Mary H. Kogen (1979) M.M. Associate Professor of Architec- 1953, M.F.A. 1957 University of Professor of Music. B.Mus. 1966, ture. B.A. 1981, Diploma in Archi- Daniel Pirofsky (1998) B.A. Washington. M.M. 1968 Northwestern tecture. 1984 Portsmouth Assistant Professor of Art. B.A. University. Polytechnic; M.Phil. 1988 Univer- 1989 Naropa Institute. Emily L. Young (1987) M.Ed. sity of Cambridge. Professor Emerita of Art. B.D. Stephen H. Martin (1991) Ph.D. Sue Taylor (1997) Ph.D. 1960, M.Ed. 1964 University of Associate Professor of Music. B.A. Michihiro Kosuge (1978) M.F.A. Assistant Professor of Art. B.A. Florida. 1971 University of Hartford; M.A. Professor of Art. B.A. 1961 Tokyo 1978 Roosevelt University; M.A. 1974, Ph.D. 1980 University of Sumida Technical School of Archi- 1981, Ph.D. 1996 University of DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Washington. tecture (Japan); M.F.A. 1970 San Chicago. Francisco Art Institute. Faculty Marilyn W. Shotola (1981) Emeriti Faculty Ronald D. Babcock (1988) D.M.A. Barbara A. Sestak (1982) Craig G. Cheshire (1964) M.F.A. D.M.A. Associate Professor of Professor of Music. B.S. 1973 Port- M.Arch. Professor of Architecture. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Music. B.A. 1979 Louisiana Tech land State University; M.M. 1985 B.A. 1973 University of Pennsylva- 1958, M.F.A. 1961 University of University; M.M. 1981 University North Texas State University; nia; M.Arch. 1977 University of Oregon. of Oklahoma; D.M.A. 1993 Uni- D.M.A. 1989 University of North Washington. versity of North Texas. Texas. Mary A. Constans (1968) M.S. DEPARTMENT OF ART Professor Emerita of Art. B.S. Joel Bluestone (1989) D.M.A. Carol A. Sindell (1977) B.M. Faculty 1956, M.S. 1965 University of Ore- Associate Professor of Music. B.A. Professor of Music. B.M. 1969 1981 University of California, San Susan Agre-Kippenhan (1995) gon. Oberlin College. Diego; M.M. 1983, D.M.A. 1987 M.F.A. Jean K. Glazer (1959) M.A. State University of New York, Thomas S. Stanford (1981) Associate Professor of Art. B.S. Professor Emerita of Art. B.A. Stony Brook. D.M.A. 1979 Skidmore College; M.F.A. 1940 University of Oregon; M.A. Chair, Department of Music; Pro- 1994 School of the Art Institute of 1948 Institute of Design, Illinois Salvador Brotons (1987) Ph.D. fessor of Music. B.M. 1965, M.M. Chicago. Institute of Technology. Associate Professor of Music. B.A. 1967, D.M.A. 1983 University of 1985 Conservatori Superior Munic- Lisa F. Andrus-Rivera (1976) Oregon. Raymond M. Grimm (1956) M.S. ipal de Barcelona (Spain); Ph.D. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.F.A. 1987 Florida State Karen L. Strand (1989) M.M. Professor of Art. B.A. 1967 Bar- 1953 Washington University; M.S. University. Associate Professor of Music. nard College; M.A. 1969, M.Phil. 1956 Southern Illinois University. B.Mus. 1980 University of Oregon; 1976, Ph.D. 1976 Columbia Uni- Bruce S. Browne (1978) D.M.A. M.M. 1982 Eastman School of versity. James L. Hansen (1964) Cert-Fine Professor of Music. B.M.E. 1963 Music. Arts University of the Paciﬁc; M.M.E. Eleanor Erskine (1988) M.F.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. 1967 Wichita State University; Tomas Svoboda (1970) M.M. Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. Cert-Fine Arts 1951 Portland D.M.A. 1976 University of Professor of Music. Prof. Diploma 1981 Kansas City Art Institute, Museum Art School. Washington. 1956, B.A. 1959, B.A. 1962 Con- M.F.A. 1988 Cranbrook Academy servatory of Music in Prague of Art. Frederick H. Heidel (1955) Hamilton Cheifetz (1977) (Czechoslovakia); M.M. 1969 Uni- M.F.A. Professor of Music. Walton B. Fosque (1984) M.A. versity of Southern California. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.S. Professor of Art. B.A. 1971, M.A. 1938 University of Oregon; B.F.A. Ruth A. Dobson (1977) M.M. William J. Tuttle (1977) D.M.A. 1973 California State University, 1942, M.F.A. 1956 Art Institute of Professor of Music. B.M.E. 1968 Professor of Music. B.M. 1964 Long Beach. Chicago. University of Montana; M.M. 1970 Simpson College; M.M. 1966 University of Cincinnati. Northwestern University; D.M.A. 1977 University of Texas, Austin. D IRECTORIES 315

Gerald Webster (1994) M.M. Jack Lee Featheringill (1970) Eileen Muench Brennan (1986) Matthew J. Modrcin III (1985) Professor of Music. B.M.E. 1965, M.A. Ph.D. Ph.D. M.M. 1966 Indiana University. Professor of Theater Arts. B.S. Associate Dean, Graduate School Associate Professor of Social 1953, M.A. 1970 Indiana of Social Work; Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1972 Washburn Uni- Emeriti Faculty University. Work. B.S. 1966 Mundelein versity; M.S.W. 1974, Ph.D. 1985 Wilma F. Sheridan (1959) Ph.D. College; M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1977 University of Kansas. Dean Emerita, School of Fine and Glenn G. Gauer (1977) M.F.A. University of Notre Dame. Performing Arts; Professor Emerita Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. Kristine E. Nelson (1993) D.S.W. of Music. B.M. 1945 Willamette 1968 University of Montana; Harold E. Briggs (1990) Ph.D. Professor of Social Work. B.A. University; M.Mus.Ed. 1955 Lewis M.F.A. 1973 Carnegie-Mellon Uni- Associate Professor of Social 1965 Stanford University; M.S.W. & Clark College; Ph.D. 1979 Uni- versity. Work. B.A. 1977 Morehouse Col- 1970 Sacremento State University; versity of Oregon. lege; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1988 Uni- D.S.W. 1980 University of Califor- Bruce A. Keller (1988) M.A. versity of Chicago. nia, Berkeley. Gordon A. Solie (1960) M.M. Associate Professor of Theater Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S. Arts. B.A. 1987, M.A. 1987 Case Kevin J. Corcoran (1992) Ph.D. Robert I. Paulson (1993) D.S.W. 1959 Portland State University; Western Reserve University. Professor of Social Work. B.A. Director, Center for the Study of M.M. 1968 University of Arizona. 1975, M.A. 1977 University of Mental Health Policy and Services; Scott W. Parker (1988) M.A. Colorado; M.S.W 1980, Ph.D. Professor of Social Work. B.A. William P. Stalnaker Jr. (1968) Associate Professor of Theater 1980 University of Pittsburgh. 1968 Brandeis University; M.S.W. Ph.D. Arts. 1972, D.S.W. 1977 University of Professor Emeritus of Music. B.A. 1976, M.A. 1977 Portland Barbara J. Friesen (1983) Ph.D. California, Berkeley; M.S. 1983 B.A. 1947, M.A. 1951 Harvard State University. Professor of Social Work. B.A. University of Cincinnati. University; Ph.D. 1968 Princeton 1962 Pauline E. Peotter (1964) M.A. University. Willamette University; M.S.W. Janet Putnam (1985) M.S.W. Professor of Theater Arts. A.A. 1966 University of Michigan; Director of Student Affairs; Assis- S. John Trudeau (1955) B.M. 1959 Central Oregon Junior Ph.D. 1983 University of Washing- tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Dean Emeritus, School of Fine and College; B.A. 1961, M.A. 1970 ton. 1973 Paciﬁc Lutheran University; Performing Arts; Professor Emeri- Stanford University. M.S.W. 1973 Portland State Uni- tus of Music. B.M. 1954 New Thomas L. Graham (1995) Ph.D. William M. Tate (1968) M.A. versity. England Conservatory of Music. Assistant Professor of Social Work. Chair, Department of Theater Arts; B.A. 1975 Evergreen State College; Linda S. Reilly (1987) M.S.W. Associated Faculty Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. M.S.W. 1980 Portland State Uni- Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Obo Addy (1996) 1966 Portland State University; versity; Ph.D. 1995 University of 1971 Boston University; M.S.W. Adjunct Assistant Professor of M.A. 1967 University of Birming- Washington. 1981 Portland State University. Music. ham (England). Pauline R. Jivanjee (1990) Ph.D. Joy L. Rhodes (1985) M.S.W. James DePreist (1981) M.A. Richard J. Wattenberg (1990) Assistant Professor of Social Work. Director, M.S.W. Distance Learn- Adjunct Professor of Music. B.S. Ph.D. Associate Professor of The- B.Sc. 1971 University of Wales ing Option; Assistant Professor of 1958, M.A. 1961 University of ater Arts. B.A. 1971, Ph.D. 1979 (U.K.); M.Sc. 1973 University of Social Work. B.A. 1973 Lewis & Pennsylvania. University of Wisconsin, Madison. London (U.K.); Ph.D. 1992 Uni- Clark College; M.S.W. 1976 Port- versity of Kansas. land State University. Huw Edwards (1996) M.M. Emeriti Faculty Adjunct Associate Professor of Asher B. Wilson (1959) Ph.D. Risa Kiam (1997) M.S.W. Julie M. Rosenzweig (1985) Ph.D. Music. B.A. 1986 University of Professor Emeritus of Theater Arts. Director of Field Instruction, Assis- Director, GSSW Extended Studies Surrey, England; M.M. 1990 B.A. 1942, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1962 tant Professor of Social Work. B.S. Program; Associate Professor of Southern Methodist University. Stanford University. 1964 State University of New York, Social Work. B.S. 1970 University Potsdam; M.S.W. 1974 University of California, Davis; M.S.W. 1976 Robert F. Feist (1991) M.M. GRADUATE of Denver. California State University, Sacra- Adjunct Associate Professor of mento; Ph.D. 1985 University of Music. B.M. 1950 College Conser- SCHOOL OF SOCIAL Nancy M. Koroloff (1973) Ph.D. Kansas. vatory of Music of Cincinnati; WORK Director, Regional Research Insti- M.M. 1954 Indiana University. tute for Human Services; Professor Astrid I. Schlaps (1993) M.S.W. James H. Ward (1988) Ph.D. of Social Work. B.S. 1968 Univer- Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Jerry W. Harris (1988) D.Ed. Dean, Graduate School of Social sity of Oregon; M.S.W. 1972 Port- 1986, M.S.W. 1990 Portland State Adjunct Assistant Professor of Work; Professor of Social Work. land State University; Ph.D. 1985 University. Music. B.M. 1955, M.M. Ed. 1956 B.S. 1960 North Carolina A & T University of Oregon. Lewis & Clark College; D.Ed. University; M.S.W. 1968 Univer- Joan F. Shireman (1985) Ph.D. 1966 University of Oregon. sity of Maryland; Ph.D. 1974 Ohio Ellen Masterson (1987) M.S.W. Director of Ph.D. Program in Assistant Professor of Social Work. Social Work and Social Research; Gayle Neuman (1992) B.S. State University. B.A. 1972 Pennsylvania State Uni- Professor of Social Work. B.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of versity; M.S.W. 1976 Portland 1956 Radcliffe College; M.A. Music. B.S. 1978 Southern Oregon Faculty State University. 1959, Ph.D. 1968 University of State College. Paul Adams (1993) Ph.D. Professor of Social Work. B.A./ Chicago. Paula Bates Mike (1983) M.S.W. Philip Neuman (1992) B.S. M.A. 1964 Oxford University Assistant Professor of Social Work. Maria M. Talbott (1984) D.S.W. Adjunct Assistant Professor of (England); Diploma 1968 London B.S. 1968 Southern Connecticut Associate Professor of Social Music. B.S. 1978 Southern Oregon School of Economics and Political State College; M.S.W. 1975 Port- Work. B.A. 1974 Harvard Univer- State College. Science (England); M.S.W. 1970 land State University. sity; M.S.W. 1980, D.S.W. 1986 University of Sussex (England); University of California, Berkeley. DEPARTMENT OF Ph.D. 1979 University of Califor- Pamela J. Miller (1993) Ph.D. THEATER ARTS nia at Berkeley. Associate Professor of Social Daniel D. Tovar (1993) Ph.D. Faculty Work. B.A.S.W. 1976 Kent State Assistant Professor of Social Work. Sandra C. Anderson (1978) Ph.D. Sarah Andrews-Collier (1981) University; M.S.W. 1978 Univer- B.A. 1969 University of Texas, El Professor of Social Work. B.A. M.A. sity of Iowa; Ph.D. 1992 University Paso; MS.Ed. 1974 Northern Illi- 1964 University of Colorado; Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. of Pittsburgh. nois University, DeKalb; M.S.W. M.S.W. 1967 University of Denver; 1969 Mills College; M.A. 1978 1989, Ph.D. 1992 University of Ph.D. 1976 Rutgers University. Portland State University. Maryland at Baltimore. 316 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Vikki L. Vandiver (1992) Dr.P.H. Mary Beth Collins (1984) M.S.W. Jean E. Herrera (1983) M.S.W. Jillian Romm (1993) M.S.W. Associate Professor of Social Director of Counseling and Psy- Chief, Social Work Service, Con- Instructor and Counselor, Depart- Work. B.S. 1983 University of chological Services; Adjunct Assis- solidated Veterans Administration ment of Obstetrics and Gynecol- Houston, Clear Lake; M.S.W. 1985 tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Medical Center, Portland/Vancou- ogy, Oregon Health Sciences University of Houston; Dr.P.H. 1969 Stanford University; M.S.W. ver; Adjunct Assistant Professor of University; Adjunct Instructor in 1991 University of Texas. 1978 University of Southern Cali- Social Work. B.S. 1965 University Social Work. B.A. 1970 Boston fornia. of Oregon; M.S.W. 1970 Portland University; M.S.W. 1990 Portland Emeriti Faculty State University. State James L. Breedlove (1964) Terry L. Cross (1987) M.S.W. University. D.S.W. Executive Director, National Indian Wendy Howard (1997) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Child Welfare Association; Assis- Social Service Coordinator, Hos- Elizabeth D. Shell (1975) B.S. B.S. 1951 Central Missouri State tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. pice of Bend; Instructor in Social Research Assistant, Regional College; M.S.W. 1954 University 1974 Grove City College; M.S.W. Work. B.A. 1968 Goucher College; Research Institute for Human Ser- of Kansas; D.S.W. 1962 Case 1977 Portland State University. M.S.W. 1975 University of Mary- vices. B.S. 1971 Portland State Western Reserve University. land; Ph.D. Arizona State Univer- University. David L. Cutler (1990) M.D. sity. Arthur C. Emlen (1965) Ph.D. Professor and Director of Public Charles H. Shireman (1985) Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Psychiatry Training Program, Barry S. Kast (1990) M.S.W. Ph.D. B.A. 1953, M.S.W. 1958 Univer- Oregon Health Sciences University, Administrator, Mental Health and Adjunct Professor of Social Work. sity of California, Los Angeles; Department of Psychiatry; Adjunct Developmental Disabilities Ser- B.A. 1939 University of Puget Ph.D. 1965 Tulane University. Professor of Social Work. B.S. vices Division; Adjunct Assistant Sound; M.S.W. 1954 University of 1962, M.D. 1967 Ohio State Professor of Social Work. B.A. California, Los Angeles; Ph.D. Jack C. Finley (1967) Ph.D. University. 1986 Stanford University; M.A. 1966 University of Chicago. Associate Professor Emeritus of 1971 State University of New York; Social Work. B.S. 1958 Lewis & Benjamin deHaan (1993) Ph.D. M.S.W. 1975 Portland State Michael Taylor (1997) M.S.W. Clark College; M.S.W. 1961 Uni- Deputy Director, Oregon Depart- University. Program Administrator, Clacka- versity of Washington; Ph.D. 1986 ment of Corrections, Adjunct mas County Mental Health; University of Oregon. Assistant Professor of Social Work. David H. Kim (1986) M.S.W. Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. B.S. 1973 Southern Oregon State President, Holt International Chil- B.A. 1971 University of California, Gerald A. Frey (1970) Ph.D. College; M.P.A. 1993 Lewis & dren’s Services, Eugene, Oregon; Los Angeles; M.S.W. 1977 Port- Associate Professor Emeritus of Clark College; Ph.D. 1997 Portland Adjunct Professor of Social Work. land State University. Social Work. B.S. 1955, M.S.W. State University. B.A. 1959 Seoul National 1957 Wayne State University; University (Korea); M.S.W. 1966 Kay Dean Toran (1971) M.S.W. Ph.D. 1974 Brandeis University. Betty Friedman (1996) M.S.W. Portland State University. Administrator, Children’s Services Clinical Social Worker/Consultant; Division; Adjunct Associate Pro- Guido Pinamonti (1969) D.S.W. Adjunct Instructor of Social Work. Paul E. Koren (1978) Ph.D. fessor of Social Work. B.A. 1964 Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A. 1970 Queens College; M.S.W. Research Associate, Regional University of Portland; M.S.W. B.B.A. 1949 Loyola University; 1980 Portland State University. Research Institute for Human Ser- 1970 Portland State University. M.S.W. 1951 St. Louis University; vices. B.A. 1970 Duquesne Univer- D.S.W. 1961 University of South- David H. Fuks (1994) M.S.W. sity; M.S. 1975, Ph.D. 1978 Robert Turcotte (1997) M.S.W. ern California. Executive Director, Edgeﬁeld Chil- University of Utah. Mental Health Therapist, Blue dren’s Center, Inc.; Adjunct Assis- Mountain Behavioral Healthcare; Norman L. Wyers (1974) D.S.W. tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Joy DeGruy Leary (1998) M.S.W. Instructor in Social Work. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. 1972, M.S.W. 1974 University of Consultant/Trainer; Adjunct 1969 Northern Michigan Univer- B.S. 1955 Oregon State University; Michigan. Instructor in Social Work. B.S. sity; M.S.W. 1972 Portland State M.Ed. 1960 University of Oregon; 1986, M.S.W. 1988 Portland State University. M.S.W. 1964 University of Wash- Lois Gold (1984) M.S.W. University; M.A. 1995 Paciﬁc ington; D.S.W. 1975 Columbia Adjunct Assistant Professor of University. Goldye Wolf (1997) M.S.W. University. Social Work. B.S. 1967 University Instructor in Social Work. B.A. of Pittsburgh; M.S.W. 1971 New James L. Mason (1985) B.S. University of California, Berkeley; Associated Faculty York University. Cultural Consultant, Georgetown M.S.W. 1972 Portland State Ronni B. Batterman (1981) M.A. University Child Development University. Clinical Social Worker, Jewish Marta Greenwald (1997) M.S.W. Center; Adjunct Instructor in Social Family and Child Service; Adjunct Clinical Social Worker; Adjunct Work. A.A. 1973 Santa Monica REGIONAL RESEARCH Assistant Professor of Social Work. Instructor of Social Work. B.A. College; B.S. 1976 Portland State INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN B.S.N. 1972 University of Illinois; 1967, M.S.W. 1972 University of University. SERVICES M.A. 1976 University of Chicago. California, Los Angeles. Associated Faculty Evelyn G. Morley (1993) M.S.W. Kimberly Boland-Prom (1997) Ballard John Hale (1993) D.S.W. Richard H. Dana (1988) Ph.D. Clinical Social Worker: Adjunct Research Associate, Regional M.A. Associate Professor of Social Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. Work, Child Development and Research Institute for Human Ser- 1966 University of Colorado; vices. B.A. 1949 Princeton Univer- B.S. 1984 University of Utah; M.A. Rehabilitation Center, Oregon M.S.W. 1970 University of Hawaii. 1993 Lewis & Clark College. Health Sciences University; sity; M.S. 1951, Ph.D. 1953 Adjunct Associate Professor of David S. Phillips (1995) Ph.D. University of Illinois. Gregory N. Clarke (1995) Ph.D. Social Work. B.S. 1964 Weber Professor of Medical Psychology, Senior Investigator, Center for Debra J. Elliott (1992) Ph.D. State College; M.P.H. 1970 Univer- Professor of Public Health and Pre- Research Assistant, Regional Health Research, Kaiser Perma- sity of California, San Diego; ventive Medicine, Oregon Health nente; Adjunct Assistant Professor Research Institute for Human Ser- M.S.W. 1966, D.S.W. 1980 Univer- Sciences University; Adjunct Pro- vices. B.S. 1982 University of of Social Work. B.A. 1979 Univer- sity of Utah. fessor of Social Work. B.A. 1958 sity of California, Los Angeles; Washington; M.A. 1988, Ph.D. Wabash College; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1994 Ohio State University. M.S. 1983, Ph.D. 1985 University Susan C. Hedlund (1986) M.S.W. 1962 Purdue University. of Oregon. Medical Social Worker, Oregon Kaye J. Exo (1995) M.S.W. Health Sciences University; Research Assistant, Regional Instructor in Social Work. B.S. Research Institute for Human Ser- 1976 University of California, vices. B.S. 1958, M.S. 1976 Uni- Davis; M.S.W. 1980 Portland State versity of Wisconsin, Madison; University. M.S.W. 1989 Portland State Uni- versity. D IRECTORIES 317

Lynwood J. Gordon (1995) Mindy Holliday (1997) M.S.W. SCHOOL OF Oma E. Blankenship (1963) J.D. M.S.W. Graduate Education Coordinator, COMMUNITY HEALTH Professor Emerita of Physical Edu- Research Assistant, Regional Child Welfare Partnership; Assis- Faculty cation. B.S. 1952 Oregon College tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Research Institute for Human Ser- Sally A. Althoff (1982) Ph.D. of Education; M.Ed. 1963 Univer- 1980, M.A. 1985 Oakland Univer- vices. B.A. 1987 Evergreen State Associate Professor of Community sity of Portland; J.D. 1972 North- sity; M.S.W. 1988 University of College; M.S.W. 1995 Portland Health. B.S. 1966 Bowling Green western College of Law. State University. Michigan. State University; M.Ed. 1968, Ralph S. Davis (1955) M.Ed. Heidi Herinckx (1994) M.A. Associated Faculty Ph.D. 1971 University of Toledo. Professor Emeritus of Physical Research Assistant, Regional Paul Bellatty (1994) Ph.D. Gary R. Brodowicz (1986) Ph.D. Education. B.S. 1949, M.Ed. 1965 Research Institute for Human Ser- Research Associate, Child Welfare Associate Professor of Community Oregon State University. vices. B.S. 1991 University of Ore- Partnership. B.A. 1978 University Health. B.S.Ed. 1977 University of Margaret J. Dobson (1955) Ed.D. gon; M.A. 1993 Rutgers of Rhode Island; M.S. 1982, Ph.D. Michigan; M.A. 1981 Wake Forest University. Executive Vice President Emerita; 1987 Oregon State University. University; Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State Professor Emerita of Health and University. Karen D. Lewis (1994) B.S. Karen Cellarius (1995) M.P.A. Physical Education. B.S. 1954, Research Assistant, Regional Research Assistant, Child Welfare Durre Chowdhury (1992) M.D., M.S. 1959, Ed.D. 1965 University Research Institute for Human Partnership. B.S. 1987 George- Ph.D. of Oregon. Services. B.S. 1987 University of town University; M.P.A. 1995 Assistant Professor of Community Oregon. Alice E. Lehman (1959) M.S. Columbia University. Health. M.B.B.S., M.D. 1983 Sir Professor Emerita of Physical Edu- M.J. Longley (1997) M.A. Salimullah Medical College, Bang- cation. B.S. 1954, M.S. 1958 Peter Coulsen (1994) B.A. ladesh; D.M.C.H. and F.P. 1987 Research Assistant, Regional Research Assistant, Child Welfare Oregon State University. Research Institute for Human Ser- National Institute of Preventive & Partnership. B.A. 1990 George Fox Social Medicine, Bangladesh; Roy L. Love (1961) M.Ed. vices. B.S. 1984 Portland State College. University; M.A. 1988 University Ph.D. 1992 University of Oregon. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S. 1961 of Alaska, Anchorage. Tamara Dickerson (1995) B.S. Sherril B. Gelmon (1994) Dr.P.H. Research Assistant, Child Welfare Portland State University; M.Ed. A. Myrth Ogilvie (1996) M.S.W. Associate Professor of Community 1963 Oregon State University. Partnership. B.S. Western Oregon Health. B.S. 1978, M.H.S. 1983 Research Assistant, Regional University. Research Institute for Human Ser- University of Toronto; Dr.P.H. 1990 Linda C. Neklason (1962) Ed.D. vices; Adjunct Instructor of Social Don Grossnickle (1994) B.S. University of Michigan. Associate Professor Emerita of Work. B.A. 1976 Linﬁeld College; Research Associate, Child Welfare Health and Physical Education. S. Margaret Heyden (1967) Ed.M. B.A. 1956 Western Washington M.S.W. 1982 Portland State Partnership. B.S. 1971 Portland Associate Professor of Community University. State University. University; M.S. 1961 University Health. B.S. 1964, Ed.M. 1966 of Washington; Ed.D. 1975 Oregon Claire Poirier (1997) B.A. Glenn Huntley (1995) M.S. Oregon State University. State University. Research Assistant, Regional Research Assistant, Child Welfare Mark Kaplan (1997) Dr.P.H. Research Institute for Human Ser- Partnership. B.A. 1978 Evergreen Lee V. Ragsdale (1966) Ed.D. Associate Professor of Community Dean Emeritus, School of Health vices. B.A. 1965 Elms College. State College; M.S. 1996 Portland Health. B.S. 1975 University of State University. and Physical Education; Professor Barbara Sussex (1995) M.S.W. Miami-Florida; M.S.W. 1977 Ari- Emeritus of Health and Physical Research Assistant, Regional Constance Lehman (1997) Ph.D. zona State University; M.P.H. Education. B.S. 1938 Willamette Research Institute for Human Ser- Research Associate, Child Welfare 1978, Dr.P.H. 1984 University of University; M.S. 1952, Ed.D. 1966 vices. B.A. 1968 University of Partnership. B.A. 1973 Syracuse California, Berkeley. University of Oregon. Michigan, Dearborn; M.S.W. 1986 University; M.S. 1989 Western Leslie McBride (1985) Ph.D. Jack S. Schendel (1978) Ed.D. Portland State University. Oregon University; Ph.D. 1995 Interim Director, School of Com- University of Oregon. Dean Emeritus, School of Health Diane Yatchmenoff (1991) M.S. munity Health; Associate Profes- and Human Performance; Professor Research Assistant, Regional Deborah Lord (1995) sor of Community Health. B.S. Emeritus of Health and Physical Research Institute for Human Ser- Research Assistant, Child Welfare 1975, M.Ed. 1976 University of Education. B.A. 1954, M.S. 1960 vices. B.A. 1969 Stanford Univer- Partnership. Missouri; Ph.D. 1979 Southern Illi- Fresno State College; Ed.D. 1963 sity; M.S. 1981 Boston University. nois University of Oregon. Marilyn Webb (1994) M.S. University. CHILD WELFARE Associate Academic Professional, Robert C. Scruggs (1960) M.S.T. PARTNERSHIP Child Welfare Partnership. B.A. Judith L. Sobel (1985) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Associate Professor of Community Faculty University of Illinois; M.S. Univer- Health and Physical Education. sity of Washington. Health. B.A. 1975 University of B.A. 1958 Western Washington Richard W. Hunter (1987) California, Santa Cruz; M.A. 1977, M.S.W. Executive Director Child University; M.S.T. 1960 Univer- Ph.D. 1981 University of Minne- sity of Washington. Welfare Partnership, Senior COLLEGE OF sota; M.P.H. 1983 University of Instructor of Social Work. B.S. URBAN AND PUBLIC California, Los Angeles. Michael W. Tichy (1955) Ed.D. 1976 Willamette University; AFFAIRS Professor Emeritus of Health and M.S.W. 1978 Portland State Uni- James E. Wallis (1989) M.S. Physical Education. B.S. 1947 East versity. Assistant Professor of Community Nohad A. Toulan (1972) Ph.D. Stroudsburg State Teachers Col- Health. Head Athletic Trainer; B.S. Dean, College of Urban and Public lege; M.S. 1951 University of Monique Busch (1997) M.S.W. 1983 Washington State University; Affairs; Professor of Urban Stud- Southern California; Ed.D. 1960 Graduate Education Associate M.S. 1984 University of Arizona. Coordinator, Child Welfare Part- ies and Planning. B.S. 1954 Uni- University of Wyoming. nership; Assistant Professor of versity of Cairo (Egypt); M.C.P. Emeriti Faculty Garland Trzynka (1966) M.S. Social Work. B.A. 1986 Marylhurst 1959 Charles J. Becker (1959) Ed.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of College; M.S.W. 1996 Portland University of California, Berkeley; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S. 1953, State University. Ph.D. 1965 University of Health and Physical Education. M.S. 1955 University of Oregon. Pennsylvania. B.S. 1957, M.S. 1959 University of Oregon; Ed.D. 1970 Brigham Young University. 318 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Associated Faculty Charles A. Tracy (1972) D.Crim. Gary L. Scott (1979) Ph.D. Suzanne Feeney (1996) Ph.D. Mark R. Colville (1987) M.D. Professor of Administration of Jus- Chair, Division of Political Sci- Associate Professor of Public Adjunct Associate Professor of tice. B.S. 1959 San Jose State Col- ence; Professor of Political Sci- Administration. B.A. 1968 Oregon Community Health. B.S. 1976 lege; M.Crim. 1965, D.Crim. 1976 ence. B.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, Ph.D. State University; M.A. 1975, Ph.D. Stanford University; M.D. 1980 University of California, Berkeley. 1973 University of Washington. 1984 University of Washington. University of Michigan Medical David A. Smeltzer (1964) Ph.D. Sherril B. Gelmon (1994) Dr.P.H. School. Associated Faculty Gregory E. Clark (1987) M.A. Professor of Political Science. A.B. Associate Professor of Public Ross Danielson (1990) Ph.D. Captain, Portland Police Bureau; 1957 Wayne State University; M.A. Health. B.S. 1978, M.H.S. 1983 Adjunct Professor of Community Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1958, Ph.D. 1964 University of University of Toronto; Dr.P.H. 1990 Health. B.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1973 Administration of Justice. B.A. Michigan. University of Michigan. University of Pittsburgh. 1969 Washington State University; Charles R. White (1971) Ph.D. Theresa E. Julnes (1988) Ph.D. M.A. 1974 Pacific Lutheran Uni- Associate Dean, University Stud- Associate Professor of Public Lee Jenkins (1995) B.S. versity; M.S. 1980 San Jose State ies; Associate Professor of Political Administration. B.A. 1979, M.P.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of University. Community Health. B.S. 1979 Science, International Studies, and 1982, Ph.D. 1988 University of Portland State University. Charles A. Moose (1993) Ph.D. Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. Washington. Chief, Portland Police Bureau; 1965 Colorado College; M.A. 1968 Henry “Budd” Kass (1996) Ph.D. Michael R. Skeels (1986) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of New Mexico State University; Professor of Public Administration. Adjunct Professor of Community Administration of Justice. B.A. Ph.D. 1977 University of Arizona. B.A. 1956 Alfred University; Ph.D. Health and Biology. B.S. 1970, 1975 University of North Carolina; 1969 American University. M.S. 1972 Wichita State Univer- M.P.A. 1984, Ph.D. 1993 Emeriti Faculty sity; M.P.H. 1986 University of Ralph E. Bunch (1970) Ph.D. Portland State University. Douglas Morgan (1996) Ph.D. Washington; Ph.D. 1979 University Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- Professor of Public Administration. of Montana. Division of ence. B.S. 1951 Lewis & Clark B.A. 1965 Claremont McKenna Political Science College; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1968 College; M.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 Nancy Stevens (1992) Ph.D. University of Oregon. Adjunct Associate Professor of Faculty University of Chicago. Community Health. B.S. 1969 Uni- A.E. Gordon Buffonge (1997) Ladis K.D. Kristof (1971) Ph.D. Daniel E. O’Toole (1977) Ph.D. versity of Maryland; M.S. 1979 Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- Professor of Public Administration. Towson State University; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Political Sci- ence. B.A. 1955 Reed College; A.B. 1967 Occidental College; 1984 University of Oregon. ence. A.B. 1988 Bowdoin College; M.A. 1956, Ph.D. 1969 University M.P.A. 1971 California State Uni- M.A. 1991, Ph.D. 1998 Princeton of Chicago. MARK O. HATFIELD University. versity, Hayward; Ph.D. 1977 Uni- SCHOOL OF Frank Munk (1965) Sc.D. versity of Southern California. GOVERNMENT Craig L. Carr (1985) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- Craig Shinn (1996) Ph.D. Mark O. Hatfield (1997) M.S. Professor of Political Science. A.B. ence. M.A. 1922, Sc.D. 1936 Uni- Associate Professor of Public Distinguished Professor of Govern- 1970 Brown University; M.A. versity of Prague (Czechoslovakia). Administration. B.S. 1974 Univer- ment. B.A. 1943 Willamette 1974, Ph.D. 1978 University of sity of Maine; M.P.A. 1984 Lewis University; M.S. 1948 Stanford Washington. Associated Faculty & Clark College; Ph.D. 1992 Uni- University. David M. Johns (1981) M.S., J.D. Richard L. Clucas (1995) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Political Sci- versity of Washington. Associate Professor of Political ence. B.S. 1976 Portland State Uni- Division of Brian I. Stipak (1982) Ph.D. Science. B.A. 1981 University of versity; M.S. 1978, J.D. 1980 Administration of Justice Professor of Public Administration. California, Santa Barbara; M.A. Columbia University Law School. Faculty 1984, Ph.D. 1990 University of A.B. 1969 University of California, James P. Heuser (1996) Ph.D. California, Irvine. Division of Davis; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1976 Uni- Assistant Professor of Administra- Public Administration versity of California, Los Angeles. tion of Justice. B.A. 1967 Univer- John J. Damis (1970) Ph.D. sity of Arizona, Tucson; M.A. Professor of Political Science and Faculty Associated Faculty 1969, Ph.D. 1973 University of International Studies. A.B. 1962, Ronald C. Cease (1966) Ph.D. John H. Abernathy (1979) Ph.D. Oregon. A.M. 1964 Harvard University; Interim Director, Mark O. Hatfield Adjunct Professor of Public M.A.L.D. 1966, Ph.D. 1970 School of Government; Chair, Administration. B.S. 1958, M.S. Annette I. Jolin (1990) Ph.D. Fletcher School of Law and Diplo- Division of Public Administration; 1960 University of Alabama; Ph.D. Professor of Administration of Jus- macy, Tufts University. Professor of Public Administration. 1969 Louisiana State University. tice. B.A. 1973, M.S. 1979, Ph.D. B.A. 1953 Reed College; M.P.A. 1985 Portland State University. Mel Gurtov (1986) Ph.D. 1954 Syracuse University; Ph.D. Lloyd Anderson (1977) B.S. Professor of Political Science and 1965 Claremont Graduate School. Adjunct Professor of Public Nella R. Lee (1995) Ph.D. International Studies. A.B. 1963 Administration. B.S. 1950 Univer- Associate Professor of Administra- Columbia University; M.I.A. and Jack Corbett (1996) Ph.D. sity of tion of Justice. B.A. 1983 Univer- Certificate 1965 School of Interna- Associate Professor of Public Washington. sity of Alaska, Anchorage; Ph.D. tional Affairs and East Asian Insti- Administration. B.A. 1965 Allegh- 1991 Rutgers University. tute, Columbia University; Ph.D. eny College; Ph.D. 1974 Stanford Donald Balmer (1996) Ph.D. 1970 University of California, Los University. Adjunct Professor of Public Robert W. Lockwood (1975) J.D. Angeles. Administration. B.A. 1947, M.A. Professor of Administration of Jus- Ronald Dowd (1996) Dr.P.H. 1949, Ph.D. 1956 University of tice. B.A. 1971 Kalamazoo Col- Burton W. Onstine (1966) Ph.D. Professor of Public Administration. Washington. lege; M.A. 1971 University of Associate Professor of Political B.S. 1962, M.S.P.A. 1964 Univer- Michigan; J.D. 1974 University of Science. B.A. 1954 Reed College; sity of Southern California; M.P.H. Oregon. M.A. 1959 University of Washing- 1964, Dr.P.H. 1967 University of ton; Ph.D. 1965 University of California, Los Angeles. Gary R. Perlstein (1971) Ph.D. North Carolina. Chair, Division of Administration Walter G. Ellis (1976) Ph.D. of Justice. Professor of Administra- Melody Rose (1996) Ph.D. Professor of Public Administration. tion of Justice. B.A. 1961 Central Assistant Professor of Political Sci- B.A. 1963, M.P.A. 1965, Ph.D. College; M.A. 1965 University of ence. B.A. 1988 University of Cali- 1971 University of Washington. Missouri, Kansas City; Ph.D. 1971 fornia, Santa Cruz; M.P.A. 1991, Florida State University. M.A. 1994, Ph.D. 1996 Cornell University. D IRECTORIES 319

Mark Bonanno (1995) J.D. James L. Koss (1982) M.B.A. Sy Adler (1981) Ph.D. Gerard C.S. Mildner (1991) Adjunct Associate Professor of Adjunct Associate Professor of Director, School of Urban Studies Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Urban Public Administration. B.S. 1985 Public Administration. B.I.E. 1967 and Planning; Professor of Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. 1982 University of Vermont; M.P.H. General Motors Institute of Tech- Studies and Planning. B.A. 1971 University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1991 1987 Boston University; J.D. 1994 nology; M.B.A. 1968 University of University of Pittsburgh; M.C.P. New York University. Lewis & Clark College. Denver. 1973 Harvard University; Ph.D. 1980 University of California, David L. Morgan (1987) Ph.D. Jack Collins (1996) LL.B. Eric Levine (1996) B.A. Berkeley. Professor of Urban Studies and Adjunct Professor of Public Adjunct Associate Professor of Planning, and Sociology. B.A. Administration. A.B. 1952 Prince- Public Administration. B.A. 1968 Martha Bianco (1995) Ph.D. 1972, M.A. 1974, Ph.D. 1977 Uni- ton University; LL.B. 1958 Har- Queens College. Research Assistant Professor of versity of Michigan. vard University. Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. Barbara Lombardo (1996) Ph.D. 1975, Ph.D. 1994 Portland State Margaret B. Neal (1983) Ph.D. Bob Doppelt (1996) M.S. Adjunct Associate Professor of University. Professor of Urban Studies and Adjunct Associate Professor of Public Administration. B.A. Lafay- Planning; Research Associate, Public Administration. B.A. 1973 ette College, M.P.A. 1987, Ph.D. Nancy J. Chapman (1973) Ph.D. Regional Research Institute for Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1975, 1990 University of Berkeley. Professor of Urban Studies and Human Services. B.A. 1974 Indi- M.S. 1976 University of Oregon. Planning. B.A. 1964 University of ana University; M.U.S. 1979, Ph.D. Candice Morgan (1996) M.L.S. Oregon; Ph.D. 1969 University of 1985 Portland State University. Angus Duncan (1996) B.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of California, Berkeley. Adjunct Associate Professor of Public Administration. B.A. 1963 Paul L. Niebanck (1993) Ph.D. Public Administration. B.A. 1967 University of California; M.L.S. Kenneth J. Dueker (1979) Ph.D. Distinguished Professor of Urban Harvard University Institute of 1964 Columbia University. Professor of Urban Studies and Studies and Planning. A.B. 1961 Policy Studies; B.A. 1980 Portland Planning. B.S. 1960, M.S. 1963, Johns Hopkins University; M.C.P. State University. Sharron Noone (1986) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1967 University of 1963, Ph.D. 1966 University of Adjunct Assistant Professor of Washington. Pennsylvania; M.A. 1990 Paciﬁc Donna Fowler (1996) M.P.A. Public Administration. B.S. 1968 School of Religion, Graduate Adjunct Assistant Professor of Portland State University; M.P.A. Charles H. Heying (1995) Ph.D. Theological Union, Berkeley. Public Administration. B.A. 1970 1986 Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Urban Stud- California State University at Long 1994 Oregon State University. ies and Planning. B.A. 1967 Connie Ozawa (1994) Ph.D. Beach; M.P.A. 1981 Portland State Creighton University; M.C.R.P. Associate Professor of Urban Stud- University. Paige Sipes-Metzler (1995) Ph.D. 1988 Iowa State University; Ph.D. ies and Planning. A.B. 1976 Uni- Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1995 University of North Carolina versity of California at Berkeley; Linda Golaszewski (1996) M.A. Public Administration. B.S. 1974 at Chapel Hill. M.A. 1978 University of Hawaii; Adjunct Assistant Professor of University of Pennsylvania; M.S. Ph.D. 1988 Massachusetts Institute Public Administration. B.A. 1975 1977 University of California, San George C. Hough (1995) Ph.D. of Technology. Loyola University; M.A. 1977 Uni- Francisco; Ph.D. 1986 University Research Assistant Professor of versity of Illinois. of Southern California, Los Urban Studies and Planning and William A. Rabiega (1975) Ph.D. Angeles. Center for Population Research and Professor of Urban Studies and Stephen J. Heck (1985) M.P.A. Census. B.A. 1978 Loyola Univer- Planning. B.S. 1965 Elmhurst Col- Adjunct Professor of Public Kathleen Sohl (1996) M.A.T. sity (Chicago); M.A. 1980 Univer- lege; M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1973 Administration. B.A. 1968 Port- Adjunct Assistant Professor of sity of Illinois; Ph.D. 1994 Southern Illinois University. land State University; M.S.W. 1973 Public Administration. A.B. 1969 University of Texas. University of Washington; M.P.A. University of Berkeley; M.A.T. Anthony M. Rufolo (1980) Ph.D. 1982 1971 Reed College. Deborah Howe (1985) Ph.D. Professor of Urban Studies and Portland State University. Professor of Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. 1970 Massachusetts Edward Sullivan (1974) J.D. Planning. B.S. 1974 State Univer- Institute of Technology; Ph.D. Jeffrey Hammarlund (1996) Adjunct Associate Professor of sity of New York, Syracuse; M.S. 1975 University of California, Los M.A. Urban Studies and Planning and 1977, Ph.D. 1982 University of Angeles. Adjunct Associate Professor of Public Administration. B.S. 1966 Michigan. Public Administration. B.S. 1972 St. John’s University; J.D. 1969 Ethan P. Seltzer (1992) Ph.D. Western Washington University; Willamette University; M.A. 1972, Elizabeth A. Kutza (1987) Ph.D. Director, Institute of Portland Met- M.A. 1975, M.S. 1977 University Certiﬁcate Urban Studies 1974 Director, Institute on Aging; Pro- ropolitan Studies; Associate Profes- of Wisconsin-Madison. Portland State University. fessor of Urban Studies and Plan- sor of Urban Studies and Planning. ning. B.S. 1966 Loyola University B.A. 1976 Swarthmore College; Daniel Harris (1994) Ph.D. Richard C. Tracy (1989) M.P.A. (Chicago); M.S. 1969 Boston Uni- M.R.P. 1979, Ph.D. 1983 Univer- Adjunct Associate Professor of Adjunct Professor of Public versity; Ph.D. 1977 University of sity of Pennsylvania. Public Administration. B.A. 1966, Administration. B.A. 1968, B.A. Chicago. M.A. 1969, Ph.D. 1973 State Uni- 1969, M.P.A. 1975 Golden Gate James G. Strathman (1982) Ph.D. versity of New York at Stony University. Robert C. Liebman (1987) Ph.D. Director, Center for Urban Studies; Brook. Professor of Sociology and Urban Professor of Urban Studies and Timothy D.W. Williams (1981) Studies and Planning. B.A. 1972 Planning. B.A. 1973 University of Russell Harding (1994) Ph.D. Ph.D. State University of New York, Iowa; M.A. 1975 University of Adjunct Assistant Professor of Adjunct Professor of Public Binghamton; M.A. 1977, Ph.D. Pennsylvania; Ph.D. 1981 Univer- Public Administration. B.A. 1978 Administration. B.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1981 University of Michigan. sity of Iowa. Waikato University; M.P.P. 1982, 1971 University of Minnesota. Ph.D. 1991 University of Welling- D. Richard Lycan (1970) Ph.D. Gerald Sussman (1995) Ph.D. ton (New Zealand). SCHOOL OF URBAN Professor of Geography and Urban Professor of Urban Studies and STUDIES AND PLANNING Studies and Planning; Research Planning and Speech Mark C. Hornbrook (1988) Ph.D. Faculty Associate, Center for Population Communication. B.A. 1967 Fair- Adjunct Professor of Public Carl Abbott (1978) Ph.D. Research and Census. B.S. 1956 leigh Dickinson University; M.A. Administration. B.A. 1968, M.A. Professor of Urban Studies and University of Idaho; M.A. 1961 1975 University of the Philippines; 1969 University of Denver; Ph.D. Planning. B.A. 1966 Swarthmore George Washington University; Ph.D. 1983 University of Hawaii. 1975 University of Michigan. College; M.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 Ph.D. 1964 University of University of Chicago. Washington. 320 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Charles R. White (1971) Ph.D. Associated Faculty Joseph L. Cramer (1998) B.A. Martin Zwick (1976) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Political Adrianne Brockman (1992) J.D. Assistant Professor of Military Sci- Professor of Systems Science. B.A. Science and Urban Studies and Adjunct Assistant Professor of ence. B.A. 1978 Southern Oregon 1960 Columbia College; Ph.D. Planning. B.A. 1965 Colorado Col- Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. University. 1968 Massachusetts Institute of lege; M.A. 1968 New Mexico State 1962, M.U.P. 1977 Portland State Technology. University; Ph.D. 1977 University University; J.D. 1981 Northwestern Gary S. Cohn (1997) B.A. of Arizona. School of Law. Assistant Professor of Military Sci- Associated Faculty ence. B.A. 1989 University of Mark A. Bedau (1993) Ph.D. Maria Wilson-Figueroa (1990) William P. Macht (1978) J.D. Texas, Arlington. Adjunct Associate Professor of Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Urban Studies Systems Science. B.A. 1977 Reed Assistant Professor of Sociology and Planning. A.B. 1963 Princeton Greg A. Ellsworth (1997) B.S. College; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1985 and Urban Studies and Planning. University; J.D. 1967 University of Assistant Professor of Military Sci- University of California, Berkeley. B.S. 1984, M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1990 Virginia Law School. ence. B.S. 1984 University of Utah State University. Idaho. Wayne W. Wakeland (1976) Ph.D. Alice U. Scannell (1988) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Systems Sci- Howard Wineberg (1986) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Brian J. James (1998) B.A. ence. B.S. 1972, M.Eng. 1973 Research Professor, Department of Urban Studies and Planning. A.B. Assistant Professor of Military Harvey Mudd College; Ph.D. 1977 Urban Studies and Planning and 1960 Smith College; M.R.E. 1963 Science. B.A. 1990 Gonzaga Portland State University. Center for Population Research and Union Theological Seminary University. Emeriti Faculty Census. B.A. 1977, M.A. 1980 (NYC); Ph.D. 1989 John Gaines (1997) B.S. Harold A. Linstone (1970) Ph.D. Bowling Green State University; Portland State University. Senior Instructor. B.S. 1991 Troy Professor Emeritus of Systems Sci- Ph.D. 1985 Johns Hopkins State University. University. Edward J. Sullivan (1974) J.D. ence. B.S. 1944 City College of Adjunct Associate Professor of Andrew T. Jones (1997) New York; M.A. 1947 Columbia Emeriti Faculty Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. Instructor University; Ph.D. 1954 University Charles D. Bolton (1964) Ph.D. 1966 St. John’s University; J.D. of Southern California. Professor Emeritus of Sociology 1969 Willamette University; M.A. and Urban Studies and Planning. 1972, Cert. Urban Studies 1974 SYSTEMS SCIENCE Beatrice T. Oshika (1989) Ph.D. B.A. 1947 University of Denver; Portland State University. PH.D. PROGRAM Professor Emerita of Systems Sci- M.A. 1948 Stanford University; ence. B.A. 1963, M.A. 1964, Ph.D. Ph.D. 1959 University of Chicago. Keren B. Wilson (1983) Ph.D. Faculty 1973 University of Michigan. Adjunct Associate Professor of Nancy A. Perrin (1986) Ph.D. Leonard D. Cain, Jr. (1969) Ph.D. Urban Studies. B.A. 1975 Univer- Director, Systems Science Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Sociology sity of Washington; M.P.A. 1977 Program; Associate Dean, College and Urban Studies and Planning. Seattle University; Ph.D. 1983 of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Pro- A.B. 1948, M.A. 1949 Texas Chris- Portland State University. fessor of Psychology. B.A. 1980 tian University; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- University of California, Los Ange- sity of Texas, Austin. MILITARY SCI- les; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio Don C. Gibbons (1969) Ph.D. ENCE DEPART- State University. Professor Emeritus of Sociology MENT Andrew M. Fraser (1989) Ph.D. and Urban Studies and Planning. Associate Professor of Systems B.A. 1950, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1956 Regina M. Largent (1996) M.A. Science. B.A. 1977 Princeton Uni- University of Washington. Professor of Military Science. B.S. versity; Ph.D. 1988 University of Morton Paglin (1961) Ph.D. 1975 Florida State University; Texas, Austin. Professor Emeritus of Economics M.A. 1986 University of Massa- chusetts. George G. Lendaris (1970) Ph.D. and Urban Studies and Planning. Professor of Systems Science and B.A. 1943 University of Miami; Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1957, Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- M.S. 1958, Ph.D. 1961 University nia, Berkeley. of California, Berkeley.

A PPENDIX 321

APPENDIX

RESIDENCE CLASSIFICATION (2) “Financially independent” denotes a (4) The criteria for determining Oregon res- POLICY AND PROCEDURES person who has not been and will not be ident classification shall also he used to ln Oregon, as in all other states, instruction claimed as an exemption and has not determine whether a person who has fees at publicly supported four-year col- received and will not receive financial moved from Oregon has established a non- leges and universities are higher for nonres- assistance in cash or in kind of an amount Oregon residence. ident students than for resident students. equal to or greater than that which would (5) If institution records show that the resi- Currently, nonresident students are qualify him or her to be claimed as an dence of a person or the person’s legal cus- assessed instruction fees that approximate exemption for federal income tax purposes todian upon whom the person is dependent the full cost of instruction. by another person except his or her spouse is outside of Oregon, the person shall con- The current rules and amendments effec- for the current calendar year and for the tinue to be classified as a nonresident until tive November l, 1993, used in determining calendar year immediately prior to the year entitlement to resident classification is residency seek to ensure that only bona fide in which application is made. shown. The burden of showing that the res- Oregon residents are assessed the resident (3) A “dependent” is a person who is not idence classification should be changed is fee. Those rules-Oregon Administrative financially independent. on the person requesting the change. Rules, Chapter 580, Division 10 Board of Determination of Residence Residency Consideration Factors Higher Education-appear below. 580-10-030 (1) For purposes of admission 580-10-031 (1) The following factors, Only duly authorized admissions officers and instruction fee assessment, Oregon although not necessarily conclusive or have authority to apply and interpret these University System (OUS) institutions shall exclusive, have probative value in support rules and procedures. No other indication classify a student as Oregon resident or of a claim for Oregon resident or determination of residency by any other nonresident. ln determining resident or classification: institutional office, department, program, nonresident classification, the primary (a) Be primarily engaged in activities or staff represents the official institutional issue is one of intent. If a person is in other than those of a student and reside in determination of residency. Oregon primarily for the purpose of obtain- Oregon for 12 Summary of Key Considerations ing an education, that person will be con- consecutive months immediately prior to in Determining Classification as a sidered a nonresident. For example, it may the beginning of the term for which resi- Resident: be possible for an individual to qualify as a dent classification is sought; l. Establishment of a domicile in Oregon resident of Oregon for purposes of voting (b) Reliance upon Oregon resources for for a period of 12 months or more prior to or obtaining an Oregon driver’s license and financial support; the beginning of the term for which resi- not meet the residency requirements estab- (c) Domicile in Oregon of persons legally dency is sought. lished by these rules. responsible for the student; 2. Financial dependence on an Oregon resi- (2) An Oregon resident is a financially (d) Acceptance of an offer of permanent dent or financial independence. independent person who, immediately employment in Oregon; and 3. Primary purpose for being in Oregon prior to the term for which Oregon resident (e) Ownership by the person of his or her other than to obtain an education. classification is requested: living quarters in Oregon. 4. Nature and source of financial resources. (a) Has established and maintained a (2) The following factors, standing alone, 5. Various other indicia of residency, e.g., domicile in Oregon of not less than 12 do not constitute sufficient evidence to ownership of Oregon living quarters, per- consecutive months; and effect classification as an Oregon resident: manent Oregon employment, payment of (b) Is primarily engaged in activities (a) Voting or registration to vote; Oregon income taxes. other than those of being a college stu- (b) Employment in any position normally dent. (i) A student may be considered pri- filled by a student; OREGON BOARD OF HIGHER EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE marily engaged in educational activities (c) The lease of living quarters; RULES regardless of the number of hours for (d) Admission to a licensed practicing These are the rules the Board of Higher which the student is enrolled. However, a profession in Oregon; Education adopted to be effective Novem- student who is enrolled for more than (e) Automobile registration; ber 1, 1993. seven hours per semester or quarter shall (f) Public records, for example, birth and be presumed to be in Oregon for prima- marriage records, Oregon driver’s license; Residence Classification rily educational purposes. (ii) Such (g) Continuous presence in Oregon Definitions 580-10-029 For the purpose of period of enrollment shall not he counted during periods when not enrolled in rules 580-10-030 through 580-100-45, the toward the establishment of a bona fide school; following words and phrases mean: domicile of one year in this state unless (h) Ownership of property in Oregon, or (1) “Domicile” denotes a person’s true, the student proves, in fact, establishment the payment of Oregon income or other fixed, and permanent home and place of of a bona fide domicile in this state pri- Oregon taxes; or habitation. It is the place where a person marily for purposes other than educa- (i) Domicile in Oregon of the student’s intends to remain and to which the person tional. spouse; expects to return when the person leaves (3) An Oregon resident is also a person (3) Reliance upon non-Oregon resources without intending to establish a new domi- who is dependent on a parent or legal cus- for financial support is an inference of resi- cile elsewhere. todian who meets the Oregon residency dency in another state. requirements of these rules.

322 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

(4) The resident classification of a depen- (5) A person who continues to reside in (4) A person who seeks classification as a dent person shall be that of his or her par- Oregon after separation from the armed resident under these rules shall complete ents or legal custodians, or, in case of services may count the time spent in the and submit a notarized Residence Informa- divorce or other similar circumstances, the state while in the armed services to support tion Affidavit. The affidavit and all required parent or legal custodian upon whom the a claim for classification as an Oregon supportive documents and materials must person is financially dependent, unless the resident. be submitted by the last day to register for dependent has been in Oregon with the (6) The dependent child and spouse of a the term in which resident status is sought. other parent or a legal custodian and estab- person who is a resident under section (2) (5) No OUS institution is bound by any lished Oregon residency under these rules of this rule shall be considered an Oregon determination of residency except by duly 12 months prior to the term for which resident. “Dependent child” includes any authorized officials under procedures pre- Oregon resident classification is requested. child of a member of the armed forces who: scribed by these rules including timely sub- Evidence of Financial Dependency (a) Is under 18 years of age and not mar- mittal of the notarized affidavit. 580-10-033 (1) In determining whether a ried, otherwise emancipated, or self-sup- Review of Residence Classification student is financially dependent and porting; or Decisions by IRC whether his or her parent, or legal custo- (b) Is under 24 years of age, unmarried, 580-10-045 (1) An interinstitutional resi- dian has maintained a bona fide domicile in enrolled in a full time course of study in dency committee (IRC) is established con- Oregon for one year, a student must pro- an institution of higher learning, and sisting of the officers determining student vide: dependent on the member for over one- residence classification at Department (a) Legal proof of custodianship; half of his/her support. institutions and a member of the Chancel- (b) Evidence of established domicile of Residence Classification of Aliens lor’s staff appointed by the Chancellor. The parent or legal custodian; 580-10-040 (1) An alien holding an immi- member of the Chancellor’s staff, shall (c) The identification of the student as a grant visa or an A, E, G, H, I, K, L, N, R, serve as chairperson. A majority of the dependent on the federal income tax NATO, TC, TN, or TD visa, or granted ref- members of the Committee shall constitute return of the parents, or legal custodian. ugee or political asylum, Family Unity or a quorum A majority of a quorum may Additional documentation to substantiate Voluntary Departure in Lieu of Family make decisions. dependency during the current calendar Unity status, or otherwise admitted for per- (2) Residence cases of unusual complexity, year may be required at a later time if manent residence in the United States is especially where there may be conflict of deemed necessary by the institution. eligible to be considered an Oregon resi- rules, may be referred by an institution res- (2) A student who provides evidence that dent if OAR 580-10 030 is otherwise satis- idence classification office to the IRC for he or she is a dependent of a parent or legal fied. The date of receipt of the immigrant decision. custodian who has maintained a one-year visa, the date of approval of political (3) Any person who is aggrieved by the domicile in Oregon shall not he required to asylum or refugee status, or the date of institution residence classification may, establish a one-year domicile prior to clas- approval of lawful permanent residence, within ten (10) days of the date of mailing sification of resident status, provided such a whichever is earlier, shall be the date upon or other service of classification decision, student may not be classified as a resident which the 12 months and other residency appeal the classification to the IRC. An while receiving financial assistance from requirements under OAR 580-10-030 shall aggrieved person may supply written state- another state or state agency for educa- begin to accrue. ments to the IRC for consideration in tional purposes. (2) Notwithstanding any other rule, an alien reviewing the case and may also make an Residence Classification of Armed possessing a nonimmigrant or temporary, oral presentation to the IRC. The decision Forces Personnel i.e., B, C, D, F, J, or M visa cannot be clas- of the IRC shall be final unless appealed. 580-10-035 (l) For purposes of this rule, sified as a resident. (4) A person dissatisfied with the IRC deci- armed services means officers and enlisted Changes in Residence Classification sion may, within ten (10) days of the date personnel of the United States Army, Navy, 580-10-041 (1) If an Oregon resident stu- of the mailing or other service of the IRC Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard. dent enrolls in an institution outside of decision, appeal the IRC decision to the (2) Notwithstanding OAR 580-10-030, Oregon and later seeks to re-enroll in an Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs or members of the armed services and their OUS institution, the residence classifica- designee. An appeal to the vice chancellor spouses and dependent children who reside tion of that student shall be reexamined and shall be in writing only. The vice chancel- in this state while assigned to duty at any determined on the same basis as for any lor’s decision shall be final. base, station, shore establishment, or other other person. (5) A person granted a meritorious hardship facility in this state, or while serving as (2) A person whose nonresident legal cus- exception to residency under this rule prior members of the crew of a ship that has an todian establishes a permanent Oregon res- to July 1, 1990, shall not lose the exception Oregon port of shore establishment as its idence as defined in OAR 580-10-030 solely because of the repeal of the excep- home port or permanent station, shall be during a term when the dependent is tion authorization. considered residents for purposes of the enrolled at an OUS institution, may register Residents Under WICHE instruction fee. as a resident at the beginning of the next 580-10-047 A certification officer, desig- (3) An Oregon resident entering the armed term. nated by the Board, shall determine the res- services retains Oregon residence classifi- (3) Once established, classification as a residence classification of any person seeking cation until it is voluntarily relinquished. ident continues so long as the student certification as an Oregon resident, pursu- (4) An Oregon resident who has been in the remains in continuous academic year ant to the terms of the WICHE Compact. armed services and assigned on duty out- enrollment in the classifying institution. Any person dissatisfied with the decision of side of Oregon must return to Oregon the certification officer may appeal to the within 60 days after completing service to lRC. The decision of the IRC shall be final retain classification as an Oregon resident. unless further appeal is made to the Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs pursuant to OAR 580-10-045 (4).

A PPENDIX 323

PAYMENT OF STUDENT FEES received by the certifying officer on or procedures to be followed in state entitle- Payment of Nonresident Instruction Fee before October 15 of the year preceding ment funding and counting credit hours; 580-10-080 (1) All students who are classi- admission. An application received after action to be taken if students do not regu- fied as nonresidents shall pay a non- resi- that date in an envelope postmarked not larly participate in the academic program dent fee. later than October 15 will be deemed to being pursued, and procedures for provid- (2) Refunds of the nonresident fee may be have been received on the 15th. Residency ing transcripts. granted if the student shows that the classi- shall be determined as of the date of the (c) If an approved agreement provides for fication previously assigned was in error, application for WICHE certification, not as exchange of equal numbers of students, but no such refund shall be made unless the of the date of expected admission or regis- then unforeseen circumstances which student applies and submits all supporting tration to an institution. (b) Persons apply- later might cause a student to withdraw information for residency status prior to the ing for WICHE certification must be from the program shall not void the last day to register for the term in which the certified as Oregon residents and placed in arrangements agreed upon by the two student seeks change of ranked preference order within each pro- institutions. status. gram. Ranked preference order is deter- (d) Attendance at a Department institu- mined by a score based on the grade point tion as an exchange student from another WAIVER OF NONRESIDENT average of all college work plus .25 times state or country cannot be used in estab- INSTRUCTION FEE the number of years of residence in Oregon lishing residence. 580-10-081 (1) Notwithstanding the provi- up to a maximum of ten years. (3) Notwithstanding any other rule, and sions of rule 580-10-080, the following (2) (a) The department and separate institu- effective fall term of the 1989-90 academic nonresident students shall be permitted to tions may enter into agreements with indi- year, a Department institution may provide pay instruction fees at the same rates as vidual institutions in other states or other that a vacant WICHE opening may be Oregon resident students: countries whereby resident students speci- occupied by a nonresident, non-WICHE (a) Students who are residents of the State fied by name in the Oregon institutions student who agrees not to seek residency of Washington attending an Oregon insti- may transfer to the other institution, and an status for the duration of the student’s tution and who are granted a tuition equal number of students specified by degree program and who agrees to pay a waiver under the terms of reciprocity name from the other institution may trans- fee equal to the nonresident tuition fee for agreement; fer to the Oregon institution with a recipro- the duration of that program. (b) All undergraduates attending Eastern cal waiving of additional fees ordinarily Oregon State College; assessed to nonresident students in both ENROLLMENT OF SPOUSE AND DEPENDENT CHILDREN (c) Graduate students who are residents institutions. 580-10-086 (1) The spouse and dependent of a participating WICHE state enrolled (b) The recommendation for a student children of regular Department staff mem- in a WICHE Regional Graduate Program exchange program, together with a copy bers with a full-time equivalent of at least or a WICHE northwest doctoral student of the proposed agreement between the .50 may enroll as students at resident fee exchange program at a Department insti- institutions, shall be approved by the rates in Department institutions. tution; and Chancellor or designee before the (2) The spouse and dependent children of (d) Students attending Oregon graduate exchange program is undertaken. Further, Department visiting instructors from other or professional schools under terms of the the program recommendation and the countries or other states with a full-time WICHE Compact. proposed agreement between institutions equivalent of at least .50 may enroll in (2) When provisions of this rule are limited shall set forth the reasons why the Department institutions at resident fee rates to residents of specific states or counties, exchange would be of particular benefit during the terms that the parent, guardian, determination of residence in those states to the students in their chosen study pro- or spouse is serving a Department institu- or counties shall be made in the same grams and specify: fees to be paid by tion as a visiting instructor. manner as for students claiming Oregon incoming and outgoing students; student residence. responsibility for costs of transportation, Student Exchanges housing, books, board and room, and 580-10-085 (1) (a) Under the WICHE Stu- other incidentals; responsibility of institu- dent Exchange Program, certification of tions to assist students in obtaining hous- students as Oregon residents for purposes ing, counseling, and interpreters; of attending institutions not under Board control or in other states shall be guided by rules set forth in Division 10. In order to be considered for WICHE certification, the student’s completed application must be

324 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

INDEX

A Aging, Institute on, 280 B Agriculture, 139 Air Force ROTC, 12 Academic Affairs, Office of, 292 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 15 Alicante, Spain, 287 Academic Appeals Board, 19 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 14 Allied Health, 139 Academic Committees, 19 Bachelor of Science Degree, 14 Alpha Phi Sigma, 37 Academic Credit, 18 Bachelor’s Degree: Alternative Means of Meeting Some Academic Disqualification, 19 Academic Credit, 18 University Requirements, 17 Academic Faculty: Academic Standing: Warning, Alumni Relations, 42 Emeriti, 297 Disqualification, and Requalification, American College Test (ACT), 9 Regular, 298 19 Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 287 Academic Honesty, 32 Alternative Ways of Meeting Some Anthropology, Department of, 62 Academic Load: University Requirements, 17 Appeals and Grievances, 19 Credit, 18 Application for a Degree, 17 Appendix, 321 Graduate, 49 Credit by Examination, 20 Application Fee, 9 Undergraduate, 18 Cross-Listed Courses, 13 Application for a Degree: Academic Probation: Double Major, 17 Doctoral, 50 Graduate, 50 GPA Repeat Policy, 19 Graduate, 17 Undergraduate, 19 Grade Point Average (GPA), 19 Master’s, 50 Academic Requalification, 19 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 19 Undergraduate, 17 Academic Requirements Committee, 19 Grading System, 18 Application for Financial Aid, 23 Academic Resources, 8 Honors Degrees, 19 Applied Linguistics, Department of, 66 Academic Standing: Key to Course Descriptions, 13 Applied Science, School of Engineering Language Requirements, 17 Graduate, 50 and, 199 Undergraduate, 19 Postbaccalaureate Studies, 17 Arabic, 102 Requirements for, 14 Academic Support Program, 33 Architecture, Department of, 223, 225 Accessibility, 39 Withdrawals, 18 Area Studies Certificate Programs, Baden-Württemberg, Germany, 286 Accounting, 164 Language and, 126 Barcelona, Spain, 287 Accounting, Postbaccalaureate Certificate Argentina, 284 Basic Graduate Fees, 47 in, 166 Army ROTC, 12, 288 Beijing, China, 285 Accreditation, 8 Art Education, Secondary Education Belgium, 285 ACT, 9 Program, 226 Beta Alpha Psi, 37 Administration of Justice, Division of, 255 Art Exhibition Committee, 35 Beta Gamma Sigma, 37 Administration, Officers of, 292 Art, Department of, 225 Biology, Department of, 70 Admission Requirements, 9, 10 Arts and Letters, General Studies, 109 Bisexual Alliance, Lesbian, Gay, 36 Admission Requirements: Arts and Sciences, Haystack Summer International Students, 10 Program in the, 282 Black Cultural Affairs Board, 35 Veterans’, 10 Arts, Master of Fine, 226 Black Studies, Center for, 77 Admission to Graduate Studies, 45 Arts, Master of, 45 Black Studies, Department of, 75 Admissions: Assessment, 17 Board of Higher Education, Oregon State, 291 Graduate, 45 Assistantships, Graduate, 47 Box Office, 39 Undergraduate, 9 Associated Students of Portland State Advance Registration, 12 University (ASPSU), 32 Branford Price Millar Library, 30 Advanced Degrees, 43 Athens, Greece, 286 Brazil, 285 Advanced Placement Program, 20 Athletic Grants-in-Aid and Scholarships, Brussels, Belgium, 285 Advancement to Candidacy: 24 Budapest, Hungary, 286 Doctoral, 52 Athletic Training Minor, 250 Budgets, Student, 23 Advertising Management, 165 Athletics, 31 Buenos Aires, Argentina, 284 Advising, General Education Audit, 17, 48 Bus Service, 39 Requirements, 33 Australia, 284 Business Administration, School of, 163 Advisory Committee for Doctoral Degrees, Avignon, France, 285 Business Administration, School of: 51 Accreditation, 8 Aerospace Studies, 12 Graduate Programs, 167 African Students, Association of, 35

I NDEX 325

International Business Studies Certificate, Undergraduate Programs, 250 Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik, 102, 166 Comprehensive Examination, Doctoral, 51 282 Master of International Management, 168 Computer Engineering, 206 Development, Office of University, 42 Minor, 166 Computer Engineering, Graduate Degree in Directories, 291 Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Electrical and, 206 Disabled Student Services, 33 Accounting, 166 Computer labs, 40 Disciplinary Proceedings, 19 Undergraduate Programs, 163 Computer Science, Department of, 204 Disqualification, Academic, 19, 50 Business and Government Documents, 41 Concurrent Enrollment, 13 Dissertation: Conduct, Rights, Freedoms, and in Absentia, 52 Responsibilities, Student, 32 Presentation, 52 C Confirmation and Decision Notification, 23 Proposal, 52 Conflict Resolution Courses, 134 Diversity Achievement Scholarships, 34 Cooperative Degree Program in Doctor of Education, 44, 180 Campus Christian Ministry, 31 Community Health Care Systems, 264 Doctor of Philosophy, 44 Campus Life, 31 Copenhagen, Denmark, 285 Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements Campus Safety and Security, 40 Correspondence Credit, 12 for, 51 Campus/Cityscape, 7 Costa Rica, 285 Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures Cancellation of Admission to Graduate Counseling and Psychological Services, 38 for, 53 Program, 50 Counseling Courses, School of Education, Doctoral Programs: Capstone Requirement, 61 194 Education, 44, 180 Career Center, 39 Course Descriptions, Key to, 13 Electrical and Computer Engineering, 207 Center for Black Studies, 77 Course Numbering System, 13 Environmental Sciences and Resources, Center for Population Research and Census, Courses: 95 279 Equivalent, 11 Mathematics Education, 128 Center for Public Health Studies, 279 Parallel, 11 Public Administration and Policy, 271 Center for Science Education, 146 Repeat Policy, GPA, 19 Social Work and Social Research, 240 Center for Urban Studies, 279 Repetition of Graduate, 48 Systems Science, 56 Certificate Options, College of Liberal Arts Credit by Examination: Urban Studies, 270 and Sciences, 60 Advanced Placement Program, 20 Dominican Republic, 285 Certificate Programs, 14 CLEP Examinations, 20 Double Major, 17 Challenge Program, 290 PSU Courses, 20 Dual Master’s Degrees, 50 Checks and Tuition Credits, 25 Credit Distribution and Limitations for Chemistry, Department of, 78 Master’s Degrees, 49 Chicano/Latino Studies, 82 Credit Regulations and Enrollment Child and Family Studies, 83 Policies, Graduate, 48 E Child Development Center, Helen Gordon, Credits, Accredited School Transfer, 11 38 Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, Early Childhood Training Office, School of Chile, 285 279 Extended Studies, 281 China, 285 Cross-Listed Courses, 13 Economics, Department of, 85 Chinese, 103 Curriculum and Instruction Courses, 187 Ecuador, 285 Chiron Studies, 35, 290 Czech Republic, 285 Education, Doctor of, 44 Cholula, Mexico, 287 Education, School of, 179 Civil Engineering, Department of, 202 Education, School of: Class Standing, 18 Accreditation, 179 CLEP Examinations, 20 D Community Counselor Specialization, Club Sports, 35 182 Clubs, 35 Dance Committee, 35 Degree Programs, 179 College Housing Northwest, 30 Deadline Appeals Board, 20 Doctor of Education, 180 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 59 Decision Notification, 23 Educational Media/School Librarianship, College of Urban and Public Affairs, 247 Degree Requirements: 184 Community College Transfer, 12 Doctoral, 51 Graduate Teacher Education Program Community Counseling Specialization, Master’s, 54 (GTEP), 183 School of Education, 182 Undergraduate, 14, 15 M.A./M.S. Education in Counseling, 181 Community Development, 269 Degrees: M.A./M.S. Education in Curriculum and Community Health Care Systems Graduate, 43 Instruction, 181 Cooperative Degree, 264 Delta Pi Epsilon, 37 M.A./M.S. Education: Educational Community Health, School of, 250 Denmark, 285 Policy, Foundations, and Community Health, School of: Dental Hygiene, 139 Administration, 181 Athletic Training Minor, 250 Dentistry, 139 Programs Leading to Licensure, 183 Graduate Program, 252 Dependent Children, Enrollment of Spouse Reading Endorsement, 185 Secondary Education Program, 250 and, 323 Rehabilitation Counseling Specialization, 182

326 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Educational Advancement Program, 34 Escort Service, Women’s Union, 37 Finance, 164 Educational Equity Programs, 34 ESL (English as a Second Language), 10, Financial Aid Information, 23 Educational Grant Programs, 24 66 Financial Aid, 23 Educational Loans: Eta Kappa Nu, 37 Financial Assistance, Graduate, 47 Graduate, 24, 48 European Studies Certificate, 126 Financial Management Association Honors Undergraduate, 24 European Studies, 126 Society, 37 Educational Media/School Librarianship, Evening Classes, 8 Fine and Performing Arts, School of, 223 Program in, 184 Evening Schedule, 11 Fine and Performing Arts, School of: Electrical and Computer Engineering, Examinations: Architecture, Department of, 223 Department of, 205 Advanced Placement, 20 Art Education: Secondary Education Electrical and Computer Engineering, CLEP, 20 Program, 226 Graduate Degree in, 206 Comprehensive Doctoral, 51 Art, Department of, 225 Emeriti Faculty, Administrative, 320 Credit by, 20 Music, Department of, 230 Employment, Student, 25, 39 Final Master’s, 54 Theater Arts, Department of, 236 Engineering and Applied Science, School Final Oral Doctoral, 52 Fine Arts, Master of, 226 of, 199 Preliminary Doctoral, 51 Fines, 22 Engineering and Applied Science, School Exchange Program, National Student, 12 Foreign Language Requirements: of: Exchange Programs, International, 283 Bachelor of Arts, 17 Accreditation, 199 Executive Leadership Institute, 264 Doctoral, 51 Civil Engineering, Department of, 202 Executives, Oregon University System Master’s, 54 Computer Science, Department of, 204 Institutional, 291 Foreign Languages and Literatures, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Expenses, 21 Department of, 99 Department of, 205 Extended Studies, School of, 281 Foreign Literature and Language, Master of Engineering Management, 201 Extended Studies, School of: Arts in, 101 Graduate Programs, 200 Continuing Education/School of Foreign School Transfers, 11 Manufacturing Engineering, 201 Education, 281 Foreign Student Application, 10 Mechanical Engineering, Department of, Credit Programs, 282 Forestry, 140 207 Early Childhood Training Office, 281 Foundation, PSU, 41 Undergraduate Programs, 199 Extended and Summer Programs, 281 France, 285, 286 Engineering Management, 201 Independent Study, 281 Fraternities and Sororities, Social, 37 English as a Foreign Language, Test of Media Resources, 281 Freedoms, Responsibilities, Conduct, and (TOEFL), 10 Noncredit Programs, 282 Rights, Student, 32 English as a Second Language (ESL), 10 Professional Development Center, 281 French, 103 English as a Second Language, Certificate PSU Salem Center, 281 Freshman Inquiry, 15, 61 in Teaching, 67 Registration and Fees, 282 Fulbright Program, 288 English as a Second Language, Intensive Full-time Student, Defined, 21 Program in, 66 Statewide MBA, 282 English for Non-Native Residents (ENNR), Summer Study Programs, 282 Program in, 67 English Language Competency G Requirement, 10 F English, Department of, 89 Gay, Bisexual Alliance, Lesbian, 36 English, Department of: Faculty Boards and Committees, 32 GED, 9 Writing Courses, 93 Faculty: General Arts and Letters, 109 Enrollment of Spouse and Dependent Academic, 298 General Degree Requirements, 15 Children, 323 Administrative Emeriti, 297 General Education Requirement Exclusion Enrollment Policies, Graduate, 48 Profile, 8 List, 15 Enrollment, 12 Family Studies, Child and, 83 General Education Requirements Advising, Environmental Sciences and Resources Federal Direct PLUS Loans, 24 33 Doctoral Program Participating General Management, 164 Departments: Federal Direct Stafford Student Loans, 24 Federal Pell Grants, 24 General Requirements for Doctoral Degree, Biology, 71 51 Federal Perkins Student Loan, 24 Chemistry, 79 General Requirements for Master’s Degree, Federal Supplemental Educational Civil Engineering, 203 54 Opportunity Grants, 24 Geology, 116 General Science, 109 Federal Work-Study Programs, 25 Physics, 135 General Social Science, 109 Fees: Environmental Sciences and Resources General Speech Communication, 151 Graduate, 47 Doctoral Program, 95 General Studies, 109 Payment of Student, 323 Environmental Sciences and Resources, General Studies: Tuition and Fees, 21 Graduate Programs in, 96 Graduate Programs, 110 Fellowships, Urban and Public Affairs, 248 Environmental Studies, Undergraduate General University Requirements, 15 Film Committee, 36 Program, 95 Geography, Department of, 111

I NDEX 327

Geology, Department of, 115 Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Residence Credit, 49 German Summer School, 102, 282 Procedures for, 53 Scholarships, 48 German, 104 Doctoral Pre-candidacy, 53 Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Germany, 286 Dual Master’s, 50 Degrees, 53 Gerontology, Graduate Certificate in, 272 Educational Loans and Work, 48 Summary of Procedures for Master’s Ghana, 286 Enrollment Policies and Credit Degrees, 55 Golden Key National Honorary, 37 Regulations, 48 Systems Science Ph.D. Program, 56 Government Documents, Business and, 41 Examinations, Comprehensive Doctoral, Television Courses, 49 Government Relations, Office of, 42 51 Thesis, Master’s, 54 Government, School of, 255 Examinations, Final Master’s, 54 Time Limitation, Doctoral, 52 Government, Student, 32 Examinations, Final Oral Doctoral, 52 Time Limitation, Master’s, 55 GPA Repeat Policy, 19 Examinations, Preliminary Doctoral, 51 Transfer Credit, 49 Grade Point Average, 19 Fees, Basic, 47 Withdrawals, 48 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 19 Financial Assistance, 47 Graduate Teacher Education Program Grading System: Foreign Applicants, 46 (GTEP), 183 Graduate, 48 General Information, 43 Grants, 24 Undergraduate, 18 General Requirements, 54 Grants: Graduate Assistants, 22 General Requirements, Doctoral, 51 Federal Pell, 24 Graduate Assistantships, 47 Grading Scale, 48 Federal Supplemental Educational Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, 272 Grading System, 48 Opportunity, 24 Graduate Council, 19 Graduate Assistantships, 22, 47 Oregon University System Supplemental Tuition, 24 Graduate Degrees, 44 Graduate Degrees, 44 State Need, 24 Graduate Fees, Basic, 47 Graduate Governance, 43 Great Britain, 286 Graduate Governance, 43 Honesty and Integrity, Graduate Policy Greece, 286 Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and on, 51 Integrity, 51 Incompletes, 48 Greek System, 37 Graduate School of Social Work, 239 Language Requirement, Doctoral Degree, Grievances, Appeals and, 19 Graduate Studies: 51 Academic Appeals Board, 19 Language Requirement, Master’s Degree, 54 Academic Honesty and Integrity, 51 Leave of Absence, 50 H Academic Load, 49 Limitations for Faculty Members, 50 Academic Probation, 50 Loans and Work, Educational, 48 Hanoi, Vietnam, 288 Admission of Foreign Applicants, 46 M.A.T., M.S.T., 45 Harrison Hall, 40 Admission Requirements, University, 46 Master of Arts in Teaching, 45 Haute Bretagne, France, 285 Admission to, 45 Master of Arts or Master of Science— Haystack Summer Program in the Arts and Admission, Exceptional, 47 Education: Sciences, 282 Application Documents, 46 Counseling, 181 Health and Physical Education Assistantships, 22, 47 Requirement, 16 Curriculum and Instruction, 181 Audit, 48 Health Care Systems, Cooperative Degree Educational Policy, Foundations, and Program in Community, 264 Basic Graduate Fees, 47 Administration, 181 Health Services, Student, 38 Cancellation of Admission, 50 Master of Arts, 45 Hearing Sciences Program, Speech and, Conditional Status, 46 Master of Education, 183 151 Correspondence Credit, 49 Master of Engineering, 201 Hebrew, 105 Council, Graduate, 19 Master of Science in Teaching, 45 Helen Gordon Child Development Center, Credit Distribution and Limitations, Master of Science, 45 Master’s, 49 38 Master’s Degree Requirements, 54 Credit Regulations, 48 High School College Course Transfer, 12 Master’s Degrees, Summary of History, Department of, 120 Credit, Reservation of Work for Graduate, Procedures for, 55 50 History, PSU, 7 Microfilming, 52, 55 Deadline Appeals Board, 20 Honesty and Integrity, Graduate Policy on Minimum Enrollment, 49 Degree Application, 50 Academic, 51 Oregon Laurels Tuition Remission Degrees, 44 Honorary, Professional, Social Affiliations, Program, 48 37 Departmental Requirements, 46 Plagiarism, 51 Disqualification, 50 Honors Degrees, 19 Postbaccalaureate Status, 46 Honors Program, University, 159 Dissertation in Absentia, 52 Probation, Academic, 50 Dissertation Presentation, Doctoral, 52 Housing Northwest, College, 30 Readmission After Disqualification, 50 Housing, 30 Doctor of Education, 44 Re-enrollment, 47 Doctor of Philosophy, 44 Human Resource Management Regular Status, 46 Association, 37 Doctoral Candidacy, 53 Repeat of Courses, 48 Doctoral Degree Requirements, 51 Human Resource Management, 164 Reservation of Work for Graduate Credit, Human Services, Regional Research 50 Institute for, 246

328 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Human Subjects Research Review Korean, 106 M Committee, 52 KPSU Radio, 36 Hungarian, 105 Macerta, Italy, 286 Hungary, 286 Major 269 L Management, General, 164 Management, Human Resources, 164 I La Raza, 36 Manufacturing Engineering, 201 Language and Area Studies Certificate Marketing, 164 ID Cards, 13 Programs, 126 Master of Arts (TESOL), 68 IELP (Intensive English Language Language Requirement: Master of Arts Degree, 45 Program), 10 Doctoral, 51 Master of Arts in French, 101 Incompletes, 18, 48 Master’s, 54 Master of Arts in German, 101 Independent Study, School of Extended Late Fees, 22 Master of Arts in Spanish, 101 Studies, 281 Latin American Studies Certificate, 126 Master of Arts in Teaching, 45 Indonesia, 286 Latin, 106 Master of Education, 183 Information and Academic Support Center, Law, 140 Master of Engineering, 201 33 Leave of Absence, Graduate, 50 Master of International Management, 168 Information Center, 42 Legal Services, 38 Master of Science Degree, 45 Information Systems, 164 Legon, Ghana, 286 Master of Science in Teaching, 45 Information Technologies, 40 Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual Alliance, 36 Master of Social Work Program, 239 Institute for Nonprofit Management, 264 Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of, 59 Master’s Degree, General Requirements Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, Librarianship, Program in Educational for, 54 280 Media, School, 184 Master’s Degrees, Dual, 50 Institutional Executives of the Oregon Library Courses, Education, 193 Master’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures University System, 291 Library hours, 40 for, 55 Insurance, 38 Library, 30 Mathematical Sciences, Department of, 127 Intensive English Language Program Library, Branford Price Millar, 30 Mathematics Education, Ph.D Program, (IELP), 10 Library: 128 Intensive Program in English as a Second Arts and Humanities, 41 Mechanical Engineering, Department of, Language, 66 Business and Government Documents, 41 207 Intercollegiate Athletics, 31 Card Catalog, 40 Media Resources, School of Extended Interdisciplinary Courses, 162 Divisional Libraries, 40 Studies, 281 International Affairs, Office of, 283 Education, Social Science and, 41 Media Services, Educational, 40 International Business Studies Certificate, Engineering, Science and, 41 Medical Insurance Plan, 38 166 Medicine, 139 International Education Services, 284 Holdings, 40 Humanities, Arts and, 41 Mentor Program for Returning Women International Management, Master of, 168 Students, 34 Interlibrary Loan Department, 41 International Student Admissions, 10 Mexico, 287 Music Recordings and Scores, 40 International Students, Organization of, 36 Microcomputer labs, 40 Part-time Student Privileges, 11 International Studies, 125 Microfilming, 52, 55 PORTALS, 41 Iota Sigma Psi, 37 Middle East Area Studies, 126 PSU Online Catalog, 40 Italian, 106 Middle East Studies Center, 283 Reserve Library, 41 Italy, 286 Middle East Studies Certificate, 126 Science and Engineering, 41 Military Science Program, 288 Social Science and Education, 41 Millar Library, Branford Price, 30 Linguistics, Department of Applied, 66 Minimum Enrollment, Graduate, 49 J Literary Arts Committee, 36 Minor, 14 Littman Gallery, 42 Minors, Engineering: Japan, 286 Loans, 24 Minor in Computer Science, 204 Japanese, 106 Loans: Minor in Electrical Engineering, 206 Java, Indonesia, 286 Federal Direct PLUS Loans, 24 Minor in Environmental Engineering, 203 Junior College Transfer, 12 Federal Direct Stafford Student, 24 Minors, Fine and Performing Arts: Justice, Administration of, 255 Federal Perkins Student, 24 Architecture, 224 Lockers, 42 Art, 226 London, Great Britain, 286 Music, 231 Lost and Found, 42 K Theater Arts, 236 Lyon, France, 286 Minors, Liberal Arts and Sciences: Kappa Delta Pi, 37 Anthropology, 62 Key to Course Descriptions, 13 Applied Linguistics, 66 Khon Kaen, Thailand, 287 Biology, 70

I NDEX 329

Black Studies, 75 O Popular Music Board, 36 Chemistry, 78 Population Research and Census, Center Computer Applications, 60 for, 279 Off-Campus Courses, 282 Economics, 85 PORTALS, 41 Officers of Administration, Portland State Portland Area Library System, 41 Environmental Studies, 96 University, 292 Portland Metropolitan Studies, Institute on, Foreign Languages and Literatures, 100 Ombuds Office, 41 280 General Information, 59 Oregon Resident Transfer Students Portland State University Student Conduct Geography, 112 Admission Requirements, 10 Geology, 116 Code, 32 Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Portland State University, 7 History, 121 291 Portuguese, 107 International Economics, 85 Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Postbaccalaureate Certificate in International Studies, 126 Commission, 179 Accounting, 166 Mathematical Sciences, 127 Oregon University System (OUS), 291 Postbaccalaureate Studies, 17 Philosophy, 132 Oregon University System Supplemental Prague, Czech Republic, 285 Physics, 135 Tuition Grants, 24 Preliminary Examination, Doctoral, 51 Professional Writing, 90 Oregon University System, Members of Psychology, 142 the, 291 Preprofessional Programs, 139 Sociology, 148 Oregon University System, Officers of, 291 Preprofessional Programs: Speech Communication, 151 Organization of International Students Agriculture, 139 Minors, Urban and Public Affairs: (OIS), 36 Allied Health: Chiropractic, Clinical Laboratory Services, Cytotechnology, Athletic Training Minor, 250 Organizations, Student, 35 Naturopathic Medicine, Occupational Osteopathy, 139 Community Development, 270 Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Health, 251 Outdoor Program, 36 Physician Assistant, Radiation Therapy, Political Science, 258 Out-of-State Students, Admission and Veterinary Medicine, 139 Monastir, Tunisia, 288 Requirements, 10 Dental Hygiene, 139 Monteverde, Costa Rica, 285 Overseas Programs, 283 Dentistry, Medicine, Osteopathy, and Moscow, Russia, 287 Podiatry, 139 Mu Phi Epsilon, 37 Forestry, 140 Multicultural Center, 31 P Law, 140 Music Committee, 36 Nondegree, 14 Music Education, Certification Program Paris, France, 286 Nursing, 140 (K-12), 231 Parking Office, 42 Pharmacy, 141 Music, 31 Part-time Students, 11 Transferring Credits, 12 Music, Department of, 230 Part-time Students: President, Office of the, 292 Admitted, 11, 21 Presidents, Oregon University System Advance Registration, 12 Institutional, 291 N Defined, 11, 21 Presidents, Portland State University, 7 Expenses, 21 Probation, Academic: Graduate, 50 Nanjing, China, 285 Graduate, 17 Undergraduate, 19 National Student Exchange Program, 12 Library Privileges, 11 Professional Affiliations, 37 Netherlands, The, 287 Nonadmitted, 11, 21 Professional Development Center, School Nonaccredited Transfers, 11 Parking, 39 of Extended Studies, 281 Nonadmitted Students, 11 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 22 Senior Citizens, 11, 22 Professional Programs and Schools, Noncredit Programs, 282 Admission to, 11 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 22 Nonprofit Management, Institute for, 264 Professional Writing Minor, 90 Payment of Student Fees, 323 Nonresident Instruction Fee, Waiver of, Program in English for Non-Native Persian, 107 323 Residents (ENNR), 67 Perth, Australia, 284 Northwest Interinstitutional Council on Project PLUS, Talent Search, 35 Study Abroad (NICSA), 284 Pharmacy, 141 Provost, Office of the, 292 Nursing, 140 Phi Alpha Theta, 37 PSU Link, 290 Nursing: Phi Kappa Phi 37 Psychological Services, Counseling and, 38 Cooperative Degree Program in Phi Sigma Iota, 37 Psychology, Department of, 141 Community Health Care, 264 Philosophy, Department of, 132 Public Administration and Policy Ph.D., Preprofessional Program in, 140 Philosophy, Doctor of, 44 248 Transferring Credits, 12 Physics, Department of, 135 Public Administration, 262 Pi Mu Epsilon, 37 Public Health Studies, Center for, 279 Pi Sigma Alpha, 37 Public Health, Master of, 249, 252 Plagiarism, 51 Public Relations, Office of, 42 Poitiers, France, 286 Publications, Office of, 42 Poland, 287 Publications, Student, 31 Political Science, Division of, 257

330 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Q Research Institutes: School of Education, 179 Center for Black Studies, 77 School of Engineering and Applied Center for Population Research and Science, 199 Quito, Ecuador, 285 Census, 279 School of Extended Studies, 281 Center for Urban Studies, 279 School of Fine and Performing Arts, 223 Criminal Justice Policy Research School of Government, 255 R Institute, 279 School of Social Work, Graduate, 239 Executive Leadership Institute, 264 School of Urban Studies and Planning, 269 Reading Examinations, Graduate, 102 Institute for Nonprofit Management, 264 Science Education, Center for, 146 Reading, Basic and Standard Endorsement Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, Science Endorsement, Integrated, 110 in, 185 280 Science, General Studies, 110 Reading, Great Britain, 286 Institute on Aging, 280 Science, Master of, 45 Readmission After Disqualification, Regional Research Institute for Human Second Baccalaureate Degree, 17 Graduate, 50 Services, 246 Senior Citizen Fee Schedule, 22 Reciprocity, Tuition, 22 Transportation Studies Center, 280 Seoul, South Korea, 286 Re-enrollment: Reservation of Work for Graduate Credit, Seville, Spain, 287 Graduate, 47 50 Shanghai, China, 285 Undergraduate, 11 Reserve Library, 41 Short-Term Loans, 24 Refunds, 22, 23 Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), Siena, Italy, 286 288 Regional Research Institute for Human Sigma Xi, 37 Residence, Degree Credit: Services, 246 Smith Memorial Center, 40, 41 Graduate, 49 Registration: Social Sororities and Fraternities, 37 Undergraduate, 16 Advance, 12 Social Studies Endorsement, 110 Residence, Oregon, for Fee Matters, 321 Procedures, 12 Social Studies Endorsement, Standard, 110 Resource Center, Student, 36 School of Extended Studies, 282 Social Work, Graduate School of, 239 Responsibilities, Conduct, Rights, and Regular Students: Social Work, Graduate School of: Freedoms, Student, 32 Defined, 21 Accreditation, 239 Returning Students, 11 Withdrawing from School, 22 Extended Studies, 241 Rehabilitation Counseling Specialization, Returning Women Students, Mentor Program for, 34 Master’s Degree Program, 239 School of Education, 182 Ph.D. Program, 240 Religious Activities, 31 Review, The Portland State University, 31 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 22 Regional Research Institute for Human Repeat of Courses, Graduate, 48 Services, 246 Repeat Policy, GPA, 19 Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, and Conduct, Student, 32 Sociology, Department of, 147 Requalification, Academic, 19 Sophomore Inquiry, 15, 61 Requirements: ROTC, Air Force, 12 ROTC, Army, 12, 288 Sororities and Fraternities, Social, 37 Admission to Graduate Courses and South Korea, 286 Programs, 46 Russia, 287 Russian, 107 Spain, 287 Admission to Undergraduate Studies, 9 Spanish, 107 Alternative Means of Meeting Some Speakers Board, 36 University Requirements, 17 Special Education Courses, 194 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 15 S Special Education, 182 Bachelor’s Degree, 14 Special Events, 31 Committee, Academic Requirements, 19 Salem Center, PSU, 281 Special Programs, 288 Departmental and School Majors, 16 Santiago, Chile, 285 Special Programs: Departmental Graduate, 46 Santiago, Dominican Republic, 285 AFROTC, 12 Distribution, 15 São Paulo, Brazil, 285 Army ROTC, 12, 288 Doctoral Degree, 51 SAT, 9 Challenge Program, 290 Double Major, 17 Schedule of Classes, 11, 13, 17 Chiron Studies, 35, 290 Entrance, 9 Scheduling Office, Campus, 41 PSU Link, 290 Foreign Language, 17 Scheduling, Summer Session, 282 Special Regulations, Graduate: Foreign Language, Doctoral Degree, 51 Scholarships, 25 Academic Probation, 50 Foreign Language, Master’s Degree, 54 Scholarships: Cancellation of Admission to Graduate General University, 15 Athletic Grants-in-Aid, 24 Program, 50 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 19 Graduate, 28 Degree Application, 50 International Students, 10 Undergraduate, 25 Disqualification, 50 Master’s Degree, General Requirements Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), 9 Dual Master’s Degrees, 50 for, 54 Scholastic Standards Committee, 19 Exceptional Admission Procedures, 47 Residence, Doctoral Degree, 51 School Librarianship, Program in Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty Undergraduate, 14 Educational Media, 184 and Integrity, 51 Veterans’ Admission, 10 School of Business Administration, 163 Leave of Absence, 50 Writing, 17 School of Community Health, 250 Limitations for Faculty Members, 50

I NDEX 331

Readmission After Disqualification, 50 Student Employment, 25, 39 Test of English as a Foreign Language Speech and Hearing Sciences Program, Tutorial and Learning Skills Program, 33 (TOEFL), 10 151, 153 Veterans’ Services, 34 Thailand, 287 Speech Communication, Department of, Student Support Services, 34 Theater Arts, Department of, 236 151 Students with Disabilities Union, 35 Theater, 32 Sports and Recreation, 31 Students: Thesis, Master’s, 54 Spouse and Dependent Children, Domestic, 9 Ticketmaster, 39 Enrollment of, 323 Graduate, 43 Time Limitation: St. Petersburg, Russia, 287 International, 10 Doctoral, 52 Standard Teaching License, 110 Nonadmitted, 11 Master’s, 55 State Board of Higher Education, 291 Part-time, 11 TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign State Need Grants, 24 Part-time, Defined, 21 Language), 10 Statement of Student Rights, Freedoms, and PSU, 31 Tokyo, Japan, 286 Responsibilities, 32 Regular Student, Defined, 21 Transcripts, 9 Statewide MBA Program, PSU, 282 Returning after an Absence, 11 Transfer Credits, 11, 49 Student Affairs, Office of, 33 Senior Citizens, 22 Transfer Evaluations, 10 Student Athlete Academic Adviser, 34 Transfer Credit, 11 Transfer Students, 10 Student Budgets, 23 Transfer, 10 Transportation Studies Center, 280 Student Conduct Code, 32 Study Abroad Programs, 102 Transportation, 39 Student Development, 35 Study Abroad, 284 Tri-Met Tickets and Passes, 39 Student Employment, 39 Study Resource Fees, 22 Tübingen, Germany, 286 Student Employment: Summer Session, 282 Tuition and Fees Chart, 22 Federal Work Study, 25 Summer Study, International Programs, Tuition and Fees Chart, Graduate, 47 Student Exchanges, 12, 323 284 Tuition and Fees, 21, 22 Student Financial Aid, 23 Supply and Logistics Management, 165 Tuition and Fees: Student Government, 32 Systems Science Ph.D. Program: Audit, 22 Student Health Services, 38 Admission and Advising, 56 Calculations, 22 Student Legal Services, 38 Anthropology, 63 Chart, 22 Student Organization Committee, 36 Business Administration, 169 Credits, Tuition, 25 Student Organizations, 35 Civil Engineering, 203 Late Fees, 22 Student Parent Services, 38 Economics, 85, 86 Noncredit and Extended Studies Self- Student Participation on Faculty Boards Engineering Management, 201 Support, 22 and Committees, 32 General Information, 56 Other Special Fees, 22 Student Publications, 31 Mathematical Sciences, 128 Part-time Students, 21 Student Resource Center, 36 Mechanical Engineering, 208 Reciprocity, 22 Student Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, Requirements, 57 Refund Schedule, 22, 23 and Conduct, 32 Sociology, 148 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 22 Student Services, 33 Szeged, Hungary, 286 Senior Citizens, 22 Student Services: Student Status, 21 Academic Support Program, 33 Summer Session, 282 Alumni Relations, 42 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 22 Career Center, 39 T Tunisia, 288 Counseling and Psychological Services, Turkish, 108 38 Taipei, Taiwan, 287 Tutorial and Learning Skills Program, 33 Disabilities Union, Students with, 35 Taiwan, 287 Tutoring: Disability Services for Students, 33 Talent Search, 35 Student, 33 Educational Equity Programs, 34 Tau Beta Pi, 37 Veterans’, 34 General Education Requirements Teaching English as a Second Language, Advising, 33 (TESL), 67 General, 33 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Health, 38 Languages (TESOL), 68 U Helen Gordon Child Development Teaching License, Standard, 110 Center, 38 Teaching, Master Arts in, 45 Undergraduate: Information and Academic Support Teaching, Master of Science in, 45 Academic Appeals Board, 19 Center, 33 Technical and Vocational Schools, 12 Academic Load, 18 Legal, 38 Television Course Credit, Graduate, 49 Academic Requirements Committee, 18, Mentor Program for Returning Women TESL (Teaching English as a Second 19, 20 Students, 34 Language), 67 Admissions, 9 Parent Services, 38 TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Appeals and Grievances, 19 Placement, 39 Other Languages), Master of Arts, 68 Bachelor’s Degree Requirements, 14 Student Athlete Academic Adviser, 34 Credit by Examination, 20

332 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVER-

Financial Aid, 23 Criminal Justice Policy Research V General Education Requirement, 15 Institute, 279 Grading Scale, 18 Financial Aid, 272 Validation of Out-of-Date Graduate Credit, Government, School of, 255 Grading System, 18 55 Government, School of: Requirements, 14, 15 Vanguard, 31 Administration of Justice, 255 Scholarships and Awards, 25 Veterans’ Admission Requirements, 10 Political Science, 257 Scholastic Standards Committee, 19 Veterans’ Services, 34 Public Administration, 262 Special Programs, 288 Vietnam, 288 Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, 272 Student Rights, Freedoms, Viking, The, 31 Responsibilities, and Conduct, 32 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, Visitor Information Center, 42 Transfer Credits, 11 280 Vocational and Technical Schools, 12 Tuition and Fees, 22 Institute on Aging, 280 United Indian Students in Higher Interdivisional Programs, 248 Education, 36 Interinstitutional Programs, 249 University Development, Office of, 42 Master of Public Administration, 262 W University Honors Program, 159 Master of Public Health, 249 University Inquiry, Transfer Transition, 62 Master of Urban and Regional Planning, Waiver of Nonresident Instruction Fee, 323 University Relations, Office of, 42, 296 272 Warsaw, Poland, 287 University Services, 39 Master of Urban Studies, 271 Welcome to PSU, 7 University Studies, 15 Ph.D. in Urban Studies, 270 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 18 University Studies: Research Institutes, 279 Wollongong, Australia, 284 Capstone Requirement, 61 Transportation Studies Center, 280 Women Students, Mentor Program for Freshman Inquiry, 61 Urban Studies and Planning, 269 Returning, 34 Sophomore Inquiry, 61 Urban and Regional Planning, Master of, Women’s Studies, 160 University Inquiry, Transfer Transition, 272 Women’s Union Escort Service, 37 62 Urban Studies and Planning, School of, 269 Women’s Union Resource Center, 37 Upper-Division Cluster, 61 Urban Studies, Center for, 279 Work-Study, Federal, 25 University, 7 Urban Studies, Doctoral Program in: Writing Courses, Department of English, Upward Bound Program, 35 Economics, 85 93 Urban and Public Affairs, College of, 247 Geography, 112 Writing Requirements, 16, 17 Urban and Public Affairs, College of: Political Science, 258 Admission, 272 Psychology, 142 Center for Population Research and Regional Science, 271 Census, 279 Sociology, 148 Z Center for Public Health Studies, 279 Urban Studies, Master of, 271 Zhengzhou, China, 285 Center for Urban Studies, 279 Urban Studies, Ph.D. in: Community Health, School of, 250 Public Administration and Policy, 264